product guide - ltc mobility

Performance Health International Ltd.Nunn Brook Road, Huthwaite, Sutton-in-Ashfield,Nottinghamshire, NG17 2HU, UK.

UK 03448 730 035 E [email protected]’L +44 1623 448 706 E [email protected]

OUR TRUSTED BRANDS

PROD

UCT G

UID

E

PRODUCT GUIDEGlobal leader in rehab, recovery

and sports performance091071547 Is1 Aug 2019

SALESREPRESENTATIVESOur team of sales representati ves will tailor our soluti ons to meet your needs, allowing you to provide the best possibleservice to your customers.

GLOBALREACHWe operate in 105 countries worldwide with partners and faciliti es in the USA, Canada, China, Thailand, Australia, UK, France & Greece, a truly global presence.

OURPROMISEWe want to make it easy foryou to do business with us.A simple, convenient andunrivalled service is ourpromise to you.

WELCOME TO YOUR PERFORMANCE HEALTH PRODUCT GUIDEPerformance Health is the largest global manufacturer and distributor of products tothe rehabilitati on and sports performance markets.

OUR TRUSTED BRANDSAt Performance Health, we are committ ed to identi fying strategic partners to help us provide the greatest benefi ts to our customers.

Our reputati on and success is built on providing the highest quality own brands and broadest product range in the market.

OPENING HOURS O ur C ustomer S erv ic es team is av ailab le from 8.30am to 5.00pm Monday to Friday.

SHIPPINGWe o er competitive shipping rates, including FREE delivery.

TECHNICAL SERVICES SUPPORTContact our Customer Services team for equipment repairs and servicing.

DESPATCHOrder before 5.00pm Monday to Friday and we will ship by the ne t wor ing day to ensure your delivery is with you within 72 hours.

DELIVERYeed same day or next day delivery guaranteed

Our Customer Services team can ma e that happen

RETURNSWe o er a no ob ections money back guarantee on returns for unsuitable goods within 1 days from receipt.

EQUIPMENT INSTALLATIONS nstallation services are available

for many large e uipment purchases contact stomer er ices for a otation.

CONTACT USUK Customer Services T 0 0 0 5F 0 0 100E u medicalsales performancehealth.com

nternational stomer er icesT 1 0F 1 E international performancehealth.com

ORDER ONLINE.performancehealth.co. k

FEEL GOOD.PERFORM BETTER.LIVE YOUR BEST.

*For details of our full service offering, please refer to our Terms & Conditions on pages 790-792.

Splinting 1

Introduction 2 - 4Overview 5 - 9Thermoplastics: 10 - 23Minimum Resistance to Stretch Moderate Resistance to Stretch Maximum Resistance to Stretch Rolyan® Thermoplastics Material Guide 24Splinting Materials 25Introductory Kits & Packs 26 - 28Pre-cut Splints 29 - 31Pre-formed Splints 32 - 34Stockinette 35Padding Materials 36 - 40Neoprene 41Strapping Materials 42 - 46Heat Guns 47Heat Pans 48 - 50Tools & Accessories 51 - 60Dynamic Splinting Kits 61 - 64Finger Splints 65 - 70Rolyan® Aquaform 71Aquaform, Fracture, Bracing & Bathing Accessories 72

Orthopaedics 73

Hand Orthosis 74 - 80Hand Positioning Splints 81 - 85Wrist Straps 86Wrist Supports & Wraps 87 - 91Wrist & Thumb Supports 92Thumb Supports 93 - 96Head & Neck Supports 97 - 98Torso & Posture Supports 99Slings & Shoulder Supports 100 - 101Shoulder Supports 102 - 104Elbow Straps 105Elbow Supports 106 - 109Back Supports 110 - 112Groin Supports 113Maternity Supports 114 - 115Thigh Supports 116

Knee Immobilisers 117Post Op-Knee Braces 118Hinged Knee Braces 119 - 120Knee Supports 121 - 123Knee Straps 124Calf & Shin Supports 125Ankle Stabilisers 126Ankle Supports 127 - 131Ankle Foot Orthosis (AFO) 132 - 133Night Splints 134 - 136Lower Extremity Positioning 137Orthopaedic Walkers 138 - 140Orthopaedic Shoes 141 - 145Foot Supports 146 - 147Paediatric Supports 148 - 149Oedema Supports 150 - 151Oedema & Pressure Supports 152Positioning Aids & Splints 153Inflatable Positioning Splints 154 - 155Size Guide 156 - 157Vulkan AirXtend Range 158

Exercise Therapy 159

TheraBand™ Resistance Exercise Band 160 - 169TheraBand™ Resistance ExerciseBand Accessories 170Rolyan® Resistance Exercise Band 171 - 173REP Band® Resistance Exercise Band 174Rocktape® Rock Blades 175Therapeutic Putty 176 - 178Hand Exercisers 179 - 184Therapy Balls 185 - 188Balance 189 - 193AIREX® Exercise Mats 194 - 197Exercise Mats 198 - 200Rolls & Wedges 201 - 204Weight & Resistance 205 - 208Upper Extremity Exercise/Pulleys 209 - 214Lower Extremity Exercise/Pedal Exercisers 215 - 216

Massage & Acupuncture 217

Massagers & Massage Chair/Stool 218Massage Tools 219 - 221Massage Oils, Creams & Gels 222 - 224Acupuncture 225 - 226

Hot & Cold Therapy 227

Biofreeze® 228 - 229Therapearl® 230 - 231Hot & Cold Essentials 232 - 234Ice Machines 235Aircast Cyro Cuff & ArcticFlow™ Wraps 236CCT Cold Compression Therapy 237Hydrocollators & Accessories 238Wax Therapy & Accessories 239 - 240

Tapes & Strappings 241

Elastic Adhesives 242 - 244Zinc Oxide 245 - 246High Strength Tape & Combi Packs 247Fixation Tape, Compression & Underwrap 248Kinesiology Tape 249 - 252Dynamic Tape 253Accessories 254

Woundcare & First Aid 255

Woundcare & Dressings 256 - 257Skin Preparation 258Protective Dressings 259Padding 260 - 261Tubular 262Fabrifoam 263Scar Management 264 - 265First Aid Kits 266 - 267Gloves & Protective Wear 268

Cleaning Products 269

Personal Hygiene & Cleaning 270 - 272

Foot Care 273

Sorbothane® Performance Insoles 274 - 275Bio Orthotics 276 - 279Trio Orthotics & Poron Insoles 280 - 282Superflex & X-Line 283Vectorthotics 284Vasyli Orthotics 285 - 287Equiflex & Prostep Orthotics 288Lynco & Silipos Insoles 289Cambion Insoles, Pads, Cushions & Wedges 290Spenco Insoles 291GelSmart Appliances 292 - 296Silipos Appliances 297 - 299Blue-Point Insoles, Heel Cups & Wedges 300Scissors, Nippers, Scalpel Blades & Handles, Blacks Files, Probes & Mandrels 301 - 306Autoclaves, Water Distillers& Ultrasonic Cleaners 307 - 308Dust Extraction & Domiciliary Drills 309 - 312Otoform, Plastazote, Hapla & Spenco Rolls 313 - 314

Exercise Equipment 315

Treadmills 316Ergometers & Recumbent Cycles 317Recumbent Exercisers, Accessories & Elliptical/Cross Trainers 318Pedal Exercisers 319Physio Kits 320Active Rehabilitation 321 - 322

CONTENTS.

CPM Machines & Traction 323

Artromot Knee CPM 324Artromot Ankle CPM 325Traction Equipment 326

Clinic Furniture 327

Couches & Plinths 328 - 338Traction 339Static & Portable Couches 340 - 341Changing Tables 342Tilt Tables 343 - 344Paediatric Couches 345Couch Rolls 346Chairs & Stools 347 - 348Trolleys & Cabinets 349Screens & Mirrors 350Arm Tables, Easels & Drip Stand 351Work Tables 352 - 353Steps 354Stairs 355 - 357Training Steps & Ramps 358Parallel Bars 359 - 360Suspension Frames, Wall Bars & Foot Rests 361Pulleys 362

Electrotherapy 363

Ultrasound 364 - 365Ultrasound Gel 366 - 367Stimulation Therapy 368 - 370Combination Therapy 371TENS Machines 372 - 373Electrodes 374 - 379Accessories 380Pelvic Therapy 381Compression Therapy 382

Pelvic Health 383

Pelvic Floor Exercise Devices - Aquaflex® 385Pelvic Floor Exercise Devices - Educator® 386Biofeedback - Peritone+ 387Stimulation - Pericalm™ 388Probes - Periform®+ 389Probes - Anuform® 390

Assessment Tools 391

Strength 392 - 397Sensation 398 - 399Vital Signs & Scales 400Range of Motion 401 - 404Diabetes Diagnostics 405Function, Perceptual & Cognitive Assessment 406 - 410Measurement 411 - 412

Education 413

Skeletons 414Spines, Pelvis & Skulls 415Anatomical Models 416 - 418Anatomical Charts 419 - 420Books 421 - 422

Bathing 423

Bathmaster™ Deltis™ 424 - 426Bath Lift Cushion 427Bath Boards, Seats & Benches 428 - 431Swivelling Bath Seats 432 - 433Shower Seats 434 - 439Shower Stools 440 - 447Shower Chairs 448 - 453Wheeled Shower Chairs & Trolleys 454 - 462Shower Screens 463Bathing Accessories 464 - 475Bath Steps 476Bath Side Rails 477Bath Rails 478 - 480

Incontinence 481Pelvic Health 482 - 484Disposables 485 - 491Washables 492 - 494Washable, Disposable & Waterproof Protectors 495 - 496

Toileting 497Raised Toilet Seats 498 - 501Toilet Seats with Arms 502 - 503Support Rails 504 - 507Toilet Frames 508 - 510Bariatric & Portable Toilet Frames 511Toilet Surround Rails 512 - 513Static Commodes 514 - 515Folding Commodes 516Commode Accessories 517Wheeled Commodes 518 - 524Commode Chairs 525 - 526Bariatric Commodes 527 - 529Personal Care 530Toileting Accessories 531 - 532Personal Hygiene & Cleaning 533Bed Pans 534Urinals 535 - 536

Seating & Bedroom Equipment 537Rising Seats & Aids 538 - 539High Seat Chairs 540Bed & Chair Tables 541 - 544Bed & Chair Raisers 545 - 547Bed Grab Rails 548 - 551Bed Assists 552 - 556Cot Sides & Bed Rails 557 - 558

Falls Management 559Fall Alarms 560 - 561Patient Monitors & Alarms 562 - 563Fall Mats 564Home Safety 565Days Red Walking Frames 566

Pressure Care 567Seating 568 - 575Supports 576Elbow & Heel Protectors 577 - 578

Comfort & Dressing 579Sock, Stocking & Tights Aids 580 - 583Dressing Aids 584 - 585Grooming Aids 586Shoehorns 587Shoe Laces/Gel Strip 588Slippers 589Leg & Foot Rests 590Posture Care 591 - 594Pillows 595Warmth 596

Kitchen & Dining 597Jar & Bottle Openers 598 - 599Tin, Jar & Bottle Openers 600Food Preparation 601 - 603Homecraft Kitchen Utensils 604Dycem® Non-Slip Solutions 605 - 606Cutlery 607 - 617Cutlery Aids 618 - 619Plate Surrounds & Plates 620Plates & Dishes 621 - 622Cups & Mugs 623 - 629The Hydrant Drinking System 630Straws 631Feeding Evaluation Kit 632Kettles, Tippers & Holders 633 - 634Bibs 635 - 636Trays 637Trolleys 638 - 640

Household 641

RevoReach™ 642 - 643Homecraft Pick-Up Reacher 644Homecraft Handi-Reacher™ 645Homecraft Easireach II 646Reachers 647Plastic Grab Rails 648 - 651Homecraft Grab Rails 652 - 654Homecraft Steel Rails 655Steps & Stools 656Tap Turners 657Gripping & Turning Aids 658 - 659Dycem® Non-Slip Solutions 660 - 664Home Accessories 665Clocks & Watches 666Magnifiers & Lighting 667 - 668Reading & Writing Aids 669Scissors & Leisure 670

Wellbeing 671

Medication Aids 672 - 674Pain Relief 675 - 676Respiratory Care 677Health 678

Wheelchairs 679

Days® Aluminium Wheelchairs 680 - 685Days® Steel Wheelchairs 686 - 693Wheelchair Clothing 694 - 695Scooter & Powerchair Clothing 696 - 697Wheelchair & Scooter Bags 698 - 699Wheelchair Accessories & Wheelchair Gloves 700 - 701Channel Ramps 702 - 704Folding Ramps 705 - 708Broad Ramps 709 - 710Threshold Ramps 711 - 712

Walking Aids 713

Rollators 714 - 724Rollator Accessories 725Tri-Wheel Walkers 726 - 728Walking Frames 729 - 734Walking Frame Accessories 735Buckingham Walking Frame Caddy 736Stick Seats 737Walking Sticks 738 - 746Walking Stick Accessories 747Crutches 748 - 750

Moving & Handling 751

Transfer Boards 752 - 755Handling Belts 756Glide Sheets 757 - 758Patient Turners 759 - 761Turntables 762 - 763SuperPole™ 764Bed Assists 765 - 766Seat Risers 767Patient Transfer 768

Index 769

Spares 769 - 772Conversions 773Retail Packed 774 - 776Oversized Items 777 - 778Alphabetical Index 779 - 783Numerical Index 784 - 789Terms & Conditions 790 - 792

For over 25 years, Biofreeze has been cooling theNation’s pain, providing cold therapy pain relief for:

www.biofreeze.co.uk

Sore muscles

ArthritisSore jointsBack aches

FAST ACTING LONG LASTING POWERFUL RELIEF

POWERED BY COLD Biofreeze topical pain reliefstimulates cold receptors through evaporation. This creates

a cooling sensation on the skin, helping to relieve pain.

WHETHER YOU’RE RECOVERING FROM AN INJURY OR JUST LOOKING TO UP YOUR GAME, WE HAVE THE TOOLS TO GET YOU BACK TO GREATNESS.

TAPINGMADE EASY

XactStretch™ Kinesiology Tape assists with easy and accurate application whether you’re a pro or a beginner.

NEXT LEVEL RESISTANCE

The revolution in resistance training is here. TheraBand CLX™ can create limitless movement possibilities that can be done anywhere.

For more than 70 years, Homecraft has been providing high quality, effective aids to improve the independence and quality of life for the disabled, the elderly, and anyone who requires

assistance with daily living activities.

Improving independenceand quality of life

Bathing, Toileting and Aids for Dailiy Living

JAMAR® HAS SET THE STANDARD IN CLINICAL EVALUATION FOR OVER 40 YEARS.

JAMAR products are some of the most widely used instruments for measuring grip and pinch

strength in the world.

THE COMPREHENSIVEJAMAR RANGE INCLUDES:

Dynamometers

Monofi laments

Goniometers

Pinch Gauges

DID YOU KNOW EVERY TIME YOUR FEET STRIKE THE

GROUND, HARMFUL SHOCKWAVES REVERBERATE

THROUGH THE BODY AT UP TO 70MPH?

SORBOTHANE INSOLES LIMIT THE TRAUMA

CAUSED TO THE BODY DURING EXERCISE

UNPARALLELED 94.7%

SHOCK ABSORPTION.

WWW.SORBOTHANE.CO.UK

The Vulkan® family of neoprene supports help to reduce pain

and increase the recovery rate of active users.

Vulkan’s wide range of heat retaining and elasticated supports, tapes, hot & cold packs,

medical kits and accessories complete the portfolio.

www.vulkansupports.com

www.vulkansupports.com

CLASSICHEAT RETAINING

SUPPORTS

AEROTHERM® SYSTEM PROMOTES HEAT RETENTION AND AIR FLOWFOR FASTER INJURY RECOVERY

REUSABLEHOT & COLD THERAPY

WHETHER FROZEN OR HEATED, THERA°PEARL TECHNOLOGY® RETAINS THE

HOT OR COLD TEMPERATURE FOR UP TO 20 MINUTES WHILE CONFORMING TO YOUR

BODY, DELIVERING THE PERFECT RELIEF FROM YOUR ACHES AND PAINS.

CONFORMS TO YOUR BODY | MESS FREESOFT ON SKIN | EXTREMELY COMFORTABLE | REUSABLE

K E Y B E N E F I T S T O

THERA°PEARL TECHNOLOGY®

MICROWAVABLEPRE WORKOUT ACTIVITY

INCREASES RANGE OF MOTIONREDUCES JOINT & MUSCLE PAIN

DECREASES MUSCLE SPASMSSTIMULATES BLOOD FLOW

HOTREUSABLE THERAPY

FREEZABLEPOST WORKOUT ACTIVITY

REDUCES PAIN AND SWELLINGRELIEVES MUSCLE WEAR & TEAR

REDUCES INFLAMMATIONSLOWS CIRCULATION

COLDREUSABLE THERAPY

www.neenpelvichealth.com

Neen is the original pelvic health brandestablished in 1975. and is recommended

worldwide by healthcare professionals

Developed with key opinion leaders in women’s health physiotherapy,the Neen range is designed to strengthen the pelvic fl oor musclesand tackle bladder weakness & treat symptoms of incontinence.



Developed with key opinion leaders in women’s health physiotherapy,the Neen range is designed to strengthen the pelvic fl oor muscles







Neen is the original pelvic health brandNeen is the original pelvic health brandNeen is the original pelvic health brandNeen is the original pelvic health brandestablished in 1975. and is recommended



established in 1975. and is recommendedworldwide by healthcare professionals



established in 1975. and is recommended


the Neen range is designed to strengthen the pelvic fl oor musclesand tackle bladder weakness & treat symptoms of incontinence.


www.neenpelvichealth.comwww.neenpelvichealth.com








Developed with key opinion leaders in women’s health physiotherapy,






































www.neenpelvichealth.comwww.neenpelvichealth.com


Neen helps you takeback control, for a

happier, healthier you.



Neen helps you take


Neen helps you take


Neen helps you take


Neen helps you takeNeen helps you take







LEADING THE WAY IN SPLINTING MATERIALS, ORTHOPAEDIC SUPPORTS

& EXERCISE THERAPY SINCE 1967

Rolyan Splinting

Comprehensive range of thermoplastic sheet materials,

pre-cuts and accessories.

� r � � W� h� t � m� s

Days WheelchairsGreat value & designed for occasional use

With over 40 years of experience providing reliable and well-engineered products to

help people in their everyday life, the Days®

brand is trusted by consumers and healthcare professionals around the world.

Our portfolio includes walking aids,wheelchairs, home care and bathroom aids.

Days Rollators & Tri-WalkersKeeping you on the move

NEEN PERIFORM®+P483

BIOFREEZE® GELP228

SORBOTHANE® DOUBLE STRIKEP274

HOMECRAFT SAVANAH® RAISED TOILET SEATP499

DAYS® ESCAPE LITE WHEELCHAIRP681

DAYS® 105 ROLLATORP720

THERABAND™ RESISTANCE BANDP162

VULKAN® CLASSIC KNEE SUPPORTP122

ROLYAN® THERAPY PUTTYP176

BEST SELLING LINES

SplintingIntroduction 2 - 4

Overview 5 - 9Thermoplastics: 10 - 23

Minimum Resistance to StretchModerate Resistance to StretchMaximum Resistance to Stretch

Rolyan® Thermoplastics Material Guide 24Splinting Materials 25

Introductory Kits & Packs 26 - 28Pre-cut Splints 29 - 31

Pre-formed Splints 32 - 34Stockinette 35

Padding Materials 36 - 40Neoprene 41

Strapping Materials 42 - 46Heat Guns 47Heat Pans 48 - 50

Tools & Accessories 51 - 60Dynamic Splinting Kits 61 - 64

Finger Splints 65 - 70Rolyan® Aquaform 71

Aquaform, Fracture, Bracing and Bathing Accessories

72

Sp

lintin

g

2 www.performancehealth.co.uk for Prices & Full Range of Products

Introduction

Different Types of SplintsSplints are classified in a variety of ways.

The Splint Classifications System (American Society of Hand Therapy, 1992) has been developed but many clinicians still use the day-to-day terms of static, dynamic, static progressive or serial splints. These are defined below as they are most commonly used in workplaces today.

Static Splints

A static splint has no moving parts and may be supportive, corrective or protective.

Pre-Fabricated Splints

Pre-fabricated splints are frequently used by clinicians. They offer the user a quick, ready-made splint, which may be beneficial in terms of time and cost effectiveness. They are available for many joints, in a wide variety of sizes, price points and colours. Most are adjustable and require a thorough assessment by the clinician prior to issue.

Static Progressive Splints

Static progressive splints involve the application of a low-load prolonged stretch at the end of the available movement. They often involve the use of turnbuckles, screws or non-elastic tape. They are sometimes classified as a dynamic splint.

Dynamic Splints

A dynamic splint consists of a static base onto which levers, springs or pulleys may be attached. They assist weak muscle function, mobilise stiff joints or may substitute for lost muscle or nerve function.

Serial Static Splints

Serial static splints position soft tissues towards the end of their available range to help increase tissue length. Serial splinting involves either a series of adjustments to the same splint or the therapist making a series of splints.

3

Sp

linting

UK Medical Customers Tel: 03448 730 035 UK Trade Customers Tel: 03448 124 330International Customers Tel: +44 1623 448 706

Introduction

Thermoplastics at a Glance

Solid Maximum support.

Perforated Perforated (1%, 2% or 2.5%) for slight ventilation and added comfort without compromising rigidity.

Tip: Material softens quicker when heated.

UltraPerf, OptiPerf, SuperPerf UltraPerf (13%), OptiPerf (19%), Lightweight provides greater ventilation for increased comfort and compliance. SuperPerf (38% or 42%) for lighter weight, exceptional ventilation and greater comfort and compliance.

Tip: For additional support, select a thicker material, with higher perforations.

Tip: Higher perforations soften quicker when heated and cool faster.

• Half the weight of 3.2mm splinting material

• Easy to cut when cold

• Ideal for paediatrics, finger splints and hand -based splints

• Lightweight with moderate support

• Easy to cut when cold

• Ideal for paediatrics, finger, hand based splints and other areas requiring lightweight support

• Lightweight with moderate support

• Minimises bulkiness

• Perfect for a wide range of static and dynamic splints or progressive splints where less weight is desired (i.e. arthritis, thumb, hand, wrist and small area splints)

• Traditional thickness that provides stability and firm support

• Well-suited for positioning and holding joints, aiding abnormal tone, contractures and fracture bracing. Ideal for static, dynamic and progressive splinting of upper and lower extremities

• Maximum rigidity

• Ideal for body jackets, abnormal tone splints, lower extremity splints and fracture braces

3.2mm42% Perf

1.6mm 19% OptiPerf

2.4mm38% SuperPerf

3.2mm 1% Perf

3.2mm 19% OptiPerf

1.6mm 13% UltraPerf

2.4mm 19% OptiPerf

1.6mm 42% SuperPerf

Solid versus Perforated

1.6mm

2.4mm

2mm

3.2mm

4.8mm

Sp

lintin

g


Introduction

Drape / Conformability

The ease with which a material conforms to a surface when it is heated.

• A high degree of drape enables a precise fit with minimal handling = increased comfort and reduced pressure areas

• High drape materials are preferred by the skilled splinter who is confident with their handling skills

• Minimal drape is often preferred when splinting larger areas as the material is easier to handle and provides more stability

Resistance to Stretch

The extent to which a material resists pulling or stretching when heated.

Bonding

The degree to which a material will stick to itself when heated.

Uncoated

• Effective bonding without the need to treat/prepare surface

• Bond to themselves to form a permanent bond

• Useful when adding outriggers, accessories or reinforcing strips

Coated

• Allows material to temporary bond when warm

• Once cool the bond is not permanent

• Coating may be removed to create a permanent bond with spirits or by safely scratching the splint surface

• Often easier to handle

• If making a long term splint, coated materials may be preferable as they are easier to clean (less porous)

Thermoplastic CharacteristicsWe believe that our diverse and comprehensive range of Rolyan® thermoplastic materials reflect the varying needs of clinicians today. Different handling and performance properties are required for the varied caseloads and client groups that therapists work with. In addition to the different properties below, all our thermoplastics are latex free, biodegradable and X-Ray translucent.

Minimum Moderate Maximum

• Achieve intimate fit

• Very light handling required

• Achieve exact fit

• Moderate handling to pull and hold material in place

• Achieve good fit

• Requires firm handling

• Ideal for larger splints

5

Sp

linting


General Overview of Rolyan® Product Features

Minimum Resistance To StretchHighly comfortable, excellent drapability, stretches easily, minimal handling required

Rolyan® Polyform™

Features• The most conformable of all Rolyan®’s splinting materials

• Natural drape provides an intimate fit for increased patient comfort and minimal handling

• Good contour leads to reduced pressure areas and reduced splint migration

• Excellent rigidity and strength when set

• Edges finish well

• Coated, allowing temporary bonds

Rolyan® Aquaplast™ ProDrape™-T

Features• Drapes easily for minimal handling and conforms well to

contours for an intimate fit• Smooth motions achieve best results• 100% memory allows repeated reheating and economical

splint revisions• Transparent when heated, allowing identification of pressure

points and of landmarks for positioning to provide maximum comfort (white only)


Rolyan® CuraDrape™

Features• Excellent drapability, conforming well to contours

providing an intimate fit

• Requires minimal handling

• Minimum to moderate stretch

• Ideal for conditions that cannot tolerate firm handling or require a lightweight material

Coated1.6 mm3.2 mm

Solid1% Perf

White Beige Blue

Polyform™

Coated2.4mm3.2mm

Solid13%

UltraPerf19%

OptiPerf

White Red

Electric Blue

Charcoal

Coated1.6 mm2.4 mm3.2 mm

Solid1% Perf

White

Aquaplast™ ProDrape™-T

CuraDrape™

Sp

lintin

g



Rolyan® TailorSplint™

Features

• Perfect balance between moderate resistance to stretch, moderate drape and good conformability

• Versatile material suitable for most clinical applications - fewer materials and storage space required

• Handles well, suitable for the novice and experienced splinter

• Powdered smooth finish - increased patient comfort and compliance

• Good self finishing edges


Moderate Resistance To StretchControlled stretch, shapes easily

Rolyan® Polyflex II™

Features• Optimum combination between resistance to stretch

and good conformability and drape

• Shapes easily for a well-contoured splint

• Material has flexibility when set, enabling ease of application and removal and accommodates tonal fluctuations and changes in oedema

• Good self finishing edges


Tip: Self finishing edges: Cut material when warm to create smoother, clean edges for comfort and fit.

Coated1.6 mm2.4 mm3.2 mm

Solid1% Perf

WhiteBeigeBlue

Polyflex II™

Coated1.6mm2.4mm3.2mm

Solid1% Perf

19% Optiperf

BeigeAutumn Leaves

TailorSplint™

7

Sp

linting




Rolyan® Aquaplast™Original / Aquaplast-T™ / Aquaplast-T™ Watercolors™

Features• Coated and uncoated (Aquaplast™Original)

• Moderate resistance to stretch with moderate drape and good conformability

• 100% memory allows for re-moulding and splint revisions. Reduces waste for less experienced therapists

• Wide variety of colours, thicknesses and perforations available

• Transparent when heated, allowing identification of pressure points and of landmarks for positioning to provide maximum comfort (white only)

Aquaplast-T™

Aquaplast-T™ Watercolors™

Uncoated

1.6mm2.4mm3.2mm4.8mm

Solid13%

UltraPerf19%

OptiPerf

WhiteBeige

Coated

1.6mm2mm

2.4mm3.2mm4.8mm

Solid1% Perf

13% UltraPerf19% OptiPerf

38% SuperPerf42% SuperPerf

WhiteBeige

Coated1.6mm2.4mm3.2mm

Solid19%

OptiPerf

Royal Blue / Silver/ Metallic Blue Charcoal / Electric Blue / Hot Pink

Lavender/Forest Green / Red Purple / Spring Green / Pastel Blue

Aquaplast™Original

Sp

lintin

g



Maximum Resistance To StretchExtremely strong & durable, controlled stretch, excellent rigidity

Rolyan® Synergy™

Features• Offers maximum resistance to stretch while allowing

moderate drape and good conformability

• Provides a high degree of control during splint fabrication

• Can be handled firmly

• Excellent rigidity when set

• Uncoated, allowing permanent bonds

• Latex free

Rolyan® Ezeform™

Features• Offers maximum resistance to stretch while allowing

good conformability• Slightly tacky when heated to help maintain splint position –

giving the therapist an extra pair of hands for ease of splint fabrication

• Tolerates handling well• Good self finishing edges• Uncoated, allowing permanent bonds• Latex free

Rolyan® Ezeform™ with Built-In Anti-Microbial

Features• Maximum resistance to stretch with superior draping

and conforming qualities• Stays in place while critical contours are moulded• Slightly tacky surface acts like an extra pair of hands

during fabrication of the splint• Bonds permanently• Excellent rigidity – no reinforcement required• Edges trim and rub smooth easily• Latex Free

Uncoated

Uncoated

1.6 mm2.4 mm3.2 mm

3.2 mm

Solid1% Perf

19% Optiperf

Solid1% Perf

WhiteBeigeBlue

Charcoal

White

Ezeform™

Ezeform™ with Built-In Anti-Microbial

Uncoated 3.2 mmSolid

1% Perf

WhiteBeigeBlue

Synergy™

9

Sp

linting




Rolyan® Aquaplast™ Original Resilient™ / Aquaplast™Resilient™-T

Features• Coated and uncoated available

• Maximum resistance to stretch

• A non-draping material that provides maximum control

• 100% memory allows for re-moulding and splint revisions. Reduces waste for less experienced therapists

• Transparent when heated

• Latex free

Uncoated1.6 mm3.2 mm

Solid13%

UltraPerf

Aquaplast™ Original Resilient™

Rolyan® San-Splint™

Features• Maximum resistance to stretch

• Rubber based isoprene material with a high degree of control and rigidity


• Can be softened in a hot air oven or heat pan

• Excellent permanent bonding - for secure strapping, padding and attachments

• Rolyan®’s most rigid material

• Uncoated, allowing permanent bonds

• Latex free

Coated1.6 mm3.2 mm

Solid13%

UltraPerf

Aquaplast™ Resilient™-TWhite

White

San-Splint™Uncoated

1.6 mm3.2 mm

Solid1% Perf

2.5% Perf

WhiteBeige

Sp

lintin

g


Products – Minimum Resistance to Stretch

Rolyan® Polyform™Minimum Resistance to Stretch / Coated / Latex Free / Made in USA

Handling Characteristics

• Stretches easily with excellent drapability, conforming well to contours

• Minimal handling required; gentle, smooth motions achieve superior results

• Intimate fit achieved for reduced pressure areas and splint migration

• Edges trim easily

• Handle on a horizontal plane and form splint in a gravity-assisted position

• 1.6mm is half the thickness of Polyform for lightweight yet rigid splints

Bond-Ability• For a temporary bond, pinch

heated surfaces together• For a permanent bond, remove

the coating with spirits or by safely scraping with a sharp instrument

Clinical Recommendations

• Acute trauma• Pain and joint pathologies• Those who cannot tolerate firm

handling• Thumb, finger, wrist and hand

based splints• Dynamic outrigger bases• Paediatrics• 1.6mm Polyform™ – ideal for

conditions requiring a lightweight material i.e. elderly, paediatrics, oncology

1.6 mm 65°C to 70°C for 30 seconds3.2 mm 65°C to 70°C for 1 minute

1.6 mm 1 minute of working time3.2 mm 3 to 5 minutes working time

Ordering Information

Thickness Sheet Qty Size Colour Code by Perforation

Solid 1% Perf

1.6mm 4 30×46cm White 081264084 0812641181.6mm 6 30×46cm White 081264134 –3.2mm 1 46×61cm White 081263599 0812636153.2mm 4 46×61cm White 081264050 0812640763.2mm 1 61×91cm White 081263847 0812636233.2mm 1 46×61cm Beige 081263714 0812637713.2mm 1 61×91cm Beige 081263730 0812637553.2mm 1 46×61cm Blue 081263854 0812638883.2mm 1 61×91cm Blue – 081263813

11

Sp

linting



Blue codes only available to USA International Customers. Please order through USA International Customer Services. (See back cover for details.)

Rolyan® CuraDrape™Minimum Resistance to Stretch / Coated / Latex Free / Made in USA

1.6 mm 65°C to 70°C for 30 seconds2.4 mm 70°C to 75°C for 1 minute3.2 mm 70°C to 75°C for 1 minute

1.6 mm 1 minute of working time2.4 mm 2 to 3 minutes working time3.2 mm 4 to 5 minutes working time



Solid 1% Perf

1.6mm 1 30×46cm White 081707777 –1.6mm 6 30×46cm White 081707785 –2.4mm 1 46×61cm White 081707538 0817075532.4mm 4 46×61cm White 081707546 –3.2mm 1 46×61cm White 081707579 0817075953.2mm 4 46×61cm White 081707587 081707603


• Excellent drapability, conforming well to contours providing an intimate fit

• Requires minimal handling

• Minimum to moderate stretch

• Minimal handling required

• Easy trim edges that finish well

• Coated: allowing temporary bonds

Bond-Ability

• Coated: allowing temporary bonds for a temporary bond pinch heated surface together

• For a permanent bond remove the coating with spirits or by safely scraping the surface with a sharp instrument


Ideal for conditions that cannot tolerate firm handling or require a lightweight material ie:

• Acute trauma

• Pain and joint pathologies

• Thumb, finger, wrist and hand based splints

• Paediatrics

NEW

Sp

lintin

g



Rolyan® Aquaplast™ ProDrape™-TMinimum Resistance to Stretch / Coated / Latex Free / Made in USA

1.6 mm 65°C to 70°C for 30 seconds2.4 mm 70°C to 75°C for 1 minute3.2 mm 70°C to 75°C for 1 minute

1.6 mm 1 minute of working time2.4 mm 2 to 3 minutes working time3.2 mm 4 to 5 minutes working time



Solid 4% Perf 13% UltraPerf 19% OptiPerf

1.6mm 1 46×61cm White 081052067 – 081052083 –1.6mm 4 46×61cm White 081052075 – 081052109 –2.4mm 1 46×61cm White 081302413 – – –2.4mm 4 46×61cm White – – – 0813024543.2mm 1 46×61cm White 081302355 – – 0813023893.2mm 4 46×61cm White 081302363 – – 081302397

1.6mm 1 46×61cm Charcoal Grey – – – 091564236


• Smooth motions achieve best results

• Stretches easily with excellent drapability, conforming well to contours

• 100% memory allows for repeated reheating and splint revisions

• Increased cost effectiveness and reduced clinical waste

• Transparent when heated allowing the user to observe landmarks and potential pressure areas (white only)

• Edges trim and rub smooth easily

Bond-Ability

• For a temporary bond, pinch heated surfaces together

• For a permanent bond, remove the coating with spirits or by safely scraping with a sharp instrument


• Serial splinting (100% memory)

• Acute trauma

• Pain and joint pathologies

• Thumb, finger, wrist and hand based splints

• Dynamic outrigger bases

• Lightweight paediatric splints

13

Sp

linting


Products – Moderate Resistance to Stretch

Rolyan® Polyflex II™Moderate Resistance to Stretch / Coated / Latex Free / Made in USA


• Stretches easily with excellent drape, conforming well to contours to provide a seamless splint

• Flexible when cured allowing the splint to accommodate tonal and postural fluctuations

• A helping hand for patients having difficulty with splint application

• Handle on a horizontal plane and form splint in a gravity-assisted position

• Easy trim edges for superior finishing

• 1.6mm is half the weight and thickness of polyflex II for lightweight splints

Bond-Ability




• Pain or joint pathologies


• Neurological pathologies

• Neck collars and facemasks

• Wrist, hand finger and thumb splints

• 1.6mm Polyflex II™ – ideal for conditions requiring a lightweight material i.e. elderly, paediatrics, oncology

1.6 mm 70° to 75°C water for 35 seconds2.4 mm 70° to 75°C water for 1 minute3.2 mm 70° to 75°C water for 1 minute

1.6 mm 1 to 2 minutes of working time2.4 mm 2 to 3 minutes of working time3.2 mm 4 to 6 minutes of working time



Solid 1% Perf

1.6mm 4 30×46cm White 081264266 0812642822.4mm 1 46×61cm White 081264290 0812643243.2mm 1 46×61cm White 081264027 0812636073.2mm 4 46×61cm White 081264241 0812640683.2mm 1 61×91cm White 081264035 0812640013.2mm 1 46×61cm Beige 081263631 0812636983.2mm 1 61×91cm Beige 081263656 0812636723.2mm 1 46×61cm Blue 081263946 0812639793.2mm 1 61×91cm Blue 081263904 081263920

Sp

lintin

g



Rolyan® TailorSplint™Moderate Resistance to Stretch / Coated / Latex Free / Made in USA





Solid 1% Perf 19% OptiPerf

1.6mm 1 31×46cm Beige 081083518 081083526 –

1.6mm 4 31×46cm Beige 081264704 081264720 –

2.4mm 1 46×61cm Beige 081264761 081264779 –

2.4mm 4 46×61cm Beige 081264787 081264803 –

3.2mm 1 46×61cm Beige 081264746 081264753 –

3.2mm 4 46×61cm Beige 081264654 081264688 –

3.2mm 1 61×91cm Beige – 081264829 –


• Adapts effectively to a wide range of applications from hand splints to larger orthosis – few materials and storage space required

• Perfect balance between moderate resistance to stretch, moderate drape and good conformability

• Handles well, suitable for the novice and experienced splinter• Powdered smooth finish – increased patient comfort and compliance• Edges trim easily

Bond-Ability

• For a temporary bond, pinch heated surfaces together• For a permanent bond, remove the coating with spirits

or by safely scraping with a sharp instrument


• Acute trauma• Pain and joint pathologies• Neurological pathologies• Wide variety of upper and lower splints• Dynamic outrigger base

15

Sp

linting



Rolyan® Aquaplast™ OriginalModerate Resistance to Stretch / Uncoated / Latex Free / Made in USA





Solid 13% UltraPerf 19% OptiPerf

1.6mm 1 46×61cm White 081303601 0813036193.2mm 1 46×61cm White 081303650 –1.6mm 1 46×61cm Beige – 081095652 0813036841.6mm 4 46×61cm Beige – 0810956602.4mm 1 46×61cm Beige 081303783 – 0813038663.2mm 1 46×61cm Beige 081303742 – 081303767


• Clings to the skin while contouring, providing the experienced therapist with an extra set of hands while forming the splint

• Provides the same handling properties as Aquaplast-T™ but bonds instantly and permanently on contact

• Great for attaching outriggers or other components

• Perforated materials allow ventilation and reduce weight of finished splint

• Resists finger printing

Bond-Ability

• Bonds permanently when heated surfaces are pinched together

• Bond is especially strong if material is dry-heated


• Perfect for dynamic splinting and outrigger attachments

• Wide variety of upper and lower limb pathologies

Sp

lintin

g



Ezeform™

Rolyan® Aquaplast-T™Moderate Resistance to Stretch / Coated / Latex Free / Made in USA

1.6 mm 70° to 75°C water for 35 seconds2.0 mm 70° to 75°C water for 1 minute2.4 mm 70° to 75°C water for 1 minute3.2 mm 70° to 75°C water for 1 minute4.8 mm 70° to 75°C water for 1 to 2 minutes

1.6 mm 70° to 75°C water for 35 seconds2.0 mm 70° to 75°C water for 1 minute2.4 mm 70° to 75°C water for 1 minute3.2 mm 70° to 75°C water for 1 minute4.8 mm 70° to 75°C water for 1 to 2 minutes


• The optimum combination of intimate conformability and resistant stretch

• 100% memory allows repeated reheating and economical splint revisions

• 13% UltraPerf® perforation pattern is ideal for light-weight finger or hand splints requiring breathability

• 19% OptiPerf™ perforation pattern provides superior ventilation for comfort while maintaining material strength and easy edge finishing

• Translucent when heated


Bond-Ability




• Serial splints

• Hand, wrist, finger and thumb splints


• Elbow splints using the pinch and pop technique

Ordering Information (All items are white)

Thickness Sheet Qty

Code by Perforation

Solid 1% Perf 2% Perf 4% Perf 13% UltraPerf

19% OptiPerf

38% SuperPerf

42% SuperPerf

46×61cm

1.6mm 1 081301902 – – – 081302066 081302058 – 081302009

1.6mm 4 081301910 – – – – – – –

2.0mm 4 081554948 – – – 081554955 – – –

2.4mm 1 – – 081301738 081301746 – 081302116 081302496 –

2.4mm 4 081302470 – – – – – – –

3.2mm 1 081301761 081301811 – – – 081302140 – 081301787

3.2mm 4 081301753 081301829 – – – – – –

4.8mm 1 081302561 – – – – – – –

4.8mm 4 081302579 – – – – – – –

61×91cm

3.2mm 1 081302520 081302546 – – – – – –

4.8mm 1 081302595 – – – – – – –

4.8mm 2 081302603 – – – – – – –

17

Sp

linting



Rolyan® Aquaplast-T™ Watercolors™Moderate Resistance to Stretch / Coated / Latex Free / Made in USA

1.6mm 70° to 75°C water for 35 seconds2.4mm 70° to 75°C water for 1 minute3.2mm 70° to 75°C water for 1 minute

1.6mm 1 to 2 minutes of working time2.4mm 2 to 3 minutes of working time3.2mm 4 to 6 minutes of working time


• Bright, vibrant colours encourage paediatric and adult compliance

• The optimum combination of intimate conformability and resistant stretch

• 100% memory allows repeated reheating and economical splint revisions

• 13% UltraPerf® perforation pattern is ideal for lightweight finger or hand splints requiring breathability

• 19% OptiPerf™ perforation pattern provides superior ventilation for comfort while maintaining material strength and easy edge finishing


Bond-Ability



• Beige is also available without coating


• Finger and hand splints requiring breathability• Hand and upper limb splints• Neurological visual and attentional deficits• Occupational splints where conventional white

materials can show stains

For images of new colours please see page 18.

Sp

lintin

g


Blue codes are available upon request, subject to availability and increased lead times.

Rolyan® Aquaplast-T™ Watercolors™Moderate Resistance to Stretch / Coated / Latex Free / Made in USA




Thickness Sheet Qty

Colour Code by Perforation All sheets are 46×61cm

Solid 19% OptiPerf 13% UltraPerf

1.6mm 1 Beige 081301928 081301951 081301969

1.6mm 1 Charcoal 081303163 081303189 081303197

1.6mm 1 Electric Blue 081303312 081303387 081303395

1.6mm 1 Hot Pink 081303346 – 081303445

1.6mm 1 Lavender 081062702 081062728 081062744

1.6mm 1 Metallic Blue – – 081592997

1.6mm 1 Pastel Blue 081299775 – 081303056

1.6mm 1 Purple 081299759 – 081302819

1.6mm 1 Red 081299734 – 081302967

1.6mm 1 Royal Blue 081048875 081048891 081048917

1.6mm 1 Silver – – 081593003

1.6mm 1 Spring Green 081299809 – 081303015

2.0mm 1 Charcoal 081705276 – 081683960

2.4mm 1 Beige 081302173 081302207 –

2.4mm 1 Charcoal 081153170 081153196 –

2.4mm 1 Electric Blue 081151992 081152016 –

2.4mm 1 Hot Pink 081095405 – –

2.4mm 1 Metallic Blue – – 081572395

2.4mm 1 Purple 081302777 081302801 –

2.4mm 1 Red 081302926 081302959 –

2.4mm 1 Silver – – 081572429

3.2mm 1 Beige 081301837 081301860 –

3.2mm 1 Charcoal 081303270 081303130 –

3.2mm 4 Charcoal 081303288 081303148 –

3.2mm 1 Electric Blue 081302702 081302710 –

3.2mm 4 Electric Blue 081303106 081302850 –

3.2mm 1 Hot Pink 081303122 081302868 –

3.2mm 1 Lavender 081062645 081062678 –

3.2mm 1 Metallic Blue 081556307 081556331 –

3.2mm 4 Metallic Blue 081590926 081590934 –

3.2mm 1 Pastel Blue 081303247 081303049 –

3.2mm 1 Purple 081302728 081302751 –

3.2mm 4 Purple – 081302769 –

3.2mm 1 Red 081302876 081302900 –

3.2mm 4 Red 081302884 – –

3.2mm 1 Royal Blue 081048818 081048842 –

3.2mm 1 Spring Green 081303536 081303007 –

3.2mm 1 Silver 081556315 081556323 –

3.2mm 4 Silver 081590900 081590918 –

19

Sp

linting


Products – Maximum Resistance to Stretch

Rolyan® Synergy™Maximum Resistance to Stretch / Uncoated / Latex Free / Made in USA


• Maximum resistance to stretch while allowing moderate drape and good conformability

• Provides a high degree of control during splint fabrication


• Excellent rigidity when set


Bond-Ability

• Uncoated allowing permanent bonds and securing strapping, padding, hinges and outriggers


• Splints requiring firm handling


• Functional resting and positioning splints

• Upper and lower limb splinting, body jackets and back supports

• Equipment adaptation

3.2 mm 70° to 75°C water for 1 minute 3.2 mm 4 to 6 minutes of working time



Solid 1% Perf

3.2mm 1 46×61cm White 081298355 0812984133.2mm 4 46×61cm White 081298363 0812984213.2mm 1 61×91cm White 081298371 –3.2mm 1 46×61cm Beige 081298439 0812984963.2mm 1 61×91cm Beige 081298454 0812984703.2mm 1 46×61cm Blue 081298512 0812985383.2mm 1 61×91cm Blue 081298595 081298611

Sp

lintin

g



Rolyan® Ezeform™Maximum Resistance to Stretch / Uncoated / Latex Free / Made in USA

1.6 mm 70° to 75°C water for 35 seconds2.4 mm 70° to 75°C water for 30 to 45 seconds3.2 mm 70° to 75°C water for 1 minute



• Maximum resistance to stretch with superior draping and conforming qualities

• Slightly tacky when heated to help maintain splint position – giving the therapist an extra pair of hands for ease of splint fabrication

• Tolerates handling well• Edges trim and smooth easily• 1.6mm Ezeform™ offers maximum resistance to stretch in a

lightweight material

Bond-Ability

• Uncoated allowing permanent bonds and securing strapping, padding, hinges and outriggers


• Upper and lower limb splinting• Neurological pathologies• Splints requiring firm handling• Functional resting and positioning splints• Equipment adaptations



Solid 1% Perf 19% OptiPerf

1.6mm 4 31×46cm White 081282367 081282391 –

2.4mm 1 46×61cm White 081152040 – 081152073

2.4mm 4 46×61cm White 081152065 – 081152099

3.2mm 1 46×61cm White 081282110 081282334 –

3.2mm 4 46×61cm White 081282342 081282482 –

3.2mm 1 61×91cm White 081282318 081282128 –

3.2mm 6 31×46cm White – 081282359 –

3.2mm 1 46×61cm Charcoal 081539568 081539550 –

1.6mm 4 31×46cm Beige 081282458 081282466 –

3.2mm 1 46×61cm Beige 081282136 081282193 –

3.2mm 4 46×61cm Beige 081282144 081282201 –

3.2mm 1 61×91cm Beige 081282151 081282177 –

3.2mm 1 46×61cm Blue 081282250 081282284 –

3.2mm 4 46×61cm Blue 081282268 081282292 –

3.2mm 1 61×91cm Blue 081282219 081282235 –

21

Sp

linting



Rolyan® Ezeform™ with Built-In Anti-Microbial™Maximum Resistance to Stretch / Uncoated / Latex FREE / Made in USA

3.2mm 70° to 75°C water for 1 minute 3.2 mm 4 to 6 minutes of working time

This low-temperature thermoplastic has the same handling characteristics as Rolyan Ezeform with the added benefit of a built-in anti-microbial component to reduce odours.


• Maximum resistance to stretch with superior draping and conforming qualities

• Stays in place while critical contours are moulded• Slightly tacky surface acts like an extra pair of hands during

fabrication of the splint• Bonds permanently• Excellent rigidity – no reinforcement required• Edges trim and rub smooth easily• Latex Free

Bond-Ability

• Bonds permanently when heated surfaces are pinched together (not coated, giving the fabricator an “extra pair of hands”)


• Upper and lower limb splinting• Neurological pathologies• Splints requiring firm handling• Functional resting and positioning splints• Equipment adaptations



Solid 1% Perf

3.2mm 4 61×91cm White 081427129 –

3.2mm 1 61×91cm White – 081427111

3.2mm 4 61×91cm White – 081427137

3.2mm 1 61×91cm White 081427095 –

NEW

Sp

lintin

g



1.6 mm 65° to 70°C water for 35 seconds3.2 mm 70° to 75°C water for 1 minute

1.6 mm 1 to 2 minutes of working time3.2 mm 4 to 6 minutes of working time


• Available with or without coating


• A non-draping material that provides maximum control

• 100% memory allows for reheating and splint revisions

• Translucent when heated

Bond-Ability

• Aquaplast™ Resilient-T™ – for a temporary bond, pinch heated surfaces together for a permanent bond, remove coating

• Aquaplast™ Original Resilient™ – bonds permanently when heated


• Splints requiring frequent revisions and serial splinting

• Neurological Pathologies

• Medium and larger splints for the upper and lower limb including fracture bracing

Rolyan® Aquaplast™ Original Resilient™/ Aquaplast™ Resilient™-TMaximum Resistance to Stretch / Original Resilient Uncoated / Resilient-T Coated / Latex Free / Made in USA



Solid 13% UltraPerf

Original Resilient1.6mm 1 46×61cm White 081303809 0810434701.6mm 4 46×61cm White 081303817 0810434883.2mm 1 46×61cm White 081303841 –3.2mm 4 46×61cm White 081303858 –Resilient–T1.6mm 1 46×61cm White 081302298 081302249

3.2mm 1 46×61cm White 081302322 –3.2mm 4 46×61cm White 081302330 –

23

Sp

linting



1.6 mm 65° to 70°C water for 35 seconds3.2 mm 70° to 75°C water for 1 minute

1.6 mm 1 minute of working time3.2 mm 3 to 5 minutes of working time


• Rubber based isoprene material with a high degree of control and rigidity

• Can be worked aggressively without finger printing


• Can be softened in a hot air oven or heat pan

• Excellent permanent bonding - for secure strapping, padding and attachments

• Slightly tacky when heated to help maintain splint position – giving the therapist an extra pair of hands for ease of splint fabrication


• 1.6mm San-Splint™ provides high control in a lightweight material

Bond-Ability

• Uncoated, excellent permanent bonding - for secure strapping, padding and attachments


• Upper and lower limb pathologies/splints requiring a high degree of control

• Medium to large splints including body jackets and back supports

• Fracture Bracing


• Shoe orthotics



Solid 1% Perf 2.5% OptiPerf

3.2mm 1 46×61cm White 081266220 081266246 –3.2mm 4 46×61cm White 081266238 081266253 –3.2mm 1 61×91cm White 081266261 081266295 –3.2mm 2 61×91cm White – 081266303 –1.6mm 1 46×61cm Beige 081266485 – 0812664511.6mm 4 46×61cm Beige 081266493 – 0812664693.2mm 1 46×61cm Beige 081266345 – 0812663863.2mm 4 46×61cm Beige 081266337 – 0812663603.2mm 1 61×91cm Beige 081266402 – 0812664283.2mm 1 101×155cm Beige 081266378 – –

Rolyan® San-Splint™Maximum Resistance to Stretch / Uncoated / Latex Free / Made in USA

Sp

lintin

g


Rolyan® Thermoplastics Material Guide

For further information, request your copy of our Splinting Brochure (091515170)

now from Customer Services

Rolyan® Aquaplast™Original Rolyan® Aquaplast™-T Rolyan® Aquaplast™-T Watercolors™

Rolyan® TailorSplint™

Rolyan® Polyflex II™


Rolyan® Aquaplast™ ProDrape™-T

Rolyan® CuraDrape™

Rolyan® Polyform™

Minimum Resistance To StretchHighly comfortable, excellent drapeability, stretches easily, minimal handling required


Rolyan® San-Splint™

Rolyan® Aquaplast™ Original Resilient / Rolyan® Aquaplast™Resilient™-T

Rolyan® Synergy™

Rolyan® Ezeform™Rolyan® Ezeform™ with Built-In Anti-Microbial™

LOWHIGH

HIGH

Resi

stan

ce

Drapeability

Po

lyfl

ex II

™

Aq

uap

last

™

Pro

Dra

pe™

-T

Pol

yfo

rm™

Cur

aDra

pe™

Tailo

rSp

lint™

Eze

form

™E

zefo

rm™

wit

h B

uilt

-In

An

ti-M

icro

bia

l™

Syn

erg

y™

Ro

lyan

®A

qu

apla

st™

Ori

gin

al

Aq

uap

last

-T™

A

qu

apla

st-T

™ W

ater

colo

rs™

Aq

uap

last

™ O

rig

inal

Res

ilien

t™

Aq

uap

last

™R

esili

ent™

-T

San

-Sp

lint™

Sp

linting

25

Splinting Materials

2 Rolyan® Adapt-It Thermoplastic PelletsMelt pellets in hot water and mould onto utensils, household items, ambulation aids and recreation equipment. Can also be used for fabricating web spacers, joysticks, adapting head and mouth sticks, extending wheelchair brakes, and in craft projects. Latex free.081288042 1.4kg

3 Rolyan® Aquatubes™ Ultra Thin™ Edging Material

Super thin thermoplastic material is designed to provide a smooth, durable edge reinforcement on splints fabricated from perforated Aquaplast materials. Quickly softens using a heat gun or hot water to instantly bond to splint. White. Rolls measure 1.9cm×7.6m. 081303593 Roll

4 Rolyan® Aquatubes™ Splinting TubesInstant bonding, low temperature, hollow splinting tubes permanently bond to all Rolyan splinting materials.• Can be used as line guides to direct angle of pull and prevent

snagging of traction lines• Ideal for dynamic outriggers and figure 8 splints• Can be used as an economical, durable hinge• Choice of 3 diameters• White• 60cm long• Latex free Outside Inside Diameter Diameter081302025 4.8mm 1.6mm 081302033 6.4mm 3.2mm 081302041 9.5mm 3.2mm 081115047 Pack of 3 (one of each size)

081302025 081302033 081302041

2

1

3

3

4

1 Rolyan® QuickCast “2”The improved tape of the Rolyan QuickCast "2" is ideally suited for serial splinting or casting of fingers, as well as for paediatric applications. It can be applied directly to the patient's skin and provides for a low profile splint. The QuickCast "2" sets faster than casting material and does not require undercast padding. It can be removed with cast scissors, and does not require a cast saw. Dryer for heating is sold separately.081416601 2.5cm×3.7m 081686468 5cm×3.7m

PRICESFor up-to-date prices please see our Website, alternatively contact your Sales Representative or Customer Services.


Sp

lintin

g


Rolyan® Introductory Kits & Packs

1.6mm 70° to 75°C water for 35 seconds2.4mm 70° to 75°C water for 1 minute3.2mm 70° to 75°C water for 1 minute4.8mm 70° to 75°C water for 1 to 2 minutes

1.6mm 1 to 2 minutes of working time2.4mm 2 to 3 minutes of working time3.2mm 4 to 6 minutes of working time4.8mm 4 to 7 minutes of working time

Rolyan® Aquaplast-T™ Watercolours™ Rolyan® Paediatric Pack A

Convenient size for paediatric splinting or for hand-based splints for adults. Save time and money by ordering 15 × 23cm sheets in 8 colours: 3.2mm solid electric blue, hot pink, spring green, charcoal, pastel blue and red. 2.4mm solid purple. 1.6mm 19% OptiPerf blush.081303155

Rolyan® Aquaplast-T™ Watercolors™ Rolyan® Multi-Colour Variety Packs

Order Watercolors in 46 × 61cm size in a mixed pack per details below to get the case quantity discount. Available in the following combinations:

‘Bold’ Watercolours Pack

Contains one each of purple, hot pink, charcoal and red.081048669 3.2mm Solid

‘Pastel’ Watercolours Pack1/8˝ packs contain one each of spring green, beige, lavender, and pastel blue.081048685 3.2mm Solid

Sp

linting

27UK Medical Customers Tel: 03448 730 035 UK Trade Customers Tel: 03448 124 330International Customers Tel: +44 1623 448 706


Rolyan® Introductory Splinting Kit

To accompany Introduction to Splinting Book by Brenda M Coppard and Helene Lohman; Performance Health offer an introductory pack of low temperature thermoplastics. The pack contains a wide range of Rolyan® materials for the therapist who wants to follow along with the exercises in the book or simply to gain experience with a range of low-temperature thermoplastics. The kit includes:23×30cm (9×12˝) Sheet Size• 3.2mm, white, solid, Rolyan® Ezeform™• 2.4mm, white, solid, Rolyan® Aquaplast™

ProDrape™-T• 3.2mm, white, solid Rolyan® Synergy™• 3.2mm, white, solid TailorSplint™• 3.2mm, beige, solid5×5cm (2×2˝) Sheet size 3.2mm (1/8˝)• White, solid Aquaplast™-T• White, solid Synergy™• White, solid Ezeform™ • White, solid Polyflex II™ • White, solid San-Splint™ • Beige, solid TailorSplint™• Beige, solid Aquaplast™-T Watercolors™ • Purple, solid Aquaplast™-T Watercolors™

Other splinting products• SoftStrap® Strapping material, 2˝ (5cm) wide,

2 yd. (183cm) long (091045822)• 2 outrigger wires, 3.2mm diameter, 91cm (1yd.)

long (081275916)• 8 rubber bands, size 30, 3.2mm wide × 5cm (2˝)

long (081288760)• 17cm 17.2cm Jamar plastic goniometer

(081187467)081290659

Rolyan® Adapt-it Thermoplastic Pellets

Melt pellets in hot water and mold onto utensils, household items, ambulation aids and recreation equipment. Can also be used for fabricating web spacers, joysticks, adapting head and mouth sticks, extending wheelchair brakes, and in crafts projects. Includes instructions. Latex free.081288042 Economy Size, 1.4kg


Sp

lintin

g

28


Rolyan® Small Clinic Pack A

Contains a selection of Rolyan® thermoplastics materials ideal for splinting hand conditions. The perfect way to sample the Rolyan® range. In a convenient size for hand splinting. All are latex free. Contains one of each of the following:• 2.4×229×305mm

Rolyan® Aquaplast™ Pro-Drape™-T White, Optiperf™• 3.2×152×305mm

Rolyan® Polyform™ White, Solid • 3.2×229×305mm

Rolyan® Polyflex II™ Beige, Solid • 1.6×152×305mm

Rolyan® Aquaplast-T Watercolors™ Electric Blue, Ultraperf™081048701

Rolyan® Small Clinic Pack C

Contains a selection of Rolyan® thermoplastics materials ideal for addressing conditions that require increased rigidity and support. All are latex free. Contains one of each of the following:• 2.4×229×305mm

Rolyan® Aquaplast™-T, White, Optiperf™ • 3.2×203×457mm

Rolyan® Ezeform™, White, 1% perforated• 1.6×229×305mm

Rolyan® Aquaplast™-T Resilient, White, Optiperf™ • 3.2×203×457mm

Rolyan® San-Splint™, Beige, 2.5% Perforated 081048727

Rolyan® Small Clinic Pack B

Contains a selection of Rolyan® thermoplastics materials ideal for hand and wrist splints. All are latex free. Contains one of each of the following:• 2.4×229×305mm

Rolyan® Aquaplast™-T, White, Optiperf™ • 3.2×229×305mm

Rolyan® Polyflex II™, Beige, Solid • 3.2×203×457mm

Rolyan® Ezeform™, White, 1% perforated• 2.4×229×305mm

Rolyan® TailorSplint™, Beige, 1% perforated081048719

www.performancehealth.co.uk for Prices & Full Range of Products

Sp

linting

29

Pre-cut Splints

Rolyan® Pre-Cut SizingOur pre-cut splint blanks are ready to heat and mould. Quick and easy to use, they save time, money and reduce waste material. Invert the pre-cut for right or left hand application. For size, measure across the second to fifth MCP. Size guide below:X-Small Up to 7.6cm Small 7.6-8.9cm Medium 8.9cm-10.8cm Large 11.4cm +

2 Rolyan® Thumb Support SplintThis pre-cut features newly designed perforations to provide extra ventilation without compromising stability. It provides strong but lightweight support for the CMC and MP joints of the thumb, leaving the wrist free for function. Clinical uses include CMC arthritis and ligamentous injuries. One size available, can be trimmed for a custom fit. Pack of 3.081047711 Polyflex II 3.2mm White 081047729 TailorSplint 2.4mm Beige 081152982 Pro-Drape-T 2.4mm Charcoal

3 Rolyan® Gauntlet Thumb SpicaDesigned to immobilise the thumb CMC and MP joint. Ideal for providing support and stability for arthritis, ligamentous and soft tissue injuries. Pack of 3. For sizing, see above.Aquaplast-T OptiPerf 1.6mm Perforated White 081286954 Small 081286962 Medium 081286970 Large Polyflex 1.6mm Solid White081286921 Small 081286939 Medium 081286947 Large Aquaplast-T OptiPerf 1.6mm Solid White081047539 Small 081047547 Medium 081047554 Large Aquaplast-T ProDrape-T 1.6mm Charcoal081153022 Small 081153063 Medium 081153105 Large

1 Rolyan® TailorSplint™ CMC Pre-CutCMC Splint provides support for the CMC joint while leaving all other joints of the hand free to move. Use in case of CMC instability or pain due to sprains, strains, rheumatoid arthritis and post surgery. Made from 2.4mm TailorSplint. Pack of 3. Latex free. For sizing, see above.081114495 Small 081114503 Medium 081114511 Large

4 Rolyan® TailorSplint™ Wrist and Thumb SpicaImmobilises the wrist, CMC and MP joints of the thumb. Pack of 3. For sizing, see above.TailorSplint 3.2mm Solid Beige081081298 Small 081081306 Medium

1

2

3

4

5


Sp

lintin

g

30

Pre-cut Splints

2 Rolyan® Radial Bar Wrist Cock-Up SplintProvides dorsal or volar wrist support. Makes an ideal dynamic outrigger base. Pack of 3. For sizing, see page 29.Aquaplast-T 3.2mm Solid White081262468 Small 081262542 Medium Polyform 3.2mm Solid White081262476 Small 081262559 Medium

2

1 Rolyan® Thumb Hole Wrist Cock-Up SplintProvides support with control of radial and ulnar deviation. Pack of 3. For sizing, see page 29.Aquaplast-T 3.2mm Solid White081262294 Small 081262351 Medium Polyform 3.2mm Perforated White081047646 Small 081047653 Medium

1

3 Rolyan® Resting Pan Mitt Splint (Solid)Designed to provide support for the wrist and MP or CMC joint of the thumb. May be used on either the volar or dorsal aspect of the hand. Ideal for arthritic and neurological conditions where support and protection are desired. Pack of 3.Ezeform 3.2mm Solid White081289974 Small 081289941 Medium 081289917 Large

5 Rolyan® Functional Positioning Splint (Perforated)6.4mm perforations are patterned so rigidity is not compromised, providing maximum air flow and ventilation to underlying skin. Ideal for hot or humid climates. Pack of 3.Ezeform 3.2mm Perforated White081265172 Small 081265180 Medium 081265198 Large

4 Rolyan® Functional Positioning Splint (Solid)A static resting splint designed to immobilise the wrist, fingers and thumb joints. Enables painful or deformed joints to be placed in an anatomically correct position for optimum functional alignment. Ideal for neurological conditions, burns, arthritis and post surgery. Pack of 3.Aquaplast-T 3.2mm Solid White081265297 Small 081265263 Medium 081265230 Large Ezeform 3.2mm Solid White081265321 X-Small 081265305 Small 081265271 Medium 081265248 Large

5


3

4

Sp

linting

31

Pre-cut Splints

1 Rolyan® Long Arm TailorSplint™ with Radial BarUse when immobilisation of the elbow and wrist is required. Can be trimmed. Made of 3.2mm TailorSplint. Sold individually. 081061811

4 Rolyan® Dorsal Blocking SplintDesigned to immobilise the wrist, MCP’s and IP joints leaving the thumb free for function. Sometimes called a back slab splint and is used clinically following flexor tendon repairs. The palmar bar provides maximum support and reduces splint migration. Pack of 3.

Ezeform 3.2mm Solid White081268713 Small 081268747 Medium 081061761 Large Polyflex II 3.2mm Solid White081268671 Small 081268721 Medium Aquaplast ProDrape 3.2mm Solid White081268762 Medium

2 Rolyan® Metacarpal Fracture SplintUse to protect fractures of the fourth and fifth metacarpal post cast when support is still needed. Can be trimmed proximally and distally as needed. 3.2mm TailorSplint. Pack of 3.081061852 Small 081061860 Medium

3 Rolyan® Dorsal Wrist Cock-Up SplintDesigned to provide wrist immobilisation while leaving the MCP’s and thumb free for function. Ideal as a base for dynamic splints or for soft tissue injuries. For sizing measure width of second to fifth MCP. One per pack. Includes paediatric size.Aquaplast-T 3.2mm Solid White081261981 Small 5.1 - 7.3cm 081262013 Small/Medium 7.3 - 7.6cm 081261999 Medium 7.6 - 9.2cm 081262005 Large 9.3 - 11.1cm

5 Rolyan® Resting Pan Mitt Splint (Perforated)Features newly designed perforations to provide extra ventilation without compromising the splints strength and stability. May be used either dorsally or volarly to provide support and protection for arthritic and neurological conditions. Pack of 3.Ezeform 3.2mm White081047687 Small 081047695 Medium 081047703 Large

1

2

3

4

5

NEWSIZE


Sp

lintin

g

32

Pre-formed Splints

Rolyan® Pre-Formed Functional Position Splints

Pre-formed functional position splints are made from low temperature thermoplastic materials that can be modified easily for a custom fit. For size measure the width of the second to fifth MCP.X-Small Up to 6.4cmSmall 6.4 - 8.8cmMedium 8.9 - 11.3cmLarge 11.4cm+

1 Rolyan® Pre-Formed Walker SplintFor people whose grasp is weak due to loss of range of motion, muscle weakness or sensory loss. Made from Polyform splinting material with Kushionflex padding. Can be easily adapted by using a heat gun or in hot water. Complete with straps. For size, measure width of hand at knuckles, not including the thumb. (Original design courtesy of Beth Beach, OTR).Left Right Size081290360 081290378 Small/Medium 7.6 - 8.9cm 081290386 081290394 Large 8.9 - 10.2cm

2 Rolyan® Functional Position Splint with Slot and Loop Strapping

Pre-formed functional position splint that places the wrist and hand in approximately 30° of wrist extension, neutral deviation, 35° of MCP flexion, and 20° of PIP and DIP flexion. Sizing as above.Left Right Size081265578 081265586 Small 081265594 081265602 Medium 081265610 081265628 Large

3 Rolyan® Perforated Functional Position Hand Splint with Strapping

Pre-formed from 3.2mm Polyform splinting material, splint provides maximum ventilation. Sizing as above.Left Right Size081265636 081265651 Small 081265669 081265677 Medium 081265685 081265693 Large

4 Rolyan® Functional Position Hand Splint with Strapping

Pre-formed from 3.2mm Polyform splinting material. Includes three self-adhesive straps. Sizing as above.Left Right Size Colour081265537 081265644 Small White 081265750 081265776 Medium White 081265784 081265792 Large White

5 Rolyan® Aquaplast Functional Position SplintCan be reheated and reshaped repeatedly. Transparent whilst soft for convenience when moulding. Sizing as above.Left Right Size081265339 081265347 Small 081265354 081265362 Medium 081265370 081265388 Large

1

2

3

4

5



33

Sp

linting


Pre-Formed Splints

Rolyan® Anti-Spasticity SplintsAnti-Spasticity Splints, which are pre-formed from Polyform splinting material, position the wrist, abduct the fingers and thumb, and maintain the palmar arch in a reflex-inhibiting position. Splints can be adapted easily, and come complete with a strapping system for the fingers and thumb and two padded self-adhesive D-Ring straps for the forearm.For size, measure the width of the second to fifth MCP.X-Small 7.6-8.2cm Medium 8.9-10.2cmSmall 8.3-8.8cm Large Over 10.2cm

1 Rolyan® Anti-Spasticity Ball SplintA pre-formed specialist neurological splint designed to control hand and wrist position in the presence of abnormal tone. The splint offers superior ventilation to aid air exchange to underlying skin. Made from white 3.2mm Polyform. To be used on the volar aspect. One per pack. Available in paediatric sizes. See above for sizing. (Pattern design courtesy of Bronwyn Keller, OTR)Left Right Size081048602 081048610 Small 081048628 081048636 Medium 081048644 081048651 Large

2 Rolyan® Anti-Spasticity Ball Joint (Volar)Sizing as above.Left Right Size Colour081275031 081275072 Small White 081275023 081275064 Medium White 081275015 081275056 Large White

3 Rolyan® Anti-Spasticity Ball Splint with Slot and Loop Strapping

Ideal for people with moderate to severe spasticity. Metacarpal pad and slot and loop finger strapping help keep fingers and thumb from lifting off splint. Sizing as above. White in colour.Left Right Size081274885 081274877 X-Small 081274901 081274893 Small 081274927 081274919 Medium 081274943 081274935 Large

4 Rolyan® Deluxe Spasticity Hand SplintFabricated from Polyflex II splinting material, the forearm trough provides support and maintains the wrist in a neutral position. Easily adapted. Includes self-adhesive straps. For size, measure second to fifth MCP. White in colour.Left Right Size081276369 081276377 Small Up to 8.9cm 081276385 081276393 Medium 8.9cm-11.4cm 081276401 081276419 Large 11.4cm+

1

2

3

4

Sp

lintin

g


Pre-Formed Splints

1 Rolyan® Pre-Formed Posterior Elbow SplintPre-formed splint that positions the elbow in 90° flexion. Ideal for use following epicondylectomy, humeral or forearm fractures and post nerve repairs. Made from 3.2mm white Polyform and lined with 6.4mm Polycushion padding. Strapping included. For sizing, measure the circumference at mid-point of humerus.081279819 Small 20.3-24.1cm 081279827 Medium 24.2-27.9cm 081279835 Large 28-34.3cm 081279843 X-Large 34.4-39.4cm

2 Rolyan® Pre-Formed Foot Drop SplintProvides support and positioning for the ankle and foot in a neutral posture. Made from white 3.2mm Polyform and padded with 6.4mm Polycushion for comfort and protection. Can be easily adapted and comes with strapping. Not suitable for ambulation. Fit is determined by shoe size. Suitable for both right and left. UK Women UK Men081285584 Small 3 1/2-5 1/2 4 1/2-6 1/2 081285659 Medium 6-8 7-9 081285667 Large 8 1/2-10 1/2 9 1/2-11

3 Rolyan® Foot Drop Splint with Expanded HeelExpanded over the malleoli and Achilles tendon to minimise pressure areas. Made from white 3.2mm Polyform and padded with 6.4mm Polycushion. Complete with strapping. Not suitable for ambulation. Fit is determined by shoe size. X-Wide available. UK Women UK Men081285675 Small 3-5 6-8 081285683 Medium 5 1/2-7 1/2 8 1/2-10 1/2 081285691 Large 8-10 11-13 081285709 Large X-Wide 8-10 11-13

1

2

3

4

4 Rolyan® External Fixator Foot SupportTo assist tibial fractures, the Rolyan External Fixator Foot Support has a dynamic dorsiflexion assist. The support also protects the heel while helping to prevent foot drop. The foot support is also compatible with external fixation systems, such as Hoffman, Kroner, and Fisher. The elastic straps included give plantar flexion exercise for rehabilitation while supporting dorsiflexion.081276617

NEW

35

Sp

linting


Stockinette

1 Rolyan® Thumb Splint LinersDurable two-ply stockinette liners are extra-thick and extra-soft. Cotton/polyester. Finished seams and overcast edges. Re-usable. Machine wash and dry. One size. Packs of 10. Latex free.Beige081186980 Thumb Spica 7.5×15cm 081186998 Wrist/Hand 7.5×33cm 081187004 Wrist/Hand/Thumb 7.5×33cm

1

2 Rolyan® Polypropylene StockinetteAn innovative fabric that keeps the skin dry and comfortable. Ideal under splints and casts to reduce skin maceration. Latex free.081275452 5cm×10m - Roll 081275460 7.6cm×10m - Roll 081275478 10cm×10m - Roll

2

3 Rolyan® Protouch™ StockinetteStockinette has moderate stretch for excellent conformability and fit without constriction. Cotton/Polyester, Latex free.081286186 5.1cm×23m - Roll 081286194 7.6cm×23m - Roll 081286202 10.2cm×23m - Roll

3

4 Rolyan® 100% Cotton StockinetteDensely knit tubular bandage that stretches to three times its original size for conformability. Ideal as a removable washable lining for under splints and casts. Latex free. In paediatric sizes.081286210 2.1cm×23m - Roll

4

5 Rolyan® Black StockinetteComfortable cotton stockinette to contrast with splinting materials. 22.86m roll. Dispenser box. Latex free.081059724 5.2cm wide 081059732 8cm wide

5 6

A

B

6 Rolyan® Tubular Bandages for Fingers and ToesSeamless tubular bandages that can be used as padding or when uniform pressure is needed for oedema control. Apply with applicator. Made from nylon/spandex. Fits most adults. Latex free.081275544 A 1.6cm×4.6m - Roll 081275569 B Tubular Bandage Applicator - Each

Can also be used as a splint tool.

LATEX FREE

LATEX FREE

LATEX FREE

LATEX FREE

LATEX FREE

LATEX FREE

Sp

lintin

g


Padding Materials

1 Hapla Gold All Wool FeltHapla Gold Felt has been enhanced by introducing a broad range anti-microbial treatment to protect against bacteria and fungi. Designed with Hapla clinically proven adhesive. Sheet size = 22.5×45cm. Latex free.091318476 2mm Pack of 4 091318484 5mm Pack of 4 091318492 7mm Pack of 4 091318500 10mm Pack of 4

2 Hapla Semi Compressed 100% Wool FeltsPure 100% Wool Felts used as a highly versatile padding which can be easily cut and shaped providing excellent pressure absorption. Sheet size = 22.5×45cm. Latex free.091268416 2mm Pack of 4 091268515 5mm Pack of 4 091268580 7mm Pack of 4 091371137 10mm Pack of 4

3 Hapla Semi Compressed 70% Wool FeltsNew type felts are a mixture of 70% wool and 30% viscose which provides a cost effective alternative to 100% wool felt. Sheet size = 22.5×45cm. Latex free.081061928 3mm Pack of 4 091268481 5mm Pack of 4 091268549 7mm Pack of 4 091556554 10mm Pack of 4

4 Hapla Swandown on FoamClosed cell latex foam bonded to a brushed fibre surface absorbs pressure with instantaneous recovery, ideal for underfoot pressure redistribution. Sheet size = 22.5×45cm.091268440 7mm Pack of 4

5 Hapla Polyurethane FoamPolyurethane foam is highly compressible with instantaneous recovery, ideal for light comfort cushioning. Sheet size = 22.5×45cm. Latex free.091268309 5mm Box of 4 091268382 7mm Box of 4

6 Foam-O-FeltThis composite combines pure wool felt with a latex foam surface, which absorbs pressure and cushions impact. The closed-cell structure compresses to absorb pressure with instantaneous recovery. The pure wool felt is strong and conformable to redistribute pressure. Sheet size = 22.5×45cm.081061910 5mm Box of 4

7 Hapla Fleecy FoamSoft medical grade open-cell foam with a fleecy surface and self-adhesive backing. Extremely soft, ideal for padding bony prominences. 3/16×9×18˝ (4.8mm×23cm×45.6cm).081298348 4.8mm Case of 4

8 Hapla Fleecy WebHapla Fleecy Web is an extremely soft self-adhesive padding with a slightly raised felt surface. It feels like a slightly padded, softer Moleskin with a 2-way stretch, to make it more conforming. This is ideal for padding bony prominences and around the thumb area of a splint. 1/8×9×16˝ (3.1mm×23cm×40.6cm).081298330 3.1mm Case of 4

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

LATEX FREE

LATEX FREE

LATEX FREE

LATEX FREE

NEW

NEW

37

Sp

linting


Padding Materials

1 Rolyan® Temper FoamOpen cell, slow recovery padding with a memory. Body heat helps mould foam. Ideal for lining splints or for adapting equipment. Durable but soft. Latex free.081276443 Pink 9.5×406×610mm 081276427 Blue 9.5×406×610mm

1

2 Rolyan® Extra Soft Splint PaddingHigh-density open cell foam features high-viscoelastic impact absorption properties for superior support and uniform pressure distribution. Self-adhesive backing ensures correct placement. Latex free.081080035 6.4×460×680mm 081080043 13×460×680mm

2 3

4 Hapla™ Fleecy WebExtremely soft self-adhesive padding with a slightly raised felt surface. Can be stretched in one direction to make it more conforming. Ideal for padding bony prominences and around the thumb area of a splint. 100% cotton. Feels like slightly padded moleskin. Latex free.091131267 22×40cm - 4 sheets per case

4

5 Hapla™ Fleecy Web RollHapla Fleecy Web is 100% cotton padding and features a raised fleecy surface. It is widely used to protect sore and tender skin from friction and rubbing. Latex free.091221340 5cm×3m 091556570 7.5cm×5m White

5LATEX FREE

6 Hapla™ Fleecy FoamSoft medical grade foam with a fleecy surface and self-adhesive backing. Extremely soft, ideal for padding bony prominences. Open cell foam. Latex free. Sheet size 23×45cm.091131259 5mm - 4 sheets 091268374 7mm - 4 sheets

6

LATEX FREE

LATEX FREE

LATEX FREE

LATEX FREE

3 Rolyan Temper FoamUse the Rolyan Temper Foam as a layer of padded lining in splints, casts, and adaptive equipment. It works as a barrier to protect the body from further injury. The open cell foam can help minimize the effects of objects bumping into, scraping, or brushing against a cast or splint.081276435 25.4×466×610mm

NEW

Sp

lintin

g


1 Orthopaedic FeltSelf-adhesive padding made of polyester, polypropylene and viscose. Latex free. Easy to apply and replace.081275593 6.4mm×190mm×38cm - Pack of 10 081187152 3.2mm×140mm×2.29m 081187160 6mm×140mm×2.29m

1

2

3

4

5

2 Rolyan® Latex-Free MoleskinSoft, low profile product with adhesive backing. Latex free.081095454 23cm×3.65m - Beige 081095462 2.5cm×4.6m - Beige 081095470 5cm×4.6m - Beige 081095587 23cm×3.65m - White

3 Moleskin RollsStandard soft open cell padding with self-adhesive backing. Suitable for lining splints and casts. Contains latex.081275577 0.8mm×300mm×4.6m - Roll

4 Moleskin PaddingEasy to reposition or replace. Soft, open cell, 3.2mm thick padding material has a self-adhesive backing. Latex free.081289768 150mm×5.5m - Roll 081289776 230mm×3.7m - Roll

5 Economy Moleskin RollsHigh quality, self-adhesive, soft padding in a convenient dispenser box. Paper backing. Contains latex.081275585 0.8mm×300mm×4.6m - Roll

Padding Materials

LATEX FREE

LATEX FREE

LATEX FREE

39

Sp

linting


1 2

3 4

4 Rolyan® Clear Gel Padding For use in gloves, splints and footwear to help disperse the energy of impacts and reduce skin shearing. Cut desired size and shape from the sheet material. We recommend the use of talcum powder to reduce residue and seal with surgical tape. Will not bottom out. Colours may vary. Sold in 250×340mm sheets. Range of thicknesses available. Latex free.081288950 3.2mm - Sheet 081288968 4.8mm - Sheet 081288976 6.4mm - Sheet

1 Rolyan® Polycushion™ PaddingUse soft foam Polycushion with thermoplastic splints. Also for general padding and for patients who are hypersensitive to heat or pressure. Closed cell. Can be applied to splinting material prior to immersing in water. Self-adhesive. Cuts easily with scissors. Washable. Latex free.081263565 3.2×450×610mm - 4 sheets per case 081263557 6.4×450×610mm - 3 sheets per case

3 Rolyan® Kushionflex™ PaddingKushionflex is a firm padding that resists bottoming out. Closed-cell, so it can be applied to splinting material prior to immersion in hot water. Self-adhesive. Cuts easily. Washable. Latex free.081275874 3.2×450×610mm - 4 sheets per case 081275858 13×450×610mm - 1 sheet

2 Rolyan® Low-Tack Polycushion™ PaddingTraditional Polycushion with a less aggressive adhesive. Ideal for splints that require frequent padding changes. Low tack padding peels off after application to a splint, without leaving a sticky residue. Closed cell. Latex Free.081263573 3.2×450×610mm - 4 sheets per case 081263581 6.4×450×610mm - 3 sheets per case 081419258 3.2×450×610mm - 4 sheets per case

5 Plastazote™ Foam Splinting MaterialHandling Characteristics• Low density foam material that conforms to heat and pressure• Cut to shape, oven heat and mould, providing a close,

secure fit• Material may be laminated together by placing one piece on

top of anotherHeating• Oven heat at 140°C • Not to be used with a heat pan. Heat with hot air gun or

in hot air ovenClinical Indications• Shoe orthotics and inserts, ideal for diabetic neuropathy• Ideal for arthritis splints, cervical collars• Use to adapt handles of household utensils and equipmentPerforated-Beige091130731 12mm 100×75cm 5 sheets Non-Perforated-Beige081562925 3.2mm 102×76cm 8 sheets 081562917 6.4mm 102×76cm 4 sheets 081562909 13mm 102×76cm 2 sheets Non-Perforated-Self-Adhesive-Beige081285873 1.6mm 15×91cm roll Non-Perforated-Self-Adhesive-Beige081285907 3.2mm 15×91cm roll

5

5 6

LATEX FREE

LATEX FREE

LATEX FREE

LATEX FREE

6 PPT Foam Padding Self-Adhesive BackPPT Foam Padding is thin, yet extremely durable padding material. It acts as a shock absorber for tender or hyper sensitive areas. The top layer of nylon skin is washable, as well as smooth and comfortable to the tough. The PPT Foam Padding is open-cell and latex free.081268804 3.2mm 30×137cm

NEWSIZE

NEW

Padding Materials

LATEX FREE

Sp

lintin

g


Silipos™ RangeThe Silipos gel sheeting products are ideal for the relief of pressure and friction and can be applied to splinting materials or used to line braces, prosthetics, orthotics and sports related padding. The pressure relief padding is also recommended for providing extra cushioning for wheelchairs and is perfect for use with lightweight padding.

1 Pressure Relief Padding™The 2mm thick gel padding has a 2-way stretch top cover and adhesive backing to securely position in custom made devices. Used to reduce shock and vibration, the Pressure Relief Padding can be used as a replacement for moleskin or orthopaedic felt in total contact casts. 1 roll per pack.091126259 10×91cm 091126267 20×91cm

2 Gel Dots3mm thick by 3cm diameter gel dots with self-adhesive backing impregnated with mineral oil. Used to reduce pressure and friction over specific areas. 15 dots per sheet.091130780

3 Gel Squares™3mm thick squares of Silipos polymer gel available with or without self-adhesive backing. Contains mineral oils to moisturise dry skin. Can be cut to desired size. 2 pieces per pack.091261304 Self Adhesive 10×10cm 091261338 Non-Adhesive 10×10cm

4 Carpal Gel SleeveA gel pad moulded to a sleeve designed to cover carpal tunnel scars and contour with the palm. Insulates against shock and vibration. Can be worn directly over sutures, in splints and gloves. Pack of 1.091130822 Left Small 091130830 Right Small 091130848 Left Large 091130855 Right Large

5 Gel PadsSame as the pad in the carpal gel sleeve but with self-adhesive backing. Can be added to splints and braces.091130863 5×15.24cm - 3 Pads per Pack

6 Rolyan® Gel Shell PadsUse to cushion, protect and help disperse pressure over injuries and bony prominences. Softens and desensitises hypertrophic and surgical scarring. Can be used to customise splints and orthotic devices. Self-adhesive backing and hand washable with soap and water. Not suitable for application to skin or over open wounds.081296474 11×23cm - Sheet

7 Elasto-Gel™ Cast and Splint PadsSoft, protective, absorbent hydrogel that provides excellent protection against pressure, friction and skin maceration. Each gel pad is covered with a four way stretch fabric that allows the pad to conform intimately to the skin, reducing splint migration and discomfort. Adheres gently but firmly to dry skin. Sterile. Individual pads are 3.2mm thick.081294776 10×10cm - Box of 25 081294784 15×20cm - Box of 5

2

3

4

5

6

7

1

Padding Materials

Sp

linting


1 Neoprene RollsHandling Characteristics• Neoprene has a degree of elasticity enabling controlled

movement, it consists of nylon lining on one side and Pile material on the other, over a rubber core, making for easy hook attachment.

• It is lightweight and non-bulky enhancing function and provides warmth that is ideal for arthritic joints. Sold in a bag. Latex free.

Clinical Indications• Can be used either as strapping or for making soft splints• Warmth may be beneficial with hypertonicity3.2mm Thickness081292572 2.5cm×3.2m 081292598 3.8cm×3.2m 081292580 5cm×3.2m

2 Neoprene Sheets Thickness Colour Sheet Size091165992 1mm Green 46×61cm 091165976 2mm Black 46×61cm 091165984 2mm Beige 46×61cm 091166024 3mm Black 46×61cm 091166032 3mm Beige 46×61cm 091061894 3mm Beige 15×97cm 091166065 3mm Blue/Black 46×61cm

3 20mm Iron-On Seam TapeMade from a nylon knitted fabric with a heat activated glue on the reverse. Ideal for fusing two pieces of neoprene together when making customised splints. To bond, place over the butted seam and heat with an iron. For maximum bond use tape on either side of the seam. 5 metre roll. Neoprene sheets sold separately.091170448

4 Iron-On HookAttach to Neoprene, Breathoprene (opposite) or other fabrics with household iron on medium setting. 2.5×4.57m. Black.081199140 Iron-On Hook

6 Breathoprene with Hook-Receptive BackingOne side is nylon; the other, a hook-receptive loop. 46×61cm. Sold individually.081063502 3.5mm Black 081081165 5mm Black

5 Rolyan® Neoprene StrapsRolyan Neoprene Straps are stretchable, with 3.2mm thick Neoprene straps made with self-adhesive hooks. The rubber core features a nylon lining on one side and pile material on the other, making attachment to self-adhesive hook very easily. Straps retain warmth; are ideal for joints with arthritis.081292614 5×36cm Pack of 10

1

2

3 4

6

5

Neoprene

INFORMATIONFor a cutting mat, rotary cutter and other tools see page 51 onwards.

NEW

NEW

Sp

lintin

g


VELCRO® Brand Hook and LoopThis high quality VELCRO® brand hook and loop offers superior, adjustable closure over a long life cycle. Ideal for everyday, long term use on medical applications such as splints, casts and equipment. Available as sew-on or with self-adhesive. The quick setting rubber based adhesive backing can be used on a variety of surfaces including steel, plaster and textiles. The tape can be washed or dry cleaned.

1 VELCRO® Brand Sew-on Hook 25mm width 50mm width 25m Reel 25m ReelWhite 091131432 091131515 Beige 091131457 091131531 Blue 091131440 091131523 Black 091131465 091131549

2 VELCRO® Brand Sew-on Loop 25mm width 50mm width 25m Reel 25m ReelWhite 091131473 091131556 Beige 091131499 091131572 Blue 091131481 091131564 Black 091131507 091131580

1 2

Strapping Materials

4 VELCRO® Brand Self Adhesive Loop 25mm width 50mm width 25m Reel 25m ReelWhite 091132299 091132570 Beige 091132323 091132604 Blue 091132307 091132588 Black 091132349 091132620

3 VELCRO® Brand Self Adhesive Hook 25mm width 50mm width 25m Reel 25m ReelWhite 091132158 091132430 Beige 091132182 091132463 Blue 091132166 091132448 Black 091132208 091132489

3 4

Sp

linting


Strapping Materials

1 VELCRO® Brand One-WrapRe-usable hook and loop tape featuring the VELCRO® Brand HTH 888 and Loop 3905, which give consistent strength and infinite adjustability. This fabric fastener will not separate or delaminate. No adhesive is used and the hook and loop elements are integrally fused. The soft fabric loop is comfortable if worn close to the skin. The continuous tape creates no costly wastage - you just cut the tape to create the strap size you require. White only.091132711 25mm×10m 091132729 50mm×10m

2 VELCRO® Brand Thin Strapping MaterialSoft pile loop fabric. Very thin - an excellent choice for strapping between fingers or in paediatrics splinting. Compatible with standard hook or HTH hook.091061845 13mm×9m

3 VELCRO® Brand High Tech Hook (HTH)Flexible plastic hook does not attract lint and seldom snags clothing. Compatible with all loop and soft strapping materials. Translucent material blends with any colour of splint or strapping material. Sold in a manufacturer’s box.091045525 25mm×9m 091045533 50mm×25m

5 VELCRO® Brand Self-Adhesive CoinsThese coins can be used as a set to create a secure closure or in conjunction with the appropriate hook or loop tape. Gives you flexibility to create suitable straps and ties for a wide range of clinical and medical applications. White only.091132737 Hook 22mm Diameter 200 pack 091132745 Loop 22mm Diameter 200 pack

6 VELCRO® Brand Clear TabsSelf-adhesive hooks compatible with all loops. Apply quickly and securely. Blends with any colour splinting material. Does not pick up lint or snag clothing. Packaged on roll for quick dispensing. Latex free.091425107 2.5×6.4cm 120 pack

7 VELCRO® Brand Rapid Strap™ KitAllows you to adjust straps to any length you need – without sewing. This versatile system lets you attach the hook tip and D-ring onto the loop strapping using the unique double hook grip fastener. The RAPID STRAP System includes:• 5m of sewn Double Faced Loop• 5m of Laminated Double Face Loop• 10 double hook grip tips• 10 double hook D-rings081452200 Rapid Strap 25mm 081452218 Rapid Strap 50mm

4 VELCRO® Brand Self-Adhesive TabsAttach splint straps with pre-cut tabs. Prevents adhesive build up on scissors. Flexible plastic hook does not attract lint and seldom snags clothing. Compatible with all standard loop and soft fabric strapping materials. White. In rolls of 169 pieces. 25×50mm. Sold in a bag. Eliminates waste.091045442

3

4 5

6 7

1 2

Sp

lintin

g


1 Rolyan® Self-Adhesive Securable II StrapsSoft, non-stretch straps made of 3.2mm padded loop material and self-adhesive hook. In packs of 10.White081264357 2.5×36cm - Pack 081264407 5×36cm - Pack

2 Rolyan® Self-Adhesive Foam-2 StrapsStrapping material is made of a comfortable 6.4mm thick foam with loop fabric on both sides and self-adhesive hook. 081265982 5×36cm - Pack of 10

3 VELCRO® Brand Velfoam™ II Velstrap™A ready-made, soft, padded strap of 25cm×5cm. Velfoam II and 10cm×2.5cm, self-adhesive VELCRO® hook. Peel off backing paper and press in place. Pack of 10.081182138

4 Rolyan® D-Ring StrapsLong lasting nylon allows adjustable strap tension. Hook portion mates completely with loop - no exposed hooks to catch on clothing. May be glued to splinting materials. Pack of 10.2.5cm WideWhite Length081263466 36cm 081263417 46cm 081263425 56cm 5cm WideWhite Length081263490 36cm 081263508 46cm 081263516 61cm

5 Rolyan® Self-Adhesive Securable D-Ring Straps

Sturdy yet extremely comfortable padded, non-stretch straps. Self-adhesive to attach quickly and securely. Pack of 10. For light to medium use.081264423 2.5×38cm 081264373 2.5×46cm 081264365 5×38cm 081264381 5×46cm

7 Rolyan® Strap PadsIncrease comfort and distribution of pressure. Accommodate a 2.5 or 3.8cm strap. Made of 6.4mm foam laminated to loop fabric on both sides. Hand washable. Pack of 10. Latex free.081280726 5×8cm 081280718 5×10cm

8 Self-Adhesive RThin CoinsThese self-adhesives are coin shaped and save time and your scissors. Sold in rolls of 100 pieces per bag. Latex free.081267533 3.5cm 081267541 4.8cm

6 Rolyan® Self-Adhesive D-Ring StrapsSpecial D-Ring Straps feature a nylon D-Ring and nylon loop and hook. Self-adhesive portion holds strap in place securely. Pack of 10. For medium to heavy use.081266097 2.5×30cm 081265917 2.5×46cm 081265909 5×30cm 081266089 5×38cm 081265925 5×46cm

1 2

3

4 5

6

8

7

NEWSIZE

NEW

Strapping Materials

Sp

linting


Strapping Materials

1 Rolyan® SoftStrap™ Strapping MaterialSoft, non-stretchable 6.4mm thick strapping material with sealed side edges for increased durability. Both sides and the centre layer are loop fabric laminated to foam. Compatible with standard and HTH hook. Sold in a dispenser box.091045814 2.5cm×9m 091045822 5cm×9m

2 Rolyan® Securable Strapping MaterialPile loop fabric on one side and nylon tricot fabric on the other side, laminated to 3.2mm foam padding. Soft, non-stretching and washable. Compatible with standard and HTH hook. Sold in a dispenser box.White Beige081292317 091061811 2.5cm×9m 091061803 091061795 3.8cm×9m 091061753 091061829 5cm×9m 091061712 091061720 2.5cm×23m 091061704 091061738 5cm×23m

3 Rolyan® Securable II Strapping MaterialFeatures soft pile loop fabric laminated to both sides of foam padding. This double laminating provides over 1,000 closures, making it an excellent choice when a soft, non-stretching, durable strapping material is desired. Sold in dispenser box.Royal Blue/ White White Beige091061860 081292499 081292507 2.5cm×9m 091061886 091061662 091061670 3.8cm×9m 091061878 091061688 081292358 5cm×9m - 081292408 081292424 2.5cm×23m - 081292440 081292432 5cm×23m

4 Rolyan® Stretch Elasticised LoopStretchable loop gives secure closure. Loop compatible with standard and HTH hook. Comfortable and durable. Sold in a dispenser box.White Beige091045731 081268481 1.6cm×9m 091045715 091045764 2.5cm×9m 091045723 091045772 5cm×9m 081268416 091045699 2.5cm×23m 091045681 091045707 5cm×23m

5 Rolyan® Foam-2 Strapping MaterialComfortable 6.4mm thick foam padding with loop fabric on both sides. Strong, yet soft. Compatible with standard and HTH hook. Beige White Blue Sold in a Bag091045848 - - 2.5cm×4.6m - 091045855 091045806 5cm×4.6m Sold in a Box 091045756 - - 5cm×4.6m 091045780 - - 15cm×4.6m

3 4

5

21LATEX FREE

LATEX FREE

LATEX FREE

LATEX FREE

LATEX FREE

HINTS & TIPS• Strapping is critical for correct splint position, application and removal.

Sp

lintin

g


2 Rolyan® Wrap Strapping MaterialStrong yet soft strapping material with loop on both sides. Stitching on both edges provides reinforcement and prevents fraying. Sold in a bag.091047315 5×13.7m

2

Strapping Materials

LATEX FREE

1 Rolyan® Strapping CarouselHelps organise and conveniently dispense your assortment of hook and loop materials. Accommodates strapping materials with or without centre cores. Roll size can vary from 4.6m to 25m. Carousel can hold a maximum of 14×25mm rolls, or a combination of 13mm to 178mm widths. Carousel sits on table/countertop - or save work space by mounting unit on wall. Dimensions are 410×460×570mm. Strapping sold separately. 081263524 Rolyan Strapping Carousel (includes 6 partitions)081263540 Extra Partition - Each

1


Sp

linting


Heat Guns

1 Steinel™ Hot Air Gun with LCD Display - HG2320

Top of the range, sturdy hot air gun with variable temperature and airflow, LCD display and stand. The built-in safety stand on this heat gun allows clinicians to use both hands to manipulate splinting materials when needed.091554435 UK Plug 091555051 EU Plug

2 Steinel™ Hot Air Gun - HL1920EHot air gun with variable temperature 9 stage dial. The variable temperature control dial allows users to adjust temperatures between 50°C and 600°C. Compact and lightweight construction.091553700 UK Plug 091555069 EU Plug

3 Steinel Hot Air Gun HL1620SThe heat gun has two heating and airflow settings. Temperature ranges from 300-500°C.091553692 UK Plug 091555044 EU Plug

4 Air Gun NozzlesUsing the nozzles on the Steinel air guns increases the possibilities of splinting and finishing.091131119 A Reduction Nozzle 9mm 091131127 B Reduction Nozzle 14mm 091131143 C Reflector Nozzle Standard 37×56mm 091131150 D Surface Nozzle 75mm

5 Gluematic Glue GunThe Gluematic Glue Gun makes for easy customising of your splints. Used to fix padding, straps and outriggers to orthotics, adheres to thermoplastics and neoprene devices.091171487 Glue Gun UK Plug 091171495 Glue Sticks 500g

1

2 3

4

5

A B C

D

Sp

lintin

g


Heat Pans

Rolyan® Heat Pans (220-240V)Rolyan® Heat Pans are constructed of the highest quality durable stainless steel with a removable lid and a perforated tray. Thermostatically controlled with a concealed heating element with over-heat protection and an illuminated on/off switch. These baths are the forefront of splinting accessories. With insulated handles to facilitate moving the bath from one location to another they are ideal for working with heat activated thermoplastic materials. For Spares see listing at the back of the catalogue.• NEW design of hinged lid models to ensure spillage does not

occur outside of the pan• NEW more conveniently placed handles• Compliant to the European Electromagnetic Compatibility

Directive (EMCD)• Available with European Continental or UK Plug• Two year warranty as standard• Should never be switched on without water• Open the lid slowly to avoid water splashing

1 Rolyan® 5L CompactInternal: Height 65mm×Width 325mm×Depth 300mmExternal: Height 135mm×Width 361mm×Depth 332mmFeatures: Single hinged/lift off lid, syphon. Weight 4kg EU Plug UK PlugLift Off Lid – 091441807 Hinged Lid 091441773 091441781

3 Rolyan® 9L ShallowInternal: Height 65mm×Width 500mm×Depth 300mmExternal: Height 135mm×Width 535mm×Depth 332mmFeatures: Single hinged/lift off lid, syphon. Weight 5kg EU Plug UK PlugLift Off Lid 091441815 091441823Hinged Lid 091130582 091130574

4 Rolyan® 28L DeepInternal: Height 200mm×Width 500mm×Depth 300mm External: Height 290mm×Width 538mm×Depth 332mm Features: Single hinged/lift off lid, Integral tap. Weight 10.8kg EU Plug UK PlugLift Off Lid 091441831 091441849Hinged Lid 091130442 091130384

5 Rolyan® 56L DeepInternal: Height 200mm×Width 620mm×Depth 500mm External: Height 290mm×Width 660mm×Depth 540mm Features: Double hinged/lift off lid, Integral tap. Weight 18.3kg EU Plug UK PlugLift Off Lid 091441856 091441864Hinged Lid 091130509 091130459

1 2

3

1

4

5

2 Rolyan® 5L Portable Heat PanThe new and improved Rolyan 5L Portable Heat pan is constructed of the highest quality durable stainless steel with a removable lid and a perforated tray. A concealed heating element with over-heat protection and illuminated on/off switch these baths are the forefront of splinting accessories. With insulated handles to facilitate moving the bath from one location to another they are ideal for working with heat activated thermoplastic materials.Internal: Height 65mm×Width 325mm×Depth 300mmExternal: Height 135mm×Width 361mm×Depth 332mm EU Plug UK PlugLift Off Lid 091130541 091130517

NEW

Sp

linting


Heat Pans

2 Rolyan® Digital 9L Heat PanInternal: Height 65mm×Length 500mm×Width 300mmExternal: Height 135mm×Length 535mm×Width 332mm EU Plug UK PlugHinged Lid/Syphon 091165927 091165919

3 Rolyan® Digital 28L Heat PanInternal: Height 200mm×Length 500mm×Width 300mmExternal: Height 290mm×Length 538mm×Width 332mm UK PlugHinged Lid/Integral Tap 091441880

2

1

3

Rolyan® Digital Heat PansMade from durable stainless steel with hinged lid and perforated tray. The digital heat pans are thermostatically controlled with a digital display that presents the exact temperature of the heat pans contents. The heat pan has a concealed heating element with over-heat protection and also features recessed handles to facilitate moving from one location to another. The extra width accommodates larger splints whilst maintaining a compact unit.• NEW design of hinged lid models to reduce spillage• NEW safety sensor to turn off element when water is low• Compliant to the European Electromagnetic Compatibility

Directive (EMCD)• Available with European Continental or UK Plug• Two year warranty as standard• Open the lid slowly to avoid water splashing

1 Rolyan® Dry HeaterIntroducing the Rolyan® Dry heater, an effective alternative way to heating low temperature Thermoplastics without the need for water. Suitable for use in the clinic environment or out in the community. The dry heater provides an easily transportable option for heating thermoplastics. A fast and efficient way to heat thermoplastics, in a sandwich press style with heating from top and bottom surfaces. Please note it is not suitable for pre-formed or pre-fabricated splints, as the materials needs to be flat.Manufactured using the highest quality durable stainless steel with a hinged lid, and an insulated handle. The concealed heating elements are thermostatically controlled with an over-heat cut off protection built in. Featuring a clear and easy to read and operate digital display. Supplied with 3 protective liners and comprehensive user instructions.External Dimensions:Width 56cmDepth 39cmHeight 9cm (plus Handle Height 4.5cm)

Surface DimensionsWidth 55.5cmDepth 36cm

Heated Surface Dimensions Width 50cmDepth 24cm091558717 Rolyan Dry Heater 091563212 Replacement Heat Pan Liners - Pack of 3

SPARESSpares are available for this product, for details and full spares listing please contact Customer Services.

Sp

lintin

g


Heat Pans

2 Nylon SpatulaMade from high density resin (nylon) and is heat resistant up to 204°C. Ideal for retrieving splinting materials from a heat pan and minimises scratches, saving scissors from corrosion.081187236

1 Rolyan® Heat Pan LinersProtects heat pans while allowing easy transfer of splinting materials. Non-stick liners prevent materials from adhering to heat pan bottoms.081280585 38×61cm 081280593 23×38cm

3 Rolyan® Thermapen ThermometerThe Thermapen gives an accurate reading of your heat pan in less than 4 seconds! The fold away probe protects from breakage. Temperature ranges from –50°C to 200°C. The large digits are easy to read. Test certificate of accuracy included. Heat pan and splint materials sold separately.091171412

4 SyphonReplacement syphon. Used to efficiently remove water from heat pans after use.091130657

5 Rolyan® Heat Pan CartTop shelf designed to securely hold large heat pans. Bottom shelf will hold splint making tools as well as 61×91cm sheets of splinting material. Durable, will not dent or chip. Easy to clean leak proof shelves. Features swivel wheels at the handle end of the cart for easy transportation. Cart: Height 65.7cm. Length 114.9cm. Width 65.7cm. 081280601

1

2

3

4 5

DELIVERYOversize items will be subject to additional carriage charges. See pages 790 to 792 for details.


Sp

linting


Tools & Accessories

1 1 Splint Pattern MarkerFor tracing patterns onto splinting and thermoplastic material. Marks stay on when immersed in water. Yellow in colour.081272236 Pack of 12

2 Cutting MatPerfect for protecting work surfaces from being scratched by utility knives, scissors or drills. Reversible with durable three layer construction. One side is marked in 2.5cm increments. Clean with soap and water. Measures 45.5×61cm.081080274

3 Rolyan® Tool PouchCompact tool organiser has eleven pockets that hold tools of various sizes. An acrylic measuring board is included to measure splint patterns and help safely score splinting materials with a utility knife. Made from tear resistant, waterproof nylon fabric with vinyl trim. Tools not included.081272129

4 Allen (Hex) Key SetCompact, sequentially sized allen key set containing eight Allen Keys, sizes: 1.3mm, 1.6mm, 2mm, 2.4mm, 2.8mm, 3.2mm, 3.4mm, 4mm. Ideal for easy adjustment to Rolyan outriggers.081272087

2

3

4

Sp

lintin

g


Tools & Accessories

1

2

3

4

5

1 Unlimited Scissors Powerful leverage for greater mechanical advantage. Cuts unheated thermoplastic splinting material and metal. Flexible non-stick handles for a comfortable grip. 4cm blades.081272228 Right or Left Handed

2 Curved Mayo ScissorsStainless steel curved scissors for trimming braces and splints as hardening begins. Curve cuts to the right or left. Length 16cm.081272061 Right or Left Handed

3 Cast Scissors for Serial Finger CastsHighest quality German stainless steel. 1.3cm slant design on the cutting surface provides excellent force while increasing patient safety during cast removal. Length 9cm.081272152 Right or Left Handed

4 Esmarch Plaster ScissorsHigh quality German stainless steel cast scissors are ideal for cutting the inner layers of plaster or synthetic cast materials. Feature a 15cm handle for excellent leverage and a slanted 6cm blade for increased patient safety. Total length 20cm.081286525 Right Handed

5 Bandage Scissors18cm stainless steel blades with plastic tip. Ideal for fracture brace trimming.081272319 Right Handed or Left Handed


Sp

linting


Tools & Accessories

1 Flip Utility KnifeIncludes two standard utility blades. Remains stable while scoring splinting material.081565449 Flip Utility Knife 081565456 Pack of 5 replacement blades

2 Fiskars™ Non-Stick ScissorsCuts through glue, tape and other adhesives without damaging the blades. Sticky material can be wiped off easily with damp cloth. Offset handles of large scissors increase cutting efficiency on flat surfaces. Small version is ideal for arts, crafts and cutting in small places.081080332 12.7cm Universal 081080324 20cm Right Handed

3 Super ShearsExcellent for trimming splints evenly as hardening begins. Double plated chrome over nickel. Length 20cm.081272244 Right Handed

4 Curved ScissorsCurved scissors that cut curves easily to the right or left. Heavy duty chrome plated. Use on warm splinting material. Length 20cm.081272194 Right Handed

5 Fiskars™ ScissorsHigh quality, ultra lightweight, stainless steel scissors. Ideal for cutting heated splinting materials. Leaves a smooth edge. 20cm long.081186337 Right Handed 081186345 Left Handed

1

2

3

4

5

3

Sp

lintin

g


1 Fiskars™ Softouch™ ScissorsOffset handle makes cutting on flat surfaces easy. Oversized cushioned handles distribute pressure evenly and allow use of the whole hand. Blades open after every cut due to a gentle spring action that helps reduce hand fatigue. Scissors can be stored safely by securing the blades with the easy-slide lock. Ideal for individuals with cumulative trauma disorders and arthritis and for people who use scissors frequently.081165919 Right or Left Handed

2 Heavy-Duty Wire CuttersExcellent for cutting outrigger wire and for trimming the extender rods on the Rolyan Adjustable Outrigger. Plastic coated handles improve comfort. Length 22cm.081272079

3 Needle Nose PliersDrop-forged steel pliers with highly hardened cutting edges. Rubber coated handles. Length 15cm.081286269 Right or Left Handed

4 Deluxe Revolving Hole PunchQuality revolving punch has a side spring that automatically adjusts tubes in position for punching. Made of forged steel for years of reliable service. Total length 22cm. Throat depth is 3.8cm.081551985 Replacement Tubes081551993 2.4mm Tube 081552017 2.8mm Tube 081552033 3.2mm Tube 081552009 4.0mm Tube 081552025 4.4mm Tube 081552041 4.8mm Tube

5 90° Wire BenderIdeally suited for bending copper wire (081275908, 081275916 and 081275924) used for dynamic outriggers. Vinyl cushion grips are comfortable and reduce stress to the hand.081272160

1

2 3

4

5

Tools & Accessories

Sp

linting


Tools & Accessories

1 Outrigger WireFinest quality copper coated steel welding rod. Bends easily with pliers or the 90° Wire Bender (page 54). Ideal for making outriggers. 12×91cm lengths per pack.081275924 1.6mm 081275908 2.4mm 081275916 3.2mm

2 Spring Wire16.5 gauge wire available in 18m reel. Recommended for dynamic splinting of PIP joints. Wing nut brake in reel provides easy handling. Use with wire bending jig below. Wire width 0.98mm.081276492 Reel

3 Bending JigRecommended for 16.5 or 17 gauge spring wire (081276492). Constructed of aluminium and steel. Includes four screws for fastening to large base.081276187

4 Aluminium Screw RivetsLightweight yet stress resistant. For temporary or permanent attachment of hinges or straps. Width 6.4mm. Shaft length 6.4mm.081268994 50 sets

5 Nickel-Plated Speedy RivetsFor fastening a strap to an orthosis. All sizes take a 3.2mm hole. Can be set inside and hammered until the rivet lies flat with the material. Pack of 100. Size Diameter Length Grip Range081189497 Small 6.4mm 4mm 3.2-4.7mm 081189513 Medium 4mm 4.7mm 4-5.5mm 081189521 Large 4mm 11mm 4.7-6.0mm

6 Finger Hooks6.4mm steel hooks can easily be bent and glued to fingernails. Use with rubber bands for dynamic splinting.081275197 Pack of 100

7 Rolyan® Wrap-On Finger HooksAlternative to gluing hooks directly onto fingernails. Great for use with burn patients and amputees as well as people with sensitive nail beds and general hand trauma. Made of thin strapping material and lined with slip resistant material to help prevent migration. Secure to finger tips with a hook strap. Adequately sized for large fingers; easy to trim to fit any size.081275213 Pack of 5

1

2

3 4

5 6 7

Sp

lintin

g


Tools & Accessories

1 Nylon D-Rings2.5cm and 5cm D-Rings made of strong Zytel nylon. Provide leverage to control strap tightness. Can be adjusted as needed.081186642 Width 5cm Pack of 25

2 Rolyan® Contoured Finger HooksGlue the fingernail portion of the Contoured Finger Hook to a traction unit to quickly create a dynamic splint. Attach rubber bands to the finger hooks for extension or flexion splints. Each hook measures 1.4cm long×1.1cm wide. Pack of 12 hooks. Latex free.081275205

3 Chafe Rivets & LoopsSimple and easy to affix to a customised orthotic. Pack of 25. White nylon plastic chafes moulded onto nickel plated steel ring - easy to rivet, designed to be used with front straps for secure fastening on AFOs and other devices, welded metal ring for extra strength. Metal rings - nickel plated steel rings - welded for extra strength. Plastic rings - medical nylon rings with curved arms to give extra adjustability and elasticity when straps are being tensioned.091175264 A 20mm 091175298 30mm 091175314 50mm 091175322 B 20mm 091175330 25mm 091175348 30mm 091175355 38mm 091175363 50mm 091175389 C 25mm 091175397 30mm 091175405 38mm

4 Spring HoldersEfficient means of securely attaching springs to dynamic splints. Simply punch or drill a hole in the splint, screw post in place and attach springs. 081263375 A Pack of 10

5 Rubber Band PostsConvenient method for attaching rubber bands to dynamic splint bases. Punch or drill a hole in the splint, screw post in place and attach rubber bands. 081263367 B Pack of 10

7 Elastic CordFor use in dynamic splinting, this 1.6mm diameter elastic is a great alternative to rubber bands. Softer than rubber bands, the cord slides easily over outriggers. Sold in 9.1m roll.081235159

6 Rolyan® Individual Line Guides and Polyform™ Attachment PiecesCan be used to create a small pulley for dynamic splinting. Untreated Polyform material attachments bond easily to splinting materials.081262997 Pack of 10

1

2

3

4 5

6

7

A

A

B

C

B

NEW

Sp

linting


Tools & Accessories

1 Tension Adjustable Finger LoopSave time in splint fabrication by eliminating the need to tie monofilament to finger loops. Achieve precise traction forces quickly by sliding the monofilament through the aluminium connecting pieces. Change the amount of force by simply attaching a rubber band or graded spring. Saddle style sling design will accommodate oedematous fingers. Finger loops are closed at top and slings are open. All loops made from ultra-suede material. Pack of 10.081275700 76mm 081275718 102mm

2 Rolyan® Pre-Tied Finger SlingsReady to use with outriggers. Made of soft, comfortable ultra-suede with nylon ties. Finger sling measures 2.2×7.5cm, may be trimmed for proper fit. Hand wash and air-dry. Pack of 10. Latex free.081189885

3 Sup-R-Soft™ Finger and Thumb SlingsWashable, breathable ultra-suede material is easily trimmed. Eyelets for ease in attaching monofilament or elastic lines. Width 2.2cm. Pack of 10. Latex free.081190008 Length 76mm 081190016 Length 102mm

4 Soft Finger LoopsThese finger cuffs are made of soft foam for client comfort. Pre-punched holes for easy attachment of rubber bands or outrigger line. Can be trimmed for proper fit. Cuff measures: Length 5cm. Width 2.5cm. Latex free. Sold in packs of 10.081189893

5 Finger Slings and LoopsLightweight plastic with a cloth interface. Finger slings and loops are 2cm wide. Finger slings have a reinforced pre-punched eyelet. Easily trimmed. Tan. Latex free.081189901 Finger Slings - Pack of 100 081189992 Finger Loops - Pack of 10

1

2

3

54

081190008

081190016

INFORMATIONFor ready made finger splints, please see pages 68 to 73.

Sp

lintin

g


Tools & Accessories

2 Rolyan® Graded SpringsQuality stainless steel graded springs are designed for consistent and controlled force of traction in dynamic splinting. Forces applied by the springs are identified every 6.4mm increment that the springs are stretched. 2.5cm Graded Springs - Pack of 5 Size Colour Weight081297621 AA Dark Blue 25-85g 081297639 BB Red 30-140g 081297647 CC Green 70-245g 081297654 DD Gold 115-370g 081297662 EE Black 145-490g 5.1cm Graded Springs - Pack of 5 Size Colour Weight081297688 A Grey 20-50g 081297696 B Dark Blue 30-100g 081297704 C Burgundy 65-195g 081297712 D Green 145-405g 081297746 G Black 315-1020g

3 Webbing and Metal BucklesWebbingWhite polyester webbing. 23m roll. Non elastic.081279512 25mm 081279520 38mm 081279538 50mm Metal BucklesFor use with webbing. Patented buckles have no exposed points to harm clothes or skin. Pack of 25.091175330 25mm 091175363 50mm

1 Rubber Band AssortmentAssortment includes eight commonly used sizes of rubber bands. Contains latex.081288794 Pack Individual Rubber Bands Each bag contains one size. Size Length Width081288711 A 10 32mm 1.6mm 081288729 B 14 51mm 1.6mm 081288737 C 16 64mm 1.6mm 081288745 D 18 76mm 1.6mm 081288752 E 27 32mm 3.2mm 081288760 F 30 51mm 3.2mm 081288778 G 32 76mm 3.2mm 081288786 H 62 64mm 6.4mm

1

2

3

A E

B F

C G

DH

Sp

linting


Tools & Accessories

2 Rolyan® Biodynamic™ Flexion/Extension Component

Includes components to use on one finger: finger wraps with monofilament, line guide, tension-adjustable connecting piece and two tension adjustment strips. Splinting materials sold separately.081282052 Set for 1 finger

3 Rolyan® Individual Units for Flexion and Extension

Ideal when one or two digits are involved. Individual units feature small pre-bent outriggers that can be placed over the metacarpals or on the fingers. Each outrigger holds one rod adjuster and extender rod unit for precise positioning of the MCP, PIP or DIP joint in flexion or extension. Kit includes five pre-bent outriggers, rod adjusters, rods, tip protectors, 10cm tension-adjustable finger loops, D-Ring straps for rubber band or graded spring attachment and an allen key. Splinting material and straps sold separately.081283027 Kit

5 Outrigger Line ConnectorsProvide a professional and time efficient means of attaching finger loops or slings to outrigger line, eliminating the need to tie knots. Insert the line through the connector and crimp with pliers. Can accommodate 3.6 to 18kg outrigger line. Pack of 100.081291830

6 Rolyan® Adjustable Outrigger Replacement Accessories

Individual components for dynamic splinting now available.081283043 Complete Kit 5 of Each 081419605 B Rod Adjusters Pack of 25

1 3PP™ Finger TrappersUse in post-op or dynamic splinting application to provide more comfortable traction than nail hooks. Eyelet allows application of traction lines. Circumferential design assists with oedema control. This splint is breathable, washable and resists migration. One size fits most adult fingers. Pack of 5. Latex free.091038355

A

B

4 Rolyan® Pre-Bent OutriggersFor placement over the metacarpals on the fingers.081080357 Pack of 5

1

2

3 3

4 5

6

Sp

lintin

g


Tools & Accessories

1 Starter KitIncludes one of each outrigger, one of each multi-digit outrigger bar, two packs of pre-tied finger slings, and one pack each of line guides, wing nuts and thumb screws.081189067

2 Individual Outrigger ComponentsFor designing and building a customised outrigger system. A wide choice of outrigger accessories for those making dynamic splints.Outriggers - Pack of 3081189018 A Outrigger 13cm Straight 081188994 B Outrigger 13cm Curved 081189000 C Outrigger 13cm Curved with Foot 081188986 D Outrigger 18cm Straight 081188960 E Outrigger 18cm Curved 081188978 F Outrigger 18cm Curved with Foot Other Components081189034 G Straight Multi-Digit Outrigger Bar - 5cm

Pack of 2081189026 H Curved Multi-Digit Outrigger Bar - 10cm

Pack of 2081189059 I Wing Nuts - Pack of 5 081189042 J Outrigger Line Guides - Pack of 10

3 Phoenix Slotted PulleysPulleys give quick and precise adjustments for alignment and 90° angle of pull. Includes hex wrench.081283498 Pack of 5

4 Outrigger Accessory KitContains five line guides, three wing nuts and five thumb screws. Ideal for all dynamic splinting purposes.081283035

1

2

3

4

A

B

C

D

E

FG

H

I J

5 Rolyan® Anti-Spasticity Ball SplintDesigned as an anti-spasticity splint with a corrugated finger design, this splint is fabricated using a ball. Can be made on either the dorsal or volar aspect. Invert for left and right. Pack of 3.Aquaplast-T 3.2mm Solid White081272343 A Ball for Anti-Spasticity Splint 081275569 B Tool for Pulling Material Between Fingers

B

5

A

Sp

linting


Dynamic Splinting Kits

1 Rolyan® Adjustable Outrigger Kit for Extension

Designed for low profile dynamic splinting. Fully adjustable to accommodate extension of the MCP, PIP or DIP joints. Detachable rod adjusters allow individual positioning of fingers. Extender rods are secured in the rod adjusters to position the 10cm tension adjustable finger loops for the desired MCP, PIP or DIP extension. Convenient hook and D-Ring attachment provide ease of attachment and replacement of rubber bands or graded springs. Multiple finger kit fits most adult hands. Outrigger comes in a complete kit and can be used with all low temperature splinting materials. Splinting materials, straps and springs available separately.081282938 Kit

2 Rolyan® Adjustable Outrigger Kit for MCP Flexion

Provides ample space for four finger rod adjusters, yet does not limit thumb motion. An optional thumb positioner can be applied to the vertical bar of the outrigger. Extender rods and rod adjusters are simple to apply and adjust. Kit comes with two pre-bent outrigger wires, five each of the rods, tip protectors, rod adjusters, 10cm tension adjustable finger loops, a self-adhesive D-Ring strap for rubber band or graded spring attachment, and complete fabrication instructions. Material for static base, rubber bands,and straps sold separately.081295336 Kit

1

1

2

2

3 4

3 Rolyan® Pre-Formed Adjustable Extension Splint.

Designed for low-profile dynamic splinting following MCP arthroplasty, radial nerve injury, or any time extension of a digit is necessary. Accommodates MCP, PIP or DIP joints. Includes 5 × 5cm rubber bands and 5 size F gold springs (250-795g). To determine size, measure the MCPs on the dorsum of the hand, including the soft tissue. Some assembly required.Left Right Size081283100 081283118 Small 8.9-9.5cm 081283126 081283134 Medium 10.2-11.4cm 081283142 081283159 Large 12.1cm +

4 Rolyan® High-Profile Outrigger SplintPre-formed MCP extension splint saves time when splinting patients after MCP arthroplasty or radial nerve injury. Outrigger contours to the hand and permits radial pull if desired. Precise outrigger placement for a 90° line of pull is achieved by adjusting the screws on each side. Optional component included for applying dynamic traction to the thumb or a couple force to the 2nd or 3rd digit. Base is Polyform® splinting material lined with Plastazote® padding. To size, measure the width of the 2nd to 5th MCP. Some assembly required.Left Right Size081282961 081282979 Small 8.3-8.9cm 081282987 081282995 Medium 8.9-10.2cm 081283001 081283019 Large 10.2cm +

NEW NEW

Sp

lintin

g



1 Rolyan® Incremental Wrist Hinge• Can be free moving with end range blocking or static to help

prevent stress on healing tendons and nerves• Adjustable from full extension to full flexion in increments of 10°,

which are marked on the hinge• Can be used for wrist fractures and dislocations, fractures at

the base of the MCPs, stiff wrists or wrist contractures, and following tendon and nerve repairs and carpal tunnel release

• Excellent for four strand tendon repair protocolHinge attaches to two part splint base (not included) to position the wrist in the desired amount of flexion or extension. Adjustment screw provides simple hinge adjustments. Includes metal wrist hinge, adjustment screws, and attachment screws. Hinge, which must be placed on the radial side, attaches with a screwdriver. Length adjusts to accommodate hands of various sizes. Not recommended for severe spasticity.081268622 Left 081268614 Right

2 Rolyan® Pre-Formed Dynamic Wrist Splint• Pre-fabricated splint makes dynamic wrist splinting simple• Amount of traction easily adjusted by rotating wheels in

the hinge• Adjustable to accommodate extra-small to extra-large wrists• Easily adjustable for wrist flexion or extension with an Allen Key.Includes straps. To determine size, measure circumference of palm around its widest area (do not include the thumb).081268630 Small 18-20cm 081268648 Medium 21-23cm 081268655 Large 24-25cm

3 Phoenix Adjustable Elbow HingeIdeal for static, serial or dynamic splinting of elbow flexion or extension. Lightweight (57g) ball bearing hinge allows free movement within available range. Kit contains one elbow hinge, thumb nuts and hex wrench. Splinting material and straps sold separately. Length of single hinge arm to axis081188341 Small 8.9cm 081188358 Medium 13cm 081188366 Large 17.1cm

4 Rolyan® Dynamic Pronation / Supination KitFor the fabrication of dynamic pronation/supination splints. Kit contains one length of tubing, two metal housings, hardware for attaching housings and instructions. Can be used with 081279819 to 081279843. 081295369 Kit

3

4

1

2

Sp

linting



1 Thumb Extension KitIncludes 18cm curved outrigger, line guide, two thumb screws, and a pre-tied finger sling. Splinting material, rubber bands and straps are sold separately.081283050

2 Multi-Digit Extension KitIncludes 13cm curved outrigger with foot, 10cm curved multi-digit bar, four line guides, three thumb screws, one wing nut, and four pre-tied finger slings. Splinting material, rubber bands and straps are sold separately.081188945

1

2

3 Phoenix Outrigger Kit• Comprises of equipment needed to fabricate a dorsal splint that

places the MCP’s in extension• A slotted pulley system allows precise adjustments to obtain

the proper line of pull for each digit• The outriggers can be bonded onto any thermoplastic

material baseThe kit includes: dorsal and radial outrigger bars, four 76mm pre-tied finger slings, three 76mm finger slings with grommets, hex wrench, four slotted pulleys, rubber band post and instructions. Splint base, strapping materials and traction component sold separately.081234996

4 Phoenix Extended Outrigger Kit• Comprises of equipment needed to fabricate a splint for radial

nerve palsy• The outrigger is mounted on a custom-made, low profile

dorsal splint • Adjustable pulleys position the wrist and MCP joints in

extension, allowing hand function The kit includes: wire support, five 76mm pre-tied finger slings, hex wrench, four slotted pulleys, rubber band post and instructions. Splint base, strapping material and thumb rivets sold separately.081235001

5 Phoenix Single Finger Outrigger• Enables quick fabrication of dynamic extension or

flexion finger splints• Ideal when only one or two digits are involved• Slotted pulleys adjust to maintain the critical 90° angle of pullThe kit includes: five outriggers with removable slotted pulleys, five pre-tied finger slings, five rubber band posts and hex wrench. Splint base, strapping, rubber bands and springs sold separately.081283480

3 4

5 6

7


6 Digitec Multi-Digit Flexion KitThe Digitec Muti-Digit Flexion Kit comes with a 2˝ straight multi-digit bar, four line guides, three thumb screws, one wing nut, four pre-tied finger slings, and a curved outrigger.081188952 5˝ (13cm) Curved Outrigger 081283068 7˝ (18cm) Curved Outrigger

7 Single-Finger Extension KitDigitec Outrigger System: A great system for customised dynamic splints! Available as individual components and convenient kits that include all the components necessary for one splint. Interchangeable components facilitate designing a splint for each situation. Splinting material, rubber bands and straps are sold separately.081188937

NEW

NEW

Sp

lintin

g



1 Rolyan® Fabrifoam™ GauntletCircumferential gauntlet to be used with attachments to increase ROM and strength of the fingers and thumb. Made from Fabrifoam TensoWrap-Nu material that won’t migrate. Fits most adults. Colour may vary. 081281682 Left 081281690 Right

2 Rolyan® Biodynamic™ Flexion/Extension Component

Monofilament acts like a tendon, providing traction for MCP, PIP, and DIP composite joint flexion. Includes components to use on one finger: finger wraps with monofilament, line guide, tension-adjustable connecting piece and 2 tension adjustment strips.081282052 Set for 1 Finger

3 Rolyan® Phase I - Dorsal Flexion Hood Attachments

Dorsal Flexion Hood Attachments increase passive joint motion of the MCPs, PIPs and DIPs. Gauntlet increases passive thumb flexion and opposition. Soft straps have an elastic fingertip cover that assures secure finger attachment. The amount of static progressive traction applied can be individually tailored to each digit’s needs with adjustable hook attachments. Far outperforms the traditional finger flexion glove - provides true MCP/PIP flexion. Order fabrifoam gauntlet separately.081281724 Short Length Width 19mm Set of 4 Fits most women and smaller men.081281732 Full Length Width 25mm Set of 4 Fits larger women and most men.

4 Rolyan® Phase II - Composite Finger Flexion Loop Attachments

Composite Finger Flexion Loop Attachments emphasise achieving the end ranges of MCP, PIP and DIP joint flexion. Strap wraps around the first and third phalanx to increase PIP/DIP flexion, then attaches to the gauntlet, pulling the MCP into flexion. Order Fabrifoam gauntlet separately.081281708 Set of 4

5 Rolyan® Phase III - Finger Exerciser Attachments

Finger Exerciser Attachments strengthen the fingers. Individual attachment tabs are attached to rubber bands that allow varying degrees of resistance. Can also be used on the thumb to strengthen extension and abduction. Order Fabrifoam gauntlet separately.081281716 Set of 4

1 1

2 2

3 3

4 5

GAUNTLET ALLOWS PASSIVE JOINT MOTION GAINS AT THE

THUMB WHEN USED WITH DORSAL FLEXION HOOD ATTACHMENTS (PHASE I)BREATHABLE

Rolyan® Finger Rehab System

Sp

linting


Finger Splints

1 Rolyan® Sof•Stretch™ Finger Extension Splint

Provides dynamic force to assist the PIP joint into extension with minimal extension of the MCP joint. Ideal for PIP joint tightness and contractures and boutonniere deformity. Angled distal pad reduces pressure by providing complete surface contact on the middle phalanx. “P” on proximal pad reminds the patient to apply the splint with the P near the palm. Hand wash, air dry. For size, measure from distal palmar crease to distal finger crease.White Black081304690 081304740 X-Small 5.1cm 081304708 081304757 Small 6.4cm 081304716 081304765 Medium 7.6cm 081304724 081304773 Large 8.9cm 081304732 081304781 X-Large 10.2cm Pack of 5White Black081081470 081081520 X-Small 5.1cm 081081488 081081538 Small 6.4cm 081081496 081081546 Medium 7.6cm 081081504 081081553 Large 8.9cm 081081512 081081561 X-Large 10.2cm

2 Rolyan® Sof•Stretch™ Short Extension Splint

Provides dynamic force to assist the PIP into extension while allowing full motion of the MCP joint. Ideal for PIP joint tightness and boutonniere deformity. Angled distal pad reduces pressure by providing complete surface contact on the middle phalanx, applying pressure evenly. “P” on proximal pad reminds the patient to apply the splint with the P near the palm. Hand wash, air dry. For size, measure from MCP crease to distal finger crease on the volar surface.Individual PackWhite Black081304872 081304922 X-Small 3.8cm 081304880 081304930 Small 4.4cm 081304898 081304948 Medium 5.1cm 081304906 081304955 Large 5.7cm 081304914 081304963 X-Large 7.0cm

3 Rolyan® Sof•Stretch™ Coil Extension Splint (Capener)

Coil springs placed laterally to the PIP joint move with the joint to increase PIP extension, reducing tightness in the PIP joint and the surrounding soft tissue from flexor tendon tightness, flexion contractures and boutonniere deformity. For contractures up to 45° that feel elastic when stretched. Contoured proximal and distal pads distribute pressure evenly. Splint does not shift position as finger moves. For size, measure from distal palmar crease to distal finger crease.081304831 Small 6.4cm 081304849 Medium 7.0cm 081304856 Large 7.6cm 081304864 X-Large 8.3cm

4 Rolyan Sof•Stretch™ Long Coil Extension Splint

Coil springs assist PIP and DIP joints into extension by maintaining them in full extension. Ideal for helping reduce tightness from flexor tendon and volar joint and soft tissue tightness. Best suited for contractures up to 45° that feel elastic when stretched. Contoured proximal and distal pads distribute pressure evenly. Hand wash, air dry. For size, with finger straight, measure corresponding finger on unaffected hand from distal palmar crease to middle of distal phalanx.081304799 Small 7.6cm 081304807 Medium 8.3cm 081304815 Large 8.9cm

1

22

3

4

Sp

lintin

g


3 4

5

Finger Splints

1 Rolyan® Static Progressive Finger Extension Splint

Provides constant force to help correct finger flexion contractures. Two D-Ring straps can be worn parallel to each other or crossed. Includes two to four bolts depending on size - to treat tight contractures, replace the standard bolt with the shorter one. For size, measure length of finger from web space to tip.081280353 XX-Small 5.1 - 6.4cm 081280361 X-Small 6.5 - 7.6cm 081280379 Small 7.7 - 8.3cm 081280387 Medium 8.4 - 8.9cm 081280395 Large 9.0 - 9.5cm 081280403 X-Large 9.6 - 10.2cm

2 Rolyan® Static Progressive Finger Flexion Splint

Provides constant force to help correct finger extension contractures. Full composite PIP and DIP joint flexion can be achieved. Made from 1.6mm Aquaplast-T splinting material with a 1.6mm self-adhesive Plastazote liner. For size, measure length of finger from web space to tip.081280833 XX-Small 3.8 - 5cm 081280841 X-Small 5.1 - 5.7cm 081280858 Small 5.8 - 7cm 081280866 Medium 7.1 - 7.9cm 081280874 Large 8 - 8.9cm 081280882 X-Large 9 - 9.5cm

11

2 2

3 Reverse Finger Knuckle BenderDynamic finger splint extends the PIP joint through rubber band traction in combination with three points of pressure. Constructed of stainless steel, with felt pads. Tension can be adjusted by varying the size of the rubber bands. No.10 rubber bands are included. Sizing guidelines below.081280015 X-Small 3.8cm 081280031 Small 4.4cm 081280098 Medium 5.1cm 081280106 Large 5.7cm 081280114 X-Large 6.4cm

4 Finger Knuckle BenderDynamic splint flexes the PIP joint by use of rubber band traction. Made of stainless steel and padded with felt for comfort. No.10 rubber bands included. Sizing guidelines below.081280122 X-Small 081280130 Small 081280148 Medium 081280155 Large 081280023 X-Large

5 Rolyan® PIP Ligament Repair SplintDesigned to allow active PIP flexion and extension, yet limit radial and ulnar deviation of the PIP joint. Polycentric hinge helps prevent distal migration of the splint during flexion. Indicated for PIP injuries such as sprains and strains and for repair of partial collateral ligament tears. Can be modified using pliers. Straps included. To determine size, measure circumference of PIP joint.081283167 Small Up to 5.4cm 081283175 Medium 5.4 - 6.4cm 081283183 Large 6.5 - 7.6cm

“How-to-Fit” Measuring Guide for Items 2 and 3

For size, measure the distance from MCP to DIP on the dorsal surface of the finger to be splinted. Splints may be adjusted for in-between sizes and to conform to hand contours.X-Small 5.1cmSmall 6.4cmMedium 7.6cmLarge 8.9cmX-Large 10.2cm

Sp

linting


Finger Splints

4 Dynamic Digit Extensor Tube™ SplintTube-shaped splint with rubber spring on the volar surface helps extend finger and mobilise stiff joints without putting pressure over the PIP joint. The spring lifts the finger outward and upward and helps prevent the splint from migrating distally. Circumferential design of splint helps reduce oedema. To determine size, measure circumference of PIP joint. A finger with severe PIP joint flexion contracture may require a larger size than indicated by measuring.081235779 X-Small 4.4 - 5.7cm 081235787 Small 5.8 - 6.4cm 081235795 Medium 6.5 - 7cm 081235803 Medium Plus 7.1 - 7.6cm 081235811 Large 7.7 - 8.3cm

5 Rolyan® Finger SleeveComfortable neoprene sleeve. Optional metal stay can be worn on volar or dorsal surface of the digit for support. Measure around finger at PIP crease to determine PIP/DIP circum ference. For length, with finger straight, measure corresponding finger on unaffected hand from MCP crease to tip of distal phalanx. Latex free. Circumference Length081296888 XX-Small 4.4cm 5.7cm 081296896 X-Small 4.4 - 5.7cm 7cm 081296904 Small 5.7 - 6.4cm 7cm 081296912 Medium 6.4 - 7cm 7.6cm 081296920 Large 7 - 7.6cm 7.9cm 081296938 X-Large 7.6 - 8.3cm 8.3cm

1 Joint Jack Finger SplintHelps correct PIP finger flexion contractures. Amount of pressure adjusts quickly with a turn of the screw. Soft steel splint can be bent for final fitting. Includes felt pad and adjustable cotton strap. For size, measure the distance from the MCP crease at the base of the finger to the middle of the nail bed.081280163 Small 3.8 - 6.4cm 081280171 Medium 5.1 - 7.6cm 081280189 Large 7.6 - 10.2cm 081280197 X-Large 8.9 - 11.4cm 081280205 XX-Large 10.2cm+

2 Rolyan® Aluminium Padded SplintsPadded with closed-cell, non-allergenic foam. Aluminium strips are malleable and can be cut easily with heavy-duty scissors. Packs of 12. Latex free.081297431 Small 1.3×46cm 081297605 Medium 1.9×46cm 081297613 Large 2.5×46cm

3 Frog SplintFoam-lined aluminium splint, easily contoured to maintain finger joints in position. Pack of 12.081115252 Small Length 5.7cm 081115278 Medium Length 7.6cm 081115294 Large Length 8.3cm

6 Bedford Finger SplintThe cotton elasticated Bedford finger splint provides support and compression by securing the injured finger to the adjacent finger.• Cotton elasticated finger stall• Provides support and compression091515485 Paediatric 4.5×4.5cm Pack of 25 091515493 Child 4.5×5.5cm Pack of 25 091515501 Small 6.25×5.5cm Pack of 25 091515519 Medium 6.25×6.5cm Pack of 25 091515527 Large 6.25×7.5cm Pack of 25 091515535 X-Large 6.55×8.5cm Pack of 25

1

2 3

4 4

5

6

Sp

lintin

g


1 Stax Finger SplintSupports the distal joint of the finger in extension while permitting unrestricted movement of the PIP. Splint is normally used without padding and is fixed to the middle phalanx with a self-adhesive strap. Straps sold separately.091560127 Kit of 30 Stax Finger Splints Replacement Stax Splints - Pack of 12 pieces Length Diameter091130194 Size 1 53mm 15mm 091130202 Size 2 51mm 17mm 091130210 Size 3 58mm 19mm 091130228 Size 4 63mm 19mm 091130236 Size 5 58mm 19mm 091130244 Size 5 1/2 61mm 23mm 091130251 Size 6 64mm 23mm 091130269 Size 7 62mm 25mm

2 Stax Finger Splint StrapsConvenient straps fit any size Stax Finger Splint. Strap: Length 150mm (6˝). Width 30mm (1/2˝). Trim to fit.091130277 Pack of 25

3 Rolyan® Finger Gutter SplintContoured finger splint provides a comfortable fit with firm, stable immobilisation. Made of Ezeform™ Light splinting material, which can be adjusted easily to accommodate swollen digits. Useful for fractures, dislocations, ligamentous injuries, fingertip injuries and other soft tissue injuries. To determine size, measure from the web to the tip of the finger. Self-adhesive straps sold separately. Two straps required per splint.Splint Straps - Pack of 6081282581 081282557 X-Small Up to 6.1cm081282599 081282565 Small 6.2 - 7cm081282607 081282573 Medium 7.1 - 7.9cm081282615 Order Medium Large 8 - 8.9cm081282623 Order Medium X-Large 9cm+

4 Rolyan® Finger Gutter Splint KitConvenient kit includes 30 finger gutter splints, six of each size. Straps sold separately above.081282631

1

1

2

3

4

Finger Splints

Sp

linting


Finger Splints

Oval-8® SplintsStrong and nearly invisible splints stabilise and align the DIP or PIP joint to enhance hand function. Moulded from 1.6mm translucent plastic without seams. Can be used to correct lateral deviation, swan-neck deformity and flexible boutonniere deformity, support mallet finger injury, and help prevent trigger finger. Two Oval-8 finger splints can be used to provide full immobilisation at the PIP or DIP for rest and control. Each Oval-8 splint fits a full size and, when rotated 180°, an additional half size, to accommodate fluctuations in oedema and temperature that can affect finger size. Size is determined using sizing set. Oval-8 splints can be modified by spot heating with a heat gun.

1 Oval-8® KitThis cost effective kit includes 44 Oval-8 finger splints (with the majority in the most common sizes of 5-10), carrying case, and instruction booklet.091038363

2 Oval-8® Sizing SetIncludes one of each of the 14 sizes on an easy-to-open binder ring. Allows clinicians to use the actual splint to accurately and quickly size each client and then order the correct splint(s) to be issued. Instructions included.091038371

3 Paediatric Oval-8® KitContains three each of sizes 3 through to size 7. Plastic storage case included.091020239

4 Oval-8® Individual RingsOval-8 finger splints in sizes 2 to 15 can be ordered individually or in cost-effective packs of 5.Size Individual Ring Packs of 52 091163393 091163401 3 091038389 091038512 4 091038397 091038520 5 091038405 091038538 6 091038413 091038546 7 091038421 091038553 8 091038439 091038561 9 091038447 091038579 10 091038454 091038587 11 091038462 091038595 12 091038470 091038603 13 091038488 091038611 14 091038496 091038629 15 091163419 091163427

OVAL-8® FINGER SPLINT KIT

SIZING SET PAEDIATRIC KIT

INFORMATIONFor Heat Guns, please see page 47.

2 3

1

CORRECT FLEXIBLE BOUTONNIERE DEFORMITIES

RESTRICT MOTION TO PREVENT TRIGGER FINGER

ALIGN TO CORRECT LATERAL DEVIATION CORRECT SWAN-NECK DEFORMITIES

4

4

4

4 4

4

Sp

lintin

g


Finger Splints

1 Rolyan® Buddy StrapHolds two fingers securely together with little bulk. The fingers are strapped together by hook and loop material yet separated by a piece of soft strapping material. Can be trimmed easily to accommodate any size finger. Strap: Length 127mm (5˝). Width 13mm (1/2˝).081266170 Pack of 5

3 Rolyan® PIP/DIP Finger Flexion StrapSoft leather and hook-and-loop strap holds the PIP and DIP joints in flexion with constant force. Adjustable for comfort and increased range of motion. Package of six. Latex free.081048750

4 3PP™ Final Flexion Wrap™Helps to restore full PIP and DIP joint flexion after injury or due to arthritic changes. Static force is simple to adjust. Fabrifoam™ material is breathable, and comfortably stays in place. Easy to apply. Package of 5. Fits most adults. Latex free.091038348

2 3PP™ Buddy Loop®

Comfortably holds fingers or toes together for protection following injury, eliminating the need for tape or uncomfortable hook and loop straps. Lined with highly comfortable, non-slip material which is breathable and washable. One-piece design eliminates excess bulk between digits. Stays in place even during work and athletic activities. Latex free. 1.3cm Width091165703 Pack of 5 Black 091165711 Pack of 25 Black 091165729 Pack of 50 Black 1.9cm Width091429398 Pack of 5 Grey 091429406 Pack of 25 Grey 091429414 Pack of 50 Grey 2.5cm Width091165745 Pack of 5 Black 091165752 Pack of 25 Black 091165760 Pack of 50 Black

5 Rolyan® Finger Flexion GloveLight, stretchable nylon glove with a 25mm hook and loop strap. Ideal for addressing MCP extension contractures or any condition that requires increasing MCP, PIP or DIP flexion. Great for resistive strengthening of finger extensors.Left Right081028992 081028984 Small/Medium (Fits most women and smaller men)081029016 081029008 Large/X-Large (Fits larger women and most men)

6 Rolyan® Deluxe Traction Exercise Glove with Thumb

For size, measure width at MP joints.Left Right081050483 081050475 Small/Medium 6-9cm 081050509 081050491 Large/X-Large 9-11.5cm

1

2 2

3 4

5 6


Sp

linting


AquaForm™

Rolyan® AquaForm™

The complete fracture bracing system.All Rolyan® AquaForm products are:• Pre-cut for convenience - reducing clinical waste and saves time• Made from perforated Aquaplast-T - 100% memory for splint

revisions and translucent when heated for monitoring of pressure areas

• Radiolucent to permit X-rays without removal• Custom moulded for comfortable, contoured and

effective immobilisation• Easy to apply and remove for medical check-ups• Built in zipper for correct alignment• Easy finish edges for a neat and lightweight fracture brace

1 Rolyan® AquaForm™ Zippered Wrist SplintsIdeal for immobilising the wrist following tendon repairs and wrist fractures. Can also be used for stabilisation following sprains and strains, and in the presence of rheumatoid arthritis, tendonitis and cumulative trauma injuries. Available in two lengths - long extends to the elbow and short covers approximately two thirds of the length of the forearm. Does not include padding and stockinette. For size, measure wrist circumference.Aquaplast-T 2.4mm 4% Perforated Material - Long Length081262609 Small 12.7 - 15.5cm each 081262617 Medium 15.6 - 18.3cm each 081262625 Large 18.4 - 21cm each Aquaplast-T 2.4mm 4% Perforated Material - Short Length081262633 Small 12.7 - 15.5cm each 081262641 Medium 15.6 - 18.3cm each 081262658 Large 18.4 - 21cm each

2 Rolyan® AquaForm™ Zippered Wrist and Thumb Splints

Helps reduce pain associated with deQuervain’s syndrome, gamekeeper’s thumb, MCP fractures and MCP reconstruction. Available in two lengths - long extends just distal to the elbow; short covers approximately two thirds of the length of the forearm. Does not include padding and stockinette. For size, measure wrist circumference.Aquaplast-T 2.4mm 4% Perforated Material - Long Length081262666 Small 13 - 15.8cm 081262682 Medium 15.9 - 18.6cm 081262708 Large 18.7 - 21.3cm Aquaplast-T 2.4mm 4% Perforated Material - Short Length081262724 Small 13 - 15.8cm 081262740 Medium 15.9 - 18.6cm 081262765 Large 18.7 - 21.3cm

Rolyan® AquaForm™ Zippered SplintsCircumferential design distributes pressure evenly. Zipper aids in correct alignment as well as providing quick and easy removal for medical consultation and hygiene. Can be heated in a convection oven as well as hot water. No strapping required - saves the therapist time.

3 Rolyan® AquaForm™ Humerus Fracture Brace

• Zipper provides easy application without bulk in the axilla• Extra material at shoulder allows for shoulder immobilisationCan be used for immobilising midshaft humeral fractures. Pre-cut fabricated from 2.4mm 4% perforated Aquaplast-T material. Does not include padding, stockinette and straps. For size, measure wrist circumference horizontally at the axilla.Left Right081262880 081262872 Small 21.6 - 28.2cm 081262906 081262898 Medium 28.3 - 37.1cm 081262922 081262914 Large 37.2 - 45.7cm

1

2

3 3

UNIVERSAL (LEFT AND RIGHT)

Sp

lintin

g


1 2

3 3

4

5

1 Rolyan® AquaForm™ Knee Immobiliser• Hook and loop closure allows adjustments to accommodate

fluctuations in soft tissue mass• Amount of knee flexion can be adapted for the individualCustom moulded knee support immobilises the knee and helps reduce pain. Ideal for use following surgery, fractures and sprains. Pre-cut 3.2mm non-perforated Aquaplast-T material provides a lightweight brace. For size, measure circumference at widest point of thigh.081262815 Small 39.4 - 45.9cm 081262823 Medium 46 - 53.6cm 081262831 Large 53.7 - 63.5cm

2 Rolyan® AquaForm™ Ankle Splint• Zipper provides custom fit without added bulkCustom moulded ankle splint can be used to stabilise the ankle following surgery, fractures, and soft tissue injuries. Pre-cut 3.2mm 1% perforated Aquaplast-T material provides a lightweight splint. Splint can be remoulded to follow change in foot drop. Does not include padding and stockinette. For size, measure circumference of ankle from calcaneum to lateral malleoli to dorsal ankle crease and back to calcaneum. 081262849 Small 25 - 30cm 081262856 Medium 30 - 35cm 081262864 Large 35 - 40cm

3 Rolyan® AquaForm™ Corset• Hook and loop closure attached to pre-cut blank allows

adjustments to accommodate fluctuations in soft tissue mass• Padding increases comfortCan be used for low back pain and related issues. Pre-cut 3.2mm non-perforated Aquaplast-T splinting material. For size, measure circumference of waist. Height of Circumference corset Sacrum With Polycushion of waist thoracic region081266626 Small 61 - 74cm 37.6cm 081266634 Medium 75 - 89cm 39.1cm 081266642 Large 90 - 107cm 43.2cm 081266659 X-Large 108 - 124cm 43.2cm Without Polycushion081266667 Small 61 - 74cm 37.6cm 081266675 Medium 75 - 89cm 39.1cm 081266683 Large 90 - 107cm 43.2cm

4 Rolyan® Pre-Formed Humerus BraceMade with a Polyflex II thermoplastic shell, a soft polyethylene tongue, Kushionflex lining and hook and loop D-Ring straps. Use heat to achieve intimate moulding and better fit.For size, measure proximal circumference of humerus.Left Right Circumference081279371 081279405 Small 25.4 - 30.5cm 081279363 081279397 Medium 30.5 - 35.6cm 081279355 081279389 Large 34.3 - 39.4cm

5 Cast and Dressing ProtectorsThese comfortable waterproof protectors are easy to use and have a self-sealing band allowing them to be submerged. Simply slip over a cast or dressing on either the leg or arm to protect them whilst showering or bathing. The neoprene band has a wide area of contact and therefore does not pinch the skin or feel constrictive. The main body is made from a pliable waterproof PVC/nylon mesh, which is roomy and slip resistant. It also contains an antimicrobial treatment providing protection against bacterial and fungal attack. The protectors are re-usable and will last, on average, eight weeks with normal use. Not suitable for use with open or undressed wounds. Latex free. Limb Circumference091078054 Arm (above elbow) 250 - 290mm 091078062 Leg (above knee) 390 - 540mm 091078070 Full Leg 520 - 650mm

INFORMATIONAll AquaForm™ splints ship flat and must be fitted by a medical professional. For more information on heat pans, please see pages 48 to 49.

5

5

AquaForm™, Fracture Bracing & Bathing Accessories

OrthopaedicsHand Orthosis 74 - 80

Hand Positioning Splints 81 - 85Wrist Straps 86

Wrist Supports & Wraps 87 - 91Wrist & Thumb Supports 92

Thumb Supports 93 - 96Head & Neck Supports 97 - 98

Torso & Posture Supports 99Slings & Shoulder Supports 100 - 101

Shoulder Supports 102 - 104Elbow Straps 105

Elbow Supports 106 - 109Back Supports 110 - 112Groin Supports 113

Maternity Supports 114 - 115Thigh Supports 116

Knee Immobilisers 117Post Op-Knee Braces 118Hinged Knee Braces 119 - 120

Knee Supports 121 - 123Knee Straps 124

Calf & Shin Supports 125Ankle Stabilisers 126

Ankle Supports 127 - 131Ankle Foot Orthosis (AFO) 132 - 133

Night Splints 134 - 136Lower Extremity Positioning 137

Orthopaedic Walkers 138 - 140Orthopaedic Shoes 141 - 145

Foot Supports 146 - 147Paediatric Supports 148 - 149

Oedema Supports 150 - 151Oedema & Pressure Supports 152

Positioning Aids & Splints 153Inflatable Positioning Splints 154 - 155

Size Guide 156 - 157Vulkan AirXtend Range 158

74

Ort

hop

aed

ics


1 Air-Soft® Resting Hand Splint (325)A light and comfortable wrist orthosis that provides support for the wrist, hand, fingers and thumb. The frame is lightweight and easily adjustable. The different needs of the patient can be accommodated easily by adjusting the frame. The textile cover is made from a ventilated and comfortable foam material. The attachment for the straps has also been changed to a hook receivable material which means that the straps can be attached anywhere on the outside of the orthosis. The orthosis can be machine washed if a laundry bag is used.Air-Soft® is a suitable orthosis for patients with Oedema, pain or that needs support during a long term immobilisation of the wrist without presence of spasticity.Indications:Post-operative after trauma, Oedema, drop hand or tightness over the finger flexors. Measure hand width over the MCP joints.Left Right Size Measurement091020270 091020304 Small 57-70mm 091020288 091020312 Medium 70-85mm 091020296 091020320 Large 85-95mm

2 Air-Soft® Stable Hand Splint (326)Similar to Air-Soft® Resting Hand Splint but made with a more stable frame and improved strapping to provide a more stable option. The orthosis provides a good support for the wrist, hand and fingers as well as the thumb. The straps are differently made compared to the 325 model. Over the wrist there is a wider strap with edging tapes that will provide more stability to the wrist. Over the dorsal side of the hand there is a new strap that runs from the ulnar to the radial side of the finger platform. This provides more dynamic stability in flexion. The frame is adjustable and can be adjusted progressively according to the individual need of the patient. The orthosis has been padded with a ventilated and pressure displacing foam material. The attachment for the straps has also been changed to a hook receivable material which means that the straps can be attached anywhere on the outside of the orthosis. The orthosis can be machine washed if a laundry bag is used.Indications:Air-Soft® Stable is suitable for patients with mild to moderate spasticity, after botulinum toxin injection or post-operative after trauma. Measure hand width over the MCP joints.Left Right Size Measurement091556620 091556638 Small 57-70mm 091556646 091556653 Medium 70-85mm 091556661 091556679 Large 85-95mm 091556687 091556695 X-Large 95-105mm

1 2

21

Hand Orthosis

75

Orthop

aedics


1 Mediroyal RHS Resting Hand Splint (327)Mediroyal RHS is a new hand orthosis that positions the wrist, thumb and fingers into a resting position. The thumb piece is placed in abduction and can be adjusted individually to the patient. The orthosis is made from aluminium which is easy to adjust and to follow the progress of the patient during the rehab. It can be used both as a day and night splint. There is a wide strap positioned over the wrist to provide more stability from the frame. To provide more stability in flexion there is a strap that runs from the ulnar side to the radial side. There is also a strap to provide support to the fingers and an elastic strap for the thumb. The foam cover is made from a ventilated and pressure absorbing material. The straps can be attached anywhere on the outside of the orthosis. The orthosis can be machine washed if a laundry bag is used.Indications:Mild to moderate spasticity, after botulinum toxin injection, rheumatoid arthritis or post-operative after trauma.Measure hand width over the MCP jointsLeft Right Size Measurement091558956 091558964 Small 60-75mm 091558972 091558980 Medium 75-90mm 091558998 091559004 Large 90-105mm

1

Hand Orthosis

1

76

Ort

hop

aed

ics


1 Pucci® Air Roll (403)Pucci® Air-Roll is an orthosis that can provide light stretch in combination with an effective pressure protection for the finger tips as well as the palm of the hand. Patients with severe finger contractures have usually problem with pressure in the vola or on the finger tips in combination with poor volar hygiene. Pucci® Air-Roll in an effective orthosis that’s possible to fit even in a very contract hand. In special cases it’s possible to remove the cover and use the bladder separately to open up the hand and to provide pressure absorption and finger extension. The cover is made of a material with higher pressure absorption and good ventilation. The straps are wider for better pressure absorption and lined with micro fibers for an enhanced comfort. The cover can be machine washed in 40°C. A laundry bag is enclosed for protection.Indications:To prevent and stretch contractures, to improve volar hygiene or to unload pressure from the finger tips and vola for patients with mild to severe contractures and spasticity. Adult Paediatric / GeriatricLeft 091020338 091556950 Right 091020346 091556968

2 Pucci® Air (413)The Pucci Air has a circular bladder that has the same circumference on the ulnar and radial side. The bladder is mounted onto a platform that can be adjustable individually to the patient. It’s important that the platform is adjusted in such a way that the fingers still can grip around the bladder when it’s completely deflated. The bladder is inflated after application which provides an individual support to the MCP-joints as well as an increased wrist extension. The thumb can be placed either around the bladder or on the side depending on the range of motion. The platform can be adjusted gradually to follow the progress of the patient. The cover is made of a material with a higher pressure absorption and good ventilation. The straps are wider for better pressure absorption and lined with micro fibres for an enhanced comfort. The cover can be machine washed in 40°C in a laundry bag.Indications:Tonus reduction and to prevent or stretch contractures in the fingers and wrist after neurological diseases or CVA. Adult Paediatric / GeriatricLeft 091029396 091557016 Right 091029388 091557024

3 Pucci® Air T (405)Pucci® Air-T has an anatomical bladder with a support for the thumb. The bladder is mounted onto the platform which can be adjusted individually to the patient. It’s important that the platform is adjusted so that the fingers still can grip around the bladder when it’s completely deflated. The bladder is inflated after application which provides an individual support to the MCP-joints as well as an increased wrist extension.The bladder provides a good support for the thumb in the ring-grip position. The platform can be adjusted gradually to follow the progress of the patient. The cover is made of a material with a higher pressure absorption and good ventilation. The straps are wider for better pressure absorption and lined with micro fibres for an enhanced comfort. The cover can be machine washed in 40°C in a laundry bag.Indications:Tonus reduction and to prevent or stretch contractures in the fingers and wrist after neurological diseases or CVA. Adult Paediatric / GeriatricLeft 091346238 091556976 Right 091346261 091556984

1

1

1

3

3 3

2

Hand Orthosis

1

Introducing the new and improved Pucci® 2.0 range from DeRoyal, featuring:• Improved textile material with better pressure absorption and increased comfort. The straps have changed colour and material,

the inside is now lined with microfibers for higher wearer comfort. The hook and loop closures have been made wider and longer for a better attachment. They can be trimmed individually.

• A longer platform for Pucci® 405 Air-T and 413 Air has been added to enhance the tonus reduction effect on larger arms. The longer lever arm provides more stability and constant stretch to the muscle. The new size is called X-Long and three lengths are now available; X-Long, Adult and Geriatric/Paediatric.

• Improved design of the 403 Pucci® Hand-Roll. The cover has been updated to increase comfort for both adults, geriatric and paediatric patients.

77

Orthop

aedics


Hand Orthosis

1 Pucci® EZE (411)Is a conventional wrist and finger orthosis with a soft platform and two static hand-rolls. Pucci® EZE has been developed to allow progressive treatment of contractures in fingers and the wrist. The position of the hand can be optimised by adjusting the soft platform. The different sizes on the hand rolls can be used for the progression of the extension of the fingers and wrist. The platform can be easily adjusted without having to use heat or tools. The cover is made of a material with a higher pressure absorption and good ventilation. The straps are wider for better pressure absorption and lined with micro fibres for an enhanced comfort. The cover can be machine washed in 40°C. A laundry bag is enclosed for protection.Indications:To prevent or stretch contractures in the wrist and fingers after stroke or neurological disease. Adult Left 091346311 Right 091346345

2 Pucci® SnowTiger Paediatric RangeTo optimise the function on children we have specially designed new smaller bladders that fit children. After a long evaluation work we concluded that the ideal size of the paediatric bladder would be about 65% of the size of the adult bladder. This means that the bladder works for most children that are in need of a tonus reduction in combination with wrist extension. To further improve design we have consulted Pucci® The Snowtiger! The new cover is made in a Snowtiger pattern with a denser fibre structure and better pressure absorption and ventilation. The straps have been improved with a softer inside but also larger hook and loop surfaces which provide a better attachment. Two additional hook surfaces have been applied onto the platform to serve as attachment points for the straps which provides a better support and stability. The Pucci® model 405 has an anatomical shape of the bladder with a special shape for the thumb. The Pucci® 413 model has a circular bladder that has the same circumference on the ulnar as the radial side. The platform can be adjusted gradually to follow the progress of the patient. All these improvements have created the world first specially designed paediatric tonus reduction orthoses. SnowTiger AirT(405)Left 091557073 Right 091557081

1

2

2

• To better accommodate paediatric/geriatric patients with smaller hands we have developed a new smaller size of the bladders for Pucci® 405 and 413. These smaller bladders are only mounted onto the shortest platform.

• Improved attachment of the straps. A hook piece has been added onto the platform to provide an attachment point. This makes the platform more stable and will reduce pressure.

• All these points will provide you as a therapist better effect and performance when you use DeRoyal Pucci®. Your patients deserve the new Pucci® 2.0.

413

405

78

Ort

hop

aed

ics


Hand Orthosis

1 Comfy™ Hand OrthosisOur Comfy™ Hand Orthosis provides support and positioning for the weak or deformed Wrist, Hand or Fingers. It serves as an excellent resting splint to prevent trauma to joints and positions to increase ROM. This popular splint provides support and positioning for weak or deformed hands. Side wings prevent ulnar and radial deviation. Arm cuffs easily adjust to width of arm. Excellent resting splint to prevent trauma to joints and increases ROM.Terrycloth Size Wrist to Tip Total Material of Middle Finger Length091555465 Adult Small 6-7˝ 11˝ 091555440 Adult 7-8˝ 12.5˝ 091555457 Adult Large 8˝ and above 13.75˝

2 Comfy™ Hand/Thumb OrthosisThe Comfy™ Hand Thumb Orthosis is uniquely designed to support the thumb without stressing the web space between the index finger and the thumb known as the “Thenar Eminence”. The thumb tab functionally positions the thumb without stretching the Thenar Eminence like the traditional “C” bar opposition hand splints, making the splint excellent for use on patients with tightly adducted thumbs. The splint is adjustable and re-adjustable without use of tools, making it easy to use and customise.Broadcloth Terrycloth Size Wrist to Tip Total Material Material of Middle Finger Length091546837 091554559 Adult Small 6-7˝ 11˝ 091546845 091554534 Adult 7-8˝ 12.5˝ N/A 091554542 Adult Large 8˝ and above 13.75˝

3 Comfy™ Resting Hand SplintThe Comfy Resting Hand splint supports the weak or deformed hand with ultra-comfort making this an ideal resting splint. Super soft and removable navy headliner cover is machine washable and treated with antimicrobial barrier for skin breakdown prevention. Like all ComfySplints, the patented reinforced spine can bend and adjust as needed making this prefabricated splint customisable and adaptable to a variety of patient-specific needs. The five point strap closures allow for an ideal fit and are soft enough to accommodate for fluctuations due to Oedema. Broadcloth Size Wrist to Tip Total Material of Middle Finger Length091558592 Adult Small Left 6-7˝ 11˝ 091558600 Adult Small Right 6-7˝ 11˝ 091558618 Adult Left 7-8˝ 12.5˝ 091558626 Adult Right 7-8˝ 12.5˝

4 Comfy™ Deviation resting Hand SplintOur popular Resting Hand, now with deviation for lateral and medial movement. The Comfy Resting Hand supports the weak or deformed hand with ultra-comfort making this an ideal resting splint. Super soft and removable navy headliner cover is machine washable and treated with antimicrobial barrier for skin breakdown prevention. Like all ComfySplints, the patented reinforced spine can bend and adjust as needed making this prefabricated splint customisable and adaptable to a variety of patient-specific needs. The five point strap closures allow for an ideal fit and are soft enough to accommodate for fluctuations due to Oedema.The Comfy Deviation swivel joint can be locked into place or opened to allow for radial/ulnar (medial and lateral) movement of at the wrist.Broadcloth Size Wrist to Tip of Total Material Middle Finger Length091546860 Adult Small Left 6-7˝ 11˝ 091546878 Adult Small Right 6-7˝ 11˝ 091546886 Adult Left 7-8˝ 12.5˝ 091546894 Adult Right 7-8˝ 12.5˝

2

3

1

4

LATEXFREE

LATEXFREE

LATEXFREE

LATEXFREE


79

Orthop

aedics


1 SaeboStretchWe are pleased to announce that Saebo has made exciting improvements to one of our most popular products. The original SaeboStretch allows the fingers to move into flexion caused by increased tone. It then utilises one of three interchangeable hand pieces, each offering different grades of resistance, to safely reposition the fingers back into extension. The revolutionary strapping system holds the wrist, hand and fingers exactly where you want them. Changes to SaeboStretch:• Upgraded straps consist of comfortable elastic nonslip

material, and they are sewn to the cover to maximize proper positioning and ease of donning.

• The new cover features a zipper closure that can easily be removed for cleaning and changing of hand plates. Non-slip gel on the hand and thumb minimizes migration.

• The new thumb system offers two adjustments (palmar abduction/adduction and radial abduction/adduction) to further customise the thumb position.

• The small hex screws have been replaced with standard size head cross screws (i.e. Phillips head) for improved performance.

Indications: SaeboStretch is appropriate for patients with minimum-to-moderate tone and soft tissue shortening. It is NOT appropriate for patients with severe tone and contractures. Using a static splint on a dynamic hand can result in joint deformities, contractures and hypermobility.Sizing instructions: Measure across the proximal phalanges of digits 2 to 5 just proximal to the PIP joints. Please make sure the fingers are in the adducted position. Do not wrap the tape down the lateral or medial side of the hand. Consider the length of the fingers when deciding between two different sizes (i.e. shorter fingers = smaller size). NOTE: Product must be fitted by a therapist or orthotist.Left Right091420165 091420322 Small 091420173 091420348 Medium 091420181 091420355 Large

2 Comfy™ Hand Flex (H-Flex)To position the weak or deformed hand. The Hand-Flex 101 allows for progressive increases in wrist hand finger ROM. The splint provides a patented adjustable frame on the volar surface that allows for adjustment and readjustment to increase extension without tolls or heat. The dorsal support has a pocket that holds a stiffener which straps down to help control wrist flexion. If less resistance is required, the stiffener can be removed. Foam roll fits on the frame underneath and help to slowly increase MP, PIP and DIP extension Available in soft padded navy blue terrycloth.091014851 Adult Left 091014869 Adult Right

4 Comfy™ Paediatric Deviation Hand OrthosisWith all of the features of the standard Comfy™ Hand Orthosis (H-101), the Comfy™ Deviation Hand Orthosis has a unique, below the wrist, swivel that allows for lateral and medial positions to accommodate for ulnar and radial deviation. The wrist, hand and fingers are adjustable without the use of tools.091326792 Paediatric Small Purple 091326800 Paediatric Medium Turquoise 091326818 Paediatric Large Green

2

3

4

Hand Orthosis

3 Comfy™ Adjustable Cone HandThe Comfy adjustable cone hand Orthosis is a unique splint that was developed to treat the patient with strong flexion synergy of the fingers and wrist. The splint is worn on a lateral side of the arm and has and adjustable hinge at the wrist to help increase wrist extension. The fingers are positioned around a cone. Finger separators can be placed on a cone to separate fingers and prevent pressure areas. Measurements given below Wrist to Tip to Middle Finger.091326966 Adult size Fits all adult sizing, fully adjustable091326933 Small 4½ - 6˝ 091326941 Medium 3 - 4 ½˝ 091326958 Large 2½ - 3½˝

NEW

11

80

Ort

hop

aed

ics

www.performancehealth.co.uk for Prices & Full Range of Products80

Ort

hop

aed

ics

1 Rolyan® Kwik-Form™ Progressive Hand Splint

Can be custom fitted without tools or heat - simply bend the wire core to the desired position. Supports the hand and wrist and provides progressive extension of the fingers. Includes three hand rolls - as condition progresses, simply replace the hand roll. For especially tight hands, the splint can be used without a hand roll. Removable cover sewn from comfortable, cool, soft material for maximum compliance. Features hook and loop closures and removable machine washable cover. Includes laundry bag for washing and storing. To determine size, measure wrist circumference. Bilateral design fits right or left. Latex Free.081293299 Small/Medium Up to 18cm 081293307 Medium/Large 18cm and over

3 Rolyan® Economy Kwik-Form™ Progressive Hand Splint

Offers the positioning and progressive features of the Kwik-Form Splint above. Hook responsive material laminated to the soft foam splint surface eliminates the need for a cover. Includes three hand rolls and a cover that fits all three rolls. To determine size, measure wrist circumference. Bilateral design fits right or left.081293331 Small/Medium Up to 18cm 081293349 Medium/Large 18cm and over

4 Rolyan® Economy Kwik-Form™ Functional Resting Splint

Offers the positioning and custom fitting features of the Kwik-Form Splint above. Hook responsive material laminated to the soft foam splint surface eliminates the need for a cover. The splint can be surface cleaned. To determine size, measure wrist circumference.Left Right081293455 081293448 Small/Medium Up to 18cm 081293471 081293463 Medium/Large 18cm and over

2 Rolyan® Kwik-Form™ Functional Resting Splint

Can be custom fitted without tools or heat - simply bend the wire core to the desired position. Supports the wrist, thumb and fingers in a functional or resting position. Removable cover sewn from comfortable, cool, soft material for maximum compliance. Features hook and loop closures and removable machine washable cover. Includes laundry bag for washing and storing. To determine size, measure wrist circumference. Left Right081293372 081293364 Small/Medium Up to 18cm 081293398 081293380 Medium/Large 18cm and over

1

1

2

2

3

34

LATEX FREE

LATEX FREE

LATEX FREE

LATEX FREE

LATEX FREE

LATEX FREE

Rolyan® Hand Orthosis

81

Orthop

aedics


81

1 SaeboGloveCutting-edge, low-profile, functional glove assists with thumb and finger extension for clients with neurologic and orthopaedic impairments. Innovative design features a spiral forearm splint that secures the wrist in a functional position. Various sized extension assist tensioners are located at the IP joints for all digits and assist with extending the fingers and thumb following grasping. Palm is exposed to increase breathability and ease of donning. Glove includes Lycra material for expandability and comfort. Various fitting options available for a custom fit. To size: First determine the Wrist Support Size based on (A) Wrist Circumference and (B) Dorsal Hand WidthNext determine Glove Liner Size based on (A) Hand Circumference and (B) 3rd Finger LengthLeft Right091562404 091562511 Small Wrist Support & Extra Small Glove Liner091562420 091562529 Small Wrist Support & Small Glove Liner 091562453 091562537 Medium Wrist Support & Extra Small Glove Liner091562461 091562545 Medium Wrist Support & Small Glove Liner 091562479 091562552 Medium Wrist Support

& Medium Glove Liner091562487 091562560 Medium Wrist Support

& Large Glove Liner091562495 091562578 Large Wrist Support & Large Glove Liner091562503 091562586 Large Wrist Support & X-Large Glove Liner

2 Manex RadialMade of NeoTex material. Specifically developed for patients with radial paralysis but can also be used for other diagnoses. Designed to be able to update and adjust during the complete rehabilitation of the patient. Consists of three pieces; Finger part, Thumb piece and orthosis with thermoplastic material for the dorsal side. When using during night-time, replace the finger part with the included soft-strap for support. Indications: To support and enable a functional grip of the hand. Carpal tunnel syndrome, post traumatic after radius fracture, ulnar drift of fingers or subluxation of MCP joint.Left Right Size Circumference wrist (cm)091562594 091562677 Small 13-16 091562644 091562685 Medium 16-18 091562651 091562693 Large 18-22

Hand Positioning Splints

1

1

2

82

Ort

hop

aed

ics


4 Rolyan® Progressive™ Palm Protector Splint with Pre-Cut Splint Blank

Benefits of the Rolyan Progressive Palm Protector Splint with the advantages of a pre-cut, easy to use kit. Includes a thermoplastic stay made from Ezeform. Simply form the pre-cut to patient’s hand and wrist for a customised fit and slip into stay pocket. Remove and remould as patient’s condition improves.Left Right081292952 081292945 Standard - Fits Most Adults


Rolyan® Progressive™ Palm Protector Splints• Progressive soft splints for neurological conditions and arthritis.

Progress splint as condition improves by removing foam palm piece and replacing it with a larger series (see below).

• Variable strapping system allows strapping thumb only, fingers only, or both thumb and fingers. Splint base is large enough to accommodate all hand sizes and can be modified for a smaller hand by trimming the edges.

• Available with or without wrist support. Wrist support style has a removable Ezeform stay that can be moulded for wrist extension and D-Ring attachments for secure fit. Hand wash splint, air dry.

• To determine which series to use, extend the fingers as far as comfortably tolerated. Measure flexion angle at MCP joint of tightest finger. Choose appropriate splint for current patient needs. Splint comes with one foam palm piece. Replace only the foam palm piece when condition improves.

Foam Palm Piece Available in 3 Series1 Tight hands with moderate to severe spasticity or contractures,

90° MCP flexion, 2.5cm foam.2 Hands with mild to moderate spasticity or contractures

60° MCP flexion, 5.1cm foam.3 Hands with mild spasticity or contractures, or non-spastic

hands to provide a functional position in a soft splint 30° MCP flexion, 7.6cm foam.

SERIES 1

SERIES 2 SERIES 3

Splint comes with foam palm piece of size purchased: buy replacement foam to change positioning

Series 1 2.5cm Foam Left Right



1 Rolyan Progressive Palm Protector Splint 081292804 081292812

081292820 081292838

081292846 081292853

2 Rolyan Progressive Palm Protector Splintwith Wrist SupportStandard - fits most adults

081292713 081292721

081292739 081292747

081292754 081292762

3 Replacement Foam Palm Piece 2.5cm Foam (for Series 1 positioning)081292770

5.1cm Foam (for Series 2 positioning)081292788

7.6cm Foam (for Series 3 positioning)081292796

11

22

3

4

5 Rolyan® Carve-It™ Hand Positioning SplintHelps anatomically position the hand with mild to moderate finger spasticity. Used with left and right hand. Easy to modify. Unlike traditional hand cones, this splint maintains the arches of the hand in an appropriate position. Flat bottom provides easy positioning in bed or on lap tray, arm tray, etc. Removable cover can be hand washed and air dried. For size, measure width of 2nd to 5th MCP. Splint materials sold separately.081293232 Small/Medium Up to 7.6cm 081293240 Large/X-Large 7.6cm and over

5 5

83

Orthop

aedics



1 Finger Contracture CushionSeparates fingers to help prevent complete closure of the hand and protect palms. Polyester-filled cushion; cotton terry cloth absorbs perspiration. Secures to client’s hand with 6cm wide elastic strap. Washable. Two sizes. Pack of 3.081005388 Regular 7.6×12.7cm 081005396 Large 10×12.7cm

2 Cone and Finger SeparatorFirm cone-shaped anticontracture device conforms to the hand’s natural shape while keeping fingers separated to prevent skin breakdown. Plush cotton terry cover absorbs perspiration. Adjustable strap fits all hand sizes and holds the cone securely. Machine washable. Blue.081005404

3 Rolyan® Palm Protector Holds fingers out to prevent digging into the palm of the hand. Cuff fabricated from closed-cell foam lined with a pile fabric. Pre-rolled and attached to simplify application. One size. Hand wash, air dry.091062033 Left 091062058 Right 091062025 Left - Pack of 3 091062041 Right - Pack of 3

4 Rolyan® Palm Protector with Vinyl Pocket This palm protector has the quality of the standard palm protector but with an additional feature. A vinyl pocket is situated on the palmar aspect of the splint for the application of an Ezeform thermoplastic insert which enables the splint to be custom moulded for an individual fit. Fingers are kept in place by Softstrap strapping material and secured by hook and loop fastening. Ezeform insert included.091129766 Left 091129774 Right

5 Rolyan® Palm Protector with Finger Separators Prevents fingers from digging into palm while abducting fingers to decrease tone. Made from closed-cell foam, lined with pile. Soft finger separator strap weaves between fingers and can be cut to adjust fit. Hand washable. One size fits all. 091062009 Left 091062017 Right

1 2

3

4 4

5 5

6 Soft Hand-Based Ulnar Deviation Insert An adjustable insert made from neoprene fabric. Designed to be removable and used under a wrist support for support and alignment of the MCP joints. Hand washable. To determine size, measure palm circumference. Left Right091058072 091058080 Small 17.1-21cm 091058098 091058106 Medium 21.1-24.8cm

6

84

Ort

hop

aed

ics



1 Rolyan® D-Ring™ Wrist Splint with MCP Support

Built-in MCP support in addition to the features of the Rolyan Beige D-Ring Wrist Splint. Moulded foam pad for metacarpal support is dense to support the MCPs yet slightly flexible to allow functional hand use. Wrist circumference determines size. Left Right081284033 081284058 X-Small Up to 14.6cm081284066 081284074 Small 14.6-16.5cm081284082 081284090 Medium 16.6-19.1cm081284108 081284116 Large 19.2-21.6cm081284124 081284041 X-Large Over 21.6cm

2 Rolyan® Pre-Formed Resting Pan Mitt Splint with Strapping

Ideally suited for positioning hand with arthritis or mild hypertonicity. They position the wrist and hand in approximately 10° of wrist extension, 5° of ulnar deviation, 45° of MCP and PIP flexion, and 20° of DIP flexion, with the thumb in 45° of extension midway between radial and palmar abduction. These splints, which are made from low-temperature thermoplastic materials, can be modified easily for a custom fit by a healthcare professional. 3.2mm Polyform. To determine size, measure the width of the second to fifth MCP.Left Right Size Measurement081290196 081290212 Small Up to 8.9cm 081290220 081290238 Medium 9-10.2cm 081290246 081290253 Large Over 10.2cm

3 Rolyan® Hand-Based In-Line SplintMCP support straps have reinforced neoprene to prevent over-stretching caused by continual use. 2.4mm neoprene gives needed support without bulkiness. Neoprene fabric retains warmth, increasing comfort. Hand washable. For size, measure wrist circumference.Left Right Size Measurement091057975 091057983 X-Small Up to 14.6cm 091057991 091058007 Small 14.6-16.5cm 091058015 091058023 Medium 16.6-19.1cm 091058031 091058049 Large Over 19.1cm

1

2

3

4

4 Rolyan® Upper Extremity TAP (Tone And Positioning) Splint

Designed with a full hook-and-loop side opening, the Rolyan TAP (Tone and Positioning) Splint is easy to put on while leaving the index finger free. The thumb is positioned in abduction and provides constant stretch in pronation or supination. The neoprene strap is 5.1cm wide and 3.1mm thick. It is ideal for neurological or orthopaedic symptoms.Left Right081295609 081295591 Small 081295625 081295617 Medium 081295641 081295633 Large

NEW

Sp

linting



1 Thermoskin® Arthritic GlovesSpecifically designed to relieve arthritic pain in the fingers and hand. Outer layer is textured to provide extra grip, while the trioxon lining alleviates skin irritation, allows skin to ventilate, and increases circulation to the area and provides long-term comfort for the wearer. Velcro closure allows for ease of application. For sizing, measure the circumference of the hand around the metacarpal joints. Sold in pairs.091040492 X-Small 15-17cm 091040500 Small 18-20cm 091040518 Medium 21-23cm 091040526 Large 24-26cm 091040534 X-Large 27-29cm 091040542 XX-Large 30+cm

2 Rolyan® LMB Soft Core Wire-Foam™ Ulnar Deviation Splint

Designed to support MP joints and align proximal phalanges when affected by ulnar drift. Can be shaped to conform to hand without special tools or heat. Recommended for light use. Latex free.Left Size MP Joint Width091163492 Size B - Left 5.7 - 7cm 091163682 Size C - Left 7.3 - 8cm 091163500 Size D - Left 8.5 - 9.5cm 091163518 Size B - Right 5.7 - 7cm 091163526 Size C - Right 7.3 - 8cm 091163534 Size D - Right 8.5 - 9.5cm

3 Rolyan® Sof-Foam Palm ShieldA palm shield with gel which helps prevent skin breakdown in the palm and between the fingers. Ideal for moderate to severe hand tightness. Helps prevent finger contractures. Large thumb piece provides excellent thumb positioning. One size fits most adults.081292994 Left 081293000 Right

4 Rolyan® Palm ShieldFoam splint helps increase comfort for people who have moderate to severe hand tightness by separating and positioning the fingers and thumb. Large thumb piece provides excellent thumb positioning. One size fits most adults.091062322 Left 091062330 Right

5 Polycentric Hinged Ulnar Deviation SplintHelps to correct mild to moderate ulnar drift. Malleable aluminium finger pieces provide support on the palmar surface and are covered with washable, foam-lined material for comfort. The wrist-hand section is made of Kyclex, a high temperature plastic, which can be recontoured for a custom fit using a heat gun. Hinges ensure free MP flexion and extension. Latex free.Left Right091555986 091555960 Small 091556000 091555994 Medium 091556026 091556018 Large

1

2

3 3

4 5

5

86

Ort

hop

aed

ics


Wrist Straps

INTRODUCING THE AEROTHERM® SYSTEMTHE VULKAN AEROTHERM® SYSTEM IS DESIGNED TO PROVIDE THE THERAPEUTIC BENEFITS OF HEAT RETENTION PROVIDED BY NEOPRENE, WHILE PROMOTING AIR FLOW.The heat retaining supports are laminated with our proprietary spiral lining, which allows air to circulate freely, drawing excess sweat away from the skin.

This allows the skin to function normally despite the increase in temperature, improving comfort levels, allowing the supports to be worn for extended periods.

1 1 Vulkan® 3035 Classic Wrist StrapMade with the Vulkan Aerotherm® System, the support leaves the hand uncovered making it ideal for racquet sports. The adjustable wrist strap provides controlled compression. Universal design fits either left or right. For sizing, measure around the circumference of the wrist joint.091567890 X-Small 11-13cm (4¼-5¼˝) 091567908 Small 13-16cm (5¼-6¼˝) 091567916 Medium 16-19cm (6¼-7½˝) 091567924 Large 19-22cm (7½-8½˝) 091567932 X-Large 22-25cm (8½-10˝)

2 Vulkan® Wrist WrapThe Vulkan wrist wrap is a popular and effective lightweight support that is highly recommended for a variety of wrist injuries to support the wrist and help control swelling. Universal design fits either left or right. One size fits all.091240506

3 Fireactiv® Wrist / Multi-useA variable compression device with 2 stage deep heat therapy. The versatile support can be used to apply compression around the wrist or other parts of the body specific to wherever you need it most. Made of durable neoprene with elasticated Velcro fastening, the band helps encourage local blood circulation through heat therapy, making it suitable for use with osteoarthritis and rheumatoid arthritis. The support can also be used to help reduce strain caused by repetitive or excessive movements at the wrist, particularly during sports. Common conditions that it is used for are:Arthritic pain, Flexor and extensor tendonitis, Tenosynovitis, Sports training and rehabilitation, Mild to moderate wrist strains and sprains. Universal design fits either left or right. One size fits all.091542679

4 DeRoyal® Wrist Strap 8031A short and flexible wrist support for sports where the palm needs to be free. Can be used for tennis, golf, weight lifting and other activities that requires a good grip. The elastic wide strap around the wrist can be adjusted for individual support. Suitable for light instabilities to the wrist. Made from NeoTex a specially developed neoprene with closed cells, a high elasticity, and good thermal insulating effect, which does not take up moisture. Universal design fits either left or right. One size fits all.091386762

5 Wrist WidgetIntroducing a revolutionary way to treat ulnar sided wrist pain, TFCC injuries (“triangular fibrocartilage complex”), wrist pain associated with weight bearing, gripping, and rotation, and pain associated with Carpal Tunnel Syndrome for many users. One size fits all - fits right and left. Latex free.091186915

2

3 3

4

LATEX FREE

5 5LATEX FREE

87

Orthop

aedics


Wrist Supports & Wraps

1 Vulkan® 3014 Classic Wrist SupportMade with the Vulkan Aerotherm® System, designed for light sprains, strains and arthritis. Provides uniform support, relieves swelling and provides compression.091567858 Small 13-16cm (5¼-6¼ ˝) 091567866 Medium 16-19cm (6¼-7½ ˝) 091567874 Large 19-22cm (7½-8¼ ˝) 091567882 X-Large 22-25cm (8¾-10˝)

2 Vulkan® AE (Advanced Elastic) Wrist SupportTo help aid weak, injured or swollen wrists. Features a thumb loop, designed to secure the support in place. The universal design fits both left and right wrist. Available in black or Pink. One size fits most.091217470 Black 091323708 Pink

3 Vulkan® AirXtend Wrist SupportMade from Airprene, a breathable neoprene and combined with Coolmax, which moves moisture away from your body, keeping you cool and comfortable. The adjustable design offers controlled compression and a customer fit. Resulting in a firm non-restricting support. One size fits most.091527050

4 Thermoskin® Wrist WrapProvides protection and support for the wrist during periods of activity and for RSI. Ambidextrous wrap design with Velcro closure allows for a comfortable, adjustable fit. The Trioxon 3 dimensional lining that provides insulation and wicking of moisture via air circulation. This allows the skin to remain well oxygenated and comfortable for extended periods. Promotion of increased blood flow facilitates enhanced recovery. Provides light but firm compression to counter act tissue swelling. Provides temporary relief from pain/soreness associated with sports injuries, arthritis and RSI. Measure evenly around wrist joint.091056183 Small / Medium 14-19cm (5½-7½˝) 091056191 Large / X-Large 20-25cm (7¾-10˝)

LATEX FREE

3

1

2

4

AIRPRENETM

2

88

Ort

hop

aed

ics



1 3PP™ Wrist WrapThe 3PP™ Wrist Wrap provides controlled compression with its non-slip foam lining to support sprained or strained wrists during activity. It can also be used for tendinitis, cumulative trauma injuries, arthritis or Ehler Danlos Syndrome. The low-profile design is unobtrusive and provides infinitely adjustable support. It works by compressing the muscles and tendons to help relieve pain and apply flexible support. Unlike elastic straps, the 3PP™ Wrist Wrap will not roll or bind and stays comfortable all day. Made from a breathable foam-lined material which keeps moisture away and assures that it stays cool even during competitive sports. Ambidextrous design fits either the right or left wrist.Machine washable. Latex free. For light control.091515790 Small/Medium 15.9-19cm (6¼-7½˝) 091515816 Medium/Large 17.8-21.6cm (7-8½˝)

2 3PP™ Carpal LiftComfortable and effective, the 3PP™ Carpal Lift™ reduces wrist pain and the popping sensation caused by TFCC (triangular fibro-cartilage complex) injuries, ulnar-sided wrist pain or arthritis. Soft, foam-lined splint lifts and supports the wrist to reduce pain on the ulnar (small finger) side of the wrist caused by weakened or torn TFCC ligaments. A soft foam pad and adjustable straps lift the ulnar carpal (wrist) bones to reduce the popping and pain felt when gripping, rotating the forearm or pushing up from a chair. Easy one-handed application, this splint is soft and breathable for all day comfort. Machine or hand washable. Air dry. Material can be trimmed as long as no seams are cut. Latex-free.Please note: This splint is NOT for carpal tunnel syndrome.Moderate/Moderate+ ControlLeft Right091322452 091322445 Small / Medium 15.2-18.4cm (6-7¼˝)091322478 091322460 Medium / Large 18.4-22.9cm (7¼–9˝)

1

2

LATEX FREE

2


89

Orthop

aedics



4 Fabrifoam® Carpalgard™ Wrist/Thumb SupportBreathable Fabrifoam® NuStimWrap™ material helps to wick away moisture and resist migration during activity. The device anchors around the thumb to ensure proper positioning. Offers support and comfort while allowing for adjustable compression. Delivers mild to semi-rigid support in a slim, lightweight brace. Recommended for Carpal Tunnel Syndrome, wrist pain, wrist strain and arthritis. Latex free, neoprene-free.Left Blue Right Blue Size081235183 081235175 Small/Medium Left Black Right Black Size081284595 081284587 Small/Medium 081284611 081284603 Medium/Large

4

1 Rolyan® Gel Shell™ SplintHelps cushion and protect injuries to allow healing. Outer fabric provides barrier against trauma, whilst inner Gel Shell pad helps disperse the energy from external pressure. In addition, pad provides gentle pressure on the incision site of a carpal tunnel release to help desensitise and prevent hypertrophic scar formation. Hand wash, air dry. Shelf life of Gel Shell pad is approximately one year. To determine size, measure from the ulnar border to the radial border across the palm.Left Right081282730 081282755 Small 6.4-7.6cm 081282771 081282797 Medium 7.7-8.9cm 081282813 081282839 Large 9-10.2cm

2 Carpal Tunnel Gel SleeveA gel pad moulded to a sleeve designed to cover carpal tunnel scars and contour with the palm. Insulates against shock and vibration. Can be worn directly over sutures, in splints and gloves. Pack of 1.Left Right091130822 091130830 Small 091130848 091130855 Large

3 Gel PadsSame as the pad in the carpal gel sleeve but with self-adhesive backing. Can be added to splints and braces. 3 pads per pack.091130863 5×15.24cm

LATEX FREE

1

LATEX FREE

2

3

LATEX FREE

90

Ort

hop

aed

ics



1 Basic Elastic Cock-Up Wrist Support Elastic wrist brace with a removable metal malleable stay, which allows clinician to create the correct position for the patient. With soft stitched elastic edging and hook and look tabs. Available in left and right. Available in beige and black. Contains Latex.Beige Left Beige Right Black Left Black Right Size Measurement091240654 091240704 091560358 091560382 Small 14-15cm 091240647 091240696 091560341 091560390 Medium 16.5-18cm 091240662 091240688 091560366 091560408 Large 20-21.5cm 091240670 091240712 091560374 091560416 X-Large 23-24cm

1

2 Rolyan® Elastic Cock-Up Wrist SupportAnatomically designed elastic wrist brace, which prevents bunching in the creases providing comfort and support. With a removable metal malleable stay, which allows clinician to create the correct position for the patient. With soft stitched elastic edging and hook and look tabs. Available in left and right. Available in beige. Solid singly or in packs of 10. Hand or machine wash at 30 degrees and air dry removing the metal stay first.PK1 Left PK1 Right Size Measurement091056795 091056787 Small 14-16.5cm 091056811 091056803 Medium 16.5-18.5cm 091056837 091056829 Large 18.5-20.5cm 091056852 091056845 X-Large 20.5-22.2cm PK10 Left PK10 Right Size Measurement091183607 091183599 Small 14-16.5cm 091183623 091183615 Medium 16.5-18.5cm 091183649 091183631 Large 18.5-20.5cm 091183581 091183573 X-Large 20.5-22.2cm

2

3

4

3 Vulkan® Elastic Cock-Up Wrist SupportAnatomically designed elastic wrist brace, designed to limit movement of the wrist and provide comfortable fit. This lightweight brace features a removable metal malleable stay, which allows clinician to create the correct position for the patient. With soft stitched elastic edging and hook and look tabs. Sold singly in a retail box. Helps to relieve sore aching wrists from repetitive strain injuries, sprains, rheumatoid, arthritic pain and carpel tunnel syndrome.Left Right Size Measurement091240910 091240936 Small 13-16cm 091240902 091240928 Medium 16-19cm 091240894 091240951 Large 19-22cm 091240886 091240944 X-Large 22-25cm

4 Ventilated Elastic Wrist BraceA 7˝ wrist brace made from a low profile ventilated elastic for improved comfort. With a vinyl casing inclosing a removable metal malleable stay. It has a full length longitudinal seam for improved fit at wrist and forearm. Designed to avoid restriction at MCPs and thumb web. With soft stitched elastic edging.Left Right Size Measurement091372291 091373281 X-Small 11.5-13cm 091372275 091373265 Small 14-16cm 091372267 091373257 Medium 16.5-19cm 091372259 091373240 Large 20-21.5cm 091372283 091373273 X-Large 23-24cm

5 Basic Neoprene Cock-Up Wrist SupportA neoprene wrist brace with a removable metal malleable stay, which allows the clinician to create the correct position for the patient. With stitched edging to the top and sides, but free at the bottom allowing for customisation. Complete with hook and loop tabs. Available in left and right. Available in beige and black. Sold singly.Beige Left Beige Right Black Left Black Right Size Measurement091240522 091240589 091560440 091560507 Small 14-15cm 091240571 091240563 091560473 091560515 Medium 16.5-18cm 091240514 091240548 091560481 091560523 Large 20-21.5cm 091240530 091240555 091560499 091560531 X-Large 23-24cm

6 Rolyan® Neoprene Cock-Up Wrist SupportA neoprene wrist brace with a removable metal malleable stay, which allows the clinician to create the correct position for the patient. With stitched edging. Complete with hook and loop tabs. Available in left and right. Available in beige and black. Sold singly. Contains latex. Contains natural rubber.Left Right Size Measurement091386820 091386812 Small 17cm 091386945 091386937 Medium 19cm 091387042 091387034 Large 21cm 091387141 091387133 X-Large 23cm

5

6

91

Orthop

aedics



BLACK

BEIGE

LATEX FREE

1

1

LATEX FREE

2

LATEX FREE

3

Rolyan® D-Ring Wrist and Thumb Spica BracesThe classic choice for treating the pain and discomfort of carpal tunnel syndrome, arthritis, tendonitis and other wrist disorders. A non-elastic construction that does not restrict circulation.• Prevents unwanted flexion or extension, yet allows unobstructed

motion of the fingers and thumb• Non-elastic circumferential design for easy application and for

firm, evenly distributed pressure without restricting circulation• Protective padding lined with cotton stockinet• D-ring closure system for simple application, removal and

customised tension control• A double layer of stockinet under closures cushions straps• Forearm length is proportional to brace size• Removable, adjustable aluminium bar for additional support• Machine wash and air dry. Latex free

1 Rolyan® D-Ring Wrist BraceBeige Left Beige Right Size Measurement091055607 091055656 X-Small Up to 14.6cm 091055581 091055631 Small 14.6-16.5cm 091055573 091055623 Medium 17.1-19.1cm 091055565 091055615 Large 19.7-21.6cm 091055599 091055649 X-Large over 21.7cm Black Left Black Right091055029 091055037 X-Small Up to 14.6cm 091055045 091055052 Small 14.6-16.5cm 091055060 091055078 Medium 17.1-19.1cm 091055086 091055094 Large 19.7-21.6cm 091055102 091055128 X-Large over 21.7cm

2 Rolyan® D-Ring Wrist Firm Left Right Size Measurement091054618 091054600 X-Small Up to 14.6cm 091054634 091054626 Small 14.6-16.5cm 091054659 091054642 Medium 17.1-19.1cm 091054675 091054667 Large 19.7-21.6cm

3 Rolyan® D-Ring Wrist Workhard Left Right Size Measurement091047133 091047141 X-Small Up to 14.6cm 091047158 091047166 Small 14.6-16.5cm 091047174 091047182 Medium 17.1-19.1cm 091047190 091047208 Large 19.7-21.6cm 091047216 091047224 X-Large over 21.7cm

92

Ort

hop

aed

ics


Wrist / Thumb Supports

Rolyan® D-Ring Wrist and Thumb Spica BracesAllows healing after injury and decreases pain and inflammation of painful wrists and thumb tendonitis. Circumferential design with D-ring closures makes the brace easy to put on and comfortable to wear. Two metal stays support wrist and thumb. Adjust the amount of wrist extension with aluminium stay. Available in 2 styles. Latex free.

1 Rolyan® D-Ring Wrist & Thumb Spica Original

Rolyan® Original Wrist and Thumb Spica made of cotton/polyester fabric lined with cotton stockinet. Beige.Beige Left Beige Right Size Measurement091055839 091055961 X-Small Up to 14.6cm 091056209 091056290 Small 14.6-16.5cm 091056365 091056373 Medium 17.1–19.1cm 091056381 091056399 Large 19.7–21.6cm 091056407 091055847 X-Large over 21.7cm

2 Rolyan® D-Ring Wrist & Thumb Spica Workhard

Rolyan® Workhard™ Wrist and Thumb Spica made of soft, pliable leather with ¼˝ padding, suede like lining and webbing on the volar surface for durability.Left Right Size Measurement081284462 081284454 X-Small Up to 14.6cm 081284488 081284470 Small 14.6-16.5cm 081284504 081284496 Medium 17.1-19.1cm 081284520 081284512 Large 19.7-21.6cm 081284546 081284538 X-Large over 21.7cm

3 Rolyan® Neoprene Wrap Thumb SupportProvides warmth and compression to reduce pain in the thumb and wrist. Helps prevent overuse while allowing maximum hand function. Hand wash, air dry. Available in an easy to pull on style or a wrap on with hook & loop closure. Latex free. Blue Neoprene.Left Right Size Measurement081301373 081301365 X-Small 12.7-14cm 081301399 081301381 Small 14-15.2cm 081301415 081301407 Medium 15.2-16.5cm 081301431 081301423 Large 16.5-17.8cm 081301456 081301449 X-Large 17.8-20.3cm

4 Rolyan® Neoprene Pull On Thumb SupportProvides warmth and compression to reduce pain in the thumb and wrist. Helps prevent overuse while allowing maximum hand function. Hand wash, air dry. Available in an easy to pull on style or a wrap on with hook & loop closure. Latex free. Blue Neoprene.Left Right Size Measurement081301290 081301282 Small 14-15.2cm 081301316 081301308 Medium 15.2-16.5cm 081301332 081301324 Large 16.5-17.8cm 081301357 081301340 X-Large 17.8-20.3cm

5 Rolyan® Neoprene Wrist/Thumb Wrap Provides flexible support of wrist and thumb. Made of durable neoprene. Hook-and-loop strap. May be trimmed for a custom fit. Hand wash and air-dry. Fits right or left hand. Latex free. Beige Neoprene.Universal Fit Size Measurement081192483 Small 14-15.2cm 081192491 Medium 15.2-16.5cm 081192509 Large 16.5-17.8cm

1

2

3

4

5

93

Orthop

aedics


Thumb Supports

1 Basic Wrist Brace with Thumb Spica A neoprene wrist brace with thumb extension. Including a removable metal, malleable stay, which allows the clinician to create the correct position for the patient. With stitched edging. Complete with hook and loop tabs. Available in left and right. Available in beige and black. Sold singly. Measure around the wrist.MeasurementX-Small:11.5-13cm Small:14-15cm Medium: 16.5-18cm Large: 20-21.5cm X-Large: 23-24cmBeige Left Beige Right Black Left Black Right Size091281096 091281104 091560788 091560796 X-Small 091240852 091240837 091560747 091560804 Small 091240803 091240860 091560754 091560812 Medium 091240845 091240829 091560762 091560820 Large 091240811 091240878 091560770 091560838 X-Large

2 Rolyan® Wrist Brace with Thumb Spica A neoprene wrist brace with thumb extension. Including a removable metal, malleable stay, which allows the clinician to create the correct position for the patient. With stitched edging. Complete with hook and loop tabs. Available in left and right. Available in beige. Sold singly. Measure around the wrist. Contains latex. Contains natural rubber.MeasurementSmall:12.5-15cm Medium:15-17.5cm Large: 17.5-21cm X-Large: 21cmBeige Left Beige Right Size091386846 091386838 Small 091386895 091386887 Medium 091386994 091386986 Large 091387091 091387083 X-Large

3 Rolyan® Preferred 1st Thumb SpicaEngineered with a special Anti-Microbial treatment to fight the growth of germs that cause odours and the protection lasts for the life of the product. Comprising of a three layer construction; the first layer wicks moisture away from skin, while the middle layer retains body warmth. Heat insulators in the third layer provide temporary relief from arthritis discomfort and encourage circulation which helps reduce swelling and helps make soft tissue pliable and less prone to injury. Includes a malleable removable metal stay. Latex free.091127281 Small/Medium 14-19cm 091127273 Large/X-Large 19-25.4cm

4 Basic Elasticated Thumb SpicaA basic elasticated thumb splint. Including a removable metal, malleable stay, which allows the clinician to create the correct position for the patient. With stitched edging. Complete with hook and loop tabs. Available in left and right. Available in beige. Sold singly. Measure around the wrist.Left Right Size Measurement091239391 091239425 Small 14-15cm 091239383 091239417 Medium 16.5-19cm 091239375 091239409 Large 19-21cm 091281070 091239367 X-Large 21.5-24cm

5 Rolyan® Elasticated Thumb Spica An elasticated thumb splint. Including a removable metal, malleable stay, which allows the clinician to create the correct position for the patient. With stitched edging. Complete with hook and loop tabs. Available in left and right. Available in beige. Sold singly. Measure around the wrist.Left Right Size Measurement091386416 091386408 Small 13-15cm (5-6˝) 091386432 091386424 Medium 15-18cm (6-7˝) 091386457 091386440 Large 18-20cm (7-8˝) 091386473 091386465 X-Large 20-22cm (8-9˝)

6 Vulkan® Elasticated Thumb SpicaDesigned for people suffering from rheumatic pain, degenerative diseases and weakness of the thumb joint. This support is lightweight and is natural in colour. To size measure around the wrist.Left Right Size Measurement091239474 091239482 Small 14-16cm 091239441 091239466 Medium 16-18cm 091239433 091239458 Large 18-20cm

1

2

LATEX FREE

3

Measure around wrist

54

6

94

Ort

hop

aed

ics


1 Collum™ CMC Thumb BraceMade of quality leather with a suede lining for comfort and durability. To determine size, with the wrist straight, measure from the bony protrusion on the thumb side of the wrist to the knuckle near the thumbnail.Left Right091067081 091067123 X-Small Up to 9.5cm 091067073 091067115 Small 9.8-10.8cm 091067065 091067107 Medium 11.1-12.1cm 091067057 091067099 Large 12.4cm and up

LATEX FREE

1

2 Rolyan® Gel Shell™ Thumb Spica SplintGel Shell pad provides gentle pressure on the incision site to help reduce scar formation and hypersensitivity. Optional Polyform stay along radial side of thumb provides additional support to the thumb. Gel pad cushions area over first dorsal compartment to help protect it and disperse energy of impacts. Hand wash, air dry. To determine size, measure from radial styloid process to the IP crease of thumb with wrist in neutral.Left Right081282649 081282656 X-Small Up to 9.5cm 081282664 081282672 Small 9.5-10.8cm 081282680 081282698 Medium 10.9-12cm 081282706 081282714 Large 12cm and up

LATEX FREE

2

CUSTOMGEL SHELL®

4 Rolyan® TakeOff™ Thumb SupportsUses Fabrifoam® TensoWrap™ - New material for highly conformable, breathable, slip-resistant support with four-way stretch. Provides warmth, compression and support to reduce pain. One size fits most adults. Rinse frequently for extended use. Available in 3 styles. Latex free.TakeOff Thumb Support081301514 Left 081301506 Right • TakeOff Thumb Support - includes non-removable Stay.

3 Daumfix Thumb SplintEffective anatomical splint for maintaining the thumb in full extension following sprains or surgery. It allows total freedom of fingers and wrist functions. Also useful for support in basilar joint disease. May be used for acute or long term stabilisation. Anatomical design and thermoplastic material provide the best immobilisation. Internal sock is included to provide maximum comfort. Secured with elastic hook and loop fastening to allow precise fit. For size, measure wrist circumference.Left Right091129154 091129196 Small Up to 17cm 091129162 091129204 Medium 17-19cm 091129170 091129212 Large 19-23cm 091129188 091129220 X-Large 23cm and up

LATEX FREE

LATEX FREE

3

4

4

4

Thumb Supports

95

Orthop

aedics


3 3PP™ ThumSling™ LongThis soft, foam-lined splint provides both wrist and thumb support. Reduces pain from thumb arthritis - also know as CMC or basal joint arthritis, overuse or tendinitis. Soft, foam-lined splint features a contoured strap that supports CMC (basal) joint of the thumb and wraps around the wrist for control. Wear to reduce pain from thumb arthritis, tendinitis or overuse injuries. It conforms to the hand without being bulky so hand function is maintained. Easy to apply, this splint is soft and breathable for all day comfort. Machine or hand washable. Latex free.Left Right MP Circumference091322395 091322387 15.2-22.8cm

2 2

3 3

2 3PP™ ThumSling™Designed for maximum conformity in the palm to prevent gaping across the palmar arch. Ideal for CMC joint arthritis. Latex free. To size, measure circumference at MP.Left Right Size MP Circumference091157817 091157825 Small 15.2-18.4cm 091157833 091157841 Medium 18.4-22.8cm

1 3PP™ ThumSpica™ PlusThe ideal combination of a soft wrap and a lightweight moulded splint, reduces thumb and wrist pain. Soft, wrap-on splint includes a moldable insert for added control to reduce pain from deQuervain’s tenosynovitis, arthritis, ligament injuries or following surgery. The easy-to-mold insert allows the health care provider to create a custom thumb splint with the comfort of a soft cushioned wrap. The moulded splint fits into a lined pocket for cushioning and easy application. The soft wrap is breathable and machine or hand washable. Latex free.Left Right MP Circumference091322429 091322411 15.2-22.8cm

111

4 3PP™ ThumDuction™ StrapTo control mild to moderate hypertonicity (spasticity) or to position the thumb for function for persons with weakness due to stroke (CVA) or paralysis. It can also be used to lessen symptoms of tendinitis. Two-part design makes it easy to position the thumb away from the palm to control tone or aligned under the thumb to improve pinch. The soft, breathable foam-lined material resists slipping and provides gentle control. Machine washable. Latex free. IP to Wrist Crease091165539 Adult 7-11.5cm

4

5 Rolyan® Thumb LoopFor use with spasticity to decrease tone and facilitate functional use of hand. Improves position of hand for prehension, manipulation and release of objects. Loop can be wrapped to provide radial or palmar abduction while pulling wrist into extension and radial deviation. Fabric can be trimmed as needed. To fit, measure wrist circumference at CMC joint distal to ulnar styloid.081295716 Premature Infant Up to 7.1cm 081295708 Infant 7.1-8.9cm 081295690 Child 9-11.4cm 081295682 Adolescent 11.5-14cm 081295674 Adult Over 14.1cm

55

Thumb Supports

96

Ort

hop

aed

ics


1 Thenax Opponent CMC Thumb SupportThis thumb brace is a combination between an elastic brace and a custom made thermoplastic orthosis. Thenax Opponent features a NeoTex brace with loop surface and a palmar pocket with a thermoplastic piece. The thermoplastic piece can be moulded individually by using hot water, 75-80 degrees C. Simply insert the thermoplastic piece in the pocket and pour hot water in it. After approx. 1 min it’s ready for application. Pour out the water and place the brace flat on a towel to absorb all the moisture. Then apply on patient.The brace is mouldable up to 3-4 mins before it sets. Thenax Opponent offers an excellent support to the thenar eminence and the CMC joint. To further assist abduction of the thumb and allowing customised support an elastic hook strap has been applied on the extension of the thumbgrip. This hook attaches to the loop surface of the brace and can be applied in many different ways to assist the thumb. If not needed it can be cut away. Thenax Opponent offers excellent functionality for patients with CMC-arthritis, ligament injuries or and general instabilities to the thumb. For sizing measure around the circumference of the wrist.Left Right Sizes Measurement091559079 091559087 X-Small 13-14cm 091559095 091559103 Small 14-16cm 091559111 091559129 Medium 16-18cm 091559137 091559145 Large 18-20cm 091559152 091559160 X-Large 20-22cm

2 PUSH Ortho CMC Thumb BraceCMC-1 osteoarthritis is a common thumb disorder. It is a type of ‘wear and tear’ of the articular cartilage, affecting in particular people between 40 and 60 years of age. The Push CMC is a slim and compact product. The brace can be used in the water. Hygiene is important around the hand. Therefore the synthetic material is antibacterial and the brace can be washed in a washing machine at 40°. The Push CMC was especially developed for application with the following indications:• CMC-1 osteoarthritis • Instability of the CMC-1 joint• Post operatively after arthroplasty of the CMC-1 jointLeft Right Size Measurement091320571 091320605 Size 1 16-19.5cm 091320589 091320613 Size 2 19.5-22.5cm 091320597 091320621 Size 3 22.5-26cm

3 Activemove® Rhizo ForteIs designed to restrict thumb movement whilst maintaining the daily functionality of the hand. The design ensures the immobilisation of the CMC and MCP joints without restricting the movement of the wrist and the other four fingers. Provides functional stabilisation of the CMC and MCP joints of the thumb. Has a low profile design and smooth edges for high wearing comfort. Mouldable aluminium core for a customisable fit, complete with closures allow the brace to be easily secured with one hand.Indications:• Painful conditions and irritations of the thumb joints (e.g. Osteoarthritis)• Rheumatoid Arthritis of the thumb• Ulnar Collateral Ligament injuries of the MCP1 joint (e.g. Skier’s thumb)• Ligament instability• Post-operative immobilisationLeft Right Size Measurement091563386 091563410 Small 4.5-5.4cm 091563394 091563428 Medium 5.5-6.3cm 091563402 091563436 Large 6.4-7.3cm

Thumb Supports

3

4

2

1 1

4 Sammons Preston CMC Thumb BraceCMC Thumb Brace is a flexible brace designed to provide support to the thumb CMC joint while allowing full hand function, and range-of-motion. Its wraparound supports are made of Latex-free high quality thin, 3.5mm perforated neoprene. CMC Thumb Brace has been specifically designed for osteoarthritis and medial subluxation of the thumb CMC joint. This product is an ideal option for use with CMC joint arthritis, and/or instability, tendonitis, tenosynovitis, or repetitive strain injuries.Left Right7500268 7500262 X-Small 7500269 7500263 Small 7500270 7500264 Medium 7500271 7500265 Large 7500272 7500266 X-Large 7500273 7500267 XX-Large

NEW

97

Orthop

aedics


Head & Neck Supports

1 Rolyan® MedicollarThis shaped lightweight collar is very comfortable and is suitable for minor neck injuries.

Sizes Measure around the neck (cm)

Size LengthShallow (Height 7cm)091238674 Short 39cm091238658 Medium 44cm091238666 Long 48cmMedium (Height 7.5cm)091238690 Medium 45.5cm091238716 Long 51cmDeep (Height 9cm)091238682 Short 42cm091238708 Medium 45.5cm091238724 Long 51cmExtra Deep (Height 10cm)091238732 Long 53.5cm

1

2

2 Hereford Beaded CollarA comfortable, moulded, neck support with polystyrene beads, which allows for greater or lesser support. Touch and close fastener for ease of fitting. Thumb loop allows for front or side opening. Very lightweight.091239078 Small 27-34cm 091239060 Medium 31-38cm 091239052 Large 35-42cm 091555432 X-Large 39-46cm

3 Universal Contoured CollarA unique design with an extended velcro closure adjusts to ensure a proper fit for neck sizes 32.5 to 47.5cm (13 to 19˝). Polyurethane foam is covered with a soft stockinette.091383926 8.2cm×53.3cm

3

98

Ort

hop

aed

ics


Head & Neck Supports

1 Patriot Extrication CollarUniversal one-piece adjustable collar design fits most adults. Provides excellent cervical spine immobilisation, and can be easily applied in either a sitting or supine position. Easy-to-adjust snap locking tabs. Latex free.081051184 Paediatric 081051192 Adult

LATEX FREE

3 TOT CollarDesigned as a treatment for torticollis, this collar is a simple, effective and inexpensive therapy to correct head position and prevent further health problems. When combined with stretching of the muscle, the collar offers better results than stretching alone. In addition to active head posture correction, the collar provides an ongoing stimulus to maintain the corrected position for a longer time period than simple stretching alone. Latex free.081084052 Child - 4 Months to 10 Years Old 081084060 Adult - 10 Years of Age and Older

2 Headmaster™ CollarPadded tubular design. Bends to adjust for neck flexion or extension. Allows access to a tracheal tube. Optional pads available for extra support. To size, measure from centre of chin to corner of jaw. If between sizes, choose the smaller collar. Hand wash, air-dry.* Optional accessories sold separately. *Caution: This product contains natural rubber latex which may cause allergic reactions. Extension Pads. Two pads that can be variably placed to give extension or lateral support. Neck Pads. One pad centrally placed for comfortable extension resistance. Size Chin to Jaw091172899 Infant 6cm (2.5˝) 091172907 Child 7.5cm (3˝) 091172915 Junior 9cm (3.5˝) 091172923 Small 10cm (4˝) 091172931 Medium 11.5cm (4.5˝) 091172949 Large 12.5cm (5˝) Neck Pads Size091326982 Junior/Small 091172956 Medium/Large Extension Pads Size091327006 Junior/Small 091182856 Medium/Large

1

2

2

2

2

3

INFORMATIONFor paediatric supports, please see pages 148 to 149.

LATEX FREE

99

Orthop

aedics


Torso & Posture Support

2 Rolyan® Heavy Padded Clavicle SplintFelt and foam padded straps increase comfort. For size, measure the chest circumference at the bottom of the sternum.081281336 Small 61-76cm 081281344 Medium 76-91cm 081281351 Large 91-107cm 081281369 X-Large 107-122cm

1 Clavicle Posture SupportEncourages correct posture by providing stabilisation. With pressure-sensitive closures for adjustable fit. Made from comfortable foam and cotton material. One size fits most adults.081281286

1

2

LATEX FREE

LATEX FREE

3 Vulkan® Support RiteThis thoracic support is designed to offer posture training. The support is lightweight and breathable, it is recommended that a T-shirt is worn underneath the support.091235811 X-Small 091235795 Small 091235787 Medium 091235779 Large 091235803 X-Large

Sizes Measure around the chest (cm)

XS S M L XL

75-80 85-90 95-100 105-110 115-120

4 Saunders Posture S’PortThe Posture S’port can be comfortably worn directly on the skin or over a T-shirt. Special hook and loop design makes adjusting for height and shoulder comfort easy.• Criss-crossed suspender like elastic straps gently pull the

shoulders, spine and lower back into the neutral position to decrease back and shoulder pain.

• Comfortable under-arm elastic straps are covered with soft cotton fabric so they won’t pinch or bind

• Features an adjustable elastic waist band Size Inches cm091385459 Small 22-30˝ 56-76cm 091385442 Medium 30-42˝ 76-106cm 091385434 Large 42-54˝ 106-137cm

3

4


100

Ort

hop

aed

ics


Slings & Shoulder Support

5 Collar and CuffCan be made into a variety of slings and immobilisers. 6m pack of two rolls.091239086 5cm 091239235 7.5cm

6 Rolyan® Pro SlingA universal, reversible shoulder immobiliser. One size fits most.091239045

3 Rolyan® C.V.A. SlingProvides soft cushioning for maximum comfort of the shoulder, hand and arm. Washable. Fits right or left.081281278

4 Rolyan® Figure-of-8 SlingProvides support to the shoulder, elbow and forearm. Strapping system helps distribute pressure. Supportive for orthopaedic and neurological conditions. Hook and loop construction provides wide adjustability. Soft and comfortable strapping material helps ensure patient compliance. Simple to apply.091052984 Small/Medium 091052992 Large/X-Large

2 Rolyan® Sling and SwatheCotton with terry lining for increased comfort. Soft padded shoulder straps. Y-tabs for easy adjustments. For size, measure the length of the forearm from the elbow to the knuckles.081506831 One Size

1 Fireactiv® Neck SupportThe Fireactiv® neck support with 2 stage deep heat therapy is designed to provide moderate neck support and compression. The wrap around adjustable Velcro fastening strap enables you to alter compression to help reduce unwanted or excessive movement. Deep heat therapy helps increase local blood flow, easing arthritic pain and chronic aches and stiffness. The support can also be used to help acute strains and sprains to reduce pain with weight bearing while the moderate compression helps minimize swelling and bruising following injury and trauma.091542638

2 3

4 5

1 1

6

INFORMATIONPlease state size required when ordering.

101

Orthop

aedics


Slings & Shoulder Support

3 Shoulder Immobiliser SlingA canvas sling with foam waist strap and foam shoulder strap for patient comfort. Maintains immobilisation of the arm.091238930 Small 28-33cm 091238948 Medium 33-40cm 091238922 Large 40-50cm 091238955 X-Large 51-58cm

Sizes (cm) Measure from elbow to knuckle of little finger (cm)

S M L XL

28-33 33-40 40-51 151-58

1 Rolyan® Shoulder Immobiliser Sling Comfortable soft neck pad for added neck protection. Thumb loop for additional comfort. Extra deep pocket improves arm positioning. Waist strap limits shoulder movement. For size, measure the length of the forearm from the elbow to the knuckles.091053149 X-Small 19-27cm 091053156 Small 28cm 091053164 Medium 36cm 091053172 Large 43cm 091053180 X-Large 51cm

2 Rolyan® Envelope Arm Sling with PadDesigned for easy application and adjustment with an extra deep pocket to improve arm positioning. The strap carries the weight of the arm across the back and shoulder for greater comfort. Supports forearm and wrist. Features adjustable strap with hook and loop fasteners. For size, measure length of forearm from elbow to knuckles.091065416 Small 36.4×18.4cm 091065424 Medium 41.9×18.4cm 091065432 Large 45.7×21.6cm 091065440 X-Large 55.9×21.6cm

1

2

3

LATEX FREE

LATEX FREE

102

Ort

hop

aed

ics


1 Rolyan® Abduction SlingRolyan provides shoulder abduction positioning with support. Can be used for separations, dislocations and strains, as well as other shoulder injuries. Pillow portion rests on waist to support weight of arm. Snap-open front panel facilitates putting support on and taking it off. Y-tabs provide easy strap length adjustability. Sling positioning allows air exchange at axilla, and breathable cotton fabric provides a comfortable fit. Fits left and right. For size, measure the length of the forearm from the elbow to the knuckles.081281294 Small 28cm 081281302 Medium 36cm 081281310 Large 43cm

2 Shoulder Immobiliser with AbductionConstructed of soft velour material for maximum comfort.• Foam pillow provides 35° abduction• Shoulder and waist straps can be trimmed to desired length• Quick release buckle on waist strap for ease of application

and removal• Exercise ball packed with product• Fits right and left side091369131 Small 25-28cm 091369123 Medium 28-30cm 091369115 Large 30-33cm 091369149 X-Large 33-36cm

Sizes (cm)

S M L XL

25-28 28-30 30-33 33-36

3 Comfor™ Shoulder Abduction PillowThis comfortable abduction pillow has sculpted foam to fit the contour of the user’s body comfortably. The wrist and humeral cuffs are padded and adjustable for greater comfort. Provides 45° or 70° of abduction. Fits left or right. Latex free.091015528

LATEX FREE

1

2

3

4

Shoulder Supports

4 Fireactiv® Shoulder SupportDesigned with 2 stage deep heat therapy helps provide compression, support and ultra-deep heat relief to the shoulder joint complex without restricting movement. By stabilizing the joint capsule, the support helps reduce pain from tendon and ligamentous injury of the rotator cuff muscles whilst promoting healing through deep heat therapy. The support helps encourage correct alignment of the shoulder joint following dislocation or subluxation injuries and can prevent further over stretch or over use of muscles during rehabilitation. It is suitable for helping acute and chronic shoulder conditions as well as post-surgery and recovery.• Rotator cuff injuries• Muscle strains and sprains• Bursitis• Tendonitis• Instability091542646 Right 091552264 Left

103

Orthop

aedics


Shoulder Supports

1 Rolyan® MFC™ II Unilateral Shoulder Orthosis

Especially appropriate following sports injuries to help support weak shoulder muscles and strained tendons or ligaments. Limits shoulder motion and maintains correct humeral positioning to allow healing. Lycra/spandex fabric offers excellent conformability to body contours for a snug fit. Hand wash, air dry. Left Right081281088 081281096 Small 23-28cm 081281153 081281161 Medium 28-33cm 081281179 081281187 Large 33-38cm

2 Rolyan® Hemi Arm Sling IIProvides effective unilateral anti-subluxation support. Positions the head of the humerus in the glenoid fossa and the scapula in external rotation and enhances the normal gait pattern. Elastic straps are dynamic, allowing a patient to actively move returning muscles and perform self-ranging exercises. The supports enable hemiplegics to use their affected arm to help them during functional tasks. Effective following stroke, soft tissue injury or ligament strain. Provides increased support for heavier patients as well as patients with increasing active motion.Sizing guidelines: To fit, measure the distance from acromion to acromion posteriorly across the midpoint of the scapula. To determine if patient is medium or medium long, measure the chest circumference at the axilla.Left Right091057249 091057272 Small 36-46cm 091057280 091057298 Medium Reg 46-61cm (Chest Circ. 76-89cm)091057306 091057314 Medium 46-61cm

(Chest Circ. 89-102cm)091057322 091057330 Large 61-71cm 091057348 091057256 X-Large 71-86cm

3 Hemi CuffCotton cuff with figure-of-eight back fastening. Allows arm extension whilst controlling subluxation. Requires assistance to fasten. Specify left or right and required size when ordering.Left Right Size Measurement091238880 091238914 Small 27.5-32.5cm 091238872 091238906 Medium 31-36cm 091238864 091238898 Large 36-41cm

Sizes (cm) Measure around the bicep (cm)

S M L

27.5-32.5 31-36 36-41

LATEX FREE

1

22

3

4 Rolyan® Neoprene Shoulder Support A heat-insulating, shock-absorbing support. Ideal for inflammation, acute or chronic pain, post-surgery rehabilitation of the shoulder, or mild subluxation. Universal, fits right or left. Black only. Latex free.091559285 Small 32-36˝ 091559293 Medium 36-40˝ 091559301 Large 40-44˝ 091559319 X-Large 44-48˝

4

104

Ort

hop

aed

ics


Shoulder Supports

1 Vulkan® Sports ShoulderProvides warmth and support to the shoulder joint. Fits both left and right shoulders. Adjustable chest strap for added comfort and fit.091567700 Small 80-90cm 091567718 Medium 90-100cm 091567726 Large 100-110cm

2 Vulkan® Neoprene Full ShoulderProvides support following shoulder dislocation and helps alleviates bursitis and tendonitis. Adjustable closures for added comfort.091567817 Small 80-90cm 091567825 Medium 90-100cm 091567833 Large 100-110cm 091567841 X-Large 110-120cm

3 Vulkan® Half ShoulderIndividually left or right shoulder protection. Adjustable closures for added comfort and fit. Provides warmth and support to the shoulder joint.Left091567742 Small 80-90cm 091567767 Medium 90-100cm 091567783 Large 100-110cm 091567809 X-Large 110-120cm Right091567734 Small 80-90cm 091567759 Medium 90-100cm 091567775 Large 100-110cm 091567791 X-Large 110-120cm

4 DeRoyal® Shoulder SupportThis anatomically designed shoulder support is designed to provide stability and focused compression to the injured shoulder. The support is manufactured from Neo-Tex for an enhanced performance and function. The unique strapping system makes it universal for both left and right shoulders.091385970 091385962 091385954

Sizes (cm) Measure around the bicep (cm)

S M L

28-32 32-35 35-38

5 ErixTwo Shoulder SupportThe patent pending ErixTwo shoulder support is unique in the market due to it’s flexibility in treating various conditions. Provides heat and compression. Additions required for hook and loop taping methods and padding. Chest belt with hook & loop strap used to control abduction & rotation.Indications: Post shoulder luxations rotator cuff injuries A/C-joint instabilities muscle injuries and general shoulder instabilities.Measure around bicep.

Left Right Size091538719 091538768 Small 28-32cm091538727 091538776 Medium 32-35cm091538735 091538784 Large 35-38cm091538743 091538792 X-Large 38-42cm

INFORMATIONPlease state size required when ordering.

1

2

3

4 5


105

Orthop

aedics

Elbow Straps

1 Actimove® EpiSportThe brace reduces discomfort and pain caused by acute and chronic epicondylitis. The anatomically shaped clasp and non-slip, soft liner align to the natural shape of the elbow to ensure an optimal fit whilst the elastic Velcro™ strap allows for individual therapeutic compression levels to provide comfort during sport and everyday activities. Latex free.091381169 X-Small 20-23cm 091381177 Small 23-25cm 091381185 Medium 25-28cm 091381193 Large 28-30cm 091381201 X-Large 30-34cm

2

2 Epicondylitis StrapThe braces provides targeted compression to the long tendons of the forearm extensor and flexor muscles. Dual action compression works simultaneously to treat Lateral epicondylitis (tennis elbow) and Medial epicondylitis (golfer’s elbow) without restricting circulation.091384163 X-Small 20.3-22.8cm 091384171 Small 22.8-25cm 091384189 Medium 25.4-27.9cm 091384197 Large 27.9-30.5cm 091384205 X-Large 30.5-34.3cm

3

3 Nano Bamboo Charcoal Elbow SupportProvides antibacterial properties to encourage cellular growth Lightweight, soft and uniform compression for overall comfort. Adjustable hook and loop strap for greater tension if needed. Silicon insert for extra pressure on the muscle in the forearm. Fits left or right elbow. Washable.091374016

4 Epicondylitis SupportElbow support may offer relief from generalised pain and tenderness in the forearm and elbow. Fits Forearm 27.8-35.6cm.091384221

4 5 Epicondylitis Gel Arm BraceProvides support and compression over the tendon insert point. The gel insert allows hot or cold therapy. Offers a high degree of stability whilst allowing the arm brace to respond dynamically to the muscle movement. Relieves pain from muscle overuse after work, sports or injury.091375609 Universal

6 Rolyan® TakeOff™ Therapeutic Forearm Band

Made using Fabrifoam TensoWrap-Nu for highly conformable support with medium four way stretch. The gel pad dampens vibrations at the elbow and has an easy one handed application system. Recommended for lateral and medial epicondylitis and supinator muscle strain. Rinse after use to extend the life of the band. One size fits most adults. Latex free.081292283

5

1

LATEX FREE

LATEX FREE

6

106

Ort

hop

aed

ics


1 Vulkan® AirXtend Tennis Elbow BraceDesigned for comfort, this adjustable support provides effective relief of elbow pain associated with tennis elbow. Hook and loop fastener offers controlled compression and a custom fit. Silicone pad provides uniform pressure. On size fits all.091527043

2 Vulkan® Epi BraceProvides Targeted compression. Alters angle of pull on tendon to relieve Golfer’s and Tennis elbow. To size, measure around the forearm below the elbow. Size Elbow081572551 Small 25-27cm 081572569 Medium 28-30cm 081572577 Large 31-34cm

4 Vulkan® Tennis Elbow BraceA unique two cuff brace that helps reduce the stress around the elbow. The removable splint applies pressure on the distal and proximal areas of the forearm. Features a terry towelling lining for extra comfort. To size measure around the forearm below the elbow. Size Elbow081572510 X-Small 19-22cm 081572528 Small 22-25cm 081572536 Medium 25-28cm 081572544 Large 28-31cm

5 Vulkan® Classic Universal Tennis Elbow StrapSuitable for use during activities where repetitive strain injury may be an issue such as golf, racquet sports or manual occupations.091567254 One Size

3 Vulkan® Tennis Elbow StrapLightweight and comfortable support that provides rapid pain relief. Ideal for tennis elbow and other similar overuse injuries.081572585 One size

AIRPRENETM

1

2

3

5

4

Elbow Supports

NEW


107

Orthop

aedics

Elbow Supports

1

2

3

3

AIRPRENETM

1 Vulkan® AirXtend Elbow SupportAdjustable straps ensure a proper fit with minimal bunching and slippage. Adjustable support provides compression and maintains full range of movement for weak or injured elbows.091527076

2 Vulkan® Neoprene Elbow SupportProvides support and protection for minor injuries and arthritis sufferers. Supplied with or without removable tennis elbow strap. Can be used during general sporting or lifestyle activities to prevent further damage.With Strap091567403 Small 22-25cm 091567411 Medium 25-28cm 091567429 Large 28-31cm 091567437 X-Large 31-34cm Without Strap091567361 Small 22-25cm 091567379 Medium 25-28cm 091567387 Large 28-31cm 091567395 X-Large 31-34cm

3 Vulkan® AE Elbow SupportProvides comfort for swollen or tender elbows as a result of sprains and strains. Firm support for prevention of further pain and discomfort. Ideal for racket sports and golfers. Ideal for short term use to control swelling.081537984 Small 23.5cm Black 081537992 Medium 23.5-26cm Black 081538008 Large 26-28cm Black 081538073 Small 23.5cm Pink 081538081 Medium 23.5-26cm Pink 081538099 Large 26-28cm Pink

108

Ort

hop

aed

ics


Elbow Supports

3

3 Fireactiv® Elbow SupportA variable compression device with 2 stage deep heat therapy. The adjustable Velcro fastening strap helps provide variable stabilization around the entire elbow joint. It can be used to help reduce the pain experienced from repetitive sports injuries such as tennis and golfer’s elbow by reducing excessive movements at the inner and outer aspects of the joint. The heat therapy helps relieve muscular aches and general joint stiffness as with osteoarthritis and rheumatoid arthritis. The support can also be used in recovery and can help with rehabilitation following surgery, trauma or injury. Repetitive strain injuries such as tennis and golfer’s elbow• Lateral and medial epicondylitis• Arthritic pain• Hyperextension injuries091542653 One Size Fits All


1 Vulkan® Padded ElbowPadded support for the elbow. Helps protect against knocks, blows and bruising. Suitable for all impact sports.081539121 X-Small 19-22cm 081539139 Small 22-25cm 081539147 Medium 25-28cm 081539204 Large 28-31cm 081539212 X-Large 31-34cm

2 Vulkan® Elbow WrapDesigned to provide protection and aid prevention of injury for those with an active lifestyle. Lightweight, comfortable elasticated material. Designed with a starter loop to help with the ease of application. Wrap can be positioned for controlled compression. Suitable for any activity and everyday use.091238740 One size fits most

1

2


109

Orthop

aedics

Elbow Supports

2 ROM Elbow BraceIndications:• Post-operative immobilization or ROM control for the elbow• Conservative treatment of elbow dislocation or luxation.

Stable or internally fixed fractures of the distal humorous or proximal radius or ulna

Functions:• Immobilization of the elbow in 10-15° increments• Limit ROM by adjustable simple setting hingesFeatures:• Transcendent overall adjustability• Simply press and rotate settings• “One push bottom” can be released for length adjustment• Extension limitation at: 0°, 10°, 20°, 30°, 45°, 60°, 75°, 90°• Flexion limitation at: 0°, 10°, 20°, 30°, 45°, 60°, 75°, 90°• Length adjustments from 34cm to 43cm• Breathable laminated soft foam material offers air

permeability and moisture• Size: Universal091537786 Left 091539634 Right

3 Comfy™ Elbow OrthosisThe Comfy™ Elbow Orthosis is easy to use, Bend-to-Fit splint. It provides excellent support for flaccid or weak extremities and helps immobilize painful extremities. The splint spine can bend to the desired ROM and the cuffs can adjust to the wrists and MP joints for optimal fit. It can also be adjusted to provide for gradual extension of the non-fixed elbow contracture.091326867 Adult 091326826 Adult Small

1 Rolyan® Progressive Elbow/Knee SplintProgressive soft splint provides comfortable positioning with secure support while gently increasing range of motion of elbow or knee. Ideal for people who have mild to moderate elbow or knee spasticity following a CVA. Also for contractures resulting from arthritis, dementia, Parkinson’s disease or osteoporosis/osteoarthritis. Soft foam sherpa splint base decreases the risk of skin breakdown and increases comfort and compliance. Hand wash, air dry. Fits left or right. For size, measure circumference of limb 5cm above the elbow or 10cm above the knee. At least 5cm clearance from axillary or groin area is necessary. Splint construction allows trimming length approximately 2.5cm. Cuffs of splint must be long enough to support two-thirds of the limb. Proximal cuff length refers to narrowest portion of cuff, to be located in axillary or groin region. Latex free. Proximal Cuff Length081293026 X-Small Up to 27cm 9.2cm 081293034 Small 27-38cm 10.2cm 081293042 Medium 39-44cm 14.3cm 081293059 Large 45-50cm 16.2cm 081293067 X-Large 51-56cm 20.6cm

LATEX FREE

2 3

1

1

1

110

Ort

hop

aed

ics


1 Vulkan® AirXtendA tapered cut and flexible stays for firm lumbar support ensures a comfortable fit for both men and women. Adjustable tension straps ensure a custom fit. Recommended for back strains and sprains, moderate disc and arthritic conditions, sciatica, muscle spasms and strains of the sacroiliac area. Black. Made from a three layer system, comprising of an outer stretch nylon layer, Airprene™ a breathable neoprene in the middle which wicks moisture away from the body keeping you cool and an inner stretch nylon layer for comfort.091526987 One size fits most

2 Vulkan® Classic 3023 Universal Back SupportA flexible support designed to help reduce unwanted twisting movements and is ideal for central backache or pain radiating as far as the buttocks.091567239 One size fits most

3 Vulkan® Classic 3022 Universal Back SupportA flexible support designed for central backache and/or pain radiating as far as the buttock. Reduces unwanted twisting movements due to extra supportive stays in the rear of the support. Useful for those working in a manual occupation where lifting may be involved. Blue.091567247 One size fits most

4 Vulkan® Classic 3013 Contoured Back SupportThis contoured back support provides compression and warmth to the lumbar area making it ideal for lower back pain.091567262 X-Small 60-70cm 091567270 Small 70-80cm 091567288 Medium 80-90cm 091567296 Large 90-100cm 091567304 X-Large 100-110cm 091567312 XX-Large 110cm+

5 Vulkan® Classic 3093 Back BraceProvides significant levels of stability and support for people suffering from a severe episode of back pain. The additional stays and compression help limit unwanted twisting and bending movements to allow a quicker recovery without strain.091567320 Small 70-80cm 091567338 Medium 80-90cm 091567346 Large 90-100cm 091567353 X-Large 100-110cm

Back Supports

2 3

4 5

AIRPRENETM

1


111

Orthop

aedics

Back Supports

1 Core Abdominal BinderHelp relieve a multitude of aches and strains in abdominal region and can be used as an abdominal binder or post-operative belt. The comfortable, multi-tiered elastic contours easily and helps prevent rolling. It provides needed support and stability to the trunk of active men and women. Patients recovering from surgery will appreciate how the Abdominal Binder reduces strains. Features a CorEdge® Finish for extra comfort. For a proper fit, measure around the widest part of torso. White. 9˝ Elastic 12˝ Elastic 091380336 091380351 Small/Medium 61-91cm 091380328 091380344 Large/X-Large 91-122cm

2 Rolyan® Abdominal BinderFeatures pressure-sensitive closures and lightweight, breathable material for maximum comfort. For size, measure circumference as indicated.9˝ (23cm) High 12˝ (30.5cm) High091063072 091062991 Small/Medium 76-114cm 091063080 091063007 Large/X-Large 76-114cm

3 Rolyan® Universal Rib SupportProvides stable support to the ribs and torso. Breathable elastic material and pressure-sensitive closures limit the expansion of the chest to promote healing. Women’s support contours for proper fit. One size fits most adults. Latex free.091063320 Male Rib Belt 20cm 091063403 Female Rib Belt 20cm

4 Rolyan® Vertebrace Made from a strong elastic woven material with reinforced panels in the lumbar region to provide extra support.091235589 Small 61-79cm 091235571 Medium 80-94cm 091235605 Large 95-111cm 091235613 X-Large 112-127cm 091235597 XX-Large 128-139cm

LATEX FREE

21

LATEX FREE

LATEX FREE

3 3

4 5

6

5 Heavy Duty Elasticated Back SupportAn elasticated belt with a non-stretch cloth panel at the rear incorporating 4 flexible stays. Hook and Loop fastening at the front, plus extra support provided by two adjustable elasticated tensioning straps.091236058 Small 60-81cm 091236041 Medium 71-91cm 091236033 Large 82-100cm 091236066 X-Large 91-112cm 091236074 XX-Large 105-144cm

6 Dual Pull Elastic Criss-CrossSupport features dual elastic side pulls and a 9˝ high reinforced criss-cross back to provide maximum compression and support. Six flexible stays prevent rolling.091376078 Small 71.1-81.3cm 091376060 Medium 83.8-94cm 091376052 Large 96.5-106.7cm 091376086 X-Large 109.2-119.4cm

112

Ort

hop

aed

ics


Back Supports

1 Ventilated Elastic Double Pull Lumbar Brace Made of high quality vented elastic strapping material with vented tension side-pulls for superior support. The brace provides intra-abdominal pressure against spinal instability, whilst the Rhomboid tension side-pulls flatten the lordosis and the plastic splints provide extra support. Indications: Lumbago, Spondylosis, Facet joint dysfunction, Mild spondylolisthesis, spondylolysis, Inter-vertebral disc herniation (HIVD), After lumbar laminectomy or discectomy, Postural hypotension due to cervical spinal cord injury, Ligamentous disorders or back muscle strain. For size measure the waist circumference. 091383561 Small 57-70cm 091383579 Medium 72-86cm 091383587 Large 89-102cm 091383595 X-Large 104-118cm

MEASURE AROUND

WAIST

1

MEASURE AROUND

WAIST

2

2 Neoprene Double Pull Lumbar Brace Supports the lower back and provides warmth and total flexibility through a neoprene panel. For size measure the waist circumference. Contains latex. Contains natural rubber.091383603 Small 57-70cm 091383611 Medium 72-86cm 091383629 Large 89-102cm 091383637 X-Large 104-118cm

3 Support Lumbosacral Orthosis Tapered elastic binder supports back and abdomen. Elastic encircling strap holds thermoplastic insert securely against the back. Insert in warm water or hot-air oven to mould for desired support. Latex free. For size measure the waist circumference.081281435 Small 76-86cm 081281427 Medium 86-97cm 081281419 Large 97-107cm 081281443 X-Large 107-117cm

3

4

4 Push Med Back Brace Improves the position of the lumbar vertebral column and reduces pain. The tightening of elastic bands creates pressure, increasing the support of the metal reinforcement materials applied. The pressure is easily adjustable to suit personal preferences. Each individual reinforcing element can be adjusted. The shape and material make the brace comfortable to wear. The anatomical fit makes it suitable for both men and women and guarantees good position retention. 091183730 75-85cm 091183748 85-97cm 091183755 97-110cm 091183763 110-125cm

113

Orthop

aedics


Groin Supports

1 Vulkan® Athletic SupportLightweight and comfortable offering gentle support, with a separate box compartment.091252329 091252311 091252303 091252295

Sizes (cm) Measure around the waist (cm)

S M L XL

70-80 80-90 90-100 100-110

2 Sport Aid SuspensoryEasy to adjust, the Sport Aid Suspensory provides firm support. The pouch is fitted on to an elastic waistband and has a sturdy stud fastener. Measurement given is width of pouch pocket.091173368 Medium 10-11.5cm 091173384 Large 11.5-12.5cm

3 Rebound® Hernia BeltHernia belt is adjustable and gives gentle, gradual pressure to reduce hernias. The belt is fitted with removable and adjustable pads and is very discreet. To size, measure around waist.091127950 Small 76-89cm 091127943 Medium 89-104cm 091127935 Large 104-117cm

4 Hernia BeltThe Hernia Belt provides gentle relief from reducible inguinal hernias. Designed using the latest materials for maximum level of support and comfort. Provides constant, comfortable and adjustable pressure to the hernia. Two uniquely shaped foam compression pads give gradual pressure and support to the weakened muscles with focused compression on the hernia. Either pad can be removed to treat a single hernia. For both single and double hernias. Size Waist Measurement091375773 Small 76cm-89cm 091375765 Medium 89cm-104cm 091375757 Large 104cm-116cm

LATEX FREE

1

2

3

4

114

Ort

hop

aed

ics


Maternity Supports

1 Serola BeltThe Serola SI belt forms part of the rehabilitation process by helping to correct joint biomechanics, encourage ligamentous remodelling and aids myofascial rehabilitation. Effective and comfortable support for hypermobility and instability. Prevents acute lower back and sacroiliac pain from becoming chronic. Preventative for those in high risk occupations. Provides hip joint support for sufferers.091236199 Small up to 86cm 091236181 Medium 86-102cm 091236173 Large 102-117cm 091236207 X-Large 117-132cm

2 Neo-G Sacroiliac BeltThe belt effectively relieves upper and lower back pain as well as pain in the buttocks, leg and ankle/foot areas, which in many instances can be all connected to the pressure put on the pelvic and the sacroiliac joint area. To size, measure around the hips.091184712 Small 86cm 091184720 Medium 86-105cm 091184738 Large 105-119cm 091184704 X-Large 119-132cm

3 Hip BraceThis hip support belt gives compression to the pelvic cradle and sacroiliac (or SI Joints). Useful for hip pain and instability, it also functions to reduce post-operative swelling following abdominoplasty, tummy tuck or Pfannenstiel incision. Has been used to reduce pain and swelling during recovery after hysterectomy.091371939 Small 81-102cm 091371921 Medium 102-122cm 091371913 Large 122-142cm

1

4 Saunders Sacroiliac Belt & Stabilization PadNon-slip belt stays put below the ASIS – even with activity. Stabilization pad fits between sacral sulci and provides firm, comfortable support and proprioceptive input to the sacral area.091385566 Small 66-81cm 091385558 Medium 81-107cm 091385541 Large 107-114cm 091385582 Stabilization Pad

5 V2 SupporterDuring pregnancy, vulvar varicosities can occur for many reasons. Wearing the V2 supporter before rising in the morning helps prevent excessive swelling of the vulvar veins and is recommended for:• Vulvar varicosities (also used post sclerotherapy)• Lympedema• Perinealedema• Incontinence• External prolapsed bladder or uterus Hip Circumference091377530 X-Small Under 71cm 091377548 Small 71-89cm 091377522 Medium 91-112cm 091377514 Large 114-137cm

2

3 4

55

INFORMATIONPlease state required size when ordering.

115

Orthop

aedics


Maternity Supports

3

2 Elastic Maternity BeltThis reversible design can be used to help postnatal muscle and ligament laxity and lower back pain. This dual purpose support helps ease lumbar/lower back pain during/after pregnancy. Helps support the fetus and sacroiliac joint during pregnancy to help maintain a comfortable position during pregnancy. Slimline, breathable and discreet, can be worn under everyday clothes. Flexible stays provide added back support.091183771 Small 60-70cm 091173491 Medium 70-85cm 091183789 Large 85-100cm 091183797 X-Large 100-115cm 091183805 XX-Large 115-130cm

3 Maternity BraceThis maternity belt comfortably supports the lumbar and abdominal regions to help provide relief of lower back pain and discomfort during pregnancy. Made of a unique multi-layered soft laminate that provides excellent support and comfort with a soft cotton/nylon lining. Ventilated, latex-free elastic compression side panels provide comprehensive support. Abdominal lift attachment provides support without undesirable pressure. Size Dress Size before Pregnancy091376649 Small 8-10 091376656 Medium 12-14 091376664 Large 16-18

1 Deluxe Maternity BeltFor lower back pain and discomfort associated during pregnancy. Made of durable tension elastic strapping material. Provides firm support to back and abdominal area. Adjustable stretch side panels give additional support, complete with hook and loop closure for easy adjustment. Measure pelvic circumference. Size Pelvic Circumference091369917 Small 78-100cm 091369909 Medium 88-110cm 091369891 Large 98-120cm 091369925 X-Large 109-130cm 091563576 XX-Large 130-150cm

2

1

116

Ort

hop

aed

ics


1 Vulkan® Neoprene Thigh SupportProvides warmth, compression and support to injured thigh and hamstring areas. Lightweight and comfortable, will not restrict movement.091567981 Small 091567999 Medium 091568005 Large 091568013 X-Large

Sizes (cm) Measure around the thigh (cm)

S M L XL

44-49 49-54 54-59 59-65

2 Vulkan® Warm PantsThese neoprene shorts deliver exceptional comfort levels. They provide heat retaining benefits and firm support to the thigh, hamstring, hip, groin and gluteal regions without restricting movement. Features an adjustable pull cord at the waist.091252634 X-Small 1.5mm 091252667 Small 1.5mm 091252659 Medium 1.5mm 091252642 Large 1.5mm 091252626 X-Large 1.5mm

Sizes (cm) Measure around the waist (cm)

XS S M L XL

60-70 70-80 80-90 90-100 100-110

1

2

Thigh Supports

117

Orthop

aedics


Knee Immobilisers

1 Economy Three Panel Knee ImmobiliserA three panel immobiliser manufactured from a laminate brushed polyester foam material with 4 removable steel pins, hook and loop fastening.091237908 Small 46cm 091237890 Medium 51cm 091237916 Large 56cm 091237924 X-Large 61cm

2 Rolyan® Knee ImmobiliserComfortable soft material with terry cloth lining. Easy to apply with hook and loop closure. Washable, with removable stays. For size, measure circumference of the thigh 15cm above mid-patella.Short 51cm081274034 Small Up to 36cm 081274042 Medium 36-41cm 081274059 Large 41-46cm 081274067 X-Large 46-48cm 081274117 XX-Large 48-50cm Long 61cm081274075 Small Up to 36cm 081274083 Medium 36-41cm 081274091 Large 41-46cm 081274109 X-Large 46-48cm 081274125 XX-Large 48-50cm

LATEX FREE 3 Rolyan® Progressive Elbow/Knee Splints

Progressive soft splint provides comfortable positioning with secure support while gently increasing range of motion. For mild to moderate elbow or knee spasticity following a CVA. Also for contractures resulting from arthritis, dementia, Parkinson’s disease or osteoporosis/osteoarthritis. Soft foam sherpa splint base decreases the risk of skin breakdown. Hand wash, air dry. Fits left or right. For size, measure circumference of limb 5cm above the elbow or 10cm above the knee. At least 5cm clearance from axillary or groin area is necessary. Splint construction allows trimming length approximately 2.5cm. Cuffs of splint must be long enough to support two thirds of the limb. Proximal cuff length refers to narrowest portion of cuff, to be located in axillary or groin region. Supplied with thermoplastic stay. Proximal Cuff Length081293026 X-Small Up to 27cm 9.2cm 081293034 Small 27-38cm 10.2cm 081293042 Medium 39-44cm 14.3cm 081293059 Large 45-50cm 16.2cm 081293067 X-Large 51-56cm 20.6cm

LATEX FREE

LATEX FREE

1

2

3

3

118

Ort

hop

aed

ics


Post-Op Knee Braces

1 Post OP Knee BraceIndications:• Post-operative immobilization or ROM control• Injured or operated collateral and/or cruciate ligamentsFunctions:• Excellent collateral stabilization via long side-bars prevents

valgus or varus deviation• Adjustable ROM by simple setting hingesFeatures:• Transcendent overall adjustability• Simply press and rotate settings• “One push bottom” can be released for length adjustment• Extension limitation at: 0°, 15°, 30°, 45°, 60°, 75°, 90°• Flexion limitation at: 0°, 15°, 30°, 45°, 60°, 75°, 90°, 105°, 120°• Immobilization limitation at:0°, 15°, 30°, 45°, 60°, 75°, 90°• Length adjustments from 19˝ to 27˝• Cool version can be worn over clothing or against the skinSize:• Calf maximum circumference 48cm • Thigh maximum circumference 69cm• Length approx. 48-69cm• Universal fits either left or right leg, adjust to fit091369800

2 Procare Knee Ranger IIPost-operative immobilisation with protected ROM. Features dual axis polycentric hinges as well as convenient adjustment with flexion and extension stops at 0°, 15°, 30°, 60°, and 90° – no tools needed. One size fits most adults. Excess strap and liner length can be trimmed if necessary. Latex free.091047695 Short 43cm Length 091047703 Long 66cm Length

LATEX FREE

2

1

119

Orthop

aedics


Hinged Knee Braces

1 Mueller Hinged Wrap Around Knee BraceThe fitted sleeve slips on and provides maximum medial-lateral support of your weak or injured knee, without restricting your mobility. The triaxial hinge ensures proper tracking of your knee joint while the removable patella buttress helps stabilise and protect your kneecap. With an antimicrobial treatment which controls or eliminates odour. The open patella and patella buttress help stabilise and protect your kneecap. Sectional design and adjustable straps provide controlled compression and a custom fit. Super strong triaxial hinge follows the complex motion of the knee resulting in near-normal motion that 2-hinge polycentric hinges simply cannot match. Universal fits for either knee. Hand wash in cold water with mild detergent. Do not use bleach or fabric softener. Rinse thoroughly and air dry. This product contains natural rubber latex which may cause allergic reactions. Constructed of a neoprene blend which may cause skin irritations.091218965 Regular 30-40cm 091253160 Large 40-50cm 091555234 X-Large 50-60cm

1


2 Vulkan® Classic 3071 Neoprene Hinged Knee Support

Made with the Vulkan Aerotherm® System. An open patella brace, with a padded buttress which provides optimal support around the patella; whilst the adjustable tension straps provide additional compression. The brace incorporates removable, dual pivot carbon fibre hinges to control knee instability. Ideal for use with damaged medial or lateral ligaments, cartilage damage and rehabilitation following cruciate ligament injuries. For size, measure around the circumference of the knee.091567643 Small 30-35cm 091567650 Medium 35-40cm 091567668 Large 40-45cm 091567676 X-Large 45-50cm

2

120

Ort

hop

aed

ics


Hinged Knee Braces

4 Rolyan® Economy Stabilised Knee Support with Removable Buttress

Removable buttress provides adjustable support. Buttress can be trimmed and replaced. Spiral stays for medial/lateral stability. For size, measure circumference of leg 15cm above patella.091047976 X-Small 31-39cm 091047984 Small 39-47cm 091047992 Medium 47-53cm 091048008 Large 53-60cm 091048016 X-Large 60-67cm

6

3 Mueller Hg80 Premium Knee BraceImproved Mueller-exclusive HydraCinn® fabric is a high-performance, moisture-wicking material with an anti-microbial barrier. The ultimate brace for weak or injured knees. The Triaxial Hinge has become the standard by which all other hinged knee braces are judged. It closely simulates the natural tracking of the knee joint. Recommended to help control sublaxating patellas and to help relieve pain associated with Chondromalacia (irritated kneecap). Made from latex-free materials.091559467 Small 30-35cm 091559475 Medium 35-40cm 091559483 Large 40-45cm 091559491 X-Large 45-50cm

3

LATEX FREE

4 5

1 Vulkan® Classic 3072 Stabilised Knee Support

Made with the Vulkan Aerotherm® System. An open patella brace, with a padded buttress which provides optimal support round the patella; whilst the adjustable tension straps provide additional compression. The flexible spiral stays provide stability of the knee. For size, measure around the circumference of the knee.091567601 Small 30-35cm 091567619 Medium 35-40cm 091567627 Large 40-45cm 091567635 X-Large 45-50cm

1

2 Vulkan® Classic 3043 Wrap Around Knee Support

Made with the Vulkan Aerotherm® System. A front opening wrap around design makes application easier. The adjustable tension straps provide additional compression. The flexible spiral stays provide stability of the knee. For size, measure around the circumference of the knee.091567684 Small/Medium 26-40cm 091567692 Large/X-Large 40-50cm

2

5 Thermoskin Open Knee Wrap StabiliserDesigned with hook and loop closure which provides patient with greater comfort and the open patella will not aggravate tenderness or bruising that may be present as the kneecap is free from compression.091422344 Medium 33.5-36.5cm091422336 Large 36.5 -39.5cm091422286 XXL 41-43cm091317007 3XL 55-59cm091317015 4XL 59-63cm091317023 5XL 63-67cm

NEW

121

Orthop

aedics


Knee Supports

1 Vulkan® AirXtend Knee Support Made with Airprene™ Perforated Neoprene and Coolmax® fabric which moves moisture away from your body keeping you cool and comfortable. The three straps allow for adjustable tension to provide a custom fit. The contour design minimizes bunching behind the knee. One size fits most adults, universal fits either knee. Available in a closed version or with an open patella for additional support around the kneecap.091527084 Open Patella

2 The Lift Patellar Tendon SleeveAlleviates conditions of Tendinitis, Patello-Femoral Pain, Osgood-Schlatter’s. Disease and Iliotibial Band Syndrome. Combines the benefits of a patellar tendon strap with the warmth and compression of a knee sleeve. Infrapatellar elastic strap allows user to control amount of compression on infrapatellar buttress. Circumference measured just above patella. Size Measurements091327089 Small 33-36cm (13-14˝) 091327113 Medium 36-41cm (14-16˝) 091327121 Large 41-46cm (16-18˝) 091327147 X-Large 46-51cm (18-20˝)

3 Rolyan® Neoprene Economy Knee WrapWrap around design for customised fit and unrestricted motion. Neoprene construction retains body heat. Pressure sensitive closures offer ease of application. One size fits most adults.091048081 With Open Patella 091048099 With Closed Patella (Not Illustrated)

4 Open Patella Knee Support with Silicon PadAdjustable hook and loop strap apply maximum tension.Fits left or right knee. Open patella design, fully washable.091375062 Universal

5 Thermoskin Arthritic Knee WrapUnique Trioxon layered material captures, retains and applies natural body heat and gently supports for temporary relief from arthritic pain. Suitable for use over long periods of time and during a range of activity levels. Wraps around for easy positioning and adjusting; secures with hook and loop closure. Snug, comfortable fit. Allows skin to ventilate and remain dry. Machine or hand wash and air-dry. To size, measure leg circumference under slightly bent kneecap.091029768 Small 31.5-33.5cm 091029776 Medium 33.5-36.5cm 091029784 Large 36.5-39.5cm 091029792 X-Large 39.5-41cm

AIRPRENETM

1 2

4

5

3

NEW

122

Ort

hop

aed

ics


Knee Supports

1 Vulkan® Classic 3011 Neoprene SupportA contoured 3 piece design that provides a comfortable fit. Ideal for minor tendon and ligament injuries, sprains and twists. Does not restrict movement. Available as 3mm thick for flexible support and 5mm thick for maximum support.3029-3mm091567445 X-Small 26-30cm 10¼-11¾˝ 091567452 Small 30-35cm 11¾-13¾˝ 091567460 Medium 35-40cm 13¾-15¾˝ 091567478 Large 40-45cm 15¾-17¾˝ 091567486 X-Large 45-50cm 17¾-19½˝ 3011-5mm091567494 X-Small 26-30cm 10¼-11¾˝ 091567502 Small 30-35cm 11¾-13¾˝ 091567510 Medium 35-40cm 13¾-15¾˝ 091567528 Large 40-45cm 15¾-17¾˝ 091567536 X-Large 45-50cm 17¾-19½˝

2 Vulkan® Classic 3041 Neoprene Open Support

This support has a patella free opening with a stitched buttress which gives you extra support to the patella. Helps to relieve the pain of patella symptoms, unstable, medial/lateral ligaments and cartilage damage.091567544 X-Small 26-30cm 10¼-11¾˝ 091567551 Small 30-35cm 11¾-13¾˝ 091567569 Medium 35-40cm 13¾-15¾˝ 091567577 Large 40-45cm 15¾-17¾˝ 091567585 X-Large 45-50cm 17¾-19½˝

3 Vulkan® Dynamic Tension Knee SupportUnique “Dynamic Tension Strips” provide complementary elasticity to the core neoprene support, applying varying levels of pressure and support in key areas. The design and location of the Dynamic Tension Strips has been developed in collaboration with physiotherapists and orthopaedic specialists. The Vulkan DT Closed Knee Support provides extra protection, firm support and peace of mind during physical activities, without limiting movement. Available in a standard support or with an open knee design to provide more support around the patella.Closed Knee Open Knee091557735 091557776 Small 28-33cm (11-13˝) 091557743 091557784 Medium 33-38cm (13-15˝) 091557750 091557792 Large 38-43cm (15-17˝) 091557768 091557800 X-Large 43-48cm (17-19˝)

4 DeRoyal® Pro Sport Knee Brace with Open Patella

Anatomically designed to reduce patella loading. Helps provide pain relief from knee problems and gives superior all round knee support. Manufactured using Neo-Tex, which helps to maintain warmth around the injured site, and helps absorb repetitive shock forces around the knee. Measure around kneecap.091385137 X-Small 29-23cm 091385111 Small 32-35cm 091385103 Medium 35-38cm 091385095 Large 38-42cm 091385129 X-Large 42-46cm 091385145 XX-Large 46-50cm

1 2

4

3

OPEN KNEE

123

Orthop

aedics


1 Vulkan® AE Knee SupportProvides comfort to the knee muscles and tendons by retaining heat. Provides superior support and compression to the joint, to control and limit swelling. Ideal for sprains and strains. Easily worn under clothing for daily prevention and protection.081537927 Small 28.5-31cm 081537935 Medium 31-35cm 081537943 Large 36-40.5cm

3 Vulkan® Knee WrapDesigned to provide protection and aid prevention of injury for those with an active lifestyle - lightweight, comfortable and elasticated material. Wrap can be positioned for controlled compression - suitable for any activity and everyday use.091253103 One size fits most

4 Vulkan® Pro PadA padded tubigrip support that retains body heat, ideal for arthritis sufferers.091237726 Small Up to 30cm 091237718 Medium 30-40cm 091237700 Large 40-50cm 091237734 X-Large 50-60cm

5 Vulkan® Elasticated Knee SupportThis unique two-way stretch material that provides effective support and compression. The lightweight fabric composition allows the skin to breathe easily.091237486 Small 30-35cm 091237478 Medium 35-40cm 091237460 Large 40-45cm 091237494 X-Large 45-50cm

2 Vulkan® AE Pink Knee Support• Provides comfort to the knee muscles and tendons whilst

retaining heat and increasing circulation• Provides superior support and compression to the joint to

control and limit swelling• Ideal for sprains and strains• Easily worn under clothing for daily prevention and protection• Unique fuchsia colour081538016 Small 33-37cm 081538024 Medium 37-41cm 081538032 Large 41-44cm

1 2

3

4 5

Knee Supports

INFORMATIONPlease state required size when ordering.

124

Ort

hop

aed

ics


Knee Straps

2 Vulkan® Patella Knee StrapThis lightweight strap provides effective compression and support to the tendon region. Suitable for the relief of patella tendonitis and adolescent growing pains.081572593 One size fits most

1 Vulkan® AirXtend Patella StrapMade with Airprene™ perforated neoprene and Coolmax® fabric, which moves moisture away from your body, keeping you cool and comfortable. The lightweight strap provides support and compression to the tendon area. Ideal for strain injuries such as Runners Knee or Jumpers Knee.091557453 One size fits most

3 Push Med Patella BraceThe Push Med Patella Brace applies local pressure to the patella tendon and supports the patella. This relieves the insertion of the knee tendon and reduces the tractive force of the lower leg. The pad consists of a skin compatible and viscoelastic polymer. The semi rigid cap inserted in the front part ensures even distribution of pressure. A proper anatomical fit and the pad materials helps the brace remain in place when walking.091238088 One size fits most

4 Professional Patella Gel Brace with Targeted Compression

• The ideal therapeutic support• Conforming/targeted compression without restricting circulation• Gel insert for focused compression• Inferior or superior applications091375583 One size fits most. Fits Left and Right

2

1

3

4

AIRPRENETM

125

Orthop

aedics


Calf & Shin Supports

1 Vulkan® AE Calf & ShinClosed heel and open toe design to provide support and compression to the calf, shin and achilles. Provides firm support of the lower leg to improve blood circulation. Comfortable and easy to wear.091218908 Small Below 25cm 091218890 Medium 26-28.5cm 091218882 Large 28.5-31cm

1

2 Vulkan® Calf & Shin SupportThis tough compression sleeve is ideal for reducing pain associated with calf strains and shin splints. For size, measure around the calf.091567940 Small 30-34cm 11¾-13¼˝ 091567957 Medium 34-38cm 13¼-15˝ 091567965 Large 38-42cm 15-16½˝ 091567973 X-Large 42-46cm 16½-18˝

2

126

Ort

hop

aed

ics


Ankle Stabilisers

1 AIRCAST Air-Stirrup® ClassicSince 1978, the Aircast® Air-Stirrup® ankle brace has been the “standard of care” for the functional management of ankle injuries and has been cited in over 100 medical journals for its superior performance in helping to heal ankle injuries. Indications:• Acute ankle distortion grade I, II & III• Post-operative application• Chronic ankle instabilityFeature & Benefits• Semi-rigid, anatomically designed shells for protection, comfort

and the prevention of inversion/eversion• Patented Duplex aircell system to enhance circulation and

reduce swelling• Pre-inflated aircells for easy application• Streamlined to fit in shoes for early protected weight-bearingLeft Right Size091377985 091345172 Medium (02B) 23cm 091234780 091234798 Large (02A 27cm

2 AIRCAST Air-Stirrup® Universe™Indications:• Ankle sprains• Chronic ankle instabilityFeature & Benefits• Patented Duplex aircell system to reduce swelling and pain by

enhanced circulation• Universal semi-rigid shell design fits left and right ankle091377993 Universal size (02E)

3 AIRCAST AirSport™Indications:• Acute ankle distortion• Ligament lesion• Post-operative application• Chronic ankle instability• ProphylaxisFeature & Benefits• Foam-filled aircell that cushions and supports the ankle• Semi-rigid encased shell offers proven Air-Stirrup® support• Coated fabric for durability• Anterior talofibular cross strap for ankle stabilization• Integral forefoot and shin wraps for support• Automatic heel width adjustment for easy applicationLeft Right Size Shoe Size091433796 091378041 X-Small <3 091234954 091234921 Small 3-5 091234897 091234913 Medium 6-8 091234889 091234905 Large 9-11 091378025 091378033 X-Large 11+

4 AIRCAST A60™ Ankle SupportIndications:• Prophylaxis• Chronic instabilityFeature & Benefits• A60° stabiliser guards against rollover and helps prevent sprains• Breath-O-Prene® fabric keeps wearer cool and dry• Sleek, anatomic design for a comfortable bulk-free fit• Simple single strap application and adjustmentLeft Right Size Shoe Size091378132 091378140 Small <6 091387877 091378124 Medium 6-8 091387869 091378116 Large >8

1

3

2

4

127

Orthop

aedics


1

2

4

Ankle Supports

1 AIRCAST AirLift™ PTTD BraceIndications:• Phase 1 and initial phase 11 of posterior tibial tendon dysfunction• First symptoms of flat footFeature & Benefits• Adjustable arch Aircell for individual support and comfort• Anatomically designed shells for secure ankle stability• Step-in design and simple two strap application promote ease

of use and complianceLeft Right Size Shoe Size091378090 091378108 Small <6 091378074 091378082 Medium 6-8 091378058 091378066 Large >8

2 Mueller ONE Ankle BraceA neoprene and latex free brace, which has been designed to be extremely lightweight and low-profile enabling you to wear in your shoes. Offers all the traditional benefits of taping, but with all the adjustable flexibility of a soft strap brace, it protects against inversion and eversion ankle sprains. Fits left or right foot. Available in black only.Features & Benefits• Adjustable straps simulate ‘figure 8’ taping structure.• Anti-slip Criss-Crossing Side Straps help protect against

inversion and eversion ankle sprains. • Adjust straps at any time to help prevent brace slippage,

ensuring a tight, comfortable fit.• Top elastic finishing straps lock down all of the straps and

provide a clean finish.• Side-pulling stirrup straps imitate the effects of taping.091323096 X-Small 091323104 Small 091323112 Medium 091323120 Large 091323138 X-Large

3 Mueller Adjustable Ankle StabiliserMueller® Adjustable Ankle Stabilizer offers helpful support of weak ankles, sprained ankles and/or arthritic ankles. The bottom arch panel is made of HydraMesh® for improved breathable. Soft neoprene blend retains body heat for soothing warmth. Fits left or right foot. Available in black only.Features & Benefits• Criss-cross straps simulate taping and provide adjustable

tension & support• Top & bottom sectional design minimizes slippage and

bunching• Side stays and extended height help provide firm lateral support091323070 Universal

3

128

Ort

hop

aed

ics


1

2

1 Push® Med Aequi Flex Ankle BraceFeatures the patented design of a medial anchor as a reinforced shell in combination with a non-elastic strap. Efficient for durable use in cases of chronic instability or in sports, and is very effective in the treatment of (sub) acute ankle injuries.Push Aequi flex is very distinctive in its added padding that applies pressure to the entire affected area.Indications• Treatment of acute lateral ankle ligament lesions• Follow-up treatment of conservative or operated ankle fractures• Serious (residual) instability• Secondary prevention of ankle ligament lesionsLeft Right Size Measurement091320514 091320548 Small 27-31cm 091320555 091320522 Medium 31-34cm 091320530 091320563 Large 34-40cm

2 Push® Med Aequi Ankle BraceThe unique feature of Push® Aequi is that it only contains rigid material on one side (the medial). By using stiffening in this way, Push® Aequi provides the best possible level of stabilisation without inhibiting freedom of movement. With its one-sided stiffening, the Push® Aequi assures highly efficient inhibition of the inversion/eversion movement, leaving adequate freedom for plantar/dorsiflexion. Measure around widest part between heel and top of foot.Left Right Size Measurement091191311 091191204 Small 27-31cm 091191329 091191261 Medium 31-34cm 091191337 091191303 Large 34-40cm

Ankle Supports

129

Orthop

aedics


Ankle Supports

2 Air-Lite Ankle BraceThe Air-Lite ankle brace features anatomically designed contoured outer shells and an adjustable Aircell Bladder System which gives ideal support and stabilisation. A medical grade perforated Tricot Filler. Allows air flow to help reduce oedema.091382597 Universal 24cm

3 Stirrup Ankle BraceAnatomically contoured plastic shell provides support and stability to injured ankles. Foam and tricot lining provide cushion and comfort to the patient. Adjustable heel pad, vertical side straps and swivel straps provide easy application.091368927 Universal

4 Gel Stirrup Ankle BraceThe GelBand™ Stirrup Ankle Brace provides medial and lateral support to stabilize the ankle joint, indicated for use to support the ankle following sprains, strains or after cast removal, ideal brace for mild or moderate ankle sprains.091383041

2

3 4

1 McDavid™ Ankle BraceSoft, flexible vinyl ankle brace provides medial/lateral support to weak or injured ankles. Medial/lateral support can be increased with plastic inserts. Right or left foot. Inserts are included. Men Shoe Size Women Shoe Size091382803 5-6 5-7 091382811 7-8 7-8 091382829 8-10 8-10 091382837 11-13 10+

1

130

Ort

hop

aed

ics


1 Vulkan® Dynamic Tension Ankle SupportUnique “Dynamic Tension Strips” provide complementary elasticity to the core neoprene support, applying varying levels of pressure and support in key areas. The design and location of the Dynamic Tension Strips has been developed in collaboration with physiotherapists and orthopaedic specialists.Suitable for:• Rehabilitation after ankle sprains and injuries• Instability of the joint• Inflammation of the Achilles tendon091557651 Small 14-18cm / 5 1/2-7˝ 091557669 Medium 18-22cm / 7-8½˝ 091557677 Large 22-26cm / 8½-10¼˝ 091557685 X-Large 26-30cm / 10¼-12˝

2 Vulkan® AirXtend Ankle SupportMade with Airprene™ perforated neoprene and Coolmax® fabric, which moves moisture away from your body, keeping you cool and comfortable. Adjustable tension straps provide a custom fit for controlled compression. A sectional design minimises slipping and bunching. Open heel allows for comfortable fit. One size fits all.091527183

AIRPRENETM

2

1

Ankle Supports


3 Vulkan® Classic 3004 Ankle SupportThis flexible ankle sleeve provides support and compression to the ankle while retaining natural body heat. Ideal for minor injuries such as strains, sprains and arthritic pain. For sizing measure around the circumference of the ankle.091567155 X-Small 16-19cm 6¼-7½˝ 091567148 Small 19-22cm 7½-8¾˝ 091567130 Medium 22-25cm 8¾-9¾˝ 091567163 Large 25-28cm 9¾-11˝ 091567122 X-Large 28-31cm 11-12¼˝

4 Vulkan® Classic Ankle Stabilising SupportThis firm support features spiral stays and a stabiliser to provide high levels of stability around the ankle. The additional “figure of 8˝ strapping provides further support and targeted compression. For sizing measure around the circumference of the ankle.03058-Left091567205 Small 19-22cm 7½-8¾˝ 091567213 Medium 22-25cm 8¾-9¾˝ 091567221 Large 25-28cm 9¾-11˝ 3059-Right091567171 Small 19-22cm 7½-8¾˝ 091567189 Medium 22-25cm 8¾-9¾˝ 091567197 Large 25-28cm 9¾-11˝

3 4

NEW

131

Orthop

aedics


1 Vulkan® Advanced Elastic Ankle SupportClosed heel design and comfort during movement. Ideal for weak ankles and slight strains of the tendons and ligaments. Provides effective support and compression. Unique antibacterial material ensures support stays odour free.081537950 Black Small 081537968 Black Medium 081537976 Black Large

Sizes (Black) Measure around the ankle (cm)

S M L

21-23 23.5-26 26-30

081538040 Pink Small 081538057 Pink Medium 081538065 Pink Large

Sizes (Pink) Measure around the ankle (cm)

S M L

19-22 22-25 25-28

2 Vulkan® Ankle WrapFor ankle injuries, such as minor pain, stiffness and bruising, the Vulkan Ankle Wrap is an ideal support for the ankle. It is designed to provide firm support following an ankle injury. One size fits all.091233030

3 Vulkan® Elasticated Ankle SupportA unique two way stretch material that provides effective support and compression. Ideal for small amounts of swelling and discomfort surround the ankle immediately after twist or sprain.091233022 Small 19-22cm 091233014 Medium 22-25cm 091233006 Large 25-28cm

Sizes (cm) Measure around the ankle (cm)

S M L

19-22 22-25 25-28

1

1

2

3

Ankle Supports

132

Ort

hop

aed

ics


Ankle & Foot Orthoses

1 Extra Strong Ankle Foot OrthosisA low profile prefabricated AFO, notable for its lightweight and effective function. It provides dorsiflexion assistance and lateral stability for the ankle/foot area. The low arch and open heel give it a streamlined profile that fits easily into any shoe.Left Right Height UK Shoe Size091126317 091126358 Small 26cm 3-7 091126325 091126366 Medium 29cm 8-11 091126333 091126374 Large 34cm 8-11 091126341 091126382 X-Large 39cm 11+

3 Rolyan® Posterior Leaf SplintMultipurpose splint for semi-rigid support. Lightweight splint promotes dorsiflexion in flaccid extremities. Minor modifications can be made with a heat gun. Includes 5cm Super Strap. Total Foot UKLeft Right Length Length Shoe Size081269067 081269109 Small 47cm 16cm 4-5 1/2 081269059 081269091 Medium 49.5cm 18cm 6-8 081269042 081269083 Large 52.1cm 20cm 8-9 1/2 081269075 081269117 X-Large 55cm 22cm 10-13 1/2

2 Rolyan® Ankle Foot OrthosisLightweight orthosis promotes dorsiflexion. Provides slight medial and lateral support for unstable ankles and greater rigidity to resist mild extensor spasticity. Larger foot plate gives more support to the forefoot. Minor modifications can be made with heat gun. Includes 5cm Super Strap. Fit according to shoe size.Left Right UK Shoe Size081277458 081277482 Small 2-5 081277441 081277474 Medium 6-8 081277433 081277466 Large 7-9

LATEX FREE

LATEX FREE

LATEX FREE

4 Dyna AnkleThe Dyna Ankle orthosis places the foot in moderate pronation and dorsiflexion. The Dyna Ankle is generally worn both day and night for stability for 6 weeks and is removed only for bathing. The orthosis is waterproof and easy to clean and care for. Euro shoe sizes.091174200 Left Small 35-37 091174218 Left Medium 37-39 091174226 Left Large 39-41 091174234 Right Small 35-37 091174242 Right Medium 37-39 091174259 Right Large 39-41

1

2 3

4

133

Orthop

aedics


Ankle & Foot Orthoses

1 Navigait™Navigait™ is an alternative for users with a mild foot drop. The amount of dorsiflexion is easily adjusted with an elastic coil to accommodate the user’s specific needs.Indications:• Intended to support a foot when the ability to actively dorsiflex is

reduced due to conditions such as Stroke, Multiple sclerosis, Post polio syndrome.

Size Measurement091523695 Small/Medium 27.5cm 091523703 Large/X-Large 31.5cm

2 Swedish AFOStatic dorsiflexion assistance and lateral stability for the entire foot-ankle area is provided by this polyethylene splint. Thicker on the vertical aspect for rigidity. Footplate can be trimmed with scissors. A heat gun may be used for customising. The low arch and open heel give it a streamlined profile that fits easily into any shoe. Padded hook & loop strap. Women’s fits up to Women’s shoe size 9 1/2. Men’s fits up to Men’s size 12.Caution: This product contains natural rubber latex which may cause allergic reactions.Women’s Left/Right Colour081100601 Left White 081100619 Right White 081100643 Left Black 081100650 Right Black Men’s Left/Right Colour081100627 Left White 081100635 Right White 081100668 Left Black 081100676 Right Black

3 Ankle Foot OrthosesFeatures:• Lightweight and durable• Easy to adapt• Long Lever arm – more comfortable• Extra calf and tibia paddingEffects:• Lifts the foot during swing phase• Prevents foot slap at initial contactIndications:• Drop foot with no more than mild spasticity e.g. after stroke,

traumatic brain injury, in multiple atrophy, peroneal palsy • Especially appropriate if your problems are temporary character

or if you only walk shorter distances Left Right EU Shoe Total Height091530203 091530211 35-37 29cm 091530237 091530229 37-39 31.5cm 091530245 091530252 39-41 34.5cm 091530260 091530278 41-44 39cm 091530286 091530294 44-47 41.5cm

1

3

2

134

Ort

hop

aed

ics


1 Universal Plantar Fasciitis Orthosis Designed to provide relief from pain and discomfort of plantar fasciitis and Achilles tendonitis. Holds foot in dorsi flexion and allows load application to soft tissues of plantar fasciitis and Achilles tendon. Size UK Shoe Size091234871 Small Up to 4½ 091234863 Medium 5-8 091234277 Large 8½ -11

2 Adjustable Night Splint• Adjustable flexion straps provide a gentle stretching of the

plantar fascia and Achilles tendon• Adjusts from 10-90 degree dorsiflexion• Soft, lined foam interior is plush, washable and breathable

to eliminate heat build-up• Lightweight, low-profile shell is sturdy and breathable091349737 Small 091349729 Medium 091349711 Large

3 DARCO NightSplint® Splinting SystemDesigned to alleviate heel pain associated with plantar fasciitis and Achilles tendonitis. Non-slip tread on the sole. A large supporting surface cares for enough space an optimal comfort. Two 1/2 inch EVA insoles are available to further the dorsiflexion position of the foot.Features:• Removable wedges are included to create varying degrees of

angle within the foot bed• Fast and easy to use with a VELCRO® fastener• Friendly soft material – wide foot base• Can be worn on the right or left ankle Size UK Shoe Size091234822 Small Up to 4.5 091234855 Medium 5-8 091234814 Large 8½ -11 091234806 X-Large 11+

1 2

3

Night Splints

6 The Strassburg SockIt is a safe, comfortable, simple and highly effective product for the treatment of plantar fasciitis heel pain. It consists of a tubular knit material that fits over the calf with two adjustable straps to help maintain the foot in a neutral to slightly stretched position. For sizing measure the circumference of the calf.091236686 Regular up to 41cm 091216993 Large 41-53cm

6

LATEX FREE

4

4 Thermoskin® Plantar FXT Night BraceThe adjustable D-ring strap pulls the toes to stretch the plantar fascia to assist in healing. Thermoskin’s patented Trioxon® lining maintains elevated skin temperature and allows skin to ventilate for long-term user comfort. Latex free. Size UK Shoe Size091161157 Small-Medium 4-6 091161165 Medium 7-9 091161173 Large 9+

5 3PP™ PF Lift™Relieves the pain of Plantar Fasciitis or heel spurs day or night with gentle, controlled stretch. The 3PP™ PF Lift stretches and lifts the Plantar Fascia to reduce heel pain when walking, standing or running.091322486 Small/Medium 18-28cm (7-11˝) 091322494 Large/X-Large 28-38cm (11-15˝)

LATEX FREE

5

135

Orthop

aedics


Night Splints

1 WAFFLE® FootHold® Splint with Anti-Rotation Bar (AFO)

Adjustable Hydro-Cushion lifts the heel and protects the calf. Designed with a plush, seamless interior to reduce shear and wick moisture away from the skin. A cut-out area enables an access to the heel. Easy to put on and remove. Used for positioning and proper alignment of the ankle, knee and hip to prevent and treat foot drop, ankle contractures and heel ulcers. Optional Ambulation Sole available at right. Size Maximum Foot Length081070887 Small 23cm 081070895 Medium 25cm 081070903 Large 28cm 081070911 X-Large 30.5cm

2 Comfy™ BootThe Comfy™ Boot Orthosis is excellent for treatment of plantar flexion, foot drop and wound care. It is often used for bedridden patients to prevent heal pressure sores. The heel is elevated by the contours of the boot and it is protected and cushioned by the fleece lined cover to prevent any pressure on the heel. Additionally, an anti-rotation bar hidden under the fleece cover can be used to control hip and leg rotation.Features:• Soft fleece lined cover wicks away moisture from the skin to

maintain skin integrity• Allows heel to float thus eliminating pressure or friction on the

heel and enhances blood circulation that is vital to healing• The splint frame resists plantar flexion while providing a

dynamic push to extension for the correction of foot drop, foot ankle contractures and deformity

• The adjustable toe post relieves pressure on the toes and adjusts to accommodate variation in foot sizes

• Rotator Bar can be positioned to the side to control hip and leg rotation

• An extender kit is available for patients with increased calf and foot circumference or oedema

091038223

3 Pro Heel Protection BootA simple and cost effective way to manage heel pressure ulcers.Features:• Generous low friction cushioning for effective protection• Heel aperture for off-loading and skin inspection• Secure strapping options for optimal positioning and avoidance

of drop foot• Universal sizing for easy applicationIndications:• To reduce pressure, friction and shear force on the heels• To separate and protect the ankles• Maintain heel suspension• Prevent foot drop and malposition091520469

1

2

3

136

Ort

hop

aed

ics


Night Splints

1 Rolyan® Foot Drop SplintPlastic base helps prevent foot drop. The foam insert has a section cut out to suspend heel. Triangular support adjusts for rotation. Washable, replacement foam inserts available. For size, measure circumference of widest part of calf.081272350 Complete Splint - Standard Insert Accommodates calf sizes up to 36.8cm.081272368 Complete splint - X-Wide Insert Accommodates calf sizes 36.9cm and up.081272418 Replacement Foam Insert & Straps Standard 081272426 Replacement Foam Insert & Straps X-Wide

2 Rolyan® Progressive Stretch Foot Splint Helps correct plantar flexion contractures of the ankle following tendon shortening or hypertonicity. Adjusts easily from full plantar flexion to the desired amount of dorsiflexion. Padded ankle support stabilises the heel in the splint whilst minimising pressure over the dorsal aspect of the foot. Made from high temperature plastic. Splint is fully padded with closed-cell foam. Not for ambulation. Cotton/polyester ankle support can be removed from splint for washing. Hand wash and air dry. Shoe size determines splint size. UK Mens UK Ladies081285618 Medium 7 1/2-9 1/2 6 1/2-8 1/2 081285634 Large 10-12 9-11

3 Rolyan® Progressive™ Ankle/Foot SplintAppropriate for a flaccid ankle as well as mild to moderate tone. Gently assists the ankle toward neutral dorsiflexion to progress contractures quickly and effectively. Can be modified to fit various angles of plantar flexion. Constructed using a soft foam splint base to increase wearing compliance with unsurpassed comfort. Gel pad under heel resists bottoming out and helps prevent pressure sores. Completely soft splint relieves pressure on the heel and lateral and medial ankle bony prominences. Ezeform stay, which must be custom moulded, can be modified to adjust the position of the ankle. Additional dorsiflexion assist strap helps maintain desired position. Appropriate in supine position as well as sidelying. Splint can be trimmed for a custom fit. Single patient use only.081293125 Medium Fits Small Women & Small Men 081293133 Large Fits Most Men

1

2

4

3

LATEX FREE

LATEX FREE

LATEX FREE

4 Rolyan® Foam Foot SupportOpen-cell foam foot support positions the foot for a more comfortable sleeping or sitting position. Individuals who have mild to moderate tone, foot drop, pressure sensitivity in the bony prominence of the foot and heel, or a flaccid lower extremity can use this cushion to support the foot and ankle in a controlled position. The open-cell foam is breathable and long enough to cover the lower leg, from the foot to about mid-calf.081279462

NEW

137

Orthop

aedics


Lower Extremity Positioning

1 Rolyan® Comfi-Boot™ Foot OrthosisHelps protect the heel from ulceration and maintains correct positioning of the ankle and foot. Open design prevents heel from touching base and allows air circulation at the heel and ankle. Soft fleece lining. Open-cell foam pad will not bottom out. Can also be used to help prevent hip rotation. Not for ambulation. Machine wash, air dry. One size fits most adults.081263201

2 Heelift™ Suspension BootThe Heelift Suspension Boots relieve heel pressure by suspending the heel in space. It is ideal for pressure sore prevention and treatment, and for those with diabetes, cardiovascular disease, dietary deficiencies, and more. Adjustable hook and loop straps and elevation pads allow for a custom fit; Tricot backing and polyethylene stiffener reduce friction and enhance client mobility. Prevents foot drop, unlike pillows or flat foam pads. The smooth Heelift is specifically designed for edematous legs to minimise chance for irritation or pressure points. Machine washable. Latex free.

Heelift™ Suspension Boot

Smooth Size Calf Circumference

Weight Range

081422690 Petite 152-254mm (6-10˝) 32-59kg

081194398 Standard 203-356mm (8-14˝) 54-114kg

081422708 Bariatric 305-584mm (12-23˝) 100-272kg

Convoluted Size Calf Circumference

Weight Range

081433044 Petite 152-254mm (6-10˝) 32-59kg

081194380 Standard 203-356mm (8-14˝) 54-114kg

3 Foot-Drop OrthosisAnatomically contoured to help prevent heel pressure. Available in regular foam or foam coated with washable, flame retardant vinyl. Side opening for cross ventilation and visual contact. Polysnap strap fastens securely. Vinyl wipes clean with non-abrasive, mild detergent or disinfectant and is ideal for multiple client use, clients requiring infection control precautions, or application of medication. Regular foam can be washed with detergent. Fits either foot. 40cm (15 3/4˝) wide at base. Gas autoclavable. Handwash with warm water. Latex free.081168665 Regular Foam 081168673 Vinyl Coated

4 Rolyan® Knee ElevatorHelps reduce lower back and leg pain. Elevator offers ideal positioning to relax the spine and improve circulation. High density foam with a washable cotton/polyester case. Length 65cm. Width 48cm. Height 20cm. Latex free.081272913 081272921 Replacement Cotton/Polyester Case

5 Heelbo™ Foot ElevatorOctagonal design maintains space between heel and bed, preventing skin break-down. Dense polyurethane foam resists bottoming out. Adjustable plantar strap secures the foot, maintaining correct foot position. Permanently attached fasteners are guaranteed not to fall off.081193275

LATEX FREE

LATEX FREE

LATEX FREE

LATEX FREE

LATEX FREE

1

2 2

3 4

5 5

138

Ort

hop

aed

ics


Orthopaedic Walkers

1 Rolyan® Stabilizer WalkerPlastic moulded uprights with spring steel reinforcement increase durability. Contoured strut design allows the walker to conform to the leg, ensuring a better fit.Other features include:• Shock-absorbing insole to reduce impact of the heel strike

when ambulating• Low-profile, rocker bottom designed to promote a natural gait• Wide foot bed for increased comfort and stability• Lightweight and latex freeIndications: Acute ankle sprains, soft tissue injuries, stable fractures and post-operative use Size UK Shoe Size091546357 X-Small 1.5-3.5 091546365 Small 4-5 091546373 Medium 5.5-9 091546381 Large 9.5-11 091546399 X-Large 11+

2

1

2 Rolyan® Post-Op ShoeStandard style with quality features. Soft nylon upper enhances patient comfort. Rigid sole with tread provides stability and support for patient recovery. D-ring straps with hook & loop closures make this shoe easy to put on and adjust. Open toe. Black. Latex free. 081193473 Women’s Small 3-4.5 081193481 Women’s Medium 5-6.5 081193499 Women’s Large 7-8.5 081193507 Men’s Small 5-7 081193515 Men’s Medium 7.5-9 081193523 Men’s Large 9.5-11 081193531 Men’s X-Large 11.5


139

Orthop

aedics


Orthopaedic Walkers

1 AIRCAST AirSelect Elite WalkerThe Elite is the most-advanced walking boot, engineered to provide the ultimate in protection, comfort, and oedema control.Indications:• Stable fracture of foot/ankle/lower leg• Severe ankle sprain• Post-operative immobilisation• Reduction of oedema (swelling)The Elite has a durable, semi-rigid shell that helps support the limb while providing full-shell protection. Overlapping Duplex aircells line the shell providing intermittent pneumatic compression for 3x faster oedema reduction. The front panel is pre-inflated and combined with the overlapping aircells, provides a ‘total contact’ fit. SoftStrike technology absorbs and dissipates shock, while the light weight and lab-tested rocker sole combine to encourage a natural gait and a continuation of everyday activities. Enclosed toe cover provides protection from hazard and the elements Size Shoe Size091235514 Small 3-6 091235506 Medium 6-9 091235498 Large 9-12 091235522 X-Large 12+

2 AIRCAST AirSelect StandardThe Standard walking boot offers a moderate level of support and Aircast’s quality, effectiveness and comfort in an economical model.Indications:• Stable fracture of foot/ankle/lower leg• Severe ankle sprain• Post-operative immobilisationFeatures:• Durable, semi-rigid shell that supports the limb while

providing protection• Housed within the shell are two adjustable distal aircells that

provide compression and support the malleoli• Integrated Inflation System for ease of use• SoftStrike technology absorbs and dissipates shock, while the

lightweight and lab-tested rocker sole encourage a natural gait Size Shoe Size091377795 X-Small <3 091377803 Small 3-6 091377787 Medium 6-9 091377779 Large 9-12 091377811 X-Large 12+

2

1

140

Ort

hop

aed

ics


Orthopaedic Walkers

2 AIRCAST XP Diabetic WalkerSpecifically designed to meet the needs of the higher risk diabetic patient, the XP Diabetic Walker incorporates a high rocker sole for maximum off-loading of the diabetic foot and an innovative dual density insole to help eliminate pressure points.Indications:• Neuropathic ulcers• Stable foot and/or ankle fracture• Hind foot and heel foot protection• Soft tissue injuryFeatures:• An aircell lined shell maximises plantar unloading, regulates

shear stress and provides protection and immobilisation• Graduated compression to help reduce oedema• Regulated aircell inflation with the specialised hand bulb• Comes with two insoles, three stockings and one hand bulb

with pressure gauge Size Shoe Size091235555 Small 4-5.5 091235548 Medium 6-8 091235530 Large 8-10 091235563 X-Large 10.5+ 091377894 Replacement Sock Universal

1 AIRCAST AirSelect Short WalkerThe Short walking boot offers a solution to a number of indications related to the forefoot, mid-foot and hind foot injuries, as well as some ankle injuries. Indications:• Metatarsal fracture• Stress and stable fracture of the foot• Bunionectomy, hallux valgus• Soft tissue injury• Severe ankle sprainFeatures:• The Short has a durable, semi-rigid shell that helps support the

limb while providing protection• The pre-inflated front panel and two customisable distal aircells

provide compression and support• Integrated Inflation System for ease of use• SoftStrike technology absorbs and dissipates shock, while the

lightweight and labtested rocker sole encourage a natural gait Size Shoe Size091214816 X-Small <3 091280916 Small 3-6 091235464 Medium 6-9 091235456 Large 9-12 091377761 X-Large 12+

2

1

3 Heel Supports AircastDesigned to be used with the XP Walker™, five heel supports in various sizes provide additional Achilles tendon protection. Can also be used with the DonJoy® walker range.• 3 heels: 22 degrees• 2 heels: 16 degrees• 1 heel: 10 degrees Size091233626 Left Heel Supports 091233774 Right Heel Supports

4 Achilles Wedge AircastThe Achilles Wedge is a 10cm neoprene, padded foam wedge that fits into any closed heel walker. Each section is 2.5cm in height and may be “peeled away” during Achilles Tendon rehab.• 4 × 2.5cm sections• Allows adjustment during rehabilitation091381250 Left Heel Supports

3 4

141

Orthop

aedics


Orthopaedic Shoes

DARCO Therapeutic ShoesHealing shoes are indispensable in fortifying positive surgical results as well as in wound care applications. Features such as the square toe design, low profile height, wide entry and distal MetaShank, make the DARCO healing shoes extremely versatile. The shoe can be used for a wide range of applications from postoperative care to diabetic foot care. Our broad product range ensures that DARCO can provide the optimum support for the needed therapy. Interchangeable Insoles Available The majority of our healing shoes can be fitted with a modular DARCO insole when needed. Whether it is a classic healing shoe, an off-loading shoe or an all-purpose boot for short- or long-term therapies, the interchangeable insoles offer a clear advantage. In conjunction with a proper fit, this feature ensures optimal pressure relief and supports the patient’s mobility in everyday life.

1 DARCO MedSurg Healing ShoeThe MedSurg Shoe with its famous semi-rigid sole, is built around our patented MetaShank™ forefoot support that provides more rigid control and better protection after osteotomies. Our breathable, mesh upper conforms to bony abnormalities of the foot and has a reinforced heel counter and padded heel collar to stabilize the rear foot and reduce slippage. Extra-long straps accommodate even the bulkiest dressings. Indications:• Used postoperatively for stability and off-loading, e.g. after foot

osteotomy procedures Purpose:• Stability, impact and pressure relief after surgical procedures• Accommodates even the bulkiest dressings• In combination with the PegAssist® creates interim solution for

the diabetic foot in need of urgent care Features:• Breathable mesh-upper• Replaceable insole• Can be worn on the right and leftWomen’s EU Shoe Size UK Shoe Size091233428 34.0-36.5 up to 3 091233410 37.0-38.5 4-5.5 091233402 39.0-41.0 6-7.5 Men EU Shoe Size UK Shoe Size091233394 39-41 6-7.5 091233386 41-43 7.5-9 091233378 43.5-45 9.5-11 091233451 45.5-47 11-12.5

2 DARCO MedSurg Original Healing ShoeIndications:Used postoperatively for stability and off-loading, e.g. after foot osteotomy proceduresPurpose:• Stability, impact and pressure relief after surgical procedures• Accommodates even the bulkiest dressingsFeatures:• Proven original model with rounded sole• Breathable mesh upper• Can be worn on the right and left• Paediatric version availableWomen’s EU Shoe Size UK Shoe Size091050855 34.0-36.5 up to 3 091050863 37.0-38.5 4-5.5 091050871 39.0-41.0 6-7.5 Men EU Shoe Size UK Shoe Size091050889 39-42 6-8 091050897 42-44 8-10.5 091050905 44-45 10.5-12

1

2

142

Ort

hop

aed

ics


Orthopaedic Shoes

1

2

1 DARCO WCS® Wound Care Shoe The WCS® Wound Care Shoe is recommended for the treatment of open and closed ulcerations and other conditions of the foot in which it is desirable to redistribute weight away from specific areas. The circumferential counter of the shoe forms a deep pocket in the sole to permit the use of a variety of insoles under the ulceration or area of pressure. The insole material is placed below the level of the top of the circumferential counter, providing greater stability for the foot by preventing the layered insoles from shifting within the shoe.Indications:• Treatment of diabetic foot syndrome, open wounds and ulcers• Designed for pressure redistribution• Post-operative phase after toe and/or forefoot surgeryPurpose:• Wound care shoe for diabetics• Insole alterations are possible for selective off-loading for individual needs• The rocker style sole produces an ergonomically correct walking patternFeatures:• Includes customisable insoles• Easy entry and room for bandages• Sold in pairs, leather upper EU Shoe Size UK Shoe Size091235449 35-36 2-3 091235431 37-38 4-5 091235340 39-40 6-7 091235423 41-42 7-9 091235415 43-44 9-10 091235472 45-46 1-12

2 DARCO A.P.B.Indications:• Used postoperatively for stability and mobilization• Used with fibreglass cast bandages for the foot and anklePurpose:• Stability, shock absorption and pressure redistribution after surgical procedures• In combination with the PegAssist® creates interim solution for the diabetic

foot in need of urgent careFeatures:• This boot is fully closed and water-repellent• Uses the same sole technology as the proven MedSurg healing shoes• Low profile – no height compensation necessary• Replaceable insoles also available• Can be worn on the right and left EU Shoe Size UK Shoe Size091233600 33.5-37 up to 4 091233709 37.5-39.5 4-6-5 091233691 40-41.5 6.5-7.5 091233683 42-44 8-10 091233717 44.5-47 10.5-12.5

3

3 DARCO HeelWedge Off-Loading ShoeIs designed to protect the heel by significantly reducing weight bearing pressure. With the new developed construction of the outsole there is an absorbing effect. The square form of the sole offers more space for bandage/dressing material. Indications:• Treatment of injuries or ulcers around the heel (heel ulcers)• Postoperative care after procedures involving plantar fasciitis• Heel off-loader after fracturesPurpose:• Selective off-loading and pressure relief of the heel• In combination with the PegAssist® creates interim solution for the diabetic

foot in need of urgent careFeatures:• Replaceable insole• Integrated toe cap and water-repellent• Can be worn on the right and left EU Shoe Size UK Shoe Size091234327 33.5 – 37 up to 4 091234301 37.5-39.5 4-5.5 091234087 40 – 41.5 6-7.5 091234079 42 – 44 8-10 091234319 44 – 47 10.5-12.5

143

Orthop

aedics


Orthopaedic Shoes

1 DARCO OrthoWedge Off-Loading ShoeIs specifically designed to protect the forefoot by removing most of the pressure from the metatarsal head and digits during the weight-bearing portion of the gait cycle. The weight is notable reduced at the forefoot. VELCRO® straps makes opening easily and allows a comfortable fitting.Indications:• Used postoperatively after procedures to correct hallux valgus, hammer

toes/tailor’s bunions/forefoot ulcerationsPurpose:• Specifically designed for relief and protection of the forefoot• Pressure displaced to the midfoot and heel• In combination with the PegAssist® creates interim solution for the diabetic

foot in need of urgent careFeatures:• Replaceable insole also available• Can be worn on the right and left EU Shoe Size UK Shoe Size091233972 X-Small 33.5-37 up to 4 091233956 Small 37.5-39.5 4.5-5.5 091233949 Medium 40-41.5 6-7.5 091233931 Large 42-44 8-10 091233964 X-Large 44.5-47 10.5-12.5

2 DARCO OrthoWedge Light Off-Loading ShoeIs the modified version of the OrthoWedge. The breathable upper, the light EVA-sole and the removable insole are particular features of the shoe. The patented construction of the wedge obtains an off-loading mechanism. The weight is notable reduced at the forefoot. VELCRO® straps makes opening easily and allows a comfortable fitting.Indications:• Used postoperatively after procedures to correct hallux valgus, hammer

toes/tailor’s bunions/forefoot ulcerationsPurpose:• Specifically designed for relief and protection of the forefoot• Pressure displaced to the midfoot and heel• In combination with the PegAssist® creates interim solution for the diabetic

foot in need of urgent careFeatures:• Replaceable insole also available• Can be worn on the right and left EU Shoe Size UK Shoe Size091562917 X-Small 33.5-37 up to 4 091562933 Small 37.5-39.5 4.5-5.5 091562941 Medium 40-41.5 6-7.5 091562958 Large 42-44 8-10 091562966 X-Large 44.5-47 10.5-12.5

3 DARCO SlimLine® Paediatric Square Toe Cast BootThe SlimLine® Paediatric (Square Toe Cast Boot) – offers cast protection against the elements whilst allowing for safe ambulation. The square toe design acts as a bumper and accommodates both casts and compression bandages. The stretchable upper material conforms to any contour for a better fit and aids stability. Blue091566686 Small 091566702 Medium 091566728 Large

2

3

1

144

Ort

hop

aed

ics


Orthopaedic Shoes

1 DARCO SlimLine® Cast BootThe SlimLine® is able to enclose voluminous bandages due to its square shape in the forefoot area and a flexible closure technology. For post processing the sole can be taken out. The upper is Nylon and the special sole warrants a physiological correct gait.Indications:• Fractures and cast treatments• For use over a fibreglass or zinc castPurpose:• Effective shock absorbing sole• Adjustable closure technology for bulky bandages or casts• Weather-resistant upper materialFeatures:• Square shape forefoot for extra protection• Ergonomically designed to facilitate a correct walking pattern• Interchangeable insole• Can be worn on the right and left EU Shoe Size UK Shoe Size 091233535 33.5 – 37 up to 4 091233519 37.5-39.5 4-5.5 091233477 40 – 41.5 6-7.5 091233469 42 – 44 8-10 091233527 44 – 47 10.5-12.5

2 DARCO Softie ShoeThe semi-rigid metatarsal shank provides superior control of forefoot motion to ensure post-operative healing remains undisturbed. Better protection after osteotomies. The lightweight Tri-Laminated upper material is breathable and comfortably conforms to bony abnormalities. With Hook and Loop Straps it’s easy to fasten and unfasten with one hand.Women’s EU Shoe Size UK Shoe Size 091233295 34.0-36.5 up to 3 091233287 37.0-38.5 4-5.5 091233279 39.0-41.0 6-7.5 Men’s EU Shoe Size UK Shoe Size091233253 39-41 6-7.5 091233246 41-43 7.5-9 091233238 43.5-45 9.5-11 091233261 45.5-47 11-12.5

1

2

3 DARCO All-Purpose Hi-BootThe A.P.B.® (All Purpose Hi-Boot) is a closed toe boot used for the treatment of the diabetic and insensitive foot or as a post-operative boot and is available in black colour.7500274 X-Small 7500275 Small 7500276 Medium 7500277 Large 7500278 X-Large

4 DARCO AllRound Shoe® Closed Long-term Healing Shoe

From Post-Op to Wound care, the “Allrounder” is a comprehensive healing shoe, a relief shoe and a rehabilitation shoe. All-in-one design for comfort and ease of use.• Lightweight and breathable upper• Extra wide opening• Rigid, long-soled shank• Highly stable• Shock absorbing• Anti-slip sole7500133 X-Small 7500134 Small 7500135 Medium 7500136 Large 7500137 X-Large 7500138 XX-Large

3

4

Orthop

aedics


145

Orthopaedic Shoes

4 Semi Durable Flexible Post Operative ShoeDurable upper with soft padded lining. Grooved non-slip flexible sole and return hook & loop fastening. Sold as singles. Size UK Size091273218 Women’s Small 3-6 091273200 Women’s Medium 7-9 091273192 Women’s Large 10 091273259 Men’s Small 4.5-7 091273267 Men’s Medium 8-10 091273234 Men’s Large 11-12 091273242 Men’s X-Large 12+

1 Canvas Post-Op ShoeInner sole accommodates natural arch of foot, padded tongue reduces pressure on dressing and sore areas. Size Sole Length 091382167 X-Small 190mm 091382175 Small 240mm 091382183 Medium 265mm 091382191 Large 305mm 091382209 X-Large 350mm

5 Deluxe Cast SandalCanvas upper, open toe. EVA rocker sole. Size Sole Length091382217 X-Small 190mm 091382225 Small 240mm 091382233 Medium 265mm 091382241 Large 305mm 091382258 X-Large 350mm

3 Super Post-Op ShoeDurable open weave nylon upper with soft lining moulded heel provides a smooth and stable contour, removable tongue can be trimmed for proper fit, semi-rigid non-skid sole absorbs shock during ambulation, fit left or right.Women’s Size 091382324 Small 091382332 Medium 091382340 Large Men’s Size091382357 Small 091382365 Medium 091555911 Large 091555929 X-Large

2 Mesh Post-Op ShoeCushioned insole, durable out-sole, separate contact closure straps. Size Sole Length Sole Width091382266 Women’s Small 240mm 83mm 091382274 Women’s Medium 255mm 89mm 091382282 Women’s Large 267mm 93mm 091382290 Men’s Small 280mm 102mm 091382308 Men’s Medium 290mm 102mm 091382316 Men’s Large 305mm 105mm

1

2

3

4

5

Ort

hop

aed

ics


1 Hallufix® CorrectorHallux valgus is a deformity of the big toe which produces a swelling of the bunion on the inside of the foot. It is a condition which frequently troubles many women even at a young age. At first, the deformity is viewed as merely a cosmetic problem, whereas the painful symptoms due to the developing arthritis frequently occur only in later years. Hallufix delays the development of this condition and assists with the reduction of pain.091201706 091201995 Replacement strap set

LATEX FREE

1

Foot Supports

2 DARCO™ Toe Alignment SplintAn elastic metatarsal band with soft toe straps and hook & loop closures. Obtains high quality post-operative alignment of the toes during the healing process. Ideal for Hallux valgus, hammer toes and Tailors bunion.091233436 One size fits most

2

3 3PP™ Bunion-AiderReducing painful Bunions (Hallux Valgus) is as simple as 1-2-3.The 3-point strap of the 3PP Bunion-Aider stabilizes the great toe in extension, flexion and adduction (valgus deviation). Thin enough to wear in shoes, the 3PP Bunion-Aider is ideally worn at night for a corrective stretch to reduce the deforming forces on the great toe. The non-slip, breathable foam lining holds the correction even during weight bearing, while minimizing perspiration. Machine wash. Air dry. Latex free. One size fits most.Caution: Not recommended for those with diabetes or compromised circulation. Consult your health care provider if you have any condition that may affect circulation. Moderate Control091167626

3

5

4 4 Rolyan® Bunion SplintTo help reduce pain following bunionectomy by positioning the big toe in proper alignment and to help prevent deformity. Made from soft fabrifoam material for enhanced comfort. The slip-resistant material keeps the support in position. For additional support, choose the Deluxe Bunion Splint with a 1.6mm Aquaplast stay that can be customised easily for an intimate fit to the foot. One size fits most adults.Left081288851 Bunion Splint 081288877 Deluxe Bunion Splint Right081288844 Bunion Splint 081288869 Deluxe Bunion Splint

5 Neo-G Bunion Correction SystemThis Hallux Valgus Soft Support has been designed to help with the discomfort, pressure and inflammation experienced by Hallux Valgus deformities. The support is designed to help immobilize the Hallux Valgus for uninterrupted healing of bunion protrusions. The support can be adjusted to help maintain ideal big toe and metatarsal phalangeal alignment. Made from lightweight and washable soft fabric, the support is adjustable to suit fit and comfort and can be used pre or post-surgery.091423300 Left 091423318 Right


LATEX FREE

Orthop

aedics


147

Foot Supports

1 3PP™ Toe Loop®

The unique cushioning and grip of the foam-lined material makes these straps ideal for repositioning the toes. The loop and strap design secures two or more toes together to stabilise fractures and de-rotate toes that turn under. The Loop cushions the dorsum of the toe and helps straighten hammertoes and claw toes. Available in two sizes the narrow Loop fits smaller toes and the wide Loop fits the big toes.091160878 Narrow 1.5×7.6cm A Pack of 5 091160886 Wide 4×10cm B Pack of 5 091167634 Narrow 1.5×7.6cm A Pack of 25 091167642 Wide 4×10cm B Pack of 25

B

A

1

2 Mueller Arch SupportNew Mueller Arch Support is designed to relieve pain caused by Plantar Fasciitis and bone spurs. By providing upward compression to the plantar fascia and consistently supporting the arch of the foot. Two adjustable wraparound hook-and-loop straps for flexible fit. Apply under or over socks, inside any shoe. Neoprene blend provides lightweight compression and a soft, comfortable feel. Latex Free. One Size Fits Most.091323187

3 Gel Smart M-Gel Bunion Relief SleeveMade from medical gradevisco-elastic compounds and are non-allergenic and dermatologist tested. All products are washable for reuse on a single user and can be trimmed to size. Soft flexible foot pad for protecting bunions by absorbing shock and shear forces.091345784 Small Each 091345792 Large Each

4 Gel Smart S-Gel Bunion Relief Sleeve w/Gel Met Pad

Made from medical gradevisco-elastic compounds and are non-allergenic and dermatologist tested. All products are washable for reuse on a single user and can be trimmed to size. Protects bunion joint and cushions metatarsal head. Reversible.091536556 Small 091536564 Medium

2

3

4

Ort

hop

aed

ics


1 Paediatric Colourful Arm SlingThis colourful arm sling provides a child’s arm or shoulder with the needed support for secure positioning. It is a comfortable polycotton envelope style sling that is machine washable. With a comfortable padded strap.091548098 Small 15×10cm (6×4˝) 091548106 Medium 20×12.7cm (8×5˝) 091548114 Large 25.4×15cm (10×6˝)

3 Paediatric Thenax OpponentIs a thumb brace made of NeoTex with a thermoplastic piece. Provides support to the thenar and hypothenar muscles of the thumb. The thermoplastic can be moulded directly in the pocket by using hot water. It can also be moulded separately and then fitted into the pocket. The brace maximizes the joint space, retains the movement and avoids pressure on the CMC-1 joint. The semi-elastic hook strap at the thumb grip can be applied directly onto the loop material to provide individual support and stability. The strap can be cut away if not needed. Right and left model.Left Right Size Circumference091561679 091561703 Small 10-11cm 091561687 091561711 Medium 11-13cm 091561695 091561729 Large 13-14cm

2 Paediatric Manex Rheuma PollusA paediatric wrist support, made in SoftTex, with a thumb support with an integrated 0.8mm thermoplastic. It has been developed to improve the child’s motor and sensory development by creating the basic conditions for a functional grip. The thumb support holds the thumb in a functional position and provides support in abduction. The plastic part can be moulded by hand and retains the shape without using hot water. Right and left model.Left Right Size Circumference091561497 091561547 X-Small 10-11cm 091561505 091561554 Small 11-13cm 091561513 091561562 Medium 13-14cm 091561521 091561570 Large 14-15cm 091561539 091561588 X-Large 15-17cm

1

2

3

Paediatric Supports

Orthop

aedics


149

Paediatric Supports

1 1 1 Rolyan® Lower Extremity TAP (Tone and Positioning) SplintProvides functional positioning and soft support of foot and ankle. LE TAP Splint assists with normalising gait patterns by providing a slow stretch from ankle to hip. It is most appropriate for people with hypertonicity or mild to moderate hypertonicity. Splints that are used for foot inversion will also provide hip external rotation, and when they are used for eversion, internal hip rotation will occur. For use following cerebrovascular accident or head injury. Also ideal for people who have cerebral palsy, spina bifida, multiple sclerosis or lower extremity paralysis or weakness. Circumferential straps support ankle and arch and provide ease of application and removal as well as flexibility to fit larger or smaller extremities. Neoprene strap and elastic ankle wrap hand washable - air dry. Adult size fits most adolescents and adults.081295492 Child from 3 years (5.1cm wide) Will invert right foot or evert left foot081295500 Child from 3 years (5.1cm wide) Will invert left foot or evert right foot081295518 Adult (7.6cm wide) Will invert right foot or evert left foot081295526 Adult (7.6cm wide) Will invert left foot or evert right foot

3

2

3 Pucci® SnowTiger Paediatric RangeTo optimise the function on children we have specially designed new smaller bladders that fit children. After a long evaluation work we concluded that the ideal size of the paediatric bladder would be about 65% of the size of the adult bladder. This means that the bladder works for most children that are in need of a tonus reduction in combination with wrist extension. To further improve design we have consulted Pucci® The Snowtiger! The new cover is made in a Snowtiger pattern with a denser fibre structure and better pressure absorption and ventilation. The straps have been improved with a softer inside but also larger hook and loop surfaces which provide a better attachment. Two additional hook surfaces have been applied onto the platform to serve as attachment points for the straps which provides a better support and stability. The Pucci® model 405 has an anatomical shape of the bladder with a special shape for the thumb. The Pucci® 413 model has a circular bladder that has the same circumference on the ulnar as the radial side. The platform can be adjusted gradually to follow the progress of the patient. All these improvements have created the world first specially designed paediatric tonus reduction orthoses. SnowTiger Air T (405)Left 091557073 Right 091557081

4

4 Comfy™ Paediatric Deviation Hand OrthosisWith all of the features of the standard Comfy™ Hand Orthosis (H-101), the Comfy™ Deviation Hand Orthosis has a unique, below the wrist, swivel that allows for lateral and medial positions to accommodate for ulnar and radial deviation. The wrist, hand and fingers are adjustable without the use of tools.091326792 Paediatric Small Purple 091326800 Paediatric Medium Turquoise 091326818 Paediatric Large Green

2 Push Ortho Ankle Brace Aequi JuniorStrikes a good balance between effective mechanical support and good wearer comfort for cases of (sub-)acute or chronic ankle injury. The brace was designed for children of 6 to 12 years of age (with shoe sizes of approximately 30-36 (EUR)). The Aequi Junior stabilises the ankle joint during inversion as well as eversion and in both neutral and flexed positions. The freedom of dorsal and plantar flexion is sufficiently maintained to allow normal walking. Optimal functioning of the brace is achieved when it is worn in a sturdy (lace-up) shoe. The shell, which forms the basis of the brace, provides optimal support for the ankle in a simple and comfortable manner. Diagonal straps, made of non-elastic material, ensure adequate mechanical support, while elastic straps provide the correct compression.091558725

3

2

413 405

Ort

hop

aed

ics


2 Open-Finger GloveExposes finger tips for function and to monitor swelling.Left Right081281757 081281740 X-Small Each 081281773 081281765 Small Each 081281799 081281781 Medium Each 081281815 081281807 Large Each

3 Full-Finger ForearmForearm length 36cm. One size fits most adults.081281971 Left 081281963 Right

1 Full-Finger GloveLeft Right081281898 081281880 X-Small Each 081281914 081281906 Small Each 081281930 081281922 Medium Each 081281955 081281948 Large Each

Oedema GlovesComfortable, economical gloves provide gentle compression to help control oedema. Made from an easy to care for blend of Lycra and spandex. Sold individually. To determine size, measure circumference of hand through the thumb web space.

1

2

3

4

4

4 Rolyan® Compression GlovesGentle compression to control oedema. (To wear gloves with seams away from the skin, use a left glove for the right hand and a right glove for the left hand.) Washable Lycra® and spandex. Latex free. Available in 3/4˝ finger or full finger length. Sold individually.3/4˝ Finger Compression GlovesLeft Right081238195 081238187 Small 20.3cm (8˝) 081238211 081238203 Medium 22.9cm (9˝) 081238237 081238229 Large 25.4cm (10˝) Full Finger Compression GlovesLeft Right081032044 081032036 Small 20.3cm (8˝) 081032077 081032069 Medium 22.9cm (9˝) 081032101 081032093 Large 25.4cm (10˝)

Oedema Supports

¾˝ FINGER COMPRESSION GLOVES

FULL FINGER COMPRESSION GLOVES

Orthop

aedics


151

Oedema Supports

1 Full-Finger Full ArmLength to shoulder 71cm.Left081248137 Small 20.3cm 081248152 Medium 22.9cm 081248178 Large 25.4cm Right081248145 Small 20.3cm 081248160 Medium 22.9cm 081248186 Large 25.4cm

2 Open-Finger Full ArmLength to shoulder 71cm.Left081248079 Small 20.3cm 081248095 Medium 22.9cm 081248111 Large 25.4cm Right081248087 Small 20.3cm 081248103 Medium 22.9cm 081248129 Large 25.4cm

1

2

3 Ready-to-Wear Arm SleeveLightweight, non-pill knitted nylon-spandex material makes this sleeve both comfortable and easy-to-fit. Graded compression of 20-30mmHg, with less at wrist and axilla. Designed for mild-to-moderate oedema, scar hypertrophy, and other conditions requiring compression following trauma, surgery or radiation therapy. Hand washable. Beige. Latex free.Ready to Wear Gauntlet. Designed to be used alone or with the Ready-to-Wear Arm Sleeve. Latex free.Sleeve Size Wrist Forearm Biceps081238153 Small 14-20cm 18-23cm 22-40cm 081238161 Medium 16-22cm 23-29cm 27-45cm 081238179 Large 18-24cm 29-34cm 33-51cm

4 Digi Finger SleeveHelps control oedema and hypertrophic scarring. Fabric is smooth with a super stretch panel for excellent conformity and maximum comfort. To fit, measure the largest circumference of the finger (usually at the PIP). Length 46 and 140cm.46cm Length081296987 Small 4.1-5.4cm 081296995 Medium 4.8-6.7cm 081297001 Large 6-7.3cm 081297019 X-Large 7-8.3cm 081296961 XX-Large Over 7.6cm 140cm Length081297035 Small 4.1-5.4cm 081297043 Medium 4.8-6.7cm 081297050 Large 6-7.3cm 081296953 X-Large 7-8.3cm 081296979 XX-Large Over 7.6cm

3

3

4

Ort

hop

aed

ics


Oedema & Pressure Supports

2

1 3

4 5

5 Rolyan® Leg ElevatorFoam elevator for reducing lower extremity oedema. Gradual incline and tapering allows knee flexion. Larger height used whilst supine and for oedema control treatment. 20cm elevator.081168798

4 Rolyan® Post-Surgical Arm SupportThe support eliminates the need to suspend the arm from an IV pole or to continually reposition the arm on pillows. The support has open areas on the sides to allow observation of the extremity for correct arm position, vascular changes or drainage. 38×23×23cm.081263045

3 Rolyan® Functional Foam Arm ElevatorCombines a splint and an elevating support into one positioner. Anatomically correct foam positioning splint helps reduce oedema. Positions the hand in a resting position, with the wrist in 30° of extension, the MCPs in 60° of flexion, and the IPs slightly flexed. For use in bed or on a half or full lap tray or arm trough. Open cell foam support can be modified with an electric knife for a custom fit.081263052 A Left 081263060 A Right

2 Rolyan® Contoured Arm SupportDesigned for use in reducing upper extremity oedema. Fits on hemi-lapboard, table or bed without slipping. Arm can be placed in supination, and support can be used as an exercise block. Terry cloth cover (sold below) can be used over arm support for additional comfort. 47×14×14cm.081263029

1 Rolyan® Vinyl-Coated Arm SupportEasily cleaned with soap and water or a surface disinfectant; ideal for multiple patient use. Also beneficial when providing treatment for patients with excessive wound drainage or who require application of medication. Can be used with terry cloth cover (see below) to maximise patient comfort. 47×14×14cm.081263037

7 Rolyan® Re-usable Abduction PillowSeamless, vinyl coated wedges are ideal for single patient use, and those requiring infection control precautions and medication application. Velfoam no.2 straps. Flame retardant coating wipes clean with non-abrasive soap or disinfectant. Gas autoclavable.081169002 Small 33×36×16.5cm 081169010 Large 41×46×20.5cm

8 Rolyan® Knee SeparatorsAvailable with a polyester cover or an easy to clean vinyl coating. Comfortably holds hips in abduction while distributing pressure over the thighs. Strap is 117cm long. Positions thighs 10cm apart. 081279447 A With Polyester Cover 081279454 B With Vinyl Coating

6 7

8 8

LATEX FREE

LATEX FREE

LATEX FREE

A B

6 Rolyan® Abduction PillowSoft foam pillow designed for individual use to provide hip abduction. Complete with foam straps. (Recommended for single patient use only). Depth of both pillows is 15.5cm.081279421 Small 34.5×34.5×15cm 081279439 Large 41×43×20.5cm

Orthop

aedics


153

Positioning Aids & Splints

2 T RollThe T shaped structure controls spasticity and aids lower extremity positioning where required. The circular roll allows manoeuvrability to assist the user. Made from combustion modified foam, the T Roll is covered with a non-removable, vapour permeable cover for enhanced comfort. Wipeable and 3 different sizes available for T, E & F rolls.091319144 Small 091189729 Medium 091319151 Large

3 E & F RollsE and F rolls are used to assist positioning and stabilisation of upper and lower limbs, for example, the E rolls, use in supine to help maintain symmetry of the lower limbs where there is a tendency for abduction, adduction or a combination of both. Wipeable and 3 different sizes available for T, E & F rolls.091319169 E Roll Small 091189752 E Roll Medium 091319177 E Roll Large 091319185 F Roll Small 091189745 F Roll Medium 091319193 F Roll Large

4 Leg Spacer™Designed to help relieve pressure and strain on the lower back, knees and ankles. Hour glass shape maintains lower extremities and spine in correct alignment. Washable.081173830 25.5×20.5×15cm

5 Rolyan® Carve-IT™ Knee Positioning Splint

For use with strokes, traumatic brain injuries, dementia and other neurological impairments. Helps position the knee with mild to moderate spasticity and contractures. Easy to modify by cutting foam with an electric knife for a custom fit and to accommodate people who do not have symmetrical flexion of the knees. Also helps prevent pressure sores that can be caused by bony prominences of the legs. Constructed from fire retardant open cell foam. Can be used with patients who tend to hold their legs tightly adducted and draw one or both into a foetal position. Available with or without removable, washable polyester cover. When both legs are affected, order both a right and a left. One size fits all.081293174 Left Knee 081293166 Right Knee 081293158 Left Knee with Removable Cover 081293141 Right Knee with Removable Cover 081293273 Centre Attachment 081293281 Centre Attachment with Cover

1 Charnley WedgeFor use after hip replacement operations, the wedge shape keeps the legs apart, while the hook and loop straps prevent further movement. Made from combustion modified foam, the wedge is covered with a non-removable, vapour permeable cover for enhanced comfort.091189737

1

2

5

3

3

4LATEX FREE

LATEX FREE

E-Roll

F-Roll

Ort

hop

aed

ics


Inflatable Positioning Splints

1 Urias™ Paediatric Pressure SplintsBaby/Infant Splint Chamber Length091006436 Arm Single 20cm 091006428 Arm Single 30cm 091006444 Arm Single 40cm 091006451 Leg Single 25cm 091006469 Leg Single 35cm Child Splint Chamber Length091006535 Hand - No Zip Double 20cm 091006543 Arm Single 20cm 091006485 Arm Single 30cm 091006550 Arm Single 40cm 091006477 Arm Single 50cm 091006568 Leg Double 30cm 091006493 Leg Double 40cm 091006501 Leg - With Foot Single 51cm

2 Urias™ MouthpiecesIn the current climate of financial restrictions, cost effectiveness is essential. Provided adequate hygiene is maintained, sharing between patients is possible. It is however vital that all members of staff are supplied with separate mouth pieces to insert into the inflation pipes to avoid cross infection.091006386 Pack of 100

3 Urias™ Filter BottlesIn the interest of hygiene and personal protection as well as efficient inflation we strongly recommend the use of a mouth filter bottle - this is especially important in a hospital situation where more than one person will be inflating a splint. The mouth filter crystals will turn pale yellow when moist. They should be changed at regular intervals with a maximum of three months.091006394 Pack of 5

4 Urias™ Extension Tube ConnectorsAn extension tube with connector to aid inflation of all Urias splints. Length 30cm.091129055 Pack of 10

5 Pocket Pressure GaugeThis is a manometer 0-300mmHg, which is used to measure accurately oral inflation pressures which must not exceed 40mmHg.091126390

6 Hand PumpUsed to inflate Urias Air splints as well as other brands of splints that have a 6mm inner diameter inflation tube. The safety relief valve is pre-set at 35mmHg to assist in preventing circulation restriction of over inflating and damaging the splint. Contains Latex.091126507

ARM SPLINT

BABY HAND SPLINT

CHILD’S LEG WITH FOOT SPLINT

LATEX FREE

LATEX FREE

LATEX FREE

LATEX FREE

1

1

1 2

4

5 6

3


Orthop

aedics


155

Inflatable Positioning Splints

LATEX FREE

1 Urias™ Pressure Splints

Easy to fit Urias Pressure Splints provide therapeutic, even pressure on arms, legs, hands and feet when used for neurological rehabilitation.Made of a double layer of washable PVC sheeting, each splint features a plastic zipper closure and is transparent to facilitate positioning. They are applied to a client’s limb and then inflated. During inflation the soft inner layer moulds exactly to the limb, providing circumferential, even pressure when inflation is completed. Inflation can be accomplished orally, with the use of a personal/disposable mouthpiece and a mouthpiece filter, or with the Hand Pump with Safety Valve. All Urias Pressure Splints are latex free. NOTE: Inflation pressures should not exceed 40mmHg. Urias Pressure Splints Benefits• Counter abnormal tone development. Applied following brain

injury due to trauma or stroke, these splints inhibit spasticity, assist movement patterns, expedite weight bearing and reduce oedema. The dynamic force of these Pressure Splints encourages sensory recovery by stimulating proprioceptors.

• Inhibit development of contractures in neurological disorders. Where a contracture is already present, Urias Pressure Splints may be used to stretch and position the limb, gradually reducing the deformity.

• Available in sizes and a variety of lengths for adults, infants and children. To determine correct splint size, measure the length of the extremity and refer to the charts below.

• Single or Double Chamber Splints. Single Chamber Splints allow an all-over even pressure. Double Chamber Splints offer varying levels of pressure in two separate individually inflated chambers for specific management of extensor or flexor tone.

Adult Splints Chambers Length091128883 Finger Single 14.5cm 091006303 Long Arm Single 80cm 091006311 Short Arm Single 70cm 091006329 Half Arm Single 53cm 091006337 Elbow Single 40cm 091006378 Hand and Wrist No Zip Double 30cm 091006519 Hand - No Zip Double 20cm 091006345 Large Leg Gaiter No Foot Double 66cm 091006352 Small Leg Gaiter No Foot Double 56cm 091006360 Foot Single 32cm 091006402 Full Foot Single 74cm

and Leg Open Toe091006410 Full Foot and Leg Single 74cm

W/Sole, Open Toe

HAND SPLINTFINGER SPLINT - INTRINSIC POSITIONING

ARM SPLINT

LEG WITH FOOT SPLINT

1 1

1

1

11

Ort

hop

aed

ics


Ortho Upper Size Guide

Helpful tips for finding the proper support size for your patient

MCPs or MPs width (across hand).If possible, place the hand, palm down on a piece of paper. Put a dot on that paper at each side of the MCPs (index finger/pinkie finger). Remove hand and measure the distance between those two dots.

MCPs or MPs circumference.Loosely measure with a tape measurement around the MCPs (knuckles of index finger to pinkie finger).

Palm circumference or circumference of hand through web space.This is similar to the MCP circumference, except it is below the MCPs, follow the palmar crease. It does not include the thumb.

Wrist circumference.Loose measurement taken around the wrist joint.

Forearm circumference.Taken at specific distance from the elbow joint or at the largest part of the forearm. Measure loosely around the forearm.

Bicep, mid-humerus or 4˝ above elbow circumference.Measure around the largest part of the upper arm.

Shoulder width.The width from the edge of shoulder to edge of shoulder across the back.

Acromion to acromion.Across mid-point of capula is the acromion; from to bump of the inside (lateral) ends of the shoulder blade to acromion drop down the measuring tape to go over the middle of the shoulder blades.

*NOTE: Loose measurement means that the tape measure rests on the skin and does not indent the skin.

Chin to jaw.Take a measurement with a ruler from the centre of the chin, in a straight line to the ‘corner’ of the jaw. This measurement is referred to as ‘A’ (see the photo above).

Chin to shoulder (neck height).Takes a little creativity to take without having the person turn their head. Often a therapist will use two rulers. Place the first ruler under the chin and angle it so it is over the shoulder. Then with the second ruler measure from the first ruler to shoulder, following the chin to shoulder measurement in the picture.

Neck circumference.Measure loosely around the neck.

A

Neck circumference

Chin to shoulder

Orthop

aedics


157

Ortho Lower Size Guide

Helpful tips for finding the proper support size for your patient

Waist circumference.Measure around the middle of the waist.

Hip circumference.Measure around the largest part of the hips.

Thigh circumference.Measure around the middle of the thigh muscle, or the widest part of the thigh.

Knee circumference.Measure around the knee. Instructions might state with knee slightly bent.

Ankle joint circumference.Measure around the joint from top of the ankle to under the heel.

Movement of the Foot and Ankle JointThe Knee Joint

Knee above and below measurements.The top tape represents 5 1/2˝ above mid-knee and the lower tape represents 4 1/2˝ below mid-knee. *Please note the distance above and below may differ by style of brace and instructions will specify where to take the measurements. You then measure around that portion to obtain the proper circumference.

Cruciate ligamentsStablises the femur on the tibia.• Anterior Cruciate Ligament (ACL) prevents the

tibia from rotating and sliding forward.• Posterior Cruciate Ligament (PCL) prevents the

tibia from rotating and sliding to the rear.

Collateral ligamentsSupport the medical (MCL) and lateral (LCL) sides of the knee joint.

Patellar ligament (dotted lines)Connects the knee cap to the tibia. In jumper’s knee, this ligament is partially ruptured).

MeniscusCartilage of the knee joint located between the femur and the tibia. Medical meniscus lies on the medial plateau and the lateral meniscus lies on the tibial plateau.

Calf and ankle circumference.Top measurement is the calf circumference and the bottom measurement is the calf circumference.

ACL

LCL

PCL

MCL

Meniscus

1 Low Cost Small Round Tape MeasureThis circumference measuring tape is of great use in a wide range of applications. From paediatrics to overweight patients or those at risk of thrombosis. With automatic roll up suitable for measuring head, limbs and body. • Measuring range: 15-200cm• Graduations: 1mm091429216

1

Ort

hop

aed

ics


www.vulkansupports.comwww.vulkansupports.com

AIRPRENETM

• Keeps skin dry• Suitable for all-day wear• Retains body heat

1

2

3

1

2

3

Stretch nylon layerAIRPRENE layerStretch nylon layer

Vulkan AirXtend

*Perforated neoprene, registered by Airprene LLC, USA

FOR FASTER INJURY RECOVERYVULKAN Neoprene helps retain heat at the site of the injury, accelerating the healing process by increasing blood flow and oxygen to the damaged tissues. Our advanced range of supports have been designed with a unique combination of Coolmax® and Airprene™ technology for unbeatable protection and performance.

ADJUSTABLE FITSlimline VULKAN AIRXTEND is designed with adjustable tension straps to ensure a proper fit with minimal bunching and slippage. Due to its slimline construction the support can be worn under everyday clothing for treatment and support throughout the day.throughout the day.

2

1 VULKAN AIRXTEND BACK SUPPORT• With a tapered cut and flexible stays for

firm lumbar support with a comfortable fit for all adults.

• Adjustable tension straps ensure a custom fit.

• Recommended for back strains and sprains, moderate disc and arthritic conditions, sciatica, muscle spasms and strains of the sacroiliac area.

• One size fits all.

091526987

2 VULKAN AIRXTEND KNEE SUPPORT• Three straps allow for adjustable tension

to provide a custom fit.• Open or closed patella to help stabilise

the kneecap.• Contour design minimizes bunching

behind the knee.• One size fits all.

091527084 Open Patella

3 VULKAN AIRXTEND ANKLE SUPPORT• Adjustable tension straps provide

custom fit for controlled compression.• Sectional design minimizes slippage

and bunching.• Open heel allows for a comfortable fit.• One size fits all.

091527183

4 VULKAN AIRXTEND ELBOW SUPPORT• Adjustable straps ensure a proper fit with

minimal bunching and slippage.• Adjustable support provides even

compression and maintains full range of movement for weak or injured elbows.

091527076

5 VULKAN AIRXTEND TENNIS ELBOW SUPPORT

• Designed for comfort this adjustable support provides effective relief of elbow pain associated with tennis elbow.

• Hook and loop fastener offers controlled compression and a custom fit.

• Silicon pad provides uniform pressure.• One size fits all.

091527043

6 VULKAN AIRXTEND WRIST SUPPORT• Adjustable design offers controlled

compression and a custom fit.• Firm non-restricting support.• One size fits all.

091527050

7 VULKAN AIRXTEND STABILISED KNEE SUPPORT

• An open patella brace with a padded buttress and stabilising stays to provide additional stability around the patella.

• The three straps allow for adjustable tension to provide a custom fit. The contour design minimises bunching behind the knee.

091557586

8 VULKAN AIRXTEND PATELLA STRAP• The lightweight strap provides support and

compression to the tendon area. Ideal for strain injuries such as Runner’s Knee or Jumper’s Knee.

091557453

1 3 5

8

VULKAN AIRXTEND ELBOW SUPPORT

4

SUPPORT 7 VULKAN AIRXTEND

6

7

Coolmax® fabric: Moves moisture away from your body keeping you cool and comfortable.

Exercise TherapyTheraBand™ Resistance Exercise Band 160 - 169

TheraBand™ Resistance Exercise Band Accessories 170Rolyan® Resistance Exercise Band 171 - 173

REP Band® Resistance Exercise Band 174 Rocktape® Rock Blades 175

Therapeutic Putty 176 - 178Hand Exercisers 179 - 184

Therapy Balls 185 - 188Balance 189 - 193

AIREX® Exercise Mats 194 - 197Exercise Mats 198 - 200

Rolls & Wedges 201 - 204Weight & Resistance 205 - 208

Upper Extremity Exercise/Pulleys 209 - 214Lower Extremity Exercise/Pedal Exercisers 215 - 216

Exe

rcis

e Th

erap

y


Exe

rcis

e Th

erap

yTheraBand™ Resistance Exercise Band

ELEVATE PERFORMANCE. ACCELERATE RECOVERY.

™

Feel Confident in the Leading Line Pioneered more than 30 years ago, TheraBand™ Professional Resistance Bands are the original products in the industry and the original system of progressive resistance. Today, including CLX, tubing, band loops, latex-free options and other configurations, they comprise the leading line of progressive elastic resistance products. They have also been joined by exercise balls, stability trainers, FlexBars, range of motion products, self-massage products, hand therapy products and a host of other solutions that round out the System of Progressive Exercise. The entire portfolio of products carries the same commitment to professional quality, effectiveness and durability.

Driven by Research, Preferred by CliniciansExercise bands and tubing are effective and simple. You appreciate having a single solution that’s portable, versatile, easy to store and low-cost – a straightforward way to help patients increase flexibility and range of motion; gain better functional movement; improve balance and strengthen muscles; minimise pressure on joints; and decrease the possibility of incurring injuries. Bands and tubing are small enough to pack into a briefcase or suitcase, yet durable enough to support complete fitness programmes.

But not all elastic resistance products are equal – and TheraBand™ is the clear market leader. Practitioners have awarded TheraBand™ that position because of a renowned, time-tested history of success and advocacy. If it doesn’t say “TheraBand™” on the band or tube, it’s an imitation.

As each level in a rehabilitation or strengthening programme is mastered, patients can increase resistance and the degree of challenge accordingly. They simply follow the recognised TheraBand™ colour sequence, which offers up to eight levels of challenge – from least challenging to most difficult: Tan, Yellow, Red, Green, Blue, Black, Silver, Gold.

BEGINNER ADVANCED

TheraBand™ Tan

TheraBand™ Yellow

TheraBand™ Red

TheraBand™ Green

TheraBand™ Blue

TheraBand™ Black

TheraBand™ Silver

TheraBand™ Gold

TheraBand™ Band/Tubing Colour

Increase from Preceding Colour at 100% Elongation

100% Elongation

200% Elongation

200% Elongation

100% Elongation

Represents typical values. All products not available in all colours.

Exercise Therap

y


161

TheraBand™ Resistance Exercise Band

A Full Range of Professional Grade ProductsIt’s one thing for a company to say its products are effective tools for hands-on healthcare practitioners, it's another to show it. New items and programs are nice; positive health outcomes are necessary.

You know patients open your door seeking more than just a treatment plan. They want to get back to where they used to be, and they want to feel confident that you are the best person for the job because your prescribed program will generate results.

Your patients will not be confident about their treatment unless you are. They need a champion for their cause.

As their champion, you need to be certain about the effectiveness of trusted, proven tools. That’s one reason so many hands-on healthcare practitioners rely on TheraBand™ products.

As a partner in research with the Foundation for Physical Therapy and a Strategic Business Partner with the American Physical Therapy Association, TheraBand™is committed to promoting research and supporting clinicians. TheraBand™ is the brand the world’s leading professionals trust with their patients’ outcomes – and have for decades.

Clinical Uses and Proven Protocols for TheraBand™ ProductsEvidence for the clinical use of TheraBand™ products is provided by the TheraBand™ Academy, which promotes and disseminates research and educational initiatives throughout the world. Its website, www.Thera-BandAcademy.com, is a unique resource that connects healthcare professionals and consumers to an ever-growing body of knowledge.

™

THERABANDACADEMY

RE

SEA

RCH PRACT

ICE

E

DUCATION

Free Exercises, Research and Education www.Thera-BandAcademy.com • 650+ Exercises • Research and education blog• 130+ Protocols/Programmes• Searchable databases• 1,300+ Reference articles• Customise, print, save and share exercise programmes• Instructional and exercise videos• Translate pages into your language

The site features specialised learning portals that are designed to help you find things quickly. Stay connected to a wealth of clinical uses and proven protocols involving TheraBand™ products by subscribing to the Academy Blog at http://blog.Thera-BandAcademy.com

The site features specialised learning portals that are designed

Stay connected to a wealth of clinical uses and proven protocols involving TheraBand™ products by subscribing to the Academy Blog

FLEXBAR FORCE

2.5 kg (6 lbs)

4.5 kg (10 lbs)

7 kg (15 lbs)

11 kg (25 lbs)

BODY HEIGHT SUGGESTED BALL SIZE

140-153 cm (4,7-5 ft)

Yellow45 cm(18 in)

153-168 cm (5,1-5,6 ft)

Red55 cm(22 in)

170-185 cm (5,7-6,1 ft)

Green65 cm(26 in)

188-203 cm (6,2-6,8 ft)

Blue75 cm(30 in)

over 205 cm (over 6,9 ft)

Silver85 cm(33 in)

Exe

rcis

e Th

erap

y



The Original and Number One Selling Exercise Band Worldwide.TheraBand™ Professional Resistance Bands help users rehabilitate injuries, improve functional living and enhance athletic performance. Colour-coded progressive resistance gives at-a-glance indication of progress from one level to the next.

2 TheraBand™ 5.5m (6yds) Dispenser Pack Colour Resistance Level 091026954 Tan Extra Light 091026962 Yellow Light 091026970 Red Medium 091026988 Green Heavy 091026996 Blue Extra Heavy 091027002 Black Special Heavy 091027010 Silver Super Heavy 091027028 Gold Max. Heavy

1 TheraBand™ 46m (50yds) Dispenser Pack Colour Resistance Level 091026871 Tan Extra Light 091026889 Yellow Light 091026897 Red Medium 091026905 Green Heavy 091026913 Blue Extra Heavy 091026921 Black Special Heavy 091026939 Silver Super Heavy 091026947 Gold Max. Heavy

3 TheraBand™ Patient Band in Zipper BagA single 2.5m band in a convenient zippered carrying case.091546076 Yellow 2.5m 091546084 Red 2.5m 091546092 Green 2.5m 091546100 Blue 2.5m 091546118 Black 2.5m

4 TheraBand™ Starter Dispenser Packs 1.5m 15 pack

15 individually wrapped 1.5 metre latex bands in a single colour. Each band includes an insert with link to 17 commonly used exercises for the foot, ankle, hip, neck, shoulder and back. Includes multi-lingual instructional insert. Colour Resistance Level7500010 Yellow Thin 7500011 Red Medium 7500012 Green Heavy 7500013 Blue Extra Heavy 7500014 Black Special Heavy

™

1 2

3

BEST SELLER


5 TheraBand™ Exercise Sets – LightAttractively retail packaged – these packs are ideal for home dispensing where patient progression through rehab is prescribed. Each band is 1.5m long. A beginner pack includes

Yellow, Red, Green. 091337948

6 AOSafety Lexa Eyewear – Metallic Slate Frames with Clear Lens Not Illustrated

The AOSafety Lexa Eyewear has a revolutionary lens design that closely follows facial contours. The sleek design is totally unobtrusive and virtually invisible to wearers. There are no distracting side shields to reduce peripheral vision. The eyewear has three lens angles and four adjustable temple lengths. Easy-Change lens for different tasks, environments and moods DX Coating resists fogging, scratching, static and chemical attack Medium - fits most faces.17770M NEW

4

5

NEW

NEW

WARNINGSafety precautions to prevent accidental injuries.Improper or careless use of resistance exercise bands and resistance exercise tubing might result in serious injury. Cuts or nicks induced in the material through careless handling, storage, or cleaning might cause the products to break suddenly during exercise, we recommend that protective eyewear is worn. Suitable protective eyewear is available from Performance Health. If you choose not to wear protective eyewear please inform your healthcare professional or appropriate person.

Exercise Therap

y


163


Latex-Free - Identical Performance to Latex• Many patients who react to certain proteins found in natural

rubber latex must avoid Latex Bands• Unfortunately, most latex-free elastic resistance do not offer

the same performance as latex bands without the potential for causing a latex allergy reaction.

• TheraBand Latex-Free Professional Resistance Bands provide the same quality and trusted resistance progression of our natural latex bands… they stretch like latex!

• TheraBand Latex-Free bands do not have a scent, powder or proteins.

• TheraBand Latex-Free Professional Resistance Bands match the pull forces of our latex bands, and they follow the TheraBand color-coded System of Progressive Exercise.

Latex-Free Professional Resistance Bands – Economical bulk rolls that facilitate cutting band length to patient requirement.

2

3

1

2 TheraBand™ 45.5m Roll Latex Free Dispenser Pack Colour Resistance level091531607 Yellow Light 091531615 Red Medium 091531623 Green Heavy 091531631 Blue Extra Heavy 091531649 Black Special Heavy

1 TheraBand™ 22.9m Roll Latex Free Dispenser Pack Colour Resistance level091037977 Yellow Light 091037985 Red Medium 091037993 Green Heavy 091038009 Blue Extra Heavy 091038017 Black Special Heavy 091554815 Silver Super Heavy 091554823 Gold Maximum

LATEX FREE

3 TheraBand™ Resistance Exercise Band Latex Free Patient Packs

Attractively retail packaged, these packs are ideal for home dispensing where a latex-free product is needed to address an allergy/sensitivity and where patient progression through rehabilitation is prescribed. Each band is 1.5m long. Includes a beginner and advanced pack. Includes multi-lingual instructional insert.7500015 Beginners Pack Yellow Red Green 7500016 Advanced Pack Blue Black

RETAIL PACKAGEDThese products are supplied in retail packaging.

NEW


LATEX FREE

™



Innovation = TheraBand CLX™

Exe

rcis

e Th

erap

y

VIEW THE CLX™ EXERCISE LIBRARY ON THE FREE APP

Innovation = TheraBand CLX™

New design of performance• 4 PRODUCTS IN ONE

band, loop, tubing with handles & anchor

• Durable NON-LATEX* construction

New design of performance• 4 PRODUCTS IN ONE

band, loop, tubing with handles & anchor

• Durable construction

Reinforced Seals

Easy Grip Loopsprovide multiple unique grip options

• Performance Health has designed and created the next innovation of elastic resistance products, TheraBand CLX™

• CLX - Consecutive Loops are Non-Latex* delivering versatility and ease of use.

• TheraBand CLX Easy Grip Loops™ completely eliminates the need to ever tie knots again.

• CLX provides multiple unique grip options and exercise possibilities like open and closed hand motions

• CLX allows for holding sport specific objects during resistance training, and even “no grip required” exercises.

• Designed, created and manufactured in Akron, Ohio USA

*Not made with natural rubber latex

VIEW THE CLX™ EXERCISE LIBRARY ON THE FREE APP


165

Exercise Therap

yTheraBand™ Resistance Exercise Band

Exercise Therap

y

®

Features and Benefits

All-in-One Product• Does the work of four products (band, loops, tubing

with handles, anchor).

Simplicity Increases Compliance and Use

• Intuitive design and versatility make home exercise less complicated.

Consecutive Loops Allow Hands-Free

• Patented built-in consecutive loops work for open hand exercises, holding objects with resistance, never before possible exercises, and hands-free exercises.

Latex Free Construction• Exclusive latex-free material and proprietary

construction method yield winning results.

TheraBand™ Trusted Colour Progression• Same trusted colour progression as latex, latex-free bands

and tubing.

Integrated App Engages Users (Patients And Clinicians)• Video exercise library and exercise support features enhance

the user experience.

Band LoopsAnchor Handles

TheraBand CLX™ Continuous Roll – 22m Roll

Code Colour Product Width (cm) Country of Origin Contains Latex Contains Phthalates

091556802 Yellow 5 USA No No

091556810 Red 5 USA No No

091556828 Green 5 USA No No

091556836 Blue 5 USA No No

091556844 Black 5 USA No No

091556851 Silver 5 USA No No

091556869 Gold 5 USA No No

TheraBand CLX™ Individual Pre-Cut – 11 Loops

Code Colour Product Width (cm) Country of Origin Contains Latex Contains Phthalates

091556737 Yellow 5 USA No No

091556745 Red 5 USA No No

091556752 Green 5 USA No No

091556760 Blue 5 USA No No

091556778 Black 5 USA No No

091556786 Silver 5 USA No No

091556794 Gold 5 USA No No

Intuitive design and versatility make home exercise

Patented built-in consecutive loops work for open hand exercises, holding objects with resistance, never before

the user experience.

Exe

rcis

e Th

erap

y


1 TheraBand™ Tubing 7.5mGreat for hand therapy and upper extremity strengthening activities. Follows the TheraBand™ System of Progression. Colour Resistance level091342658 Yellow Light 091342666 Red Medium 091342674 Green Heavy 091342682 Blue Extra Heavy 091342690 Black Special Heavy 091342708 Silver Super Heavy

2 TheraBand™ Tubing 30.5m Colour Resistance Level091026707 Beige Extra Light 091026715 Yellow Light 091026731 Red Medium 091026756 Green Heavy 091026772 Blue Extra Heavy 091026798 Black Special Heavy 091026814 Silver Super Heavy

3

4

TheraBand™ Resistance Exercise Bands

3 TheraBand™ LOOPContinuous loop elastic bands in the recognised TheraBand™ colour progression. They can be used for a variety of applications, particularly lower body exercises to increase strength and balance. Band Loops are individually poly-bagged. Each loop includes safety instructions. Available as single or as a multipack of 10.Single8˝ (20.5cm) Length Colour Resistance Level091555762 Yellow Light 091555796 Red Medium 091555820 Green Heavy 091555853 Blue Extra Heavy 12˝ (30.5cm) Length Colour Resistance Level091555770 Yellow Light 091555804 Red Medium 091555838 Green Heavy 091555861 Blue Extra Heavy 18˝ (45.5cm) Length Colour Resistance Level091555788 Yellow Light 091555812 Red Medium 091555846 Green Heavy 091555879 Blue Extra Heavy

Multipack of 108˝ (20.5cm) Length Colour Resistance Level091337963 Yellow Light 091337997 Red Medium 091338029 Green Heavy 091338052 Blue Extra Heavy 12˝ (30.5cm) Length Colour Resistance Level091337971 Yellow Light 091338003 Red Medium 091338037 Green Heavy 091338060 Blue Extra Heavy 18˝ (45.5cm) Length Colour Resistance Level091337989 Yellow Light 091338011 Red Medium 091338045 Green Heavy 091338078 Blue Extra Heavy

1 2

4 TheraBand™ Resistance Tubing Multi-Tube Patient Packs

Attractively retail packed, these packs are ideal for home dispensing where patient progression through rehab is prescribed. Each tube is 1.5m (5ft) long. 091342716 Light Yellow Red Green 091342724 Heavy Blue Black

NEW


™

Exercise Therap

y


167


1 TheraBand™ Wall StationTheraBand™ Wall Station is the first compact, total body rehabilitation system designed for in-clinic strength training.• Features the familiar colours and resistance levels of

TheraBand™ resistance tubing. Includes 30.5cm (12˝) Tubing in four progressive levels.

• Multidimensional design with three planes of movement. • Comprehensive accessory package including Exercise

Handles, Extremity Straps and Head Strap.• Two full-colour exercise posters.091539733

1™

Exe

rcis

e Th

erap

y




1

1 TheraBand™ Rehab and Wellness Station Rehab & Wellness Station enables easy transitions between clinic visits and home exercise programs.Station includes: • Multi-dimensional wall mount system that provides three

planes of movement with slide tracks, position indicators and one-hand lock down to enable easy patient set up, charting and documentation

• Portable base system with six connection points• Trusted Resistance Tubing in four progressive levels and

three lengths • Three Pro Series SCP® Exercise Balls (Yellow, Green, Red)• Two sets of Stability Trainers (Green, Blue)• A complete accessory kit, including Waist Belt, Assist Straps

(2), Head Strap, Exercise Bar, Extremity Straps (2), Exercise Handles (2) and an Accessory Rack

• Exercise CD with ready-to-use printouts and directions for at-home exercise programs

• Four full-colour exercise wall posters• Educational video with system introduction and

exercise illustration7500060

2 Training Station AccessoriesTraining Station Accessories are compatible with the Rehab & Wellness Station, Exercise Station, Wall Station or other exercises.7500068 A TheraBand™ Padded Bar with D Ring Connector

91.5 cm (3 ft.) length with “D” ring connectors7500065 B TheraBand™™ Assist™ Strap with “D” ring

connector, set of 27500066 C TheraBand™ Exercise Handles with “D” ring

connector, set of 27500062 D TheraBand™ Waist Belt Small/Medium7500061 E TheraBand™ Waist Belt Medium/Large7500067 F TheraBand™ Extremity Strap with “D” ring

connector, set of 27500063 G TheraBand™ Head Strap7500064 H TheraBand™ Accessory Rack

(Not shown for illustrative purposes)

I Tubing Part Number by Resistance Level and Length

30 cm (12˝) Length with Connectors (set of 2)

7500031 Yellow/Thin 7500034 Red/Medium 7500037 Green/Heavy


7500032 Yellow/Thin 7500035 Red/Medium 7500038 Green/Heavy 7500039 Blue/Extra Heavy


7500033 Yellow/Thin 7500036 Red/Medium 7500040 Blue/Extra Heavy

1

2

A

B

C

F

I

ED

G

NEW

NEW

™

Exercise Therap

y


169


1 TheraBand™ Professional Resistance Tubing Loop with Padded Cuffs

Non-slip cuffs make them ideal for sports performance enhancement and advanced injury rehabilitation. Retail packaged, instructions included.7500024 Red Beginners/Intermediate 7500025 Green Intermediate 7500026 Blue Intermediate/Advanced 7500027 Black Advanced

2 TheraBand™ Tubing with Soft Grip HandlesProvide the added convenience of attached handles for a ready-to-use solution. Retail packaged, instructions included.Retail Packaged7500053 Yellow/Thin 122cm (48˝) 7500054 Red/Medium 122cm (48˝) 7500055 Green/Heavy 122cm (48˝) 7500056 Blue/Extra Heavy 122cm (48˝) 7500057 Black/Special Heavy 127cm (50˝) 7500058 Silver/Super Heavy 127cm (50˝)

Non-Retail Packaged7500047 Yellow/Thin 122cm (48˝) 7500048 Red/Medium 122cm (48˝) 7500049 Green/Heavy 122cm (48˝) 7500050 Blue/Extra Heavy 122cm (48˝) 7500051 Black/Special Heavy 127cm (50˝) 7500052 Silver/Super Heavy 127cm (50˝)

3 TheraBand™ Tubing with Hard HandlesProvide the added convenience of attached handles for a ready-to-use solution. Non-retail packaged, instructions included. 7500041 Yellow/Thin 122cm (48˝) 7500042 Red/Medium 122cm (48˝) 7500043 Green/Heavy 122cm (48˝) 7500044 Blue/Extra Heavy 122cm (48˝) 7500045 Black/Special Heavy 127cm (50˝) 7500046 Silver/Super Heavy 127cm (50˝)

4 TheraBand™ Tubing with Flexible HandlesProvide the added convenience of attached flexible handles for ready-to-use solution. Non-retail, instructions included.7500059 Yellow/Thin

5 TheraBand™ Resistance Exercise Band Dispenser Unit

30 individually wrapped 1.5m latex bands in a single colour.091564921 Yellow 091564939 Red 091564947 Green 091564954 Blue 091564962 Black

NEW

NEW

NEW

NEW

NEW

NEW

2

1

4

5

2

3

™



TheraBand™ Resistance Exercise Band AccessoriesE

xerc

ise

Ther

apy

1 TheraBand™ Stretch StrapThe TheraBand™ Stretch Strap is a revolutionary replacement to static stretching devicesThe elastic design supports classic static stretches, while encouraging effective dynamic movement and introduces more effective dynamic stretches.091531599

2 TheraBand™ Door AnchorUsed to secure bands or tubing for upper and lower body workouts. Can be secured at any point along the frame of a standard door, offering versatile anchoring options.091338102

3 TheraBand™ Exercise Handles (Pair)Provide an easy, secure grip for bands or tubing.091338094

4 TheraBand Assist™ StrapIncreases the range of exercises that can be performed with bands and tubing. One end loops around an extremity, while the band / tubing is attached to the other end. This allows users with poor grip strength, like victims of arthritis, to use bands and tubing in training and rehab programs.091337229

5 TheraBand™ Resistance Band & Tubing Instruction Manual Volume 4

091531714

Accessories – Add Even More Versatility to Bands and TubingAccessories are the perfect complement to any band or tubing that goes home with a patient. Accessories empower patients to use Elastic Resistance products correctly and safely.For example, the Door Anchor can help you turn a patient’s door into a sturdy rehab station. When anchoring bands, tubing, and loops, users have an easy option – no knot tying, no shutting the door gently to prevent nicks, no guesswork whatsoever. Instead, they connect their exercise tool to the Door Anchor, which conveniently and securely attaches to any point along the doorframe as the exercise requires.Other Elastic Resistance Accessories – Exercise Handles, Assist™ Strap – further empower you to convert your patients’ homes into highly functional elastic resistance experiences. Consider them your secret weapon to unlock the full potential of Elastic Resistance products.

5

1

2

3

4

™


171

Rolyan® Resistance Exercise Band

Rolyan® Exercise Bands A complete range of latex resistance exercise bands.

46m Length Colour Resistance Level

091145440 Yellow Light 091145457 Red Medium 091145465 Green Heavy 091145473 Blue X Heavy 091145481 Black XX Heavy



5.5m Length Colour Resistance Level


Rolyan’s® extensive product range comes in a variety of different lengths and progressive resistant levels that improve strength, range of motion and co-ordination.• High quality exercise bands at great low prices!• Progressive colour scheme is easy to remember without charts.• Great for home or clinic use.

BEST SELLER

Rolyan® Bands Individually PackedEasy convenient packs and ideal to provide for patients.Individually packed Rolyan resistance exercise bands in 1.5m lengths. Available in singles or cases of 100.Standard LatexResistance Single Case of 100Level 1 091191949 091192160 Level 2 091181841 091192178 Level 3 091191956 091192186 Level 4 091191964 091192202 Level 5 091191972

Exercise Therap

y



1 AOSafety Lexa Eyewear – Metallic Slate Frames with Clear Lens Not Illustrated

The AOSafety Lexa Eyewear has a revolutionary lens design that closely follows facial contours. The sleek design is totally unobtrusive and virtually invisible to wearers. There are no distracting side shields to reduce peripheral vision. The eyewear has three lens angles and four adjustable temple lengths. Easy-Change lens for different tasks, environments and moods DX Coating resists fogging, scratching, static and chemical attack Medium - fits most faces.17770M NEW



Rolyan® Bands Individually Packed – Latex Free

Easy convenient packs and ideal to provide for patients. 100% latex free, powder free, odour free and recyclable.Individually packed Rolyan resistance exercise bands in 1.5m lengths. Available in singles or cases of 100.Latex FreeResistance Single Case of 100Level 1 091524909 091524917 Level 2 091181858 091192129 Level 3 091191980 091192137 Level 4 091191998 091192145 Level 5 091192004


POWDER FREE

100% LATEX FREE

MADE IN UK

RECYCLABLE

ODOUR FREE

POWDER FREE

100% LATEX FREE

MADE IN UK

RECYCLABLE

ODOUR FREE

POWDER FREE

100% LATEX FREE

MADE IN UK

RECYCLABLE

ODOUR FREE

POWDER FREE

100% LATEX FREE

MADE IN UK

RECYCLABLE

ODOUR FREE

Rolyan® Exercise Bands – Latex Free A complete range of resistance exercise bands which are 100% latex free, powder free, odour free and recyclable.







COLOURSCHEME

PROGRESSIVERESISTANCE

Exe

rcis

e Th

erap

y


Exercise Therap

y


173


COLOURSCHEME

PROGRESSIVERESISTANCE

1

2 Exercise Band Dispenser A quality lightweight varnished wooden dispenser for Rolyan Band. It holds 5 large rolls, one of each colour, on front removing rotating spindles. Wall mountable (fixings included). Delivered flat packed, some light assembly required. Rolls not included.091214287 Dispenser only

1 Rolyan® TubingColour coded tubing for varying degrees of resistance. Available in 30.4m length only.Length 30.4m Resistance091170323 Level 1 Yellow Light 091170349 Level 2 Orange Medium 091170364 Level 3 Green Heavy 091170380 Level 4 Blue Extra Heavy 091170406 Level 5 Black Extra Extra Heavy

2


Exe

rcis

e Th

erap

y


REP Band® Resistance Exercise Band

1 REP Bands® Exercise Bands

5.5m roll 46m roll

Level 1 081029842 081279876

Level 2 081029859 081279884

Level 3 081029867 081279892

Level 4 081029875 081279900

Level 5 081029883 081279918

2 REP Bands® Tubing

7.6m roll 30m roll

Level 1 081029321 081030873

Level 2 081029339 081030881

Level 3 081029347 081030899

Level 4 081029354 081030907

Level 5 081029362 081030915

REP Bands®

REP Band Products now offer greater elastic response, higher resilience and faster recovery than the previous formulation. REP Bands are made from a synthetic polymer and have been skin-tested and proven non-allergenic. They are great for all needs of resistance exercise, including aquatic. They contain no latex or dry natural rubber.• No Latex - Avoiding allergic reactions• No Powder - Clean to use• No Odour - Free of unpleasant rubber smell

Resistance Level

Light Heavy

Peach Orange Lime Blueberry Plum

Level 1Extra Light

Level 2Light

Level 3Medium

Level 4Hard

Level 5Extra Hard

1

2


Exercise Therap

y


175

RockTape® Rock Blades

The MalletA surgical-grade IASTM all-star. Just one of the stunning tools included in RockBlades. Crafted from polished, surgical-grade stainless steel, it’s your all-in-one ISTM treatment powerhouse. The Mallet is your ultimate in-clinic tool. Hand polished treatment surfaces, combined with a perfectly balanced and weighted core make it a joy to use day in and day out. Matte-finished dimples, four on each side, combined with our brass-knuckle style handle enable you to hold the tool 6 different ways. Each side is unique both in shape and edge radius. The Mallets non-treatment faces are laser-engraved with RockTapes manifesto pattern. Technical Specifications:• Material: Surgical Stainless Steel • Weight: 450g / 1lb • Dimensions: 7.2×4.5×0.3˝ • Treatment Surfaces: 4 • Grips: 6

The Mullet Powerful IASTM treatments to-go. This lightweight tool is designed to be portable, allowing you to deliver superior soft-tissue manipulation wherever the job takes you. The Mullet is made from an incredibly durable thermo-plastic polyamide, the same material used in high-performance automotive and aerospace applications. Four distinct tissue-manipulation zones provide comprehensive treatment capabilities. Each edge, angle and shape was carefully honed over two years to deliver superior results. The Mullets non-treatment faces are chemically-etched with RockTapes manifesto pattern.Technical Specifications:• Material: Thermo-plastic Polyamide • Weight: 187g / 0.4lb • Dimensions: 5.9×4.4×0.34˝ • Treatment Surfaces: 4

Rub & Wipes Start treatment right out of the box. RockTape could have stopped at two incredible tools, but they didn’t. In addition to their Mallet and Mullet, every set of RockBlades includes a newly reformulated RockRub emollient and a pack of sanitising wipes.

®

1

1 Massager RockTape® RockBladesA complete IASTM (Instrument Assisted Soft Tissue Mobilisation) system.

RockBlades are comprised of two precision-engineered and manufactured soft-tissue instruments: a Mallet (metal) and a Mullet (plastic), RockRub emollient, sanitising wipes and a quick-start guide to form a complete IASTM system.Components:• The Mallet - Your in-clinic powerhouse • The Mullet - Perfect for out on the road • Rub & Wipes - Naturally slick, exceptionally clean

091564673

NEW

Exe

rcis

e Th

erap

y


1 Rolyan® Therapy PuttyClean, non-toxic, non-oily and bleedproof therapy putty leaves no colour or residue on the client’s hands. It will not fragment, separate or stick to the skin. With six distinct colours to reflect established standards in resistance exercise, and progress in resistance from super soft tan to extra firm grey. Designed to meet a wide range of strengthening needs, putty can be squeezed, stretched, twisted or pinched. Combine any of the colours to create custom resistance to meet individual needs. Warning: avoid contact with materials eg. fabric, paper. Latex free.

Rolyan Therapy Putty

Weight Super Soft Tan

Soft Yellow

Medium Soft Red

Medium Green

Firm Blue

Extra Firm Grey

57g 091012012 091012053 091012095 091012137 091012178 09104096385g 091041458 091041466 091041474 091041482 091041490 091041508113g 091012020 091012210 091012236 091012251 091012277 091040971454g 091012038 091012061 091012103 091012145 091012186 0812494402.3kg 091012046 091012079 091012111 091012152 091012194 091040997

Bulk Sets of 10 pk

Weight Soft Yellow

Medium Soft Red

Medium Green

Firm Blue

57g 091012087 091012129 091012160 091012202113g 091012228 091012244 091012269 091012285

CleanNon-ToxicNon-OilyBleedproof

BEST SELLER

Therapeutic Putty

LATEXFREE

2 Rolyan® Putty ContainersThese soft, plastic containers will not dent or break. Large quantities of putty can be bought and distributed to individuals this way, saving money. They are easy-to-open and flat enough to fit in a pocket. The lid features a label where client and therapist details can be recorded. Packs of 10.091045277

2

1

Exercise Therap

y


177

2 Exercise Putty InformationThis instructional pamphlet is an illustrative guide for a variety of thumb, finger, hand and wrist exercises.091523877 20 Pack

2

1 Rolyan® Micro-Fresh™ Therapy PuttyWith the addition of an anti-microbial agent called Ultra-Fresh, Micro-Fresh Putty will last longer than standard putty and provide odour protection. The incorporation of this anti-microbial agent enables the putty to resist the growth of destructive and odour-causing microbes. Ultra-Fresh is an EPA-registered anti-bacterial and anti-fungal agent. Micro-Fresh Putty is non-toxic, clean and non-oily. Designed to meet a wide range of strengthening needs for hands and feet: the putty can be squeezed, stretched, twisted or pinched. Five distinct colours reflect established standards in resistance exercise, but patients can also combine colours to create custom resistance levels. Latex free.

Rolyan® Micro-Fresh™ Therapy Putty

Weight Super Soft Tan

Soft Yellow

Medium Soft Red

Medium Green

Firm Blue

57g 081031806 081031848 081031889 081031939 081031970113g 081031822 091013101 091013143 091013184 091013226454g 081031814 091013093 091013135 091013176 0910132182.3kg 091013077 091013119 091013150 091013192 091013234

BEST SELLER

Therapeutic Putty

LATEXFREE

1

Exe

rcis

e Th

erap

y


Therapeutic Putty

1 Rolyan® Progressive™ PuttyOne putty for a whole range of treatment needs. Begin with soft resistance, adding progress chips to gradually increase resistance. Putty resistance can be customised to fit individual needs. Ideal for home use - patients can progress independently. Eliminates the need to purchase putty in a variety of resistances. Non-oily putty. Base by itself is ideal for low resistance exercises. Non-toxic and latex free.081276021 2.3kg/ 5lb Putty Base with 32 Progress Chips 081276047 2.3kg/ 5lb Putty Base without Chips 081276039 Pack of 4 additional Progress Chips

2 Rolyan® Colour Change PuttyThis non-oily, bleedproof speciality putty provides patients with visual feedback as exercises are performed. Squeezing, stretching or pinching the putty results in a gradual change in putty colour as its temperature increases. Putty will slowly revert back to original colour when not in use. Sold in multiple resistance packages of three 113g containers. Colours (resistances) include: Orange/Yellow (Soft), Purple/Red (Medium-Soft), and Royal Blue/Light Blue (Medium). Latex free. Colour Resistance Force081223205 Orange - Yellow Soft 113g/ 4oz 081223213 Purple - Red Medium-Soft 113g/ 4oz 081223221 Royal Blue - Light Blue Medium 113g/ 4oz 091036755 Set of 3

PROGRESSIVE RESISTANCE

LATEX FREE

LATEX FREE

SOFT ADDING PROGRESS CHIPS GRADUALLY INCREASES RESISTANCE HARD

1

2


Exercise Therap

y


179

2 TheraBand™ Hand X-Trainers

TheraBand™ Hand X-trainer is an innovative product that offers several key benefits:• Patented formula supports hold/cold therapy, ease of use and

optimal form• Economical and intuitive - ideal for home exercise• Progressive for clear measure of progress• Clean and professional - supports broader range of exercises• The ultimate hand therapy tool available in 4 progressive densities Colour Resistance091531656 Red Soft 091531664 Green Medium 091531672 Blue Heavy 091531680 Black Extra Heavy

1 TheraBand™ FlexBar®

Incredibly Effective, Unbelievably Simple. Millions of people want to get a grip on the best ways to improve hand, arm and shoulder strength. Millions more are dealing with painful tennis elbow and struggling to find a lasting, non-surgical solution. Many older adults want mobility, hoping to get out of wheelchairs or to use walkers with greater ease. Arthritis patients want self-reliance, hoping to open more jars. They need clinical expertise – and a TheraBand™ FlexBar®.Professionals are seeing the value and efficacy of the FlexBar®, a lightweight, easy to grip, portable resistance exerciser for rehabilitating and strengthening hands, wrists, forearms, shoulders and elbows. Each bar is 30.5cm (12˝) long, with resistance levels that increase with each of four available colour-coded diameters.The product is an economical, simple tool for conducting a variety of exercises such as activity simulations, wrist abduction, thumb strengthening, eccentric twists and soft tissue manipulation. Colour Resistance Force091540723 Yellow Extra Light 2.5kg/ 6lbs 091342583 Red Light 4.5kg/ 10lbs 091342591 Green Medium 7kg/ 15lbs 091342609 Blue Heavy 11kg/ 25lbs

3 TheraBand™ Hand Exerciser• Variable resistance training for hands, fingers and forearms• Helps strengthen grip, increase dexterity and mobility• Helps improve fine and gross motor skills• Four colour-coded levels of resistance to meet a full range of

patient applications - can be used for hot or cold therapy• Comes with an illustrated manual that includes exercises

developed by a licensed therapist Colour Resistance Pounds of force level achieve 50% compression091342617 Yellow Extra Soft 0.68kg/ 1½lbs 091342625 Red Soft 1.36kg/ 3lbs 091342633 Green Medium 2.27kg/ 5lbs 091342641 Blue Firm 3.63kg/ 8lbs

4 TheraBand™ Hand TrainerTheraBand™ Hand Trainer will assist patients recovering from hand or wrist surgery, and help to improve strength and mobility. It follows the familiar TheraBand™ colour progression, which allows patients to easily track progress during treatment. Each colour-coded latex sheet, from tan (extra light) to black (heavy), offers progressively more resistance for extension, flexion, and opposition exercises to improve grip strength and mobility.• Six interchangeable levels of resistance• Supplied in the familiar TheraBand™ colour progression091338144 Intro Kit 091338151 Tan refill (6 sheets) 091338169 Yellow refill (6 sheets) 091338177 Red refill (6 sheets) 091338185 Green refill (6 sheets) 091390269 Blue refill (6 sheets) 091338193 Black refill (6 sheets)

4

3

2

1

Hand Exercisers

Exe

rcis

e Th

erap

y


Hand Exercisers

2

1

2 Rolyan® Hand Bar ExerciserA bar style device used for hand, wrist and shoulder exercises. Available in four resistances in four different colours. 30cm length. Diameter varies by resistance. Latex DNR and avoid direct sunlight. Colour Resistance091564103 30cm Yellow 2.5kg 091564111 30cm Red 4.5kg 091564129 30cm Green 7.0kg 091564137 30cm Blue 11.0kg

3 Rolyan® Hand Web ExerciserA web style device used for hand exercises. Resistance can be adjusted by changing hand position. Available in four colours indicating increases in resistance levels. Latex DNR and avoid direct sunlight. Colour Resistance091564194 35.5cm Yellow Extra Soft 091564202 35.5cm Red Soft 091564210 35.5cm Green Medium 091564228 35.5cm Blue Firm

3

3

1 TheraBand™ Massage BallsThe massage balls are used for reflex zone massage, improves circulation and relaxation. The balls are delivered with needle valve for individual pressure setting. Available in a choice of five colours. Sizes Colour7500080 6cm Orange 7500077 8cm Green 7500079 8cm Yellow 7500078 9cm Red 7500081 10cm Blue

NEW

Exercise Therap

y


181

1 Rolyan® R-Lite Resistance Foam BlocksExercise blocks to help strengthen fingers and hands following injury or surgery. Ideal for use by people who have arthritis. Made of slow-recovery foam - the rate of exercise is determined by the foam’s recovery time to help keep the overly enthusiastic patient from over using muscles. In three resistances for different strength levels and to allow progression. Blocks are 4.4×4.4×7.6cm. Wash in warm water with mild soap and air dry. Box of 32. Colour Resistance081298231 Yellow Super-Soft 081298306 Pink Soft 081298314 Blue Medium 081146968 Green Firm 081298322 Set of 12 (3 blocks of each colour)

2 Homecraft Gel Ball Hand ExerciserGel balls colour coded to provide variable resistance training for hands, fingers and forearms. The balls are pleasant to touch and return back to their original shape after each squeeze. Perfect for use in the clinic or at home. Colour Resistance091142587 Pink X-Soft 091142637 Blue Soft 091142645 Green Medium 091142652 Orange Firm 091142660 Black X-Firm 091142678 Set of 5 - one of each colour (not retail packed)

3 Eggsercizer™For strengthening weakened or injured hand, finger, wrist, and arm muscles. Completely washable in warm water. Contoured to fit comfortably into hand. Can be used to help reduce stress as well as increase strength and flexibility. Compressible synthetic rubber material leaves no messy residue. Returns to its original shape when released. X-Soft has slow recovery, great for individual finger and thumb strengthening. Colour coding simplifies progressive rehabilitation from extra soft through to medium. Colour Resistance091066463 Orange X-Soft 091066471 Green Soft 091066489 Blue Medium

4 Squeeze Ball Hand ExerciserPalm-size ball returns to its original 6cm diameter within 2 to 3 seconds after squeezing. A great tool for working off everyday stress too. Colour may vary. 60mm diameter.081033323 Single 081033331 Pack of 12

5 Hand GripsResistance exerciser for advanced hand muscle strengthen ing. In pairs to exercise both hands simultaneously. 11cm distance between out side handle ends. Colour Tension Resistance081296490 Red Medium 25lb 081296508 Black Heavy 40lb 081296482 Blue Extra Heavy 55lb

1

2

3

4

5

Hand Exercisers


Exe

rcis

e Th

erap

y


Hand Exercisers

1 Rolyan® Ultigrip Finger ExerciserDesigned to enhance rehabilitation and strengthen each finger individually as well as the entire hand and forearm. Newly designed palm bar correctly places and locks device in your hand and distributes pressure evenly. Centre notch keeps thumb from moving during exercise. Includes: Double thumb accessory for more effective exercise for Thumb Tip Flexion and Exercise leaflet.InnovativeInnovative arched shape mimics the neutral, resting position of the hand.NEW design New fingertip design provides, comfortable placement of fingers for support, added control and to prevent incorrect movement.RemovableRemovable buttons allow Thumb Accessory to be easily attached for more comfort and control during thumb exercises. Colour Resistance081631365 Yellow 0.68kg/ 1.5lbs 081631373 Red 1.4kg/ 3lbs 081631381 Green 2.3kg/ 5lbs 081631399 Blue 3.2kg/ 7lbs 081631407 Black 4.1kg/ 9lbs 081631852 Set of Five (includes Display Rack) 081631415 Replacement Finger Pad 081631423 Display Rack Only

2 Rolyan® Colour-Coded Latex Free Rubber Bands

85g packs of the graded colour-coded rubber bands used on Hand Exercisers. Each bag contains one colour. All rubber bands are 8.9cm long. 85g bag. Latex free. Colour Width Resistance Per Pack081268333 Yellow 3.2mm Extra Light 150 081268341 Red 6.4mm Light 70 081268358 Green 9.5mm Medium 50 081268366 Blue 1.3cm Heavy 30

LATEX FREE

2

1

1

Exercise Therap

y


183

Hand Exercisers

1 Digi-Flex® Exerciser SystemDevelops isolated finger strength, flexibility and co-ordination as it builds hand and forearm strength. With this system, the stronger digits can no longer compensate for the weaker ones and each finger is appropriately challenged on its own spring-loaded button. Calibrated springs provide a quantitative tool for evaluating progress. Plastic rack display set consists of five pocket-sized, colour coded units with graduated resistances. Colour coding helps with quick identification and provides positive reinforcement with advancement from colour to colour. Includes pamphlet illustrating different methods of use. Colour Resistance081273028 Yellow 0.68kg/ 1.5lbs 081273036 Red 1.4kg/ 3lbs 081273044 Green 2.3kg/ 5lbs 081273051 Blue 3.2kg/ 7lbs 081273069 Black 4.1kg/ 9lbs 081273010 Set of 5 with Display Rack

BEST SELLER

1

22

3 Finger Extension Remedial Game The Extension Remedial Game is made to improve finger extension in a fun way. It’s a two sided board which means there are two games. One is checkers and the other is a solitaire jumping game. The hook and loop playing surfaces give desired resistance and engage the finger in position for active extension.081030436

2 Rolyan® Basic Ergonomic Hand ExerciserThe Rolyan® Basic Ergonomic Hand Exerciser features lightweight plastic frame with or without a padded handle that fits comfortably in the palm of the hand. It is offered in a single size that is designed to fit many hand sizes. The frame can be customized to block flexion and extension movements to work the muscles.• Use the latex-free hand exerciser to build strength in the hand,

fingers, and thumb• Ideal rehabilitation tool increases dexterity and improves grip

after injury or surgery• Includes four pairs of coloured rubber bands with varied

resistance (yellow, red, green, and blue)• Switch out rubber bands to adjust resistance as you change

exercises or gain strength• Features a padded handle to cushion the hand during

rehabilitation exercises081268309 Foam Handle 081268382 Plastic Handle

4 Manipulation BoardThe hardware and closures of the Manipulation Board are typically used in the home and are mounted on a 23×14 3/4˝ wooden board. It includes a door chain lock, electric outer plate, pad lock, key lock, faucet, hook & eye lock and luggage lock. The board is pre-drilled for mounting.081033430

34

NEW

NEWNEW

FOAM HANDLE PLASTIC HANDLE

Exe

rcis

e Th

erap

y


Hand Exercisers

1 Handmaster™ PlusProvides complete reciprocal muscle group exercise for the hand through full, natural planes of motion. It is recommended for improving strength, balance, coordination, speed, and general blood flow, stimulates all peripheral nerves to the hand and allows for unattended therapy. Designed for daily outpatient use to complement the treatment of hand, wrist, and forearm conditions. The Handmaster Plus is great for stroke rehabilitation, as well as the treatment and prevention of carpal tunnel syndrome, tennis elbow and RSI. Each package contains one resistant ball, two flexible cords (for varying hand sizes) and complete set of instructions. Colour Resistance091041136 Purple for Early Rehabilitation Soft 091041144 Red for Late Rehabilitation Medium 091041151 Orange for Strength Training Firm

2 NSD Power® Ball ClassicThis superlative gyro offers high speed performance. Ensures a thorough workout on your arms and wrists and at a very affordable price.All 250Hz Classic™ models are individually hand-assembled from high-quality components and are balanced and tested – certified to spin at speeds in excess of 15,000rpm… for the speed demon in you!• Perfect for sports (golfers, squash, tennis, fencing, basketball,

badminton, archery, cricket etc) fitness, rehabilitation (Carpal Tunnel, RSI, Arthritis etc), musicians of all disciplines, and are great fun too!

• 250hz™ Powerball® models are individually hand-assembled and are the still the fastest models in the range

• Recommended for 14 years and overWeight: 235gRotor Colour: WhiteGrip-band: BlackDimensions: 70mm (diameter) x 57mm (height)Shell Colour: Translucent BlueClassic: Loaded with a high performance 250hz rotor.091189406

1

2

Exercise Therap

y


185

Therapy Balls

FREE PUMP

2 Powerball® Premium ABS®

Guaranteed safety thanks to the patented Anti-Burst-System. Load capacity up to 1000kg (guaranteed burst-proof is damaged up to 170kg).091342385 65cm Blue

Maximum user weight

157 st

1000 kg

SUPPLIED WITH EXERCISE POSTER

1

2

1 Anti-Burst Exercise Therapy Balls• New extended size range• Safe, durable and easy to use• Free hand pump• Latex freeA complete range of burst resistant exercise therapy balls that are suitable for a wide variety of exercises from muscle strengthening to balance, traditional exercises and treatments to yoga and pilates. Helps improve core stability and provide a complete body workout.

Specifications

Size/Diameter Body Height Colour

091339613 45cm/ 18˝ Less than 5´ Yellow

091339621 55cm/ 22˝ 5´ - 5´4˝ Red

091339639 65cm/ 26˝ 5´5˝ - 5´9˝ Green

091535327 85cm/ 34˝ 6´4˝+ Silver

Maximum user weight

47 st

300 kg

LATEX FREE


Exe

rcis

e Th

erap

y


Therapy Balls

2 Original TheraBand™ Exercise Balls091342088 45cm (18˝) Yellow 091342096 55cm (22˝) Red 091342104 65cm (26˝) Green 091342120 75cm (30˝) Blue

3 TheraBand™ Anti-Burst Exercise Balls091342310 45cm (18˝) Yellow 091342328 55cm (22˝) Red 091342336 65cm (26˝) Green 091342344 75cm (30˝) Blue 091342351 85cm (33˝) Silver

4 TheraBand™ Mini Ball Soft and inflatable to support a range of varied and effective exercises designed to increase core strength in the back and abdominals. Tactile, stretchy PVC makes the yellow 23 cm (9˝) diameter ball responsive to the touch and non-slip when placed against a hard surface. Includes an instructional poster. 7500021 23cm (9˝) Yellow

3

4

2

1

1 TheraBand™ Exercise Ball Pro Series SCP™The TheraBand™ Pro Series SCP™ Exercise Ball is the latest offering in ball technology. This ball was specially designed to deflate slowly if punctured, thereby reducing the risk of injury. It also provides improved stability at the points of body contact and enhanced performance due to the responsive surface design. It is the most comfortable exercise ball patients will sit on and the best one they’ll grip, thanks to built-in latitudinal ridges and an outstanding texture that doesn’t feel like plastic.Each exercise ball comes with two plugs and an inflation adapter and a poster detailing 24 exercises.Items 091558634, 091558642, 091558659, 091558667, 091560135 come in retail packaging.091558634 45cm (18˝) Yellow 091558642 55cm (22˝) Red 091558659 65cm (26˝) Green 091558667 75cm (30˝) Blue 091560135 85cm (33˝) Silver

Items 7500017, 7500018, 7500019, 7500020 come in a poly bag7500017 45cm (18˝) Yellow 7500018 55cm (22˝) Red 7500019 65cm (26˝) Green 7500020 75cm (30˝) Blue

Maximum user weight

21 st

136 kg

Body Height: Suggested Ball Size

188-203 cm (6,2-6,8 ft)

Blue75 cm(30 in)

140-153 cm (4,7-5 ft)

Yellow45 cm(18 in)

153-168 cm (5,1-5,6 ft)

Red55 cm(22 in)

170-185 cm (5,7-6,1 ft)

Green65 cm(26 in)

over 205 cm (over 6,9 ft)

Silver85 cm(33 in)

NON-RETAIL AVAILABLE

NEW

™

Exercise Therap

y


187

Therapy Balls

1

2

11

3

LATEX FREE

LATEX FREE

1 Gymnic™ ClassicThese exercise balls are used to improve flexibility, coordination and balance, also to strengthen and tone abdominals, trunk muscles, arms and legs. These inflatable vinyl balls provide excellent therapy for perceptual motor training activity, especially for children with abnormal reflex patterns or for general exercises and group activities. Seamless construction withstands rugged use by active children and adults. Distance from shoulder to finger tip equals diameter of ball required. Please make sure that the ball is used on a surface free from pointed objects to avoid the risk of puncture. For body weight exercise only. Lifting weights while using the product may cause injuries to the user. Latex free. Phthalate free. Colour may vary. Diameter Colour091125780 45cm Yellow 081195403 55cm Red 081195411 65cm Blue 081195429 75cm Yellow 081195437 85cm Red 081195445 95cm Blue 081195452 120cm Red

Maximum user weight

19 st

120 kg

2 Gymnic™ Classic PlusThe Gymnic Plus is the new generation of popular therapy and fitness balls. Perfect for conditioning postural reflexes and motor control. They use advanced technology and a homogeneous material that resists collapse – even after punctures from the sharpest knives and scissors. There is no danger of big splits, tears, or sudden loss of pressure. The BRQ system works with a maximum load of 120kg. For body weight exercise only. Lifting weights while using the product may cause injuries to the user. Latex free. Phthalate free. Diameter Colour081195239 65cm Blue 081195247 75cm Yellow

Maximum user weight

19 st

120 kg

3 OverballThe premier mini-ball, made by the creators of the Gymnic® Therapy Ball. Enhances resistance training, Pilates, or other workout routines to tone abdominals, arm and leg muscles. The Overball has a soft, easy grip texture. 23cm diameter. Colour may vary. Phthalate free. Diameter Colour091142595 23cm May Vary

Exercise Ball Sizing Chart

Ball Size Person’s Height65cm 1.57m to 1.83m75cm 1.83m to 2.01m

BEST SELLER


Exe

rcis

e Th

erap

y


Therapy Balls

1 1 Ball SupportThis concave disk is designed to hold a therapy ball still while a user works to improve balance reactions. Stabilising the ball surface lets users receive the benefits of a therapy ball while controlling ball movement.091143114 Large Base: for Balls 65-75cm

2 PVC Ball RackThese PVC ball racks provide a space saving solution to storing and organising balls whilst still providing quick and easy access. Available as a wall mounted rack only.091160522 Wall Mounted

3 CanDo® Ball StackerSpace saving design allows balls to be neatly stacked. Any size ball can be stacked. Set of 3.091160530

2

3

5

7

6

4 4 Faster BlasterHandy 18cm long hand pump inflates therapy balls in a matter of minutes. Compact, light weight design makes it perfect for the travelling therapist.091125285

5 TheraBand™ Pilate BallThe Pilate Ball is a universal training tool of exercise in the classic pilates school. Soft and easy to handle, this pilate ball can be used for pelvic re-education or shoulder rehabilitation. The foldable ball is easy to inflate and deflate. Diameter Colour7500072 26cm/ 10 1/4" Silver

6 TheraBand™ Exercise Ball StackerSimplifies storage of inflated balls.7500074 Set of three

7 Power PumpAn essential tool for achieving and maintaining proper exercise ball inflation.7500073 NEW NEW

NEW

Exercise Therap

y


189

Balance

3

3

4

1

1

2

2

1 AIREX® Balance-pad EliteThe Balance-pad Elite is designed to help co-ordinate and improve body movements and balance skills. The new waffle pattern on the top and underside of the pad, makes it non-slip. It also provides a pleasant massage and stimulation to the receptors in the soles of the feet. It actively promotes blood circulation in the feet which helps their well being. The pad can be used on both sides which increases its life. In water it can be used as a buoyancy aid and swimming float.Length Width Thickness Colour Weight50cm 41cm 6cm Blue 0.7kgApplication Balance training, mobility training, standing stability training,

motor-skill training to maintain balance.091125566

2 AIREX® Balance-beamThe Balance-beam has multifunctional therapy applications. Warm and comfortable to touch, the balance beam provides a base for an individual to work toe-to-toe improving lower and upper body stabilisation and co-ordination. Easy to clean, impervious to water, with a sanitised anti-bacterial finish.Length Width Thickness Colour Weight160cm 24cm 6cm Blue 0.9kgApplication Physiotherapy, rehabilitation, neurology, elderly, orthopaedics,

group training, and schools.091124338

Indoor Outdoor Water

Indoor Outdoor

3 Activity DiscWobble cushions have become very popular for posture education work and as an alternative to wobble boards; they are much safer and easier to store. The cushion is fitted with nodules for foot massage and sensory work, on one side only. This also gives extra grip to the cushion when used for posture work. Pump included. Diameter Colour Weight091216159 33cm/ 13" Blue 1kg

4 Disc ‘O’ Sit Air CushionThe Disc‘O’Sit Air Cushion is an inflatable dynamic cushion. It can be used on the floor for balance training, proprioception and strengthening of the lower extremities. When used in a seat, it mimics both the movement and shape of a ball. Can be inflated orally. Diameter 38cm. Diameter Colour091125277 38cm/ 15" Turquoise

INFORMATIONVisit www.bebalanced.net for exercise techniques.

Exe

rcis

e Th

erap

y


Balance

1

2

3

2

3

1 Dynair® Ball CushionPhysiotherapy for back muscle training, pelvis training, and as a balance device. For relaxing and dynamic sitting: the vibrations produced naturally by the body (through breathing etc.) are not suddenly halted, but can continue according to their own rhythm. The erect posture is optimised and the muscles stabilising the spine are trained.

Dynair® Ball Cushion Diameter Colour091339050 36cm Blue 091339068 36cm Green 091339076 36cm Red 091339126 33cm Blue 091339134 33cm Green 091339142 33cm Red Dynair® Senso Ball Diameter Colour091338540 36cm Green 091338557 36cm Blue 091338565 36cm Red 091338482 33cm Green 091338490 33cm Blue 091338508 33cm Red

Maximum user weight

311/2 st

200 kg

2 Dynair® Premium - Wedge Cushion• Supports upright posture• Strengthens back muscles• Can relieve back pain• Can be used on both sides, soft knobbly side also for foot

and back massage• Inside pressure individually regulated. Includes pump,

full instructions and seating exercise chart

Diameter Colour091338524 40cm Blue 091423052 40cm Red

Maximum user weight

311/2 st

200 kg

3 Dynair® ExtremeSit on it and feel good. Brings you automatically in an upright and healthy position.The Dynair Extreme is the largest member coming from the Dynair family. With a diameter of 80cm and a height of 18cm it is perfectly suited as a meditation pillow and seat cushion. Smooth vibrations are being absorbed immediately by the cushion and emitted to the spine. In order to keep up a calm seating position small adjusting moves have to be made all the time, thus becoming a challenge for the spinal muscles and trunk muscles. Furthermore spinal training and exercises for improving trunk stability can be carried out perfectly in a dorsal or ventral position. The Dynair Extreme functions extremely well as a therapy cushion for certain disease patterns such as paresis, sensoric and motoric deficits or neurological and muscle dysfunctions. Diameter Colour091423037 80cm Lilac

Maximum user weight

311/2 st

200 kg

DYNAIR® SENSODYNAIR®

1BEST SELLER


Exercise Therap

y


191

Balance

1 2

3 3

1 TheraBand™ Stability TrainersStability Trainers are oval-shaped, colour-coded foam pads, supplied in two densities to provide a progressive system of balance training for rehab, post-rehab conditioning, and fitness applications. Each pad is moulded in closed-cell foam with a ridged surface. Density Colour091040328 Soft Blue 091040344 Firm Green

2 Togu® Balance HedgehogsPossible applications: To promote physical co-ordination (e.g. circuit training for balance), for various exercises for building strength, to promote mobility, for relaxation, for foot massages and to promote somaesthesia, for various games.Material: High-quality RUTON®

Design: Cast in one piece. Short knobs which are pleasant to the touch. With needle valve for the regulation of pressure to meet individual needs. Supplied as a pair. 16cm diameter.Available in 2 colours (not relating to resistance) Colour091340918 Purple 091340884 Blue

3 Gymnic™ Movin’ StepThe Movin Step is a unique product that can be used in workouts, therapy and rehabilitation. It combines two exercises tools. A dynamic base for exercises that challenge and improve balance co-ordination and an air step for cardio-vascular and strength endurance exercise. The valve allows easy switching from one to the other. Valve closed (vertical position) gives two independent aircushions or valve open (horizontal position) allows airflow between chambers. The valve can be set in any intermediate position for finer adjustment. Remove plug to inflate. Includes a 12 page exercise brochure. Height Length Width Weight091144187 7cm 35cm 35cm 1.5kg

4 Rolyan® BEEP™ (Balance Enhancement Exercise Program) Board

Ideal for establishing a simple, low cost programme to help people who have balance problems reduce the potential of falling. The side to side rocking motion promotes weight shifting and lateral balance reactions to help reduce the fear of falling and increase self-confidence. The board emits a beep that provides a goal: with each successful weight shift, the beep sounds, reinforcing a job well done. Provides appropriate reinforcement for people with visual impairments.The Balance Enhancement Exercise Program can be used as part of an individual treatment programme or as a group activity, where using the BEEP Board becomes a social event and its use is enhanced by mutual support and group interaction. Using music helps make the exercise more lively. Lightweight uniaxial plastic board 6.4cm high for patient safety. Features a slip-resistant surface and foam to cushion the impact of weight shifts.081296623 Board measures 41×64cm (16×25˝)

Maximum user weight

211/4 st

136 kg

4

5


5 STEP IT Lower Extremity ExerciserClinically proven to increase blood circulation, STEPIT, simulates the movements of walking. A foldaway pedal that is easy to carry around. Designed for use anywhere and suitable in clinic, club or the home environment. Colour may vary.091511948

NEW

Exe

rcis

e Th

erap

y


Balance

1 Fitness Mad Air Dome Pro IIThe dome can be used for almost any exercise that is normally performed on an aerobic step or on the floor. As the Air Dome is an unstable surface, exercises performed on the Dome are more dynamic working the core, making exercises both more challenging and more effective, bringing results faster. Can be used either side up. Features TPR anti-slip base to keep firmly in place on the floor. Includes 8˝ hand pump to inflate the dome. Height: 21cm (6½˝) when fully inflated. Base diameter 59cm. 091329408

Maximum user weight

22 st

140 kg

2 Balance DiscThis moulded Wobble Board is strong and lightweight. It features a non-slip textured top and is excellent value. It will help with balance, co-ordination and posture. 40cm diameter, 9cm high, for patients up to 120kg.091228642

Maximum user weight

183/4 st

120 kg

3 Economy Wobble BoardExcellent value for money with this PVC surfaced wobble board. The surface is non-slip and can be wiped clean with a damp cloth. Diameter 50cm. Latex Free.091125756

2

1

3LATEX FREE

Exercise Therap

y


193

Balance

4

2

3

Adjustable boards are excellent for people who wish to progress their balance skills. These versatile boards allow you to progressively increase the difficulty of the exercise by simply adjusting or changing the base, making them suitable for all types of rehabilitation and strength training. In addition, adjustable wobble boards are easy to store and ideal for both clinic and home use.

1 TheraBand™ Stability DiscThe TheraBand™ Stability Disc is more challenging than the TheraBand™ Stability Trainers. The 33 cm (13˝) diameter Disc offers an unstable, sensory-stimulating surface designed to facilitate balance and proprioceptive training, as well as automatic postural reactions. The Stability Disc is also ideal for active sitting. Available in silver only.7500075

4 Fitness Mad Adjustable Wobble BoardThis 40cm adjustable wobble board offers angles between 19˚ and 23˚ by simply screwing the rocker in or out, allowing you to progressively improve your balance. The more you screw the rocker out the greater the angle and the greater the difficulty.091329259

2 TheraBand™ Dynamic Ball Cushions7500023 Green 33cm without senso-knobs 7500070 Green 33cm with senso-knobs on one side 7500028 Blue 36cm without senso-knobs 7500029 Blue 36cm with senso-knobs on one side 7500030 Black 50cm with senso-knobs on one side

1

NEW

NEW

3 TheraBand™ Rocker BoardThe TheraBand™ Rocker Board offers an unstable and sensory-stimulating surface designed to facilitate balance and proprioceptive training and automatic postural reactions.TheraBand™ Rocker Board: single plane rocker that allows one plane of instability at a time. Angle of Deflection is 30˚.091338128 TheraBand™ Rocker Board

Exe

rcis

e Th

erap

y


Prevention

Characteristics of AIREX® products:• Warm and comfortable• Absorbing• Long life span• Hygienic through antimicrobial finishing• Water repellent through closed-cell structure• Multifunctional• Slip-proof• Flat placement on the floor• Conforms to CE (CE 93/42/EWG)

Airex mats are an ideal basis for any kind of training; indoor, outdoor and in the water.They are easy to use, flexible, safe and robust with indestructible material they always stay in top shape.

Premium quality for any type of use

AIREX® products are premium quality with a long product life. Thanks to their versatility, they form an excellent base for all types of exercises.

Everyone recognises the AIREX® mats with the typical horizontal stripes – the original for 50 years and the clear number one amongst all therapeutic, sports and leisure mats. The innovative closed-cell foam of the AIREX® mats was developed over many years of work. The extremely hard-wearing material is on the one hand supportive and on the other hand warm, soft and absorbing. Joints, tendons and muscles can thereby be trained gently and efficiently.

THE WORLD’S NO.1 SELLING EXERCISE MATS

A new measure of function and comfort

ComfortableSoft, smooth, excellent insulation.

CushioningResilient and supportive, protection against injuries.

MultifunctionalVersatile, for indoor, outdoor and water use.

Increased durabilityWear-resistant material for years of top form.

Non-slipSurface structure and special foam technology prevent slipping.

New formula for effective hygienic protectionEasy to clean.

Flat-lyingFlat-lying mats prevent tripping.

Water-repellentClosed-cell foam material preventing water and dirt penetration.

CE-compliantHigh-quality materials, strict quality control.

Properties:

AIREX® products have been awarded the AGR quality cachet: Certified and recommended by Association Forum Healthy Back – Better Living and Federal Association of German Back Schools.

AIREX® Exercise Mats

Exercise Therap

y


195


BEST SELLER

BEST SELLER

1

2

1 AIREX® CoronellaLength Width Thickness Weight185cm 60cm 15mm 2.2kg091125491 Red 091125483 Green 091125475 Blue

Prevention


2 AIREX® CoronaLength Width Thickness Weight185cm 100cm 15mm 3.8kg 091125525 Red 091125517 Green 091125509 Blue

Prevention


Exe

rcis

e Th

erap

y


BlueAqua

4 AIREX® Wall Bracket for Mats without EyeletsThe high-quality wall bracket in stainless chrome steel, over which mats without eyelets can be simply draped. Available in a single size.• Length: 105cm• Width: 10cm. • Material: Stainless Steel• Weight: 3.5kg.Storage of: Corona.091204270 105cm

1 AIREX® FitlineLength Width Thickness Colour Weight180cm 58cm 10mm Aqua 1.5kg091125624

Prevention

Indoor Outdoor

3 AIREX® HerculesLength Width Thickness Colour Weight200cm 100cm 25mm Blue 6.6kg091125558

Prevention

Indoor Outdoor

1 3

4

2 AIREX® AtlasLength Width Thickness Colour Weight200cm 125cm 15mm Red 5.5kg091125541


2

Red


Exercise Therap

y


197


1 AIREX® Coronella 200Length Width Thickness Colour Weight200cm 60cm 15mm Charcoal 2.4kg091537216

Prevention

2 AIREX® Corona 200Length Width Thickness Colour Weight200cm 100cm 15mm Charcoal 4.1kg091537240

Prevention

1 2

Charcoal Charcoal

The highly complex mat formulation has been entirely redefined. In response to increased hygiene needs, a new antibacterial agent has been added to the innovative Airex material. The improved hygiene formula protects against the highly-aggresive CA-MRSA bacteria.

Airex also makes a difference when it comes to style and comfort. The sophisticated new range of colours complement the latest interior design concepts and at a larger size of 200cm they are long enough to accommodate anybody.

• more hygienic • longer lasting • longer length • new colours

Coronella 200 and Corona 200

ComfortableSoft, smooth, excellent insulation.

CushioningResilient and supportive, protection against injuries.

MultifunctionalVersatile, for indoor, outdoor and water use.

Increased durabilityWear-resistant material for years of top form.

Non-slipSurface structure and special foam technology prevent slipping.

New formula for effective hygienic protectionEasy to clean.

Flat-lyingFlat-lying mats prevent tripping.

Water-repellentClosed-cell foam material preventing water and dirt penetration.

CE-compliantHigh-quality materials, strict quality control.

Properties:

Exe

rcis

e Th

erap

y


Exercise Mats

1 Aeromat™ Mat RS34-2372Ribbed/smooth, closed-cell mat.Length 183cm. Width 58cm. Depth 1.6cm.081157346 Blue Length 183cm. Width 99cm. Depth 1.6cm.081157361 Blue

1

2 TheraBand™ Exercise Mats• Made of high-density polyethylene, a lightweight

non-PVC material• Easy to clean surface feels soft to the touch• Waterproof, wear resistant, and designed for maximum support• Supplied with pre-drilled hanging holes and two elastic straps

for easy storage• Choose from three vibrant colours – Blue, Green and Red,

in 60cm (24˝) or 100cm (40˝) width, 190cm (75˝) length• Individually packed in clear zipper bag Thickness Colour Length Width091343672 1.5cm Blue 190 60 091343680 1.5cm Green 190 60 091343698 1.5cm Red 190 60

091343706 2.5cm Blue 190 60 091343714 2.5cm Green 190 60 091343722 2.5cm Red 190 60

091343730 1.5cm Blue 190 100 091343748 1.5cm Green 190 100 091343755 1.5cm Red 190 100

2

Exercise Therap

y


199

Exercise Mats

2 Universal Folding Exercise MatManufactured from antibacterial materials and coated with 21oz vinyl. Ideally suited for heavy duty institutional use, such as vigorous floor exercises. Mat is filled with 5cm, 100 ILD (In-Load Deflection) solid foam, yet is lightweight. Does not bottom out under the heaviest use. Folds for easy storage. Transporting is easy using the mat’s reinforced handles. Size Weight081008606 122×183cm 9kg 081008614 122×213cm 8.6kg 081008622 152×213cm 11.3kg 081008648 183×305cm 18.6kg

1 Ultimate Folding MatThis high quality mat from York Fitness is made from extra thick foam for added comfort. Features a heavy-duty vinyl cover that is easy to wipe clean. Twin handles aid transport. Length 183cm. Width 61cm. Depth 5cm.091143262 Black

3 Warrior Yoga MatThe Warrior Yoga Mat provides good grip, cushioning and durability. Machine washable at 40°.• Length 183cm• Width 61cm• Depth 4mm• Weight 1.1kg091157676 Two Tone Sky Blue

4 Warrior Plus Yoga MatThis luxury Mat has the same grip as the Warrior Yoga Mat but at 6mm if offers more cushioning for those seeking extra comfort. Machine Washable at 40°.• Length 183cm• Width 61cm• Depth 6mm.091169275

DELIVERYPlease contact Customer Services for more information.

LATEX FREE

1

2

4

3

Exe

rcis

e Th

erap

y


Exercise Mats

2

3

1 Head PadsExcellent for under hands and knees when kneeling. Insert under lower back to help release hip flexors and maintain neutral alignment. Manufactured in a soft Supasoft Foam. Flame Retardant. Washable Cover available. Made in England. 2 sizes available.091537331 A Small head pad without cover L 305mm × W 203mm × D 25mm (12˝×8˝×1̋ )091537349 B Large head pad without cover L 305mm × W 203mm × D 75mm (12˝×8˝×3˝)

2 Pilates Head Pad CoversTailor-made to fit Head Pads - Manufactured from 100% Cotton - new pillow case design - Washable.Available in 2 colours for small and large head pads.091537448 A Small Blue Cover To fit Head 1̋ Pad (Small)091537471 B Large Blue Cover To fit Head 3˝ Pad (Large)

3 Mat TrolleyAn easily manoeuvrable mat trolley for non-rigid mats. Designed for lightweight mats and can support a maximum weight of 25 kilos. Mat rail height 142cm. Length 130cm. Width 73cm. Total height 164cm.091136670

1

B

A

A

B

Exercise Therap

y


201

Rolls & Wedges

®

1 RockNRoller

Portable,hollow core roller with removable carry strap and internal storage.This unique design was developed by a team of rehabilitation professionals and includes a large high quality colour instructional poster and a mini movement manual with instructions, images and further information sources.The RockNRoller has a hollow core with removable end-caps to allow storage of smaller mobility products and therapy tools - or your lunch!Specifications• 45cm length• 45cm circumference• 14cm diameter• Lifetime Warranty091558451

1

1

Exe

rcis

e Th

erap

y


LATEX FREE

1

2

1 Foam RollersThese excellent rollers are ideal for stretching. The foam roller has a hard inner core that can help improve stability and flexibility and is great for promoting stabilisation, core strength and balance training. Size Type091547165 15×90cm (6×36˝) Round 091547181 10×90cm (4×36˝) Round 091547207 10×30.5cm (4×12˝) Round 091547231 15×90cm (6×36˝) Half 091547249 15×30.5cm (6×12˝) Round

2 EPP RollersThis professional quality Studio Foam Roller made from EPP. Expanded polypropylene (EPP) is an engineered plastic foam material that is durable, light weight, and recyclable, it has excellent energy absorption and high strength properties, which offer improved performance and longevity over EVA or PE foam rollers. Lightweight 370g, 90cm×15cm (6˝), Black, Shore C. Hardness 42.091329416

3 TheraBand™ Pro Foam RollersThe TheraBand™ Pro Foam Rollers are made of highly durable closed-cell foam to extend product’s life and maintain its form. They can be used as a standalone device or used in conjunction with the patent-pending TheraBand™ Foam Roller Wraps+ to serve as a novel tool for hands-free myofascial release, deep tissue massage and stabilisation exercises.The Pro Foam Rollers are available in the standard 15cm diameter, in both 91cm and 30cm lengths and a 15cm half round diameter in the 91cm length. They can be used in-clinic, as part of a home exercise program or patient/client self-initiated wellness routine. All Foam Rollers are individually packaged with detailed exercise instructions featuring general techniques and advanced exercises divided by muscle region to facilitate home exercise and in-clinic use. Length Type091547850 A 30cm (12˝) Round 091547868 B 91cm (36˝) Round 091547876 C 91cm (36˝) Half

4 TheraBand™ Foam Rollers Wraps+Patent-pending, ridged TheraBand™ Foam Roller Wraps+, used in conjunction with standard 15cm round foam rollers, serve as a novel tool for hands-free myofascial release, deep tissue massage and stabilisation exercises, and can help increase muscle flexibility and range of motion.Designed to support varying degrees of tissue mobilisation, the TheraBand™ Foam Roller Wraps+ are available in four successive colours of progressive density – Yellow (X-Soft) providing extra cushion for more delicate patient populations through Blue (X-Firm) for advanced fascia mobilisation. Colour Density091537588 Yellow X-Soft 091537596 Red Soft 091537604 Green Firm 091537612 Blue X-Firm

5 TheraBand™ International Foot RollerGreen – 4 cm (1.5˝) diameter, 1cm (0.5˝) centre – includes multi-lingual instructional insert7500088 Green

44

3



5

NEW

A

BC

Rolls & Wedges

Exercise Therap

y


203

Rolls & Wedges

2 Movin’Sit Air CushionThe Movin’Sit Air Cushion is an inflatable, dynamic cushion that activates intrinsic trunk muscles to support the spine. The wedge shape encourages proper posture and alignment while sitting at a desk or table. It can also be used upright in any chair as a back support or on the floor. Can be inflated orally.091125269

3 Comfort ‘A’ BackThis dynamic air-filled half roll, can be used on a chair, car seat or when lying on the floor. It provides support to the lower back and moulds to the user as they move giving superior comfort. Blue, supplied with a black cover. Length 33cm. Width 24cm. Depth 5cm.091144443

4 Cubo WedgeA two piece positioning wedge in the form of a cube. Designed to enable a variety of positioning aids with variable heights in one product. The pieces have extra tensile strength hook and loop, so they can be attached together or used as two single wedges. Covered in a wipe clean vinyl with a removable zip cover. Colours are one blue and one green wedge. 40×40×40cm.091144070

1 Economy Vinyl Rolls and WedgeOutstanding value with these superb quality vinyl coated, high density foam filled rolls and wedges. Available in various shapes and sizes to allow a variety of positioning and therapeutic activities. Covers are removable and have a zip fastening.Blue Type Size091143452 A Half Roll 50×17×8.5cm 091143577 B Roll 50×17cm 091143692 C Roll 50×25cm 091143817 D Wedge 40×40×10×1cm 091143932 E Trapeze 65×35×40cm 091144054 F Rectangle 60×30×15cm

2 3

4

E

B

C

1

F

A

D

Exe

rcis

e Th

erap

y


1 Tumble Forms 2™ RollsAdaptive shapes for rolling and rocking movements, for positioning and neuro-developmental training. Soft yet firm rolls have a solid core to prevent flattening at the bottom (except the 102mm diameter size). Length Diameter081012392 610mm (24˝) 102mm (4˝) 081012400 610mm (24˝) 152mm (6˝) 081012442 610mm (24˝) 203mm (8˝)

081012459 914mm (36˝) 203mm (8˝) 081012418 914mm (36˝) 254mm (10˝) 081012426 914mm (36˝) 305mm (12˝)

081012467 1219mm (48˝) 305mm (12˝) 081012434 1219mm (48˝) 356mm (14˝) 081012475 1219mm (48˝) 406mm (16˝)

2 Tumble Forms 2™Slotted WedgesThese durable wedges offer a variety of positioning options for children and adults. Used in conjunction with a supine mat, or bed positioning, the wedges help alignment of the hip, preventing rotation and providing abduction of lower extremities. Available in three sizes. Latex free. Height Width Depth081127281 Medium 305mm 635mm 356mm (12˝) (25˝) (14˝) Floor to slot 165mm (6 1/2˝)

Height Width Depth081127299 Large 330mm 660mm 406mm (13˝) (26˝) (16˝) Floor to slot 178mm (7˝)

Height Width Depth081127307 X-Large 406mm 737mm 483mm (16˝) (29˝) (19˝) Floor to slot 216mm (8 1/2˝)

1

2

3

4

3 Tumble Forms 2™ WedgesWedges are one of the most versatile therapy tools available. Ideal for gross motor activities such as rolling, tumbling, and walking on inclines. Height Width Length Incline081012483 102mm (4˝) 508mm (20˝) 559mm (22˝) 8° 081012491 152mm (6˝) 508mm (20˝) 559mm (22˝) 12.5° 081012509 203mm (8˝) 508mm (20˝) 559mm (22˝) 20° 081012541 254mm (10˝) 508mm (20˝) 559mm (22˝) 22.5°

081012517 152mm (6˝) 610mm (24˝) 711mm (28˝) 8° 081012525 203mm (8˝) 610mm (24˝) 711mm (28˝) 12.5° 081012533 254mm (10˝) 610mm (24˝) 711mm (28˝) 20° 081012558 305mm (12˝) 610mm (24˝) 711mm (28˝) 22.5°


4 Tumble Forms 2™ Raised RollsOffers the positioning options of conventional rolls with the stability of a wedge. Raised rolls provide a stable base for bolster sitting, side leaning or prone positioning. A hook and loop strip on the bottom of each roll holds it in place for active or static therapies. Length Elevation Width081012285 457mm (18˝) 51mm (2˝) 102mm (4˝) 081012293 457mm (18˝) 76mm (3˝) 102mm (4˝) 081012301 610mm (24˝) 115mm (4 1/2˝) 152mm (6˝) 081012319 762mm (30˝) 152mm (6˝) 203mm (8˝)

Rolls & Wedges

Exercise Therap

y


205

Weights & Resistance

3 Medicine Ball Display StandThe medicine ball display stand is ideal for smaller clinics or display areas. Holds up to five medicine balls (balls not included). Assembly Required.091143080

1 Low Cost Dumbbell SetA set of plastic coated dumbbells, complete with stand. Dumbbell set pairs 1.5kg, 3.0kg, 5.0kg.091337419 Low Cost Dumbbell Set and Stand

2 Kettle WeightsWorking with kettle bells increases strength, endurance, agility and balance, challenging both muscular and cardio systems with dynamic, total-body movements. Whether you want to burn fat or develop your cardio fitness or increase your strength, it can all be done with a kettle bell. They feature an oversize powder coated handle that provides excellent grip whilst allowing for full and fluid motion. The base of each kettle bell is colour coded and covered with a heavy duty vinyl skin which helps to protect the floor.If you are not sure which weight you need, here is a rough guide:• Women new to strength training should start with 4kg• Fit Women (excl. athletes) from 8 to 12kg• Men new to strength training should start with 8 to 12kg• Fit Males used to Strength Training 12 to 16kg• Athletes & Weight Trainers 20 to 24kg091204049 4kg 091204056 8kg 091204064 12kg 091204072 16kg 091204080 20kg 091204098 24kg

3

1

2

Exe

rcis

e Th

erap

y



1 TheraBand™ Soft WeightsTheraBand™ Soft Weights are a soft alternative to traditional isotonic dumbbells and cuff weights. They appeal to older adults, people with arthritis or limited grasping ability, and people in toning, shaping and sport-specific programmes.Soft Weights offer a more functional, accommodating grip for unilateral or bilateral exercise progressions. They’re ideal for balance training and stabilisation exercises or with a rebounder or mini trampoline for plyometric exercises. The unique latex-free filling allows the ball size to remain constant at 4.5˝ in diameter for each weight in the colour progression. As a result, users can increase weight without changing their grip or technique. Each Soft Weight is individually packaged with an exercise guide and safety instructions. Colour Weight091040369 Tan 0.5kg 091040377 Yellow 1kg 091040385 Red 1.5kg 091040393 Green 2.0kg 091040401 Blue 2.5kg 091040419 Black 3.0kg 091040427 Set of 6

2 Max Grip Medicine BallsColour coded multipurpose rubber training balls that can be used for a multitude of exercises. Diameter091142900 1kg 20cm 091142918 2kg 20cm 091142934 4kg 23.5cm 091142959 6kg 29cm 091142967 7kg 29cm 091142975 8kg 29cm

4-10kg Weights

3 Double Grip Medicine BallsSimilar to the Max Grip Medicine Balls above but featuring double handles for added grip. Diameter091143007 4kg 23.5cm 091143015 5kg 23.5cm 091143023 6kg 29cm 091143049 8kg 29cm 091143064 10kg 29cm

1

2

1

1-8kg Weights 3


Exercise Therap

y


207


1 Neoprene DumbbellsNeoprene coated dumbbells for aerobic and fitness training. Flat bottoms prevent weights from rolling away. Boxed in pairs. Colour Weight091169671 Pink 0.5kg 091169689 Purple 1kg 091169697 Green 1.5kg 091169705 Blue 2kg 091169713 Orange 3kg 091169721 Red 4kg 091169747 Black 5kg

2 Fitbell SetThis handy carry case contains 1, 1.5 and 2.5kg pairs of hand dumbbells. Great for the community therapist or small clinic.091142843

3 The Cuff® WeightsThese colour coded cuff weights contour to the wrist or ankle. The securing system includes 36cm hook and loop strap with a double safety closure to assure easy adjustment and secure fit even during strenuous exercise programmes. Sold individually. Colour Weight091146026 Beige 0.5kg 091146034 Yellow 1kg 091146042 Red 1.5kg 091146059 Green 2kg 091146067 Blue 2.5kg 091146075 Black 3kg 091146083 Gold 4kg 091146091 White 5kg 091146109 Orange 6kg 091146117 Olive 7kg 091146125 Tan 8kg 091146133 Turquoise 9kg 091146141 Lemon 10kg

4 Hook and Loop Strap on Wrist and Ankle WeightsA versatile range of Wrist and Ankle Weights made from a hardwearing, soft touch vinyl, which fit easily and snugly around the wrist, arm and leg. Available in 8 sizes. Weight091342757 1lb 091342765 2lb 091342773 3lb 091342781 4lb 091342799 5lb 091342815 7lb 091342823 8lb 091342849 10lb

5 TheraBand™ Comfort Fit Ankle & Wrist Weight Sets

• Neoprene exterior with adjustable strap and soft terrycloth interior• Retail packaged, ideal for at-home use• Reflective trim• Safety instructions included

091548205 Red Pair (0.45kg/ 1lb each) 091548213 Green Pair (0.70kg/ 1.5lb each) 091548221 Blue Pair (1.15kg/ 2.5lb each)


1

2

3

4

5

Exe

rcis

e Th

erap

y


Weights & Resistance/Aquatic

1 Adjustable Cuff WeightsThese contoured wrap around weights feature individual metal weights ranging from 1.5kg to 5.0kg that can be inserted or removed to allow a broad range of adjustments for graded exercise programmes. Sold as singles. Weight091146158 1.5kg 091146166 2.5kg 091146174 5kg

2 Economy Ankle/Wrist WeightsA range of economical weights used on the ankle or the wrist. Secured by extra strength hook and loop fastenings. Weights ranging from 0.5kg up to 2.5kg. Covered in a soft, durable material. Supplied as a pair. Weight091144393 0.5kg 091144401 1kg 091144419 1.5kg 091144427 2kg 091144435 2.5kg

3 TheraBand™ Webbed Pull BuoyA swimming training aid. Perfect for providing lower body buoyacy while swim training to improve upper body strength. Supplied in two sizes to match user preference and buoyancy level. 7500086 Small 10cm (4˝) × 15cm (6˝) 7500087 Medium 10cm (4˝) × 18cm (7˝)

4 TheraBand™ Swim BeltsTheraBand™ swim belts with high density buoyancy foam. Ideal for use as an entry level swim training aid for young swimmers. Supplied in 2 sizes corresponding to buoyancy level.7500082 TheraBand™ Tadpole Swim Belt 7500083 TheraBand™ Youth Swim Belt

1

2

3

4

NEW

NEW

Exercise Therap

y


209

Upper Extremity Exercise/Pulleys

2 TheraBand™ Shoulder PulleyA tool for rehab professionals working with shoulder patients. The pulley’s distinct black marks provide patients with immediate visual feedback on progress and offer practitioners a mechanism for directing patients with clear, accurate instructions.Other features include:• Sturdy door anchor - compatible with any standard door jamb• Soft foam handles - offer extra comfort during use• Adjustable rope length - provides custom fit and versatility091531581

1 Sammons Preston Shoulder PulleyThis easy to use shoulder pulley rope set can be mounted in a doorway or other overhead mounting. It is a low cost, simple to use device that helps increase range of motion, assists stretching of the upper body and can be used for the prevention and rehabilitation of shoulder injuries. It is suitable for home or clinic use. Includes pulley, handles, nylon cord, door anchor and illustrated instructions.091259555

3 Rolyan® Reach’N Range PulleyEasy-to-use pulley system for strengthening weakened shoulders and increasing range of motion. Features the innovative, easily adjusted ROM stop to control range-of-motion patterns. Easy length adjustability to fit patients quickly. Lightweight and compact for travelling convenience. Fits standard and thick doors.081297167 A With Webbing Strap 081297175 B With Metal Bracket

A B

4 Rolyan® Reach’N Range Overhead PulleySimple to use for re-building muscles and increasing range of motion. Dual overhead pulley offers extra stability and can be used with weights on one handle to counterbalance the strength of the opposite extremity. Weights (not included) can be added as strength improves. Overhead system positions the patient away from the door, allowing more free range-of-motion patterns, such as PNF patterns. Appropriate for home and clinic use.081297134

2

1

333

45 4

BESTSELLER

5 Rolyan® Graded ROM ArcRolyan® Graded ROM Arc is excellent for treatment of any upper extremity deficit that impairs range of motion. With an adjustable arc and the size of the natural wood base, this product is portable. Thus, it works for clinical or home use.• Arc adjusts to 15˝, 20˝, 25˝ and 30˝ heights• Base measures 36×3/4×6˝• Plastic tube is 3/4˝• Includes 12 rings• Latex free081033125

NEW

Exe

rcis

e Th

erap

y


Upper Extremity Exercise

1 Grahamizer I Multi-Use ExerciserIdeal for post-mastectomy, clinic and home exercise programmes. Exerciser combines many standard rehabilitation exercises into one portable device. Features an over-the-door wedge hanger that attaches to 3cm thick doors. Has a 20 step fluted finger ladder. Includes two 15cm dowels, nylon rope with 73cm travel on a swivel pulley, 9cm hand grips spaced 25cm out from base and a peg for storing rope up and out of the way. Also includes a “wind-up” shoulder wheel with a 91cm nylon rope that features 6.5cm of vertical height adjustment to increase ROM, reach, etc. Height easily adjusts with one revolution of the adjustment knob. Rubber ball at the end of the rope for squeezing, grasping and preventing slippage. Length 1.07m. Width 29cm. Depth 35cm. Weight 8.5kg. Latex free.081028893

LATEX FREE

2 Saeboglide™The Saeboglide™ is a new product specifically designed to exercise the affected arm following stroke or head injury. It is able to challenge the person at all stages of recovery and allows an independent home programme to be established.The Saeboglide™ offers a way to exercise the affected arm by using the gliding sleeve. Following placement of the hand onto the gliding sleeve, the distal support allows the client to perform various controlled arm exercises at his or her appropriate strength level. The Saeboglide™ Plus comes with a hand strap that stabilises the hand to the gliding sleeve while exercising. It is most appropriate for individuals that have decreased hand strength/unable to grip through full shoulder and elbow range of movement.• Exercise your affected arm in all planes of movement • For use in lying, sitting, and standing • Comes with an extensive instruction manual with over

40 pictures, demonstrating start and end positions for the exercise regime. It also contains a stretching and a two handed exercise programme

• The manual has a schedule page to photocopy to allow documentation of an exercise programme

081236710 Saeboglide™ 081236728 Saeboglide™ Plus

1

22 2

1

2

Exercise Therap

y


211


1 Rolyan® Incline Board Moulded-plastic board can be permanently mounted to a table top or clamped down temporarily. Board can be positioned at different angles to provide varying degrees of shoulder extension. Measures 79cm high, 22cm wide, with a 61cm base. Use bilateral handles or a single handle for one-handed exercise. Handled piece is a 7×14×22cm box to which weights can be added for increased resistance. Latex free.081274232

2 Rolyan® Climbing Board and BarFrame features 7 rubber-tipped extensions on each side that are 10cm apart. Made of hardened aluminium. Climbing board bar (96.5cm) has handle grips that protect the hands when weights are attached to the bar and provide better grasp and comfort. Climbing board measures 91cm high x 62cm long. Base has two holes drilled for permanent attachment to an exercise table, or the device can be temporarily attached by C-clamps or vice grips (not included).081268911

3 Rolyan® Climbing Board Accessory KitExpand use of the Rolyan® Climbing Board above by combining activities to improve perceptual motor skills with activities that increase upper extremity range of motion, strength and coordination. Two double-faced pattern cards attach to the back of the Rolyan® Climbing Board with hook and loop. Nylon cord (30m) is supplied in plastic container. For added variety, there are two matching sets of coloured plastic tabs numbered 1 to 7 that provide additional activities. 081268929

LATEX FREE

1

2

3

Exe

rcis

e Th

erap

y



1 Rolyan® Forearm-Based SkateboardFeatures a stable base of support to eliminate tipping. The repositionable hand piece features a neutral position hand design to comfortably support the right or left hand. The straps maintain secure hand and forearm position.081274190

2 Rolyan® Ball Hand Piece AccessoryAbducts the fingers and thumb and maintains the palmar arch in a reflex-inhibiting position. Can be used with the Rolyan® Forearm Skateboard (081274190).081274216 Left 081274208 Right

3 Rolyan® Rehability Slide BoardThe Rehability Slide Board is used as an exercise aid for upper and lower limb rehabilitation. Simple to use for patient compliance. Brightly coloured for easy visibility and light weight with a carrying handle for easy transportation. With anti-slip strips on the underside. Designed and manufactured to physiotherapists specifications. For use in hospitals and the community. Made from polypropylene. Measures 39×71×0.5cm.091125228

LATEX FREE

4 Rolyan® Textured Stacking ConesPlastic cones provide a non-slip grip and tactile stimulation. Great for hand/eye co-ordination and depth perception. Washable. Set of 30 cones includes six colours. Cones are 18cm tall. Latex free.081031061 Small Cones

(9.5cm top, 15cm base circumference)081031079 Large Cones

(14cm top, 20cm base circumference)

5 Rolyan® Stacking ConesColourful, washable, non-toxic acrylic cones. 30 translucent cones 11cm high with a circumference of 20cm at the base - five each of blue, green, red, amber, smoke and clear with a moulded base of white ABS plastic. Ideal for UE activities, hand/eye co-ordination, grasp/release, colour identification and sequencing. Latex free.081276658

LATEX FREE

LATEX FREE

6 Rolyan® Stacking Cone Pattern BoardFeatures 54 screw inserts that accommodate stacking cone bases. Bases screw into a 61×91cm durable plastic board. Includes 42 decals in 7 colours for creating a variety of stacking patterns. Ideal for upper extremity range-of-motion exercises, working in PNF patterns or compensating for unilateral neglect or hemianopia. The versatility of this stacking cone pattern board allows incorporating sequencing tasks or following simple directions in stacking activities. The stacking cone bases are designed to accommodate the Rolyan® Stacking Cones (081276658). Includes six stacking cone bases. Latex Free.081276682

1

2

3

4 5

6


213

Exercise Therap

y



1 Rolyan® Work Bench Ideal for improving strength and endurance of the shoulders, elbows, wrists and hands and ideal for improving fine motor co-ordination. Cut-out front allows bilateral work that duplicates a hidden, confined work area. Compact design allows positioning at various heights to be used by a person whilst sitting, standing or lying. Heavy-duty plastic, 48×38×15cm bench has 11 rows of 7 different styles of nuts, bolts, washers and screws. Built-in side handles for easy transporting. An attached rack keeps tools organised. Includes 15cm and 20cm adjustable wrenches, two screwdrivers and four hex keys. A tool box for the hardware is included. Light assembly required.081275981

2 Rolyan® E-Z Exer BoardProvides resistance finger flexion, extension and lateral prehension, forearm supination and pronation, and wrist flexion and extension. Use 2.5cm hook strip and small object for increased resistance motion. Suction-cup base provides stability during exercise. Easy to use for home exercise programmes.081288703

4 Rolyan® Jux-A-Cisor Arm ExerciserA wire tree with 25 bends in 152cm of wire. Position the wrist, elbow and shoulder properly to get the plastic disc to slide from one end to the other. Exercise can be timed and forearm weights in other variations added for maximum benefit. 12.5˝ tall. Latex free.081033091

3 Rolyan® Semi-Circular Peg BoardFor people with hand injuries, neurological impairment or orthopaedic injuries. Used to increase upper extremity range of motion, strength, co-ordination and endurance, and to improve cognitive and visual skills. Measures 66cm long x 36cm wide x 5cm high. Features three tiers that hold 43 pegs. Covered storage compartment for pegs in centre. Pegs are 6.4mm, 1.3cm and 1.6cm in diameter - each diameter comes in two lengths from 2.5 to 9.5cm. All parts are of durable, washable plastic.081274174

5 Rolyan® Pronation/Supination WheelA simple piece of equipment to effectively promote pronation and supination. The com for table hand bar can accom modate any size hand as well as a flexion glove if neces sary. Outside rubber surface provides non-slip motion during exercise. Weighs approximately 0.9kg.081274257

6 Rolyan® Horizontal Ring TreeFor people with neurological disorders, burns and orthopaedic problems. Users can sit or stand while increasing range of motion, strength, balance and perceptual motor skills. Three horizontal metal rods are 30cm, 61cm and 91cm long. Can be placed in any one of six holes on the 72cm upright post. Base is 91cm long and can be permanently or temporarily attached to a table. Kit includes 36 plastic rings,12 each of 3cm, 4cm, and 5cm diameters. Latex free.081274166

LATEX FREE

LATEX FREE

7 Rolyan® Vertical Ring TreeCan be used for increasing range of motion, hand/eye co-ordination, manipulation, endurance and sequencing. Base is 55cm long, 37cm wide and 4cm deep. Includes six plastic rods - three 46cm high and three 33cm high. Diameters of rods vary between 6.4mm and 25mm. Includes 12 rings for each plastic rod. Can be disassembled and packed into the covered base for storage. Latex free.081274364 Set 081274372 72 Extra Rings

LATEX FREE

1

2 3

4 5

6 7

214

Exe

rcis

e Th

erap

y



BACKFRONT

Upper Extremity Workstation includes the following products:

STACKING CONES

BILATERAL SANDER

GRADED ROM ARCH

FINGER EXTENSION REMEDIAL GAME

SHOULDER EXERCISE LADDER

EXTEND-YOUR-REACH EXERCISER

TWO-TIERED HORIZONTAL BOLT BOARDE-Z-EXERBOARD

5 Sammons Preston Upper Extremity Workstation

This multi-functional unit allows simultaneous treatment of multiple clients to make better use of clinic space and more efficient use of time. Four-sided design makes optimal use of limited therapy space, encourages social interaction among clients and permits many activities to be performed sitting or standing.Workstation Features• Two wheelchair accessible, height and angle adjustable

side shelves• Slide-out rear shelf suitable for a seated client• Lockable double doors for security• Two pairs of height adjustable interior shelves.

Sturdy construction with durable Formica work surfaces • Smooth-rolling, locking castors for easy mobility• Height 99cm. Length 96cm. Depth 61cm 091002666 Upper Extremity Station complete

6wks

DELIVERYDelivery is approximately 6 weeks. These items are shipped direct. Oversize items will be subject to additional carriage charges. See pages 790 to 792 for details.

1

1 1

SHOULDER ABDUCTION LADDER

MANIPULATION BOARD

215

Exercise Therap

y


1 Aerobic Fitness Step with Extension• Aerobic Fitness Steps with two height levels for increased

exercise intensity• Supports up to 100kg• Extension can be removed to save space while storing• Hardwearing polypropylene• Black with red extension• Height with extension 17.5cm, height without extension 13cm• Dimensions: 75×40×24cm• Net weight: 5kg091213578

1BEST SELLER

2 Fitterfirst Slant BoardA simple and effective device for performance enhancements, injury prevention and rehabilitation. Well suited for use in a clinic, club or at home, it targets arch, calf, hamstring and hip. Features three levels (26°, 38°, 42°) and non-slip top and bottom surfaces. Easily folds flat for storage or transport. Max user weight 25st.081091107

Maximum user weight

25 st

159 kg

2

2

Lower Extremity Exercise

216

Exe

rcis

e Th

erap

y


1 MoVeS OxyCycle 3 Pedal ExerciserFor ACTIVE and PASSIVE training. The MoVeS OxyCycle 3 Pedal Exerciser is a great tool for personalised, low-stress workouts at home. The adjustable speed and resistance makes it a great product to progressively strengthen your arms and legs. This pedal exerciser provides low impact exercise to increase strength and flexibility, is versatile for both upper and lower body and it improves the blood circulation.The MoVeS OxyCycle 3 Pedal Exerciser has a reliable 80 Watts motor to offer enough power to maintain a constant rotational speed, whereas cheaper models only carry a 30 Watt motor. A safety stop will avoid injury in case of cramp or muscle spasm.The MoVeS OxyCycle 3 has a light-weight compact design, adjustable speed & resistance, a 15-minute timer switch and a multi -function LCD display readout of scan, time, count, total count and calories burned. A non-skid mat and interchangeable hand grip pedals are included.• 230V AC• 50Hz• 25-65rpm

• 50×46×38cm• 8.5kg

091343888

1

Pedal Exercisers

2

2 MoVeS OxyCycle 2 Pedal ExerciserThe MoVeS OxyCycle 2 Pedal Exerciser is a great tool for personalised, low-stress workouts at home. The adjustable speed makes it a great product to progressively strengthen your arms and legs. This pedal exerciser provides low impact exercise to increase strength and flexibility, is versatile for both upper and lower body and it improves the blood circulation. The MoVeS OxyCycle 2 Pedal Exerciser has a reliable 60 Watt motor to offer enough power to maintain a constant rotational speed, whereas cheaper models only carry a 30 Watt motor. A safety stop will avoid injury in case of cramp or muscle spasm. The MoVeS OxyCycle 2 has a light-weight compact design, adjustable speed and a multi-function LCD display readout of scan, time, count, RPM-level and estimated calories burned. A non-skid mat and interchangeable hand grip pedals are included. • 50×46×38 cm• 8 kg• 230V AC

• 50Hz• 25-65rpm

091343870

PASSIVE EXERCISER

ACTIVE/PASSIVE EXERCISER

4 Pedal ExerciserAn upper and lower body exerciser in one. Excellent value for money with this practical pedal exerciser. Ideal for gentle exercise, for use in the home and clinic. Has non-slip feet and is lightweight for easy portability. Made from chrome-plated steel. With adjustable resistance knob. Weight 2kg.091125335

4

ACTIVE EXERCISER

ACTIVE EXERCISER

3

3 Pedal Exerciser with Digital DisplayThis Pedal Exerciser comes with a digital display so the user can monitor their progress. Displays time, reps, calories burned, or scan through all three. A fun and easy way to gently exercise your legs or arms. Resistance knob allows user to increase difficulty as arm or leg strength increases. Height 24cm (9.5˝). Width 47cm (18.5˝). Depth 37cm (14.5˝).081511310

UPDATED

UPDATED

Massag

e & A

cupuncture


Massage & AcupunctureMassagers & Massage Chair/Stool 218

Massage Tools 219 - 221Massage Oils, Creams & Gels 222 - 224

Acupuncture 225 - 226

Mas

sag

e &

Acu

pun

ctur

e


Massagers & Massage Chair/Stool

1 Thumper® Mini ProThe Mini Pro is a professional massager that has been designed for patient or self-care. Using patented Thumper® Actions, the Mini Pro was designed for those hard to reach places like the shoulders and mid back. Two anatomically designed massage spheres penetrate 6mm into the tissue. Adjustable speed from 20 to 40 times a second produces deep penetrating waves to release muscular tension.091183391

2 Thumper® SportThe Thumper® Sport has been designed for self-care by professionals and home users. Inspired by the Thumper® Mini Pro, the Thumper® Sport uses patented Thumper® Action to transmit energy deep into the muscle tissue. With variable speed control from 20 to 40 Hz that matches muscles natural healing frequencies. A long, ergonomic handle accommodates all hand sizes and reaches all muscle groups. Weighs only 1.4kg. With interchangeable massage spheres that allow you to customise your massage experience.091183383

1

2 3 Affinity Puma Massage ChairThe Affinity Puma sets new standards in style portability and adjustment. Silent even under lateral movement, the Puma sets up in seconds and adds style and comfort to your treatments.Features• Easy to set up.• Perfect proportions 74cm×54cm×120-136cm.• Compact portable design.• Lightweight 7kgs.• 3-position armrest 3-position seat adjustment.• Adjustable face cradle. Chest pad is adjustable. Sternum pad

supplied free. Ergonomic shaped cushioning.• Sleek, strong, aerodynamic frame 2˝ (5cm) 3-ply of Therafoam

for optimum comfort. Strong and silent even under lateral movement 300lbs dynamic strength.

• 2-year warranty.091364199

4 Affinity Saddle Stool AFSADThe saddle stool is one of the latest products in the Affinity range. Carefully designed with ergonomics and massage therapy practice in mind.The saddle shape allows for correct posture during massage, thus alleviating any back problems that may have occurred.Features• Seat size: 43cm×40cm • Foam padding: 7cm Height range: 32cm to 66cm• Upholstery: Navy Blue and Black091428721 Navy Blue 091428747 Black

3

4

Massag

e & A

cupuncture


Massage Tools

1 The Original Jacknobber™ IIThis hand held massage tool is used to provide a pleasing and relaxing massage to any part of the body. The knobs at each of its four points can be used to apply deep pressure to muscular trigger points. The smaller knobs provide deeper, more intense pressure. The larger knobs provide broader, gentle pressure. Colour may vary. Latex free.091035096

2 The Original Index Knobber™ IIErgonomically designed massage tool protects the clinician’s hand and forearm against fatigue and over use. Moulded in a highly durable polymer, it allows the user to apply deep, sustained, and precise pressure to trigger points and sore muscles. Colour may vary. Latex free.091035112

3 The Original Backnobber™ IIDeep muscle therapy device constructed of reinforced, polymeric resins. Hook the backnobber over the shoulder or under an arm and use it as a leverage to apply deep pressure to trigger points in the muscles of the neck, shoulders or back. Includes user guide.091035104

4 Roller Massager with Trigger Point Release Grips

The Roller Massager stretches muscles and tendons, breaks down soft tissue adhesion, and soothes tight fascia while increasing blood flow and circulation to the soft tissues. Deep tissue stimulation and massage maximises muscle performance and flexibility. 56cm Long.091329192

5 Bodybone®

An outstanding anatomically aligned tool, the Bodybone can be used methodically in any therapy and training to loosen up tensions and blockades in the entire spinal area.091423227

1

2 3

5

LATEX FREE

LATEX FREE

LATEX FREE

BEST SELLER

BEST SELLER

BEST SELLER

4

Mas

sag

e &

Acu

pun

ctur

e


A B

C D E

1 Massage BallsWhen massaged on the body these balls help relieve tension and stimulate blood circulation. Diameter Colour091124346 A 6cm Orange 091124353 B 7cm Green 091124361 C 8cm Yellow 091124379 D 9cm Red 091124387 E 10cm Blue

2 Mini MassagerThis compact but powerful massager includes three heads for concentrated massage of specific areas. Select the ball, spot or flat disc attachment most appropriate for the area being massaged. The cover may be left on for large muscle areas.Battery operated massager vibrates at approximately 5500 cycles per minute. Battery included.081292622 081116375 Replacement Heads

3 Rock BallsSold as a pair with one large, spikey ball and a smaller smooth ball, RockBalls help release stuck tissues – a great way to perform self myofascial release with pinpoint accuracy.Best of Both Worlds9cm (3.5˝) textured ball and 6.4cm(2.5˝) smooth ball give you two tools to break through tough tissues.Detailed InstructionsIncludes Movement Manifesto booklet which features a multitude of corrective exercises and tissue release techniques.Conveniently PortableKeep your RockBalls at home, in the car, or even whilst travelling.091558477

2

2

3

1LATEXFREE

Massage Tools

Massag

e & A

cupuncture


Massage Tools

1 NecksaviourNecksaviour is very easy to use – just bend it, relax on it and feel the stretch. Many types of neck problems as well as headaches and muscle spasm can be relieved by gently stretching the neck and that’s exactly what necksaviour does. It opens the intervertebral joints, reduces pressure, stretches soft tissue and increases blood flow.091554922

2 TheraBand™ Roller Massager+The TheraBand™ Roller Massager+ is an innovative tool for myofascial release and deep tissue massage. Its unique patent-pending ridged design supports both superficial and deep tissue mobilisation while providing a massage-like experience. Plus, the roller massager handles were designed to facilitate trigger point release. Use of the Roller Massager+ can help increase blood flow and circulation in targeted areas, while helping to increase muscle flexibility and range of motion.Available in a Standard version plus a Portable version with patent-pending retractable handles. All TheraBand™ Roller Massagers are individually packaged with detailed instructions featuring general techniques and advanced exercises divided by muscle region. They are constructed with durable latex-free thermoplastic material for extended life and easy cleaning. TheraBand™ Roller Massagers can be used in-clinic, as a part of a home exercise program or as a patient/client self-initiated wellness routine.091541762 A TheraBand™ Green/Ridged Standard 091541770 B TheraBand™ Green/Ridged Portable

1

2

A

B

1

Mas

sag

e &

Acu

pun

ctur

e


Massage Oils, Creams & Gels

1 Massage Oil Vita Silk• Jojoba oil, vitamin A and E for silky smooth skin• Gentle fragrance for feel good factor091358878 200ml 091358894 5 Litres

2 Massage Oil NeutralWithout any perfumed oils. A special oil-rich lotion with excellent lubricant properties specially developed for extended massages such as sports massages. Particularly suitable for hairy skin. Can be applied sparingly and so is economical in use.091358845 200ml 091358852 1 Litre 091358860 5 Litres 091396530 10 Litres

3 Arnica Massage OilArnica Massage Oil contains arnica extract for relaxing muscles and joints as well as high quality plant oils for skin function care.091358902 200ml 091358910 1 Litre

4 Arnica Sport GelAlcohol based embrocation, renowned for its healing properties, apply sparingly prior to use of massage oils and lotions.091358969 200ml

5 NAQI® Arnica Massage GelThe natural solution - The NAQI Gels are hydrogels with 5% essential oils that have been created for different therapy treatments.091561265 100ml

6 NAQI® Scar Treatment Repair OilFormulated with specifically selected active ingredients, NAQI Repair Oil can make a dramatic improvement in the appearance of scars.091561299 CICA Cream 100ml

1

5

2

6

9 10

3 4

9 Prossage™The intent of Prossage™ Heat, through hands on therapy, is to help restore pain free movement and structural balance throughout the body with minimal effort.For best results, apply a moderate amount of Prossage™ Heat to the soft tissues leading to a painful area such as the muscle bell leading to the painful tendons of the elbow. Brief circular, cross fibre of palmer friction will enhance the warming effects. Work the tissues from superficial to deep to increase blood flow to the area. The result will help melt the connective tissue adhesions, and reduce ischemia to more effectively reduce chronic pain.091358837 Prossage 3oz (85ml) Bottle 091358928 Prossage 8oz (227ml) Bottle 091359009 Prossage 32oz (909ml) Bottle

7 RockRubFormulated to be the absolute best all-natural moisturiser for your hands and great for massage or myofascial release work.All Natural: Australian Beeswax, Canola Oil, Vitamin E, Patchouli, Lavender, Ylang Ylang. Overnight Healing: Apply overnight and wake up with softer, smoother hands. Not Just For Hands: An outstanding moisturiser, great for massage or myofascial release work.091558436 400g

10 Mueller Massage LotionSoftens & soothes as it disappears into the skin. 5 litre comes with pump.091223510 474ml 091224922 5 Litre

8 Vulkan Sports BalmMore economical than traditional heat rubs in tubes, this pre-sport heat balm is ideal for warming pain-relief.091223569 560ml

8

7

Massag

e & A

cupuncture



1 NAQI® Massage Lotion SportThe Sports Massage Lotion.A new oil-rich massage lotion, with excellent lubricating properties. The new NAQI Massage Lotion regular no longer contains parabens, nor formaldehyde releasers which enhances the natural harmony of the skin. It provides intensive hydration which strengthens and softens the skin. Especially designed for longer (sports)massages. Economical usage and even more skin friendly.7500099 100ml 091258714 500ml 091259175 5ltr

2 NAQI® Massage Lotion LightThe Massage Lotion for Short Massages.Massage lotion with a pleasant texture, ideal for short massages. This lotion provides lasting hydration and protection and restores the natural skin balance. After use the skin feels soft but never oily. Can also be used as a body lotion for bedridden patients. Does not contain formaldehyde releasers nor parabens.7500097 100ml 091258722 500ml 091259159 5ltr

5 NAQI® Massage Lotion Ultra PlusThe Warming Massage Lotion.Warming massage lotion with excellent lubricating properties. Moderate heat effect. May cause redness to the skin. Does not contain formaldehyde releasers nor parabens.091258839 500ml

6 NAQI® Massage Lotion RelaxThe Relaxing Massage Lotion.A brand new hypoallergenic and natural massage lotion for relaxing massages. Lavender, bergamot and laurel to provide ease aching muscles, to stimulates the blood circulation and provide a soothing effect on the patient. With its excellent spreadability and soft feel this new lotion will be an absolute must among therapists. Does not contain formaldehyde releasers nor parabens.091320175 500ml

7 NAQI® Cool GelA fast, reliable and professional first aid for joints and muscles. NAQI® Cool Gel, based on Menthol and Menthyl PCA, provides an immediate and long-lasting cold effect.NAQI® Cool Gel is quick and easy to use. Apply the gel to the skin or mix with a neutral massage lotion. Apply several times per day. It provides an ideal complementary treatment to cryotherapy.Use NAQI® Cool Gel as first aid for:• Bruises• Sprains and swelling• With muscle cramps• Joints when cold therapy is needed091259084 500ml

Naqi’s bestselling massage lotion is even more skin friendly without parabens and formaldehyde releasers. Excellent lubricating properties, economical usage and leaves the patients skin dry and soft after treatment. Ideal for use in therapy.

The Golden Standard for Massage Lotions

4 NAQI® Massage Lotion UltraThe Golden Standard for Massage Lotions.Naqi’s bestselling massage lotion is even more skin friendly without parabens and formaldehyde releasers. Excellent lubricating properties, economical usage and leaves the patients skin dry and soft after treatment. Ideal for use in therapy.7500100 100ml 091258748 500ml 091259183 5ltr

3 NAQI® Massage Lotion MediumThe soft and intensively hydrating formula is mineral oil free. The NAQI® Massage Lotion Medium is especially suited for sensitive skin.7500098 100ml 091560556 500ml 091560564 5ltr

2 3

1

4 5

6 7

BEST SELLER

BEST SELLER

Mas

sag

e &

Acu

pun

ctur

e



1 Baselin Massage MilkNon-greasy and specially developed for oily skin. Very suitable for cross fibre tissue work & manipulation.091258771 A 500ml 091259266 B 5 Litre

2 Chemodol Massage OilSuitable for all skin types. Chemodol looks like a lotion but has a high oil content. Will not stain, water washable. Good skin contact and excellent for general massage.091258789 A 500ml 091259282 B 5 Litre

3 Chemotherm Heat RubContains menthol and eucalyptus oil to provide a mild warming effect. Suitable as a pre-sport rub and non-irritant to patient and massage therapist.091258920 A 500ml 091259316 B 5 Litre

4 Chemovine HypoallergenicChemovine hypoallergenic oil is a water washable clear oil, ideal for use on hairy skin. Will also help prevent hair follicle infection. Pure oil easily absorbed by the skin making it supple. Ideal for skin with heavy hair growth.091258813 A 500ml 091259290 B 5 Litre

5 Chemoderm Massage OilSuitable for dry, problem skin. Chemoderm contains camomile oil which helps prevent skin irritation. Also contains Vitamin E, which will help reduce redness in scar tissue.091259001 A 500ml

6 Chemolan Ultrasound Gel Not IllustratedWorld Standard for Medical Ultrasound Transmission, it is used for diagnostic and therapeutic medical ultrasound. Recommended for all procedures where a viscous gel is required, including Ultrasonic diagnosis, Ultrasonic therapy, ECG, EEG, EMG and Defibrillation. Neutral contact gel for ultrasound and echotherapy. Has excellent conductive properties, is odourless and has a highly suitable viscosity.091259191 5 Litre

7 PumpsChoice of pumps to choose from:Pump for 500ml091258078 A For 500ml Bottle Pump for 5ltr091258862 B For 5 Litre Bottle

1 2

3 4

5 7

A

A

A

A

B

B

B

B

B

A

BEST SELLER

BEST SELLER


Massag

e & A

cupuncture


225

Acupuncture

1 Classic Original NeedlesThe uniformity of the needle makes it amongst the favourite needle for the TCM practitioners. Box of 100.• Traditional silver-plated needle• Copper-based looped-end handle• Smooth, clean and effortless to use• Silicon free needle• Without tube Thickness Length091361401 0.18mm 7mm 091361419 0.20mm 13mm 091361427 0.20mm 25mm 091361468 0.25mm 25mm 091361476 0.25mm 40mm 091361492 0.30mm 25mm 091361500 0.30mm 40mm

2 Classic Plus Acupuncture NeedlesThe most popular variety of acupuncture needle. Classic Plus acupuncture needles hallmark is an incredibly finely polished surface to minimise discomfort. Box of 100.• Copper handle• Silicone free needle• Individual tap-in guide tube Thickness Length091256775 0.20mm 13mm 091256650 0.20mm 25mm 091211408 0.22mm 13mm 091162536 0.22mm 25mm 091256791 0.22mm 40mm 091256668 0.25mm 25mm 091256676 0.25mm 40mm 091211432 0.25mm 50mm 091162635 0.25mm 70mm 091256767 0.30mm 25mm 091256783 0.30mm 40mm 091256684 0.30mm 50mm 091256809 0.30mm 70mm 091211440 0.30mm 90mm

NEW

3 Classic Jade Pro Acupuncture Needles• NEW Classic Jade Pro Acupuncture Needles, individually

packaged with eco-friendly, medical grade Glassine* paper• Individual tap-in guide tube• Box of 100

* Glassine paper is environmentally friendly and is made from 100% sustainability-managed forests and is 100% recyclable and biodegradable.

Thickness Length091537893 0.20mm 15mm 091537901 0.14mm 15mm 091537919 0.25mm 30mm 091537927 0.18mm 30mm 091537935 0.14mm 30mm 091537943 0.25mm 40mm 091537950 0.20mm 40mm 091537968 0.18mm 40mm 091537976 0.30mm 50mm

5 Pre-Injection SwabsAlco-tip swabs supplied in packs of 100 used for hygienic preparation.091162726

4 Qi Acupuncture NeedlesThe Classic Qi needle is a Japanese style stainless steel coil handle without a looped-end. The needle is made of type SUS 304 surgical grade strengthened stainless steel. Single needle per paper-pull-back blister pack.091564608

BEST SELLER

2

3

54

1

NEW

IMPROVEDDESIGN

Mas

sag

e &

Acu

pun

ctur

e


Acupuncture

1 Seirin B Acupuncture NeedleMade of stainless steel wire. Ground to diamond sharpness and polished three times for gentle and easy insertion. Box of 100.• Ergonomically designed grip for safe and convenient use• Lightweight, environmentally-friendly polypropylene plastic grip

that is kind to the skin• Micro-thin silicon coating for easy and gentle insertion• Ethylene Oxide sterilized• Without guide tube Thickness Length091256825 0.20mm 15mm Blue 091256833 0.30mm 30mm Brown 091256841 0.25mm 40mm Violet

2 Seirin J Acupuncture NeedlesMade of stainless steel wire. Ultra-fine so that they only require sight pressure to penetrate the skin, achieved by gentle tapping. Box of 100.• Rounded edges of the guide tube allow needles to be placed in

comfort and without pain• Micro-thin silicon coating for easy and gentle insertion• Ethylene Oxide sterilized• Individual guide tube Thickness Length091256874 0.16mm 30mm 091256908 0.20mm 30mm 091219518 0.25mm 30mm 091256916 0.20mm 40mm 091256890 0.25mm 40mm 091256882 0.30mm 50mm

3 Dong Bang DB100 NeedlesSmooth surgical grade stainless steel. Strong high tensile body and spring handled needles. Box of 100.• Precise, accurate pine shape needle point for easy glide insertion• Traditional coiled• Single needle blister package• Individual guide tube Thickness Length091210954 DB100 0.20mm 15mm 091210970 DB100 0.20mm 30mm 091210988 DB100 0.25mm 30mm 091210996 DB100 0.30mm 30mm 091211002 DB100 0.25mm 40mm 091211010 DB100 0.30mm 40mm 091211036 DB100 0.30mm 50mm

1

3

2


Massag

e & A

cupuncture


227

Hot & Cold TherapyBiofreeze® 228 - 229

Therapearl® 230 - 231Hot & Cold Essentials 232 - 234

Ice Machines 235Aircast Cyro Cuff & ArcticFlow™ Wraps 236

CCT Cold Compression Therapy 237Hydrocollators & Accessories 238

Wax Therapy & Accessories 239 - 240


Biofreeze®

BIOFREEZE® Gel

2 BIOFREEZE® Gel 112g/118ml7500145

BIOFREEZE® Gel 112g/118ml 1 BIOFREEZE® Gel 28g/30ml7500139

For over 25 years, Biofreeze has been a trusted method of pain relief for clinical professionals. Biofreeze cold therapy is scientifically proven to reduce pain and can help relieve sore muscles, back aches, sore joints and arthritis. Applying

Biofreeze directly to the skin can bring targeted and effective pain relief, without the risks that come with an oral pain killer.

Our trusted cold therapy formula works quickly to override pain by stimulating the cold receptors in the skin by evaporation.

The gel tube is one of the most popular and versatile formats, well-suited for application on both small and large muscle areas.

Handy size for life on the go.

The massaging roll-on allows for hands-free application and stimulates specific trigger points also known as small knots in the muscles.

Perfect format for no mess application on the go.

The spray format is ideal for people with limited mobility arising from conditions such as arthritis.

Specifically developed for those hard to reach areas such as the middle to upper back, neck and lower extremities.

Delivers the same relief when sprayed upside down.

Whether you want to support your clients in managing their pain safely, keep up with your

grandchildren or make it through a full 90 minutes football match. Biofreeze cools the

pain for up to 3 hours.

Biofreeze is scientifically proven to reduce the user’s symptoms of pain

twice as much as those who don’t use it. Plus it doesn’t come with the same risks

as an oral painkiller.

LONG LASTINGFAST ACTING POWERFUL

For years, ice has been used to reduce pain, swelling and nerve activity. However ice can cause a number of negative side effects, which is where topical cold therapy pain relievers like Biofreeze offer additional benefits:

No stiffness, skin irritation, temporary pain or numbness Convenient application for use on the go

Promotes continued activity Increased range of motion

WHY USE BIOFREEZE OVER ICE?

3 GREAT FORMATSROLL-ONPERFECT FOR NECK & SHOULDER PAIN

SPRAYPERFECT FOR BACK, FOOT & ANKLE PAIN

GELPERFECT FOR WRIST, HAND & LEG PAIN

Hot

& C

old

The

rap

y

NEW

Hot &

Cold

Therapy


Hot &

Cold

Therapy

Biofreeze®

BIOFREEZE® Roll-on

BIOFREEZE® Display Products

BIOFREEZE® Spray

3 BIOFREEZE® Roll-on 84g/89ml7500146

5 BIOFREEZE® Gel Pump 448g/473ml7500149

6 BIOFREEZE® Gel Pump 897g/976ml7500150

7 BIOFREEZE® Spray Pump 417g/473ml7500151

8 BIOFREEZE® Gravity Feed Box of 100 5g/5ml Sachets

7500142

9 BIOFREEZE® Display Tray 12 × 28g/30ml Gel

7500140

10 BIOFREEZE® Display Box* Box of 10 5g/5ml Sachets

7500141

4 BIOFREEZE® Spray 104g/118ml7500147

*Available in selected channels only

BIOFREEZE® Professional SizesOur professional size products are ideal for clinics, hospitals or just every day useOur professional size products are ideal for clinics, hospitals or just every day use

Hot

& C

old

The

rap

y




Conforms to Your Body I Mess Free I Soft on SkinExtremely Comfortable I Reusable I Non-Toxic

Free of BPA, Lead, Latex & PhthalatesFreeze I Microwave

HOT COLD

Muscle Pain I Spasms

Joint Stiffness I Soreness

Continuous Aches

Pre Workout I Activity

MICROWAVED:

Pearls conform and deliver

soothing heat therapy to the

desired body part.

Sprains I Bruising

Inflammation

Muscle Strains I Pulls

Post Workout I Activity

FROZEN:

Pearls create the “frozen peas”

effect, and offers ice therapy

without sacrificing flexibility.

HOT COLD

PEARL TECHNOLOGYTHERA°PEARL was designed with the consumer in mind. Whether chilled or heated, Pearl Technology holds the HOT or COLD temperature for the doctor recommended time of 20 minutes while conforming to your body to deliver the perfect relief from your aches and pains.

WHAT ARE THE BENEFITS OF ICE THERAPY?Ice therapy (a.k.a. cryotherapy) is one of the most common recommendations by doctors for injury prevention & recovery. Applying ice immediately after an injury or physical trauma (the sooner the better) constricts blood flow & slows bleeding/swelling. Ice therapy reduces pain & muscle spasm. Also, applying ice to the injured area decreases the metabolic rate of cells, which limits the risk of cell death after an injury and helps prevent long-term damage.

You usually want to ice during the first 24 hours following an injury, when there is evidence of swelling and/or bleeding. Even if you don’t have an “injury,” it’s generally recommended to apply ice

after any physical activity to lessen the effects of wear & tear on the body.

WHAT ARE THE BENEFITS OF HEAT THERAPY?Heat therapy increases circulation (blood flow), effectively relaxing muscles & easing movement. Stimulating blood flow to injured areas once swelling has gone down promotes healing & speeds recovery of damaged tissue.

Heat should be introduced at least 24 hours after an injury, once swelling/bleeding has subsided. Since heat stimulates blood flow, it will actually worsen any swelling or bleeding if applied too soon. It’s recommended to apply heat prior to physical activity, to stimulate blood flow & warm-up muscles. Doing this will help prevent injuries during exercise.

Hot

& C

old

The

rap

yTheraPearl®

Hot &

Cold

Therapy




Conforms to Your Body I Mess Free I Soft on SkinExtremely Comfortable I Reusable I Non-Toxic

Free of BPA, Lead, Latex & PhthalatesFreeze I Microwave

TheraPearl®H

ot & C

old Therap

yH

ot & C

old Therap

yH

ot & C

old Therap

yH

ot & C

old Therap

y

091554773TheraPearl Pals® Pig

091554807TheraPearl Pals® Puppy

091554781TheraPearl Pals® Panda Puppy

091554799TheraPearl Pals® Frog

091554724TheraPearl® Knee Wrap

091554930TheraPearl® Face Mask

091554708TheraPearl® Back Wrap with Strap

091554732TheraPearl® Neck Wrap

091554740TheraPearl® Sports Pack

091554716TheraPearl® Sports with Strap

091554757TheraPearl® Shin Wrap (2 Pack)

091554765TheraPearl® Ankle/Wrist Wrap with Strap

7500089TheraPearl Eye Mask

NEW

Hot

& C

old

The

rap

y


Hot & Cold Essentials

1 TheraFlex™ Re-usable Cold/Hot PacksTheraFlex cold/hot packs are ideal for all clinical applications. Flexible when frozen, reusable and filled with a non-toxic, biodegradable gel. The wrapper is also recyclable. The packs are leakproof providing added safety for patients. Use also as a hot pack by either microwaving or by boiling in hot water.091367366 27×12cm 091367374 32×15cm 091367382 30×9cm 091367390 22×15cm 091367036 30×21cm

3 ColpacThese Colpacs remain completely flexible at any temperature down to -12°C. They are made from a strong vinyl that will understand any shaping or bending and will not become brittle or crack and leak.Standard Colpac 091251156 A 28×36cm Half Size Colpac 091251024 B 19×28cm

2 Economy Cold Packs• Designed for heavy clinical use• Effective pain relief• Filled with a non-toxic silica gel that remains pliable

throughout treatment• Delivers up to 30 minutes of soothing relief from acute

pain and swelling• Durable vinyl cover• Latex free

081017672 A Standard (28×36cm) 081017755 B Half Size (19×28cm) 081017771 C Quarter Size (13×15cm) 081017797 D Small/Throat Size (8×28cm) 081017813 E Oversize (28×53cm)

1

2

3A B

A

B C

E

D

4 Therabeads™ Microwave Moist Heat PacksHave convenience and safety with these non-toxic, high quality microwavable heat packs. Therabeads conform to any contour, giving a soft, snug fit and do not saddle like many heat packs due to their superior construction. Made up of tiny hydroscopic beads, which retain their moisture for up to 30 minutes, and provide moist heat at the correct levels for effective therapy. Supplied with case. Therabeads are made from hydroscopic aluminium.081284918 Standard Pack 23×30cm 081284926 Cervical Pack 17×56cm

5 Wheat BagsOur Wheat Bags have an inner lining and heavy duty removable and washable outer cover, manufactured from top quality corduroy.091566140 A Original Heat Pack 47×12cm091566116 B Back Heat Pack 37×27cm091566132 C Super Large Heat Pack 49×15cm091566124 D Neck & Shoulder Heat Pack 37×28cm

4

5

A

B

CD

Hot &

Cold

Therapy


233


3 Mueller Heavy Duty Ice BagsThese clear, polyethylene bags are rugged enough to handle even the sharpest ice.091251529 25.4×45.7cm

2 Mueller Ice BagEconomical, reusable bag with wide opening holds cold water, crushed ice, or ice cubes. Easy to use for all body parts. Ideal for application of cold therapy in treating minor scrapes, bruises, muscle aches and sprains, and headaches.091251081

4 Rolyan® Extended Cold Therapy Dorsal Knee Wrap

Kit includes four FIRST+ICE packs and one wrap. Dorsal foam kit and wrap include removable soft foam patella compression piece to support post-arthroscopic dressings (not included with the neoprene kit and wrap). Post-arthroscopic dressing pad included with the dorsal foam kit and wrap only.091022151 Dorsal Neoprene Wrap - Only

2

3

4

A

1 1 Natracure Arch Hot & Cold Wrap The Universal Wrap Cold/Hot is a highly versatile gel pack and adjustable strap that provides gentle and targeted compression and cold or hot therapy on hands and feet. Helps improve circulation for cold or aching feet or hands. Perfect for chronic pain related to arthritis. Gel packs can be placed around the heel, under the ball of foot or on top of foot. One size fits most. Includes 1 microwavable/freezer safe gel pack. Size is 350 x 90mm.091549559

Hot

& C

old

The

rap

y


3 Vulkan® Sports BalmMore economical than traditional heat rubs, this pre-sport heat rub comes in a handy size for kit bags and a larger size for the treatment room.091223569 560ml

2 Vulkan® Instant Ice PackIdeal for any emergency, these packs are activated by simply squeezing them. They instantly turn ice cold and remain cold for approx 15 minutes.091250802 24×15cm

1 Medco Instant Heat PackIdeal for any emergency, these packs are activated by simply squeezing them. They instantly turn hot and remain hot for approximately 15 minutes.091422922

5 Ice Up™ Portable Ice MassagerThe Ice-Up™ Portable Massager provides you with a direct, active ice massage in an easily portable design. It gives you quick, deep tissue penetration focused on target areas. The ergonomic comfort grip barrel offers a controlled ice massage while the patented Ice Grippers allow for a full range of controlled massage pressure.091251131


2

4

3

1

5

4 Vulkan® Reusable Hot & Cold PackFrom the fridge to the microwave, this versatile pack with extra protective sleeve stays flexible whatever the temperature. Provides effective cooling or warming relief to muscles and joints to help relieve pain, reducing swelling and accelerates healing. Features a protective sleeve and strap to securely fasten the pack in place. Conforms well to body contours.7500168 29×13cm

Hot &

Cold

Therapy


235

Ice Machines

1 Scotsman® TC 180 Cublet Ice Maker• Automatic ice dispensing system• Hands free ice dispense – ideal for infection control• 5kg capacity• Dispenses Scotsman “Cublet” super compressed ice• Width = 390mm, Depth = 600mm Height = 880mm091534536 Delivery only

2 Scotsman® AF80 Ice FlakerFeatures:• High quality ice flaker made from stainless steel• Produces small irregular flakes of ice, which have an even

melting rate• Holding bin has 25kg capacity• Can produce 65kg flakes in a 24 hour period• Width = 535mm, Depth = 621mm, Length = 933mm,

Weight 72kg• Average energy consumption 7.5kwh per 64 litres water at 15°• Requires installation091139807 Ice Flaker - Delivery and Installation

DELIVERYDelivery is approximately 3 to 4 weeks.

1

2

Hot

& C

old

The

rap

y


Aircast Cyro Cuff & ArcticFlow™ Wraps

1 Aircast Cuff Accessories091005842 A Ankle Cuff 091319805 B Calf Cuff 091005891 Knee Cuff Medium 091005883 Knee Cuff Large

2 Aircast Cryo CoolerUniversal to all Cryo/Cuff and ArcticFlow models, the Cryo/Cuff Cooler holds water and ice needed for six to eight hours of cryotherapy. The durable cooler comes with a tube assembly and insulation disk and is labelled with simple-to-follow directions for use.091251305 Cooler & Tube Assembly

Aircast Cyro/ Cuff Compression Dressing SystemThe Aircast system applies simultaneous cold and compression to relieve pain and accelerate rehabilitation. The system is portable and easy to use. It comprises of three component parts.1. A cuff that covers the specific body part with pressurised

ice water.2. A cooler that holds enough water and ice for 6 to 8 hours

of cryotherapy.3. A tube that exchanges the water between the cooler and

the cuff.

2

1

3 ArcticFlow™ WrapsIn addition to providing the combination of ice and compression, ArcticFlow™ Wraps will dramatically reduce pain and swelling helping facilitate rehabilitation. Once the wrap is filled the patient can disconnect from the unit and will be free to move about. The wrap will stay cold up to 30 minutes, then the patient just re-connects filtering cold water back into the wrap for 3 hours of continuous treatment.Features and Benefits• Form filling elastic wraps provide cold and compression to

help facilitate the recovery process• Latex free material• Welded edges provide superior strength and durability• Hook and loop strapping is easy to apply and fits most patientsOptional Extras091367192 Knee wrap

3LATEX FREE


BA

Hot &

Cold

Therapy


237

CCT Cold Compression Therapy

The Cold Compression Therapy system incorporates a gel cold pack covered with frost free lining to allow application directly to the skin.

The unique adjustable compression chamber design positioned behind the cold pack provides both contouring and compression around the site of the injury.

Ideal for sports injuries, sprains and strains, ligament damage, general over use injuries. The Cold Compression Therapy product range comes in eight designs which ensure all body segments can be treated effectively.

The combination of cold and compression drives cold deep into the injured tissue, speeding up the rehabilitation process and aiding faster recovery.

• CCT delivers both cold therapy and compression therapy simultaneously!

• CCT provides an effective way to control the pain and swelling caused by sprains, pulled muscles, injured ligaments and strained tendons.

For best results refrigerate for 2 hours before use and apply to injured area for 10-15 minute periods.

Suitable for the treatment of: Sports Injuries, Sprains and Strains, Ligament Damage, Overuse Injuries

091530898Knee Support O.S.F.A

091530989Shoulder Support O.S.F.A

Hot

& C

old

The

rap

y


Hydrocollators & Accessories

1

E

A

D

CB

2

3 Tropic Pac™ Moist Heat Packs• To prevent mould and mildew growth• Fabric prevents odoursMade of new synthetic fabric specifically designed to fight bacteria growth and its accompanying odour. Tropic Pac Moist Heat Packs apply moist heat for a minimum of 30 minutes. Packs are reusable.081016880 A Standard 25×30cm Single 081016989 D Oversize 38×61cm Single 081016898 Standard 25×30cm Pack of 12 081016955 Contour Cervical 61×15cm Pack of 12

1 Chattanooga Hydrocollator Heating Unit Model E-1 Stationary

Hydrocollator Heating Units provide consistent heat for HotPacs. All units are made of stainless steel and are fitted with a thermostat to control the temperature of the unit. Low water sensor shuts off the unit if the water level gets too low. CE, UL Listed and cUL listed. Temperature range between 71-74°C.Just right for small clinics and departments where Oversize Hot Pacs are not a concern. Non-insulated.• Fits on desktop, countertop or mobile stand.• Includes 4 Standard Size Hot Packs• Mains Power - 110-240V~, 50 / 60 Hz• Dimensions (H×L×W) 41 x 33 x 20cm (16”×13”×8”)• Weight - 7 kg (15lbs)• Tank Capacity - 15L.091142223 220 - 240V Unit

2 The Original Hydrocollator® Moist Heat HotPacSeven HotPac sizes designed to fit every body contour. Provides up to 30 minutes of deep, soothing, moist heat.• Brown tabs on most HotPacs for easy rotation in busy clinics.• Cost effective, provides hundreds of treatments from one

HotPac.091366418 A Standard 25cm x 30cm (10˝×12˝) 091366392 B Neck Contour 61cm (24˝ Long) 091366400 C Oversize 38cm x 61cm (15˝×24˝) 091366459 D Half Size 13cm x 30cm (5˝×12˝) 091366426 E 25cm×46cm (10˝×18˝)

4 Terry Cover for HotPacConstructed in a traditional terry knit weave, there is a cover to fit every size HotPac. Plus, they are washable.Terry Cover For Oversize Hotpac091366483 Terry Cover For Standard Hotpac091366475 Terry Cover For Neck Hotpac091280767

3

4

A

D

Hot &

Cold

Therapy


Wax Therapy & Accessories

1 Therabath® Paraffin Bath Including Paraffin Wax

Therabath Model TB6 paraffin units feature a deeper, 9lb maximum wax capacity tank in the same portable table top footprint as previous 6lb models. This equates to 25% more treatments, or, 15% higher wax coverage when dipping!Additional Safety Features:• Internal thermostats maintain an ALWAYS SAFE therapeutic

temperature range• Rubberized feet securely grip table surface• 1 year warranty091141944 Therabath with BS1363 UK Adaptor 091141951 Therabath with EU CEE7 EU Adaptor

2 Therabath® Refill Paraffin WaxWith a medical grade blend which is then triple filtered for purity. Each carton contains 6 individually wrapped 454g packages.091141969 A Wintergreen 091141977 B Scent Free 091141985 C Lavender

3 Therabath® Mitt/Boot LinersPlastic liners make paraffin treatment clean, fast and easy. Extra large size fits both hands and feet.091142017 Pack of 100

4 Terry Velour Mitts and BootsMitts and boots prolong heat from warm paraffin for longer lasting relief and softer, smoother skin. Made of heavyweight plush terry velour. Lined for maximum comfort and warmth, easy-to-use hook and loop closures, machine washable.091141993 Mitts - Pair 091142009 Boots - Pair

1

3

4

2

B CA

Hot

& C

old

The

rap

y


Wax Therapy & Accessories

1 Paratherapy Wax BathsParatherapy wax baths are manufactured completely from stainless steel. This provides heat therapy efficiently, comfortably and is perfect for both hospital and clinic use.Features:• Durable stainless steel construction• Complete with paraffin• Insulated inner tank• CE MDD T• Thermostat controlled

A Small bathSmall Parabath ideal for treating hands.Dimensions: L 33cm × W 18cm × D 18cm. Capacity: 6lbs091366293

B Large bathThis larger wax bath can accommodate all parts of the body and is ideal for the larger and busy departments.Dimensions: L 53cm × W 33cm × D 18cm. Capacity: 18lbs091366301

1

2 2

A

B

2 Unscented Paraffin WaxThe purest, most refined paraffin in the industry. Since our paraffin wax is medical-grade quality, it is extremely pure, which is evident by the clarity of the wax when it is in liquid form. Our paraffin wax is available in 1lb blocks. Our paraffin beads are formulated not to stick together, and come in six 1lb bags.081030824 A 6×1lb Unscented blocks 081294578 B 6×1lb Bag of unscented beads

BA

Tapes & StrappingsElastic Adhesives 242 - 244

Zinc Oxide 245 - 246High Strength Tape & Combi Packs 247

Fixation Tape, Compression and Underwrap 248Kinesiology Tape 249 - 252

Dynamic Tape 253Accessories 254

Tap

es &

Str

app

ing

Tap

es &

Str

app

ing


Elastic Adhesives

5 Basic E.A.BAn economy, lightweight, elastic adhesive bandage.091245828 2.5cm×4.5m 091245968 5cm×4.5m 091246057 7.5cm×4.5m

1 Vulkan® Meditex E.A.BA quality adhesive elasticated strapping, competitively priced to suit everyone’s budget.091245901 2.5cm×4.6m 091246065 5cm×4.6m 091246131 7.5cm×4.6m Vulkan® Basic Flesh E.A.B091245836 2.5cm×4.6m 091245950 5cm×4.6m 091246040 7.5cm×4.6m

2 Mueller E.A.B TapeStraight edge cut elasticated adhesive bandage. Lightweight, strong and flexible. Unwinds smoothly for controlled application. Can be applied directly to the skin or over underwrap. Conforms well to muscles and joints. 091553635 2.5cm×4.5m (Beige) 091553643 5cm×4.5m (Beige) 091553650 7.5cm×4.5m (White) 091553668 10cm×4.5m (White)

3 Tensoplast E.A.BHigh quality BP elastic adhesive bandage with soft edges for patient conformability and directional line for ease of application.091245984 2.5cm×4.5m 091246115 5cm×4.5m 091246172 7.5cm×4.5m

4 Leukoband Club E.A.BUsed for both therapeutic and prophylactic bandaging, Leukoband provides excellent adhesion, firm compression and support of muscles and joints.091245851 2.5cm×4.5m 091245976 5cm×4.5m 091246024 7.5cm×4.5m

BEST SELLER

1

32

4 5

1

Tapes &

Strap

ping

Tapes &

Strap

ping


243

Elastic Adhesives

1 Lightplast ProEasy to apply and very conformable, Lightplast Pro provides strength and conformity when applied to joints and muscles. Hand tearable and air permeable it can be used for compression and strong support.091267533 5cm×6.8m 091267681 7.5cm×6.8m

1

2 Vulkan® Medilite Latex Free E.A.BMedilite is lightweight, easy to unwind and tearable. Can also be used for securing dressings. Now latex free.091557347 2.5cm×6.9m 091557354 5cm×6.9m 091557362 7.5cm×6.9m

3 Mueller® Tear-Light Tape E.A.BA lightweight elastic adhesive tape which provides excellent conformability. It is easy to tear and unwind and is ideal as a preventative strapping or fixation tape.091246016 3.8cm×6.8m 091246107 5cm×6.8m 091246180 7.5cm×6.8m

4 Vulkan® CohesiveSticks to itself and not the skin, this re-usable washable bandage is hand tearable. Offers consistent compression and is easy to apply.091267558 5cm×4.6m 091267673 7.5cm×4.6m

2

3

4

LATEXFREE

Tap

es &

Str

app

ing

Tap

es &

Str

app

ing


Elastic Adhesives

2 Mueller® M lastic CohesiveThis lightweight cohesive tape adheres to itself and will not damage any protective underpadding. It can also be used as a Bloodspill Tape for compression on wounds. It is 99% cotton for fast absorption to help stop bleeding.091267541 5cm×4.5m

1 PowerFlex CohesivePowerFlex is a hand tear, cohesive bandage that sticks to itself and not to the skin. It is sweat resistant and breathable and provides secure compression for tendon and ligament injuries without restricting mobility. Apply direct to skin, so no need for sprays or underwrap.White091267384 2.5cm×5.4m 091267475 5cm×5.4m 091267665 7.5cm×5.4m 091267731 10cm×5.4m Beige091385988 2.5cm×5.4m 091385996 5cm×5.4m 091386002 7.5cm×5.4m

3 Cohesive Flexible BandageHigh-quality cohesive bandage provides compression and support. Can be used to secure dressings or orthotics. Adheres to itself, NOT to skin, and remains secure without clips. Maintains consistent compression with non-slip support that won’t loosen even during strenuous activity. Lightweight and cool. Non-sterile. 4.6m rolls. Contains latex.Tan White Blue081299940 081300029 081300102 2.5cm×4.6m 30 Rolls 081252709 081252741 3.8cm×4.6m 48 Rolls 081299957 081300110 5.1cm×4.6m 36 Rolls 081299965 7.6cm×4.6m 24 Rolls 081299973 081300136 10.2cm×4.6m 18 Rolls Red081300185 2.5cm×4.6m 30 Rolls 081300193 5.1cm×4.6m 36 Rolls Latex Free Cohesive Flexible BandageTan081300003 7.6cm×4.6m 24 Rolls

Cohesives

1 1 1

STAGE 1 STAGE 3STAGE 2

Apply powerflex directly to the skin. . . no spray adhesive or

foam needed

Finish with powerflex heel locks and figure eights

Apply white cloth trainers tape stirrups for medial and lateral

support

1

2 3


4

4 Co-Plus Cohesive BandageCo-Plus adheres to itself, but not to the patient or clothing. This provides non-slip support and compression with less trauma for the patient. No pins or clips are required to hold the bandage in place.091380674 5cm White 091380690 10cm White

Tapes &

Strap

ping


Zinc Oxides

1 Vulkan® Meditape Zinc OxideMeditape is a quality, lightweight, non-stretch tape that conforms well. Features a serrated edge making tearing very easy.091246313 1.25cm×13.7m 091246388 2.5cm×13.7m 091246453 3.8cm×13.7m 091246578 5cm×13.7m

2 Vulkan® Meditape Pro Zinc OxideMeditape Pro is a strong premium tape, ideal for limiting movement or immobilising joints. Features a serrated edge making tearing very easy. 091246396 2.5cm×10m 091246495 3.8cm×10m 091246602 5cm×10m

3 Strappal Zinc OxideStrappal is a hypoallergenic strong, rigid support tape due to its strong adhesion. It conforms easily, it is tearable both width and length ways and is latex free. 091246347 1.25cm×10m 091246529 2.5cm×10m 091246610 4cm×10m 091246677 5cm×10m

4 Leukotape Classic Zinc OxideA non-elastic, rigid tape which gives excellent adhesion and strong support for joint structures.091246545 2cm×10m 091246693 3.75cm×10m 091246719 5cm×10m

BEST SELLER

BEST SELLER

BEST SELLER

LATEX FREE

LATEX FREE

LATEX FREE

LATEX FREE

1

2

3

4

Tap

es &

Str

app

ing


Zinc Oxides

2 Mueller M Tape®

100% cotton backcloth, zinc oxide trainers tape. White, bleached M Tape® features high tensile strength with excellent tackiness and conformability. Easy handling, easy unwind to the core.091246404 2.5cm×9.1m 091246503 3.8cm×13.7m 091247337 5cm×13.7m 091247170 3.8cm×9.1m Black

1 Mueller® Eurotape Platinum Zinc OxideMueller® Eurotape is a premium rigid Zinc Oxide strapping tape. This non-stretch, high strength tape is one of the best quality tapes available and is used by athletes around the world. Easy to unroll Mueller® Eurotape has a serrated edge which makes it easy to tear by hand when applying to the patient.091553619 3.8cm×11.4m 091553627 5cm×10m

3 Leukoplast Zinc OxideThis zinc oxide tape is a high tensile strength tape that is water repellent. The tape can be torn easily by hand.091246362 1.25cm×9.2m 091246479 2.5cm×9.2m 091246669 5cm×9.2m

4 Supa-Economy Zinc OxideA flesh coloured, easy to tear, zinc oxide tape with excellent adhesive qualities.091386218 1.25cm×10m 091386226 2.5cm×10m 091386234 5cm×10m 091386242 7.5cm×10m

2

1

3

4

Tapes &

Strap

ping


High Strength Tape & Combi Packs

1 Leukotape® PLeukotape® P is a high strength, non stretch rigid tape. It has excellent adhesion qualities making it ideal for rigid joint immobilisation.091246818 3.8cm×13.7m

2 Mueller® P TapeHigh Strength rigid tape. Rayon material with serrated edge for easy tearing.091552983 3.8cm×13.7m

1

2

3BEST SELLER

3 Leukotape P Combi PackThis combi pack contains 1×heavy duty strapping tape (Leukotape P) and 1×5cm fixation tape for use as a protective layer under the strapping tape.091247535 Twin Pack

4

4 Leukotape KLeukotape K is constructed from a highly elastic cotton substrate coated with a wavelike pattern of adhesive which works with the skins natural elasticity. The tape is applied using specific techniques, whereby tape is applied over and around muscles to give support, without affecting circulation around muscles to give support, without affecting circulation or range of motion. In this way Leukotape K promotes the body’s own healing process whilst allowing complete freedom of movement.091544345 Beige 091544337 Black 091544329 Blue 091544311 Pink

4

Tap

es &

Str

app

ing


Fixation, Compression & Underwrap

1 Hypafix®

Hypafix® is a hypoallergenic tape that conforms well. The air and moisture permeability lets skin breathe and prevents maceration. Ideal for securing dressings and electrodes.091246487 2.5cm×10m 091246644 5cm×10m 091246735 10cm×10m

2 Economy Fixation TapeUse as an under dressing for taping techniques, particularly knee and shoulder. Very adhesive and remains ‘in situ’ even when wet.Various widths available, 10m in length.091386127 2.5cm×10m 091386143 7.5cm×10m 091386150 10cm×10m

1

2

3 Insulation TapeEssential tape for every sports kit. Now available in three colours.091245869 Blue 2cm×33m 091245885 Black 2cm×33m

3

4 5

4 Vulkan® UnderwrapHigh quality foam underwrap that can be applied before tape job to prevent chafing.091246917 7cm×27m

5 Mueller® UnderwrapPre-taping foam underwrap helps protect skin from tape chaffing. Can be used to hold pads and socks in place and as a protective wrap inside hiking boots, ski boots, and other athletic footwear.091246909 7cm×27m Natural 091246891 7cm×27m Blue 091247055 7cm×27m Red


249

K I N E S I O LO GY TAPE

®

Kinesiology Tape

THE RIGHT STRETCH.

EVERY TIME.

STRETCH

STRETCH

Exclusive XactStretch TechnologyTape stretch indicators for perfect application every time

Beige/Beige

Blue/Blue

Black/Gray

Pink/White

Bulk Continuous Roll in Large Dispenser: 5cm x 31.4m

Description

091556463 Bulk Roll – Black

091556471 Bulk Roll – Beige

091556489 Bulk Roll – Blue

TheraBand™ Kinesiology TapeTheraBand™ Kinesiology Tape eliminates misapplication –even for beginners – with our exclusive XactStretch™ Technology.

Our unique stretch guide indicators allow users to get the right stretch, every time. By incorporating Cramer’s Sports Medicine expertise, TheraBand™ Kinesiology Tape sticks and provides durable support for up to 5 days.

• Featuring Best in Class adhesion from Cramer®

• We Know What Works: See all the research at www.TherabandKTape.com

• Unique hassle-free single roll dispenser ends runaway tape rolls. Features a latching lid and axle for easy dispensing

• Supports muscles and joints

• Provides pain relief

• Lasts up to 5 days

• Latex free

Standard Continuous Roll in Dispenser: 5cm x 5m

Description

091556372 Standard Roll – Pink

091556380 Standard Roll – Black

091556398 Standard Roll – Beige

091556406 Standard Roll – Blue

Pre-cut Strip Roll in Dispenser Box (20 strips per roll): 5cm x 5m

Description

091556414 Pre-cut Roll – Black

091556430 Pre-cut Roll – Beige

091556448 Pre-cut Roll – Blue

091556455 Pre-cut Roll – Pink

Tapes &

Strap

ping

Tap

es &

Str

app

ing


Kinesiology Tape

The Kinesio Taping® Method has taken the Rehabilitation and Sports Medicine world by storm. Developed by Dr. Kenzo Kase over 30 years ago, Kinesio Taping has become the gold standard for therapeutic rehabilitative taping. This proprietary method of taping uses a uniquely designed and patented tape for treatment of muscular disorders and lymphoedema reduction.

Since the introduction of Kinesio Taping into the UK, medical practitioners (Physios, Sports Therapists, Osteopaths, Chiropractors, Nurses) have recognised This effective, safe, and easy-to-use modality. worn for several days per application, The method and tape allow the individual to receive the therapeutic benefits 24 hours a day. With over 2,000 practitioners trained in Kinesio Taping in the UK, it has become a popular taping technique used in many hospitals, clinics, universities and by professional sports teams.

KINESIO® TEX GOLD FP™

Developed For Kinesio Professionals, Dr. Kase and Kinesio bring you the latest design in Kinesio® Tex tape. With over 30 years of research and development, Advancements in technology have enabled Kinesio to design a tape that represents Dr Kase’s original vision. This new enhanced and patented tape with fingerprint technology is Kinesio® Tex Gold FP

• Brings Nano-touch stimulation to epidermis and layers beneath

• Mimics gentle human touch, yet provides more effective hold

• Micro-grip deep set adhesive manufacturing process provides better grip and hold with less adhesive surface area

• Features a new protected weave process for improved comfort

• Higher grade cotton with more breathability

• Core properties remain for all Kinesio Taping® specifications

• Hypoallergenic and latex free for all patient populations

• Exclusively available to Medical Care Professionals only

• Enhanced EDF™ (Epidermis, Dermis, Fascia) Application Performance

LATEX FREE

BEIGE0914416335cm×5m

0914224357.5cm×5m0914223935cm×31.5m

BLUE0914416585cm×5m

0914224195cm×31.5m

PINK0914416665cm×5m

0914224275cm×31.5m

BLACK0914416415cm×5m

0914224015cm×31.5m

NEW - WHITE0915351945cm×5m

0915351865cm×31.5m

Tapes &

Strap

ping


251

Kinesiology Tape

®

ROCKTAPE is a natural-hybrid product that consists of 97% cotton and 3% nylon. The adhesive is a hypo-allergenic acrylic based adhesive and contains no latex.

ROCKTAPE is engineered to mimic the human skin. This stretchiness is the secret behind ROCKTAPE. ROCKTAPE stretches up to 180% of its original length but has amazing ‘snap-back’ or recovery. This is what gives ROCKTAPE its performance advantage over other tapes.

5cm×5m Rolls

10cm×5m Rolls

091529031 Black Logo

091525682 Black Logo

091529023 Beige

091553445 Electric Blue

5cm×32m Rolls

FREE Counter Unit*091536077 Black Logo

091553437 Counter Unit

*Available with every 6 rolls

091536085 Beige


091553494 Hot Pink

091553502 Black

091564434Camo Pink

091558758Cow Print

091564384Red

091564368Navy Blue

091525724 Beige


091564509Black

091564533Black

Extra Sticky H20Clinic Rolls 5cm×32m

10cm x 32m Rolls

Extra Sticky H20Black 5cm×5m Roll

NEW

NEW NEW NEW

NEW

091548031Beige

NEW

091563634Beige

091558774Black

091558766Black

NEW NEW NEW

NEW

Tap

es &

Str

app

ing


Tap

es &

Str

app

ing 1

LATEXFREE

1 Mueller® Kinesiology TapeMueller® Kinesiology Tape features a revolutionary adhesive design that lifts the skin to help maintain flexibility, improve circulation, and relieve pain. Designed to aid in the treatment of ligament injuries, muscle conditioning, fascia repositioning, and even carpal tunnel syndrome, it is applied to the skin in patterns to mimic your muscles. Patterned adhesive is mild and hypoallergenic.5cm×5m091322577 Pink 091322585 Black 091322593 Beige 091322601 Blue

2

2 Storm Kinesiology TapeWhether you’re a professional athlete, marathon runner or part time gym fanatic, you can feel the benefits from using Storm Tape as part of your routine. As well as sports injuries, it can also be used to alleviate wider medical conditions such as back and knee pain. It is Latex free, lightweight, and strong enough to stay on even through sweat and humidity, so you don’t need to worry about it getting in the way of your workout.Supplied in tubes of 6 rolls091563618 Black 091563600 Blue

3 K-Active TapeK-Active Tape is a water-repellent, elastic and adhesive sports tape that can be worn on the skin for several days. It is made out of a cotton fabric and and acrylic adhesive that is activated by friction after attaching. It leaves no residue after removal and does not contain latex.5cm×5m091217918 Beige 091217926 Black 091217934 Blue 091217942 Pink 3

4

4 Mueller Kinesiology Clinic RollMueller® Kinesiology Tape features a revolutionary wave pattern adhesive that moves with the skin and muscles to help increase the natural blood flow. The tape is breathable and water resistant and can be worn up to 5 days.Great for professional ATs and physios. Not made with natural rubber latex.5m×30m091566082 Beige 091566066 Black 091566074 Blue 091566058 Pink

LATEXFREENEW

Kinesiology Tape

4 4

4

Tapes &

Strap

ping


253

Dynamic Tape

1 Dynamic TapeSingle Roll091441906 Tattoo Tan 5cm×5m 091441914 Black Tattoo 5cm×5m Wide Roll091520881 Tattoo Tan 7.5cm×5m 091520899 Black Tattoo 7.5cm×5m Clinic Roll091553676 Tattoo Tan 5cm×31m 091553684 Black Tattoo 5cm×31m 091544956 Dynamic Tape™ Glue 400ml

The Biomechanical TapeDynamic Tape is a unique, strongly elastic tape designed by an Australian Musculoskeletal Physiotherapist and is used by professional athletes and physios as a supportive and rehabilitative taping technique applied over muscle.

It is not like kinesiology tape. It is made from a different material, has completely different physical properties and is used very differently with a completely different aim in mind.

4 Way Stretch – Gives You Springs!Its properties:

• Enhance biomechanical efficiency by supporting and reinforcing muscles, tendons and ligaments alike

• Enhance biomechanical efficiency by assisting co-ordination, proprioception, balance and timing of activation

• Generate and transfer energy back into the kinetic chain

• Improve circulation (blood and lymph) to assist rate of recovery and repair

• Reduce perception of pain

The tape’s striated adhesive backing allows unrestricted motion whilst facilitating the responses above which can help you stay ‘on the field’ or get back on it sooner. Dynamic tape can be applied in a variety of methods which are flexible and adjustable to suit your needs.

TATTOO TAN BLACK TATTOO

TATTOO TAN BLACK TATTOO

Dynamic Tape has enabled us to manage a wide range of injuries much more effectively than in the past. The quality of the tape, specifically the multi-directional elasticity, ensures it is highly beneficial for a multitude of pathologies.

Joe Collins, Head of Medical Saracens

LATEX FREE

2 Dynamic Tape EcoNew Dynamic Tape Eco is made from recycled plastic bottles using Patent Pending technology. These unique properties create a higher modulus of elasticity meaning that the tape creates stronger resistance much sooner in range making it ideal for a variety of taping applications.Features:• Ideal for joint and ligamentous applications• Strong recoil provides firm compression to augment force closure091558394 Black with Grey Tattoo 5cm×5m

1

2


Tap

es &

Str

app

ing


Accessories

3 Mueller® Magic GripGrip enhancer repels water and sweat. Non sticky or tacky.091247428 85g

2 Mueller® Quick Drying Adherent SprayColourless tape adherent. Apply to skin before taping.091247444 283g

1 Mueller® Tuffner Pre-Tape SprayEasy spray adherent to secure tapes and strappings with no clogging.091247451 283g

4 Zoff Wipes Adhesive RemoverDisposable, impregnated wipes to assist in the painless removal of tape and tape adhesive.091247360 Box of 20

1 2 3

4

6

5 Tensospray Skin protective to be used underneath underwrap and strappings. Provides extra adhesion and a firm taping base. Do not spray onto sore or broken skin.091247311 300ml

5

7

6 Mueller® Kinesiology ScissorsIdeal scissors for precise cutting of kinesiology tape without fraying.091557370

7 Tuff Cut ScissorsTuff Cut universal scissors designed to cut through bandages and taping quickly and safely.091255272

Tapes &

Strap

ping


255

Woundcare & First AidWoundcare & Dressings 256 - 257

Skin Preparation 258Protective Dressings 259

Padding 260 - 261Tubular 262

Fabrifoam 263Scar Management 264 - 265

First Aid Kits 266 - 267Gloves & Protective Wear 268

Wou

ndca

re &

Firs

t Aid


Woundcare & Dressings

1 Leukomed®

Soft, with a highly absorbent wound pad. This is a sterile wound dressing for the skin-friendly treatment of exudating wounds.091269000 7.2×5cm Pack of 50 091267236 8×10cm Pack of 50

2 MelolinMelolin consists of a highly absorbent cotton and polyester fibre pad with a hydrophobic backing layer which is heat bonded on one side to a very thin perforated polyester film. The film side of the dressing is placed next to the wound. The low adherent perforated film allows for rapid drainage of exudate, reducing trauma to healing tissue. The highly absorbent cotton/polyester pad cushions and protects and minimises pain on removal.091269323 5×5cm Pack of 100 091268903 10×10cm Pack of 5 091269497 10×10cm Pack of 100

3 Mepore Island DressingThe Mepore Island Dressing is a self-adhesive, air permeable absorbent dressing with a centrally located absorbent wound pad ideal for low to moderately exuding and post-operative wounds. The dressing is protected by two pieces of overlapping release film which are easy to remove and allows for antiseptic application.091269018 6×7cm Pack of 60 091224351 9×20cm Pack of 30

4 Mepore RollMepore Roll is an island dressing with an absorbent wound pad that is ideal for use on minor injuries and low to moderately exuding wounds such as cuts, grazes and surgical wounds.091246727 4×5m Roll 091246800 7×5m Roll

2

4

1

3

5

5 Haplaband TapeMepore Roll is an island dressing with an absorbent wound pad that is ideal for use on minor injuries and low to moderately exuding wounds such as cuts, grazes and surgical wounds.091246826 5cm×10m Pack×2

Wound

care & First A

id


Woundcare & Dressings

1 LeukostripLeukostrip is a skin closure strip combining a very strong hypoallergenic adhesive and a porous polyamide material which allows the free passage of exudate therefore lessening the likelihood of maceration under the strip.091269356 4×38mm 50 pouches of 8

1

2 Liquiband® OptimaLiquiband® Optima contains Octyl-Blend10™ wound glue. This superior combination of Topical Cyanoacrylate Adhesives provides the fast setting wound closure properties of butyl-cyanoacrylates, with the more flexible wound dressing capabilities of octyl-cyanoacrylates, in a new single formulation. LiquiBand® Optima can be stored at ambient room temperatures between 41°F (5°C) and 77°F (25°C), thus avoiding the need for refrigerated storage.091318146 0.5g 10 Vials

2

3

4

3 Cutisoft® WipesFor skin cleansing prior to injection. Individually wrapped, single use non-woven swabs. Saturated with 70% Isopropyl alcohol.091267145 Box of 100

4 SterowipeSmall, individually sealed wipes for cleaning wounds when water is not readily available. Alcohol-free for wound cleansing and pre-dressing preparation. Ensures greater adhesion for dressings. Individual sachets. The alcohol free solution soothes cuts and grazes and prepares the area surrounding the wound or graze for dressing.091245364 Box of 100

Wou

ndca

re &

Firs

t Aid


Skin Preparation

1 1 Primapore DressingPrimapore dressings combine an absorbent pad with a soft and conformable fixative layer for the simple and effective management of sutured wounds.Features, soft breathable cover, highly absorbent pad, low allergy adhesive and conformable pad and cover.091269117 8.3×6cm Box of 50 091268986 10×8cm Box of 20 091269034 15×8cm Box of 20 091269083 20×10cm Box of 20

2 CutiplastConformable wound dressing for cuts, grazes and surgical wounds. Hypo-allergenic, non-stick wound pad. Conforms to body movement and allows skin to breathe.091269257 10×8cm Pack of 50

4 Nasal PlugsSoft cotton plugs for fast control of bleeding.091269109 Pack of 300

5 Cotton Wool BallsNon-Sterile091268770 Pack of 200 Sterile091269554 Pack of 5

6 Gauze SwabsNon-Sterile091268853 10×10cm Pack of 100 091245273 7.5×7.5cm Pack of 100 Sterile091245646 10×10cm Pack of 30

3 IrriclensIrrigate and cleanse wounds safely and effectively with this easy to use sterile, saline spray solution.091268960 240ml

4 5

6

2 3

Wound

care & First A

id


Protective Dressings

3 SKIN ON SKIN Hydrogel Blister DressingsA revolutionary hydrogel dressing to help protect against blisters, pressure and friction. Helps bring cooling relief to stings, bites and blisters.091224781 1˝ square Pack of 200 091225325 3˝ circle Pack of 48

4 Assorted Washproof Hypo-allergenic PlastersIndividually wrapped Hypo-allergenic sterile adhesive plasters.091211374 5 sizes Box of 100

5 Assorted Elastic Fabric PlastersSterile individually wrapped high quality fabric plasters.091186592 5 sizes Box of 100

1 Compeed Hydrocure® System The Compeed Hydro-Cure system is an innovation from coloplast which has been specially designed to cushion, protect and promote healing. This is achieved by the use of a soft conforming hydrocolloid plaster in several different shapes. The plasters are waterproof, will repel dirt and bacteria, and they are secured with hypoallergenic adhesive assisted by bevelled edges to reduce rubbing and rolling.091223460 Heel/Foot Pack of 5

2 Mueller BlisterpadsThin and flexible pre-cut blister foam to help protect from friction and pressure.091267228 Pack of 25

1 2

3

4

5

091225325 091224781

Wou

ndca

re &

Firs

t Aid


Padding

1 Hapla Gold All Wool FeltHapla Gold Felt has been enhanced by introducing a broad range anti-microbial treatment to protect against bacteria and fungi. Designed with Hapla clinically proven adhesive. Sheet size = 22.5×45cm.091318476 2mm Pack of 4 091318484 5mm Pack of 4 091318492 7mm Pack of 4 091318500 10mm Pack of 4

2 Hapla Semi Compressed 100% Wool FeltsPure 100% Wool Felts used as a highly versatile padding which can be easily cut and shaped providing excellent pressure absorption. Sheet size = 22.5×45cm.091268416 2mm Pack of 4 091268515 5mm Pack of 4 091268580 7mm Pack of 4 091371137 10mm Pack of 4

3 Hapla Semi Compressed 70% Wool FeltsNew type felts are a mixture of 70% wool and 30% viscose which provides a cost effective alternative to 100% wool felt. Sheet size = 22.5×45cm.081061928 3mm Pack of 4 091268481 5mm Pack of 4 091268549 7mm Pack of 4 091556554 10mm Pack of 4

4 Hapla Swandown on FoamClosed cell latex foam bonded to a brushed fibre surface absorbs pressure with instantaneous recovery, ideal for underfoot pressure redistribution. Sheet size = 22.5×45cm.081061902 5mm Pack of 4 091268440 7mm Pack of 4

5 Hapla Polyurethane FoamPolyurethane foam is highly compressible with instantaneous recovery, ideal for light comfort cushioning. Sheet size = 22.5×45cm.091268309 5mm Box of 4 091268382 7mm Box of 4

6 Foam-O-FeltThis composite combines pure wool felt with a latex foam surface, which absorbs pressure and cushions impact. The closed-cell structure compresses to absorb pressure with instantaneous recovery. The pure wool felt is strong and conformable to redistribute pressure. Sheet size = 22.5×45cm.081061910 5mm Pack of 4

1

2

3

4

5

6

LATEX FREE

LATEX FREE

LATEX FREE

LATEX FREE

Wound

care & First A

id


1 Hapla Fleecy Web100% cotton padding with a raised fleecy surface widely used to protect sore and tender skin from friction and rubbing. Transverse stretch allows Fleecy Web to conform to the skin which prevents creasing and provides comfort.091131267 40×22cm Pack of 4

2 Hapla Fleecy Web RollHapla Fleecy Web is 100% cotton padding and features a raised fleecy surface. It is widely used to protect sore and tender skin from friction and rubbing.091221340 5cm×3m 091556570 7.5cm×5m White

3 Hapla Fleecy FoamFleecy Foam is a soft open cell polyurethane foam with the added strength of a bonded fleece surface. Highly compressible with instantaneous recovery, ideal for light comfort cushioning,Fleecy Foam provides a smooth surface next to hosiery. Sheet size = 45×22.5cm.091131259 5mm Pack of 4 091268374 7mm Pack of 4

4 Animal Wool FineUnbleached lambswool, retaining its natural oil, is widely used for binding, padding and packing about the toes.091268242 250g

1

2 2

3

4

LATEX FREE

LATEX FREE

LATEX FREE

LATEX FREE

Padding

Wou

ndca

re &

Firs

t Aid


Tubular

1 Vulkan® Pro-GripHigh quality elasticated support bandage. Circumference091267723 A - 4.2cm×10m 10-12cm 091267798 B - 6.25cm×10m 12.5-14.5cm 091267814 C - 6.72cm×10m 15-25cm 091267830 D - 7cm×10m 26-35cm 091267848 E - 8.75cm×10m 36-45cm 091267863 F - 10cm×10m 45-50cm 091267889 G - 12cm×10m 51-60cm 091555580 K - 21cm x 10m (Non-retail only)

2 Vulkan® Pro-Gauz091267525 01 - 1.5cm×20m

3 Vulkan® Pro PadA padded tubigrip support that retains body heat, ideal for arthritis sufferers.091237726 Small Up to 30cm 091237718 Medium 30-40cm 091237700 Large 40-50cm 091237734 X-Large 50-60cm

4 Hapla TofoamMedical Polyurethane foam on a 100% cotton stockinette core which protects digits and tender areas from friction and pressure. Available with or without overlap according to protection required. Latex free.091268184 AX 15mm (12) 091268192 B 18mm (12) 091268226 BX 18mm (12) 091268275 DX 25mm (12)

LATEX FREE

1

2

3

4



Wound

care & First A

id


Fabrifoam™

Fabrifoam™A revolutionary product range that provides advanced comfort and advanced support in four materials and a variety of joint-specific designs. These materials:• Breathe - wick away moisture• Keep skin cool, dry and comfortable• Resist slipping - ideal as splint liners• Are light and low profile• Are adjustable and reusable• Are hook responsive• Are kind to the skin• Do not contain natural rubber latex or neoprene

1 Tensowrap™ - Medi• Woven blend of nylon (94%) and Lycra (6%) making up the

outer layer• Elastomeric foam inner layer• Minimum elasticity• Linear stretch• Recommended for wrist, ankle, thumb, and patella wraps• Alternative to adhesive tapes offering rigid support081296151 2.5cm×4.5m - Pack of 4

2 Tensowrap™ - Pro• Medium conformability• Minimum to moderate elasticity• Mostly linear stretch• Recommended for compression wraps, customised supports

and knee wraps• Alternative to neoprene wraps081296219 5cm×9m - Pack of 2 081296235 10cm×4.5m - Roll 081296243 15cm×4.5m - Roll

3 Tensowrap™ - Nu• High conformability• Moderate elasticity• Multi-directional stretch• Recommended for securing electrodes, hot packs and cold

packs and for customised supports• Alternative to neoprene wraps081279546 6.4×46cm - Pack of 3 081279561 6.4×122cm - Pack of 3 081279587 10×91cm - Pack of 3 081279595 10×122cm - Pack of 3 081279611 15×91cm - Pack of 3 081279629 15×122cm - Pack of 3 081279504 43×56cm - Sheet

0 5000 10000 15000 20000MOISTURE VAPOUR TRANSFER RATE (MVTR)

TensoWrap-Nu (Fabrifoam)

Neoprene

BR

EA

THA

BIL

ITY

1750

0

500

0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5COEFFICIENT OF FRICTION

TensoWrap-Nu(Fabrifoam)

Neoprene

SLI

P R

ES

ISTA

NC

E

TensoWrap-Nu is 35 times more breathable than the Neoprene tested.

TensoWrap-Nu has twice the friction coefficient of the Neoprene tested, so it stays in place better during activity.

Fabrifoam™ versus Neoprene

1 1

2 2

3 3

Wou

ndca

re &

Firs

t Aid


Scar Management

1 Cica-Care™ Silicone Gel Sheets

CICA-CARE is a self-adhesive gel sheet that is medically proven to be up to 90% effective in the improvement of red, dark or raised scars. It can also be used on closed wounds to prevent hypertrophic scar or keloid formation.A revolution in Scar Management. To reduce appearance of scar. Improves patient self esteem. Improves movement and function of scar.Extraordinary adhesive action• No need for tape or bandages• Painless to remove and easy to replace• Can be used where pressure cannot be appliedSingle sided reinforcing membrane• Prevents gel from crumbling so sheet lasts longer• Can be washed and re-used to reduce possible incidence of

skin irritationRelease liner• Quick and easy application• Helps reduce hypertrophic and keloid scarsFor use over closed wounds. To apply, simply cut a sheet to fit scar, peel off protective backing and position gel. For larger scars, several sheets can be used side by side. Release liner allows simple and quick positioning on the required site. Sterilised individually. Sheet size 15×12cm (6×4 3/4˝).081060755 Pack of 10 sheets 091025352 Single sheet

BEST SELLER

CLINICAL RESULTSScar TreatmentA total of 47 hypertrophic scars in 42 patients, most of them due to burns, were divided into treated and control areas. Improvement in scar appearance at 2 months.

93%

12%Cica-care Untreated

% o

f sca

rs im

prov

ed

Improvement in scar appearance at 2 months

2 Scar PumpUse following tendon repair, grafting, when skin adhesions limit motion, or, when active motion, light resistance and scar massage are appropriate treatment methods. Latex free.081296003

LATEX FREE

2

1

Wound

care & First A

id


265

Scar Management

1 Mini MassagerScar massage is a common method of remodelling scar tissue and can aid the restoration of normal range of motion, strength and mobility to the injured tissue.This compact but powerful massager includes three heads for concentrated massage of specific areas. Select the ball, spot or flat disc attachment most appropriate for the area being massaged. The cover may be left on for large muscle areas.Battery operated massager vibrates at approximately 5500 cycles per minute. Battery included.081292622 081116375 Replacement Heads

2 Rolyan® 50/50 Mix™ Elastomer PuttyUse equal proportions of blue putty base to white putty catalyst for consistent work/set times. 50 / 50 Mix leaves no oily residue on hands while mixing. Each kit comes with convenient measuring scoops. Store at or below 23°C.081301639 240g Kit 081301647 847g Kit

3 Rolyan® Ezemix™ Elastomer PuttyInstructions illustrate how to judge exact amount of elastomer needed prior to adding catalyst and how much catalyst to use. Thick putty is ideal over areas where gravity is a concern. Kit includes gel catalyst.081301654 220g Kit

1

1

2 3

Wou

ndca

re &

Firs

t Aid


First Aid Kits

2 Vulkan® Team First Aid KitThe ideal solution for clubs with a large number of teams. It is neat, compact and has a wipe clean interior. Ideal for schools and youth teams. Size 30×16×7.5cm.091248830 Bag only 091248855 Bag with content Kit A Kit A contents list4 x Big Plasters 10cm x 9cm, 1 x Crepe Bandage 7.5cm×4.5cm, 1 x Zinc Oxide 2.5cm×10cm, 1 x Sterile Dressing: 12cm×12cm, 10 x Cotton Buds, 1 x EAB 2.5cm×4.5cm, 6 x Wound Cleansing Wipes (alcohol free), 1 x Vinyl Gloves: Powder Free (Medium), 5 x Sterile Swabs: 10cm×10cm, 1 x Ice Pack, 1 x Foil Blanket.

3 Vulkan® Grab BagSmall compact bag with Kit C Contents included within. Ideal for small youth teams. Size 20×20×7.5cm.091248764 Bag with content Kit C Kit C contents list1 x Crepe Bandage 7.5cm×4.5cm, 10 x Cotton Buds, 10 x Waterproof Dressings, 4 x Wound Cleansing Wipes (Alcohol Free), 5 x Swabs Sterile: 10cm×10cm, 10 x Fabric, 1 x Sterile Dressing: 12cm×12m, 1 x Vinyl Gloves Powder Free (Medium), 1 x Triangular Bandage, 1 x Resuscitation Shield, 1 x Instant Ice Pack, 1 x Foil Blanket, 1 x Pet Jelly.

5 Emergency Foil Blanket091222355

1 Vulkan® Touchline ProProfessional and stylish, this extremely versatile, washproof medical bag will help you keep your medical supplies organised. Size 39×25×24cm.091248889 Bag only 091279074 Bag with content Kit B Kit B contents list1 Crepe Bandage 7.5cm×4.5cm, 1 Zinc Oxide Tape 2.5cm×10cm, 10 x Waterproof Dressings, 2 x Sterile Dressing: 12cm×12cm, 1 x Finger Dressing, 4 x Big Plasters: 10cm×9cm, 5 x Double Sided Non-Adherent Dressing: 5cm×5cm, 6 x Wound Cleansing Wipes (Alcohol Free), 2 x Vulkan Ice Pack, 2 x Vinyl Gloves: Powder Free (Medium), 10 x Cotton Buds, 1 x Swabs Sterile: 10cm×10cm, 2 x Triangular Bandage, 1 x Skin Closures: 3mm×75mm, 1 x EAB: 5cm×4.5cm, 1 x Pet Jelly, 1 x Resuscitation Shield, 1 x Foil Blanket, 1 x Trigger Spray Bottle, 1 x Water Bottle, 1 x Guest Toggle.091279041 Contents Only

1

2

3

4

4 Eyewash Station091248905 29×49×30cm Eyewash091248723 500ml

5

Wound

care & First A

id


267

First Aid Kits

1 1 Premier First Aid KitOur new range of workplace first aid kits all conform to the new standard BS-8599-1:2011.Contents Small:1 x Guidance Leaflet1 x Contents List4 x Medium Sterile Dressing1 x Large Sterile Dressing2 x Triangular Bandage6 x Safety Pins2 x Sterile Eyepad40 x W/Proof Plasters20 x Sterile Saline Wipes1 x Microporous Tape6 x Nitrile Gloves (pairs)2 x Sterile Finger Dressing1 x Resuscitation Face Shield1 x Foil Blanket1 x Hydrogel Burn Dressing1 x Scissors1 x Conforming Bandage

Contents Medium:1 x Guidance Leaflet1 x Contents List6 x Medium Sterile Dressing2 x Large Sterile Dressing3 x Triangular Bandage12 x Safety Pins3 x Sterile Eyepad60 x W/Proof Plasters30 x Sterile Saline Wipes1 x Microporous Tape9 x Nitrile Gloves (pairs)3 x Sterile Finger Dressing1 x Resuscitation Face Shield2 x Foil Blanket2 x Hydrogel Burn Dressing1 x Scissors2 x Conforming Bandage

091535145 Small 091535152 Medium

2 Mueller® Perfect Hero Medical BagCustomisable kit with interchangeable accessories, this rugged lightweight nylon exterior with reflective piping for increased visibility in low light. Accessories are constructed of lightweight nylon and durable crack resistant TPU (down to -40°F). Full-open design lets you unzip bags completely for easy packing and unpacking of gear. Premium handles and YKK brand zippers, that are built to last.Kit includes:1 x Mueller Hero™ Perfect 20×20×10˝2 x Mueller Hero™ L2 Divider 10×10˝2 x Mueller Hero™ L2 Divider 5×10˝2 x Mueller Hero™ M2 Mesh Pocket 10×10˝4 x Mueller Hero™ Tie Down Strap091557388

3 Mueller® Titan Hero Medical BagCustomisable kit with interchangeable accessories, this rugged lightweight nylon exterior with reflective piping for increased visibility in low light. Accessories are constructed of lightweight nylon and durable crack resistant TPU (down to -40°F). Full-open design lets you unzip bags completely for easy packing and unpacking of gear. Premium handles and YKK brand zippers, that are built to last.Kit includes:1 x Mueller Hero™ Titan 30×15×10˝2 x Mueller Hero™ L2 Divider 10×10˝2 x Mueller Hero™ L2 Divider 15×10˝1 x Mueller Hero™ M2 Mesh Pocket 10×10˝2 x Mueller Hero™ M2 Clear Pocket 10×10˝4 x Mueller Hero™ Tie Down Strap091557396

2

3

Wou

ndca

re &

Firs

t Aid


Gloves and Protective Wear

2 Handsafe Powdered Latex GlovesNatural latex disposable gloves offer exceptional user comfort. Box of 100. Natural.091257260 Small 091257252 Medium 091257385 Large

1 Handsafe Powder-Free Latex GlovesNatural latex disposable gloves offer exceptional user comfort. Box of 100. Natural.091257336 Small 091257492 Medium 091257328 Large

3 Handsafe Powder-Free Vinyl GlovesComfortable, cost-effective and suitable for various applications. Box of 100. Natural. Latex free.091257377 Small 091257401 Medium 091257393 Large

4 Masks081462068 Pack of 50 Surgical

5 Disposable ApronsDisposable plastic apron protects clothing in any environment.091257211 Pack of 100 - White

6 Mop Caps Non-SterileAvailable in blue.091281617 Pack of 100

1

2

3BEST SELLER

BEST SELLER

LATEX FREE

4

5 6

Cleaning ProductsPersonal Hygiene & Cleaning 270 - 272

Cle

anin

g P

rod

ucts


Personal Hygiene & Cleaning

3 Clinell® Antibacterial Hand WipesContains a unique, patented biocidal formulation which kills 99.999% of germs and bacteria within 10 seconds and then remains effective for a further 72 hours! These wipes come in convenient small sachets and contain moisturisers and aloe vera which is kind to the skin and safe to use on children’s hands. Alcohol free. Proven to kill MRSA, Staphylococcus Aureus, Listeria, Salmonella and Norovirus within 10 seconds!Tested to European standards EN1276, EN1500 and prEN 12054. Dermatologically tested. 100 wipes per box, wipe size 20×20cm, sachet size 6×8cm.091319417

2 Clinell® Hand and Surface SanitiserContains a unique, patented biocidal formulation which kills 99.999% of germs and bacteria within 10 seconds and then remains effective for a further 72 hours! It does not contain bleach so surfaces are safe to use immediately after use in areas such as food preparation. No soap or water needed to sanitise hands. Dermatologically tested and is alcohol free.Proven to kill MRSA, Staphylococcus Aureus, Listeria, Salmonella and Norovirus within 10 seconds!091319433 Surface 500ml

1 Clinell® Universal Sanitising WipesClinell Universal Wipes provide a single, product to clean and disinfect hands, surfaces and equipment. Containing a unique, patented antimicrobial formula, they can be used as a disinfectant, detergent and hand wipe - replacing the need for multiple wipes and surface cleaners.• Multi-purpose universal wipes to clean and disinfect• Kills at east 99.999% of germs• Effective from 10 seconds091319482 A 40 wipes 091319490 B 100 wipes 091319516 C 200 wipes 091319524 D 225 wipes

1

2

3

BEST SELLERA

B

CD

271

Cleaning

Prod

ucts


1 Sterizar Hard Surface CleanerSterizar is an antibacterial alcohol free hard surface cleaner. With advanced barrier technology, any surface treated with Sterizar will remain contamination free from any bacteria type for a minimum of 30 days. Tested food safe and tested to kill MRSA, C-Diff, E-Coli, Salmonella, Legionnaires plus 99.99% of other bacteria. Halal approved.091321405 A 750ml Fragrance Free 091321421 B 5 ltr Fragrance Free 091321439 C 5 ltr Lemon Scented

A B C

2 Sterizar Hand SanitiserAlcohol free hand foamers and hand wipes specially formulated to kill bacteria in seconds. The products give an immediate fresh and clean feel to the skin. It remains effective after application for at least 6 hours using advanced barrier control. No need to rinse and is kind to the skin. Tested to kill MRSA, C-Diff, E-Coli, Salmonella plus 99.99% of other bacteria. Halal approved.

091321454 A 600ml Fragrance Free 091321462 A 600ml Lemon Scented 091538354 B 500ml Handwash Antibacterial

091538404 C 5ltr Gel Refill 091538396 D Hand Sanitiser Nurse’s Clip (50ml)

AC

D

2

1

B


Remains effective even when dry for up to 30 days on hard surfaces

ALCOHOLFREE

KILLS 99.99% OF BACTERIA

Remains effective even when dry for up to 6 hours on the skin

Non-irritating formula and kind to the skin

Cle

anin

g P

rod

ucts



1

2

A

B

1 VernagelThis super absorbent powder prevents spillages, minimises residual odours and reduces the risk of cross-infection. It is designed to soak up bodily fluids, such as blood, vomit or urine, and can be used in a urine bottle before use or straight onto a floor spillage. Available as loose powder or in convenient sachets.Vernagel can easily be disposed of in a macerator.• Eases nurse workload and saves laundry costs• Reduces risk of cross infection• Minimises or eliminates residual odours091144922 A 475g Loose Powder 091165513 B 100×6g Sachets

2 Ebiox Trionic Wipes091257427 Pack of 200

Foot Orthoses


273

Foot CareOrthotics & Performance Insoles

Sorbothane® Performance Insoles 274 - 275Bio Orthotics 276 - 279

Trio Orthotics & Poron Insoles 280 - 282Superflex & X-Line 283

Vectorthotics 284Vasyli Orthotics 285 - 287

Equiflex & Prostep Orthotics 288Lynco & Silipos Insoles 289

Cambion Insoles, Pads, Cushions & Wedges 290Spenco Insoles 291

AppliancesGelSmart Appliances 292 - 296

Silipos Appliances 297 - 299Blue-Point Insoles, Heel Cups & Wedges 300

InstrumentsScissors, Nippers, Scalpel Blades & Handles,

Blacks Files, Probes and Mandrels301 - 306

EquipmentAutoclaves, Water Distillers

& Ultrasonic Cleaners307 - 308

Dust Extraction & Domiciliary Drills 309 - 312Footcare Materials

Otoform, Plastazote, Hapla & Spenco Rolls

313 - 314

Foot

Car

e


Sorbothane Performance InsolesFo

ot C

are

CHOOSE YOURGAME CHANGER.CHOOSE YOURGAME CHANGER.CHOOSE YOUR

1. CUSH ‘N’ STEPDesigned to provide comfort and support to the foot during lighter impact activities like walking and hiking. Cush ’N’ Step keeps feet feeling fresh and comfortable for longer.

2. SORBO PRODesigned for the sports person who demands ultimate protection to achieve their highest level of performance. Sorbo Pro supports, aligns & cushions the sole of the foot to carefully centre the user’s geometry.

3. DOUBLE STRIKEDesigned for activities where both the forefoot and heel are subjected to the most impact shock, an inbuilt comfort contour and heel cup offers a dual action shock absorbing solution.

WALK.FURTHER.FURTHER.WALK.FURTHER.WALK. SPRINT.SPRINT.

QUICKER.SPRINT.QUICKER.SPRINT. RUN.

FASTER.RUN.FASTER.RUN.

QUICKER. FASTER.

WE OFFER 2 STYLES; SLIMLINE & MOULDED. DESIGNED TO SUIT YOUR SHOE

TYPE AS AN ADDITIONAL OR REPLACEMENT INSOLE.

275

Foot Care


Sorbothane Performance Insoles

4. HEEL PADSDesigned for everyday life and light sporting activities, they provide pure shock absorption at the heel, where most impact occurs.

5. SINGLE STRIKEDesigned for activities where the heel is subjected to the most impact shock such as golf and walking. An inbuilt comfort contour and heel cup offers a concentrated shock absorbing solution.

6. FULL STRIKEDesigned for activities where the whole foot is subjected to impact shock like running, hockey and racquet sports. Full Strike offers a comprehensive shock absorbing solution.

Foot Care

PLAY.LONGER.PLAY.LONGER.PLAY. TRAIN.

HARDER.TRAIN.HARDER.TRAIN. JUMP.

HIGHER.JUMP.HIGHER.JUMP.

HARDER. HIGHER.

1 Cush ‘N’ Step091566793 3-4.5 091566801 5-6.5 091566819 7 091566827 8 091566835 9 091566777 10 091566785 11-12.5

2 Sorbo Pro091566843 35-37 (UK 3-4.5) 091566850 38-40 (UK 5-6.5) 091566868 41 (UK 7) 091566876 42 (UK 8) 091566884 43 (UK 9) 091566892 44-45 (UK 10) 091566900 46-48 (UK11-12)

3 Double Strike091566983 35-37 (UK 3-4.5) 091566991 38-40 (UK 5-6.5) 091567007 41 (UK 7) 091567015 42 (UK 8) 091567023 43 (UK 9) 091567031 44-45 (UK 10) 091567049 46-48 (UK11-12)

4 Heel Pads091567098 35-38 Small 091567106 39-42 Medium 091567114 43-49 Large

5 Single Strike091567056 36-38 (UK 3.5-5) 091567064 39-41 (UK 5.5-7) 091567072 42-43 (UK 8-9) 091567080 44-46 (UK 10-11)

6 Full Strike091566918 35-37 (UK 3-4.5) 091566926 38-40 (UK 5-6.5) 091566934 41 (UK 7) 091566942 42 (UK 8) 091566959 43 (UK 9) 091566967 44-45 (UK 10) 091566975 46-48 (UK11-12)

Foot

Ort

hose

s


Bio Orthotics

Bio-Soft incorporates a wipable PU topcover

Forefoot soft spotReduces pressure

Contoured arch supportMaps the geometry of your foot,

helping to reduce and control excessive pronation

Calcaneal soft spotReduces pressure Bio-Soft Plus

incorporates a memory foam topcover

Trim Lines

Bio-SoftBio-Soft and Bio-Soft Plus are dual density cushioning polyurethane insoles. The Bio-Soft insole integrates a wipeable polyurethane top cover, whilst the Bio-Soft Plus insole is finished with a memory foam top cover. The products have been designed to offer incomparable levels of comfort and shock absorbency. These features also make the Bio-Soft perfect for use during sporting activities. The device incorporate two ‘soft spots’ to offload the most vulnerable areas of the foot, making them perfect for use on diabetic and rheumatoid patients.

Intended for: Patients requiring high levels of shock absorption and moderate control levels. Patients suffering from the below conditions can also benefit from these devices:• Diabetes• Plantar heel pain• Achilles tendonitis• Mild over pronation

Calcaneal EVA plugCan be removed

to offload pressure

1st met & ray replaceable

EVA plug

Trim Lines

Lowered arch profile

15° SKIVE

Illustration of a medially deviated STJA:Only pressure applied by the medial skive beneath the medial aspect of the heel will create a supination moment to counteract abnormal moments causing excessive pronation.

Pre

ssur

e he

re w

ill c

ause

pr

onat

ion

mom

ent

15° S

KIVE

3 Bio-Skive Low Density7500212 X-Small 7500213 Small 7500214 Medium 7500215 Large 7500216 X-Large

4 Bio-Skive Mid Density7500217 X-Small 7500218 Small 7500219 Medium 7500220 Large 7500221 X-Large

Bio-SkiveBio-Skive is a unique full length EVA insole available in low and medium densities. Designed by experts for patients with a medially deviated subtalar jont axis. Carefully crafted using our extensive knowledge and experience, the Bio-Skive incorporates a 6mm medial heel skive and a lowered arch profile for correct pronation control of this foot type. Bio-Skive also incorporates a standard intrinsic medial 4˝ rearfoot post to normalise heel strike.

Component kit includes:• 2 × Heel cushions• 2 × 4 degree forefoot wedges• 2 × 4 degree rearfoot wedges• 2 × 5mm heel lifts• 2 × Calcaneal dell, 1st metatarsal head & ray replaceable plugs

3

4

21

1 Bio-Soft7500184 X-Small 7500185 Small 7500186 Medium 7500187 Large 7500188 X-Large

2 Bio-Soft Plus7500189 X-Small 7500190 Small 7500191 Medium 7500192 Large 7500193 X-Large

277

Foot Care


Bio Orthotics

1 Bio-Mex Low ArchLow Density7500222 X-Small Purple 7500223 Small Purple 7500224 Medium Purple 7500225 Large Purple 7500226 X-Large Purple

High Density7500232 X-Small Orange 7500233 Small Orange 7500234 Medium Orange 7500235 Large Orange 7500236 X-Large Orange

3 Bio-Slimline Low Density 7500202 X-Small 7500203 Small 7500204 Medium 7500205 Large 7500206 X-Large

2 Bio-Mex Medium ArchLow Density7500227 X-Small Purple 7500228 Small Purple 7500229 Medium Purple 7500230 Large Purple 7500231 X-Large Purple

High Density7500237 X-Small Orange 7500238 Small Orange 7500239 Medium Orange 7500240 Large Orange 7500241 X-Large Orange

4 Bio-Slimline Medium Density 7500207 X-Small 7500208 Small 7500209 Medium 7500210 Large 7500211 X-Large

Bio-MexBio-Mex is a new sophisticated addition to the Bio family. It is made from high quality polypropylene making it slender, flexible and strong for excellent biomechanical control. Available in a low and medium arch height, the Bio-Mex is easily customised through heat moulding, grinding and FREE self-adhesive components if required.Bio-Mex is a 3/4 length shell, supplied with a separate self-adhesive full length EVA top cover.

Component kit includes:• 2 × 2˝, 4˝ and 6˝ rearfoot wedges• 2 × 5mm heel lifts• 2 × heel cushions• 2 × full length EVA top covers

Low ArchOur low arched Bio-Mex incorporates a concaved arch profile, designed specifically to support and correct a typical ‘Pes Planus’ foot type. Available in low (purple) and high (orange) density.

Medium ArchOur medium arched Bio-Mex has been designed to mirror the profiling of our best selling Bio-Advanced orthotic and offers support/correction to patients with a medium arch profile. Available in low (purple) and high (orange) density.

3/4 Insole Top Cover

Neutral low profile heel cup

High quality heat mouldable and grindable polypropylene shell

Includes a self-adhesive full length EVA top cover

2

1

43

Bio-SlimlineBio-Slimline is a high quality EVA device incorporating low bulk heel cup design and a lateral cut away. Available in a low and medium density, the Bio-Slimline is easily customised through heat moulding and FREE components if required.Component kit includes:• 2 × 5mm heel lifts• 2 × heel cushions• 2 × calcaneal dell, 1st metatarsal head & ray replaceable plugs

Intended for: Low bulk and narrow fitting footwear including:• Loafers• Ladies (low heeled) dress shoes• Low bulk sports shoes – including football boots, cleats and spikes

Lateral border cut awayEnables easy fitting into lower bulk footwear

Lower heel cupCalcaneal EVA plug

Can be removed to offload pressure

Heat mouldable EVA

Contoured arch supportMaps the geometry of your foot, helping to reduce and control excessive pronation

4° intrinsic rearfoot supportNormalises heel strike and reduces over pronation

1st ME

T & RAY REPLACEABLE

EVA

PLU

GS

Foot

Car

e


Bio Orthotics

Bio-Raw Bio-Raw is a budget medium density EVA insole finished without a top cover for quick and easy chairside modification. The device integrates a contoured arch profile and intrinsic 4˝ rearfoot post for additional foot control.

Intended for: Clinicians requiring a budget orthotic which can be easily modified at chairside. Modification examples include:• Grinding• Heat moulding• Top covers• Bio components

3 Bio-Raw ¾ Length7500247 X-Small 7500248 Small 7500249 Medium 7500250 Large 7500251 X-Large

2 Bio-Fashion Medium Density7500198 X-Small 7500199 Small 7500200 Medium 7500201 Large

4 Bio-Raw Full Length7500242 X-Small 7500243 Small 7500244 Medium 7500245 Large 7500246 X-Large

Metatarsal supportDisperses pressure from

the ball of the foot

Velcro dot

Lower heel cup

Heat mouldableContours for an exact fit

Contoured arch supportControls excessive pronation

Intrinsic rearfoot supportEquivalent to 2° Posting

Metatarsal supportDisperses pressure from the ball of the foot

Heat mouldable EVA

Trim line

Contoured arch supportMaps the geometry of your foot,


1st Metatarsal plugCan be removed to increase

plantarflexion at the 1st MTPJ


3

4

2

1 Bio-Fashion Low Density7500194 X-Small 7500195 Small 7500196 Medium 7500197 Large

1

Bio-FashionBio-Fashion is a superior EVA insole designed to fit into low bulk heeled footwear. Through the incorporation of an inner medial rearfoot post and a contoured arch support the device offers moderate levels of biomechanical control. The sulcus extension integrates a low density soft spot and metatarsal dome to reduce forefoot pressures.

Intended for: Ladies fashion and high heeled footwear. Bio-Fashion is often prescribed in conjunction with another device for everyday occasions

Calcaneal EVA plugCan be removed to

offload pressure

279

Foot Care


Bio Orthotics

4 Bio-Advanced Low Density Purple Full Length

7500118 X-Small 7500119 Small 7500120 Medium 7500121 Large 7500122 X-Large

1 Bio-Advanced Low Density Purple ¾ Length


5 Bio-Advanced Medium Density Grey Full Length


2 Bio-Advanced Medium Density Grey ¾ Length


6 Bio-Advanced High Density Orange Full Length


3 Bio-Advanced High Density Orange ¾ Length


Bio-Advanced• Available in full length or ¾ length

Low DensityProvides durability while offering moderate control with high levels of shock attenuation

Intended for: Softer control for older, arthritic or diabetic patients

Medium DensityAn all round device offering support, control and shock absorbency for sporting and everyday activities

Intended for: All round device for intermediate control and shock absorbency

High DensityAn all round device offering support, control and shock absorbency for sporting and everyday activities

Intended for: All round device for intermediate control and shock absorbency



Trim lines

Calcaneal EVA plugCan be removed

to offload pressure

Heat mouldable EVA

Contoured arch supportMaps the geometry of your foot


1st metatarsal plugCan be removed to increase

plantarflexion at the 1st MTPJ



Calcaneal EVA plug

Can be removed to offload pressure

Heat mouldable EVA

Contoured arch support

1st MET & RAY RE

PLACEABLE EVA PLUG

S

1

4

2

5

3

6

Foot

Car

e


Trio Orthotics

1 TrioContoured for navicular support & 1st ray functionThe TRIO foot orthosis is contoured to improve the ability of the medium arch foot to function correctly and eliminate the cause of pain. As this foot type is loaded with body weight, forces can overcome the natural tendency of the medial arch to lower. The keystone of the arch is the navicular bone and when this is excessively loaded, the foot’s supporting structures become stressed as the midfoot becomes less stable. The loading force will also tend to reduce the 1st toe’s ability to bend correctly. The TRIO orthosis resists excessive loading of the navicular whilst reducing stresses on the 1st toe joint. This normalising of forces, improves the ability of the medium arch foot to function correctly and support itself naturally. TRIO is also contoured to resist pronation forces at the sub-talar joint and is supplied with additional posts to customise the level of control for each foot.MEDIUM density ¾ Length Full LengthSize12½-13½ 091345081 091349034Size1-2 091345073 091349026Size3-4½ 091345131 091349083Size5-6½ 091345115 091349067Size7-8½ 091345107 091349059Size9-10½ 091345099 091349042Size11-12½ 091345123 091349075Size13-14½ 091345149 091349091

FIRM density ¾ Length Full LengthSize12½-13½ 091345008 –Size1-2 091344993 091348945Size3-4½ 091345057 091349000Size5-6½ 091345032 091348986Size7-8½ 091345024 091348978Size9-10½ 091345016 091348960Size11-12½ 091345040 091348994Size13-14½ 091345065 091349018

2 Trio Easy FitContoured for medial foot instabilityThe TRIO Easy Fit provides all the support required for the medial side of the foot without the need for lateral features. As a result this narrower device provides easier fittin g in a wide variety of shoes. The TRIO Easy Fit orthosis is contoured to improve the ability of the medium arch foot to function correctly and eliminate the cause of pain. Additional control of pronation forces is provided by extra medial posts that are supplied with each pair.091348838 Size 1-2½ 091348887 Size 3-4½ 091348861 Size 5-6½ 091348853 Size 7-8½ 091348846 Size 9-10½ 091348879 Size 11-12½

1

Inverting heel cupwith intrinsic medial skive

Antibacterial top cover

Navicular support

Recessed 1st metatarsal cushion (Remove for placement of forefoot

medial post)

Location for lateral post

Extrinsic 3° medial post

Location for additional medial biplanar heel post

Recessed lateral Poron® heel cushion

2

Inverting heel cupwith intrinsic medial skive

Antibacterial top cover

Navicular support

Recessed 1st metatarsal cushion (Remove for placement of forefoot

medial post)

Lateral cut-away shape

Extrinsic 3° medial post

Location for additional medial biplanar heel post

Recessed lateral Poron® heel cushion

Foot Care


281

Trio Orthotics

1 Trio Slim FitMild biomechanical control for fashionable shoesMany foot problems start while wearing closer fitting or fashionable shoes. This is often caused by a lack of support to the foot and higher pressures on the ball of the foot resulting from a higher heel. TRIO Slimfit is designed to reduce the forces that can lead to foot pain. An inner medial heel post reduces pronation forces that stress the arch of the foot and a gentle metatarsal dome stabilises the toe joints. Extra cushioning under the forefoot increases comfort and all these features combine to provide symptom relief and comfort from a low profile design.091344928 Size 3-4½ 091344910 Size 5-6½ 091344902 Size 7-8½ 091344894 Size 9-10½

Antibacterial top-cover

1

2 Trio AdditionsFurther customisation of a Trio orthotic can be made by using the Trio Additions range. This includes metatarsal domes to normalise forefoot pressures and heel elevators (4mm, 6mm and 8mm) to use in cases of ankle joint restriction or limb length differences. Sold in packs of 10.Heel Elevators 4mm 6mm 8mm

Small 091349125 091349158 091349182Medium 091349117 091349141 091349174Large 091349109 091349133 091349166

Met DomesSmall 091349240Medium 091349232Large 091349224

Transverse forefoot contouring

Recessed forefoot Poron® cushion

Recessed medial post

2

Foot

Car

e


2 Poron 4000 Grey Insoles 091262047 3mm Cut to size

2

1 1 Trio Heel PainContoured to reduce loading of the plantar heel. Heel pain is one of the most common foot complaints and usually involves the plantar fascia.This is a strong ligament like structure that supports the arch of the foot. It is attached to the medial side of the heel and resists forces that produce a strain as the foot bears weight. Pronation forces can increase the lowering of the arch and this change in strain can lead to heel pain.The Trio Heel Pain orthosis is contoured to support the navicular bone of the arch, directly reducing the cause of plantar fascia strain. Higher loading forces under the heel can also lead to inflammation of the skin and supporting structures of the foot.The Trio Heel Pain orthosis features a large cushioning protection for the softer structures under the heel bone and is contoured to fit comfortably within a wide range of shoes.Features:• Provides Excellent Talo-Navicular and arch support• Intrinsic 4 degree medial heel wedge• Intrinsic 1st MTH and heel cushioning• Available in 3/4 length medium density EVA• Microfibre top coverBenefits:• Plantar and posterior heel pain• Plantar fasciitis• Metatarsalgia• Functional hallux limitus• Patellofemoral pain syndrome• Posterior tibial tendonitis• Hallux valgus/limitus• Biomechanical functional control where midfoot control

is required Size UK Shoe 091349216 Small 5-6.5 091349208 Medium 7-8.5 091349190 Large 9-10.5

Trio Orthotics & Poron Insoles

Foot Care


283

1 SuperflexSuperflex Insole is a thin moulded EVA insole with a strengthened deep heel cup. Size UK Shoe091262088 X-Small 2.5-4 091262104 Small 4.5-6 091262120 Medium 6.5-8 091262054 Large 8.5-10 091262146 X-Large 10.5-12

2 Superflex PlusA reinforced EVA insole with a hard EVA stabiliser on the base. Comes with a deep heel cup and longitudinal arch to provide increased support. Size UK Shoe091270354 Small 4.5-6 091270370 Medium 6.5-8 091270396 Large 8.5-10 091270412 X-Large 10.5-12

3 Superflex UltraAn EVA insole with rigid nylon base which makes it ideal for heavier patients. Quick dry, moisture absorbing covering material. Size UK Shoe091326412 X-Small 2.5-4 091326438 Small 4.5-6 091326453 Medium 6.5-8 091326479 Large 8.5-10

4 X-Line™An effective device offering an introduction to simple foot orthoses. Versatile, easy to use and low volume in shoes. Flat bottomed, so wedge can be applied easily. A deep heel cup offers more stability and added patient comfort. A midfoot saddle improves biomechanical control. A 1st ray ‘Dell’ improves 1st ray mobility. Size UK Shoe091273044 Small Size 3-5 091273036 Medium Size 6-8 091273028 Large Size 9-11 091273051 X-Large Size 12-14

5 X-Line™ Extra Includes a pair of X-Lines insoles and 4 and 8 degree rearfoot posts. Size UK Shoe091324334 Small Size 3-5 091324342 Medium Size 6-8 091324359 Large Size 9-11 091324367 X-Large Size 12-14

1

2

3

4

5


Superflex & X-Line

Foot

Car

e


1 Vectorthotic ModificationsVectorthotics can be customised to patient’s requirements in minutes and provide levels of control equivalent to custom devices Vectorthotic manufacturers have followed a radical design programme in the development of foot orthoses using the latest in 3D CAD design and significant investment in injection mould tooling.The primary driving force was their recognition of the practitioners need to be able to fit their patient’s with a tailored high quality and durable foot orthosis right there in the clinic. Size091273168 5-6 091273150 6-7 091273143 7-8 091273135 8-9 091273127 9-10 091273119 11-12

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

Vectorthotics

Foot Care


285

Vasyli Orthotics

1 Vasyli Dananberg OrthoticProfessional orthotic device with removable 1st ray sections. The proximal and distal plugs can be removed individually or together as necessary. Due to variations experienced in the length of a patient’s foot/toes, the plugs can be removed when the orthotic is fitted, ensuring the head of the 1st Metatarso-phalangeal Joint coincides with the removed plug. In cases where maximum effect is required (Structural Hallux Limitus) both plugs can be removed to provide a large area of low resistance to encourage 1st ray function.Rearfoot correction: 6 degree.091185362 X-Small 3-4 1/2 091185354 Small 5-6 1/2 091185347 Medium 7-8 1/2 091185339 Large 9-10 1/2 091185321 X-Large 11-12 1/2

2 Vasyli Armstrong OrthoticDesigned to relieve the pressure on sensitive feet, ideal for diabetic or arthritic feet. The Vasyli Armstrong Orthotic addresses the key problem areas of shearing/friction and pressure. By utilising patented Glidesoft technology this unique combination of construction and materials has been scientifically shown to reduce shear pressures by over 50% and dramatically reduces the onset of plantar ulcers, compared to conventional diabetic insoles.Rearfoot correction: 4 degree.091185743 Small 5-6 1/2 091185750 Medium 7-8 1/2 091185768 Large 9-10 1/2 091185776 X-Large 11-12 1/2

3 Vasyli Hoke Orthotic Designed for the more complex and biomechanically challenging pes cavus foot types where patients compensate with too much supination as they walk. The foot that is excessively supinated transmits shock to the ankle, knee and hip. It also lacks the mobility to adapt to uneven surfaces. The Vasyli Hoke Orthotic is designed to address the foot pathologies created as a result of excess supination.Rearfoot correction: Neutral.091560697 X-Small 3-4 1/2 091560705 Small 5-6 1/2 091560713 Medium 7 – 8 ½ 091560721 Large 9 – 10 ½ 091560739 X-Large 11 – 12 1/2

4 Vasyli McPoil Orthotics The VASYLI McPoil orthotic is based on a dual-density construction designed to allow for normal foot pronation butto prevent over pronation. Ideal for conditions of hypermobility or Achilles stress resulting from traumatic supination (sports injuries), the VASYLI + McPoil provides relief and enhances recovery. Tom McPoil has utilised this construction during decades of practice, treating a wide range of lower-limb biomechanical disorders in both athletes and nonathletes.Vasyli’s expertise in orthotic design and manufacture enabled Tom’s successful in-house product to become available to practitioners around the world.Rearfoot correction: 6 degree.091560648 X-Small 3-4½ 091560655 Small 5-6½ 091560663 Medium 7-8½ 091560671 Large 9-10½ 091560689 X-Large 11-12½

2

3

4

SHEAR REDUCTION ZONE

DISTAL SHEAR

PROXIMAL SHEAR

Removable Poron Sections(15-20° Hardness)

1

Foot

Car

e


Vasyli Orthotics

11

22

33 3 Red Custom – High Density OrthoticHigh performance orthotics with red high density EVA.

UK Shoe Size Full length ¾ lengthPaediatrics Y12-Y13 – 091185131Paediatrics 1-2 1/2 091185438 091185123X-Small 3-4 1/2 091185420 091185115Small 5-6 1/2 091185412 091185107Medium 7-8 1/2 091185404 091185099Large 9-10 1/2 091185396 091185081X-Large 11-12 1/2 091185388 091185073XX-Large 13-14 1/2 091185370 091185065

1 Green Custom – Low Density OrthoticSofter density EVA with mild functional control.

UK Shoe Size Full length ¾ lengthPaediatrics 1-2 1/2 091185503 091185198X-Small 3-4 1/2 091185495 091185180Small 5-6 1/2 091185487 091185172Medium 7-8 1/2 091185479 091185164Large 9-10 1/2 091185461 091185156X-Large 11-12 1/2 091185453 091185149

2 Blue Custom – Medium Density OrthoticMedium density EVA provides excellent biomechanical control for general everyday use. Rearfoot correction: 6 degree.

UK Shoe Size Full length ¾ lengthPaediatrics Y12-Y13 091185586 091185271Paediatrics 1-2 1/2 091185578 091185263X-Small 3-4 1/2 091185560 091185255Small 5-6 1/2 091185552 091185248Medium 7-8 1/2 091185545 091185230Large 9-10 1/2 091185537 091185222X-Large 11-12 1/2 091185529 091185214XX-Large 13-14 1/2 091185511 091185206

4 Forefoot Valgus Wedges Valgus wedges for forefoot posting. 5 pairs per pack.091184423 4˝ Wedge 091184811 6˝ Wedge

5 Forefoot Varus WedgesVarus wedges for forefoot posting. 5 pairs per pack.091184829 2° Wedge 091184837 4° Wedge 091184845 6° Wedge

6 Heel Lifts Heel lift to reduce stress on the Achilles tendon, lower leg structures, Equinus conditions etc. 5 pairs per pack.091184852 4mm Small 091184860 4mm Medium 091184878 4mm Large 091184886 6mm Small 091184894 6mm Medium 091184902 6mm Large 091184910 8mm Small 091184928 8mm Medium 091184936 8mm Large

7 Metatarsal RaiseTo provide extra lift and support to the metatarsal area. 5 pairs per pack.091184944

8 Rearfoot Varus Wedges Varus wedges for rearfoot posting. 5 pairs per pack.091184951 2° Wedge 091184969 4° Wedge

45

6

7

8

Vasyli CustomVasyli custom orthotics are available in low, medium and high density to offer a solution for patients at different weights and activity levels.They feature Triplanar Motion Control™ giving the ability to control foot function in all 3 cardinal planes: frontal, transverse, and sagittal.

Foot Care


287

Vasyli Orthotics

4 Extended Slimfit 2° Custom OrthoticsSpecifically designed to fit ladies’ fashion shoes features a built-in metatarsal raise. The flexible base allows easy contouring of the shank of the shoe. The rearfoot angle is reduced to 2° due to the high heel factor. A built-in metatarsal raise ensures correct alignment of the metatarsal bones.091185628 X-Small Size 3-4 1/2 091185610 Small Size 5-6 1/2 091185602 Medium Size 7-8 1/2 091185594 Large Size 9-10 1/2

5 Easyfit Orthotics 6° Custom OrthoticsMedium density 6° orthotic with a lateral cut-away providing an easy fit into hard-to-fit footwear. Designed to fit into men’s moccasins, loafers and ladies’ low heeled court shoes.091185636 Paediatrics Size 1-2 1/2 091185644 X-Small Size 3-4 1/2 091185651 Small Size 5-6 1/2 091185669 Medium Size 7-8 1/2 091185677 Large Size 9-10 1/2 091185685 X-Large Size 11-12 1/2

1 Vasyli Pro Full LengthDesigned for footwear that features any type of removable insole. Rearfoot correction: 4 degree.091272384 Size 1-2.5 091272376 Size 3-4.5 091272350 Size 5-6.5 091272343 Size 7-8.5 091272335 Size 9-10.5 091272368 Size 11-12.5

2 Vasyli Pro ¾ Length Lateral cutaway provides an easyfit into everyday footwear. Rearfoot correction: 4 degree. 091272442 Size 1-2.5 091272434 Size 3-4.5 091272418 Size 5-6.5 091272400 Size 7-8.5 091272392 Size 9-10.5 091272426 Size 11-12.5

3 Vasyli Pro Slimfit Designed to fit inside ladies’ high heel court shoes. The flexible base allows easy contouring of the shank of the shoe. Rearfoot correction: 2 degree. 091272285 Size 3-4.5 091272277 Size 5-6.5 091272269 Size 7-8.5

Vasyli Pro Premium medical grade materials, moulded and ready to use – may be placed directly into patient’s shoe without modification. Low/medium density for high levels of comfort and compliance.

1

2 3

4

5

Foot

Car

e


Equiflex & Prostep Orthotics

1 EquiflexContoured for equinus and lateral loading correctionThe Equiflex foot orthosis is contoured to improve the ability of the high arch foot to function correctly and eliminate the cause of pain. Equiflex will elevate the heel position, reduce 1st toe joint pressure, encourage a normal acceptance of body weight and reduce lateral instability. Equiflex can be modified using the 0°, 3° or 5° medial or lateral posts.

Medium Density Firm DensitySize 3½-4½ 091348374 091348432Size 5-6 091348382 091348440Size 6½-7½ 091348390 091348457Size 8-9 091348408 091348465Size 9½-10½ 091348416 091348473Size 11-12 091348424 091348481

Medial arch supportSupports action of plantar

fascia and resists high pronation forces

Heel cupping for calacaneal stability

Reduction of heel valgus

1st metatarsal head recess

Supplied with 0º, 3º and 5º rearfoot posts and 6mm

elevators

Underside 2-5 bar

Heel cupping for calacaneal stability

Reduction of heel valgus

ST support

Integrated Posting System Rearfoot posts

0°, 3° and 5°

Integrated Posting System Forefoot posts

0°, 3° and 5°

Anti-bacterial top cover

Low medial arch support Supports action of plantar

fascia and resists high pronation forces

2 ProstepContoured to restore TNJ & 1st Ray functionThe Prostep foot orthosis is contoured to improve the ability of the low arch foot to function correctly and eliminate the cause of pain. By physically supporting the ST (sustentaculum tali), reducing 1st Ray pressure and custom posting the heel and forefoot, forces are normalised, function is restored and symptoms resolved. Prostep can be modified using the 0°, 3° or 5° medial or lateral posts.Medium Density ¾ Length Full Length

Size 3½-4½ 091347368 091347525Size 5-6 091347392 091347558Size 6½-7½ 091347400 091347566Size 8-9 091347418 091347574Size 9½-10½ 091347426 091347582Size 11-12 091347434 091347590

Firm Density ¾ Length Full Length

Size 3½-4½ 091347442 091347608Size 5-6 091347475 091347632Size 6½-7½ 091347483 091347640Size 8-9 091347491 091347657Size 9½-10½ 091347509 091347665Size 11-12 091347517 091347673

1

2

Foot Care


289

1 Lynco® Sports W/MetLynco Sports W/Met provides immediate relief from Metatarsal (ball-of-foot) pain. It supports the longitudinal arch and offers unmatched comfort and shock absorption. Specify size when ordering. Sold in pairs.091349943 Men Sizes 5-12 091350172 Women Sizes 3-9

2 Lynco® ‘Posted’ SportsLynco® ‘Posted’ Sports provides relief from plantar-fasciitis and post-tib tendonitis. It controls over pronation and offers unmatched comfort and shock absorption. Specify size when ordering. Sold in pairs.091350099 Men Sizes 5-12 091350206 Women Sizes 3-9

1

2

3

Lynco & Silipos Insoles

3 Silipos Gel Full InsolesFull length insole is a softer, multi-density silicone insole designed to absorb shock under high pressure areas while supporting the rest of the foot. Multiple vents enhance air circulation.• Softer multi-density silicone absorbs shock under high pressure

areas while supporting the rest of the foot• Ideal as a replacement for shoes with removable insoles• Relief for heel, arch, and forefoot problems• Multiple vents enhance air circulation• Latex free and hypoallergenic091261650 Medium Sizes 6.5-9 091261668 Large Sizes 9.5-12.5

NEW


Foot

Car

e


8 PQ Heel Lift (Single)Size 3-5 Size 6-8 Size 9-11091260934 091260926 091260918 6mm 091260967 091260959 091260942 9mm

6 Corrective Heel Wedge091281146 6.4mm Size 3-6 091281153 6.4mm Size 7-10

5 Longitudinal Arch Pad091218528 Size 3-6 091218510 Size 7-10

4 Heel Pad091218577 Size 1-3 091218585 Size 4-6 091218593 Size 7-9 091218601 Size 10-12

3 Posted Heel Cushion091218700 Size 1-3 091218676 Size 4-6 091218684 Size 7-9 091218692 Size 10-12

2 Heel Spur Cushion091218643 Size 1-3 091218650 Size 4-6 091218627 Size 7-9 091218635 Size 10-12

1 Full Length Insoles091218742 Size 1-3 091218718 Size 4-6 091218726 Size 7-9 091218734 Size 10-12

7 Metatarsal Pad091218502 Size 1-5 091218494 Size 6+

Cambion visco-elastic polymer insoles and heel cushions offer superior protection from the impact of the heel on hard surfaces. These inserts are designed to protect the foot and the skeletal system from the jarring effects of heel strike. This is accomplished by absorbing and dissipating energy generated by heel strike as well as redistributing underfoot pressure.

1 2

3 4

5

6

7

8

Cambion Insoles, Pads, Cushions & Wedges

Foot Care


291

Spenco Insoles

Spenco RXSpenco RX™ Products are made exclusively with closed-cell nitrogen-injected Spenco® material. This unique cushioning system provides a soft “comfort bubble environment” to help absorb shock, reduce friction and improve overall foot comfort. Unconditionally guaranteed for one full year.

1 Spenco RX™ Orthotic Arch SupportsSpecifically designed to help control the position of the feet. They are shaped to help stabilise and balance the foot and to provide the extra comfort and support needed for optimum performance. This unique cushioning system helps absorb shock, reduce friction and improve overall foot comfort.Size 3/4 Length Full Length2-3 091264282 –4-5 091264225 0913265785-6 091264233 0913265867-8 091264241 0913265949-10 091264258 09132660211-12 091264266 09132661013-14 – 091326628

2 Spenco RX™ Arch CushionsSame long-lasting quality insole material as the slip-in insole but with an added soft arch cushion for extra comfort.Size 3/4 Length Full Length2-3 091281963 0912641344-5 091264050 0912641425-6 091264100 0912641007-8 091264068 0912641679-10 091264076 09126417511-12 091264084 09126418313-14 091264092 091264191

3 Spenco Ironman SportPlus (Trim to Fit)The Ironman SportsPlus replacement insoles have been specifically designed to help ease the foot into the correct position for improved stability and athletic performance. Anatomical Centering Device helps correctly position the foot for stability. Crash Pads absorbs impact and shock that affect the forefoot and heel. Polyurethane Foot Bed provides superior energy return for better performance.091326636 Size 5-7 091326644 Size 8-12

1

2

3

Foot

Car

e


GelSmart Appliances

All-Gel Products:• Highly Elastic & Conforming • ‘Skin-Like’ Feel

So, what is SmartGel®?Specialists can now more easily provide the best relief for various health issues by choosing condition-specific materials based on four patented SmartGel formulas. These formulas are produced with scientifically superior gel materials and are infused with natural botanicals, essential oils and vitamins.

With these natural additives, the health professional can target specific patient skin conditions and risk factors, all while skin cell health is maintained and growth is enhanced. This new GelSmart line is the most advanced option for successful treatment, as it uses the best technology science can offer and has been independently tested. The natural additives in each of the formulas have properties designed to address the issues of a particular patient profile. Whether to protect a diabetic patient, or to help improve post-op or long-term scarring, GelSmart products with SmartGel Technology bring care to the next level.

SmartGel is the natural progression of GelSmart – The smart direction for our future…and yours.

Next generation shock absorbing U-Gel is ideal for off loading pressure over a bony prominence. U-Gel can be applied directly against the skin or against another surface area such as a splint or brace. U-Gel absorbs shock and shear forces and will not bottom out. New Never Slip™ technology with its high tack capability will adhere to most surface areas over an extended period of time. Hypo-allergenic, washable, and reusable.

GelSmart’s T-Gels are oil-based TPE gels available in soft to firm durometers. Unlike our mineral-oil based gels, T-gels exude virtually no oil on contact with the skin. T-Gels are ideal for use in cushioning and shock-absorption products such as insoles and heel cups. They also perform extremely well in uses ranging widely from medical devices and personal care, to sporting goods products.

Silicone is considered an excellent material for improving the appearance of scars. S-Gel is ideally suited for use in a wide range of medical products including: orthopaedic devices, prosthetic liners, and wound and scar management. The 100% medical grade silicone is soft, hypoallergenic, durable, and washable.New SmartGel Natural Ingredients: Olive Oil, Grape Seed Oil, and Vitamin E

Next generation, highly elastic and comforting, advanced thermoplastic gel polymer. M2-Gel is enriched with medical grade mineral oil and vitamins. M2-gel protects, cushions, and reduces shear and abrasion forces to the area of the body where the gel is applied. Dermatologist tested, hypoallergenic, odourless, washable, and reusable.New SmartGel Natural Ingredients: Vitamin E, Aloe Vera & USP Mineral Oil

This advanced oil based polymer gel slowly releases medical grade mineral oil and vitamins that soften and moisturize skin. M-Gel is cost-effective for most applications including: orthopaedic products, prosthetic and orthotic products and wound care. Dermatologist tested, hypoallergenic, odourless, washable, and reusable.New SmartGel Natural Ingredients: Vitamin E, Vitamin F forte, Shea Butter and Aloe Vera

GelSmart’s Proprietary Gel Formulations

• Closest to natural skin• Non-restrictive cushioning• Naturally healing formula

• Vitamin enriched

• Ceramides for natural hydration• Shea butter for softening

• Anti-inflammatory formulation• Naturally healing aloe

• Medical grade load sparing materials• Excellent shape retention• Ultimate shock absorption

Mesh Fabric Products:• Light Compression• More Stretch

Rib Fabric Products:• Moderate Compression• Less Stretch• Anti-microbial

• Vitamin A for improved skin appearance• Vitamin E for natural healing

• Vitamin F essential fatty acids• Softening and smoothing formula

Look out for the GelSmart icons next to each product.These will aid your choice of the unique and revolutionary technology

used in each GelSmart product.

Foot Care


293

GelSmart Appliances

1 M-Gel Digital PadHelps relieve pain from corns, blisters, hammer toes, calluses and digital trauma.091345289 Mini 15mm Pair 091345297 Small-Medium 20mm Pair 091345305 Large-XLarge 25mm Pair

2 M-Gel Digital StripReduces friction and irritation between toes. Helps relieve pain from soft corns, overlapping toes, nail problems and bunions.091345651 Mini 15mm Each 091345636 Small-Medium 20mm Each 091345644 Large-XLarge 25mm Each

3 M-Gel Digital Fully Coated Gel CapSuperior cushioning, protection and relief for corns, calluses, nails and cuticles, hammer toes and partially amputated digits.091345446 Small-Medium Pair 091345453 Large-XLarge Pair 091345479 XXLarge Pair

4 M-Gel Digital Fully Coated Gel TubingHelps relieve pain from corns, calluses, nail problems, dry cuticles, abrasions.091345685 Ribbed 20mm Each 091345693 Ribbed 25mm Each 091345701 Mesh 20mm Each 091345719 Mesh 25mm Each

5 M2-Gel All Gel CapsSuperior cushioning, protection and relief for corns, calluses, nails and cuticles, hammer toes and partially amputated digits. Product has skin-like properties.091345545 Small-Medium Pair 091345552 Large-XLarge Pair 091345560 XXLarge Pair

6 M2-Gel All Gel TubesProvides protection and comfort for nail problems, dry or cracked cuticles, corns, hammer toes, kerotic lesions and partially amputated digits. Product has skin-like properties.091345370 Small Pair 091345388 Medium Pair 091345396 Large Pair

7 M2-Gel Toe SeparatorsHelps relieve pain from soft corns, overlapping toes, nail problems and bunions.091345578 Small Pair 091345586 Medium-Large Pair 091345594 Large-XLarge Pair

8 M-Gel Toe SpreadersFor straightening and aligning toes and relieving pressure from bunions. Pair.091345602 Small 091345610 Medium 091345628 Large

Offering new Smart Gel formulas and products in five different formulations, Gel Smart are consistently ahead of the competition. Made from medical grade visco-elastic compounds and are non-allergenic and dermatologist tested. All products are washable for reuse on a single user and can be trimmed to size.

1

2

3 4

5 6

7 8

Foot

Car

e



1 M-Gel Toe Spreader with FabricReduces irritation between your toes. Soft fabric tubing is easy to apply to toes.091420249 Small-Medium Pair 091420256 Large-XLarge Pair

2 M2-Gel Toe CrestsTo ease discomfort from hammer, claw and mallet toes.091346063 Small Right Each 091346071 Small Left Each 091346089 Medium Right Each 091346097 Medium Left Each 091346105 Large Right Each 091346113 Large Left Each

3 M2-Gel Metatarsal PadSoft gel cushions and supports while effectively absorbing shock and shear forces. Ideal for fat pad atrophy and Metatarsalgia.091346022 Small Right Each 091346030 Small Left Each 091346048 Large Right Each 091346055 Large Left Each

4 M-Gel Universal Met StrapRelieves burning sensation under the metatarsal heads and other pain from calluses, Morton neuromas and atrophy of the fat pad.091345727 Small-Medium Right Each 091345735 Small-Medium Left Each 091345743 Large-XLarge Right Each 091345750 Large-XLarge Left Each

5 M-Gel Bunion Relief SleeveSoft flexible foot pad for protecting bunions by absorbing shock and shear forces.091345784 Small Each 091345792 Large Each

6 S-Gel Self Adhesive SheetFor use anywhere on the body for relief from friction and spot pressure on contact. 2mm thick with fabricSmart antimicrobial top cover. Self-adhesive silicone surface will adhere to delicate skin. Can be easily removed, washed and reapplied.091346121 63×76mm Each 091346139 102×152mm Each

1

2

3

4 5

6

GelSmart Appliances

Foot Care


295

6 M2-Gel Toe Bunion GuardIdeal for protection of the hallux bunion from friction and pressure.091345800 One size Each

6

GelSmart Appliances


1 S-Gel Bunion Relief Sleeve W/Gel Met PadProtects bunion joint and cushions metatarsal head. Reversible.091536556 Small 091536564 Medium

5 M-Gel Dorsum Protection SleeveProtects top of foot and achilles tendon by reducing pressure, shear forces and friction from footwear.091536655 Small 091536663 Large

2 S-Gel Thin Forefoot CushionReduces pressure, friction associated with metatarsaglia and neuroma. Two toe loops to prevent sliding.091536598 Small/Medium 091536606 Large/Extra Large

3 M-Gel Achilles Heel Protection SleeveRelieves, soothes and moisturises sore fatigued or injured achilles tendon.091514165 Small/Medium 091514173 Large/Extra Large

4 M-Gel Ankle Protection SleeveProtects ankle bones.091514181 One size

43

5

2

1

Foot

Car

e


GelSmart Appliances


4 Gelsmart Toe Spreader with Loop• Helps reduce friction/irritation and helps provide relief on the

bunion joint • Flexible gel toe loop maintains the toe spreader in position • Anatomically molded to fit comfortably between the toes• Dermatologist tested and hypoallergenic091514249 Medium (Each) 091514256 Large (Each)

5 Gelsmart M Gel Pressure Sensitive DotsM-Gel DotsGelSmart™ M-Gel Dots may be used to reduce abrasion, friction and pressure in either a splint, cast, brace liner or footware. Gel slowly releases medical grade mineral oil (USP) which softens and moisturises skin. Moisturises skin on contact. Absorbs pressure and friction. Washable and reusable.091345859 15/25˝ 4mm 3pk

3

4

5

3 M-Gel ExerFeet™ Toe StretcherFlexible, soft gel infused with 7 botanical oils to soothe skin between toes. Provides healthy stretch to toes for relaxing therapy. Straightens and realigns toes to restore flexibility and circulation. May alleviate bunions & metatarsalgia.091536945 091536952

2 M-Gel Body PadsSoft formulation for anywhere on the body to offload pressure and absorb shock or shear forces.091536614 Disc 10cm Adhesive 091536622 Disc 10cm 091345834 Square 10cm 091345842 Square 10cm Adhesive

1 2

1 M-Gel Achilles/Dorsum Protection SleeveProtection for both top of the foot and Achilles tendon by reducing pressure, shear forces and friction from shoes.091536671 Small/Medium 091536689 Large/Extra Large

Foot Care


297

Silipos Appliances

3 Silipos Digital Pad™Protects toes and fingers from friction and abrasion. Use where corns, calluses, and hammer toes cause discomfort.091261585 Mini Pack of 12 091261593 Small / Medium Pack of 12 091261684 Large / X-Large Pack of 12

4 Silipos Digital Pad on a Strip™Mineral oil gel pads on a continuous strip. Elastic tube is easy to cut to preferred size. Product is turned inside out so gel can be applied to skin. (2 strips per pack).091261452 Small / Medium Strip of 16

5 Silipos Digistrip™Half coated with mineral oil gel. Elastic tubing is easy to cut to preferred size. Once cut, product is turned inside out so gel can be applied to skin. Approx 20 toe protectors per strip.091261783 Narrow 60cm Pack of 2 091261775 Medium 60cm Pack of 2 091261791 Wide 60cm Pack of 2

1 Silipos Digital Caps™Fully lined with Silipos polymer gel for all round digital protection. Fits toes or fingers (average cap length is 2.5˝ / 6.5cm) and can be cut to size.091130871 Mesh One Size Pack of 8 091130889 Ribbed Mini Pack of 6 091130897 Ribbed Small / Medium Pack of 6 091130905 Ribbed Large / X-Large Pack of 6

6 Silipos Gel Tubing™Fully lined with Silipos polymer gel. Provides all round digital protection. Can be cut to size required for toes.091130913 Mesh Narrow 2×15cm Pack of 3 091130921 Mesh Wide 7.6×25.4cm Pack of 1 091130939 Knitted Narrow 2×15cm Pack of 2 091130947 Knitted Wide 2.5×15cm Pack of 2

2 Silipos All Gel Digital CapsMade with new longer lasting thermoplastic elastomer. Helps reduce discomfort caused by corns, blisters, and ingrown nails. Wear with sandals or open-toe shoes.091261114 Small / Medium Pack of 2 091261148 Large / X-Large Pack of 2

3 4

5

2

6

1

7 Silipos Gel Toe CrestHelps relieve pressure and pain caused by hammer, claw, and mallet toes. Silicone gel designed to absorb shock and provide even pressure distribution.091261247 Small Left Pack of 3 091261262 Small Right Pack of 3 091261239 Large Left Pack of 3 091261254 Large Right Pack of 3

7

9 Silipos Gel Toe Spreader™Conforms and comfortably fits between toes. Use as an inter-digital wedge for bunion deformity, overlapping toes, or toe drift.091261189 Small Pack of 4 091261171 Medium Pack of 4 091261197 Large Pack of 4

8 Silipos Gel Toe Separator™091261379 Small Pack of 15 091261437 Large Pack of 15 091261833 Large Pack of 100

8 9

Foot

Car

e


1 Silipos Ball of Foot Gel CushionThin fabric-covered gel pad (2mm) to protect against abrasion, friction, and pressure under the metatarsal heads.091261163 One Size Pair

2 Silipos Gel Metatarsal PadAbsorbs shock, impact and provides even distribution of pressure on the metatarsal heads.091261205 One Size Pair

3 Silipos Gel Metatarsal Pad with Built-In Toe Spreader

Anatomically designed for comfort and protection of metatarsal heads.091261221 Small / Medium Pair

4 Silipos Gel Foot CoverThin layer of gel covered with fabric offers complete toe and metatarsal protection.091261288 Small 9.5×12.5cm Pair 091261296 Large 11×15cm Pair

5 Silipos Universal Gel StrapComfortable elastic sleeve with anatomically designed gel pad to cover all five metatarsal heads. Gel covered091261502 Small / Medium Pair 091261551 Large / X-Large Pair Gel uncovered091261395 Small / Medium Pair

6 Silipos Gel-E-RollAn elastic bandage coated one side with a layer of Silipos polymer gel. 10cm x 120cm.091130814

1 2

3 4

5

6

7 Silipos Gel DotsUsed to reduce abrasion, friction and pressure points.091130780 3mm thick × 3cm diameter Pack of 15

8 Silipos Gel Squares™Versatile solution for discomfort related to pressure and friction. Can be trimmed to customised size. 10×10cm, 3mm thick.091261304 Adhesive Pack of 2 091261338 Non-Adhesive Pack of 2

7

8

9 Toe BolsterToe Bolsters are latex foam moulds covered in chamois leather with elastic loop to fit over toe. The bolsters provide under support to the toes which have a tendency to retract.Left Right091264340 091264357 Small 091264316 091264332 Medium 091264365 091264324 Medium Long 091264290 091264308 Large

9

Silipos Appliances

Foot Care


299

Silipos Appliances

1 Silipos Body DiscsBody discs are medical grade mineral oil gel cushions designed to soften, moisturize, protect, and cushion the skin against shear and abrasive forces. The discs are available in 2.5˝ diameter and can be cut to preferred size for use in multiple applications. This product is washable and reusable.• Multi-purpose discs of medical grade mineral oil gel• Apply to parts of the body suffering from discomfort caused by

pressure and friction• Can be trimmed to customized size• Medical grade mineral oil gel moisturizes and conditions the skin• Latex free and hypoallergenic• Comes in a pack of two body disc091262724

2 Silipos Heel/Elbow Slip OverThe Heel/Elbow Slip Over is designed with a medical grade mineral oil gel cushion that contours around the heel or the elbow to protect the area from pressure, friction, and shear forces. The gel pad gradually releases mineral oil to moisturize and soften the skin. This product is washable and reusable.• Aids in the healing and skin conditioning of dry, cracked heels

and elbows• Versatile medical grade mineral oil gel pad can be positioned

almost anywhere around the foot and heel• Effective in helping to prevent heel and elbow ulcerations• Heel sleeve can be used in conjunction with pressure relief

products to protect the skin• Elbow sleeve provides Ulnar Nerve protection• Latex free and hypoallergenic• 5mm Gel091261346 Small / Medium 091261361 Large / Extra Large

3 Silipos Achilles Heel PadThe achilles heel pad is a lightweight, comfortable, toeless sleeve that comforts, cushions, and protects the Achilles area while releasing medical grade mineral oil to help soften and moisturize the skin. Can be worn with shoes, athletic footwear, ski boots, skates, and cleats. This product is washable and reusable.• Soft conforming gel pad protects the posterior of the heel from

pressure, impact, and friction• Provides gentle compression and dissipation of pressure

around inflamed area• Effective in protecting against discomfort caused by ski boots,

skates, cleats, other athletic footwear, shoes, and boots• Reduces pain caused by footwear pressure on irregular heel bumps• Latex free and hypoallergenic• Comes in a single pack 091261460 Small / Medium 091261569 Large / Extra large

4 Silipos Antibacterial Digitals CapsSilipos antibacterial foot care products are specially formulated with a tested and proven antimicrobial ingredient that kills up to 99.9% of bacteria and fungus. Antibacterial digital pads are a comfortable fabric sleeve coated with Silipos® gel to help soften and moisturize the skin. Slip the digital pad over a toe or finger, placing the gel pad directly over the affected area to ease discomfort immediately. The antimicrobial ingredient is contained in the gel and exudes onto the skin. This product is washable and reusable.• Antibacterial formula• Relieves pressure and friction• Relieves painful ingrown toenails, corns, hammertoes, and toe tips• Fully lined with medical grade mineral oil gel to surround,

soothe, moisturize, and protect• Fits toes or fingers and can be cut to size• Latex free and hypoallergenic091524214 Small / Medium

1

2

3

4

2

NEW

NEW

NEW

NEW

NEW

Foot

Car

e


Blue-Point Insoles, Heel Cups & Wedges

7 Heel Wedge with Soft CentreFor maximum comfort while standing, walking or running.091420538 Size 2-5 091420546 Size 6-8 091420553 Size 9+

8 Heel Wedge with Soft SpurFits comfortably into most footwear and efficiently cushions from impact.091420561 Size 2-5 091420579 Size 6-8 091420587 Size 9+

9 Heel Wedge with REM Spur091514074 Size 2-5 091514082 Size 6-8 091514090 Size 9+

6 Posted Heel Wedge with Soft SpurOffers relief for users with flat feet, high arches or knee conditions, and for helping runners maintain balance.091420504 Size 2-5 091420512 Size 6-8 091420520 Size 9+

5 Original Heel CupsFor maximum comfort while standing, walking or running.091420454 Size 2-5 091400381 Size 6-8 091400399 Size 9+

4 ¾ High Heel Insoles with Met PadFor absorbing shock, enhanced comfort and forefoot pressure relief while wearing high-heeled and tight-fitting shoes.091420413 Size 2-5 091420421 Size 6-8

3 ¾ High Heel Insoles with Met RiseFor absorbing shock, enhanced comfort and forefoot pressure relief while wearing high-heeled and tight-fitting shoes.091420389 Size 2-5 091420397 Size 6-8

2 Original ¾ Length InsolesDesigned for flat shoes and sneakers, featuring thicker gel pads for maximum cushioning during walking and high-impact sports.091349463 Size 2-5 091349471 Size 6-8 091349489 Size 9+

1 Original Full Length InsolesCushions the foot, ankle and knee from impact and shock.091349497 Size 3-4 091349505 Size 4-5 091349513 Size 6-7 091349521 Size 7-8 091349539 Size 9-10 091349547 Size 10+

Blue Point products are made from medical grade viscoelastic silicone for long lasting support and comfort. They are designed for shock absorption, enhanced comfort and pressure relief. The position of the blue points helps to relieve pressure and reduce pain on the most sensitive areas of the foot. Can be trimmed to desired size. Washable and reusable. All products sold in pairs.

1

2 3

4 5

6 7

8 9

Foot Care


301

Scissors, Forceps & Nail Surgery

4 Forceps Halstead Fine091256312 125mm

1 Scissors Straight Blunt/Sharp091255397 130mm B/S 091255363 180mm B/S

2 Scissors Straight Sharp/Sharp091533041 130mm S/S 091255462 150mm S/S

3 Scissors Curved091533033 130mm B/S 091533017 150mm B/S

8 Thwaites Double Spring091256569 135mm

6 Swann-Morton Stitch Cutter091255371 Pack of 100

5 Dissecting Forceps - Fine End091256239 125mm

7 Splinter Forceps091256247 125mm

Quality instruments

Foot

Car

e


STRAIGHT

6 Ingrown Arrow Pointed091532977 115mm 091532944 125mm

2 Fine Pointed Smooth Handle091532985 115mm Straight

2 145mm Smooth Handle091532902 Straight 091532894 Concave

Nippers

CONCAVE

4 Ingrown Pointed Smooth091254457 130mm

5 S90 Double Spring091254408 125mm

CONCAVEARROW

POINTED

Professional Nippers

This professional range of reusable nippers are fully autoclavable, high on quality and low on cost. Manufactured from high quality surgical steel, these nippers are ideal for hospital and clinics alike at a competitive price.

STRAIGHT

CONCAVE

STRAIGHT

1 Cantilever Gripped Barrel Spring091254523 150mm

Foot Care


303

Nippers

Blades

10100 Pack

11100 Pack

E11100 Pack

15100 Pack

15T100 Pack

Swann Morton Red Sterile. Carbon Steel 091254770 091254796 091255009 091254804 091219427

Swann Morton Green Sterile. Stainless Steel 091254945 091254960 091255017 091254978 -

Swann Morton Blue Non Sterile. Carbon Steel 091254713 091254739 - 091254747 -

Paragon Sterile. Stainless Steel 091254903 - - - 091254929

Sabre Sterile. Carbon Steel - - 091254994 - -

For Handles (see page 304) 7 7 7 7 7

Blades

22A100 Pack

23100 Pack

24100 Pack

26100 Pack

27100 Pack

Swann Morton Red Sterile. Carbon Steel. 091254846 091254853 091254861 091254879 -

Swann Morton Green Sterile. Stainless Steel. - 091281351 - - 091254986

Swann Morton Blue Non Sterile. Carbon Steel. - 091254754 - - -

For Handles (see page 304) 3 3 3 3 3

Blades

10A100 Pack

12100 Pack

15C100 Pack

20100 Pack

21100 Pack

22100 Pack

Swann Morton Red Sterile. Carbon Steel. 091254788 091254762 091254812 091254820 091254895 091254838

Swann Morton Green Sterile. Stainless Steel. 091254952 - - - - -

Swann Morton Blue Non Sterile. Carbon Steel. - - - 091254721 - -

For Handles (see page 304) 7 7 7 3 3 3

Mini Blades

61 62 64 65 67 69Swann Morton Sterile. Stainless Steel. 25 Pack 091255025 091255033 091255041 091281369 091255058 091281377For Handles (see page 304) 6 6 6 6 6 6

Foot

Car

e


Scalpel Handles

1 Scalpel Handle 3 Graduated091255140 Stainless Steel - Pack of 10

2 Scalpel Handle 7091255165 Stainless Steel

3 Scalpel Handle Fine SF13For mini blades.091255223

4 Disposable Swann Morton blade and handle091254622 Size 10 10 Pack Sterile individually packed 091254630 Size 11 10 Pack Sterile individually packed 091254598 Size 15 10 Pack Sterile individually packed

5 Disposable Sabre blade and handle091254655 E11 10 Pack Sterile individually packed 091254606 B23 10 Pack Sterile individually packed 091254614 D15 10 Pack Sterile individually packed

6 Paragon Blade Remover Box091254556 Pack of 10

7 Single Use Blade Remover091254697 Pack of 50


Foot Care


305

Blacks Files & Probes

Our range of Blacks Files and Probes combines traditional craftsmanship with modern technology.

1 Blacks File - Fine091256411

2 Blacks File - Micro091256429

4 Probe Angled Neck - Flat Head091256338

5 Probe Swan Neck - Flat Head091256346

6 Probe - Double EndedSwan Neck - Spoon Head/Angle Neck - Flat Head.091256452

3 Blacks File - Double Ended(Fine & Micro)091256494

Foot

Car

e


Files & Mandrels

1 DiamonDeb Foot File091256320 20cm

4 Rasp Doubled Sided091256445 15cm

2 Plastic Foot DresserDual abrasive foot file is the safe hygienic way to remove hard dry skin. The coarse side provides a large grain abrasive surface to file and reduce areas of hard skin. The reverse side features a smoother grain which will remove dry skin leaving a smooth surface.091256197 24cm

5 Clip-on Discs & MandrelGarnet discs are a disposable disc for finishing skin and calluses. Clip-on discs have a square metal centre, which can be pushed onto the mandrel where it locates firmly. When used, the disc can be pulled off and replaced in seconds.091256049 Single Use Mandrel Clip-on 091255926 1.90cm Pack of 50 Fine 091255983 2.25cm Pack of 50 Fine 091255934 1.90cm Pack of 50 Medium 091255975 2.25cm Pack of 50 Medium 091255918 1.90cm Pack of 50 Coarse 091255967 2.25cm Pack of 50 Coarse

6 Pinhole Discs & MandrelGarnet discs are a disposable disc for finishing skin and calluses. Pinhole discs use a removable screw in the head of the mandrel which holds the disc securely in position.091255900 Single Use Mandrel Pinhole 091256031 1.90cm Pack of 100 Medium 091256015 2.25cm Pack of 100 Medium 091256007 1.90cm Pack of 100 Coarse 091256023 2.25cm Pack of 100 Coarse 091281476 1.90cm Pack of 100 Extra Coarse 091255991 2.25cm Pack of 100 Extra Coarse

5

1

2

6

4

3 DiamonDeb Nail File091256262 20cm 091256254 15cm

3

Foot Care


307

Autoclaves

MDS AutoclavesMDS Autoclaves are manufactured from British technology and the highest quality of materials. All MDS Autoclaves are B Type which means the machine has a triple vaccum phase and is suitable for solid, lumened and porous loads. Fully complies with BS EN ISO 13060 and comply with the requirements of SCP’s Decontamination Standards.All machines sterilise at 134°C and must be filled with RO/Distilled Water to avoid rusting from tap water.

1 8L B-Type Vacuum Autoclave• Printer included• Sterilises at 134°C• Outside dimensions (L×W×H) 535×365×320mm• Tray dimensions (L×W×H) 255×130×15mm• Volume - 8 Litre (3 Shelves)• Two trays included• Minimum cycle 20 minutes• 34kg091512953

2 12L B-Type Vacuum Autoclave• Printer included• Outside dimensions (L×W×H) 660×445×390mm• Tray dimensions (L×W×H) 285×155×18mm• Volume - 12 Litre (5 Shelves)• Three trays included• Minimum cycle 24 minutes• 45kg091512979

3 18L B-Type Vacuum Autoclave (Not Illustrated)• Printer & USB included• Outside dimensions (L×W×H) 650×500×430mm• Tray dimensions (L×W×H) 285×194×18mm• Volume - 18 Litre (5 Shelves)• Three trays included• Minimum cycle 26 minutes• 47kg091512987

4 22L B-Type Vacuum Autoclave (Not Illustrated)• Printer & USB included• Outside dimensions (L×W×H) 780×500×430mm• Tray dimensions (L×W×H) 370×190×18mm• Volume - 22 Litre (5 Shelves) • Three trays included • Minimum cycle 30 minutes • 59kg 091512995

5 Spare Trays (Not Illustrated)091528678 8L 091528686 12L 091528694 18L 091528702 22L

6 Spare Printer Roll (Not Illustrated)091528736

7 View Sterilisation Bag091266980 9×23cm Pack of 200 091266972 9×20cm Pack of 120 091266998 13×25cm Pack of 200 091266964 19×33cm Pack of 200

1

2

7

Foot

Car

e


3

Water Distillers and Ultrasonic Cleaners

4

1 MDS RO 3L Water DistillerCan supply 3 litres of RO water every 20 minutes and does not require a power source so is highly economical and eco friendly. The 3L stainless steel tank is easy to clean and is covered by a plastic shell. With temperature control which is fully adjustable to ensure the water is ready for use with autoclaves. Can be fitted under a sink unit. Requires fitting , quote available on request.091513001

2 MDS 1.5L Water PurifierA portable and smaller water purifier, produces 1L of distilled water per hour.091519545

3 MDS 3L Ultrasonic BathIdeal for cleaning soiled instruments before sending through an autoclave. Recommended washing time of 3-30mins depending on amount of soiling. Washer can be set between 1-90mins and includes:• Heater• Timer240×140×70mm (Permitted level)091536994

1

2

4 Medi-PH-Safe Non Foaming CleanerMild Alkaline cleaning solution more suited to higher temperatures. Aluminium friendly.091521616

Foot Care


309

Dust Extraction Drills

Hadewe SB rangeThe SB series is a long running reliable suction series, which has been a best seller in many countries for years. The units of this series are equipped with a powerful suction motor that is stored on rubber pads to protect it during transport. Includes a carry handle. Available with speeds of up to 12.000 (in a low cost and regular variant) and 22.000rpm, the SB is perfect for long hours of continues work in hospital, stationary or domestic use. The unit itself is very small and therefore fits in almost all carry cases or cabinets.

1 Hadewe SB-12 Suction Drill• Speed 2,000 – 12,000rpm• User friendly operating panel• Compact control unit with carry handle• W26×H14×D19cm, 3.5kg091254143

2 Hadewe SB-22 Suction Drill• Speed 4,000 – 22,000rpm• User friendly operating panel• Compact control unit with carry handle• W26×H14×D19cm, 3.5kg091254150

1

2

BEST SELLER

Foot

Car

e


Dust Extraction Drills

Hadewe Helius rangeThe brand new Helius series features a newly developed labyrinth technique within the control unit to keep the sound within the drills, making it one of the most silent suction units on the market. The suction motor is located in a rubber protected zone to make it more shock proof.The Helius is available in 2 different speeds, up to 22.000rpm (Helius 22) and up to 40.000 rpm (Helius 40). The handpiece motors are constructed for long working hours.

2 Hadewe Helius 22 Suction Drill (Not Illustrated)• Speed 4,000 – 22,000rpm• Extra silent control unit• Powerful & shock protected suction motor• W26×H14×D26cm, 4.5kg091317122

1 Hadewe Helius 40 Suction Drill• Speed up to 40,000rpm• Extra silent control unit• Powerful & shock protected suction motor• W26×H14×D26cm, 4.5kg091317114

3 Hadewe Paper Filter BagsRegular paper filters for all Hadewe suction units (Helius, SB, Argos)091253921

4 Hadewe Micro Filter BagsSpecial micro filters for all Hadewe suction units (Helius, SB, Argos)091317155

1

3

4

Foot Care


311

Domiciliary Drills

Hadewe Xantos rangeThe Xantos series is our new series of dry drills, which features a new design, and a digital display to show the speed. Our bestseller Xantos-22 has a slim handpiece with a diameter of 17-20.5mm and a length of only 129mm. Even with the low weight of 117g it has a powerful motor, which makes it the perfect choice for long and continuous work in podiatry, manicure, and nail design. The burs are easily exchanged by using the patented Hadewe Quick Chuck System.

1 Hadewe Xantos-22• Speed 4,000 – 22,000rpm• Ideal for domiciliary use• W12×H9×D19cm, 117g091317197

2 Xantos carry caseDimensions outside: W34×H13×D28cmDimensions inside: W32×H11×D22cm091324904

3 Hadewe Xantos BTThe Xantos BT is Hadewe’s brand new battery drill for domiciliary use. The drill is compact, lightweight and has a small, powerful handpiece which makes it the ideal drill for home visits. The unit is powered by the latest generation of accumulators which have a much higher capacity, and longer lifespan than competitors.• Speed 6,000 – 25,000rpm• Running time approx 10 hours (in empty running)• Accumulator recharging time 2 hours091536960

1

2

3


Foot

Car

e


Domiciliary Drills

1 Foot Rest with BagThe foot rest is perfect for use during domestic work, and assists you in putting the patient’s foot where you can best work on it. Height (46-92mm) and multiple angles are separately adjustable. This latest model features an improved design to give it more stability with reinforced steel to prevent breaking under weight. Comes with a carry bag (W690×H320×D240mm).091218288

2 Magnifying LampThe magnifying light Spectra can be used in every flexible way, since the included powerful clamp allows you to combine it with the Hadewe foot rest, carry case, or several kinds of furniture or cabinets. The extra long arm enables ultimate positioning of the light. Heat is not an issue with this product. In fact, you may transport it immediately after use.Position the light close to the patient‘s feet and keep or move it to optimum position via the flexible arm and holder. For transport simply detach the light, and move the adapter under the foot rest.Choose your lamp design according to your other furniture style. The lid of the magnifying light can be changed to white, silver grey, or blue.091250216

3 Catch BasinKeep your working space clean by using the new flexible catch basin. Consisting of a disinfectable elastic material, it provides a soft basis to put your patient’s leg on, and can easily be pressed down when working on the heel. Excess spray water will be collected in the basin. The Flex Catch Basin can be rolled together for mobile transport, and also fits into our carry cases, or the bag of the foot rest. Size: W330×H100×D510mm, Weight: 580g091317247

4 Tool TrayThis hard plastic tray allows you to keep all your tools and instruments within reach. You may hang it up from the foot rest and it can be turned 360° in all directions. The tray consists of hard to break plastic, and is resistant against disinfection liquid. Size: W260×H75×D360mm, Weight: 400g.091317254

1

2

3

4

Foot Care


313

2 Plaster of Paris BandageA cost effective method of obtaining slipper impressions of the patient’s feet. Simple immersion in water allows the Plaster of Paris bandages to be wrapped around the lower section of the foot to form a slipper which rapidly dries to a permanent record.091270255 7.5cm×2.7m Roll 091270248 10cm×2.7m Roll 091270297 15cm×2.7m Roll 091270321 20cm×2.7m Roll

3 Foam Impression BoxA cost and time effective method of obtaining a cast impression.091270305 4cm Standard 091270313 6cm Deep

2

3

4

4 Silipos Pressure Relief Padding2mm Thick gel pad with self-adhesive backing used to reduce shock, impact, and vibration. Excellent for use with custom ankle foot orthosis devices.091126259 10cm×91cm 091126267 20cm×91cm

1 Otoform K2 KitA mouldable putty with the addition of a curing agent which hardens to form a permanent rubbery appliance.091260546 170g 091260637 800g 091260488 Hardener 20g

1

Foot Care Materials

INFORMATIONFor our range of tapes and strappings, please see pages 261 to 276. For our range of padding materials, please see pages 38 to 42.

Foot

Car

e


Foot Care Materials

4 Spenco Roll091260694 105×120cm

1 Plastazote Plastazote is a thermoplastic polyethylene foam. It is readily washable, discourages bacteria growth and has good thermal properties. A cross linked construction and non toxicity make it a standard for orthotic linings. Sheet Size: 150×100cm. Heat mouldable at 85-140°C. Black White3mm 091260405 091260413 6mm – 091281864

1

4

3 Hapla Gold All Wool FeltHapla Gold Felt has been enhanced by introducing a broad range anti-microbial treatment to protect against bacteria and fungi. Designed with Hapla clinically proven adhesive. Sheet size = 22.5×45cm.091318476 2mm Pack of 4 091318484 5mm Pack of 4 091318492 7mm Pack of 4 091318500 10mm Pack of 4

2 Hapla Fleecy Web RollHapla Fleecy Web is 100% cotton padding and features a raised fleecy surface. It is widely used to protect sore and tender skin from friction and rubbing.091221340 5cm×3m

3

2

LATEX FREE

LATEX FREE

INFORMATIONFor our range of tapes and strappings, please see pages 261 to 276. For our range of padding materials, please see pages 38 to 42.

Exercise E

quip

ment


315

Exercise EquipmentTreadmills 316

Ergometers & Recumbent Cycles 317Recumbent Exercisers, Accessories &

Elliptical / Cross Trainers318

Pedal Exercisers 319Physio Kits 320

Active Rehabilitation 321 - 322

Exe

rcis

e E

qui

pm

ent


Treadmills

DELIVERYDelivery is approximately 10-12 weeks. Oversize items will be subject to additional carriage charges. See pages 570 to 571 for details.

1

2

1 Matrix T1X TreadmillFeatures• Ultimate Deck System™ Hard-Wax reversible 1̋ absorbs impact

for the best possible feel• Large LED display for easy viewing and simple controls suitable

for users of all experience levels• Low 7.5˝ step-on height for ease of accessibility

Technical Specifications

Running Area 152×51cm (60×20˝)

Deck Step Height 19cm (7.5˝)

Incline Range 0-15%

Speed Range 0.5-12mph

Telemetric HR Receiver Yes

Transport Wheels Yes

Display Type Alphanumeric LED

Display Speed, incline, elapsed time, distance, pace, heart rate, time remaining, calories

Workouts Manual, rolling hills, fat burn, 5k, target HR, Gerkin Protocol

Quick Start Yes

Dimensions 213×85×132cm

Warranty 2 years parts, 2 years labour

091434059

Maximum user weight

25 st

158 kg

2wks

2 Matrix T3XH Treadmill• Dimensions 215×85×142cm


Deck Type Ultimate hard-wax reversible 1˝ deck

Bell Type Hanasit, 2-ply commercial grade

Running Area 152×51cm (60×20˝)

Step-on Height 19cm (7.5˝)

Cushion System Ultimate Deck cushioning system

Tread Sense Yes. Engaged above 0.5mph/ 0.8kph

Incline Range 0-15% (590kg / 1300lbs thrust elevation motor)

Speed Range Forward 0.16-19.3km/h/0.1-12mph

Contact & Telemetric HR

Yes

Crossbar Controls No

Ethernet Port Yes

091559988

Maximum user weight

28½ st

182 kg

2wks

2 YEAR WARRANTY

2 YEAR WARRANTY

Exercise E

quip

ment


317

Ergometers & Recumbent Cycles

1 Matrix U1X ErgometerFeatures and Benefits• Heavy gauge welded steel frame provides a solid

workout foundation• Multi-position handlebars ensure a comfortable

workout position• Self-powered generator allows for freedom of placement

anywhere in the room• Pure Comfort seat provides extra support for a more

comfortable ride• 12 programs including manual option• Display shows time, distance, level, rpm, METs, watts,

heart rate, target heart rate, % max heart rate091540822

Maximum user weight

28½ st

182 kg

2 Matrix R1X Recumbent CycleFeatures and Benefits• Step-thru frame design ensures easy access to the machine• Self-powered generator allows for freedom of placement

anywhere in the room• User-friendly seat adjustment mechanism makes it easy to find

the perfect riding position• 12 programs including manual option• Resistance range from 1-25• Display shows time, distance, speed, calories, resistance level,

RPM, METs, watts, heart rateTechnical SpecificationsDimensions: 162×73×139cmWeight: 70kg091344415

Maximum user weight

28 st

182 kg

2wks

3 York 7000 Series Recumbent CyclePerformance• 40 levels of magnetic resistance• 180kg max user weight• 13.5kg flywheel• Seat height and rake adjustPrograms• 25 (Gola 1,P1-12,Watt 1,User 1-7, HRC 1-4)Resistance• EMSInterface• Hand pulse sensors• 7˝ blue back light LCD display• Wireless receiver• Self generating & power plugElectronic• Jack plug input• USB charger input• MP3 player input• Speaker systemConvenience• Tablet-book holder• Wheels for easy transportation091555200

Maximum user weight

28 st

180 kg

2wks

DELIVERYDelivery is approximately 2 weeks. Oversize items will be subject to additional carriage charges. See pages 570 to 571 for details.

SELF GENERATINGNO MAINS REQUIRED

2 YEAR WARRANTY

SELF GENERATINGNO MAINS REQUIRED

SELF GENERATINGAND POWER PLUG

2

1

2

Exe

rcis

e E

qui

pm

ent


Recumbent Exercisers, Accessories & Elliptical / Cross Trainers

1 SCIFIT PRO2® Total Body ExerciserThe PRO2 is extremely versatile offers upper body, lower body or total body exercise. Developed by rehabilitation professionals, this adaptability makes the PRO2 the ideal choice for professionals working within rehab and sports-injury clinics. Medical CE IIa Certification.Key Features & Benefits• Isolate training to be upper body only, lower body only

or a total body workout• Adjustable console angle to accommodate users at

all positions• Adjustable and reversible arm cranks for a greater range

of movement and exercise variety• Vertical seat adjustment with gas assisted lift and swivel• Seat is removable for use with a wheelchair• Only 5 watts of resistance needed to start and maintain

programme function, ideal in rehab applications or for the ‘not yet fit’ user

Technical SpecificationsMachine Weight: 100kg Machine Size: Length 155cm. Width 76cm. Height 156cm.Power: Self-generating with auto recharge battery back upWarranty: 3 years parts and 1 year labourMachine Weight: 100kgMachine Size: Length 155cm. Width 76cm. Height 156cm091183409 Standard

Maximum user weight

32 st

204 kg

4-6wks

1

DELIVERYDelivery is approximately 4 to 6 weeks. Oversize items will be subject to additional carriage charges. See pages 570 to 571 for details.

3 Low Support BootsLow boots are ideal for individuals who have difficulty keeping their feet on standard pedals. The oversized footplate keeps the foot on the pedal with sturdy straps at the back, over the top and around the front of the foot.Suitable for use with the PRO2.091279595

3

CLASS IIaMedically Approved STANDARD 2 Matrix E1X Elliptical Trainer

Key Features & Benefits• Auto-positioning pedals assures a comfortable workout• 7˝ blue backlit LCD console display provides constant

feedback• Comfortable 19˝ stride length for smooth, natural movement• Self-powered system provides cost-savings and freedom of

placement within the facilityTechnical SpecificationsDisplay Shows: Time, Distance, Calories, Speed, Level, Watts, METs, Heart Rate, and Workout ProfileManual and Manual, Interval+ (Hill Interval, Pre-programs: Random Interval), Goal+ (Time Goal, Distance Goal, Calories Goal), Multi FX+ (Constant Watts, Random), Heart Rate+ (Target HR, Weight Loss), Fit TestDimensions: 211×79×170cm Assembled Weight: 151kg091344092

Maximum user weight

28 st

182 kg

2wks

2

Exercise E

quip

ment


319

Pedal Exercisers

1 MoVeS OxyCycle 3 Pedal ExerciserFor active and passive training. The MoVeS OxyCycle 3 Pedal Exerciser is a great tool for personalised, low-stress workouts at home. The adjustable speed and resistance makes it a great product to progressively strengthen your arms and legs. This pedal exerciser provides low impact exercise to increase strength and flexibility, is versatile for both upper and lower body and it improves the blood circulation.The MoVeS OxyCycle 3 Pedal Exerciser has a reliable 80 Watts motor to offer enough power to maintain a constant rotational speed, whereas cheaper models only carry a 30 Watt motor. A safety stop will avoid injury in case of cramp or muscle spasm.The MoVeS OxyCycle 3 has a light-weight compact design, adjustable speed & resistance, a 15-minute timer switch and a multi -function LCD display readout of scan, time, count, total count and calories burned. A non-skid mat and interchangeable hand grip pedals are included.• 230V AC• 50Hz• 25-65rpm

• 50×46×38cm• 8.5kg

091343888

2 MoVeS OxyCycle 2 Pedal ExerciserThe MoVeS OxyCycle 2 Pedal Exerciser is a great tool for personalised, low-stress workouts at home. The adjustable speed makes it a great product to progressively strengthen your arms and legs. This pedal exerciser provides low impact exercise to increase strength and flexibility, is versatile for both upper and lower body and it improves the blood circulation. The MoVeS OxyCycle 2 Pedal Exerciser has a reliable 60 Watt motor to offer enough power to maintain a constant rotational speed, whereas cheaper models only carry a 30 Watt motor. A safety stop will avoid injury in case of cramp or muscle spasm. The MoVeS OxyCycle 2 has a light-weight compact design, adjustable speed and a multi-function LCD display readout of scan, time, count, RPM-level and estimated calories burned. A non-skid mat and interchangeable hand grip pedals are included. • 50×46×38 cm• 8 kg• 230V AC

• 50Hz• 25-65rpm

091343870

5 Restorator™ III Home ModelThis cycle exerciser is a favourite for home based exercise because it is so easy to use. Clamps easily to chair legs or client’s wheelchair for quick, versatile setup. Resistance can be varied from 0 to 6kg (0 to 13lbs). A simple turn of a knob adjusts the length for individual needs.081211598

3 Pedal Exerciser with Digital DisplayThis Pedal Exerciser comes with a digital display so the user can monitor their progress. Displays time, reps, calories burned, or scan through all three. A fun and easy way to gently exercise your legs or arms. Resistance knob allows user to increase difficulty as arm or leg strength increases. Height 24cm (9.5˝). Width 47cm (18.5˝). Depth 37cm (14.5˝).081511310

4 Pedal ExerciserAn upper and lower body exerciser in one. Excellent value for money with this practical pedal exerciser. Ideal for gentle exercise, for use in the home and clinic. Has non-slip feet and is lightweight for easy portability. With adjustable resistance knob. Weight 2kg.091125335

1

2

PASSIVE EXERCISER

ACTIVE/PASSIVE EXERCISER

UPDATED

UPDATED

ACTIVE EXERCISER

ACTIVE EXERCISER

ACTIVE EXERCISER

3 4

5

Exe

rcis

e E

qui

pm

ent


Physio Kits

1

1 Pro-Fitter Physio KitThe Pro Fitter Physio Kit is used by rehabilitation and physical therapy experts worldwide because of its effectiveness in the development of proprioception, muscular stabilisation, joint mobilisation, strength training and client motivation.Pro Fitter is challenging yet fun and easy to learn! Individuals of all ages quickly discover that skill building with Pro Fitter is more like a sport than an exercise!Since 1985, athletes and medical experts worldwide have depended on Pro Fitter for maximising sports performance.• Enhance functional core strength and stability• Maximise functional leg strength and power• Obtain faster and more precise reaction skills• Develop effective upper and lower body strength programmes• Improve cardiovascular endurance• Improve proprioception and reduce the risk of sports injuriesPackage comes with:Pro fitter, Soft Ankle Board, Hard Ankle Board, Balance Aids, DVD, User guide, Manual. Net weight: 15.1kg.081007137

3 Wobble & Rocker Board SetWobble/Rocker board kit comprises: 20˝ Rocker Board, 20˝ Wobble Board 16˝ Wobble Board, Stand, Exercise Chart.081034065

2 Pro Fitter Cross TrainerFor nearly 2 decades, the Pro Fitter cross trainer has helped patients rebuild their confidence to overcome physical and emotional barriers associated with injury. It is a dynamic modality that offers the benefits of a complete “Integrated and Functional” rehabilitation programme for ankle, knee, hip, back and shoulder injuries. The Pro Fitter cross trainer is challenging, fun and easy to use. Functional cross trainers like this effectively reproduce dynamic sports movements. Balance training is critical to all sports performance, as it enhances the ability to react and respond. Whether you’re averting a tackle, riding a rail, catching a ball, cycling a mountain trail or skiing moguls, quick feet and co-ordinated body movements will help improve sports performance and prevent injuries. Net weight: 11.4g.Support Article: Stroke Rehabilitation Using a Fitter by Margaret Johnstone FCSP Balance Problems Found Treatable by Training from Tribune News Service.Package comes with:Pro fitter, Soft Ankle Board DVD, User guide Manual.081007129 Pro fitter 3-D Cross Trainer

Pro-Fitter Physio Kit for Rehabilitation

For over a decade, Pro Fitter has helped patients rebuild their confidence to overcome physical and emotional barriers associated with injury. It is a dynamic modality that offers the benefits of a complete “closed chain” rehab program for ankle, knee, hip, back and shoulder injuries.

Support Article: Stroke Rehabilitation Using a Fitter by Margaret Johnstone FCSP Balance Problems Found Treatable by Training from Tribune News Service.

2

3

Exercise E

quip

ment


Active Rehabilitation

1

1 2

4

1

3

1 Rehab ChairMulti-purpose chair for the rehabilitation of upper and lower limbs and muscular exercises. The swinging arm can be used from both sides. Resistance is applied using 5 weights of 1kg each. The magnitude of effort, range of movement and point of application can be controlled individually. The 90° backrest can be positioned horizontally, by a gas spring servo assisted with a mechanical limit stop, in order to allow exercising of the limb in prone position. Practical and adjustable padded rollers to secure legs, extension strap and lock clip to secure feet.091337831 Rehab Chair complete with one swinging arm

2 Med Plus Therapy BouncerThis trampoline features 36 high tensile medical springs, set at an obtuse angle to generate a softer bounce, kind to joints. Folding legs make it ideal for therapy applications where storage space is limited. Diameter 102cm. Height 25cm.091228873

Maximum user weight

231/2 st

150 kg

3 Pro Plus Therapy BouncerThis superior strength trampoline has 48 heavy duty springs for a smooth even bounce. Folding legs make it ideal for therapy applications where storage space is limited. Specifically designed for intensive use. Diameter 102cm. Height 25cm.091228899

Maximum user weight

311/2 st

200 kg

4 Rebounder Support BarFor use with the therapy bouncers when additional stability is required. Helps to maintain balance whilst bouncing.091228766

5 Balance BenchesBalance benches manufactured in beech and fitted with rubber buttons to avoid damage.091139732 6ft

6 Wall BarsWall bars in polished pine, available in single, double and triple sections to suit your clinic requirements. The units are supplied complete with wall fixing kit and instructions.091139435 Single Section 270×86cm 091139443 Double Section 270×167cm

4

wks

DELIVERYDelivered is approximately 4 weeks. Please contact Customer Services for more information.

4wks

MADE TO ORDERThis item is made to order and, therefore, is not refundable.

5 6

Exe

rcis

e E

qui

pm

ent


5 Neoprene DumbellsNeoprene coated dumbbells for aerobic and fitness training. Flat bottoms prevent weights from rolling away. Boxed in pairs. Colour Weight091169671 Pink 0.5kg 091169689 Purple 1kg 091169697 Green 1.5kg 091169705 Blue 2kg 091169713 Orange 3kg 091169721 Red 4kg 091169747 Black 5kg

6 TheraBand™ Soft WeightsTheraBand™ Soft Weights are a soft alternative to traditional isotonic dumbbells and cuff weights. They appeal to older adults, people with arthritis or limited grasping ability, and people in toning, shaping and sport-specific programmes. They’re ideal for balance training and stabilisation exercises Each Soft Weight is individually packaged with an exercise guide and safety instructions. Latex free. Colour Weight

091040369 Tan 0.5kg 091040377 Yellow 1kg 091040385 Red 1.5kg 091040393 Green 2.0kg 091040401 Blue 2.5kg 091040419 Black 3.0kg 091040427 Set of 6

6

5

Active Rehabilitation

4 Medicine Ball Display StandThe medicine ball display stand is ideal for smaller clinics or display areas. Holds up to five medicine balls (balls not included). Assembly required.091143080

3

4

1 Anti-Burst Exercise Therapy Balls• New extended size range• Safe, durable and easy to use

• Free hand pump• Latex free

A complete range of burst resistant exercise therapy balls that are suitable for a wide variety of exercises from muscle strengthening to balance, traditional exercises and treatments to yoga and pilates. Helps improve core stability and provide a complete body workout.

Specifications

Size/Diameter Body Height Colour091339613 45cm/ 18˝ Less than 5´ Yellow091339621 55cm/ 22˝ 5´ - 5´4˝ Red091339639 65cm/ 26˝ 5´5˝ - 5´9˝ Green091535327 85cm/ 34˝ 6´4˝+ Silver

Maximum user weight

47 st

300 kg

LATEX FREE

2 Max Grip Medicine BallsColour coded multipurpose rubber training balls that can be used for a multitude of exercises. Diameter091142900 1kg 20cm 091142918 2kg 20cm 091142934 4kg 23.5cm 091142959 6kg 29cm 091142967 7kg 29cm 091142975 8kg 29cm

3 Double Grip Medicine BallsSimilar to the Max Grip Medicine Balls above but featuring double handles for added grip. Diameter091143007 4kg 23.5cm 091143015 5kg 23.5cm 091143023 6kg 29cm 091143049 8kg 29cm 091143064 10kg 29cm 1-8kg Weights 4-10kg Weights


2

FREE PUMP

1

CPM Machines & TractionArtromot Knee CPM 324

Artromot Ankle CPM 325Traction Equipment 326

CP

M M

achi

nes

& T

ract

ion


Knee CPM Machines

1 Artromot®-K1Technical SpecificationRange of Motion Extension/FlexionKnee -10° / 0°/ 120°Hip 0°/ 7°/ 115°FeaturesTimer 1-59 minutes / 1-24 hours / continuous

operationPauses (extension and/or flexion) 0-59 seconds / 1-59 minutes Reverse on load in steps 1-25 / patient safety feature Warm up protocol Gradual progression to the maximum

range of motionTotal therapy time sessions Added sum of the therapyNew patient Activates the default settings for new

patientsTransport setting Moves the carriage to the transport

positionService menuDimensionsWeight 11kg (24.4Ib)Dimensions 97×36×23cm (38.1×14.1×9.0˝)Sutiable for Patient Height Approx. 120-205cmMax. Permanent Load on Carriage 25kgMax. Patient Weight Approx 230kg

Indications• Arthrotomy and arthroscopy procedures in combination with

synovectomy, arthrolysis• Treatment following mobilization of joints in anesthetised patients• Surgical treatment of fractures and pseudoarthrosis• Exercise-stable osteosynthesis• Operations on soft tissue in the joint area• Patellectomy• Corrective osteotomy• Meniscectomy• Total knee/hip replacement• ACL/PCL reconstruction• Complex knee surgery• Articular cartilage surgery, e.g. autologous chondrocyte transplantation (ACT)

091362342 Artromot-K1 CPM 091212778 Economy Soft Goods (Suited to most CPM)

HANDHELD PROGRAMMING UNIT ARTROMOT-K1 STANDARD

MODULAR TRANSPORT TROLLEY

ECONOMY SOFT GOODS (SINGLE PATIENT USE)

CP

M M

achines & Traction


Ankle CPM Machines

1 Artromot®-SP3 CPMTechnical SpecificationRange of MotionPlantar flexion / Dorsal extension 50° / 0° / 40°Inversion / Eversion 40° / 0° / 20°

FeaturesTimer 1-59 minutes / 1-24 hours /

continuous operationPauses 0-59 secondsSpeed 5-100 %Reverse on load in steps 1-25 / patient safety feature (motor A and B separately)Motor control ON/OFF for isolated motion,

plantar flexion/dorsal extension or inversion/eversion

Synchronized motors ON = PNF-like motion pattern OFF = Randomised, asynchronised motion

Total therapy time Added sum of the therapy sessionsNew patient Activates the default settings for

new patientsTransport setting Moves the motors into the transport

positionKey lock function Prevents accidental changes of the

parameter settingsPatient chip card (optional) Stores patient-specific therapy parametersService menu

DimensionsWeight 28.7kg (63.2Ib)Dimensions 87.5×57.5×58cm (34.4×22.6×22.8˝)Suitable for patient height ca. 120-210cmMax. permanent load on 9kg arm carriageMax. permanent load on chair 150kg

Indications• Arthrotomy and arthroscopy procedures in combination with

synovectomy, arthrolysis• Surgical treatment of fractures and pseudoarthrosis• Exercise-stable osteosynthesis• Operations on soft tissue in the joint area• Reconstructive ligament and tendon surgery• Operations on cartilage lesions• Achilles tendon reconstruction

091362383 Artomot SP3 CPM

FLEXION/EXTENSION

INVERSION/EVERSION

CP

M M

achi

nes

& T

ract

ion


1 NeckPro™ Overdoor Cervical Traction DeviceBy using a precision-made compression string and a unique ratcheting device, the NeckPro delivers a more precise amount of cervical traction tension. Each click of the ratchet signals a 1lb (5kg) increase in the tension being applied, allowing the patient to monitor and track the settings. The head halter is easy to apply and comfortable even under high levels of cervical traction tension. Quick-release straps on the NeckPro give the patient a convenient way to relieve unwanted tension without having to worry about a new setup. Includes door bracket.081089754

4 NecksaviourNecksaviour is very easy to use – just bend it, relax on it and feel the stretch. Many types of neck problems as well as headaches and muscle spasm can be relieved by gently stretching the neck and that’s exactly what necksaviour does. It opens the intervertebral joints, reduces pressure, stretches soft tissue and increases blood flow.091554922

2 Over Door Traction Head Set with Water BagIdeal upright traction for use in the clinic or at home. The over door frame is made of steel. Kit includes: foam padded head halter, water weight bag, spreader bar, spreader rope (3m) and over door extension.091138791 Kit

3 Water Bag for Traction Kit Not Illustrated091249614

2

1

4

Traction Equipment

4

CP

M M

achines & Traction


Clinic FurnitureCouches & Plinths 328 - 338

Traction 339Static & Portable Couches 340 - 341

Changing Tables 342Tilt Tables 343 - 344

Paediatric Couches 345Couch Rolls 346

Chairs & Stools 347 - 348Trolleys & Cabinets 349Screens & Mirrors 350

Arm Tables, Easels & Drip Stand 351Work Tables 352 - 353

Steps 354Stairs 355 - 357

Training Steps & Ramps 358Parallel Bars 359 - 360

Suspension Frames, Wall Bars & Foot Rests

361

Pulleys 362

Clin

ic F

urni

ture


1 Vision 2 Section Couch

• Twin lift design• Electric and hydraulic models available• Hand control operation on electric• Positive/negative head section• Clearance of 23cm for a mobile hoist• Retractable wheels as standard• Facility for fitting cot sides• Facility for fitting paper roll holder• Breathing hole and plug as standard• Height Adjustment: 50 - 92cm (19 - 36˝)• Head Section Adjustment: -20˚ - +80˚• Overall upholstery dimensions:

Length 188cm (74˝) × Width 63cm (24.8˝)• Head Section 63cm (24.8˝)• Leg Section 125cm (49˝)

2 Section Electric091526763 Dark Blue 091526771 Blue 091526789 Black 2 Section Hydraulic091524925 Dark Blue 091524933 Blue 091524958 Beige Optional Accessories:091136688 Paper Roll Holder

Maximum user weight

32 st

205 kg

3-4wks

1

BLACKBLUE BEIGEDARK BLUE

Colours are as accurate as the printing process will allow.

63cm 125cm 63cm

188cm

80°

Table Measurements & Positions

2 YEARWARRANTY

DELIVERYDelivery is approximately 3 to 4 weeks. These items are shipped direct. Oversize items will be subject to additional carriage charges. See pages 790 to 792 for details. Please contact Customer Services for more information.

3-4wks

Couches & Plinths


MADE IN UK

20°

Clinic Furniture


1 Vision 3 Section Couch

DELIVERYDelivery is approximately 3 to 4 weeks. These items are shipped direct. Oversize items will be subject to additional carriage charges. See pages 790 to 792 for details. Please contact Customer Services for more information.

3-4wks

Couches & Plinths

• Twin lift design• Electric & Hydraulic models available• Hand control operation on electric• Positive/negative head section• Clearance of 23cm for a mobile hoist• Retractable wheels as standard• Facility for fitting cot sides• Facility for fitting paper roll holder• Breathing hole and plug as standard• Height Adjustment: 50 - 92cm (19 - 36˝)• Foot Section Adjustment: 0˚ to +80˚• Head Section Adjustment: −20˚ to +80˚• Overall upholstery dimensions:

Length 194cm (76.3˝) × Width 63cm (24.8˝)• Head Section 63cm (24.8˝)• Mid Section 54cm (21.2˝)• Leg Section 77cm (30.3˝)

3 Section Electric091530575 Dark Blue 091530583 Blue 3 Section Hydraulic091524966 Dark Blue 091524974 Blue 091524982 Black 091524990 Beige Optional Accessories:091136688 Paper Roll Holder

Maximum user weight

32 st

205 kg

3-4wks

1



77cm 54cm 63cm 63cm

194cm

80°

80°

−20°


2 YEARWARRANTY


MADE IN UK

Clin

ic F

urni

ture


1 Elite 2 Section Couch

• Twin lift design• 4 Retractable wheels as standard• Electric & Hydraulic models available• Foot switch operation on electric• Positive/negative head section: −30˚ to +80˚• Clearance of 23cm for a mobile hoist• Breathing hole and plug as standard• Facility for fitting cot sides• Facility for fitting paper roll holder• Facility for fitting up/down surround bar• Height Adjustment: 49 - 97cm (19.3 - 38.1˝)• Available in two widths 60cm and 70cm• Overall upholstery dimensions:

Length 200cm (78.7˝)• Head Section 66cm (26˝)• Leg Section 132cm (52˝)

Electric 60cm Hydraulic 60cm091441120 091441138 Balmain Blue 091516145 – Black 091516152 – Beige Electric 70cm Hydraulic 70cm091441146 091441179 Balmain Blue 091441112 – Storm Grey – 091441187 Beige Optional Accessories:091441625 Paper Roll Holder 091518737 Up\Down Surround Bar

Maximum user weight

39 st

249 kg

1

BLACKSTORMGREY BEIGE

BALMAINBLUE

3 YEARWARRANTY

DELIVERYThese items are shipped direct. Oversize items will be subject to additional carriage charges. See pages 790 to 792 for details.

Couches & Plinths


66cm 132cm 60cm

200cm

30°

80°


Clinic Furniture


Couches & Plinths

1 Elite 3 Section Couch

• Twin lift design• 4 Retractable wheels as standard• Electric & Hydraulic models available• Foot switch operation on electric• Positive/negative head section: −35˚ to +80˚• Positive/negative foot section: −20˚ to +35˚• Clearance of 23cm for a mobile hoist• Breathing hole and plug as standard• Facility for fitting cot sides• Facility for fitting paper roll holder • Facility for fitting up/down surround bar• Height Adjustment: 49 - 96cm (19.3 - 38.1˝)• Available in two widths 60cm and 70cm• Overall upholstery dimensions:

Length 200cm (78.7˝) • Head Section 65cm (25.6˝)• Mid Section 67cm (26.4˝)• Leg Section 65cm (25.6˝)

1



BLACKSTORMGREY BEIGE

BALMAINBLUE

3 YEARWARRANTY

65cm 67cm 65cm 60cm

200cm

35°

80°

35°

20°

DELIVERYThese items are shipped direct. Oversize items will be subject to additional carriage charges. See pages 790 to 792 for details.

Electric 60cm Hydraulic 60cm– 091441070 Balmain Blue Electric 70cm Hydraulic 70cm091441096 091441104 Balmain Blue 091516368 091516418 Black 091516376 – Storm Grey 091516350 – Beige Optional Accessories:091441625 Paper Roll Holder 091518737 Up\Down Surround Bar

Maximum user weight

39 st

249 kg

Clin

ic F

urni

ture


+20°

Couches & Plinths

1 Elite Aster Couch

• Suitable for heavy manipulation with the top section completely supported by a steel frame

• Elongated breathing hole for patient positioning including paediatrics

• 4 Retractable wheels as standard• Electric & Hydraulic models available• Foot switch operation on electric• Positive/negative head section: −75˚ to +20˚• Rising backrest from horizontal to 88˚• Clearance of 23cm for a mobile hoist• Facility for fitting cot sides• Facility for fitting paper roll holder • Facility for fitting up/down surround bar• Height Adjustment: 50 - 96cm (19.7 - 37.8˝)• Available in two widths 60cm and 70cm• Overall upholstery dimensions:

Length 194cm (76.3˝)• Head Section: 40cm (15.7˝)• Mid Section: 66cm (26˝)• Leg Section: 84cm (33˝)

Electric 60cm Hydraulic 60cm091441195 091441203 Balmain Blue 091516467 091516483 Storm Grey 091516459 091516475 Beige Electric 70cm Hydraulic 70cm091441229 – Balmain Blue Optional Accessories:091441625 Paper Roll Holder 091518737 Up/Down Surround Bar

Maximum user weight

39 st

249 kg

1



STORMGREY BEIGE

BALMAINBLUE

3 YEARWARRANTY

84cm 66cm 40cm 60cm

194cm

88°

−75°

DELIVERYThese items are from stock. Oversize items will be subject to additional carriage charges. See pages 790 to 792 for details.

shown with optional

SURROUND BAR

Clinic Furniture


Couches & Plinths

1 Bariatric Couch

• 4 Retractable wheels as standard• Hand control operation • Positive/negative head section: −30˚ to +80˚• Positive/negative leg section: −30˚ to +80˚• Clearance of 23cm for a mobile hoist• Facility for fitting paper roll holder • Height adjustment: 50 - 97cm (19.7 - 38.2˝)• Fail safe backrest locking mechanism• Standard motorised backrest• Hard wearing antimicrobial vinyl

3 Section• Overall upholstery dimensions:

Length 200cm (78.7˝) × Width 70cm (27.5˝)• Head Section 65cm (25.6˝)• Mid Section 66cm (26˝)• Leg Section 65cm (25.6˝)091441286 Balmain Blue Optional Accessories:091441625 Paper Roll Holder

Maximum user weight

39 st

249 kg

1



BALMAINBLUE

65cm 66cm 65cm 70cm

200cm

30°

30°3-Section

3-Section

80°

80°

3 YEARWARRANTY

MOTORISEDBACK REST

HEAVY DUTY


Clin

ic F

urni

ture


Couches & Plinths

1 Elite 7-Section (Motorised)

60cm With Postural Drainage091441328 Balmain Blue Optional Accessories:091441625 Paper Towel Holder & Roll 091518737 Up/Down Surround Bar

Maximum user weight

39 st

249 kg



60cm

40cm198cm

66cm89cm

75°

19cm

BALMAINBLUE

40°

10°

The drop down shoulders allow the therapist to position themselves closer to their client and conduct their treatment without excessive leaning and straining of their own back etc. All lift up sections are controlled by quality gas struts.• Lift up and tilt down head section• Lift up backrest• Lift up centre section (electric)

(postural drainage version only)• Unique massage chair head rest design• Movable arm rests & drop down shoulders• 4 Retractable wheels as standard• Hand control operation on electric• Positive/negative head section –30° - +80°• Breathing hole and plug as standard• Facility for fitting up/down surround bar• Height adjustment: 49-97cm (19.3 - 38.1˝)• Available in two widths• Max user weight: 205Kg (32st)• Overall upholstery dimensions:

Length 200cm (78.7˝)×Width 60cm (23.6˝)• Head Section 40cm (15.7˝)• Mid Section 66cm (26˝)• Leg Section 89cm (35˝)

3 YEARWARRANTY

1

shown with optional

UP/DOWN SURROUND

BAR


Clinic Furniture


1 Elite Neurology Couch

• Designed for the treatment of patients suffering from neurological conditions

• Large upholstered top allowing exercise movements to be performed with room both for the patient and the therapist

• Height Adjustment: 46 - 89cm (18 - 35˝) • Suitable for patient transferring and standing

exercises• Smooth lifting action is achieved by the

electric actuator which is controlled via a hand set

• The back section can be adjusted safely and effortlessly using high quality gas struts

• Easy hoist/patient lifter access as standard• Available in two widths• Positive/Negative Head Section: −30° to 80°• Overall upholstery dimensions:

Length 208cm (81.9˝)• Head Section: 65cm (25.6˝)• Leg Section: 140cm (55.1˝)

100cm Width091516285 Balmain Blue 120cm Width091441567 Balmain Blue Optional Accessories:091441625 Paper Roll Holder

Maximum user weight

39 st

249 kg



BALMAINBLUE

3 YEARWARRANTY

80°

30°

65cm 140cm 100cm

208cm

65cm 140cm 120cm

208cm

Couches & Plinths

1


Clin

ic F

urni

ture


1 Vision Neurology Couch

• Twin lift design• Electric & Hydraulic models available• Hand control operation on electric• Rising head section 0 to +90• Clearance of 23cm for a mobile hoist• Suitable for postural exercise and Bobath

techniques• Facility for fitting cot sides at point of order• Breathing hole and plug available as

optional extra• Height Adjustment: 50 - 92cm (19 - 36˝)• Max User Weight: 225kg (35.7st)• Overall upholstery dimensions:

Length 194cm (74˝) × Width 102cm (40˝)• Head Section: 63cm (24.8˝)• Leg Section: 125cm (49˝)• 2 Year Warranty

Electric091134444 Dark Blue 091134410 Blue 091134428 Black 091134436 Beige Hydraulic091134485 Dark Blue 091134451 Blue 091134469 Black Optional Accessories:091191782 Padded Drop Down Cot Sides (Pair)

Maximum user weight

351/2 st

225 kg

3-4wks




63cm 125cm 102cm

194cm

90°

2 YEARWARRANTY


DELIVERYDelivery is approximately 3 to 4 weeks. These items are shipped direct. Oversize items will be subject to additional carriage charges. See pages 790 to 792 for details.

3-4wks

Couches & Plinths

MADE IN UK

Clinic Furniture


337

Couches & Plinths



3-4wks

1 Podiatry/Examination Chair MK1• Minimum Height: 53cm / 20.9˝• Maximum Height: 95cm / 37.4˝• Cushion Width: 55cm / 21.7˝• Head Section Length: 74cm / 29˝• Mid Section Length: 48cm / 18.9˝• Leg Section Length: 50cm / 19.7˝• Total Length (with Tray): 202cm / 79.5˝• Head Tilt Angle: 0° / 80°• Mid Tilt Angle: 0° / 15°

• Leg Tilt Angle: –40° / 15°• Breathing Hole: 1 • Retractable Wheels: Standard×4• User Weight Rating: 205kg / 451lb091441393 Black

Maximum user weight

32½ st

205 kg

3 YEARWARRANTY

Clin

ic F

urni

ture


Couches & Plinths

1 Homecraft Mat PlatformDesigned to accommodate a variety of therapeutic treatments that require extra width and a greater working surface.• Twin lift design• Constructed from robust steel for maximum stability

and strength• Electric and hydraulic models available• Hand control operation on electric model• Clearance of 23cm for a mobile hoist• Height adjustment 50 - 92cm (19 - 36˝)• Upholstery dimensions: Length 186cm (73˝). Width 125cm (49˝).091136365 Electric Blue UK Plug

Maximum user weight

351/2 st

225 kg

186cm

125c

m

2 Low Wide Exercise TableAn extra wide, low, fixed height exercise table that provides a greater range of movement and safety. Supplied in beige, flame retardant vinyl upholstery. Supplied flat packed. Height 46cm. Length 183cm. Width 92cm. Weight 38kg.091137025

Maximum user weight

23 st

140 kg

3-4wks

1



NEXT DAY DESPATCHDelivered from stock, orders received before 3pm are despatched the next day. Oversize items will be subject to additional carriage charges. See pages 790 to 792 for details.

MADE IN UK

183cm

92cm

2

2MADE IN UK

Clinic Furniture


339

Traction

1 Elite Traction Couch

• Height Adjustment: 55 - 101cm (21.7˝- 39.8˝)• Positive /negative head section: −40˚ to +30• Rising leg section from horizontal to 90˚• Head Section Length: 40cm (15.7˝)• Mid Section Length: 41cm (16˝) and

26cm (10˝)• Leg Section Length: 91cm (35.8˝)• 2 No. Retractable wheels as standard• Breathing hole and plug as standard• Overall Length: 202cm (79.5˝)

Width: 60cm (23.6˝)• Traction Pole• Adjustable Mounting Angle: 0˚/−20˚• Pole Rotation Angle: 180˚

Electric091441419 Balmain Blue 091516111 Beige Optional Accessories:091441625 Paper Roll Holder 091518737 Up/Down Surround Bar 091515469 Thoracic Traction Belt (2 D-Linkage Points) 091515451 Pelvic Traction Belt (1 D-Linkage Point) 091515436 Traction Straps (x2) Thoracic Belt

Maximum user weight

32 st

205 kg

BEIGEDARK BLUE



91cm 41cm 40cm 60cm

202cm

26cm

90°

40°

30°

10cm

10cm

3 YEARWARRANTY

DELIVERYThese items are delivered from stock. Oversize items will be subject to additional carriage charges. See pages 790 to 792 for details.

shown with optional

SURROUND BAR

Clin

ic F

urni

ture


Static & Portable Couches

1 Colenso Examination CouchesThe Colenso examination couch is exceptionally stable, durable and comfortable for the client.Optional drawer unit available.Features:• Multi-position self locking adjustable backrest• Stylish 60mm diameter legs improves stability• Flame retardant upholstery (BS5852)• Paper roll holder included (Fits at head or foot end)• British made• CE markedDimensions: Height 79cm. Length 183cm. Width 60cm.091158112 Black 091158120 Blue 091158138 Grey

Maximum user weight

26 st

165 kg

3-4wks

3 YEARWARRANTY

Colours are as accurate as the printing process will allow.BLACK GREYBLUE

1

2 Affinity Portable Flexible TableThe portable/flexible massage table can be used for a wide variety of treatments. It features a 75° lifting head section, sturdy construction and removable breathing hole have quickly established this table as one of the best in the market. Specially shaped end plates allow excellent access at either end. Comfortable “Therafoam” cushioning system gives support and comfort even during long treatments. Height adjustable from 63-81cm, can be adjusted using the “Easi-turn” knobs which are easy to grip.Features:• 10 position lifting back rest• Rapid set up reducing delay between appointments or allowing

your treatment room to be used for other purposes• Durable double backed PVC upholstery resisting nicks and

tears for years of continued use• Triple-ply “Therafoam” 50mm rated semi-firm for sports and

remedial massage• Foam-filled high strength luxury carry handles, for improved

portability• Free two year warranty on this item covering, frame, base and

factory faults on the vinyl• Carry case included as standardDimensions: Length 185cm. Width 68cm. Weight 16.8kg.091422997 Biscuit

Maximum user weight

321/2 st

205 kg

1 wk

2

SHOWN WITH OPTIONAL DRAWER UNIT

MADE IN UK

Clinic Furniture


341

Static & Portable Couches

1 Affinity Marlin Portable TableA truly portable couch at only 14.5kgs. With a one touch height adjustment feature, this aluminium table is designed to be put up quickly, used and taken to the next appointment, with the minimum of strain and difficulty for the therapist. It is exceptionally rigid, can take large clients without fuss, and its lifting head section enables the most beneficial position for the client and therapist. Height adjustable from 58-81cm, precise telescopic legs allow the height to be adjusted rapidly whilst still retaining the stability required for high impact treatments.Features:• 10 position lifting back rest• Rapid set up reducing delay between appointments• Durable double backed PVC upholstery resisting nicks and

tears for years of continued use• Triple-ply “Therafoam” 50mm rated semi-firm for sports and

remedial massage• Foam-filled high strength luxury carry handles• 450lb impact strength (32st dropped from 7˝) plus high

strength when force is applied across the table (lateral movement)

• Carry case included as standard• Dimensions: Length 185cm, Width 63cm• 2 year warranty 091274729 Portable Couch

Maximum user weight

351/2 st

226 kg

1 wk

1

ROUNDED CORNERS10 POSITION LIFTING BACK REST

2 Terry Towelling Couch CoversThe highest quality couch covers with breathing holes. Designed to fit most popular makes of couch.With Breathing Hole091218221 Navy Blue

3 Face SaversMany patients find lying in the prone position both uncomfortable and claustrophobic. Face Savers are soft and comfortable, and when placed over the breathing hole, they allow the patient to lie with the forehead and cheeks on the saver and relax and breathe easily.This compact product is manufactured from polyurethane foam and comes complete with looped fleece cover, removable for laundering. Additional covers available to match couch covers.091280486 Standard Foam 091280593 Memory Foam 091210459 Cover - Navy Blue

2 3

Clin

ic F

urni

ture


1 Homecraft Paediatric Changing TableThe paediatric table is brightly coloured making it fun for children and aiding compliance. It is strong and robust and has a two-year guarantee.• Hand switch control on electric model• Retractable wheels• 16cm clearance for mobile hoist• Padded cot sides as standardLength 150cm (59˝). Width 70cm (27˝). Width including cotside 85cm (33˝). Height adjustment 44 - 86cm (17 - 33˝). Max overall length when lowered 182cm (71˝). Recommend a manoeuvrability clearance of 160cm (63˝) is allowed.091135011 Electric UK Plug 091158104 Electric EU Plug 091158096 Hydraulic

Maximum user weight

28 st

180 kg

4-5wks

2 YEARGUARANTEE

1

2 Homecraft Universal Changing TableThis changing table has excellent manoeuvrability due to retractable wheels and can be fitted with cot sides for patient safety. It features a strong, robust design and a two-year guarantee.• Hand switch control on electric model• Retractable wheels• 23cm clearance for mobile hoistLength 182cm (71˝). Width 70cm (27˝). Height adjustment 50 - 92cm (19 - 36˝).091134824 Hydraulic 091164250 Electric EU Plug 091191782 Cot Sides

Maximum user weight

351/2 st

225 kg

2 YEARGUARANTEE

2

2

MADE IN UK

MADE IN UK

Changing Tables



Clinic Furniture


343

11

Tilt Tables

Min 51cm

Max 86cm

1 Variable Height Tilt Table

• Minimum Height: 51cm / 20˝• Maximum Height: 86cm / 33.9˝• Cushion Width: 65cm / 25.6˝• Leg Section Length: 190cm / 74.8˝• Total Length (+ Footplate): 200cm / 78.7˝• Lift Mechanism: Electric• Breathing Hole: 0 • Wheels: 4 Braked• Tilting Mechanism: Electric• User Weight Rating: 205kg / 451lb• Supplied with set of 3 straps

091441559 Balmain Blue Optional Accessories:091433531 Extra Set of Straps 091433564 Activity Tray 091433572 Single Footplate

Maximum user weight

32 st

204 kg

1


3 YEARWARRANTY


BALMAINBLUE

65cm

190c

m

DELIVERYThese items are shipped from stock. Oversize items will be subject to additional carriage charges. See pages 790 to 792 for details.

Clin

ic F

urni

ture


Homecraft Tilt Tables

1 Homecraft Electric Adult Tilt TableAn economical tilt table that includes some outstanding features. Manufactured to a very high standard, it represents exceptional value for money. Tilt tables are used extensively in functional rehabilitation where the requirement to stand or be upright is of paramount importance. Standing can improve quality of life, assist in the natural gravitational functions of the body, re-educate balance mechanisms affected by long periods of lying and give a degree of independence. The design of this tilt table also means that the footboard can be removed so it can be used as a plinth featuring a negative head section and breathing hole with plug. With an extremely smooth movement, this tilt table is designed to promote confidence in both the client and the therapist.Features• Smooth electric tilt operation• 0 to 90° tilt adjustment• Four large braking castors for safety and ease of movement• Three straps for added client safety • Side handles to promote client confidence• Worktable as standard• Flame retardant upholstery• Steel frame with powder coated finish for strength and durabilityHeight 71cm. Length 183cm. Width 60cm.091135771 Blue UK Plug 091135813 Beige UK Plug 091135839 Dark Blue UK Plug 091135763 Blue EU Plug 091201755 Replacement Tilt Table Straps - Set of 3

Maximum user weight

22 st

140 kg

4-6wks

2 Homecraft Electric Paediatric Tilt TableThis electric tilt table has been especially designed for children, catering for a number of treatment requirements to improve the quality of life for the smaller patient. Brightly coloured in blue and red vinyl to promote compliance, it also features an adjustable pommel and pelvic supports to improve confidence for both the child and the therapist.Features• Electric tilt operation• 0 to 90° tilt adjustment• Four large braking castors for safety and ease of movement• Height adjustable footboard and pommel• Adjustable pelvic supports• Flame retardant, brightly coloured upholstery• Steel frame with powder coated finish for strength and durabilityHeight 65cm. Length 137.5cm. Width 50cm.091135854 UK Plug

Maximum user weight

91/2 st

60 kg

4-6wks

1

1

1

1

2

Colours are as accurate as the printing process will allow.BLUEBEIGE DARK BLUE

MADE IN UK

MADE IN UK



3 Accessories Not IllustratedA number of accessories are available that cater for users who require additional support during tilt table procedures. These accessories must be specified at the time of ordering.091136886 Replacement Fixation Belts - Set of 3 091136860 Adjustable Height Pommel* 091352368 Dewert Multi-Voltage Transformer Inc

Mains Lead UK,EU & USA091339746 Fixation Belt 3.5m Long - Black *The split leg version must be ordered for the fixation of these accessories.

Clinic Furniture


345

Paediatric Couches

MADE IN UK

1 Paediatric CouchThis paediatric two section couch is brightly coloured making it fun for children and aiding compliance.• High quality 2 section universal couch• Twin lift design• Electric and hydraulic models available• Hand control operation on electric model• Positive/negative head section from –20° to +90°• Mobile hoist clearance 16cm• Breathing hole and plug• Height adjustment 50 - 92cm• Padded cost sides as standard• Upholstery: Length 188cm (74˝) Width 65cm (25˝)091201110 Electric 091441591 Hydraulic

Maximum user weight

32 st

205 kg

4-5wks

1

1

2 YEARWARRANTY ELECTRIC VERSION SHOWN



Clin

ic F

urni

ture


Couch Rolls

1 Economy Couch Rolls• In 10˝ (25cm) width• 40m per roll• Available in white only091181429 10˝ White Case of 24

2 10˝ Progena Wiper Rolls• 10˝ (25cm) width• 40m per roll• Available in white or blue• Premium quality 2 ply tissue• Easy tear perfect perforations• 100% pure paper sourced from managed forests091365436 White Case of 18 091365428 Blue Case of 18

3 20˝ Progena Wiper Rolls• 20˝ (50cm) width• 40m per roll• Available in white or blue• Premium quality 2 ply tissue• Easy tear perfect perforations• 100% pure paper sourced from managed forests091365394 White Case of 9 091365360 Blue Each 091365378 Blue Case of 9

4 Couch Rolls• 20˝ width• 9 or 12 rolls per case• 40m per roll • 100 sheets per roll• White and blue available• 2 ply tissue 091364207 20˝ (50cm) White 12/case 091364223 20˝ (50cm) Blue 12/case 091555952 20˝ (50cm) White 9/case

5 20˝ Luxury Embossed Wiper Rolls• 20˝ (50cm) width• 32m per roll• Bright white in colour• Premium quality 2 ply tissue• Easy tear perfect perforations• 100% pure paper sourced from managed forests091365345 White Each 091365352 White Case of 9

1

5

2

3

6 7

4BEST SELLER

6 Couch Roll 10˝ Luxury EmbossedPremium quality 2 ply tissue. Easy tear perfect perforations.• 10˝ (25cm) width• 32m per roll• 18 cases• Bright white in colour• Premium quality 2 ply tissue• Easy tear perfect perforations• 100% pure paper sourced from managed forests091365311

7 Table Exam PaperThe Dynarex table paper prevents cross-contamination between patients in doctor’s office or examination room. This quality table paper offers superior performance and economy. It is available in smooth or crepe finish.• 12 rolls per case – 8˝×125´081616986 White

NEW NEW

Clinic Furniture


347

Chairs & Stools

4 Pneumatic Wheelie StoolA height adjustable wheelie stool with swivel castors for easy mobility when sitting. Made from high density thick foam with a wipe clean vinyl seat. Colours may vary. Seat height adjusts from 41 to 54cm. Seat diameter 46cm. Diameter of base 56cm.091136662

Maximum user weight

18 st

117 kg

5 Gas-Lift Examination StoolThis high quality gas-lift stool features a deluxe comfortable padded seat with anti-bacterial upholstery. The five castors offer stability and ease of manoeuvrability. The seat is adjustable from 42 to 58cm. Seat diameter 37cm, base diameter 60cm.091157320 Black

Maximum user weight

17 st

110 kg

6 Affinity Rolling StoolThis gas lift stool is excellent value and extremely comfortable. Available in two colours. The seat is adjustable from 43 to 56.5cm. Seat diameter 39cm, base diameter 56cm. Foam padding 10cm. Upholstered in PVC vinyl.091274737 Biscuit 091274778 Navy Blue

4 5

6

BISCUIT NAVY BLUEMADE TO ORDERThis item is made to order and, therefore, is not refundable.


1 Gas Lift Operators ChairA comfortable operators chair with a thick padded seat and back covered in durable wipe clean upholstery. The five-point base with castors aids manoeuvrability. Gas-lift, seat height is adjustable from 42 to 57cm. Seat 46cm wide×43cm deep. Base diameter 60cm.091134311 Black 091134360 Black with Arms 091134394 Sky Blue with Arms

Maximum user weight

17 st

110 kg

2 Affinity Saddle StoolOffers the therapist a much improved seated posture thereby minimising workplace injury. Seat size 43×40cm. Foam padding 7cm. Height range 32 to 66cm. Available in two colours.091428721 Navy Blue 091428747 Black

3 Affinity Puma Massage ChairThe Affinity Puma sets new standards in style, portability and adjustment. Silent even under lateral movement, the Puma sets up in seconds.Features• Sets up quickly and easily• Perfect proportions 74cm×54cm×120-136cm• Compact portable design.• Lightweight 7kgs.• 3-position armrest 3-position seat adjustment.• Adjustable face cradle. Chest pad is adjustable. Sternum pad

supplied free. Ergonomic shaped cushioning.• Sleek, strong, aerodynamic frame 2˝ (5cm) 3-ply of Therafoam

for optimum comfort. Strong and silent even under lateral movement 300lbs dynamic strength

• 2-year warranty.091364199

11

2 3

Clin

ic F

urni

ture


3 Therapy BenchesThese therapy benches have adjustable height and are designed to angle along or across the bench surface. They are available in three sizes and two widths. The ends have a side slot for easy, safe and positive adjustment.Short Height Length Width091108323 195-295mm 610mm 250mm 091108331 195-295mm 610mm 300mm Medium091108349 280-455mm 820mm 300mm 091108356 280-455mm 820mm 380mm High091108364 415-705mm 820mm 325mm 091108372 415-705mm 820mm 380mm

4 Wheely Therapy StoolDesigned for use by therapists, teachers and parents when working at floor level with children. They are adjustable in height to suit the individual and for stability. They should be used by sitting astride the narrower side. Available with a red seat or a green seat. Height 340-460mm (13 to 18˝). Length 450mm (17 1/2˝). Width 370mm (14 1/2˝).091108240 Red 091108257 Green

1 Homecraft Adjustable Therapy BenchesThese Adjustable Therapy Benches are ideal for use by therapists or parents when working with children who do not need back support but need a seat that can be adjusted so that their feet rest on the floor. The height is easy to adjust and the seat can be tilted, which places more weight on the child’s feet and aids postural control. Available in two sizes. Width Length Height091207232 Small 27cm 66cm 18-28cm 091207240 Large 36cm 80cm 27-43cm

Maximum user weight

153/4 st

100 kg

2 Homecraft Mobile Therapy StoolThis Therapy Stool is designed for use by therapists, teachers or parents. The stool has a padded seat with a colourful vinyl covering. The height is adjustable from 34-46cm (13-18˝) and the stool has lockable castors for added security. Measures 45×37cm (17 3/4×14 1/2˝)091206887

Maximum user weight

153/4 st

100 kg


1

2

3

4

BEST SELLER

BEST SELLER

Chairs & Stools

Clinic Furniture


349

Trolleys & Cabinets

4 Sunflower Multi-Purpose TrolleyFeatures a removable clear tray with new tilting and locking runner system incorporating a label and cover and an adjustable shelf with two height settings. The white epoxy coated frame offers durability and ease of cleaning. Twin wheel castors aid movement. Width 56cm. Depth 52cm. Height 101cm.091133347

2wks

5 Sunflower Lockable CabinetsLockable cabinets conform to both the Misuse of Drugs (Safe Custody Regulation) 1973 and exceed British Standard BS 2881:1989 Security Level 1. The locking mechanism complies with BS 3621:1998 so keys cannot be removed if left open and it has more than 1000 combinations. They are constructed from 16 gauge steel with hardened hinges for security. Height Width Depth091157296 85cm 60cm 30cm

DELIVERYDelivery is approximately 2 weeks. These items are shipped direct. Please contact Customer Services for more information.

1 Economy TrolleyThis trolley features three 40×50cm shelves, all with a lip to prevent items from falling off. It has a hardwearing white finish and two of the castors are braked. Height 69cm.091134675

2 Stainless Steel TrolleysThese stainless steel utility trolleys are constructed from heavy duty, polished stainless steel. All shelves feature thick, 22 gauge steel shelves with double thick 16 gauge legs. 360° rotating castors are standard on all models. Holds up to 135kg.Three-Shelf Trolley with Handle091019843 Width 61cm. Depth 40.6cm. Height 81.3cm

3 Gym/Equipment TrolleyA durable and practical storage trolley for large or awkward equipment. Made from epoxy coated steel with castors for easy manoeuvrability. Length 127cm. Width 66cm. Height 106cm.091136548

2wks

SAME DAY DESPATCHDelivered from stock, orders received before 4pm are despatched the same day. Oversize items will be subject to additional carriage charges. See pages 790 to 792 for details.

4 5

1 2

3

Clin

ic F

urni

ture


1 Doherty Panel Screen SystemThe Doherty Panel Screen system is designed to provide a modern alternative to traditional curtain screens.• Easy to clean hygienic construction with high specification

fire retardant plastic panels• Panels cover full frame of screen for complete privacy• 4 panels per kit supplied with all required fastenings and

fitting instructionsDimensions: 168×224cm (fully extended) 168×61cm (closed)091357888 Frame Only (white epoxy)

2 Sunflower Mobile Folding Screens• Quality, hygenic easy to clean panels• Flame retardent panels• White epoxy coated frame for durability and ease of cleaning• Minimal assembly required• Available in a range of colours• Available in three, four or five panels• 2 year guarantee

Three section: Length 188cm. Width 48cm. Height 172cm. Four section: Length 250cm. Width 48cm. Height 172cm. Five section: Length 312cm. Width 48cm. Height 172cm. 3 Panel 4 Panel 5 PanelWhite – 091133727 091133784 Patchwork Blue – 091133693 – Sky Blue – 091322510 – Bubbles 091358290 – – Silver – 091358357 091358381 Mr. Men – – 091322536

2wks

3 Sammons Preston Glass MirrorsFor educational and therapy programmes where a reflective glass surface is preferred. Heavy plate glass with electroplated copper produces bright, distortion free images. Oak laminate frame provides an attractive appearance. The single section mirror and each panel of the three section mirror measure 69cm wide and 183cm high and may be locked into position. Both mirrors include brackets for mounting to a wall, and castors for a free standing unit.081034313 Single Section

4-6wks

4 Posture MirrorsPosture mirrors can be used for postural re-education and feedback for normal movement. Glass is bonded to laminate for added safety. Available on a hinged frame with castors for easy manoeuvrability and adjustability or as a wall mounted mirror. Panel size 120×36cm.091139674 Mobile 091139682 Wall Mounted

4-6wks

DELIVERYDelivery is approximately 4 to 6 weeks. These items are shipped direct. Please contact Customer Services for more information.

SAME DAY DESPATCHPlease contact Customer Services for more information.

1

SHOWN WITH BLUE SCREEN KIT PANELS

2 YEARGUARANTEE

2 2

WHITE PATCHWORK BLUE

3 4

SKY BLUE SILVER MISTER MENBUBBLES

Screens & Mirrors

Clinic Furniture


351

1 Adjustable Arm TableAn extremely comfortable, padded arm table, which tilts across a range of angles and rotates on a set of braked castors. Particularly useful during evaluation and rehabilitation. Length 60cm. Width 30cm. Height adjustable from 75cm to 115cm.091138296 Black

2 Arm TableA strongly constructed hardwood arm table made from beech with a Formica top. Length 61cm. Width 30cm. Height 71cm.091136589

3 Tilting EaselThis high quality tilting easel transforms a standard flat table into a tilting work surface. Can be used at any angle from horizontal to vertical. A lip at the bottom of the easel supports most activity boards and is removable to give a flat surface. Height 70cm. Length 70cm.091138304

4 Days Deluxe Drip StandA deluxe drip stand with a low centre of gravity and a maximum load weight of 10kg. The height can be adjusted from 1170 to 2030mm (46 to 80˝) to accommodate different users and environments. Supplied with anti-static manoeuvrable castors. Height adjustment 1170 to 2030mm (46 to 80˝). Maximum load 10kg.091439017

4

Arm Tables, Easels & Drip Stand

1

2

3

Clin

ic F

urni

ture


Work Tables


1 Homecraft Universal OT TableA work table for general occupational therapy use with an adjustable angle laminated work surface and a variable height.• Hand switch control on electric model• Large locking castors for mobility• Optional knee block and standing harness• Wheelchair cut-outDimensions: Height 50-92cm. Length 152cm. Width 70cm.091134691 OT Table - Hydraulic 091134683 OT Table - Electric 091134493 Padded Knee Block & Standing Harness

4wks

2 Treatment TableThis height adjustable treatment table features a scratch resistant grey laminate top with wheelchair cut-out. The top angles from 0° to 45° and the height of the table is adjustable from 74 to 112cm. Top measures 19×76×107cm. A 6.4mm raised metal edge round the table top prevents items from sliding off. Folds easily for storage when not in use. Weight 19kg. Washable.081301712

1

2

Clinic Furniture


Work Tables

1 SKM Easywind™ Tilt Table 900mmThe Activity Easywind Tilting Table is an incredibly flexible, height adjustable table. It features a stainless steel basin that can be used for water play with a lockable timber infill for when the basin is not in use. The table has an adjustable angled surface with lip, and twin wheels that lock, ensuring that the table will not slip or pivot, leaving the user free to concentrate on the activity at hand. Available in standard versions. Tilt 0° to 70°. Height Adjustment091134741 Standard 60-86cm (Wheels) 091320639 Standard 52-78cm (Glides)

6

wks



1

1

Clin

ic F

urni

ture


1 Step StoolA simple, sturdy stool consisting of a chrome plated steel frame with a non-slip rubber mat. Rubber ferrules provide good grip on slippery surfaces. Top area 28×36cm. Base area 30.5×41cm. Height 22.5cm.091102680

Maximum user weight

183/4 st

120 kg

2 Step Stool with HandrailA sturdy stool with chrome plated steel frame. The stool has a non-slip textured mat on the surface. The rail, attached to one side of the step, helps to give the user extra confidence and stability. Rubber ferrules provide good grip on slippery surfaces. Top area 28×36cm. Base area 30.5×41cm. Height 22.5cm.091102698

Maximum user weight

183/4 st

120 kg

3 Double Tier Couch StepThis couch step is the double tier version of the couch step above and features all the same high quality characteristics. Width 57cm. Depth 48cm. Height 40cm.091133644

Maximum user weight

201/4 st

130 kg


1

2

3

Steps

Clinic Furniture


Stairs

1 Homecraft Conventional StepsThese high quality conventional steps feature three steps on one side and four on the other. On the side with three, the steps are 20cm deep and on the side with four, they are 15cm deep. The handrails are independently height adjustable from 40 to 90cm. Footprint: 193×65cm. Height 58cm. The steps are available with either a carpet tread or with a non-slip wipe clean design.091530781 A Non-Slip Tread 091139666 B With Carpet Base

Maximum user weight

22 st

140 kg

INFORMATIONThe maximum user weight refers to the steps only. The hand rails are not fully weight bearing and are for support only.


1

1

1B

A

A

MADE IN UK

MADE IN UK

MADE IN UK

Clin

ic F

urni

ture


Stairs

1 Homecraft Corner Steps with Weight Bearing Handrails

Excellent quality steps with non-slip treads. These corner steps are in a set of four, 15cm deep one side and three steps 20cm deep on the other side. The handrails are height adjustable from 40 to 90cm and have a max weight bearing load of 140kg (22st) and are longer shaped to aid wheelchair transfers. Wipe clean paintwork to aid infection control.Dimensions: Overall Length 145cm. Width 120cm. Height 58cm. Weight 70kg.091518844

Maximum user weight

28st180 kg

4-6wks

2 Corner StepsExcellent quality hardwood steps, which are carpeted for safety and durability. These corner steps are in a set of four, 15cm deep one side and three 20cm deep on the other side. The handrails are height adjustable from 40 to 90cm. Dimensions: Length 145cm. Width 120cm. Height 58cm. Weight 40kg.091139641 A With Carpet Tread 091531417 B With Non-Slip Tread

Maximum user weight

22 st

140 kg


1

2

2 B

A



MADE IN UK

MADE IN UK

MADE IN UK

Clinic Furniture


Stairs

2 Paediatric StepsA scaled down version of the corner steps on page 356, these steps are brightly coloured to brighten any paediatric clinic and aid compliance. On one side there are four steps with a depth of 11.5cm and on the other there are three steps with a depth of 15cm. The handrails adjust from 38cm to 75cm. Length 112cm. Width 94cm. Distance between handrails 450mm.091139658 With Carpet Tread

Maximum user weight

10 st

64 kg

4wks

1 Space Saving StepsThese stairs are made up of 2 sections and can be quickly adjusted so that they slot together, reducing the storage space required. Made from high quality hardwood with the 15cm deep steps covered in durable carpet. Handrails are height adjustable from 40 to 90cm. Fully assembled: Length 140cm. Width 86cm. Height 60cm. When compact: Length 87cm. Width 86cm. Height 60cm091136563 A With Carpet Tread 091531425 B Non-Slip Tread

Maximum user weight

22 st

140 kg




1

1 1

2

A

A

BB

MADE IN UK

MADE IN UK

MADE IN UK

MADE IN UK

Clin

ic F

urni

ture


Training Steps & Ramps

1 Nesting Step StoolsThis set of wooden step stools is ideal for body mechanics and posture training when standing. Can be used at a desk or during seated mat activities. Non-slip rubber surfaces prevents slipping. Nest for storage. Can be wiped clean. Set of four includes the following sizes:Height Width Depth20cm 50cm 45cm15cm 45cm 40cm10cm 40cm 35cm5cm 35cm 30cm091139138

Maximum user weight

281/4 st

180 kg

2 Ramp and Step SetGreat value for money. This ramp and step set can be used for a whole range of rehabilitation activities including ramp training, posture training and body mechanics. All surfaces are covered with non-slip rubber to provide safety and promote confidence. Can be wiped clean. Ramp platform measures 100×120cm. Ramp incline is 1:6. Three steps include the following sizes:Height Width Depth5cm 70cm 40cm10cm 80cm 40cm15cm 90cm 40cm20cm 100cm 100cm091134667

Maximum user weight

281/4 st

180 kg

4wks


1

1

1

2

MADE IN UK

MADE IN UK

MADE IN UK

MADE IN UK

Clinic Furniture


Parallel Bars

2 Junior - Height Adjustable Folding Parallel BarsSame design as the parallel bars above, except with a smaller specification to accommodate children. Height 40 to 65cm. Length 186cm. Width 36cm. Handrail diameter 25mm.091135664

Maximum user weight

10 st

63 kg

1 Height Adjustable Folding Parallel BarsThese parallel bars provide excellent stability and are extremely robust. The bars have a non-slip plastic laminate coating, and the base is a hardwearing powder coated steel and chrome frame, for durability. The bars may be folded flat for easy storage making them ideal for a multi-use therapy room or gymnasium. Height adjustment 69 to 100cm with easy to use locking pins. Height 69 to 100cm. Length 230cm. Width 66cm. Handrail diameter 45mm.091139476

Maximum user weight

22 st

140 kg

3 Width and Height Adjustable Parallel BarsBoth the height and width are adjustable on these parallel bars and they can also be folded down for storage. Can be bolted to the floor. Stable and extremely robust with a non-slip plastic laminate coating. Height is adjustable with easy to use locking pins from 69 to 100cm. Width adjustable from 40 to 61cm. Length 230cm. Handrail diameter 45mm.091136555

Maximum user weight

22 st

140 kg


1

2

3

MADE IN UK

MADE IN UK

MADE IN UK

Clin

ic F

urni

ture


Parallel Bars

1 Westminster Parallel BarsAn extensive range of parallel bars to suit your clinics needs. Available in a variety of lengths, with single or double bars, which can be fixed to wooden or solid floor. A free standing wooden carpet base with sloping ends is also available. Dimensions: Double bar - upper rail height 90cm - lower rail can be positioned to give a height of either 67 or 83cm. Single bar - rail height 90cm. Handrail diameter 45mm.Single Length091139526 182cm 091139534 335cm Double Length091139484 182cm 091139500 487cm CarpetBase Length & Width For Use With091139609 250×120cm 182cm Bars 091139617 400×120cm 335cm Bars

Maximum user weight

22 st

140 kg

4wks




INFORMATIONWe recommend installation by a qualified tradesman.

1

1

SHOWN WITH CARPET BASE

MADE IN UK

MADE IN UK

Clinic Furniture


361

1 Suspension FramesA high quality range of suspension frames for walls and ceilings. Manufactured from steel with a white epoxy coating.091139690 A Wall Bar Mounted Frame

(69×69cm)

Maximum user weight

22 st

140 kg

4wks

2 Wall BarsWall bars in polished pine, available in single, double and triple sections to suit your clinic requirements. The units are supplied complete with wall fixing kit and instructions.091139435 Single Section 270×86cm 091139443 Double Section 270×167cm

4

wks

3 Foot Rest with BagThe foot rest is perfect for the use during domestic work, and assists you in putting the patient’s foot where you can best work on it. Height (between 46-92mm) and multiple angles are separately adjustable. The jolt is extra steel reinforced to prevent breaking under weight. This latest model has some further protective construction to give it more stability. Comes with a carry bag (W 690×H 320×D 240mm).091218288

A

1

2

3

Suspension Frames, Wall Bars & Foot Rest



Clin

ic F

urni

ture


1 Rolyan® Reach’N Range Overhead Pulley

Simple to use for re-building muscles and increasing range of motion. Dual overhead pulley offers extra stability and can be used with weights on one handle to counterbalance the strength of the opposite extremity. Weights (not included) can be added as strength improves. Overhead system positions the patient away from the door, allowing more free range-of-motion patterns, such as PNF patterns. Appropriate for home and clinic use.081297134

2 Rolyan® Reach’N Range PulleyEasy-to-use pulley system for strengthening weakened shoulders and increasing range of motion. Features the innovative, easily adjusted ROM stop to control range-of-motion patterns. Easy length adjustability to fit patients quickly. Lightweight and compact for travelling convenience. Fits standard and thick doors. Recommended for home use only.081297167 A With Webbing Strap 081297175 B With Metal Bracket

A B

1

1 2

22

Pulleys

Clinic Furniture


363

ElectrotherapyUltrasound 364 - 365

Ultrasound Gel 366 - 367Stimulation Therapy 368 - 370

Combination Therapy 371TENS Machines 372 - 373

Electrodes 374 - 379Accessories 380

Pelvic Therapy 381Compression Therapy 382

Ele

ctro

ther

apy


Ultrasound

Intelect® Mobile UltrasoundChattanooga’s Intelect Mobile Ultrasound is clinically proven to provide the best possible treatment outcomes by utilising a high quality transducer to ensure maximum ultrasound delivery to the treatment area.The output is a clean, culminated beam with the lowest available Beam Non-uniformity Ratio (5:1 maximum). The applicators are designed to provide ultrasound efficiency with no potential for parasitic radiation to the therapist. Each head incorporates head warming and provides a contact control programme with visual and auditory feedback when coupling is present.

Comes complete with 5cm2 applicator, ultrasound gel and user manual on CD.

Electrotherap

y


365

Ultrasound - Chattanooga

Features• 1 and 3 MHz frequencies• Pulsed and continuous therapy operation (10%, 20%,

50% and 100%)• Variable duty cycle outputs of 16Hz, 48Hz, or 100Hz• Clinical indications provide the most appropriate application

and parameter set for the patient’s condition• 10 user-defined memory positions• Lightweight design, along with battery-powered option and

custom designed mobile carrying bag, make transport easy• Innovative design allows for cart, table top, wall or mobile use• New backlit LCD display for better visibility in low light settings• Improved pq button for easier navigation• Newly redesigned ultrasound heads for improved ERA

during treatment• BNR <6:1• Ergonomically designed sound heads in variety of sizes

(1cm², 2cm², 5cm², and 10cm²)• All sound heads are interchangeable due to Electronic

Signature™ residing on all transducers• Head warming feature and head contact control with visual

and auditory feedback on all sound heads091155274 Intelect Mobile Ultrasound Accessories091351378 5cm² Applicator 091155100 Battery Pack

Technical Specification

Mains Power: 120-240 VAC, 50-60Hz

Weight: 2.3kg

Dimensions: L 33×W 29×H 16.3cm

Electrical Safety Class: Class 1, Type B

Safety Tests: IEC 60601-1, IEC 60601-1-2, IEC 60601-2-5

ULTRASOUND APPLICATOR

3 YEARWARRANTY

Lightweight, dual frequency design with battery-powered option

Ele

ctro

ther

apy


Ultrasound Gel

1 Vision Ultrasound GelA range of hypoallergenic ultrasound gel available in 5 litre containers or 250ml bottles.091359124 5 Litre 091359140 Pump dispenser (sold separately)

1

1

Electrotherap

y


367

1 1 Aquasonic® 100 Ultrasound GelAquasonic® 100 is the most widely used gel for diagnostic and therapeutic medical ultrasound. Recommended for all procedures where a viscous gel is required. Hypoallergenic, bacteriostatic and non-sensitising, this gel will not stain clothes, damage transducers or irritate skin.091359173 A 250ml 091005206 B 1 Litre 091005214 C 5 Litre

Ultrasound Gel

2 48 Aquasonic® Gel SachetsAquasonic® 100 Ultrasound Gel in 20g sterile single use pouches for application where sterility is indicated. Pack of 48.091359165

1

1

2


C

BA

Ele

ctro

ther

apy


Stim - Chattanooga

Features• 2 channels of stimulation output• Independent intensity and parameter controls for each channel• Multiple waveforms on board: (2 Pole IFC, 4 Pole IFC, Galvanic,

High Voltage Pulsed Current (HVPC), Microcurrent, Russian, Trabert, Monophasic Triangular, Monophasic Rectangular, Diadynamic, VMS and TENS)

• 15 user-defined memory positions

• Lightweight design, along with battery-powered option and custom designed mobile carrying bag, make transport easy

• Innovative design allows for cart, table top, wall or mobile use• New backlit LCD display for better visibility in low light settings• Improved pq button for easier navigation

091155282 Intelect Mobile Stim 091155100 Intelect Mobile Battery Pack

Intelect® Mobile StimPortable Dual Channel Electrotherapy with Battery option

Electrotherap

y


369

Interferential & Muscle Stim

1 Bio-Stim - 2/4 Pole InterferentialA new compact Bi-Polar / Quadripolar Interferential Therapy unit which offers the same output as the large clinical models at a fraction of the price. The Bio-Stim is ideal for clinics and private practices where price and space is a premium.Features:• 2 / 4 Pole Interferential• Adjustable Frequency 1 - 150Hz• 3 Preset Frequencies 1 - 10Hz, 80 - 150Hz, 1 - 150Hz• Clear Flip-Up Display with simple operationComplete with4×Self Adhesive Electrodes 9cm x 5cm (TPN035)1×Carry Case, 2 x Patient Leads4×AA Batteries091330885 Bio-Stim

1

2 Well-Life WL 2502C EMS/TENSDigital unit which offers both muscle stimulation and TENS.


Adjustable pulse frequency 1-150Hz

Adjustable pulse width 30-300µs

Treatment timer 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60 minutes or continuous

Interval ON time 1 - 30 seconds

Interval OFF time 1 - 30 seconds

Ramp 1 - 10 seconds

Weight 258g

Supplied complete with patient leads, self-adhesive electrodes, 3×AAA batteries and instructions in a soft carry bag.091535350 WL 2502C EMS/TENS

2

Ele

ctro

ther

apy


Interferential & Muscle Stim

1 NeuroTrac SportsThis digital muscle stimulator offers accurate settings and is the ideal unit for quality muscle stimulation.Features• Suitable for sports, muscle toning, muscle rehabilitation and

cellulite reduction• Digital Dual Channel STIM unit• 16 sports programmes for ease of use• 3 customisable constant mode programmes• Ability to lock the unit• Records time in use and average current• User friendly• Compact, light and reliable• LCD displays Intensity, Rate,Pulse Width, Time and

Programme Mode• Constant current (extends battery life)• Work/rest periods from 2-99 seconds• Alternating and synchronous between channel A and B• Lock mode function for recording time in use and locking the

units parameters• Automatic switch off after 4 minutes if unit is not in useStandard Accessories• Self adhesive electrodes • Battery• Leads • Manual • Carry case091220334


Output selection 2 Channel

Output modes Synchronous and alternate

Stim ON time 2 - 60 seconds

Stim OFF time 2 - 60 seconds

On ramp 0.1 - 9.9 seconds

Programs 15 preset, 3 customised

Pulse rate/freq Variable 2 - 100Hz

Pulse width 50µs to 450µs

Output 0-90mA

Timer 1 - 180 minutes

Battery 1 x 9 volt battery (alkaline)

Dimensions W 6.3 x D 3 x H 10.5cm

Weight 72g excluding battery

Warranty 2 years - unit only

2 NeuroTrac Sports XLDual Channel Sports XL device has all the features of the Sports device (above), plus:• Stronger symmetrical stimulation, with the reduced

Pulse Width: 50 - 330µs• Has 2 lead wires for each channel giving a total of 8 electrode

positions• 21 pre-set sports programmes and 3 customisable

programmes• Advanced multi-phase programmes where treatment is spaced

into time phases with different stimulation parameters091220359


Output selection 2 Channel

Frequency range 2 - 100Hz

Pulse width 50µs to 330µs

Output current 0 - 90 mA into 500 ohms

Timer 1 - 90 minutes

Waveform mode Symmetrical, rectangular bi-phasic with zero DC current

Ramp up time 0.1 - 9.9 seconds

Weight 0.18kg

Dimensions W 6.9×D 2.9×H 13.4cm

Power requirements9 volt PP3 Alkaline or Nickel Metal Hydride rechargeable

Warranty 2 years - unit only

1

2

Electrotherap

y


371

Combination Therapy - Chattanooga

Intelect® Mobile ComboPortable Dual Channel Electrotherapy with Battery optionFeatures• 1 and 3MHz ultrasound frequencies• Pulsed and continuous ultrasound therapy operation (10%, 20%, 50% & 100%)• Variable duty cycle outputs of 16 Hz, 48 Hz, or 100 Hz for ultrasound• Multiple waveforms on board: (2 Pole IFC, 4 Pole IFC, Galvanic, High

Voltage Pulsed Current (HVPC), Microcurrent, Russian, Träbert, Monophasic Triangular, Monophasic Rectangular, Diadynamic, VMS and TENS)

• Clinical Indications on board, providing the most appropriate parameter set for a variety of conditions

• 15 user-defined memory positions• Lightweight design, along with battery-powered option and custom designed

mobile carrying bag, making transport easy • Innovative design allows for cart, table top, wall or mobile use• New backlit LCD display for better visibility in low light settings• Improved pq button for easier navigation• Newly redesigned ultrasound heads for improved ERA during treatment• BNR <6:1• Ergonomically designed sound heads available in a variety of sizes

(1cm², 2cm², 5cm², and 10cm²)• All sound heads are interchangeable due to

Electronic Signature™ residing on all applicators• Head warming feature and head contact

control with visual and auditory feedback on all sound heads

091155290 A Intelect Mobile Combo Accessories091155100 Battery Pack 091351378 5cm² Applicator

Ele

ctro

ther

apy


TENS Machines

1 TPN 200 PlusFeatures• Dual channel• Simple analogue operation• Flip down front cover protects controls• Integral belt clip• Variable pulse rate 2Hz - 150Hz• Variable pulse width 30µs - 260µs• Selectable modes: Modulation, Constant, BurstSupplied complete with leads, self adhesive electrodes, 1×9V battery and TENS User Guide in soft carry case.091531730

1

1 1

BESTSELLER

2

2

TIMERINTEGRATED

2 TPN 200 Premier+• Simple analogue operation• Flip down front cover with viewing panel• Flip top cover (protects output control movement)• Integral belt clip• Fully featured timer• Variable pulse rate 2Hz - 150Hz• Variable pulse width 30µs - 260µs• Selectable modes: Modulation, Constant, BurstSupplied complete with leads, self adhesive electrodes, 1×9V battery and TENS User Guide in soft carry case.091531748

Electrotherap

y


373

1 Well-Life 2407C Pre-Programmed TENS• Easy to use with a choice of 8 pre-programmed options• Integral timer• Key lock facilitySupplied complete with 3×AAA batteries, self adhesive electrodes, patient leads and user instructions in soft carry case.091535343

2 Well-Life 2502C TENS/EMS• Combined TENS and muscle stimulator• Variable pulse rate 1Hz - 150Hz• Variable pulse width 30µs - 300µs• Integral timerSupplied complete with patient leads, self adhesive electrodes, 3×AAA batteries and user instructions in soft carry case.091535350

1

2

3 Conductive Glove091362557 Medium 091362565 Large

4 Conductive Sock091362540

Conductive Garment Electrodes

These conductive garments are manufactured from woven silver nylon. The silver fibres conduct the current throughout the whole garment. Producing an even distribution of stimulation giving maximum comfort. All the garments can be used with TENS, Muscle Stimulation and Interferential.Suitable for:• Arthritis• Pain management• Tendonitis• Post operative

swelling reduction

• Carpel Tunnel Syndrome• Circumferential Stimulation

3

4

TENS Machines

Ele

ctro

ther

apy


Metron ElectrodesFeatures and benefits of Metron Electrodes:• Long-lasting hydrogel moulds comfortably to body contours• Gel tack is firm, yet gentle on the skin even after multiple

applications• Conductive carbon film delivers uniform current distribution• Flexible cloth topcoat fits a variety of application sites• Moulded socket connector provides reliable connection to the

lead wire• Highly conductive pigtail wire strand holds up under

multiple uses• Latex free

1 5×5cm Self Adhesive Electrode091526623 Pack of 4

2 5×9cm Self Adhesive Electrode081591320 Pack of 4

3 5cm Round Self Adhesive Electrode081591254 Pack of 4

4 7cm Round Self Adhesive Electrode081591288 Pack of 4

2

1

3

4

LATEX FREE

LATEX FREE

LATEX FREE

LATEX FREE

Electrodes

Electrotherap

y


375

Electrodes

PALS wanted to offer the best electrode in the world so they created MultiStick®, a reliable, long-lasting gel that adheres when and where it should time after time.

091362748

091362763

1

LATEX FREE

1 PALS® ValuTrode ElectrodesThe PALS ValuTrode offers excellent quality and value for money. Fabric backing and stainless steel electrode leads give these electrodes a very long life span compared to other fabric backed electrodes. Latex Free.ValuTrode is designed for easy removal after treatment. ValuTrode Patented Neurostimulation ElectrodesThe new standard in carbon film electrode design is the clinician’s choice:• Oversized border to facilitate proper and easy removal,

extending the life of the electrode• Optimised skin adhesion during therapy for better patient comfortPerformance and value – Axelgaard’s advanced manufacturing techniques and superior design add flexibility, durability and exceptional value.

ValuTrode Electrodes are made with patented MultiStick Hydrogel – a proven gel featuring uncompromised adhesion, performance and longevity. MultiStick hydrogel provides optimal bonding to the electrode and to the skin.091362763 5×5cm 091362748 10×5cm

Soft cloth cover

Oversize adhesive border provides edge for easy removal

Patented MultiStick® Gel

1

Ele

ctro

ther

apy


1 PALS® ValuTrode LiteAn economical but good quality electrode. Packs of 4. Latex Free.TPN045 5×5cmTPN046 9×5cm091362797 5×5cm 091362805 9×5cm

091362797

091362805

1

LATEX FREE

Electrodes

2 Round Self Adhesive ElectrodesSuitable for all TENS, STIM, FES and EMG applications • Reusable, comfortable and long lasting • Offers optimal conductivity and adherence to the skin• Low allergy gel reduces skin irritation• Current disperses evenly across the electrode eliminating

hot spots• New carbon wire construction reduces interference for

EMG applications091265792 30mm Dia. Round (Pack of 4)

3 Self Adhesive ElectrodesSuitable for all TENS, STIM, FES and EMG applications• Reusable, comfortable and long lasting • Offers optimal conductivity and adherence to the skin• Low allergy gel reduces skin irritation• Current disperses evenly across the electrode eliminating

hot spots• New carbon wire construction reduces interference for

EMG applications091265859 A 50×90mm (Pack of 4) 091265784 B 50×50mm (Pack of 4)

A

B

2

3

LATEX FREE

LATEX FREE

Electrotherap

y


377

1 Dura-Stick® PremiumStainless Steel Electrodes• Superior Conductivity• Pliable material conforms to irregular body contours yet maintains superior

conductivity propertiesBlue Gel Electrodes• Multi-layer adhesive gel optimally bonds to the electrode layer and

mesh layer• Gel is formulated to provide multiple applications to sensitive skin

Dura-Stick® Premium

Type Size Shape Pack

091429554 Blue gel 5cm² Square 4

091429562 Stainless Steel 5cm² Square 4

091429596 Stainless Steel 3.2cm dia Round 4

2 Dura-Stick® Plus• Precise control and optimisation of electrical current• Comfortable and effective stimulation is achieved through the electrode• Available in cloth or foam backing• Available with lead wires, proprietary Mi snap connection or standard clip

Dura-Stick® Plus

Type Size Shape Shape Pack

091429620 Foam 5cm² Square Lead wire 4

091429661 Cloth 5cm² Square Standard clip 4

091429695 Cloth 5×10cm Rectangle Mi Snap 2

Electrodes

1

1

2

3

LATEX FREE

LATEX FREE

3 Uni-Patch S Series White Tricot ElectrodesThe Uni-Patch S Series White Tricot Electrodes have a patented multi-layer gradient pattern that provides the most advanced current distribution system yet. The unique pattern is made of silver and optimal for stimulating electrodes. Features Starburst electrodes with an exclusive hypoallergenic hydrogel with pure aloe vera and the thick hydrogel layer ensures superior adherence.081519594 5cm Square (Pack of 4)

Ele

ctro

ther

apy


1 5×5cm Self Adhesive ElectrodePack of 4.091362995



4 3.2cm Diameter Self Adhesive ElectrodePack of 4.091362979

5 5cm Diameter Self Adhesive ElectrodePack of 4.091362961

PALS® Self Adhesive ElectrodesSpecial features:• Designed for all types of applications• Unique knitted stainless steel fabric and gel construction• Ensures an even distribution while reducing current at edging• Super long lasting knitted construction eliminates ‘edge curl’• Latex Free

09 1362979

091362961

091363050

091363001

LATEX FREE

1

2

3

4

5

Electrodes

091362995

Electrotherap

y


379

091331164

091331156

1 Ultrastim® Snap ElectrodesUltraStim® Snap patented current control neurostimulation electrodes distribute current evenly and comfortably, enhancing patient comfort.UltraStim® Electrodes are developed with a scientifically calculated grid pattern, printed on a conductive material which precisely controls and optimises the electrical current over the surface of the electrode. The border around the pattern allows for an intentional current drop off. This eliminates edge biting and stinging, resulting in stimulation comfort.Features• Bottom snap chosen to match the impedance of the silver

pattern• Proprietary silver mixture and grid pattern produce the desired

current control• The areas between the lines of the silver grid pattern are

calculated to fill in gaps creating efficient current control091331156 5×5cm 091331164 5×10cm

2 UltraStim® Wire Self-Adhesive ElectrodesUltraStim® Wire electrodes distribute the current evenly and comfortably.Features• Proprietary silver mixture and grid pattern optimise electrical

current over the electrode surface• The areas within the lines of the silver grid pattern are

calculated to provide optimum current control• Border around the grid pattern allows for an intentional current

roll off and eliminates edge stinging• Patented 2-layer adhesive hydrogel eliminates performance

problems associated with single layer gels • Polycoated backing provides an additional moisture barrier091428960 5×5cm 4 per pack 091428978 10×5cm 4 per pack

DIMENSIONS 5×5cm DIMENSIONS 10×5cm

3 PALS® BlueBetter for sensitive skin• Has “legs”: gel flows around hair and into the pores of the skin for

better skin contact. Improves the gel-to-skin adhesion lowering skin resistance and providing increased stimulation comfort

• PALS Blue resists dry out: traditional blue gels require foil packaging as gel dries quickly after opening. PALS Blue is more robust and durable allowing convenient zip lock bag packaging

• More comfortable and less skin redness when used in conjunction with stimulators that have an unbalanced waveform

091362946 5×5cm 091362953 9×5cm

LATEX FREE

LATEX FREE

LATEX FREE

091362946

091362953

1

2

3

Electrodes

091331149

091331131

Ele

ctro

ther

apy


Accessories

1 Patient TENS Lead091362821

2 Battery Charger091362912

3 Rechargeable Battery091362904 9v

4 Standard Battery091362920 9v

5 Spectra 360® Electrode GelThe only salt-free and chloride-free electrically conductive gel recommended for all electromedical procedures. Spectra 360 differs from other electrically conductive media. It works by wetting the skin, thereby reducing skin resistance.• Non-gritty STAY-WET® formula allows for prolonged use

without re-application• Product of choice for ECG, TENS, monitoring and paediatrics• Non-irritating, hypoallergenic, bacteriostatic• Product of choice for conductive rubber/carbon electrodes091359116 250g

1

2

3 4

5


Electrotherap

y


381

Pelvic Therapy

1 Periform®+• Can be used with most muscle stimulators and biofeedback

equipment (refer to manufacturer’s instructions before use).• Single patient use.• Medical grade surgical stainless steel.• Rectangular section resists lateral movement.• Contoured electrodes provide comfortable stimulation.• Smooth clean shape.• Longer integrated cables.• Push fit indicator wand with extension pieces.091253723

2 Anuform®

• Revolutionary shape for repeatable positioning and ambulatory use

• Can be used with most muscle stimulators and biofeedback equipment (refer to manufacturers instructions before use)

• Single patient use• Single orifice use• Medical grade surgical stainless steel091253640

1

2

4 Chattanooga StabilizerThe Stabilizer designed by physical therapists, is a simple device which registers changing pressure in an air filled pressure cell.The Stabilizer is principally used for exercises that focus on the protection and stabilisation of joints. Research has shown these types of exercises are especially important for the prevention and treatment of low back and neck pain. The Stabilizer is used to monitor and provide feedback on body movement during exercise. 90 days warranty on bag.Used for:• Transversus Abdominis with Leg Loading• Gluteus Maximus• Deep Neck Flexors• Lower Trapezius• Lumbar Stabilisation• Transverse Abdominis in Supine091264506 Stabilizer

4

3

3 Peritone Plus Bluetooth EMG Biofeedback UnitThe Peritone is a single channel EMG biofeedback device. It can be used in a variety of applications including patella femoral pain, chronic tension headache, asthma, phantom limb pain, incontinence, lower back pain, RSI, pelvic pain, neck and shoulder pain, spinal conditions to name but a few. Its simple design and ease of use make it excellent for both clinic and home treatments. Software receives EMG data via the supplied USB Bluetooth dongle.Features• Accurate and sensitive - measures activity down to as low as

0.2µv and as high as 2000µv• LEDs display EMG level clearly and easily • LCD displays numerical EMG reading and work/rest countdown• After each session statistics can be reviewed (includes work

and rest averages, average onset of muscle contraction and muscle release)

• Lock mode function for recording time in use, statistics and locking the units parameters

• Low cost, high quality and very accurate• Used with self adhesive electrodes, Periform®+ or Anuform®

(not included)091556109 Peritone Plus 091265784 Self Adhesive electrodes 5×5cm (pk 4) 091253723 Periform®+ Intra vaginal probe 091265842 Spare patient cable

Ele

ctro

ther

apy


Compression Therapy

The Pulse Press range of pumps has over 30 years of experience and knowledge built into it. Over this time period there has been a constant effort to improve the products by looking and listening to the market place.

At the heart of every Pulse Press pump unit is a Cyclone compressor. This unit is unique to the Pulse Press range and the key component to giving excellent clinical performance.

All Pulse Press pumps have automatically venting systems should there be a power failure or technical errors.

All Pulse Press pumps are designed and manufactured in the UK.

Powerful• Patented Cyclone compressor

• Rapid garment inflation

• Fast pressure rise times

• Fast garment deflation

Hi-Tech• Microprocessor controlled

• Adjustable time cycles

• Digital pressure meter

High Quality• Three year product warranty

• 100% product testing

• Full medical CE approvals

Safety• Easy to use

• Failsafe automatic deflation

1 Pulse Press Physio 3 ProThe Pulse Press Multi 3 pump unit has been designed to offer the home user a more complete treatment programme.With adjustable inflate and deflate times the system can be fine tuned to give the exact therapy required by the patient’s condition. Other advantages include a more powerful Cyclone compressor for quicker garment inflation, backlit digital pressure meter and soft touch controls. This pump will simultaneously inflate and deflate two garments in a gradient sequential format. The adjustable cycle times allow this unit to treat both venous and arterial leg ulcers very effectively.Both 1 chamber and 3 chamber garment types can be used with this pump unit. The required hose adaptors are supplied with every pump unit.091253897

INFORMATIONFor garments, please see page 481

1

Pelvic HealthPelvic Floor Exercise Devices - Aquaflex® 385Pelvic Floor Exercise Devices - Educator® 386

Biofeedback - Peritone+ 387Stimulation - Pericalm™ 388

Probes - Periform®+ 389Probes - Anuform® 390

Pel

vic

Hea

lth


Neen

Six solutions for a stronger pelvic floorExplore our products now and find out how they can help your patients.

For more information visit www.neenpelvichealth.com

Pel

vic

Hea

lth

Neen is the leading brand in the pelvic health sphere with a heritage dating back to 1975. Our range of pelvic health products are recommended worldwide by healthcare professionals and have been developed alongside key opinion leaders in women’s health physiotherapy.

The Neen range is designed to strengthen the pelvic floor muscles and treat symptoms of incontinence. Neen has won a number of prestigious awards for design, enterprise, research and development.

Trusted bywomen since

1975

Neen helps you take back control,for a happier, healthier you.

Pelvic H

ealth


385

Pelvic Floor Exercise Devices

The simple and effective way to strengthen pelvic floor muscles to help improve general pelvic health, restore bladder control and also improve sexual response and satisfaction.

Aquaflex® Weighted Vaginal Cones

How does Aquaflex work?It is very important to exercise pelvic floor muscles correctly. The Aquaflex cone is inserted the same way as a tampon and causes the pelvic floor muscles to automatically contract around it in order to hold it in place. It is this reflex action that tones the muscles.As the muscles become stronger, more weights can be added and the length of time that the cones are in place can be increased, up to 20 minutes per day.• Exercise system consists of two cones and a set of four weights

(5g, 10g and 2 x 20g)• Once inserted correctly, Aquaflex cones automatically

isolate and contract the pelvic floor muscles• Gradually add more weights as pelvic floor muscle

strength increases• Used daily for twenty minutes, improvements can be

expected in just twelve weeks• Clinically proven – 70% of cases of stress incontinence can

be cured or improved by using weighted vaginal cones• Safe natural solution allowing women to take control• Single patient use081542919 091323435 Spare cones 091323443 Spare weights


Clinically proven – 70% of cases of stress incontinence can

Spares are available for this product, for details and full spares listing please Spares are available for this product, for details and full spares listing please Spares are available for this product, for details and full spares listing please Spares are available for this product, for details and full spares listing please

Pel

vic

Hea

lth


Pelvic Floor Exercise Devices

Developed from the award winning Periform® probe, the Educator® provides an extremely simple and effective solution to help improve pelvic floor muscle strength and eliminate incontinence problems.

Educator® Pelvic Floor Exercise Indicator

How does the Educator® work?The Educator® is a simple and easy to use device that shows if the pelvic floor muscles are being contracted correctly.Strengthening these muscles can also help to reduce symptoms of stress incontinence.Its unique form allows it to follow the movement of the internal walls of the vagina, which indicates how the pelvic floor muscles are being contracted. The external part of the Educator® amplifies this movement to show whether these muscles are being contracted correctly or not.There is growing awareness of the significant contribution that the pelvic floor muscles (PFM) make to lumbo-pelvic stability. As such it is important that MSK therapists are confident that their patients are able to correctly contract the pelvic floor muscles (PFM) so that they may be incorporated safely into core stability training.• Simple to use• Visual aid to teach correct pelvic floor exercises• Strengthens pelvic floor muscles• Demonstrates benefit of bracing before cough etc.• Allows improvement to be monitored• Single patient use

Why is the Educator® important?It is recognised by Continence Care Specialists that teaching pelvic floor contractions is extremely difficult. Studies have shown that even with first class one to one tuition, half of those instructed will not contract the correct muscles.In fact half of those contracting incorrectly will get it so wrong that they are in danger of damaging their pelvic floor. The Educator® is perfect for patients to use at home to ensure they are doing pelvic floor exercises correctly.091253707

INFORMATIONFor our full range of Pelvic Models, please see page 384.www.neenpelvichealth.comINFORMATIONFor our full range of Pelvic Belts, please see page 114/115.

Pelvic H

ealth


387

Biofeedback

The Peritone+ is a single channel EMG biofeedback device. It can be used to assess pelvic floor muscle activity and used as a continence diagnosis tool. Its simple design and ease of use make it excellent for both clinic and home treatments

Peritone Plus Bluetooth EMG Biofeedback UnitFeatures• Accurate and sensitive - measures activity down to as low as

0.2µv and as high as 2000µv• LEDs display EMG level clearly and easily • LCD displays numerical EMG reading and work/rest countdown• After each session statistics can be reviewed (includes work

and rest averages, average onset of muscle contraction and muscle release)

• Lock mode function for recording time in use, statistics and locking the units parameters

• Low cost, high quality and very accurate• Used with self adhesive electrodes, Periform®+ or Anuform®

(not included)Unit supplied with patient cable and reference cable, battery, user manual, stand to hold unit upright during use, soft carry case, bluetooth dongle, software license and self adhesive electrodes.Includes Peritone+ SoftwareWith the help of the software, Peritone+ produces and prints comprehensive patient progress reports for all key parameters, such as work/rest averages, onset contractions, muscle release times, peak values and work/rest average deviations.Comprising of a number of protocols including: Open Display, for initial diagnosis; Template Training, enables bespoke graph programming; Work/Rest Training, for home or clinic exercising; Work/Rest Assessment, to evaluate performance and progress and Home Compliance Review, to review home use.Software receives EMG data via the supplied USB bluetooth dongle. Includes eight games for increased patient compliance.License includes five activations for multiple devices.SpecificationRange: 0.2-2000 Sensitivity: 01µV RMSWork rest periods: 2-99 secondsNo of trials: 1-99Unit dimensions: 128.5 x 64 x 28.3mmWeight: 0.15kgPulse Rate: 2Hz to 200HzPulse Width: 50µsec to 300µsec

091556109 Peritone Plus 091265842 Spare Patient Cable 091316876 Spare Reference Cable

Peritone+EMG Biofeedback Unit

Pel

vic

Hea

lth


Stimulation

Dual channel unit with digital display. Its simple design and ease of use make it excellent for both clinic and home treatments.

Pericalm™ Pelvic Floor Stimulation Unit• Features pre-set and customisable programs• Lock feature ensures patient compliance for home use• Used with Periform®+, Anuform® or surface electrodes

(not included)

Programs• Pelvic floor workout• Pre-set programs for use in the treatment of:• Stress incontinence• Urge incontinence or overactive bladder• Mixed incontinence• Pelvic pain• 3 customisable programs to change parameters

to suit the userUnit comes supplied with 2 cables, battery, user manual and soft carry case.SpecificationAmplitude: 0-90mAType: Constant CurrentWaveform: Asymmetrical, rectangular bi-phasic

with zero DC currentPulse Rate: 2-100HzPulse width: 50-450µvTime: 5-60 minutes (Custom programs only)Ramp up time: 0.2-9.9 secondsUnit dimensions: 80×67×45mmWeight: 90 grams091253715 Pericalm Unit 091265842 Spare Cables

Pel

vic

Hea

lth


INFORMATIONFor our full range of Pelvic Belts, please see page 114/115.

INFORMATIONFor our full range of Pelvic Models, please see page 384.

Pelvic H

ealth


389

Probes

The Periform® has been the probe of choice for pelvic floor muscle stimulation and biofeedback for many of the world’s leading healthcare professionals for over fifteen years. Extensive user consultation and refinement has led to exceptional performance through its unique, patented and award winning form.

Periform®+ Intra-Vaginal Probe• Can be used with most muscle stimulators and biofeedback

equipment (refer to manufacturer’s instructions before use)• Single patient use• Medical grade surgical stainless steel• Unique ‘rectangular’ section resists lateral movement• Contoured electrode provides comfortable stimulation• Smooth clean shape• Long integrated cables• Push fit indicator wand with extension pieces091253723

its unique, patented and award its unique, patented and award winning form.

Periform®+ Intra-Vaginal ProbeCan be used with most muscle stimulators and biofeedback Can be used with most muscle stimulators and biofeedback equipment (refer to manufacturer’s instructions before use)equipment (refer to manufacturer’s instructions before use)Single patient useMedical grade surgical stainless steelMedical grade surgical stainless steelUnique ‘rectangular’ section resists lateral movementUnique ‘rectangular’ section resists lateral movementContoured electrode provides comfortable stimulationContoured electrode provides comfortable stimulationSmooth clean shapeLong integrated cablesPush fit indicator wand with extension piecesPush fit indicator wand with extension pieces

091253723

Electrode backs smoothed over to make it easier to clean

Integrated cables restrict ingress of fluid

New style neck to allow tissue to take on natural form

Longer cables (additional 12cm)

Patented hollow provides secure ‘anchorage’ and allows ambulatory use

Unique Indicator Wand• Visual aid to teach correct

pelvic floor exercises

• Push fit

• Extension pieces provide greater amplification of pelvic floor movements to improve visual biofeedback

• Demonstrates benefit of bracing before cough etc.

• Provides vital information on the efficiency of muscle stimulation

Pel

vic

Hea

lth


Probes

The revolutionary contoured shape of the Anuform® provides a sound electrode/tissue interface which allows for comfortable muscle stimulation and accurate biofeedback. As Anuform® always sits in the same position, comparable EMR readings can be taken over different sessions.

Anuform® Intra-Anal and Small Intra-Vaginal Probe

When the Anuform® is inserted, the probe allows the anal sphincter to close around the narrow neck of the probe. This secures the correct positioning without the need for holding the probe in place. • Revolutionary shape for repeatable positioning and

ambulatory use• Can be used with most muscle stimulators and biofeedback

equipment (refer to manufacturer’s instructions before use)• Single patient use• Single orifice use• Medical grade surgical stainless steel091253640


Integrated to restrict fluid ingress

Anal sphincter should lock around the narrow neck

External ring to aid its insertion and removal

Assessment ToolsStrength 392 - 397

Sensation 398 - 399Vital Signs & Scales 400

Range of Motion 401 - 404Diabetes Diagnostics 405Function, Perceptual

& Cognitive Assessment406 - 410

Measurement 411 - 412

Ass

essm

ent T

ools


Strength

smart

“Smart” font is ShareTechMono-RegularPrecision Grip Strength Testing has never been so easy!

Conduct Grip Strength Evaluations From Your Tablet!

1 JAMAR® Smart Hand DynamometerFor both the Jamar Smart and JAMAR Plus+ we’ve replaced the hydraulic system found in other dynamometers with a circuit board and electronic load sensors. This technological advancement gives you a more accurate tool to measure hand strength in clients with hand trauma and dysfunction. We also increased the durability of the dynamometer by eliminating all internal moving parts, and encasing the electronics in a sturdy aluminium body with a scratch-resistant UV coating. The readout displays isometric grip force from 0–90kg (200 lbs).Requires two AAA batteries (included). Comes in a reusable storage container. One year warranty.081669928

Simple, intuitive interface speeds up testing.

1 JAMAR® Smart Hand DynamometerFor both the Jamar Smart and JAMAR Plus+ we’ve replaced the hydraulic system found in other dynamometers with a

The free app includes the standard hand grip test Features:• Ability to set number of reps from 1 to 5 • Determine hand(s) to test and which one to start with • Record the grip position on the JAMAR • Easily accept or redo any trial • Calculates average, standard deviation and coefficient of variation • Compares results to norms based on patient’s gender and age

For a nominal fee, download the fully-featured app Includes:• Optional patient name and/or ID, gender and age storage • Save test history and quickly create a new test with the same parameters • Additional tests: Rapid Exchange, 5 Position Grip and Sustained Grip • Results for 5-Position and Sustained Grip also display as a real-time

graph for easier interpretation of results • Export results as a PDF

Automatic graphing for quicker and easier analysis of results.

393

Assessm

ent Tools


Strength

2 JAMAR® Plus+Digital Pinch GaugeThis digital pinch gauge has an easy-to-read LCD display and features an electronic zero calibration system. The push-button console includes a button to zero the last reading stored in memory and two toggle buttons used to accurately store up to 99 readings. Handy wrist strap and one 3V battery included. Measures 25×13×5cm (10×5×2˝).081504265

3 JAMAR® Pinch GaugesPrecision gauges designed to give accurate readings of isometric tip, key and palmar pinch strength. Measures in pounds and kilograms. A red pointer remains at the client’s maximum effort.081296649 with 0-30lbs (0-13.6Kg) 081543545 with 0-45lbs (0-20.4Kg) 081296656 with 0-60lbs (0-27Kg) 081296664 with 0-10lbs (0-4.5Kg)

4 JAMAR® DiscriminatorTests static and moving one and two-point discrimination. Set includes two disks that quantify innervation density from 1 to 25mm.081187541

1 JAMAR® Hydraulic Pinch GaugeUnlike conventional pinch gauges, the JAMAR® Hydraulic Pinch Gauge’s unique design frees the client to perform a true pinch pattern because the therapist, not the client, supports the weight of the gauge. A highly accurate pinch force measurement, devoid of artefact, is the result. Red indicator needle remains at maximum reading until reset. Measures pinch force to 20kg (45lbs). Includes instructions, handy carrying case and one-year warranty.081187343

2

3 4

1

1 YEAR WARRANTY

5

3 YEAR WARRANTY

5 Baseline® Pinch GaugeThis precision instrument records isometric, lateral, chuck or tip pinch in kilograms and pounds. The body is made of rugged anodised aluminium with a nylon strap for the examiner’s wrist. The red pointer stops at the maximum pinch recorded for the highest degree of accuracy. Pinch jaws are 22mm wide and approximately 19mm thick. Includes carrying case. Three-year warranty.091141001 Gold 0-0.9kg (2lb) 091037928 Silver 0-4.5kg (10lb) 091027648 Blue 0-13.6kg (30lb) 091027630 Red 0-27kg (60lb)

Ass

essm

ent T

ools


Strength

1 JAMAR® Hydraulic Hand DynamometerIdeal for routine screening of grip strength and initial and ongoing evaluation of clients with hand trauma and dysfunction. Unit comes with carrying/storage case, certificate of calibration, multi-lingual user instructions and a wrist strap to prevent accidental damages if dropped. One year warranty. The warranty does not cover calibration. Latex free.Features:• Dual Scale readout displays isometric grip force from 0 to 90Kg

(0-200lbs)• Peak hold needle automatically retains the highest reading

until reset.• Handle easily adjusts to five grip positions from 35 to 87mm

(1 3/8 to 3 3/8˝) in 13mm (1/2˝) increments.081028935

2 JAMAR® Plus+ Digital Hand DynamometerWe have replaced the hydraulic system found in other dynamometers with a circuit board and electronic load sensors. This technological advancement gives you a more accurate tool to measure hand strength in clients with hand trauma and dysfunction. We have also increased the durability of the dynamometer by eliminating all internal moving parts and encasing the electronics in a sturdy aluminium body with a scratch-resistant UV coating. Requires two AAA batteries (included). Unit comes with carrying/storage case, certificate of calibration, multi-lingual user instructions and a wrist strap to prevent accidental damages if dropped. One year warranty. The warranty does not cover calibration. Latex free.Features:• Readout displays isometric grip force from 0 to 90kg (0-200lbs).• Easy-to-read LCD display can be set to display pounds or

kilograms.• Automatically calculates the Average, Standard Deviation and

Coefficient of Variation.• Allows collection of up to five trials for both right and left hand.• Ten minute auto-off feature helps conserve battery power.081406453

1 YEAR WARRANTY

1 YEAR WARRANTY

2

1

395

Assessm

ent Tools


Strength

2 JAMAR® Plus+ Hand Evaluation KitIncludes one of each:• JAMAR Plus+ Digital Hand Dynamometer• JAMAR Digital Pinch Gauge• JAMAR 150mm (6˝) Finger GoniometerComes in a convenient storage/carrying case with individual compartments for each instrument.081505130

4 JAMAR® Smedley Hand DynamometerSpin handle increases or decreases grip width as needed. Scale dial remains at the maximum reading. Calibrated to 100kg (220lbs). Includes instructions, norms and Client Record Charts. Comes in an attractive storage/carrying case. Latex free.091140995

3 JAMAR® Hand Evaluation Kit IIAll your favourite JAMAR hand evaluation tools are now available in one convenient kit. The JAMAR Hydraulic Hand Dynamometer has been the clinical standard for grip strength measurement for decades. This reliable instrument features dual-scale readout that displays isometric force from 0-200lbs. (90 kg.). Peak-hold needle automatically retains highest reading until reset. Handle easily adjusts from 1 3/8˝ - 3 3/8˝ in half-inch increments.The JAMAR pinch gauge is designed to give accurate readings of isometric tip, key and palmar pinch strength. Measures in pounds and kilograms. A red pointer remains at the client’s maximum effort. Available in 30lb., 45lb., and 60lb. maximum ranges.Use the JAMAR Deluxe Small Joint Goniometer for easy ROM measurements of metacarpal, phalangeal and interphalangeal joints. It features linear inch and centimetre markings on both sides of protractor in opposite directions. Protractor measures 0° to 150° in 5° increments. Made from stainless steel.All three instruments come in a convenient carrying case with die cut foam, so they are easy to find when you need them.081656842 with 30lbs Pinch Gauge 081656859 with 45lbs Pinch Gauge 081656867 with 60lbs Pinch Gauge

1 JAMAR® Hand Evaluation KitAll the basics for hand and finger evaluation in one convenient package. Kit includes one each of:• JAMAR Hydraulic Hand Dynamometer• JAMAR Hydraulic Pinch Gauge• JAMAR 140mm (5 1/2˝) Steel Finger GoniometerComes in a convenient storage/carrying case with individual compartments for each instrument.081028950

4

2

1

3

INFORMATIONPlease contact Customer Services for calibration service information.

Ass

essm

ent T

ools


Strength

1 2

2 YEAR WARRANTY1 YEAR WARRANTY

4

5

1 Baseline® Lite Hydraulic Hand Dynamometer• Inexpensive and reliable• 200Ibs (90kg) capacity• 2 1/2˝ diameter dial• Attractive red finish• 1 year warranty091536705

2 Baseline® Standard Hydraulic Hand Dynamometer

• Most popular Baseline Dynamometer• 200Ibs (90kg) capacity• 2 1/2˝ diameter dial• 2 year warranty091105154

4 Baseline® Digital Hand Dynamometer• 300Ibs (136kg) capacity• 2 1/2˝ diameter dial• Easy to read LCD display• Electronic zero calibration system that reduces the need for

factory recalibrations• Low battery light and an automatic shut off• Toggle maximum and current reading• 2 x AAA batteries and carry case included091140961

5 Baseline® Digital Smedley Spring DynamometerThis lightweight device offers accurate grip strength readout and has 5-preset grip sizes. Auto captures and displays maximum grip force. Assesses results according to age and gender. Saves and stores results for fast retrieval with up to 19 users. Calibrated to 200Ibs (90kg).091536713

3

• The Baseline hydraulic hand dynamometer gives accurate grip strength readings without the subject being able to “feel” the handle move

• Readings are repeatable• Maximum reading remains until re-set• Reading in Ibs and kg• CE certified• Manufactured in the US since 1978• Requires calibration annually• Five position handle and body contours assure results

consistent with published Jamar and Baseline studies• Internally accepted design assures reliability, accuracy and

repeatability comes complete with carry case

3 Baseline® HD Hydraulic Hand Dynamometer• 200Ibs (90kg) capacity• 2 1/2˝ diameter dial• 5 year warranty091560325

5 YEAR WARRANTY

397

Assessm

ent Tools


Strength

21 1 Baseline® 7-Piece Hand Evaluation KitA seven piece complete set of instruments needed for hand evaluation. Includes the following:• Baseline Hydraulic Hand Dynamometer• 13.6kg (30lb) Pinch Gauge• Stainless Steel Finger Goniometer• Two Point Discriminator• Wartenburg Pinwheel• Finger Circumference Gauge• Functional Finger Motion GaugeSold with a carrying case.091093319

2 Baseline® 8-Piece Evaluation KitSet contains:• Hydraulic Hand Dynamometer• Hydraulic Pinch Gauge• Finger Goniometer• Finger Circumference Gauge• 180° 6˝ Plastic Goniometer• Measuring Tape• 2-point Disk-Criminator• 5 piece Touch Test Sensory Evaluators091184662

33

3 3 Baseline® Push/Pull DynamometerA simple easy to use, ergonomically designed instrument that objectively measures push, pull and lift forces for manual muscle testing, functional capacity evaluation and job task evaluation. The equipment is lightweight and portable and enables you to perform precise, objective evaluations in your office, at the client’s location or in the field. The dynamometer itself can test small forces and the attachable single or dual grip handle can be used when measuring larger forces. The hydraulic dynamometer can also be used with lift platform to perform lifting evaluation.Each dynamometer comes with three push pads (padded curved, padded straight, and 1cm2 circular), one pull hook and one snap lock hook. Sold with cushioned carrying case and muscle test manual. One-year warranty. Analogue (dial) readout.Hydraulic Push/Pull Dynamometer091140623 22.5kg (50lb) 091140821 225kg (500lb) Optional AccessoriesHandles091140839 Single Grip Handle Accessory for Wrist DynamometerFunctional Lift Base091140854 Large Platform Lift Base Push/Pull Dynamometer Accessory - 61×61cm

1 YEAR WARRANTY

4 Baseline® Pneumatic Squeeze DynamometerThe Baseline® Squeeze (bulb) dynamometer is the cost effective way to measure hand and finger strength. It has a reset feature that remains at the maximum reading until rest. It is calibrated in pounds-per-square inch (PSI). Bulb contains natural rubber.091184365 15 psi 091166669 30 psi

5 Baseline® Pneumatic Bulb Hand Dynamometer/Pinch Gauge

For measuring hand strength, even where grasping power has been severely impaired or other disabilities inhibit gripping effort. It is lightweight and should be used when accuracy and repeatability are required. Maximum reading remains until reset. The smallest bulb may be used for children and to test pinching function of intrinsic muscles. Scale is calibrated in an international unit of energy (bars). Includes carrying case with instructions. Bulb contains natural rubber latex.091140409

4

5

Ass

essm

ent T

ools



Sensation

1 JAMAR® Semmes-Weinstein MonofilamentsThis test measures both diminishing and returning sensation. The set consists of 20 nylon monofilaments which have been precisely calibrated and are all of equal lengths. Sets of five or six monofilaments and individual replacements are available. Complete instructions and coloured pencils included.081295724 Set of 20 Monofilaments 081295856 Set of 5 Hand Monofilaments - Includes one each of 2.83, 3.61, 4.31, 4.56 and 6.65081550615 Set of 6 Foot Monofilaments - Includes one each of 2.83, 3.61, 4.31, 4.56 , 5.07 and 6.65Replacement Monofilaments081295898 Size 1.65 081295914 Size 2.36 081295922 Size 2.44 081295930 Size 2.83 081295948 Size 3.22 081295955 Size 3.61 081295963 Size 3.84 081295732 Size 4.08 081295765 Size 4.17 081295773 Size 4.31 081295781 Size 4.56 081295799 Size 4.74 081295807 Size 4.93 081295815 Size 5.07 081295823 Size 5.18 081295849 Size 5.88 081295880 Size 6.65

2 Touch-Test™ Sensory EvaluatorsAccurately and conveniently measure threshold of cutaneous sensory perception. Distinguish between normal, diminished light touch, diminished protective sensation, loss of protective sensation, and untestable. Each set comes complete with colour-coded, number-engraved monofilaments, instructions, and plastic foam-padded carrying case.081542182 Monofilaments Set of 20

3 WEST™ Hand and Foot MonofilamentsProviding reliable test results. Weinstein Enhanced Sensory Test (WEST) for the hand and foot, uses five monofilaments to measure skin sensitivity and determine peripheral nerve involvement. It provides reliable test results with textured, round monofilament tips. Measures 15×7.6cm in the storing position. Includes case 11×17cm, test forms, manual and free calibration for one year.081295740 Hand 081295757 Foot

1

2

3

4 Touch-Test™ Two Point DiscriminatorConsisting of two rotating, plastic disks that are joined together. Tests static and moving two point discrimination of fingers, toes or sensory flaps. Ideal for testing following nerve repair, grafts and innervated tissue transfer for desensitisation or to deter the level of impairment. Rounded tips are spaced at standard testing intervals from 1 to 15mm apart. A 20 and 25mm spacing are also given. Includes instructions and a protective carry case.081120021

4

399

Assessm

ent Tools


Sensation

2 Baseline® Discrim-A-Gon™ 2-Point DiscriminatorThe Discrim-A-Gon™ consists of 2 separate 2-point discrimination octagons (D1 and D2). Each octagon measures a different range of 8 labelled fixed 2 point intervals ranging from 1mm – 25mm for accurate and consistent measurements. Easy-to-use, lightweight plastic wheel is the perfect sensory evaluation tool to test static and dynamic 1 and 2 point discrimination.091182997

1 Baseline® Two and Three Point DiscriminatorEvaluate cutaneous sensitivity and touch threshold. Third point permits alternating between single and double point stimulation without changing setting. Plastic points minimise influence of temperature. Measures up to 14 centimetres.091141100 A Two Point 091141118 B With Third Point

2

1

A

B

3 3M™ Littmann® Lightweight 11 S.E. StethoscopeThis general-purpose, entry-level stethoscope offers the superb sound quality and reliability that is associated with Littmann stethoscopes and is an excellent, affordable choice for blood-pressure and patient assessment. Designed to be extremely comfortable to use, the Lightweight 11 SE features an ovoid chest piece with offset bell for better orientation around blood-pressure cuffs and body contours.3M™ Littmann® Snap Tight Soft-Sealing Eartips offer an excellent acoustic seal, and a tunable diaphragm allows for easy low and high-frequency monitoring.

091537034 A Black 091537042 B Burgundy 091537059 C Blue

3CA B

4 Taylor Percussion HammerTraditional style with 19cm (7 1/2˝) long chrome plated handle for sure grip with triangular rubber head for reflex testing.091140748

6 Queens PercussorsPercussors, the classic tools for checking reflexes, with twin heads and rubber ends. There are two versions available; A - standard or B - with a retractable handle.091336585 A Standard 091251933 B Retractable

7 Rydel Seiffer Tuning ForkThe Rydel Seiffer Tuning Fork is ideal for sensory testing for your patients suffering from diabetes and screens those who maybe susceptible to high risk foot complications. This diabetic tuning fork assesses the patient’s ability to feel vibration perception through the distal aspects of the body. This neurological Rydel Seiffer Tuning Fork vibrates at C 64Hz / C 128Hz and is ideal for detecting impaired vibration sensitivity known as pallesthesia. It is also used to diagnose the nerve disease polyneuropathies, as one of the symptoms is reduced vibration sensitivity and is common in those with diabetes.091251966

5 Bucks PercussorThis buck neurological percussor reflex hammer features dual rubber heads and has a compact removable needle stored in the top and brush stored in the bottom. These can be used to measure nerve sensitivity and testing reflexes.091336593

4 5

6A

B

7

Ass

essm

ent T

ools


1

2

3

1 Classic Blood Pressure MonitorMeasures blood pressure quickly and easily, with one function button. Memory of last two measurements. Certified by the British Hypertension Society.091251784 10.5×14×8cm

2 UA-787 Plus Fully Automatic Digital Blood Pressure Monitor

Based on the oscillometric method, this digital blood pressure monitor provides accurate readings to hospital standards and automatically stores the last seven readings in its memory. Following a simple, one-button manoeuvre, it displays systolic, diastolic and heart rate simultaneously while the auto-inflation mechanism determines the ideal cuff inflation level.091226646

3 Nonin 9550 Onyx II™ Finger OximeterFrom Nonin Medical Inc., manufacturer of Onyx 9500, the original all-in-one digital fingertip Pulse Oximeter™. Incorporating the electronics and sensor into one unit, Onyx II™ provides a cost-effective solution for spot checks and short-term monitoring. The automatic on/off mechanism provides approximately 5000 (15sec) spot checks or 4 year’s battery shelf life. It is extremely compact - weighing only 56.7g. Other features include easy battery access, large LED display, and a brilliant pulse quality indicator. Slip it onto your patient’s finger and view data instantly. 3 year warranty. Carry case included.091163146

4 Nonin 9590 Onyx Vantage Finger OximeterNonin’s latest finger pulse oximeter for health care professionals, the Onyx® Vantage 9590, provides a fast, accurate, cost-effective solution for spot-checking oxygen saturation and pulse rate in paediatric to adult patients. Clinician-facing, easy-to-read, bright LED – SpO2 and pulse rate can be read from any angle, in all lighting conditions, day or night. Three colour pulse quality indicator LED green, yellow or red light provides a quick assessment of patient pulse quality. One product for paediatric to adult patients automatically adjusts to each patient from paediatric to adult quickly and accurately and accommodates fingers, thumbs and toes with digit thicknesses 8 mm to 25.4 mm (0.3˝ to 1.0˝). Automatic turn on and off No on/off button! Just insert digit for fast and easy spot checks. Complete with lanyard, instructions on CD and two AAA batteries.091525070

5 Infrared ThermometerA non contact infrared thermometer. Simply aim the thermometer at the target and press the measurement button to display the surface temperature. Includes laser alignment and 6:1 optics. Temperature range –33°C to +220°C. Ideal for non contact skin temperature measurement.091216464

INFRARED

5

6 Seca 761 Mechanical Personal Scales• Robust construction• Large, easy-to-read dial• Low profile and wide platform• Precise and durable• Capacity: 150 kg• Graduation: 1 kg• Dimensions (WxHxD): 303 x 118 x 470 mm• Product Weight: 3.5 kg091141076

6

4

Vital Signs & Scales

Assessm

ent Tools


401

Range of Motion

1 Baseline® Universal InclinometerReplaces the goniometer for quick and easy upper and lower extremity range of motion measurements. Fluid damped to permit, accurate readings. Ideal for small surfaces like the hand. The extension arm is ideal for longer surfaces like the arm and the leg. Longer base provides stable contact resulting in a more accurate reading.091536762

2 Baseline® InclinometerGives readings for flexion, extension, abduction and adduction, as well as rotation in the neck, shoulder, elbow, wrist, hip, knee, ankle and spine. Gives 1° increments of measurement. Pocket size. Latex free.091140557

3 CROM (Cervical Range of Motion Instrument)Provides accurate, repeatable measurements of cervical movement and the objective data that third party payers require. The CROM combines AMA required inclinometers and magnets in an easy to use instrument. Eliminates positioning, zeroing and tracking errors common with stand-alone inclinometers. Allows rotation movements in upright position. Standardised protocol minimises chance for examiner error. Comfortable, lightweight frame positions easily and securely with hook and loop fastener straps. CROM comes complete with manual, normal values, magnetic yoke and convenient storage case.081029255

4 Baseline® ScoliometerMeasures six areas to detect scoliosis, and pro vides three measurements to detect abnormal anteropostero curves. Evaluates progress during treatment, without X-rays. Measures the unstable lumbosacral curve as well as the cervi cal and thoracic curves. Calibrated in centimetres, millime tres and degrees. Latex free.091140573

1

2

3

4

Ass

essm

ent T

ools


Range of Motion

2

1

3

A 15cm (6˝) GoniometerScale reads 0° to 180° in opposite directions in 1° increments. Not autoclavable.081187657 B 17cm (6 3/4˝) Goniometer

Scale reads 0° to 180° in 5° increments. Ideal for small joints. Not autoclavable.081187640 C 20cm (8˝) Goniometer

Scale reads 0° to 180° in opposite directions in 1° increments. Not autoclavable.081187665 D 30cm (12 1/2 ) Standard Goniometer

Scale reads 0° to 180° and 0° to 360° in 1° increments. Not autoclavable.081187673

2 JAMAR® E-Z Read Goniometers SetA set which includes 6 3/4˝(17cm), 8˝(20cm), and 12 1/2˝(32cm) JAMAR® Goniometer (0° to 180° in opposite directions in 1° increments). Please see above. Sammons Preston Standard Tape Measure:081564830 (Measures up to 60˝ or 152 cm)

1 JAMAR® E-Z Read Goniometers

Professional quality JAMAR® E-Z Read Goniometers feature transparent plastic with an opaque white background behind degree markings for easy, accurate readings, even against a distracting background. Inch and centimetre linear measurements.

A 17cm (6 3/4˝) GoniometerScale reads 0° to 180° in opposite directions at 5° increments. Ideal for small joints. Not autoclavable.081187467 B 20cm (8˝) Goniometer

Scale reads 0° to 90° and 0° to 180° in 5° increments. Not autoclavable.081187475 C 20cm (8˝) Goniometer

Features broad arms with 3 linear stripes for easy limb centralising. Reads 0° to 180° in each direction at 5° increments. Not autoclavable.081187459 D 30cm (12 1/2˝) International Standard Goniometer

Reads 0° to 90°, 0° to 180° and 0° to 360° in 1° increments. Not autoclavable.081187483

3 JAMAR® Economy Plastic GoniometersFor observation of joint axis and motion. Linear readings in inches and centimetres. Latex free.

A

B

C

D

A

B

C

D

Assessm

ent Tools


403

Range of Motion

1 JAMAR® Plus+ Digital GoniometersThe perfect goniometer for therapists who are looking for a ROM tool that is easier to use and more accurate than a standard plastic goniometer.• Instant digital read-out to a tenth of a degree• Display numbers can be flipped with the press of a button,

so you don’t have to read upside-down measurements• “Zero” button allows you to zero the goniometer. Start

your measurement from any position and get an accurate measurement without needing to subtract the beginning value

• “Hold” button freezes display for easier recording of results• Auto shut-off for longer battery life• Available in an 8˝and 12˝ versions• Requires a CR2032 battery (included). One-year limited

warranty (battery not covered)081660133 8˝ (20cm) Goniometer 081660141 12˝ (30.5cm) Goniometer

2 JAMAR® Six-Piece Goniometer Set with CaseSet includes:• 180° “Robinson” stainless steel pocket goniometer (7516)• 180° and 360° stainless steel goniometers (7517 & 7518)• 6˝ (15cm) stainless steel finger goniometer• 8˝ (20cm) stainless steel goniometer (5048B)• 8˝ (20cm) aluminium X-ray goniometer081194661

3 JAMAR® Dorsal GoniometerScale reads 0° to 180° in each direction, in 2° increments. Pocket sized, not autoclavable.091324896

4 JAMAR® Finger/Toe GoniometerHelps the therapist perform accurate and precise finger range of motion measurements. Scale is in two degree increments for improved reliability. Ruler is in both inches and centimetres. The long arm is 9.5cm (3 3/4˝) long, and it clears the wrist for accurate placement. If a shorter arm is desired, the gonio meter can be trimmed to meet measuring preferences. Composite motion is measured easily because the goniometer’s short arm is only 2cm (3/4˝) long, allowing precise measurement of DIP range of motion. Measuring degrees of hyperextension is simple - no repositioning is necessary. The goniometer easily provides readings ranging from 30° of hyperextension to 120° of flexion. Loose-fitting hinge lies on the joint without guidance. Tight fitting hinge enables the therapist to read the goniometer after removal from joint.081275684 Loose Fitting Hinge Red 081275676 Tight Fitting Hinge Blue

2

3

4

1

Ass

essm

ent T

ools


Range of Motion

1 15cm (6˝) Steel Finger/Toe GoniometerStainless steel goniometer measures range of motion of finger joints (metacarpophalangeal and interphalangeal) and other small joints including toes. Head has two opposing 180° scales marked in 5° increments. A linear scale in inches and centimetres is on the arm.091140631

2 18cm (7˝) “Robinson” Pocket GoniometerHas two 180° scales that read in opposite directions. Scale is marked in 5° increments. Ideal for measuring small joints of the hand.081187491

3 20cm (8˝) GoniometerHas two 180° scales in opposite directions marked in 1° increments. Turn the knurled knob to vary amount of tension on the arms or to fully lock them.081029172

4 35cm (14˝) GoniometerFeatures one 360° and two 180° scales that read in opposite directions. Scales marked in 1° increments. Locking arm. Knurled knob adjusts goniometer arm tension.081187517

5 Baseline® 180° Digit GoniometerUsing your finger, move the measurement head through flexion, extension and hyperextension. Measures 110° flexion and 40° hyperextension in 5° increments. Arm has 10cm/ 4˝ scale. This goniometer is also known as a one hand goniometer because the therapist, using only one hand, can take readings and can use the other hand to stabilise the patient or record the measurements. The standard finger goniometer requires the therapist to use two hands to make a finger range-of-motion measurement.091141027 A Plastic Goniometer 091141035 B Steel Goniometer

Stainless-Steel Goniometers

Professional quality goniometers feature clearly marked degree increments and easy to read inch and centimetre linear measurements. Goniometers are available separately.

1

3

5

5

A

B

4

2

Assessm

ent Tools


405

Diabetes Diagnostics

1 Neuropen® Kit

“Foot ulceration causes considerable morbidity among patients with diabetes mellitus and the amputation of a foot or leg remains its most dreaded consequence” *

*Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice 13 (1991) 63-68Peripheral neuropathy cannot be excluded without regular foot screening in conjunction with symptomatic and clinical assessments. Neuropen is an effective aid to this screening programme, meeting and exceeding current practices by being the first dual purpose, pocket size device designed to provide a safe and reliable test.Neuropen is a dual function-screening device, the 10g monofilament test enables the clinical to map areas of reduced pressure perception by exerting a specific repeatable force on the test site.Using a Neurotip within a Neuropen ensures that a quantifiable force of 40g can be exerted safely onto the skin, this standard measurement will identify patients with a decrease in sensation to sharpness.091251909 Neuropen with 1×10g Monofilament and 1×Neurotip091213248 Replacement 10g Monofilament (5 pack) 091251891 Replacement Neurotips (100 pack)

1

1

1 1

NEUROTIPS

MONOFILAMENTS

Ass

essm

ent T

ools


Function, Perceptual & Cognitive Assessment

1

2

3

4

2 Sensory Stimulation Activities KitThis sensory and cognitive therapy tool kit includes auditory, visual, olfactory, gustatory and tactile stimuli. The kit includes 31 functional, safe materials to stimulate the senses, including three communication cards. The kit’s manual contains sensorimotor assessment procedures, treatment guidelines and goals, activities and forms to document assessment, treatment and results. Materials (single patient use) are packed in personal client cases that can be labelled and reordered. Each activity kit includes four personal cases.091037365 Set

4 DLotca-G™ BatteryDLOTCA-G™ Designed to be used with clients aged 70 and over and specifically addresses physical and mental factors that can accompany aging by offering larger components, reduced pictorial detail, multiple choice questions, and shorter administration time.Consists of 24 subtests in 8 cognitive areas: Orientation, Awareness, Visual Perception, Spatial Perception, Praxis, Visuomotor Construction, Thinking Operations and Memory.081565159 Set

3 DLotca™ BatteryThe Dynamic LOTCA™ is a series of cognitive tests that enables a therapist to evaluate clients with neurological deficits in order to obtain a detailed cognitive profile, enabling intervention planning for management and maintenance.DLOTCA™ builds off the research used to develop the original LOTCA™ series and incorporates a dynamic component providing the ability to measure learning potential and recognize thinking strategies through the use of mediation. In addition, it enables the therapist to identify the level of awareness the client has to his/her condition and cognitive disability.DLOTCA™. Designed to be used with clients aged 18-69 years old. It consists of 28 subtests in 7 cognitive areas: Orientation, Awareness, Visual Perception, Spatial Perception, Praxis, Visuomotor Construction and Thinking Operations.081565142 Set

1 Rivermead Perceptual Assessment BatteryRivermead Perceptual Assessment Battery gives a preliminary assessment of a client’s level of visual perceptual deficit prior to therapy. It also ensures the success of intervention or the effects of natural recovery. The assessment includes tasks such as picture / colour matching, missing articles, sequencing pictures and cube copying. Includes extensive norm data from age 16 to 97.091141225 Perceptual Assessment Battery includes: 25 record forms, layout guide and materials assessment

Assessm

ent Tools


407


1 JAMAR® Multi-Phase Desensitisation KitThis popular desensitisation kit features consistent, graded stimuli in easy to use plastic bins. Use when normal sensation has been disrupted following trauma or brain injury. The 10 stackable bins (18×21×37cm) have a front cut out design that allows a seated patient to immerse hand, wrist and forearm into the stimuli. Each bin includes a plastic front cover to avoid spills. Individual plastic top covers are sold separately for use as a dust cover for the upper bins or to prevent spills during transportation. Can be purchased as a complete kit, or bins and stimuli can be purchased individually to meet clinical needs. Washable.081274539 Complete Kit (10 bins, stimuli & front covers) 081274513 Empty Individual Bin with Front Cover Stimuli081274547 Phase 1 Pompom 081274554 Phase 2 Soft Plastic Disks 081274570 Phase 4 Rough Plastic Pellets 081274596 Phase 6 Large Plastic Disks 081274463 Phase 7 Plastic Shavings 081274471 Phase 8 Fine Graded Pebbles 081274489 Phase 9 Large Pebbles 081274497 Phase 10 Marbles

2 JAMAR® Hot and Cold Discrimination KitAssess temperature discrimination by a simple, accurate and quantifiable method. Each kit contains two probes for hot temperature and two probes for cold temperature and a thermometer to determine water temperature. Thermometers in each probe indicate the exact temperature along the entire hot to cold range, for accurate assessment and reporting.081285568 Fahrenheit 081285543 Celsius

3 Depth Perception Pegboard SetDesigned to stimulate depth perception and hand/eye co-ordination on two levels. Board is 280mm (11˝) square and includes twelve red and nine green 13mm (1/2˝) diameter pegs.081195825

4 25 Hole Pegboard with Coloured PegsDexterity and hand/eye co-ordination are developed as the user performs a variety of manipulative hand and upper extremity motions. The 225mm (10˝) square, high quality lacquered pegboard has 25 holes spaced 25mm (1˝) apart in which 25mm (1˝) diameter coloured pegs can be inserted. Red, blue, yellow and green pegs.081034081

5 Box and Block TestPortable version of the standardised test of manual dexterity. Provides a baseline for upper extremity manual dexterity and gross motor co-ordination. Test is quick and simple to administer. Suitable for persons with cognitive impairments and/or limited manual dexterity. Complete with 150×25mm (1˝) coloured wooden blocks, closable box designed for easy portability and storage.Come with stopwatch.081187590

1

2

3 4

5


Ass

essm

ent T

ools


1 JAMAR® Manual Dexterity TestStandardized test measures eye-hand coordination and manual dexterity of the arm and hand for manipulative work. Requires unilateral and bilateral movements while utilizing a broad range of shoulder motion. The Manual Dexterity Test incorporates two test batteries – Placing and Turning – while the Complete Manual Dexterity Test incorporates five test batteries: Placing, Turning, Displacing, One-handed turning and placing, and Two-handed turning and placing. Both tests include 60 two-coloured wooden cylinders, plastic board, record forms, carrying case, norms and manual with test battery instructions. Complete version includes an extra test board. Boards 9W×33 3/4˝L (23×86cm). Latex free.081187368 Manual Dexterity Test

2 JAMAR® Hand Function TestSeven-part test evaluates a broad range of everyday hand functions. Conduct using common items such as paper clips, cans, pencils, etc. Empty cans hold small test items. Comes with instructions, all items needed to perform seven subtests, a cotton duck carrying bag, and pad of 50 blank record forms. Board 11 1/4W×41-1/2˝L (28×103 cm). Latex free081194679 Hand Function Test

3 JAMAR® Stereognosis KitConsists of 17 common items and matching cards for evaluation of stereognosis. The 3×5˝ (8×13cm) cards are laminated for long-term use. Each has a drawing and the name of the item in English and Spanish. On the back is the name of the item for use by the evaluator. When used in conjunction with the Rolyan® Sensory Testing Shield, the name on the back of the card can be seen over the top edge of the shield.081275841

4 JAMAR® Sensory Testing FieldMoulded plastic shield assures totally occluded vision and patient comfort while taking test. Moulded ridge holds cards for stereognosis and other types of testing. Removable legs. All parts can be cleaned with a disinfectant. 18 1/2L×5 1/4W×12 1/2 H˝ (47×13×32cm).081275833

5 JAMAR® Picking Up TestEvaluates client’s level of functional sensibility by measuring motor function. All pieces are metal to eliminate differences in temperature/texture as factors. Pinching is required to pick up small objects and to measure the perception of constant touch and pressure. Fine motor skills are also required. Can be used blindfolded to measure tactile ability or stereognosis. Includes normative data.081187103

1

3

2

4 5


Assessm

ent Tools


409


1 JAMAR® 9 Hole Peg Test KitOne-piece design features a moulded dish next to the 9-hole peg board, to keep reach consistent. Stopwatch included. All pieces can be cleaned with a disinfectant. 12 1/4×10 1/4×1 11/16˝ (31×26 ×4cm).081296599 Kit 081296607 Replacement Pegs - 9 081296425 Replacement Stopwatch

2 JAMAR® 9 Hole Peg Test WoodenGreat for fine motor coordination, evaluations and finger dexterity exercise. Square 4 7/8˝ wooden pegboard comes with 1/4˝ pegs.081033406 Test 081234301 Replacement Pegs

3 JAMAR® Grooved PegboardA challenging manipulative dexterity test that requires more complete visual motor coordination than most pegboards. Contains 25 holes with randomly positioned slots. Pegs must be rotated before they can be inserted081187012 Grooved Pegboard 081304104 30 Replacement Pegs

4 JAMAR® Pegboard TestMeasures two types of activities: one for gross movement of hands, fingers, and arms, the other involving fingertip dexterity. Includes 55 pins, 45 washers, 25 collars, complete manual with instructions, Quick Reference Guide, normative data and 25 record blanks. Required stopwatch is not included.081299817 Pegboard Test 081299825 Replacement Hardware (55 pins, 45 washers, 25 collars)

5 JAMAR® Tweezers Dexterity TestSpecialized test uses tweezers to place pins in holes. Requires precision, steadiness and a high degree of eye-hand coordination. Includes one tweezers, 100 pins and detailed examiner’s manual with norms.081187533 Tweezers Dexterity Test

1

3

2

4

5

Ass

essm

ent T

ools



1 Purdue® Pegboard TestFirst developed by Joseph Tiffin, Ph.D., an Industrial Psychologist at Purdue University in 1948. It can be used for many testing applications, such as Physiotherapy, Occupational Therapy, Assessment, and Pre-employment Screening. It measures gross movements of hands, fingers and arms, and fingertip dexterity as necessary in assembly tasks. The pegboard comes complete with pins, collars and washers, as well as an examiner’s manual with normative data included. A new Purdue Pegboard Scoring Application for Android™ and iOS is now available. Visit Google Play or the iOS App Store today to download the free 12 test trial. Bulk in-app purchases are required for continued usage.091557164 Purdue Test

2 Roeder Manipulative Aptitude TestMeasures dexterity and speed in hand, arm and finger movements.It is designed to test individuals for Pre-employment screening from children through to adults. The board has four receptacles for holding washers, rods, caps, and nuts and instruction manual. The performance board also is comprised of a horizontal T-bar and 40 inserts arranged in a predetermined pattern.081297407 Complete Test 081297423 Replacement Washers 45,

Collars 25, Pins 55

3 O’Connor Finger Dexterity TestThis test evaluates rapid manipulation of small objects, and provides a useful indicator of fine motor skill co-ordination for both training and assessment purposes. Board has 100 holes that hold three pins each. Includes instruction manual and normative data.091560192 Finger Dexterity Test

1

2

3

4

4 Lafayette Grooved Pegboard Test for Dexterity and Coordination

This manipulative dexterity test contains twenty-five holes with randomly positioned slots and pegs which have a key along one side. Pegs must be rotated to match the hole before they can be inserted. This procedure measures performance speed in a fine motor task by examining both sides of the body, inferences may be drawn regarding possible lateral brain damage. The test requires more complete visual motor co-ordination than most pegboards and has been used in several neuropsychological test batteries, in student labs, and as a screening technique in industrial environment. It comes complete with pegs, and instruction manual with normative data.091557206 Grooved Pegboard Test

Assessm

ent Tools


411

Measurement

1 Economy StopwatchFor use in timing evaluations, modalities and exercise programmes. Chrono graph features a time/calendar display, alarm and 24 hour stopwatch that counts in intervals of 1/100 seconds for the first 30 minutes and 1 second for up to 24 hours. Battery included.081296425 Economy Stopwatch

2 Long Ring TimerSixty minute, spring wound timer in white plastic. Rings a 10 second signal at the end of interval. Measures 6.5×11cm (2 5/8 x 4˝).081187582

3 Digital Pocket TimerCountdown Timer in 1 second units with audible alarm, complete with back clip. Dimensions 6×6cm.091335686

4 Hand Volumeter SetDesigned following specifications of Paul Brand, MD, volumeter accurately measures hand and distal forearm oedema for objective monitoring of oedema-reducing treatments. Oedema levels are measured by measuring the fluid overflow resulting from immersion of the injured hand in the volumeter tank. Set includes 9×13×28cm volumeter tank, receiver to catch overflow, and a 500ml graduated cylinder to allow precise measurement of water displacement.081296730

1

2

4 3

Ass

essm

ent T

ools


Measurement

2 Baseline® Circumference TapeMeasure the circumference of a joint or digit. Wrap webbing around the finger and read circumference directly from the ruler. Measure by yourself: simply make a loop, position loosely around waist, wrist or area being measured, and press button. Measuring tape will stay in place securely, while you have two free hands to make adjustments and record measurements.091141092

1 JAMAR® Medical Skinfold CaliperSpring-loaded caliper arms provide standard pres sure for measuring skinfolds in nutrition, fat distribution, children’s growth, anthropom etry and other applications. Readings up to 60mm. Sturdy construction of lightweight aluminium ensures years of reliable use. Features a con toured handgrip with safety strap handle. Comes with protective carrying case and manual. Latex free.091140441

1

1

2

LATEX FREE

3 Low Cost Small Round Tape MeasureThis circumference measuring tape is of great use in a wide range of applications. From paediatrics to overweight patients or those at risk of thrombosis. With automatic roll up suitable for measuring head, limbs and body. • Measuring range: 15-200cm• Graduations: 1mm091429216

3

Chartex Anatomical Charts

See page 533

EducationSkeletons 414

Spines, Pelvis & Skulls 415Anatomical Models 416 - 418Anatomical Charts 419 - 420

Books 421 - 422

Ed

ucat

ion


Skeletons

84cm

180c

m

180c

m

1 Miniature SkeletonEconomical teaching skeleton is only 84cm tall. Ideal for educating patients about the skeletal system. Key card and metal stand included. Removable calvarium. Made of PVC plastic, wipes clean.091039296

2 Life Size Skeleton• Full skeleton complete with stand and dust cover• Heavy-duty base• The skull, arms and legs are detachable• The skull is composed of 22 bones, transversely cut Calvarium and

moveable mandible. 3 lower teeth - incisor, cuspid and molar are removable.• 180cm tall• Made of PVC plastic, wipes clean.091214295

3 Life Size Skeleton DeluxeThis model helps students to understand the relationship between the human body figure and the skeleton. It can also be used for studying the morphology of bones and the construction of joints. Set in a standing posture, the joints of the upper and lower extremities are moveable. Skull is composed of 22 bones, transversely cut Calvarium and moveable mandible. 3 lower teeth - incisor, cuspid and molar are removable. Red painted parts represent muscle origins and blue painted areas represent muscle insertions. Made of PVC plastic, wipes clean. Joints with ligaments are not poseable.091317528

1 2 3

Ed

ucation


415

Spines, Pelvis & Skulls

1 Deluxe Flexible Spine with Femur Heads and Painted Muscles

Muscle origins (red) and insertions (blue) are painted on left innominate, femur and vertebrae. Height 83cm. Weight 2.3kg.091333905

2 Classic Flexible Spine with Femur Heads

Height 83cm. Weight 2.1kg.091333897

3 Life Size Vertebral Column with Pelvis (flexible)

Height 83cm. Weight 2.1kg.091231133

1

4

2 3

4 Female Pelvis with Ligaments Nerves and Floor Muscles

A pelvis of synthetic bone-like material with a highly detailed and dissectible pelvic floor in carefully coloured flexible material, comprising genitalia and associated muscles. Weight 1kg.091231653 27×20×18cm

5 Life-Size Skull with Coloured BonesBones painted in different colours for precise study. Comprises of 22 pieces of bone with serrated suture lines marked out. Transversely cut Calvarium shows the interior structures of the skull. Moveable mandible. Three removable lower teeth - incisor, cuspid and molar. Dissects into 3 parts. Made of PVC Plastic, wipes clean. Dimensions: 19×15×21cm.091420041

5

Ed

ucat

ion


Anatomical Models


2 Muscled Knee JointFull size normal right knee includes: rectus femoris, vastus lateralis and vastus medialis muscles; femur, fibula, patella and tibia bones; anterior cruciate ligament, quadriceps femoris tendon plus 6 more ligaments and tendons.Model Size: 7.6cm-1.2cm×7.6cm×25.4cm.091394063

1 Muscled Shoulder JointFull size normal right shoulder includes: infraspinatus, subscapularis, supraspinatus, and teres major and minor muscles; acromion, clavicle, humerus and scapula bones; plus 8 ligaments and tendons.Model Size: 12.7cm-1.3cm×15.2cm×15.2cm.091394071

3 Muscled Hip JointFull size normal right hip with femur portion includes: gluteus medius, gluteus minimus, iliacus, inferior and superior gemellus, obturator internus, piriformis and psoas muscles; and articular capsule ligaments.Model Size: 12.7cm×10.1cm-1.9cm×20.3cm-0.6cm.091214220

5 Life-Size Shoulder JointAn instructional model to illustrate abduction, adduction, anteversion, retroversion and internal/external rotation. Includes flexible, artificial ligaments. Made of PVC plastic, wipes clean. Life-size, on stand. Dimensions: 17.5×11.5×20cm.091420124

6 Life-Size Hip JointDemonstrates anteversion, retroversion, abduction and internal/external rotation. Includes flexible, artificial ligaments. Made of PVC plastic, wipes clean. Life-size, on stand. Dimensions: 25×19×30cm.091420132

4 Life-Size Knee JointDemonstrates flexion, extension and internal/external rotation. Includes flexible, artificial ligaments. Made of PVC plastic, wipes clean. Life-size, on stand. Dimensions: 17×14.5×29.5cm.091420140

7 Life-Size Elbow JointDemonstrates flexion, extension and internal/external rotation. Includes flexible, artificial ligaments. Made of PVC plastic, wipes clean. Life-size, on stand. Dimensions: 17×14.5×24cm.091420157

LIFE-SIZE JOINTS

1 2

3

4 5

6 7

BEST SELLER

BEST SELLER

Ed

ucation


417

Anatomical Models

1 Internal Hand Structure Model, 3-PartThis full-size model shows the superficial structures of the back of the hand and also the internal hand structures, including bones, muscles, tendons, ligaments, arteries (superficial and deep palmar arches) and nerves. Palmar aponeurosis and plate of the superficial flexor tendons are removable. Parts numbered.091335736

2 Dissectible Muscled Leg - 9 PartThis model illustrates both the superficial and deeper muscles, eight of which are removable. Tendons, blood vessels, nerves and bone components of the left leg and foot are shown in great detail. Parts numbered. Delivered on removable stand.091335751

4 Life-Size Hand JointDemonstrates all hand functionality and the external anatomical structures. Made of PVC plastic, wipes clean.091274893

3 Life-Size Foot JointDemonstrates all foot functionality and the external anatomical structures. Made of PVC plastic, wipes clean. 091211671

5 Life-Size Foot Joint with LigamentsDemonstrates all foot functionality and the external anatomical structures. Includes flexible artificial ligaments. Made of PVC plastic, wipes clean. Complete with base.091420090

1

2

5

3 4

Ed

ucat

ion


Anatomical Models

These models are designed as visual aids for teaching physiology and hygiene courses. They help the students to understand the anatomical structure of the head, neck and internal organs of the human body. The models show the relative positions, morphological characters and anatomical structures of the head, neck and internal organs with special reference to respiratory, digestive, urinary and nervous systems.

Includes 40 parts:Torso, female breast plate, head, eyeball, brain (8 parts), vertebra spinal nerves (4 parts), lung (4 parts), heart (2 parts), trachea, oesophagus and descending aorta, diaphragm, liver, kidney, stomach (2 parts), intestines (4 parts), male genitalia (4 parts), female genitalia with fetus (3 parts). Made of PVC plastic, wipes clean. Mounted on plastic base. Dimensions: 85cm tall.091420058

1 Unisex Torso

40PARTS

Ed

ucation


419

Anatomical Charts

1 Charts of Basic Anatomy

2 Charts of Muscular System

Anatomical Charts - These sturdy, full-colour charts provide accurate scientific content in a convenient format. Flexible plastic lamination with metal eyelets in each top corner for wall hanging. Markable write on/wipe off material ideal for studying, training, client education and demonstrations. All charts measure 51cm×66cm.

091230960 A Muscle Attachments Anterior Chart

A B

D E

F

A

cm85×60

SIZE

cm51×66

SIZE

C

081195726 A Hip and Knee Chart

091030873 B Foot and Ankle Chart

091039338 C Hand and Wrist Chart

091030881 D Skeletal System Chart

091030865 E Muscular System Chart

091230853 F Spinal Nerves Chart

Ed

ucat

ion


Anatomical Charts

1 Chartex Anatomical Charts• A2 size and encapsulated in plastic film, ideal for use where

posters need to be wiped and cleaned.• Illustrated in full colour• Shows major anatomical structures of each joint, including;

bones, ligaments, tendons and muscles• Provides information about ‘activities of daily living’• Essential information for the professional and patient alike• A reference for explanation, learning and understanding• Ideal for physiotherapists, fitness instructors, doctors, nurses

and students091224591 A Wrist & hand 091212992 B Ankle joint & foot 091224773 C Shoulder 091224971 D Knee 091226554 E Hip 091224617 F Spine

A

B C

ED

F

Ed

ucation


421

Books

The Original McKenzie® Treat Your Own… Book Series

These easy-to-read patient handbooks provide the reader with an active self-treatment plan to quickly and effectively treat and prevent the return of pain. Written by Robin McKenzie an Honorary Life Member of the American Physical Therapy Association, these books contain his own personal findings and rehabilitation exercise programs and distills the essence of the “McKenzie Method of Mechanical Diagnosis and Therapy”® (MDT), as taught to medical professionals worldwide, in an easily accessible format, direct to the sufferer, without recourse to a clinician.

1

2

3

1 Treat Your Own BackThis easy-to-follow patient handbook provides the reader with an active self-treatment plan to resolve and manage back pain. First published in 1980, Treat Your Own Back has featured in many studies, which over the years have proven its benefits and validity. Now in its 10th Edition, this Treat Your Own Back has probably helped more people achieve freedom from back pain than any other publication. ISBN 978-0-9951075-0-2 Revised A5 Portrait English edition.091230788

2 Treat Your Own NeckThis book addresses many of the problems associated with neck related pain, including headaches and shoulder pain. It outlines active patient exercise and prevention programmes for various types of neck pain. It provides education and understanding to help prevent recurrence of symptoms. ISBN 978-0-9582692-9-2.091230762

3 Treat Your Own ShoulderThis easy to follow patient hand book provides the reader with an active self treatment plan to assist in resolving and managing shoulder pain. The book clearly explains how to identify whether the pain is coming from the neck or the shoulder. ISBN 978-0-9582692-5-4.091312172

Ed

ucat

ion


Books

1 Kinesio Taping for Lymphoedema and Chronic Swelling

This book will show you step-by-step, easy to read, full colour instruction for over 108 common and not so common kinesio tape applications associated with lymphoedema, chronic swelling and scar management. Chapters include:• Understanding lymphoedema and chronic swelling• Fundamentals of kinesio tex taping• Kinesio taping for acute localised swelling• Kinesio taping of the deep lymphatic pathways for

chronic swelling• Kinesio taping of the collector lymphatics for acute or

chronic swelling• Kinesio taping of the superficial lymphatic pathways for

chronic swelling• Kinesio taping for pitting odema, indurated tissue, scar tissue

and chronic venous conditionsThis book consists of 176 pages. Paperback.081333038

2 Illustrated Kinesio Taping (4th Edition)A comprehensive, illustrated, step-by-step guide for kinesio taping coverage includes:• Shoulder Girdle• Trunk• Pelvic girdleThis book consists of 112 pages. Paperback.081296292

1

2

1 1

2 2

BathingBathmaster™ Deltis™ 424 - 426

Bath Lift Cushion 427Bath Boards, Seats & Benches 428 - 431

Swivelling Bath Seats 432 - 433Shower Seats 434 - 439

Shower Stools 440 - 447Shower Chairs 448 - 453

Wheeled Shower Chairs & Trolleys 454 - 462Shower Screens 463

Bathing Accessories 464 - 475Bath Steps 476

Bath Side Rails 477Bath Rails 478 - 480

Bat

hing


Bathmaster™ Deltis

One of the lightest reclining bath lifts available

The Bathmaster Deltis is easy to assemble with no technical knowledge required. With built-in convenient holding points, and the heaviest part weighing just 6.8kg (15lb), transport and storage become effortless. The all plastic construction is modern, easy to clean and free from corrosion. Designed to be strong, stable & durable, it gives confidence to the user and ensures hassle free, long term usage.

Compact frame fits virtually all bath tubs

Occupying the optimum amount of space, the compact frame of the Bathmaster Deltis is suitable for nearly all bath tubs, yet maintains a high level of stability when in use. Large side flaps allow easy transfer in and out of the bath, and optional swivelling seats are available for those requiring additional assistance.

Latest battery technology ensures high performance

The small, lightweight hand controller is simple to use and floats when not in use, enabling easy recovery if dropped into the water. The lithium ion batteries have no memory effect and very low self-discharging, giving improved performance and battery life. The latest software allows gentle charging, further preserving the batteries.

Bespoke, service free motor gives long term durability

Fully waterproof with no built in circuit board, the motor has been specifically designed for long term protection against failure or damage. The hand controller plugs directly into the top of the motor ensuring there are no leads from the motor that could be damaged during transportation of the unit.

Difficulties getting into and out of the bath are quickly and easily overcome when using the Bathmaster Deltis. Simple to take in and out of the bath, it separates into two parts for easier lifting and carrying. High quality materials and construction offer the utmost in safety and comfort with no servicing required.

Bathing


425

Bathmaster™ Deltis

Bathmaster Deltis Ordering Details:Complete with Blue Covers - Bathlift, blue covers, hand controller, 1 hour recharger, side flaps and 2 side flap protectors091324144 UK 091324151 European

Complete with White Covers - Bathlift, white covers, hand controller, 1 hour recharger, side flaps and 2 side flap protectors091324185 UK 091324193 European

Complete - Bathlift, hand controller, 1 hour recharger, side flaps and 2 side flap protectors091316736 UK 091324078 European

Maximum user weight

22 st

140 kg

A heavy duty version is available with an increased maximum user weight of 170kg (26 3/4st). Supplied with a fast 1 hour charger.

Heavy Duty Complete with Blue Covers - Heavy duty bathlift, blue covers, hand controller, 1 hour recharger, side flaps and 2 side flap protectors091324102 UK 091324110 European

Maximum user weight

263/4 st

170 kg

Optional Additional Covers091324557 Optional Blue Covers 091324565 Optional White Covers

Optional Swivel Seats091324532 Swivel Seat 091324540 Swivel Transfer Seat

Maximum user weight

22 st

140 kg

Spare Parts091434695 Hand Controller 091434703 UK Recharger 091434711 Europe Recharger 091434729 Australasia Recharger 091433424 Side Flap Protectors

Supportive, reclining backrest offers ultimate relax ation

The gently contoured seat and backrest give both comfort and support when lowering and reclining. The user selects their preferred angle of recline between 10 and 40° allowing optimum positioning for their requirements.

F our year guarantee giving peace of mindWith a four year guarantee against defects in materials or workmanship, the user can be reassured that the bath lift will be in full working order when they need to use it.



Specifications

Seat size 500×375mm (193/4×143/4˝) excluding side flaps500×695mm (193/4×271/4˝) including side flaps

Backrest size 680×350 (263/4×133/4˝)Seat height 69 to 455mm (23/4 to 18˝)Footprint 560×295mm (22×111/2˝)Seat weight 6.8kg (15lbs)Backrest weight 3.7kg (81/4lbs)Maximum user weight 140kg (22st)

Average number of lift cycles 9 (based on 80kg load)

Guarantee 4 years on all parts

See following page for Bathmaster Deltis Premium

Bat

hing


Bathmaster™ Deltis Premium

W ith the same outstanding performance as the original Bathmaster Deltis, this P remium version is for users requiring additional comfort and durability. T he lux urious pads ex tend to cover the complete seat and backrest and are machine washable. Built- in antimicrobial protection ensures they are durable and easy to maintain.

Bathmaster Deltis Premium Ordering Details:091556281 Bathmaster Deltis Bathlift complete

with Premium Comfort CoversIncludes - Bathlift, turquoise premium comfort covers, hand controller, 1 hour UK recharger, side flaps and side flap protectors

Alternatively, purchase the Premium Comfort Covers separately to upgrade an existing Bathmaster Deltis091553718 Optional Premium Comfort Covers

Maximum user weight

22 st

140 kg


Bathing


427

Bathing Lift Cushion

1 Bathing Cushion Bath LiftThe Bathing Cushion bath lift is simple to use, lowering the user gently to the bottom of the bath. Once there they can choose whether to leave a small amount of air in the cushion to act as a back support, or release all the air to lie right back and bathe as normal. When bathing is finished, the Bathing Cushion can be re-inflated using the Airflo compressor to lift the user steadily back up, level with the top of the bath. The Bathing Cushion bath lift is designed to offer increased stability and comfort. Weighing only 2kg (4.4lbs) and featuring a carry handle, it is supremely portable making it ideal for taking away on visits or on holiday. It can also be set up or removed in seconds and requires no fixtures or adaptations to an existing bathroom.Note: This product is only suitable for users with good upper body stability.Seat dimensions: Inflated seat height 400m (15 3/4˝); Deflated seat height 20mm (3/4˝); Seat width 580mm (22 3/4˝); Seat depth 44cm (17 1/4˝); Weight 2kg.Airflo compressor size: Length 305mm (12˝); Width 270mm (10 1/2˝); Height 155mm (6˝); Weight 6kg.091170927 Bathing Cushion UK 091170935 Bathing Cushion Europe 091555937 Spare Airflo Compressor

Maximum user weight

24 st

153 kg

1

1


Bat

hing


Bath Boards & Seats

2

3

2 Homecraft Alton Bath BoardA perforated steel construction coated in tough white, easy to clean plastic. Extra wide, high strength and quick draining design, also ideal when showering. The adjustable metal brackets enable this bath board to fit a wide variety of bath styles. Bracket adjustment inside bath 380 to 605mm (15 to 23 3/4˝). Length 680mm (26 3/4˝). Width 298mm (11 3/4˝). Weight 4.8kg.081305010

Maximum userweight

30 st

190 kg

3 Homecraft Moulded Bath Board with Handle

Constructed from lightweight moulded plastic, this bath board is both sturdy and durable. The board has holes to assist with water drainage and a built in dish for storing soap. Supplied complete with a handle to give the user support and assistance when getting onto or off of the board. Length 711mm (28˝). Width 318mm (12 1/2˝). Internal width adjustment 406 to 660mm (16 to 26˝). Weight 2.5kg.091325844

Maximum user weight

30 st

190 kg



1 Homecraft Lightweight Suspended Bath Seat

Constructed from aluminium with a plastic seat, this bath seat is both corrosion resistant and extremely lightweight. There is no assembly or adjustment necessary, the bath seat is simply positioned where required. Soft caps on the arms both protect the edge of the bath and prevent the seat from moving. Seat size 410×230mm (16×9˝). Overall width 740mm (29˝). Fits baths with an internal measurement of 585 to 670mm (23 to 26 3/8˝). Seat height below rim 140mm (5½˝). Weight 1.2kg.091170737

Maximum user weight

15¾ st

100 kg

1

Bathing


429

Bath Boards



1

2

3

2 Homecraft Savanah™ Slatted Shower BoardSimilar in function and appearance to the Savanah slatted bath board but supplied with two additional slats to provide extra comfort and support. The extra width gives more confidence to users when transferring and gives a larger surface area, and therefore more comfort, for users who need to shower on the board. Consisting of the same features as the bath board and made from the same high quality, durable materials, it may also be used with the Homecraft Savanah slatted bath board handle. Width 356mm (14˝). Length Weight091072669 660mm(26˝) 2.8kg 081124411 686mm(27˝) 3.0kg 091072677 711mm(28˝) 3.2kg 081331305 762mm(30˝) 3.5kg

Maximum user weight

30 st

190 kg

3 Homecraft Savanah™ Slatted Bath Board Handle

For ease of transfer and added user security, an optional handle is available for the Savanah slatted bath board or shower board. To improve grip on the handle, the moulding is covered with a comfortable, soft feel sleeve. Fitting the handle may remove the need for a wall mounted grab rail in many circumstances. Weight 0.2kg.081124403

1 Homecraft Savanah™ Slatted Bath BoardMade with smooth, reinforced plastic slats, the Savanah bath board provides a strong comfortable, quick draining design. The slats are fully sealed against the ingress of water and all fittings are stainless steel, giving a corrosion resistant bath board. The brackets include a serrated face and rubber buffers to help secure the board in place. The bracket may also be angled to position the board further back into the bath. Rubber pads under the slats help prevent the bath board slipping on the rim of the bath. Width 232mm (9 1/4˝). Length Weight091072586 660mm(26˝) 2.0kg 091072636 686mm(27˝) 2.1kg 081124387 711mm(28˝) 2.2kg 081124395 762mm(30˝) 2.3kg

Maximum user weight

30 st

190 kg


Bat

hing


Bath Seats

3

3

1

2

1 Homecraft Savanah™ Slatted Bath SeatThe Homecraft Savanah bath seat provides a strong, comfortable, quick draining seat that is suitable for both bathing and showering. The slats are fully sealed against the ingress of water and fittings are either stainless steel or plastic giving a corrosion resistant seat. Four strong suckers hold the bath seat securely in position. Seat size 457×290mm (18×11 1/4˝). Footprint 345×300mm (13 1/2×12˝). Height Weight081124429 152mm(6˝) 2.2kg 081124437 203mm(8˝) 2.5kg 081124445 305mm(12˝) 3.2kg

Maximum user weight

30 st

190 kg

2 Homecraft Savanah™ Moulded Bath SeatA tough white moulded plastic stool type seat with advanced sucker design for maximum security in water. The seat has holes for drainage and a partial cutaway for easier personal cleaning. The seat is contoured for comfort and is available in two heights, using leg extensions. It can be purchased as a fixed height assembled product, or in easy-to-assemble kit form to give either height. Seat size 400×240mm (15 3/4×9 1/2˝). Height Weight091072792 Low 150mm (6˝) 790g 091072800 High 200mm (8˝) 865g 091072818 150-200mm (6-8˝) Kit 900g

Maximum user weight

30 st

190 kg

3 Homecraft White Line Suspended Bath Seats

These aluminium bath seats have a plastic seat with a horse-shoe front cut-out for personal cleansing and small holes for water drainage. Available as a seat only, or with a backrest for additional comfort and support. Supplied flat packed, with tools, they are easy to assemble and can be adjusted in width to suit the bath tub. Overall width adjustment 600 to 720mm (23 1/2 to 28 1/4˝). Seat width 400mm (16˝). Seat depth 400mm (16˝). Seat height below rim 205mm (8˝). Cut-out 120×150mm (4 3/4×6˝). Backrest size 470×150mm (18 1/2×6˝). Backrest height above seat 360mm (14 1/4˝).091477744 A Seat Only 091356062 B Seat with Backrest

Maximum user weight

201/4 st

130 kg

A

B



Bathing


431

Bath Seats & Benches

1 Homecraft Transfer Bath BenchAn extra wide bath seat that sits with two legs inside the bath and two legs outside. The user sits securely on the seat and has plenty of room to manoeuvre during a side transfer. The heavily padded seat is divided into two sections to allow for water drainage. The padded backrest provides comfort and support, while the handle can be used to assist with side transfer. Made from aluminium, the frame is strong but lightweight. May be assembled for use on either side of the bath. The legs are finished with ferrules, with the larger ones placed in the bath. External seat height adjustable from 559 to 660mm (22 to 26˝). Maximum clearance from floor 610mm (24˝). Seat size 700×406mm (27 1/2×16˝). Weight 5.8kg.091075662

Maximum user weight

183/4 st

120 kg

2 Homecraft Ascot Combined Board and Seat System

A luxury product combining a bath board with a bath seat, ensuring correct alignment with no possibility of movement between them. The frame is adjustable to allow for variations in bath depth. Both seat and board are padded for maximum comfort. Available with either standard or front cut-away seat for easier personal cleansing. Seat height 153mm (6˝). Seat size 360×305mm (14×12˝). Board width 235mm (9 1/4˝). Board length 670mm (26 1/2˝). Weight 7.6kg. Seat Style091072701 Standard 081305028 Cut-away

Maximum user weight

20 st

127 kg

1

2


Bat

hing


Swivelling Bath Seats

1

2

3

1 Swivel Bather™This seat consists of two parts, a fixed base, which is fitted to the bath, and a rotating seat that can be locked in four positions. It allows the user to sit comfortably in the seat and gently swing their legs around, so that they are sitting over the bath. Gives improved security and confidence when compared to bath boards. Perforations in the seat allow for fast drainage. Seat size 445×405mm (17 1/2×16˝). Backrest height 355mm (14˝). Width between armrests 485mm (19˝). Inner bath size 535 to 635mm (21 to 25˝). Weight 6.4kg.091073162

Maximum user weight

20 st

127 kg

2 Adjustable Width Swivel Bather™The adjustable width Swivel Bather can be easily adjusted to fit a wide range of bathtubs. Each arm of the base frame can be independently adjusted by simply turning the grey handles. This adjustability also allows the seat to be set closer to the open side of the bath, making entry easier. Available with a standard steel frame or as a heavy duty stainless steel frame with a ten year guarantee against corrosion. Fits internal bath widths from 430 to 700mm (17 to 27 1/2˝). Fits external bath widths from 635 to 785mm (25 to 31˝). Seat size 445×405mm (17 1/2×16˝). Backrest height 355mm (14˝). Width between armrests 485mm (19˝). Weight 7kg.091073188 Adjustable Width Swivel Bather

Maximum user weight

20 st

127 kg

091536549 Heavy Duty Adjustable Width Swivel Bather

Maximum user weight

25 st

160 kg

3 Swivel Bather™ for Corner BathsThis stainless steel seat allows easy transfer into most corner baths. The base frame has extendible tubes that can be adjusted independently from 810 to 1200mm (32 to 47˝) in width. Backrest height 355mm (14˝). Seat width 445mm (17˝). Seat depth 405mm (16˝). Width between arm rests 485mm (19˝). Seat height above bath 90mm (3 1/2˝). Weight 6.5kg.091073170

Maximum user weight

25 st

160 kg

Bathing


433

Swivelling Bath Seats

2 Homecraft White Line Swivelling Bath Seat

This aluminium swivelling bath seat has a plastic seat with a horse-shoe front cut-out for personal cleansing and small holes for water drainage. Supplied flat packed with tools it is easy to assemble. Seat width 400mm (16˝). Seat depth 400mm (16˝). Cut-out 120×150mm (4 3/4×6˝). Overall width 710mm (28˝). Overall depth 525mm (20 1/2˝). Backrest size 470×150mm (18 1/2×6˝). Backrest height above seat 360mm (14 1/4˝). Weight 6.6kg091477769

Maximum user weight

201/4 st

130 kg

2

2 2

1

1 Homecraft Aluminium Swivelling Bath Seat

Lightweight and corrosion resistant, this aluminium swivelling bath seat is available in three frame widths to suit a variety of bath sizes. The rotating seat locks at each 90° interval and has side arms to enable easy transfer and provide additional security to the user. Holes in the seat aid water drainage. Seat width 460mm (18˝). Seat depth 390mm (15 1/4˝). Weight 7.2kg. Frame width091325836 665mm (26˝) 091427376 685mm (27˝) 091325257 710mm (28˝)

Maximum user weight

153/4 st

100 kg

ALUMINIUM FRAME

Bat

hing


Homecraft Pacific Bathing Range

1 Homecraft Pacific Shower StoolThis adjustable height shower stool is designed to provide comfort during showering by offering a safe and secure platform for sitting. The lightweight frame, ergonomically designed surface with anti-slip pattern offers everything needed in a simple shower stool. Seat size 305×305mm (12×12˝). Seat Height091561109 Height Adjustable 390 to 540mm Shower Stool (15¼ to 21¼˝)

Maximum user weight

23½ st

150 kg

2 Homecraft Pacific Shower BenchOffering a larger seating platform with the choice of backrest, the Pacific Shower Bench gives additional comfort and support. Height adjustable to ensure they suit the user’s requirements. The seat is made from polypropylene with an anti-slip surface, offering durability, strength and warmth. Seat size 500×300mm (19¾×12˝). Seat height adjustment 390 to 540mm (15¼ to 21¼˝). Backrest height above seat 260mm (10¼˝).091561117 A Shower Bench 091561125 B Shower Bench with Backrest

Maximum user weight

23½ st

150 kg

3 Homecraft Pacific Compact Wall Mounted Shower Seats

With a compact seat these attractive wall mounted seats fit neatly into most shower areas. Available with or without legs, they fold against the wall when not in use. Seat size 340×370mm (13¼×14½˝). Seat with legs is height adjustable from 390 to 540mm (15¼ to 21¼˝).091561141 A Shower Seat 091561158 B Shower Seat with Legs

Maximum user weight

19½ st

125 kg

2

3

1

A

A

B

B


Bathing


435

Homecraft Wall Mounted Shower Seats

1 Homecraft Tooting Padded SeatThis comfortable padded shower seat is fitted to the wall and can be folded up when not in use. It has two height adjustable legs at the front to provide extra support and stability. These legs are fitted with non-slip feet and are adjusted with pin clips. The seat is mounted on a corrosion resistant aluminium, stainless steel and plastic frame and requires fixing to the wall at a suitable height. Seat height adjustment 485 to 590mm (19 to 23˝). Seat size 330×390mm (13×15 1/2˝). Weight 4.9kg.081305390

Maximum user weight

25 st

159 kg

2 Homecraft Tooting Horseshoe Shower Seat

Similar to the Tooting padded seat above, but with a horseshoe cut-out at the front to enable easier personal cleansing. Weight 4.8kg. Other specifications as for 081305390.091076884

Maximum user weight

25 st

159 kg

3 Homecraft Tooting Slatted SeatSimilar to the padded seat above, but supplied with a slatted plastic seat to aid drainage. Seat size 295×435mm (11 1/2×17˝). Weight 4.3kg. Other specifications as for 081305390.081305382

Maximum user weight

25 st

159 kg


MAXIMUM USER WEIGHTThe maximum user weight/load given for these products is dependent upon the correct choice of fixings for the mounting surface. For this reason, all rails should be installed by a person who has suitable qualifications and/or experience in installing this type of product, ensuring the fixtures are appropriate for the specific installation.

1 2

3

4 Homecraft White Line Wall Mounted Shower Seat

This height adjustable aluminium shower seat has drop down legs, enabling the seat to be folded away when not in use. Seat height adjustment 450 to 550mm (17 3/4 to 21 3/4˝). Seat width 370mm (14 1/2˝). Seat depth 400mm (16˝). Total depth when folded 140mm (5 1/2˝). Overall width 440mm (17 1/2˝). Overall depth 500mm (19 3/4˝).091477751

Maximum user weight

201/4 st

130 kg

4

3

Bat

hing


Homecraft Wall Mounted Shower Seats

1 Homecraft Savanah™ Wall Mounted Shower Seats

The generous seat size of these Savanah™ Shower Seats ensure comfort and security for the user. Wall mounted with a choice of screw configuration, the shower stools fold neatly against the wall when not required. Manufactured from aluminium and plastic, they are durable and corrosion resistant. The height adjustable legs provide additional support and stability. The optional backrest has arms that foldaway independently for side transfer and can be mounted at the desired height for the user. Optional seat and backrest pad cushions are also available.Seat dimensionsSeat width 430mm (17˝). Seat depth 360mm (14 1/4˝). Seat height 455 to 585mm (18 to 23˝). Distance from wall 430mm (17˝). Distance from wall when folded 130mm (5˝). Weight 3.8kgBackrest dimensionsWidth between arms 500mm (19 3/4˝). Armrest length 360mm (14 1/4˝). Armrest length from wall 390mm (15 1/4˝). Backrest height 205mm (9 3/4˝). Backrest width 500mm (19 3/4˝). Backrest can be mounted at desired height. Weight 1.7kg091171511 Homecraft Savanah Shower Seat 091171529 Homecraft Savanah Backrest and Arms 091311836 Optional Seat Cushion 091311844 Optional Backrest Cushion

Maximum user weight

25 st

159 kg

1

1

1

1

1

1


Bathing


437


Wall Mounted Shower Seats

3 Drop Down Shower SeatConstructed from stainless steel with a moulded plastic seat, this shower seat is totally corrosion resistant. The seat is moulded from anti-bacterial plastic, giving added protection against germs. With four screw holes for secure fixing, the seat can be mounted at the required height for the user. Seat width 425mm (16˝). Seat depth 280mm (11˝). Projection from wall when open 370mm (14 1/2˝).091076660

Maximum user weight

191/2 st

125 kg

2 Homecraft Wall Mounted Shower SeatThis wall mounted shower seat folds against the wall when not in use. Constructed from easy-to-clean, blow-moulded plastic the seat has built in handles to give extra security to the user. Seat width 490mm (19¼˝). Seat depth 280mm (11˝). Distance from wall 380mm (15˝). Distance from wall when folded 120mm (4¾˝). Weight 4.5kg.091325265

Maximum user weight

173/4 st

114 kg

1 Homecraft Wall Mounted Shower Seat with Legs

These wall mounted shower seats have fold down, height adjustable legs to provide stability where the wall construction does not allow an unsupported seat. The legs are finished with non-marking, slip-resistant rubber tips for additional safety. Constructed from easy-to-clean, blow-moulded plastic the seat has built in handles to give extra security to the user. Available with a choice of aluminium or steel frame, both of which fold against the wall when not in use. Seat width 490mm (19¼˝). Seat depth 280mm (11˝). Distance from wall 380mm (15˝). Distance from wall when folded 145mm (5¾˝). Weight091171644 Aluminium 4.6kg 081611029 Steel 5kg

Maximum user weight

25 st

160 kg

3 3

1

2

1

2

Bat

hing



1 Wall Mounted Shower Seat with Back and Arm Rests

This generously sized shower seat features a comfortable back support that is angled ten degrees from the vertical for additional support and comfort. The drop down arms are coated with polyurethane foam and have moulded hand grips giving comfort and security. For additional user comfort the angle of the arms can be adjusted by five degrees either side of the horizontal. Framework and legs are made from stainless steel making this seat both durable and rust free. The seat can be folded away when not in use and arms fold back to allow side transfer. Two pairs of legs are supplied allowing the height of the seat to be adjusted anywhere between 390 and 640mm (15 1/4 and 25˝). Seat width 582mm (23˝). Seat depth 576mm (22 1/2˝). Width between arms 482mm (19˝). Seat height at maximum leg extension 640mm (25˝). Seat height at minimum leg extension 390mm (15˝). Projection from wall when folded 247mm (9 1/2˝). Weight091076751 Standard Seat 12.7kg

Maximum user weight

40 st

255 kg

2 Wall Mounted Extra Wide Shower SeatsWith a maximum user weight of 222kg (34¾st) and an extra wide seat, these shower seats are suitable for a wide range of users. Constructed from aluminium with a white powder coating to give a durable and attractive finish, these seats fold against the wall when not in use. Pads are supplied to provide additional comfort and warmth. The height adjustable legs give a seat height between 440 and 560mm (17¼ and 22˝). Seat width 615mm (24¼˝). Seat depth 400mm (15¾˝). Distance from wall 580mm (22¾˝). Backrest height from wall bracket 455mm (17½˝). External width 714mm (28˝). Weight 15.3kg.091171602

Maximum user weight

343/4 st

222 kg

1

2

2

BARIATRICThese products are designed for bariatric users


Bathing


439


1 Wall Mounted Shower SeatsThese wall mounted shower seats have a painted aluminium frame for durability. Both have a moulded plastic seat that clips on to the frame and the padded version has a generous moulded cellular cushion 300×400mm (11 3/4×15 3/4˝). Seat width 460mm (18˝). Seat depth 370mm (14 1/2˝). Depth from wall open 420mm (16 1/2˝). Depth from wall closed 100mm (4˝). Seat Height Weight091174978 Unpadded 480 to 560mm 3.5kg (19 to 22˝)091175017 Padded 520 to 600mm 5kg (20 1/2 to 23 1/2˝)

Maximum user weight

25 st

160 kg

2 Homecraft Wall Mounted Shower Seat with Back and Arms

This height adjustable shower chair has an aluminium frame, ensuring it is both lightweight and corrosion resistant. The arms, seat and legs fold easily away when not in use. Lift-up arms enable easier side transfer and the backrest offers additional support. Supplied complete with seat and backrest pads that may be removed if required. Seat width 460mm (18˝). Seat depth 380mm (15˝). Distance from wall 545mm (21½˝). Distance from wall when folded 180mm (7˝). Armrest height above unpadded seat 213mm (8¼˝). Seat height without pad 435 to 555mm (17¼ to 21¾˝). Seat height with pad 460 to 580mm (18 to 22¾˝). Weight 6.3kg.091438589

Maximum user weight

25 st

160 kg

3 Padded Wall Mounted Seat with Back and Arms

These robust, padded shower seats are manufactured from epoxy coated aluminium, ensuring they are corrosion resistant. The seat, backrest and armrests are generously padded with cellular moulded foam. To allow side transfer, the arm rests may be easily flipped up and back. Seat height is adjustable from 520 to 600mm (201/2 to 231/2˝). Seat width 460mm (18˝). Seat depth 370mm (141/2˝). Width between arms 540mm (211/4˝). External width 590mm (231/4˝). Projection from wall when open 540mm (211/4˝). Projection from wall closed 180mm (7˝). Weight 6.3kg091076728 Standard Seat 091076736 Horseshoe Seat (Not Illustrated)

Maximum user weight

25 st

160 kg

PADDED SEATUNPADDED SEAT

1

2

1

1

3



STANDARD SEAT

Bat

hing


Sherwood Shower Stools

1 Homecraft Sherwood Plus Bariatric Shower Stools

These extra wide shower stools are excellent for the larger user and have generously padded vinyl covered foam seats for additional comfort. The cross-braced construction and 25mm (1˝) epoxy coated steel tubing provide an ultra strong seating support. Choose from a range of two shower stools and three perching stools. Each stool is height adjustable using pin clips and the shower stool is available with a backrest that is adjustable in depth. The perching stools have a frame that is slightly lower at the front to give the seat a 51mm (2˝) incline.Shower stool dimensions: Height adjustable between 508mm (20˝) and 686mm (27˝). Seat width 610mm (24˝). Seat depth 430mm (17˝). Width between arms 670mm (26 1/2˝). Perching stool dimensions: Height adjustable between 559mm (22˝) and 737mm (29˝). Seat width 521mm (20 1/2˝). Seat depth 324mm (12 3/4˝). Width between arms 610mm (24˝). Footprint at highest setting 770×660mm (30 1/4×26˝).081345206 A Shower Stool 081345214 B Shower Stool with Adjustable Padded Back 091156652 C Perching Stool 081345180 D Perching Stool with Arms and Back 081345198 E Perching Stool with Arms and Padded Back

Maximum user weight

40 st

255 kg

1

1

SHOWER STOOLS

PERCHING STOOLS

2 Homecraft Sherwood Folding Perching Stools

This attractive shower stool has a folding frame, enabling it to be easily stored away when not in use. The height adjustable seat ensures it can be set to the correct height for the user. Constructed from steel with cushioned vinyl pads. Available with or without a back. Seat width 470mm (18 1/2˝). Seat depth 330mm (13˝). Backrest size 300×130mm (11 3/4˝).External width 480mm (18 3/4˝). External depth 306 to 405mm (12 to 16˝). Height adjustable from 535 to 624mm (21 to 24 1/2˝). Weight091310846 Standard Stool 8.7kg 091310853 Standard Stool with Back 10kg

Maximum user weight

23½ st

150 kg

2 2


A

B

C

D E


Bathing


441

Sherwood Shower Stools


1 Homecraft Sherwood Perching StoolsThese sturdy, stable stools have luxury padded seats for comfort and support. The frames are lower at the front to allow the seat to slope. The legs are widely spaced for stability, and have large rubber feet to prevent slipping and spread the weight load in a shower. Available as fixed or adjustable heights, with or without back and arms. Seat size 355×295mm (14×11 1/2˝). Width between arms 415mm (16 1/4˝).

Maximum user weight

24 st

153 kg

A FIXED HEIGHTBase footprint 430×475mm (17×18 3/4˝). Height 610mm (24˝). Weight 3.6kg.091074889

B ADJUSTABLE HEIGHTLeg height is adjusted easily over 150mm (6˝) without tools. Seat height 500 to 645mm (19 3/4 to 25 1/2˝) in 25mm (1˝) increments. Base footprint: 430×418mm (17×16 1/2˝) at lowest; 508×470mm (20×18 1/2˝) at highest. Weight 4kg.081305275

C ADJUSTABLE WITH ARMSThis height adjustable stool has padded arms, but no back rest. It is particularly useful for discouraging users from leaning backward. Weight 4.8kg.081124452

D ADJUSTABLE WITH BACK AND ARMSAdjustable height legs with back and side arm frame to provide additional support. Weight 5.4kg.081305283

E LUXURY WITH BACK AND ARMSA luxury version, adjustable in height with padded back and arm rests. Weight 5.9kg.081305291

A B C D E

1

Bat

hing


Shower Stools

1

1

1

1

2

1 Homecraft Adjustable Height Perching Stools

These height adjustable perching stools are available in a range of styles, with or without armrests and backs. The robust frame is manufactured from powder coated steel and the grey vinyl seat and back upholstery is fully sealed. The frame is slightly lower at the front to give the seat a slight incline and to enable the user to raise and lower themselves from the stool easily. Non-marking slip-resistant rubber tips are supplied as standard. Seat height (at front) 540 to 700mm (21 1/4 to 27 1/2˝). Width between armrests (at bottom) 460mm (18˝). Width between armrests (at top) 500mm (20˝). Seat depth 285mm (11 1/4˝). External width 543mm (21 1/4˝). Weight091357219 A Stool 4.5kg 091357227 B Stool with Arms 5.5kg 091357235 C Stool with Arms and Back 6.9kg 091357243 D Stool with Arms and 7kg

Padded Back

Maximum user weight

30 st

190 kg

2 Extra Wide Perching StoolsThis heavy duty perching stool has a wide frame and generously padded seat for additional comfort. The frame is manufactured from robust powder coated steel and is height adjustable. Supplied with non-marking slip-resistant rubber tips. Seat height 500 to 660mm (19 3/4 to 26˝). Seat width 515mm (20 1/4˝). Seat depth 305mm (12˝). Backrest size 340×140mm (13 1/2×5 1/2˝). Footprint (lowest position) 710×460mm (28×18˝). Footprint (highest position) 740×500mm (29×19 3/4˝). Weight 9.7kg091438217

Maximum user weight

44 st

280 kg

BARIATRICThis product is designed for bariatric users.



A

C

B

D

Bathing


443

Shower Stools

1 Prima Modular Perching Stool• Attractive modern design• Comfortable and hard wearing• Versatile and functional• Height adjustableThe Prima Modular Perching Stool has been designed to be attractive and practical, having applications throughout the home. The tilt design has a front that is 50mm (1˝) lower than the back, reducing the effort required to sit and stand. As a result, household tasks can be completed more easily and with more comfort. The modular design makes this stool versatile and minimises storage space. The arms and backrest give it the flexibility to be a basic perching stool, a stool with arms or one with arms and back. The cranked feet allow the ferrules to have full contact with the floor and the plastic seat cleans with ease. Front height 500mm to 620mm (20 to 24 1/2˝). Back height 550mm to 670mm (22 1/2 to 27˝). Seat width 400mm (16˝). Seat depth 310mm (12¼). Width between arms (when fitted) 450mm (18˝). Footprint 440×520mm (17¼×20½˝).091158377 With Arms and Back

Maximum user weight

30 st

190 kg

2 Prima Aluminium Shower StoolsSimilar in design to the Prima Modular Perching Stools above, these modern aluminium shower stools are a stylish addition to any bathroom. Lightweight, yet hardwearing, they are available as standard shower stools or as perching stools. The shower stools have horizontal seats, whilst the perching stools have a seat which is angled forward slightly to assist with rising. Seat width 400mm (16˝). Seat depth 310mm (12¼˝).Shower StoolSeat height 420 to 570mm (16 1/2 to 23˝). Footprint at highest setting 450×480mm (18×19˝). Weight 2kg.091167394 Shower Stool with Arms and Back

Maximum user weight

30 st

190 kg

3 Extra Low Perching StoolsThis range of low height perching stools allow shorter users to sit at a comfortable height. Ideal for use around the home, in the kitchen, bathroom or shower. The soft, padded seats are slightly angled to enable the user to sit and rise with greater ease. Available with moulded PU foam padding or with vinyl covered foam padding. Seat width 330mm (13˝). Seat depth 280mm (11˝). Seat height 400 to 550mm (15 to 21˝). Width between arms 445mm (17 1/2˝).Footprint at maximum height 565×410mm (22 1/4×16 1/4˝).091074921 Moulded PU Padding 091074939 Vinyl Padding

Maximum user weight

22 st

140 kg



1 1

1

2

33

Bat

hing


Shower Stools

2 Homecraft Adjustable Height Shower StoolThis height adjustable shower stool has a lightweight aluminium frame and a clip-on plastic seat that can be easily removed for cleaning. The handles on the side of the seat provide additional support when rising or lowering. Seat width 370mm (14 1/2˝). Seat depth 270mm (10 1/2˝). Seat height 460 to 585mm (18 to 23˝). Width between arms 500mm (19¾˝). External width 550mm (21 3/4˝). External depth 375mm (14 3/4˝). Weight 2.8kg.091325356 Fixed Version 091564749 Flat Packed Version NEW 091564756 Optional Seat Pad NEW

Maximum user weight

25 st

160 kg

1 Heavy Duty Shower BenchThis heavy duty shower bench has a maximum user weight of 300kg (47st). The sturdy handles are higher than standard shower stools and provide additional support and security to the user. The moulded padded seat has slots to allow drainage and the stainless steel frame is height adjustable. Seat height adjustment 470 to 610mm (18 1/2 to 24˝). Seat depth 406mm (16˝). Seat Width 081124924 622mm (24 1/2˝)

Maximum user weight

47 st

300 kg

3 Adjustable Shower Stool with ArmsThis adjustable shower stool has side handles to provide additional security for the user. The height adjustable legs have large non-marking rubber feet to provide stability and prevent slipping. Seat height adjustable from 464 to 616mm (18 1/4 to 24 1/4˝). Handle height adjustable from 546 to 699mm (21 1/2 to 27 1/2˝). Seat width 394 (15 1/2˝). Seat depth 260mm (10 1/4˝). Footprint at maximum height 546×406mm (21 1/2×16˝). Width between armrests 445mm (17 1/2˝). Weight091075118 Metal Seat 4.3kg

Maximum user weight

30 st

190 kg



2

1

3

FLAT PACK VERSION AVAILABLE

OPTIONAL SEAT PAD

Bathing


445

Shower Stools

1 Homecraft Adjustable Height Aluminium Shower Stools

These neat shower stools have a moulded plastic seat with a sturdy but lightweight frame. The adjustable aluminium legs are finished with rubber ferrules to prevent movement of the stools. Seat diameter 343mm (13 1/2˝).Assembled in retail packaging Height Weight091075647 406 to 508mm (16 to 20˝) 1.5kg 081135342 508 to 610mm (20 to 24˝) 1.7kg Flat packed in retail packaging Height Weight091553247 406 to 508mm (16 to 20˝) 1.5kg 091553254 508 to 610mm (20 to 24˝) 1.7kg

Maximum user weight

173/4 st

113 kg

2 Homecraft Aluminium Shower StoolsThese stools have moulded plastic seats with built in handles to give additional support to the user and holes to aid water drainage. Aluminium frames ensure they are lightweight and corrosion resistant. The height adjustable legs are finished with non-marking, slip-resistant rubber tips. Seat height 380 to 480mm (15 to 19˝). Seat width 485mm (19˝). Seat depth 280mm (11˝). Footprint 410×375mm (16×14¾˝). Weight091357144 A Stool with Backrest 3.1kg 091357151 B Stool 2.5kg

Maximum user weight

153/4 st

100 kg



1

2

2

A

B

Bat

hing


Shower Stools

1 Homecraft Corner Shower StoolThis handy tripod seat fits neatly into the corner of the shower. The quadrant shaped seat is covered with padded waterproof vinyl for comfort. With a sturdy, height adjustable frame and non-slip rubber feet, this stool is suitable for virtually any shower tray and gives much more leg room than standard stools. Seat width 405mm (16˝). Seat depth 380mm (15˝). Height adjustable from 508 to 610mm (20 to 24˝). Footprint 450mm (18˝). Weight 4.5kg.081124460

Maximum user weight

183/4 st

120 kg

2 Homecraft White Line Aluminium Corner Shower Stool

The aluminium frame and moulded plastic seat ensure this stool is both lightweight and corrosion resistant. The tripod shaped frame fits neatly into the corner of a shower cubicle, making optimum use of the space available. Flat packed, it is easy to assemble with the tools supplied. Seat height 440 to 540mm (17 1/4˝ to 21 1/4˝). Seat width 525mm (20 1/2˝). Seat depth 380mm (15˝). Footprint 620×520×520mm (24 1/2×20 1/2×20 1/2˝). Weight 3.2kg.091325463

Maximum user weight

25 st

160 kg

3 Etac® Edge Corner Shower StoolThe Edge is a comfortable, height adjustable triangular shower stool that fits perfectly into a corner, taking up very little space. It features a stable and comfortable seat that can be set with a slight forward angle to facilitate standing. It is possible to turn the stool, offering a variety of positions, with the possibility of alleviating hip pain by sitting in a saddle position. The Edge stands firmly on all three legs thanks to its built-in flexibility and the legs are slightly angled outward to increase the stability. The soft ferrules ensure a stable grip on the floor and prevent slipping. It is lightweight, corrosion resistant and easy to clean. The Edge comes flat-packed and is easy to assemble without tools. Is stackable. Footprint 520mm (20 1/2˝). Seat width 450mm (17 3/4˝). Weight 2.6kg. Seat Height Colour091163815 420 to 570mm (16½ to 22½˝) Grey

Maximum user weight

201/4 st

130 kg

1

2

3 4


4 Homecraft Chester Shower Stool with Cut-Out

This sturdy showering stool has a padded seat and front cut-out to aid personal cleansing. The legs have large rubber feet to prevent slipping and to spread the weight load. Seat height at front 465 to 610mm (18 ¼ to 24 ̋ ). Seat size 360×310mm (14×12 ¼˝). Base footprint 400×395mm (15¾×15½˝) at lowest height. Weight 3.9kg.081305333

Maximum user weight

23½ st

150 kg

Bathing


447

Shower Stools

1 Homecraft Ocean Shower Stool with Contour SeatThis shower stool has a shaped seat that is designed to fit the body more comfortably. The raised edges of the seat have gripping handles to give the user extra confidence and stability. For additional support the seat is available with a curved backrest. With an aluminium frame and moulded plastic seat, this stool is both lightweight and corrosion resistant. Perforated for drainage, the seat height is adjustable between 406 and 508mm (16 and 20˝). Seat dimensions 510×320mm (20×12 1/2˝). Weight091075282 Without Backrest 2kg 091075290 With Backrest 3kg

Maximum user weight

281/2 st

182 kg

2 Homecraft Ocean Heavy Duty Shower StoolWith an extra wide seat for the larger user, this heavy duty stool is both strong and sturdy. The aluminium frame and moulded plastic seat mean this stool is lightweight and corrosion resistant. For safety and support the stool has two armrests and also has handles built into the seat itself. The stool is supplied flat packed and is easy to assemble. The legs are height adjustable between 483 and 585mm (19 and 23˝) with the armrests situated 127mm (5˝) higher than the seat. Width between arms 610mm (24˝). Seat size 520×340mm (20 1/2×13 1/4˝). Backrest 410×195mm (16×7 3/4˝). Footprint 610×375mm (24×14¾˝). Weight 3.8kg.081611060

Maximum user weight

32 st

204 kg



1

1

2

1 2

Bat

hing


White Line Shower Stools & Chairs

The Homecraft White Line Range has height adjustable aluminium frames with moulded plastic seats and backrests. The modern design is both lightweight and corrosion resistant. Supplied flat packed, they are easy to assemble with the tools supplied.

1 Homecraft White Line Shower StoolA height adjustable, aluminium shower stool with a cut out seat to enable easier personal cleansing. Seat height adjustable from 470 to 570mm (18 1/2 to 22 1/2˝). Seat width 400mm (15 3/4˝). Seat depth 400mm (15 3/4˝). External width 470mm (18 1/2˝).091438670

Maximum user weight

201/4 st

130 kg

2 Homecraft White Line Shower Stool with Arms

Similar to the shower stool above (091438670), but with armrests for extra support when raising and lowering. Seat height adjustable from 470 to 570mm (18 3/4 to 22 3/4˝). Seat width 400mm (15 3/4˝). Seat depth 400mm (15 3/4˝). External width 470mm (18 1/2˝).091438688

Maximum user weight

201/4 st

130 kg

3 Homecraft White Line Shower ChairThis shower chair has a plastic backrest to offer additional support and comfort. Seat height adjustable from 470 to 570mm (18 1/2 to 22 1/2˝). Seat width 400mm (15 3/4˝). Seat depth 400mm (15 3/4˝). External width 510mm (20˝). External depth 410mm (16˝).091438696

Maximum user weight

201/4 st

130 kg

4 Homecraft White Line Folding Shower Chair

Similar to the shower chair above (091438696), with the added ability to fold the chair for easy storage or transportation. Seat height adjustment 470 to 570mm (18 1/2 to 22 1/2˝). Seat width 400mm (15 3/4˝). Seat depth 400mm (15 3/4˝). External width 440mm (17 1/4˝). External depth 420mm (16 1/2˝).091438704

Maximum user weight

201/4 st

130 kg

6 Homecraft White Line Corner Shower Stool

The tripod shaped frame of this stool fits neatly into the corner of a shower cubicle, making optimum use of the space available. Seat height 440 to 540mm (17 1/4 to 21 1/4˝). Seat width 525mm (20 1/2˝). Seat depth 380mm (15˝). Footprint 620×520×520mm (24 1/2×20 1/2×20 1/2˝).091325463

Maximum user weight

25 st

160 kg

5 Homecraft White Line Wall Mounted Shower Seats

This height adjustable aluminium shower seat has folding drop down legs, enabling the seat to be folded away when not in use. Seat height adjustment 440 to 540mm (17 1/2 to 21 1/2˝).Overall width 440mm (17 1/2˝). Seat width 400mm (16˝). Overall depth 520mm (20 3/4˝). Seat depth 400mm (16˝).091477751

Maximum user weight

201/4 st

130 kg

1 2

3 4

5

6

Bathing


449

Shower Stools & Chairs

1 Etac® Swift Shower StoolSwift is a prize winning range of shower stools and chairs that are both functional and attractive. Supplied flat-packed they are easy to assemble without tools and can be dismantled for cleaning, transport or storage. Manufactured from a combination of plastic and aluminium that is sturdy yet flexible enough to adapt to uneven floors. The soft ferrules ensure a good grip on all surfaces and the anti-slip pattern on the seat provides safety and stability. The oval telescoping legs are simple to adjust by hand. A handle in the rear of the backrest makes the lightweight Swift easy to carry and move.Based on a modular concept, Swift can be adapted to meet different needs. Available as a simple stool or a complete shower chair, the stool can be quickly and easily converted to meet the users changing needs by adding armrests or a backrest as required. The seat has a cut out on one side and is solid on the other and may be assembled in either direction to suit the user.Swift is easy to clean in temperatures up to 85°C and may even be cleaned in a dishwasher.Backrest height 800 to 950mm (31 1/2 to 37 1/2˝). Seat size 540×410mm (21 1/4×16 1/4˝). Footprint at highest adjustment 540mm (21 1/4˝) wide, 500mm (19 1/2˝) deep. External width with armrests 560mm (22˝). Width between armrests 450mm (17 3/4˝).Available in three colours within the chair range and two colours within the stool range. 1 Stool Seat Height Colour Weight

091075571 420 to 570mm Green 3.1kg (16 ½ to 22½˝) 091422203 420 to 570mm Grey 3.1kg (16 ½ to 22½˝) 2 Chair Seat Height Colour Weight

091075605 420 to 570mm Green 4.7kg (16 ½ to 22½˝) 091422229 420 to 570mm Grey 4.7kg (16 ½ to 22½˝) 091175272 420 to 570mm Blue 4.7kg (16 ½ to 22½˝)

1

2

2

2

1

1

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED SEPARATELY

Bat

hing


1 Homecraft Comfort Shower ChairsThese chairs have a padded backrest and seat for comfort. The seat has a front cut-out for easier personal hygiene. The frame can be stacked for space saving or storage. Footprint 570mm (22 1/2˝) wide, 510mm (20˝) deep. Seat size 356×305mm (14×12˝). Seat height 480mm (19˝). Weight 5kg.081305341

Maximum user weight

18 st

115 kg

2 Homecraft Lightweight Padded Shower Chair

This lightweight shower chair is height adjustable and has non-slip ferrules for safety. The frame is anodised aluminium with stainless steel fittings, making it corrosion resistant. Both the seat and the backrest are heavily padded for comfort. The armrests provide additional security to the user and may be flipped backwards to enable side transfer. Seat size 405×405mm (16×16˝). Footprint 559×610mm (22×24˝). External width 585mm (23˝). Seat height adjustment 445 to 545mm (17 1/2 to 21 1/2˝). Weight 4.6kg.081107549

Maximum user weight

211/4 st

136 kg

3 Homecraft Lightweight Shower Chair with Cut-Out

Similar to the Padded Chair above, but with an aperture in the seat to allow personal cleansing and to aid drainage. Supplied with a pan to enable use as a commode. Specifications same as 081107549 Above. 081107556

Maximum user weight

211/4 st

136 kg

4 Heavy Duty Adjustable Shower ChairThis strong, extra wide, adjustable shower stool has handles on both sides of the seat, giving support to the user when raising and lowering. Supplied with a removable padded polyurethane backrest giving comfort and additional support for the larger user. Powder coated steel frame with height adjustable legs. The clip-on plastic seat can be easily removed for cleaning. Seat height 450 to 600mm (17¾ to 23½˝). Seat width 680mm (26¾˝). Seat depth 460mm (18˝). Width between arms 700mm (27 1/2˝). Seat to top of arms 170mm (6¾˝). Footprint at maximum height 800×600mm (31½×23½˝).091191345

Maximum user weight

50 st

318 kg

1

2 3

4

Shower Chairs & Stools



Bathing


451

Harrogate Shower Chairs

1

1

1 Homecraft Harrogate Shower ChairsA quality range of sturdy shower chairs. The plastic seat is curved to give comfort and has drainage holes for excess water. The static versions are fitted with ferrules to reduce slipping and the wheeled chairs have four braked castors, 75mm (3˝) in diameter. Seat width 432mm (17˝). Footprint 508×572mm (20×22 1/2˝). Width between arms 560mm (22˝). Seat Height WeightFixed Height091075811 508mm (20˝) 6.8kg Adjustable Height091075993 483-660mm (19-26˝) 7.8kg Wheeled091076371 508mm (20˝) 8.8kg Wheeled Adjustable081124510 483-660mm (19-26˝) 9.8kg

Maximum user weight

26 st

166 kg


Bat

hing


Shower Stools & Chairs

ALSO SUITABLE AS A SHOWER BENCH

1

1

2 2

2 Homecraft Uni-Frame Folding Shower ChairThis frame is height adjustable using pin clips and folds for storage when the seat is unclipped. The seat is perforated for easy drainage and has a cut-out for personal cleansing. Base footprint 530mm wide×438mm deep (20 3/4×17˝). Seat height 415 to 544mm (16 1/2 to 21 1/2˝). Seat size 452mm wide×403mm deep (17 3/4×16˝). Backrest pad size 127×295mm (5×11 1/2˝). Folded width 90mm (3 1/2˝). Weight 8.1kg.081305358 Shower Chair 081124627 Screw Down Feet x 4

Maximum user weight

183/4 st

120 kg


1 Bariatric Shower Bench and Bedside CommodeThe Bariatric Shower Bench and Bedside Commode have been designed with a number of features that help provide a comfortable seat for bariatric users. The backrest can be adjusted in depth +/- 60mm (2 1/4˝) and has curved tubing to ensure comfort for any body shape. Having the right height for the user ensures success in getting in and out of the chair and these chairs are adjustable from 420 to 550mm (16 1/2 to 21 1/2˝). ‘Butterfly’ armrests ensure the body doesn’t get squeezed getting in to and out of the chair whilst providing a good grip for sitting and getting up. The high-tech, lightweight tubing provides the highest strength at the lowest weight and the removable seat pad ensures these items are easy to clean. The Bedside Commode can also be used as a shower chair with a cut-out seat and includes a pan as standard. Seating depth 400 to 520mm (15 3/4 to 20 1/2˝). Available in two seat widths, 610mm (24˝) and 710mm (28˝).Shower Bench Seat Width Overall Width Weight091202720 610mm (24˝) 730mm (28 3/4˝) 7kg 091202738 710mm (28˝) 830mm (32 1/2˝) 7.7kg Bedside Commode Seat Width Overall Width Weight091202670 610mm (24˝) 730mm (28 3/4˝) 7kg 091202688 710mm (28˝) 830mm (32 1/2˝) 7.7kg

Maximum user weight

51 st

325 kg

BARIATRICThese products are designed for bariatric users.

Bathing


453

Shower Chairs

1

2

3 4

1 Homecraft Stationary Shower ChairThis comfortable shower chair features a supportive backrest and fixed armrests for additional safety when showering. Available as a height adjustable option that enables the user to adjust the seat to the preferred position. Holes in the seat enable speedy water drainage. The plastic coated steel frame is finished with slip resistant rubber ferrules. Seat width 460mm (18˝). Seat depth 390mm (15 1/4˝). External width 530mm (20 3/4˝). External depth 560mm (22˝). Seat Height091357474 410mm (16 1/4˝) 091325448 460 to 610mm (18 to 24˝)

Maximum user weight

25 st

160 kg

2 Homecraft Mobile Shower ChairAn attractive, plastic-coated, steel-framed shower chair with four swiveling, braked castors for safety and a pushing handle for convenience. Easy to manoeuvre, this shower chair can be used for transferring the user from one place to another before and after showering. Seat width 460mm (18˝). Seat depth 390mm (15 1/4˝). External width 540mm (21 1/4˝). External depth 600mm (23 1/2˝). Diameter of castors 100mm (4˝). Seat Height091357193 485mm (19˝) 091438605 485 to 600mm (19 to 23 1/2˝)

Maximum user weight

25 st

160 kg

3 Homecraft Extra Wide Shower ChairSimilar to the Stationary Shower Chair above but with a wider frame for the larger user. Seat height 470mm (18 1/2˝). Seat width 460mm (18˝). Seat depth 390mm (15 1/4˝). Width between arms 520mm (20 1/2˝). External height 865mm (34˝). External width 580mm (22 3/4˝). External depth 570mm (22 1/2˝).091438407

Maximum user weight

25 st

160 kg

4 Homecraft Mobile Shower Chair with Detachable ArmsThis mobile shower chair has detachable armrests, making it easier for the user to side transfer. A pushing handle enables the chair to be manoeuvred into place after the user is seated. All four castors have brakes for additional safety and security. Seat height 485 mm (19˝). Seat width 460mm (18˝). Seat depth 390mm (15 1/4˝). External height 885mm (34 3/4˝). External width 540mm (21 1/4˝). External depth 600mm (23 1/2˝). Diameter of castors 100mm (4˝).091357201

Maximum user weight

25 st

160 kg


Bat

hing


Wheeled Shower Commode Chairs

Homecraft Atlantic Commode Shower ChairThe Homecraft Atlantic Commode and Shower Chairs are stylish, easily manoeuvrable and very easy to clean. Available in three widths: 455mm (18˝), 510mm (20˝) and 560mm (22˝) to accommodate a wider variety of users. The weight capacity of 18˝ model is 160kg (25st) and 225kg (35¼st) for the 20 and 22˝ models. The chairs are manufactured from durable plastic coated steel and are ideal where infection control is an issue. All upholstery and braked castors are colour co-ordinated in blue. The multi function armrests are: swing back; drop down; detachable and come complete with an easy to operate hygienic arm catch. The hygienic clip-on aperture seat, backrest and arms can easily be removed for cleaning or stored away. A toilet roll holder is supplied with all models.Supplied with a square bowl as standard, however, an optional perfection pan rack can be fitted enabling the chairs to be used with a re-usable bed pan and a disposable bed pan. Models 091439082 and 091439108 are supplied with a disposable pan rack as standard, enabling the use of a disposable pan only. For full specification, please see the reference table on the adjacent page.091438944 455mm (18˝) Without footrests091167485 455mm (18˝) With footrests091439082 455mm (18˝) Without footrests with disposable panrack091439108 455mm (18˝) With footrests & disposable panrack

Maximum user weight

25 st

160 kg

Accessories and Spares091439884 Aperture Seat for 091438944 & 091167485 091439850 Aperture Seat for 091439082 & 091439108 091439918 Aperture Seat for 091438951, 091439066, 081533660 & 091167501091184217 Perfection Pan Rack 091081876 Perfection Bed Pan 091081280 Standard Square Bowl 091460112 Spare castor

SQUARE BOWL WITH FOOTREST DISPOSABLE PANRACK WITHOUT FOOTREST DISPOSABLE PANRACK WITH FOOTREST

SPARESSpares are available for this product, for details and full spares listing please contact Customer Services.091439850 091439884

Bathing


455


*Clearance 091438944 Series (Square Bowl) - 480mm (18¾˝), (Disposable Pan Rack) - 470mm (18½˝)

Specifications

091438944091167485091439082091439108

091438951081533660

091439066091167501

Overall Height 995mm (39¼˝) 995mm (39¼˝) 995mm (39¼˝)Overall Width 600mm (23½˝) 620mm (24½˝) 670mm (26½˝)Overall Depth 780mm (31˝) 780mm (31˝) 780mm (31˝)Seat Height - Padded 545mm (21½˝) 535mm (20¾˝) 535mm (20¾˝)Seat Height - Aperture 535mm (20¾˝) 505mm (19¾˝) 505mm (19¾˝) Clearance *See below 440mm (17½˝) 440mm (17½˝)Width Between Armrests 455mm (18˝) 510mm (20˝) 560mm (22˝)Seat Depth 460mm (17¾˝) 430mm (17˝) 430mm (17˝)Castors 130mm (5˝) 130mm (5˝) 130mm (5˝)Maximum User Weight 160kg / 25st 225kg / 35¼st 225kg / 35¼st

1 Homecraft Atlantic Bariatric Commode Shower Chair

The bariatric versions have the added feature of a front cut-out on the aperture seat to enable easier personal cleansing.091438951 510mm (20˝) Without footrests 081533660 510mm (20˝) With footrests 091439066 560mm (22˝) Without footrests 091167501 560mm (22˝) With footrests

Maximum user weight

351/4 st

225 kg


1

SWING BACK, DETACHABLE ARMRESTS

091439918 091081280 091184217

EASY TO CLEAN

BARIATRIC 20˝ WITH FOOTREST BARIATRIC 22˝ WITHOUT FOOTREST BARIATRIC 22˝ WITH FOOTREST


Bat

hing



1 Etac® Clean Self-Propelled Shower Commode Chair

The Clean shower commode chair is comfortable, secure and easy to use. Every detail has been designed to make things easier in the shower and toilet for both users and carers. Designed for durability, Clean has no welding seams or holes, thus reducing the risk of corrosion. The seat is fully open to the rear instead of the front, facilitating intimate hygiene by the carer or user. The armrests can be removed or swung away and the footrest slides quickly and easily underneath the seat when not in use, making transfers easier and safer. Supplied with large rear wheels for users who can propel themselves. The rear wheels are mounted well back and the brake handles move under the seat edge when applied, leaving plenty of space for safe and easy side transfers. The self-propelled Clean is a well balanced shower chair that is easy to manoeuvre.A range of accessories are available, allowing the seat to be tailored to the users requirements (see item 2 below). Seat height 550mm (21¾˝). Under seat clearance 495mm (19½˝). Seat width 480mm (18¾˝). Width between armrests 435mm (17˝). Length of armrests 360mm (14¼˝). Height between seat and armrests 220mm (8¾˝). External width 690mm (27¼˝). External depth (excluding footrest) 730mm (28¾˝). Rear wheels 610mm (24˝) diameter. Weight 20kg.091075878

Maximum user weight

201/4 st

130 kg

A B

C D

2 Etac® Clean AccessoriesThe following accessories fit all four Clean models on page 457.091075928 A Green Heat Reflecting Soft Seat Pad 091163831 B Grey Full Seat Cushion 091538040 Comfort Seat (not illustrated) 091536937 Trunk Support (not illustrated) 091075886 Green Commode Pan and Lid (not illustrated) 091423078 C Grey Commode Pan and Lid 091075894 Green Pan Holder (for Clean Pan) (not illustrated) 091075910 D Safety Cross Bar The following accessories fit 091075852, 091075860 and 091422385091075977 Small Castors 80mm (3¼˝) to reduce

the seat height by 50mm (2˝) x 2 (not illustrated)

1

2

2

2

2

3 Bariatric Mobile CommodeModern and attractive, this commode is robust and wide enough to suit a bariatric user with comfort and ease. The design enables the chair to be used as a commode, shower chair or over the toilet. The seat and back are manufactured from polyurethane for a soft feel and easy to clean solution. The shape of the reinforced back frame allows the chair to fit flush over the toilet cistern. The height adjustable pram handles ensure that the carer is pushing the patient at the correct position. The armrests can be swung away or removed for side transfers. Footplates clip-on and swing away but are not height adjustable. The oval pan with handle can be inserted to the front or rear of the frame, which allows the frame to be positioned against a wall and still remain in use. All four, 125mm (5˝) swivel castors are lockable. Weight 31kg.Technical Specification:• Seat height 585mm (23˝)• Back height 390mm (15 1/2˝)• Seat width 640mm (25 1/4˝)• Width between armrests 550mm (21 3/4˝)• Seat depth 470mm (18 1/2˝)• Seat clearance 465mm (18 1/4˝)• Orifice width 270mm (10¾˝)• Orifice depth 410mm 16¼˝)• Overall depth including foot plates 980mm (38½˝)• Overall height 1075mm (42 1/3˝)091309996

Maximum user weight

40 st

254 kg

3


Bathing


457


1 Etac® Clean Wheeled Shower Commode ChairClean is a prize winning, international best selling shower commode chair that is comfortable, secure and easy to use. Every detail has been designed to make things easier in the shower and toilet for both users and carers. Designed for durability, Clean has no welding seams or holes, thus reducing the risk of corrosion. The seat is fully open to the rear instead of the front, facilitating intimate hygiene by the carer or user. The armrests can be removed or swung away and the footrest slides quickly and easily underneath the seat when not in use, making transfers easier and safer. Clean is suitable for use over both floor and wall mounted toilets. Supplied with four lockable castors for flexibility in all situations. Choose from two frames, dependent on either the height of user or the under seat clearance required for the toilet, or a height adjustable version. Accessories are available (see page 456), allowing the seat to be tailored to the users requirements. Seat width 480mm (18¾˝). Width between armrests 435mm (17˝). Length of armrests 360mm (14¼˝). Distance between seat and armrests 220mm (8¾˝). External width 520mm (20½˝). Castors 125mm diameter. Weight 14kg. Seat Handle Height Height ClearanceClean 49 - Green091075852 490mm 1020mm 435mm (19¼˝) (40˝) (17˝)Clean 49 - Grey091422385 490mm 1020mm 435mm (19¼˝) (40˝) (17˝)Clean 55 - Green091075860 550mm 1070mm 495mm (21¾˝) (42˝) (19½˝)Height Adjustable Clean - Grey091163856 475 to 1000 to 420 to 600mm 1150mm 545mm (18¾ – 23½˝) (39¼ – 45¼˝) (16½ – 21½˝)

Maximum user weight

201/4 st

130 kg

1 1

1

Bat

hing




2 Homecraft Ocean Wheeled Shower Commode Chair

This attendant propelled shower and commode chair features a comfortable contoured horseshoe seat for washing and toileting use. The backrest and armrests are padded for comfort and support. Manufactured from corrosion resistant materials, it is durable and easy to clean. The aluminium frame can be easily dismantled, ensuring it is compact and lightweight for transport and storage. Supplied with a commode pan and four braked castors. Seat size 410×410mm (16×16˝). Seat height 520mm (21˝). Width between arms 450mm (18˝). Aperture diameter 160mm (6 1/4˝). Size when dismantled 950×600×240mm (37 1/2×23 1/2×9 1/2˝). Weight 10kg.081443308

Maximum user weight

231/4 st

150 kg

1 Homecraft Aluminium Shower Commode Chair

A lightweight, mobile shower commode chair that can also be used over the toilet. The chair is rust proof due to the anodised aluminium frame, making it ideal for use in a wet environment. It incorporates a pushing handle and swivel castors to enable carers to push the patient around with ease and in comfort. The blow moulded seat can be easily removed for cleaning. All four castors have brakes for added safety. Supplied with a commode pan as standard. Optional footrests are available. Seat height 570mm (22½˝). Seat width 430mm (17˝). Seat depth 460mm (18˝). Clearance height without pan 490mm (19¼˝). Armrest height above seat 170mm (6¾˝). External height 1050mm (41¼˝). External width 560mm (22˝). External depth 585mm (23˝). External depth with footrests 830mm (32½˝). Diameter of castors 125mm (5˝).091438738 Shower Commode Chair 091438431 Optional footrest

Maximum user weight

153/4 st

100 kg

3 Homecraft Gull Wing Attendant Commode and Shower Chair

This multi-purpose, heavy duty shower commode chair is made from durable, plastic coated steel tubing with flip-back gull wing style armrests and a comfortable moulded seat. It features an attendant pushing handle and is designed to be wheeled over a standard toilet. Supplied with four swivel brake castors, a fold-away footrest and commode pan. Seat height 580mm (22¾˝). Seat width 445mm (17½˝). Seat depth 430mm (17˝). External height 1020mm (40˝). External width 515mm (20¼˝). External depth 650mm (25½˝). Under seat clearance 480mm (19˝).Castors 100mm (4˝) in diameter.091357367

Maximum user weight

22 st

140 kg

2

1

3

Bathing


459

1 Homecraft Deluxe Shower Commode ChairsThese deluxe shower commode chair feature a lightweight, silver painted aluminium frame, which provides a rust free, high strength product. Available as attendant-propelled or self-propelling offering the user independence. Brakes on all four wheels for security, the swing away, detachable footrests offer comfort and support whilst being transported and the armrests can be flipped back to facilitate side transfer. These chairs can be used in a shower cubicle or wet room, used as a commode or over a standard toilet bowl. The front of the seat is cut-away to facilitate personal hygiene and a seat insert is provided for comfort during transport. Supplied with a square commode pan as standard. The detachable back enables the shower commode chairs to be partially dismantled for more compact storage. Overall height 990mm (40˝). Depth without footrests: Self-propelled 840mm (33˝); Attendant-propelled 550mm (21¾˝). Depth with footrests: Self-propelled 1110mm (43¾˝); Attendant-propelled 810mm (31¾˝). Overall width: Self-propelled 690mm (27˝); Attendant-propelled 555mm (21¾˝). Seat width 457mm (18˝). Seat depth 425mm (16 3/4˝). Aperture size 190 x 360mm (7½×14˝). Front wheel diameter 130mm (5˝). Rear self-propelling wheels 600mm (24˝). Under seat clearance: Fixed height 465mm (18½˝); Adjustable height 430 to 505mm (17 to 20˝). Seat height091183706 Attendant 540mm Fixed Height (21¼˝)081135367 Self-Propelled 540mm Fixed Height (21¼˝)091563444 Self-Propelled 495 to 570mm Height Adjustable (19½ to 22½˝)

Maximum user weight

191/2 st

125 kg


1

1

SELF-PROPELLED FIXED HEIGHT

ATTENDANT FIXED HEIGHT

2 Homecraft Deluxe Heavy Duty Shower Commode Chairs

These deluxe shower commode chairs feature a lightweight, silver painted aluminium frame, which provides a rust free, high strength product. Available as attendant-propelled or self-propelling offering the user independence. Brakes on all four wheels for security, the swing away, detachable footrests offer comfort and support whilst being transported and the armrests can be flipped back to facilitate side transfer. These chairs can be used in a shower cubicle or wet room, used as a commode or over a standard toilet bowl. The front of the seat is cut-away to facilitate personal hygiene and a seat insert is provided for comfort during transport. Supplied with a square commode pan as standard. The detachable back enables the shower commode chairs to be partially dismantled for more compact storage. These heavy duty chairs have an increased seat width and a corresponding increase in maximum user weight.Overall height 990mm (40˝). Depth without footrests: Self-propelled 840mm (33˝); Attendant-propelled 550mm (21¾˝). Depth with footrests: Self-propelled 1110mm (43¾˝); Attendant-propelled 810mm (31¾˝). Seat height 495 to 570mm (19½ to 22½˝). Seat depth 425mm (16¾˝). Aperture size 190 x 360mm (7½ x 14˝). Front wheel diameter 130mm (5˝). Rear self-propelling wheels 600mm (24˝). Under seat clearance 430 to 505mm (17 to 20˝). Propulsion Seat Width091563469 Attendant 510mm (20˝) 091563485 Self 510mm (20˝)

Maximum user weight

231/2 st

150 kg

091563477 Attendant 560mm (22˝”) 665mm (26 1/4˝)091563493 Self 560mm (22˝) 690mm (27˝)

Maximum user weight

311/2 st

200 kg

2


ATTENDANT FIXED HEIGHT

Bat

hing




1 Homecraft Deluxe Tilt in Space Shower Commode Chairs

This chair has all of the exceptional features of the Height Adjustable Attendant Wheeled Shower Commode, but has the additional advantage of being able to tilt the user to provide a secure and comfortable position for washing and toileting. Suitable for patients with more complex support requirements it can be reclined from -5 up to 30 degrees. The padded neck support is fully adjustable and can be positioned at any angle for maximum comfort.Overall height 1170mm (46˝). Overall width 560mm (22˝). Seat height 530 to 605mm (20¾ to 23¾˝). Seat depth 425mm (16¾˝). Seat width 457mm (18˝). Aperture size 190 x 360mm (7½×14˝). Wheel diameter 130mm (5˝). Under seat clearance 430 to 505mm (17 to 20˝).091563501 Shower Commode Tilt in Space

Maximum user weight

201/4 st

130 kg

1

2 Bariatric Attendant Wheeled Shower Commode Chair

This stainless steel commode can be used as a shower chair, a commode or over the toilet. The chair is extra wide, strongly built and the design takes into account the physical dimensions and levels of comfort required by larger individuals. Available in two widths, 610mm (24˝) and 710mm (28˝) with the added option of ‘Butterfly’ armrests that add an extra 100mm (4˝) to the seating width, which means the body doesn’t get squeezed getting in to and out of the chair. A solid one-piece handle bar ensures that the carer can maintain a good grip and the chair is equipped with industrial vinyl castors for easy manoeuvrability. The extra long, angled armrests are removable to allow easy access for washing or transferring. The chair has a comfortable padded, split seat that is both waterproof and anti-bacterial. The space between the padded backrest and the seat is 320mm (12 1/2˝), this provides the carer with room to manoeuvre the patient into the correct position. The PU foam footrests are width adjustable, spreading up to a total of 1100mm (43 1/4˝), enabling those with fat tissue on their inner thigh to sit comfortably. Seat depth 560mm (22˝). Seat height 550mm (21 3/4˝). Floor to handle bar 990mm (39˝). Seat to footrest 400 to 480mm (15 3/4 to 19˝). Footrest width adjustment 580 to 1100mm (22 3/4 to 43 1/4˝). Backrest size 320×520mm (12 1/2×20 1/2˝). Under seat clearance 445mm (17 1/2˝). Wheel diameter 125mm (5˝).Standard Armrests Seat width Overall width091180314 610mm (24˝) 670mm (26 1/4˝) 091202704 710mm (28˝) 770mm (30 1/4˝) Butterfly Armrests Seat width Overall width091202696 610mm (24˝) 670mm (26 1/4˝)

Maximum user weight

51 st

325 kg

3-4wks

DELIVERYDelivery is approximately 3 to 4 weeks. These items are shipped direct. Oversize items will be subject to additional carriage charges. See page 790 - 792 for details.

3-4wks

BARIATRICThese products are designed for bariatric users.

2

22

STANDARD ARMRESTS BUTTERFLY ARMRESTS WITH FOOTRESTS SPREAD

Bathing


461


1 Etac® Swift Mobile TiltThe Swift Mobile Tilt has a comfortable seat that is both angle and height adjustable. The seat has the same features as the Swift Mobile and includes heel straps as standard to prevent the feet from slipping backwards. The tilt function is easily controlled by a metal bar that runs the full width of the chair, enabling the carer to stand to the side of the chair when adjusting the seat angle. This enables the carer and the user to maintain eye contact for better communication. Supplied with adjustable headrest. The seat unit can be angled from +5 to -30 degrees and with a simple adjustment, this can be altered to 0 to -35 degrees. Seat height adjustable from 500 to 650mm (19 3/4 to 25 1/2˝). Under seat clearance 340 to 465mm (13 1/4 to 18 1/4˝). Width between armrests: Swift Mobile Tilt 135 480mm (19˝). Swift Mobile Tilt 160 540mm (21 3/4˝). Armrest height above seat 220mm (8 1/2˝). Handle height above seat 490mm (19 1/4˝). External width 580mm (22 3/4˝). External length 940mm (37˝). Weight 19.7 kg.091311356 Swift Mobile Tilt 135

Maximum user weight

211/4 st

135 kg

091428135 Swift Mobile Tilt 160

Maximum user weight

25 st

160 kg

2 Etac® Swift Mobile Tilt Accessories091311364 A Full Seat Cover 091311372 B Comfort Seat with Smaller Aperture 091171701 C Soft Back Support 091536937 Trunk Support (Not Illustrated) 091311380 D Safety Strap 091311398 E Chest Harness Belt 091311414 F Cross Bar 091311430 G Hemiplegia Armrest 091311463 H Leg and Calf Support 091311489 I Anti Tip Bars-inclusive attachment 091311547 Commode Pan with Lid and Handle

(Not Illustrated)091311554 Attachments for Pan or Bucket Holder

(Not Illustrated)091311562 Pan Holder (Not Illustrated) 091311570 Attachment for Low Mounting of Pan

(Not Illustrated)

CA B

D E F

G IH

1

1

1

2


Bat

hing


Wheeled Shower Commode Chairs & Trolleys

DELIVERYDelivery is approximately 2-4 weeks. These items are oversize and are subject to additional carriage charges. Please contact Customer Services for additional information.

2-4wks

1 Dura-Tilt Shower Commode ChairMade of easy-to-clean and durable PVC plastic, this tiltable shower chair can also be used as a commode chair when the pan is attached. Simple push-button operation allows the carer to tilt the chair to three positions to safely and comfortably position those who tend to lean or slide forward or have trunk control problems. Easy to push and pivot with extra-large swivel locking castors, the chair cradles clients in a reclined position providing security and safety when showering or toileting. When tilted, the open-front, padded toilet seat and reclined position provides a sense of comfort and privacy. Includes safety belt and commode pan. External width 580mm (23˝). Total length when reclined 1610mm (63 1/2˝). Backrest height 900mm (35 1/2˝). Width between arms 460mm (18˝). Seat depth 430mm (17˝). Backrest cradle 420mm (16 1/2˝), with 90° fixed angle seat to back. Four recline positions 100°, 115°, 130° and 145°.081172295 Dura-Tilt Shower/Commode Chair 081172311 Head Support

Maximum user weight

141/4 st

91 kg

1

1

2

2 Shower TrolleyThis shower trolley is designed to allow washing or showering of patient’s in a supine position. Mobile and easy to manoeuvre, it makes transferring a patient to the bathing area simple, allowing the patient to be showered, dried and clothed whilst minimising the risk of back injury to the carer. Three locking castors prevent movement during patient transfer and the fourth castor has directional locking to assist manoeuvrability. Drop down sides on both sides of the trolley enable transfer of the patient, whilst the padded liner and head support improve comfort. Surface area 1930×750mm (76×29½˝). Depth of sides 200mm (8˝). Height of fixed model 960mm (37¾˝).091077031

Maximum user weight

30 st

190 kg

NEW

Bathing


463

1 Portascreen Shower GuardThe Portascreen shower guard makes containing shower spray simple. Portable and easy to handle, the Portascreen folds flat for storage. The hinged doors are easily moved and positioned to provide maximum protection for the carer when assisting with a shower. Height 815mm (32˝). Total length 1474mm (4´ 10˝). Size when folded 530×815mm (21×32˝). Weight 8.5kg.091077064

2 Portable Shower ScreensManufactured from opaque polycarbonate encased in stylish and sturdy aluminium frames, these portable shower screens have integral handles for moving and carrying. Finished in soft white to blend into most shower areas, the frames have a rounded edge profile for safety and style. The hinges rotate through 90°, enabling the screen to be positioned or moved as required. Available as a two panel screen, each panel measuring 900mm (35 1/2˝). Also available in two heights. Height Weight091428283 Two Panel 750mm (29 1/2˝) 11kg 091176106 Two Panel 900mm (35 1/2˝) 13kg

1

2

3

Shower Screens

3 CarerscreenThe Carerscreen is an easily portable alternative to a fixed shower enclosure. Compact and lightweight, it helps to keep the carer dry during assisted bathing, whilst the folding design allows for easy storage when not in use. Fitted with robust handles to assist with positioning and lifting, the Carerscreen is easy to handle and use when a temporary shower enclosure is required. By incorporating more panels within the screen, it enables adjustment for the carer to be closer to the user. The low screen height, 750mm (29 1/2˝), also allows easier reaching for the carer. Two year guarantee. Available without a water seal on the underside of the screens only. Panels measure 750×450mm (29 1/2˝×17 3/4˝) and 750×225mm (29 1/2˝×8 1/2˝). Weight 9kg.091428341 Without Seal

Bat

hing


Bathing Accessories

2 Hair Washing Tray for BedA shaped plastic tray that enables hair to be washed in bed by a helper with no spillage or discomfort. The waste water runs from the spout to a suitable receptacle placed on the floor. Colour of tray may vary. Width 395mm (15 1/2˝). Length 755mm (29 3/4˝). Weight 700g.091078146

1 EZ ShowerA practical bedside shower that can be hung on either a bed post or IV pole via a strong nylon cord. The bag holds 11.3 litres (2 1/2 gallons) of water, which is directed through a 60cm (24˝) hose to a compact shower rose. The hose has an on/off switch so that the user has full control of the water flow. Ideal for use with the inflatable bath or shampoo basin. Weight 930kg.091078187

1

2

Bathing


465

Bathing Accessories

1 Inflatable Shampoo BasinDesigned for comfortable and convenient in-bed shampooing, this inflatable basin provides secure, form-fitting support that cushions the head and shoulders and includes a built-in inflatable headrest. Made from heavy duty vinyl. The 1m (40˝) flexible drainage hose has a stopper at the end for control when emptying. Designed to be lightweight, portable and compact for convenient storage. Width 610mm (24˝). Length 510mm (20˝). Depth 200mm (8˝). Weight 680g.091078161

2 Homecraft Shampoo BasinSimple, sturdy PVC shampoo basin that easily inflates by mouth or pump. Ideal for bed use, it is easily and conveniently drained with a one-way hose. Length 660mm (26˝). Width 610mm (24˝). Depth 150mm (6˝). Weight 725g.091078153


1

2

4 Rinse Free Shampoo CapShampoo your hair without water or rinsing! The Rinse Free Shampoo Cap is the most convenient and effective way to clean and revive your hair without any fuss. The Rinse Free Shampoo Cap can be warmed in a microwave prior to use for the nicest feeling of warmth during a cleansing head and hair massage. Simply place the cap on your head and massage until the hair feels saturated. Remove the cap and discard in an appropriate receptacle. No additional conditioner is required. Towel dry the hair, comb and style as normal. The Rinse Free Shampoo Cap is perfect on camping holidays or when ill or convalescing.091310978 Sold as single units

3 Nilaqua ShampooCompletely clean hair without water or rinsing. Ideal for camping, travelling and the elderly or infirm. Nilaqua Shampoo is an alcohol free and hospital-approved hair cleanser that leaves hair fresh, clean and odour free without water or rinsing. Simply apply, massage to a lather and towel dry. Note this is not a dry shampoo.091311034 200ml bottle

3 4

Bat

hing


Bathing Accessories

1 Hair Washing TrayEasy to use tray rests comfortably on the shoulders for easy upright shampooing. Features a unique flexible rubber edging that surrounds the tray and neck opening to provide superior comfort and prevent slipping. Compact and lightweight, it prevents awkward bending for those with limited motion and reduces back strain for the carer. A raised edge prevents the water from spilling over and contoured sides support the neck. A 889mm (35˝) strap wraps around the user’s forearm to stabilise the tray. Size 330×445mm (13×17 1/2˝). Weight 550g.091078203

1

3 Comfort Cape Hair Washing TrayThis soft, lightweight flexible hair washing tray conforms around any chair or basin, allowing the user to remain upright during shampooing and reducing the risk of back strain for the carer. The buckle fastening allows adjustment to multiple neck sizes. Hook & loop straps are provided for a snug fit. Width 585mm (23˝). Length 635mm (25˝). Depth 75mm (3˝).081166263

2 Homecraft Hair Washing Tray for SinkA plastic tray, shaped to fit behind the neck and attached with a hook and loop strap. Enables hair to be washed by a helper over a sink or bath with no spillage. Width 214mm (8 1/2˝). Depth 50mm (2˝). Weight 175g.091078138

2

3


Bathing


467

Bathing Accessories

1

2 2

1 Homecraft Inflatable Bath CushionThis inflatable cushion gives additional comfort and support when bathing. Four sucker feet on the underside secure it to the bath to prevent movement. Size when inflated 432×432mm (17×17˝). Weight 210g.091077403

2 Homecraft Bath CushionA soft, non-slip cushion designed to make bathing a safe and comfortable experience. The foam inner is fully sealed in the waterproof outer, making it easy to clean and disinfect with normal cleaning agents. The cushion has suckers on the underside and the rear to keep it securely in place. Seat size 355×320mm (14×12 1/2˝). Backrest 320×320mm (12 1/2×12 1/2˝). Thickness 35mm (1 1/2˝). Weight 390g.091077411 A Complete Cushion 091536457 B Seat Only


BA

3 Homecraft Bath PillowInflatable pillow that improves the bathing experience. The PVC pillow is easily inflated to the desired firmness and is covered in a white terry cloth for comfort. Four suction feet on the back of the pillow ensure it remains in the correct position on the bath. Width 533mm (21˝). Length 400mm (153/4˝). Weight 200g.091077460

3

Bat

hing


Bathing Accessories

2

3

1 1 Bath ShortenerDesigned to enable shorter people to bathe in safety and comfort. Rubber suckers are fitted to attach the Bath Shortener to the foot of the bath to prevent it slipping. Does not interfere with water filling or draining. Shortens the bath by approx 255mm (10˝). Height 330mm (13˝). Width 356mm (14˝). Weight 1.8kg.091078328

Maximum user weight

30 st

190 kg

2 Bath Safety StripsThese bath safety strips are perfect for all bath shapes and sizes. They are made from soft textured rubber and are adhesive backed for easy installation. Supplied as a pack of 20 strips. Length 216mm (8 1/2˝).081295302

3 Homecraft Everyday Corner Shower MatA unique design that fits corner showers to reduce the risk of slipping. The ‘basket-weave’ pattern is an effective non-slip surface and the mat is held in place with numerous, large suckers. Made from high quality natural rubber, the corners have been sculpted to fit a variety of drain-hole positions. Size 660×480mm (19×26˝).091421098


Bathing


469

Bathing Accessories

2

1

3

2 Homecraft Sure Tread Bath and Shower MatsSure Tread non-slip bath and shower mats give you an extra sense of security and total peace of mind. With their raised ridges and unique design, the mats allow you to stand or sit, without slipping, on a wet surface. The mats grip securely and safely due to their high-grade medical rubber content and additional suction cups. Enjoy the ultimate secure experience of bathing with Sure Tread. Machine washable at 40˚. Dimensions081569821 A Bath Mat 780×350mm (30 3/4×13 3/4˝)091077106 B Shower Mat 555×555mm (21 3/4×21 3/4˝)

3 Homecraft Soft-Feel Bath and Shower MatsThe soft-feel non-slip bath mats are especially designed for extra comfort. The waterproof foam material gives you the combination of safety and comfort you’ve been looking for. The latex free material also allows additional choice for allergy sufferers. Available in two different sizes. Dimensions091077247 A Regular Bath Mat 700×405mm (27 1/2×16˝)091204551 B Shower Mat 555×555mm (22×22˝)

1 Homecraft Everyday Bath and Shower MatsThe Everyday mat is a practical solution to bathing security. The ‘basket weave’ surface reduces the risk of slipping whilst standing or sitting. The mat has excellent grip due to the large number of suckers and the high-grade rubber material. Multiple drainage holes allow water to drain off the surface quickly. Four different sizes allow you to select the correct size of mat for your bath or shower to ensure adequate surface coverage.Bath Mats Size Dimensions081305408 A Regular 570×350mm (22 1/2×13 3/4˝)081305416 B Large 760×350mm (30×13 3/4˝)081107572 C Extra Large 945×350mm (37×13 3/4˝)Shower Mat Dimensions081569755 D Regular 540×540mm (21 1/4×21 1/4˝)


D

A

A

A

CB

B

B

LATEX FREE

Bat

hing


1

1 1

1 Cast and Dressing ProtectorsThese comfortable waterproof protectors are easy to use and have a self-sealing band allowing them to be submerged. Simply slip over a cast or dressing on either the leg or arm to protect them whilst showering or bathing. The neoprene band has a wide area of contact and therefore does not pinch the skin or feel constrictive. The main body is made from a pliable waterproof PVC/nylon mesh, which is roomy and slip resistant. It also contains an antimicrobial treatment providing protection against bacterial and fungal attack. The protectors are re-usable and will last, on average, eight weeks with normal use. Not suitable for use with open or undressed wounds. Latex free. Limb Circumference091078054 Arm (above elbow) 250-290mm 091078062 Leg (above knee) 390-540mm 091078070 Full Leg 520-650mm

Bathing Accessories

2 Foot Brush and SpongeFor hygiene of lower extremities while standing or sitting. Useful for people with limited access to feet. It has a plastic contoured handle with a nylon brush for comfortable cleaning of feet. Supplied with one large sponge and two small toe sponges. Length is 610mm (24˝), with 95mm (3 3/4˝) brush, 35mm (1 1/3˝) wedge-tip sponge. Weight 120g.091077734

22


LATEX FREE

LATEX FREE

LATEX FREE

Bathing


471

Long Handled Bathing Accessories

1 Homecraft Long Handled SpongesThese long handled sponges and pads are mounted on plastic coated wire to allow the legs, feet and back to be reached. The wire is flexible enough to bend to any shape to make reaching easier. A range of pastel coloured sponges on long coated wires with pastel grey plastic built up handles. Available in two lengths. Full Length Weight091077569 Retail Packed 380mm (15˝) 75g 091077593 Retail Packed 610mm (24˝) 100g 091077585 Non Retail 610mm (24˝) 100g

2 Homecraft Long Handled Toe WasherA long stem with plastic built up handle and a flat wire frame covered in a white towelling pad for washing between the toes. Two pads included. Length 710mm (28˝). Weight 120g.081305440

3 Homecraft Long Handled Sheepskin PadA luxury double thickness sheepskin pad with a plastic built up handgrip that can be bent to any angle required. Suitable for washing or powdering. Pad size 95×125mm (3 3/4×5˝). Length 610mm (24˝). Weight 135g.091077668

11

2

33

2



Bat

hing


1

1

1

1

2

3

1 Etac® Beauty Bathing RangeThe Etac Beauty body care range is ergonomically designed and carefully balanced to provide maximum power with minimal effort and strain. Each product has a unique shape that makes it easier to reach further. The hair washer is shaped to ensure it reaches all over the head and massages the entire scalp, substituting the fingers when shampooing. Both the body and the back washers have removable cloths that wash effectively without absorbing water, ensuring they stay light and balanced even when wet. For more products within this range see the grooming accessories section within the catalogue. Length Weight

091077650 A Hairwasher 300mm 80g 091077635 B Bodywasher 370mm 112g 091077619 C Backwasher 770mm 203g 091077627 Spare Backwash Cloth 091077643 Spare Bodywash Cloth

2 Sammons Preston Bendable Long Handled Sponges

The special handle on these sponges allows users to manually bend and straighten them multiple times to aid in cleaning hard to reach areas. Unlike most sponge handles, these do not require a heat gun to change position. Users are able to use this one sponge to clean difficult to reach areas, such as the back and distal areas like the feet. Total length 560mm (22˝). Weight 60g.

081202886 A Round 081202878 B Contoured

3 Sammons Preston Economy Long Handled Sponges

These sponges are mounted on white, plastic handles which can be customised with a heat gun and bent to the desired angle. The sponges are treated with an anti-bacterial agent that prolongs their life. Loofah style sponge features a rough surface on one side for added scrubbing action and a standard sponge on the other side. Total length 572mm (22 1/2˝). Weight 60g.

081170067 A Loofah 081170059 B Round 081170158 C Contoured

A

B

C

Bathing Accessories



A

B

A

B C

Bathing


473

Bathing Accessories

1 Homecraft Long Handled Net SpongeThis long handled net body washer is a luxurious alternative to a brush or sponge. The scrunched-up net encourages the soap to lather, providing a more enjoyable wash. The curved handle allows difficult areas to be washed, especially for those with restricted reach. The handle has a loop to enable it to be hung up in the bath or shower. Length 380mm (15˝). Weight 80g. 091077676

2 Homecraft Long Handled Bath BrushA light, evenly balanced brush, designed to reach back and legs more effectively. The soft bristles ensure that skin is cleaned without scratching. The handle is shaped to enable it to be gripped gently without extra pressure being required. A hanging loop is included so that the brush can be hung up to dry. Length 380mm (15˝). Weight 150g.091421080

3 Body BrushThis massaging brush has smooth bristles on either side that adapt to the body’s contours. The long handle enables the user to reach difficult body parts such as their back or shoulders. Can be used either wet or dry. Length 430mm (17˝). Weight 214g.091077684

1

2

3

1

2

3


Bat

hing


Bathing Accessories

1 Homecraft Flannel Strap and Wash MitA cotton flannel strap designed to help reach awkward places. The cotton terry surface can be used for washing and the coarse foam on the reverse can be used for scouring and toning your skin. The D-shape handles allow an easy, secure grip. Supplied with a matching hand mitt for washing the remainder of your body. Hand wash at 40°C. Length of strap 800mm (31 1/2˝). Width 100mm (4˝). Total length 940mm (37˝). Weight 107g.081611078

2 Homecraft Dual Function Lotion and Cream Applicator

Apply cream and massage skin at the same time with this long-handled applicator. Simply remove the top of the applicator and fill with the desired cream or lotion. The rotating balls ensure even distribution and a pleasant massage. Alternatively, the interchangeable foam head can be used to apply thicker creams directly onto the skin. The foam head should be cleaned in hot, soapy water. All other parts are dishwasher safe. Handle length 350mm (13 3/4˝). Weight 150g.091077445

3 Lotion ApplicatorSpecially designed to help apply moisturising lotions, suntan oils, sport creams and medications on hard to reach places. The built up, ribbed handle has a thumb rest and is angled in two places for maximum manoeuvrability. The sponge can be removed when worn and replaced with a new one. Handle is 305mm (12˝) long. Weight 50g.091077973 Lotion Applicator 091077981 Replacement Sponges×2

1

1 1

2 2

2

3 3



Bathing


475

Bathing Accessories

1

2

3

1 ShowerSandal™The ShowerSandal requires no bending or stretching to use. Simply affix the suction cups to the floor of the shower or bath, wet it, apply some liquid soap and rub your foot back and forth for a thorough, refreshing foot wash. The ShowerSandal is designed to clean your entire foot, including in-between toes, the arch, heel, sides and top of the foot. It is especially useful for people who have difficulty bending or those who have a condition requiring special foot care. The ShowerSandal gives a gentle massage while providing comfort and safety by alleviating the need to bend. May be cleaned in either the dishwasher or washing machine.091178870 Blue

3 Suction Brush for Nails or DenturesThis small brush is mounted onto two rubber suckers for attaching to smooth, non-porous surfaces, e.g. sinks, tiles. This suction brush can have different applications, such as: nails, dentures, cleaning vegetables etc. It allows one handed usage whilst performing these tasks. Length 104mm (4˝). Width 51mm (2˝). Weight 50g.081166370

2 Soapy Soles™This gentle massage pad has hundreds of soft little bristles to clean your feet with no bending or reaching. It attaches to the bathtub or shower floor by powerful suction cups on its underside. Simply wet it, apply a quantity of your favourite liquid soap and rub your foot back and fourth for a thorough, soothing foot wash. A great solution for people with limited lower extremity movement, back pain or those with balance problems. Size 290×140×30mm (11 1/2×5 1/2×1 1/4˝). Weight 300g.081200864


Bat

hing


Bath Steps

1 Homecraft Savanah™ Modular Bath StepThis attractive, modular bath step has been specifically designed to make daily activities easier, especially getting into and out of the bath. The large surface area gives the user confidence and the textured surface provides additional safety. A single step has a 100mm (4˝) raise and the modularity of the Savanah Bath Step allows it to be stacked on top of each other or clipped together to give a larger area or create a small stair. Each additional step adds an extra 50mm (2˝) to the height of the step, up to a maximum of six steps (giving a 355mm (14˝) raise). Both sides of the step have a curved cut out near the floor, allowing it to be picked up and moved around easily. A foam pad is supplied that fits neatly onto the surface of the step, making it both warm and soft underfoot. Surface area 356×457mm (14×18˝). Footprint 381×483 (15×19˝). Weight 1.3kg.091077510 Single Riser Retail Packed 081124536 Single Riser Non Retail 091162379 Bulk Pack of 12 Steps

Maximum user weight

30 st

190 kg

2 Homecraft Adjustable Height Bath StepThis step will assist when getting into or out of the bath. The step comprises of four layers which join together allowing the height to be adjusted to suit the individual user. Height of step 100mm (4˝), in 25mm (1˝) increments. Step size 457×356mm (18×14˝). Weight 3.4kg. Set of 4.081533793

Maximum user weight

30 st

190 kg

3 Step-TwoThis strong, lightweight step has a large textured area and central lifting hole. The step rests on non-slip pads for safety and is reversible to provide either a 4˝ or 6˝ step. Length 530mm (20 3/4˝). Width 350mm (13 3/4˝). Weight 1.6kg.091077528

Maximum user weight

30 st

190 kg

4 Prima Bath StepWith a large flat surface area and built in non-slip pads, this bath step is safe and secure in use. Supplied as a set, comprising a 50mm (2˝) step, plus two 25mm (1˝) risers, four non-slip feet and a link to allow two steps to be fixed together side by side. Step height 50mm (2˝) to 100mm (4˝) using the risers provided, or may be assembled up to 355mm (14˝) high by purchasing additional 25mm (1˝) risers. Surface area 445×350mm (17 1/2×13 3/4˝). 081116391 Retail Packed Step 091078245 Bath Step Riser 091163666 Bulk pack of 10 Risers

Maximum user weight

50 st

318 kg

1

1 1

2

3

4



Bathing


477

2 Homecraft Deluxe Bathtub Grab RailSimilar to the grab rail above, but with a simple adjustment method on the side of the rail and a stylish design. Length 495mm (19 1/2˝). Height above bath side 375mm (14 3/4˝). Clamp width adjustment 76 to 178mm (3 to 7˝). Weight 2.5kg.081135433

1 2

3

3 Padded Grab RailThis grab rail provides additional support when getting in and out of the bath or shower. Easy to fit and remove from the bath, the padding gives extra grip and comfort to sensitive hands. Height above bath side 267mm (10 1/2˝). Clamp width adjustment 57 to 140mm (2 1/2 to 5 1/2˝). Weight 2.6kg.081135441

Bath Side Rails

1 Homecraft Bathtub Grab RailProviding a firm handle at the bath side, this rail helps give confidence and stability when getting in and out of the bath. The coated steel rail is fixed to the side of the bath by a stainless steel clamp, cushioned on the inside by rubber pads. Length 457mm (18˝). Height above bath side 349mm (13 3/4˝). Clamp width adjustment 55 to 115mm (2 1/4 to 4 1/2˝). Weight 2.4kg.081116474

Bat

hing


Grab Rails

2 Days EasyBar Suction Grab RailThe EasyBar suction grab rail offers a sturdy and safe support to the user without having to screw the product to the wall. It benefits from safety lock indicators that display green when secure and red when the rail is not secured. It is designed for use only on smooth and non-porous surfaces such tiles, glass, porcelain or fibreglass. Ideal for assisting the user when standing and suitable for temporary or permanent use. No fixings required, making it very convenient when away or travelling. Available in two different lengths.091325786 A 350mm (13 3/4˝) 091325802 B 500mm (19 1/2˝)

B

A

1 Homecraft Moulded Fluted Grab RailsThis cost effective range of plastic grab rails is made from white PVC tubes with moulded end fittings. They have circular fixing plates which have a covering disc supplied that clips into place, hiding the screw heads. The tubes are fluted along their length to provide better grip for wet hands. Diameter of tubes 38mm (1 1/2˝). Distance from wall 50mm (2 1/3˝). Disc diameter 91mm (3 3/5˝). No electrical earthing required. Screws are not included. Available in six different lengths. Length Weight081306174 305mm (12˝) 295g 091101641 381mm (15˝) 370g 081306190 410mm (16˝) 395g 081306208 457mm (18˝) 440g 081306216 610mm (24˝) 595g 081306224 914mm (36˝) 885g

1

2



INFORMATIONRail length measurements are from the centre of the fixing plate. The maximum user weight/load for these products is dependent upon the choice of fixings used and the mounting surface. For this reason, all rails should be installed by a person who has suitable qualifications and/or experience in installing this type of product, ensuring the fixtures are appropriate for the specific installation.

3 Natural Grip Plastic Grab RailsErgonomically designed grab rails that provide the best possible shape to fit the user's hand. Made from polypropylene with a stainless steel moulded insert throughout the length of the rail for additional strength. Suitable for inside or outside use. No electrical earthing required. Available in three different lengths. Length Diameter (Narrowest/Widest)091100882 300mm 25mm/ 32mm 091100908 450mm 25mm/ 32mm 091100924 600mm 25mm/ 32mm

3

Bathing


479

Grab Rails


1 Homecraft GripSure™ Grab RailGripSure grab rails have soft, ribbed mouldings to provide additional grip in wet areas. They are warm to the touch and the subtle, stylish design makes the rails suitable for use in a variety of areas around the home. The ergonomic elliptical rail is easy to grip and can be mounted horizontally, vertically or diagonally. The oval shaped fixing plates have an attractive covering that clips easily into place. Diameter of rails 37mm. Distance from wall 37mm. Rail length measurements are from the centre of the fixing plate. No electrical earthing required. Available in four sizes.Non Retail Packed091187822 300mm (12˝) 091187830 400mm (16˝) 091188077 450mm (18˝) 091188093 600mm (24˝)

2 Prima Grab RailsAn innovation in safety grab rail design. The Prima grab rails feature special soft grip mouldings around the bar to reduce the risk of slipping, even with wet, soapy hands. The bars are strong, one-piece moulded plastic with the super reinforced strength of an internal non-rust aluminium tube. The ergonomical grip is comfortable and never cold to touch. The straight bars can be mounted horizontally, vertically or diagonally. The two specially designed angled rails are ideal for the toilet, helping the users with weak hand strength to rise from the seat. Available in a range of four different lengths and angles to suit most locations.Mint White Length091101898 091158732 300mm (12˝) 091101906 091158740 400mm (16˝) 091101914 091158757 450mm (18˝) 091101922 091158765 600mm (24˝) 091101930 091158773 Angled 325mm (13˝) 091101948 091158781 Angled 400mm (16˝)

Maximum user weight

25 st

160 kg


1

2

2 2

Bat

hing


Grab Rails

1 Homecraft Polished Stainless Steel Grab RailsThis stylish range of grab rails has been designed to offer additional support in the bathroom area or around the home, whilst blending into a modern decor. The rails are both durable and rust resistant due to the stainless steel construction, whilst the polished mirror finish provides a high quality, modern look to compliment any bathroom environment. The oval shaped fixing plates have an attractive cover to hide unsightly screw heads. Diameter of rails 32mm (1 1/4˝). Distance from wall 50mm (2˝). The rails are available in either an elegantly simple straight rail design or a sleek curved rail design to add a touch of style to any bathroom. Both designs are available in three sizes.Straight Length091329101 305mm (12˝) 091329119 450mm (18˝) 091329127 610mm (24˝) Curved091329143 305mm (12˝) 091329150 450mm (18˝) 091329168 610mm (24˝)

2 Homecraft Chrome RailsThese chrome plated steel rails are both durable and practical. They have a patterned, indented grip to help prevent hands slipping on them. The tubing is a comfortable 25mm (1˝) in diameter and they stand off from the wall by 38mm (1 1/2˝). Available in five sizes.091101427 305mm (12˝) 081570464 406mm (16˝) 081570472 450mm (18˝) 091101484 610mm (24˝) 091101484 812mm (32˝)

RETAIL PACKAGEDThese products are available in retail packaging.

1

1

2

IncontinencePelvic Health 482 - 484Disposables 485 - 491

Washables 492 - 494Washable, Disposable

& Waterproof Protectors495 - 496

482 www.performancehealth.co.uk for Prices & Full Range of Products482

Inco

ntin

ence

Pelvic Health

The simple and effective way to strengthen pelvic floor muscles to help improve general pelvic health, restore bladder control and also improve sexual response and satisfaction.

Aquaflex® Weighted Vaginal Cones

How does Aquaflex work?It is very important to exercise pelvic floor muscles correctly. The Aquaflex cone is inserted the same way as a tampon and causes the pelvic floor muscles to automatically contract around it in order to hold it in place. It is this reflex action that tones the muscles.As the muscles become stronger, more weights can be added and the length of time that the cones are in place can be increased, up to 20 minutes per day.• Exercise system consists of two cones and a set of four weights

(5g, 10g and 2 x 20g)• Once inserted correctly, Aquaflex cones automatically

isolate and contract the pelvic floor muscles• Gradually add more weights as pelvic floor muscle

strength increases• Used daily for twenty minutes, improvements can be

expected in just twelve weeks• Clinically proven – 70% of cases of stress incontinence can

be cured or improved by using weighted vaginal cones• Safe natural solution allowing women to take control• Single patient use091253673 091323435 Spare cones 091323443 Spare weights


483

The Periform® has been the probe of choice for pelvic floor muscle stimulation and biofeedback for many of the world’s leading healthcare professionals for over fifteen years. Extensive user consultation and refinement has led to exceptional performance through its unique, patented and award winning form.

483

Pelvic HealthIncontinence

Periform®+ Intra-Vaginal Probe• Can be used with most muscle stimulators and biofeedback

equipment (refer to manufacturer’s instructions before use)• Single patient use• Medical grade surgical stainless steel• Unique ‘rectangular’ section resists lateral movement• Contoured electrode provides comfortable stimulation• Smooth clean shape• Long integrated cables• Push fit indicator wand with extension pieces091253723

its unique, patented and award winning form.

Periform®+ Intra-Vaginal ProbeCan be used with most muscle stimulators and biofeedback equipment (refer to manufacturer’s instructions before use)Single patient useMedical grade surgical stainless steelUnique ‘rectangular’ section resists lateral movementContoured electrode provides comfortable stimulationSmooth clean shapeLong integrated cablesPush fit indicator wand with extension pieces

091253723

+ Intra-Vaginal ProbeCan be used with most muscle stimulators and biofeedback equipment (refer to manufacturer’s instructions before use)

Medical grade surgical stainless steelUnique ‘rectangular’ section resists lateral movementContoured electrode provides comfortable stimulation

Push fit indicator wand with extension pieces

Electrode backs smoothed over to make it easier to clean

Integrated cables restrict ingress of fluid

New style neck to allow tissue to take on natural form

Longer cables (additional 12cm)

Patented hollow provides secure ‘anchorage’ and allows ambulatory use

Unique Indicator Wand • Visual aid to teach correct

pelvic floor exercises

• Push fit

• Extension pieces provide greater amplification of pelvic floor movements to improve visual biofeedback

• Demonstrates benefit of bracing before cough etc.

• Provides vital information on the efficiency of muscle stimulation


Developed from the award winning Periform® probe, the Educator® provides an extremely simple and effective solution to help improve pelvic floor muscle strength and eliminate incontinence problems.

Inco

ntin

ence

484

Pelvic Health

Educator® Pelvic Floor Exercise Indicator

How does the Educator® work?The Educator® is a simple and easy to use device that shows if the pelvic floor muscles are being contracted correctly.Strengthening these muscles can also help to reduce symptoms of stress incontinence.Its unique form allows it to follow the movement of the internal walls of the vagina, which indicates how the pelvic floor muscles are being contracted. The external part of the Educator® amplifies this movement to show whether these muscles are being contracted correctly or not.There is growing awareness of the significant contribution that the pelvic floor muscles (PFM) make to lumbo-pelvic stability. As such it is important that MSK therapists are confident that their patients are able to correctly contract the pelvic floor muscles (PFM) so that they may be incorporated safely into core stability training.• Simple to use• Visual aid to teach correct pelvic floor exercises• Strengthens pelvic floor muscles• Demonstrates benefit of bracing before cough etc.• Allows improvement to be monitored• Single patient use

Why is the Educator® important?It is recognised by Continence Care Specialists that teaching pelvic floor contractions is extremely difficult. Studies have shown that even with first class one to one tuition, half of those instructed will not contract the correct muscles.In fact half of those contracting incorrectly will get it so wrong that they are in danger of damaging their pelvic floor. The Educator® is perfect for patients to use at home to ensure they are doing pelvic floor exercises correctly.091253707


485485

IncontinenceDisposables

1 Suprem Fit™ All-in-One BriefsDesigned to meet the needs of individuals suffering from moderate to heavy urinary and/or faecal incontinence. These breathable pads have the highest absorbency of all of the disposable pads shown. Features include a stay dry barrier, re-sealable tapes for ideal fit and repositioning after toileting. The anti-leak protection ensures that clothes, chairs, etc. are protected and remain dry. Suitable for both men and women.

2 Suprem Pants™ Pull-upsUltra convenient, these breathable pull up pants help retain independence and dignity for users. An ideal solution for moderate incontinence among active and independent people. With high absorbency levels, these disposable pants are highly elasticised and offer supreme comfort. Suitable for men or women.

1 Suprem Fit™ All-in-One Briefs

Level of absorption Absorbency Size Waist Size Pack Size091082916

Regular +2440ml Medium 80 - 130cm (31½ - 51̋ ) 26

091082908 2598ml Large 105 - 150cm (41½ - 59˝) 26091197060

Extra +

1890ml Small 60 - 100cm (23½ - 39½˝) 20091321793 2650ml Medium 80 - 130cm (31½ - 51̋ ) 24091283597 2840ml Large 105 - 150cm (41½ - 59˝) 24091197243 3200ml Extra Large 110 - 160cm (43½ - 63˝) 20091197151

Super +2980ml Medium 80 - 130cm (31½ - 51̋ ) 22

091197201 3100ml Large 105 - 150cm (41½ - 59˝) 22091197102

Maxi

2190ml Small 60 - 100cm (23½ - 39½˝) 20091197128 3370ml Medium 80 - 130cm (31½ - 51̋ ) 20091197227 3580ml Large 105 - 150cm (41½ - 59˝) 20091197250 4060ml Extra Large 110 - 160cm (43½ - 63˝) 20

2 Suprem Pants™ Pull-ups

Level of absorption Absorbency Size Waist Size Pack Size091083757

Extra1300ml Medium 80 - 110cm (31½ - 43½˝) 14

091083765 1300ml Large 100 - 135cm (39½ - 53˝) 14091083773 1300ml Extra Large 120 - 160cm (47¼ - 63˝) 14091321819

Super1750ml Large 100 - 135cm (39½ - 53˝) 14

091321827 1750ml Extra Large 120 - 160cm (47¼ - 63˝) 14091321835

Maxi

1900ml Small 60 - 90cm (23½ - 35½˝) 14091321843 1900ml Medium 80 - 110cm (31½ - 43½˝) 14091321850 1900ml Large 100 - 135cm (39½ - 53˝) 14091321868 1900ml Extra Large 120 - 160cm (47¼ - 63˝) 14

BEST SELLER



1

2

Inco

ntin

ence


Disposables

1 Classic Form™ Large Shaped PadsAbsorbent shaped pads for those that suffer with moderate to heavy faecal and urinary incontinence. Features a high level of absorbency and protection with a gentle, comfortable feel. For a more secure fit, the Classic Form shaped pads can be used with the stretch pants. Suitable for both men and women. Latex free. Hypoallergenic, odour control. Pack Size Absorbency091203462 Regular 28 1300mls 091203470 Extra 28 1750mls

2 Classic Pad™ InsertsFor light to moderate incontinence. These pads are enclosed in a stay dry cover for comfort and have a plastic shield which helps prevent leakage. An adhesive strip helps the pad remain secure. These can be worn with stretch pants and stretch boxer shorts. Can also be used with all-in-ones and pull-up pants to reinforce the level of absorption and cover longer periods of time. Latex free. Odour control. Size Pack Size AbsorbencyInsert Pad without PE backing091282946 Extra 15×47cm 30 600mls 091282961 Maxi 15×60cm 30 1050mls Insert Pad with PE backing091196609 Mini 11×36cm 28 400mls 091083542 Extra 15×47cm 28 722mls 091083559 Maxi 15×60cm 30 1250mls

3 Rectangular Pads for Pouch PantsThese pads easily absorb about 250ml of fluid. Designed for use with pouch pants, they have no waterproof backing or stick-on strip. The cellulose fluff absorbs wetness quickly and reliably. The breathable non-woven top layer is especially skin friendly. Supplied in a pack of 56.091083419


1

2

3

Incontinence


487

Disposables

1 Suprem Form™ Large Shaped PadsThese breathable, large shaped pads are suitable for moderate to severe incontinence. The ‘top dry’ layer ensures the pad always feels dry. Designed for use with stretch pants. Suitable for both men and women. Size Pack Size Absorbency091083807 Regular + 25 1570mls 091197003 Extra + 25 2230mls 091083831 Super + 20 2740mls 091181387 Maxi 20 2920mls

2 Suprem Light™ Small Shaped PadsHigh quality, small shaped pads specifically designed for active and independent people suffering from light to moderate incontinence. Anatomically shaped for comfort, they have self-adhesive strips to allow them to be worn with the users own close fitting pants. Suitable for both men and women. Size Pack Size Absorbency091196625 Mini 20 220mls 091213545 Normal 28 370mls 091196633 Extra 28 600mls 091321967 Extra+ 16 750mls 091083435 Super 28 830mls 091196641 Maxi 28 1030mls

3 Suprem For Men™ Small Shaped PadsThe Suprem For Men pads are specifically shaped to provide maximum protection in the front area of the pad. If the pad is turned around it can also be used for protection from faecal smearing. The shape of the pads adapts to the male anatomy, providing a more comfortable and secure fit. Discrete with anti-leakage security. Ideal for the light to moderate incontinence. Size Pack Size Absorbency091213560 Extra 14 600mls

4 Maxi Tub EasySealDisposal of personal care products such as incontinence pads or stoma care products can often be a problem. The Maxi Tub EasySeal unit is a unique product designed to hygienically wrap, seal and conceal used personal care products simply and effectively, without odour or fuss. It is discreet and easy to use and fits neatly into the bathroom or bedroom. Replacement cassettes contain film with anti-bacterial barrier and a fresh citrus fragrance. With its large capacity it saves the user making regular trips to an outside bin. Weight 3.2kg.091081637 Disposal Unit 091081652 Light Odour Cassette 091422948 Extra Odour Cassette

1

2

3

4

Suprem Absorbency Scale

Inco

ntin

ence


Disposables

Individually WrappedPads are individually wrapped.

iD products have been developed with specific features and benefits that ensure the individual is kept dry and comfortable at all times.

Pull Ups (iD Pants and iD Pants Fit and Feel)

See page 491

Anti-Leakage ProtectionIntegrated anti-leak cuffs made of waterproof

material help to prevent side leakage and maintain security and discretion.

Perfect FitThe shape of the product ensure a perfect adaptation to the body for maximum comfort and discretion.

Dermatologically TestediD products are dermatologically tested and proven to not cause skin irritations.

Odour ControlAn odour control system present in

the product prevents the formation of ammonia and unpleasant odours.

Cotton FeelA soft textile backsheet provides

maximum comfort and discretion.

No LatexLatex free.

Fast AbsorptionThe top layer of the pad promotes the

fast passage of urine through to a multi-layer absorbent core containing

SAP (Super Absorbent Polymers).

Double Wetness IndicatorsTwo wetness indicators act as a guide

to when to change the product.

A Guide to iD Features and Benefits

iD range comes in various forms, see below.

Small Shaped (iD Expert Light)

See page 489

Bed Protection and Fixation Pads are also available as part of the iD range, these are on pages 496 and 492

Large Shaped (iD Expert Form)

See page 490

All-In-Ones (iD Expert Slip)See page 489

Belted (iD Expert Belt)See page 490


Incontinence


489

Disposables

1 iD Expert Slip All-in-OneThese ultra-absorbent disposable All-in-One products are designed for moderate to heavy urinary incontinence. They have a cotton-feel backsheet and are suitable for both men and women. Designed for users that might need help as well as immobile users.• Resealable tapes for a perfect fit• High level of absorption keeps the individual dry and

comfortable• iD Expert Odour Control System prevents unpleasant smells• Wetness indicator lines to easily tell when a product needs

changing• Cotton Feel backsheet providing comfort and security

2 iD Expert Light Small ShapedThese small shaped pads are designed for light urinary losses caused by bladder weakness. Suitable for both men and women. Designed for active users.• Maximum discretion and security• Perfect fit and high levels of absorption to maximise comfort• Adhesive zone keeps the product in place to maximise security

1 iD Expert Slip All-in-One - Cotton Feel Backsheet

Level of Absorption Absorbency Size Waist Size Pack Size091549583 Plus 1800ml Small 50 - 90cm (19¾ - 35½˝) 14091549591 Plus 2000ml Medium 80 - 125cm (31½ - 49¼) 28091549617 Plus 3200ml Extra Large 120 - 170cm (47¼ - 67˝) 14091549641 Extra Plus 2750ml Medium 80 - 125cm (31½ - 49¼˝) 28091549658 Extra Plus 2950ml Large 115 - 155cm (45¼ - 61˝) 28091549674 Super 2100ml Small 50 - 90cm (19¾ - 35½˝) 14091549690 Super 3700ml Large 115 - 155cm (45¼ - 61˝) 28091549708 Super 3800ml Extra Large 120 - 170cm (47¼ - 67˝) 14091549724 Maxi 3700ml Medium 80 - 125cm (31½ - 49¼˝) 15091549732 Maxi 4500ml Large 115 - 155cm (45¼ - 61˝) 15

2 iD Expert Light Small Shaped

Level of Absorption Absorbency Pack Size091549740 Normal 260ml 28091549765 Maxi 800ml 28

1

2

Inco

ntin

ence


1 iD Expert Form Large Shaped – Cotton Feel Backsheet

These anatomically large shaped pads are designed for moderate to heavy incontinence. Suitable for both men and women. Designed for active users and for users that might need help.• iD Expert Odour Control System prevents unpleasant smells• High levels of absorption keeps the individual dry and

comfortable• Anti-leak cuffs prevent side leakage• Wetness indicator lines to easily tell when a product needs

changing• Cotton Feel backsheet providing comfort and security

2 iD Expert Belt – Belted ProductBelted shaped pad designed for moderate to heavy incontinence. Suitable for both men and women. Designed for active users, users that might need help as well as for immobile users.• Totally secure hook and loop fastening• Perfect fit and maximum discretion• Cotton Feel backsheet providing comfort and security• High levels of absorption keeps the user dry and comfortable• Wetness indicator lines to easily tell when the product needs

changing

Disposables

1

2

1 iD Expert Form Large Shaped – Cotton Free Backsheet

Level of Absorption Absorbency Size Pack Size091549773 Normal 1100ml 1 28091549781 Normal Plus 1350ml 2 21091549799 Plus 1500ml 2 21091549807 Extra 1900ml 2 21091549815 Extra Plus 2350ml 2 21091549823 Super 2900ml 2 21091549831 Maxi 3000ml 3 21

2 iD Expert Belt – Belted Product

Level of absorption Absorbency Size Waist Size Pack Size091549849 Plus 1750ml Medium 70 -115cm (27½ - 45¼˝) 14091549864 Super 2100ml Medium 70 -115cm (27½ - 45¼˝) 14091549872 Super 2400ml Large 95 -135cm (37½ - 53˝) 14091549880 Maxi 2900ml Medium 70 -115cm (27½ - 45¼˝) 14091549898 Maxi 3400ml Large 95 -135cm (37½ - 53˝) 14


BESTSELLER

Incontinence


491

1 iD Pants Fit and Feel Pull UpPull up pants designed for moderate to heavy urinary incontinence. Super soft waistband, ultra-fit, cotton feel, odour control and dry zone technology. Suitable for both men and women. Designed for active users and users that might need help.• Features Dry Zone protection for maximum security• Invisible fit for absolute discretion• Super soft waistband for ultimate comfort• iD Expert Odour Control System prevents unpleasant smells• Used like regular underwear• Disposable tape for convenient disposal

2 iD PantsPull up pants designed for moderate to heavy urinary incontinence. Suitable for both men and women. Designed for active users and users that might need help. • Used just like regular underwear• Comfort and discretion• Elasticated waistband for security• Cotton Feel backsheet providing comfort and security• Helps maintain independence• Anti-leak cuffs prevent side leakage

Disposables

1

2

1 iD Pants Fit and Feel Pull Up

Level of Absorption Absorbency Size Waist Size Pack Size091550078 Normal 1150ml Medium 80 -110cm (31½ - 43½˝) 12091550086 Normal 1250ml Large 100 -135m (39½ - 53˝) 10091550094 Plus 1460ml Medium 80 -110cm (31½ - 43½˝) 12091550102 Plus 1590ml Large 100 -135cm (39½ - 53˝) 10

2 iD Pants

Level of Absorption Absorbency Size Waist Size Pack Size091549914 Normal 1250ml Large 100 -145cm (39½ - 57˝) 14091549922 Plus 1300ml Extra-Small 50 -70cm (19¾ - 27½) 14091549930 Plus 1320ml Small 60 - 90cm (23¾ - 35½˝) 14091549948 Plus 1460ml Medium 80 -120cm (31½ - 47¼˝) 14091549955 Plus 1590ml Large 100 -145cm (39½ - 57˝) 14091549989 Super 1950ml Large 100 -145cm (39½ - 57˝) 14

Inco

ntin

ence


Washables

1 Ganmill Fix™ Stretch PantsThese washable stretch net pants are ideal for use with shaped insert pads and stick on pads. Supplied in packs of 5. Waist091083443 50 - 75cm (20 - 30˝) 091083450 70 - 90cm (27½ - 35½˝) 091083468 85 - 110cm (33½ - 43˝) 091546407 100 - 140cm (31½ - 55˝) 091083476 105 - 130cm (41 - 51˝)

2 Ganmill Fix™ Stretch Boxer ShortsEspecially designed for an excellent hold of the Lille Suprem Light, Lille Suprem for Men and Lille Form shaped pads. The Ganmill boxers are soft, discrete and comfortable, whilst offering some flexibility to adapt to all body shapes and sizes. Available in three sizes: small/medium, large/X-large and XX-large. Latex free. Supplied in packs of 5. Size Waist091321991 Small/Medium 50 - 110cm (20 - 43˝) 091322007 Large/X-Large 60 - 120cm (24 - 47˝) 091322015 XX-Large 70 - 130cm (28 - 51˝)

3 Ladies Full Brief with Built in PadCost effective pants with a built in pad. Absorbency 200ml. Hips091082767 83 - 92cm (33 - 36˝) 091082775 93 - 102cm (37 - 40˝) 091082783 103 - 112cm (41 - 44˝)

4 Gents Traditional Brief with Built in PadAnatomically designed for men and styled with a traditional fly opening and built in pad. Absorbency 200ml. Waist091082825 93 - 102cm (37 - 40˝) 091082833 103 - 112cm (41 - 44˝)

1

5 iD Expert Fix Fixation PantsThese comfort super fixatation pants are specially designed to secure the iD products closely to the body. Machine washable up to 50 times. Latex free. Supplied in packs of 5.• Soft fibres and double elastic layers with thigh seams• Optimal anti-leakage security• Allows freedom of movement• Minimises skin irritation Size Waist091556158 Medium 60 - 100cm (24 - 39˝) 091556182 Large 80 - 120cm (31 - 47˝) 091556166 Extra Large 100 - 160cm (39 - 63˝)

2

3

4

5


LATEX FREE

LATEX FREE

Incontinence


493

Washables

1 Gents Pouch PantsThese comfortable, brushed cotton briefs are shaped for men with a pouch on the inside to help secure the pad in place. The waterproof lining means they can accommodate most pads. Waist Waist091082668 76-82cm (30-32˝) 091082684 93-102cm (37-40˝)091082676 83-92cm (33-36˝) 091082692 103-112cm (41-44˝)

2 Kylie® Female PantsThe Kylie pants help the user cope with incontinence discreetly, independently and with confidence. With an ingenious ‘one way’ liner and patented stitching method to prevent leakage, Kylie pants offer maximum protection, absorbency and reliability. As the pants are fully lined, disposable pads are not required. Soft, comfortable and superb quality the Kylie pants keep both the user and clothing dry. Machine washable. Absorbency 300ml. Waist Waist091208610 81-89cm (32-35˝) 091208644 112-119cm (44-47˝) 091208628 91-99cm (36-39˝) 091208651 122-132cm (48-52˝)091208636 102-109cm (40-43˝)

3 Kylie® Male PantsSimilar to the Kylie Female Pants above, but shaped for men. Absorbency 350ml. Waist Waist091208669 81-89cm (32-35˝) 091208693 112-119cm (44-47˝)091208677 91-99cm (36-39˝) 091208701 122-132cm (48-52˝)091208685 102-109cm (40-43˝)

4 Kanga® Male Pouch PantsKanga Pouch Pants are designed to effectively overcome the problems associated with urinary incontinence. The Kanga male pouched pants feature a discreet, externally fitted waterproof pouch to hold disposable and reusable pads. The pants have both elasticated waist and legs to ensure a comfortable, individual fit. Machine washable. Waist Waist091208768 91-99cm (36-39˝) 091208776 102-109cm (40-43˝)091208784 112-119cm (44-47˝)

5 Kanga® Waterproof PantsThe Kanga waterproof PVC pants are designed to offer the user with additional protection when suffering from moderate to heavy incontinence. To be worn in conjunction with incontinence pants/pads. Waist Waist091309830 81-89cm (32-35˝) 091309855 102-109cm (40-43˝)091309848 91-99cm (36-39˝) 091309863 112-119cm (44-47˝)

1 2

3 4

5 6 6 Waterproof PantsTraditional waterproof pants, made from softened polymer, are suitable for both urinary and faecal continence care. Suitable for use when swimming. Hips Hips091082700 80-90cm (31½-35½˝) 091082726 100-117cm (39-46˝)091082718 90-100cm (35½-39) 091082734 117-132cm (46-52˝)

Inco

ntin

ence


Washables

1

2

2

4

MACHINE WASHABLE

3

1 Reusable Seat PadsThis machine washable seat pad can be used on a chair, car seat or wheelchair. The stay dry, brushed polyester top cover and quilted absorbent layer means this pad offers a high degree of dryness and comfort. The waterproof backing prevents any spillages and protects the seat. Top layer is brushed polyester. Absorbent layer is polyester. Backing is PVC contoured polyester. Size 490×600mm (19¼×23 2/3˝). Absorbency 1 litre.091082114 A Blue 091203397 B Pink 091203512 C Wine

4 Mattress Deodoriser SprayMattresses cannot be effectively washed yet we spend years of our life sleeping on them, creating odours and mites, mould, fungus and unpleasant bacteria. With just a quick spray of this mattress deodoriser effectively kills dust mites and their eggs, destroys unpleasant odours and bacteria instantly, leaving the mattress clean and fresh smelling. Tested and recommended, this Swiss formula is used in hotels, clinics and homes, is 98% bio-degradable and is safe for both people and animals. Contains 125ml.091324714

2 Kylie Washable Chair PadsKylie chair pads are specially designed to look and feel like a regular seat cover. Made from superior stay-dry materials, the chair pads stay in position due to the waterproof non-slip backing. The Kylie chair pads range are washable and offer the user a comfortable and secure solution to domestic continence care. Kylie chair pads offer 5-layer protection. Size Absorbency Colour091547108 480×510mm 750ml Pink (19×20˝)091547116 480×510mm 750ml Blue (19×20˝)

3 Sonoma Washable Bed PadsSonoma bed pads offer a great combination of comfort and performance. The highly absorbent soaker layer is complimented by a long life top surface and Vintex Safeguard fluid proof barrier. Maximum absorbency of 3 litres. Machine washable.091549039 85×90cm without tucks 091549047 85×90cm with tucks

A

B

C

MACHINE WASHABLE

MACHINE WASHABLE

Incontinence


495

5 Economy Super Bed PadThis specially designed super absorbency pad has tuck-in flaps to keep the pad securely on the bed. Features a waterproof backing for extra protection and a quilted top for faster dispersal of urine. Washable at 95°C. Available in light blue only. Size 860×900mm (34 2/5×36˝). Absorbency approximately 3 litres.091161140

2 Reusable Bed ProtectorA specially designed, reusable, washable underpad that looks and feels like normal bedding protection. Both patient and bed are kept dry with the stay dry layer and waterproof backing. Supplied with fabric wings to help secure the pad into place. Suitable for light to moderate incontinence. Pad size 1000×1000mm (39 1/4×39 1/4˝). Absorbency 3.5 litres.091082163

1 Classic Bed™ Disposable ProtectorsThese disposable pads can be used on a chair or bed to protect the furniture and keep the user comfortable and dry from any leaks. Any liquid diffuses quickly throughout the pad, but the waterproof backing ensures leakage protection. Size Pack Size Absorbency091082544 Extra 600×400mm 35 700mls (24×18˝)091191907 Extra 600×600mm 35 950mls (24×24˝) 091203488 Super 600×600mm 30 1100mls (24×24˝) 091197326 Extra 600×750mm 35 1250mls (24×30˝) 091191915 Extra 600×900mm 35 1500mls (24×36˝)091322148 Super 600×900mm 30 1650mls (24×36˝)091082510 Maxi 600×900mm 25 1750mls (24×36˝)

3 Abso Reusable Bed PadsThis lightweight machine washable and re-usable bed pad contains five layers of material that quickly absorbs and locks liquid inside. The top layer keeps the user dry and the lower layer is waterproof to protect the furniture. Available in two absorbency levels - 1.8 litres and 3 litres. Colour may vary. Size Absorbency091082569 750×900mm (30×36˝) 1.8 litres 091082577 900×900mm (36×36˝) 1.8 litres 091169523 750×900mm (30×36˝) 3 litres 091169531 900×900mm (36×36˝) 3 litres

MACHINE WASHABLE

MACHINE WASHABLE MACHINE WASHABLE

MACHINE WASHABLE MACHINE WASHABLE

11

2

4

4

3

5

4 Kylie® Bed Pads with WingsThe Kylie bed pads offer maximum protection, absorbency and reliability in the most discreet way. The stay-dry surface wicks away the moisture for user-comfort and has a waterproof backing to protect the bed. Every Kylie bed pad is finished with tuck-in flaps for a secure fit to the bed. Reusable and washable. Supplied in salmon pink and blue. Absorbency indicates approximate fluid capacity of the pad.Pink Size Absorbency091547124 910×740mm (36×29˝) 2 Litres 091309806 910×910mm (36×36˝) 3 Litres 091309814 1270×910mm (50×36˝) 4 Litres Blue Size Absorbency091547132 910×740mm (36×29˝) 2 Litres 091547140 910×910mm (36×36˝) 3 Litres 091547173 1390×910mm (55×36˝) 4 Litres

Washable & Disposable Protectors

BESTSELLER

Inco

ntin

ence


Washable, Disposable & Waterproof Protectors

1 1 Homecraft Waterproof Mattress ProtectorThese fitted, clear waterproof mattress and pillow protectors are made from soft PVC. Designed to offer protection to the mattress and pillow from incontinence. With elasticised corners, to fit securely to the bed. Available in single or double. Cover Size091082262 Single 900×1900mm (35½×75˝) 091082361 Double 1400×2000mm (55×78¾˝) 091082411 Pillowcase

3 Breathable Protective CoversThese uniquely designed protectors are quiet, comfortable and breathable. The four way stretch fabric ensures that these protectors will fit a wide range of mattresses and duvets. Simply wipe clean or wash up to 95°C and tumble dry on a medium heat setting. Flame retardant to British Standard 7175.091548981 Single mattress protector 091548999 Double mattress protector 091549005 Single duvet protector 091549013 Double duvet protector

4 Wipe Clean Duvets & PillowsFluid proof, breathable duvets with an impermeable cover and resilient polyester inner fill. Comfortable and hygienic, they require no laundering having a simple wipe clean surface. Flame retardant to British Standard 7175.091549054 Single 140×200cm 10.5tog Waterproof Duvet091549062 Double 200×200cm 10.5tog Waterproof Duvet

BESTSELLER

2 3

2 Caress Waterproof BeddingCaress waterproof bedding consists of a terry towelling sheet moulded onto a breathable shield that is waterproof, anti-bacterial and anti-allergic. Suitable for use as a fitted sheet with no top sheet required, this bedding is both practical and comfortable. Cover Size091082197 Single 900×1900mm (35½×75˝) 091082205 Double 1400×1900mm (55×75˝) 091082213 Pillowcase 700×480mm (27½×19˝)

5 iD Expert ProtectA bed pad designed to protect mattresses. Available in 7 sizes. Latex free.• Diamond construction maximises diffusion of liquid• Gives a high level of protection against leakage• Strong plastic backed product with a soft non-woven top sheet

for extra comfort

4

5

iD Expert Protect

Level of Absorption Absorbency Size Pack Size

091549997 Protect Plus 525ml 40×60cm 30091550003 Protect Plus 760ml 60×60cm 30091550011 Protect Plus 1125ml 60×90cm 30091550037 Protect Super 1125ml 60×60cm 30091550045 Protect Super 1400ml 60×75cm 30091550052 Protect Super 1980ml 60×90cm 30091550060 Protect Super 1650ml 90x180cm* 20*Super with tucks


MACHINE WASHABLE

Toileting


497

ToiletingRaised Toilet Seats 498 - 501

Toilet Seats with Arms 502 - 503Support Rails 504 - 507Toilet Frames 508 - 510

Bariatric & Portable Toilet Frames 511Toilet Surround Rails 512 - 513

Static Commodes 514 - 515Folding Commodes 516

Commode Accessories 517Wheeled Commodes 518 - 524

Commode Chairs 525 - 526Bariatric Commodes 527 - 529

Personal Care 530Toileting Accessories 531 - 532

Personal Hygiene & Cleaning 533Bed Pans 534

Urinals 535 - 536

Toile

ting


Raised Toilet Seats

2 Homecraft Taunton Raised Toilet SeatThis seat is gently contoured for comfort. The aperture is elongated compared to most seats and has a front cut-away for personal hygiene. The seat slopes slightly forward to assist with lowering and raising, and sits on moulded bumpers for stability. The seat is fully sealed and easy to clean. Three plastic moulded brackets allow external adjustment to fit most toilets. Aperture 310×220mm (12 1/2×8 1/2˝). Height Weight091079359 50mm (2˝) 1kg 091079367 100mm (4˝) 1.5kg 091079383 150mm (6˝) 1.8kg

Maximum user weight

24 st

152 kg

1 Ashby Easyfit Raised Toilet SeatThe Ashby Easyfit raised toilet seat is available in 50mm, 100mm or 150mm heights. The 150mm is available in white colour only. Made from polyethylene and moulded as a one piece seat to reduce any hygiene issues. To further reduce cross infection, the seat has permanent anti-bacterial qualities and is resistant to stains and odour. Simple to remove and fit, as the seat attaches to the toilet using two adjustable fixing brackets. The two adjustable fixing brackets also provides the user with a secure seating position. Available in white and red. Length 390mm (15 1/2˝). Width 380mm (15˝). Aperture 250×210mm (10×8¼˝).White Height Weight091203561 50mm (2˝) 1.75kg 081610989 100mm (4˝) 2.1kg 091203587 150mm (6˝) 2.8kg Red091538859 50mm (2˝) 1.75kg 091538867 100mm (4˝) 2.1kg

Maximum user weight

30 st

190 kg


2

1

1

Toileting


499

Raised Toilet Seats

1 Homecraft Savanah Raised Toilet SeatLightweight, all plastic construction for strength and durability, the Homecraft Savanah has a gently contoured surface for extra comfort. The seat slopes downwards slightly from back to front, so as to allow easier lowering and raising, and has a deep splash guard to minimise soiling. Resistant to stains and odours, it is fully sealed and easy to clean.• The large rear cut-out on the Homecraft Savanah gives clearance

for the coccyx and, combined with the gentle downward slope of the seat, makes rear personal hygiene possible.

• The wide front cut-out also allows easier access for personal cleansing.

• The two L-shaped moulded plastic brackets on the Homecraft Savanah have bonded rubber non-slip buffers to keep the toilet seat firmly in position. These brackets can be easily adjusted to fit on most sizes and shapes of toilets, by the use of two large, fluted turning knobs. This makes fitting and removal of the seat very quick and easy.

• The Homecraft Savanah has no front bracket or front turning knob to avoid snagging skin or clothes. The front is secured by a lip.

• Overall length 407mm (16˝). Overall width with brackets 370mm (14 ¾˝). Aperture 266×207mm (10 1/2×8 1/4˝).

Height Weight091079185 50mm (2˝) 785g 091079276 100mm (4˝) 965g 081305549 150mm (6˝) 1.15kg 081632025 Replacement Brackets for Homecraft Savanah

Raised Toilet Seat Pack of 2

Maximum user weight

30 st

190 kg

2 Homecraft Savanah Raised Toilet Seat with LidHomecraft Savanah raised toilet seat with the added refinement of a moulded plastic lid to create a more pleasing appearance. It retains the same features as the standard Homecraft Savanah raised toilet seat. Made of plastic construction, lightweight, strong and durable. It is steam resistant and easy to clean. The seat is gently contoured for comfort. The large front and rear cutouts aid personal cleansing. Secured to the toilet bowl with L-shaped moulded plastic brackets and a front lip, it is easy to fit and remove. The brackets are adjusted using large fluted knobs. Length 407mm (16˝). Overall width with brackets 370mm (14 3/4˝). Aperture 266×207mm (10½×8¼˝). Height Weight081305515 50mm (2˝) 1.2kg 081305531 100mm (4˝) 1.4kg 081305556 150mm (6˝) 2kg 081632025 Replacement Brackets for Homecraft Savanah Raised Toilet Seat Pack of 2

Maximum user weight

30 st

190 kg


BEST SELLER

BEST SELLER

2

1


Toile

ting


Raised Toilet Seats

3 Novelle Clip-on Raised Toilet SeatEasy to fit 100mm (4˝) clip-on raised toilet seat. Having no brackets, the Novelle can be fitted securely to the seat rather than the bowl, making it convenient and ideal for travel purposes. Simply squeeze together the open “horseshoe˝ section, locate the front clip underneath the existing seat, push down and release the open section. To remove, simply reverse the process releasing the rear clip first. Height 100mm (4˝). Aperture size 275×240mm (11×9½˝).091323005

Maximum user weight

30 st

190 kg

4 Cosby Raised Toilet Seat with LidThe white Cosby toilet seat has a high quality finish which will blend into any bathroom or toilet setting. This 100mm (4˝) raised seat has been designed to provide a comfortable seating position for users, offering a width of 420mm (16 1/2˝). The sturdy seat has 3 adjustable brackets, with 2 of the brackets possessing 180° bumpers, allowing the seat to be fitted easily and safely to most toilets. The front bracket is adjusted using the supplied plastic Allen key. Length 420mm (16 1/2˝). Aperture size 250×245mm (10×9 ¾˝). Height Weight091176130 100mm (4˝) with Lid 1.4kg

Maximum user weight

341/2 st

220 kg

5 Ashby Wide-Access Raised Toilet SeatFor people who have difficulty with personal cleansing the Ashby Wide-Access seat offers the widest cut-aways, both front and rear. Cleaning access problems by the user or by a carer are greatly reduced by the special design of the seat. The one piece seat has a built in anti-bacterial action. Can be sterilised in an autoclave, steam cleaned or washed in household disinfectant. Secured in place with four adjustable fixing brackets. Seat height 100mm (4˝). Width 400mm (15¾˝). Length 410mm (16¼˝). Aperture size 250×210mm (10×8 1/3˝). Weight 2.2kg.081124080

Maximum user weight

30 st

190 kg

3

3

4 5

1 Soft Raised Toilet SeatAll the convenience of a standard toilet seat with the added comfort of a padded seat and lid. Made from soft polyurethane foam with a sealed vinyl covering. Plastic hinges make this seat easy to install and keep clean. Seat height 50mm (2˝). Weight 1.2kg.091079326

Maximum user weight

141/4 st

91 kg

2 Homecraft Padded Raised Toilet SeatA soft cushion that attaches to the existing toilet seat to provide extra comfort and to raise the effective seat height. The cushion simply attaches with four hook and loop straps. The white vinyl covering protects the cushion and is easily cleaned. Width 360mm (14˝). Length 410mm (16˝). Height Weight091079540 50mm (2˝) 270g 091079557 100mm (4˝) 384g

1 2


Toileting


501

Raised Toilet Seats

1 Etac® Hi-Loo Fixed Raised Toilet SeatHi-Loo raised toilet seat is ideal for users who need a toilet seat that is securely located. Secured at the rear of the toilet bowl, the snap on mechanism enables the seat to be easily removed for cleaning or to change to another seat height. Supplied with a lid. Width 360mm (14 1/4˝). Depth 390mm (15 1/4˝). Aperture size 200×270mm (7 3/4×10 3/4˝). Height Weight091079847 60mm (2 1/4˝) 2.4kg 091079854 100mm (4˝) 3.0kg

Maximum user weight

231/2 st

150 kg

2 Prima Raised Toilet SeatEasy to use and comfortable, the Prima Raised Toilet Seat makes rising and lowering easier for people with stiff or painful joints. The hygienic white seat fixes securely to the toilet bowl with two side adjusters and is contoured to facilitate personal cleansing. Aperture size 250×210mm (10×8 1/3˝). Height Weight081107283 50mm (2˝) 700g 081107291 100mm (4˝) 800g

Maximum user weight

30 st

190 kg

11

2

3 Arthro Tall-ette® Raised Toilet SeatDesigned with a cut-away on one side for people with leg or knee injuries who require an extended leg position. Supplied with a Slip-in Lok-in-el bracket. Seat height 140mm (5 1/2˝). Weight 1.6kg.091079045 Left Side Cut-Away 091079052 Right Side Cut-Away

Maximum user weight

253/4 st

165 kg

3 4 Comfyfoam Raised Toilet SeatThis raised toilet seat is extremely comfortable because it is made from foam, which is soft and forgiving. It is very easy to fit and requires no screw fixings but push fits securely over most standard toilet bowls. Available with or without a lid. Height 110mm (4 1/2˝). Width 380mm (15˝). Length 410mm (16˝). Aperture 200×250mm (8×10˝). Weight091079524 Without Lid 1.9kg 091079532 With Lid 2.2kg

Maximum user weight

29 st

185 kg

4

4

5 Bariatric Toilet SeatIdeal for those that require a larger seating area when using the toilet. The luxurious contoured seat provides the user with comfort, whilst being stylish and ergonomic in its design. Easily fitted and secured to the toilet frame. Fits to most toilet frames. Seat size 482×482mm (19×19˝). Aperture size 290×258mm (11 1/2×10˝). Weight 3.5kg.091169903

Maximum user weight

60 st

381 kg

5




Toile

ting


Toilet Seat with Arms

1

2 Etac® Cloo Height Adjustable Raised Toilet SeatThe Cloo toilet seat riser can be adjusted to give the user a seat height of 60, 100 or 140mm (2 1/4, 4 or 5 1/2˝). To achieve the highest position of 140mm (5 1/2˝), the extra height adjusters need to be purchased separately (091165588). Fits easily onto the toilet frame, using the seat attachment with quick release nuts. The Cloo seat then simply clicks into place on the attachment. Comfy, ergonomic seat and detachable armrests offer a relaxing support, whilst seated for long periods of time. The seat can be lifted and left in the upright position for easier cleaning. Seat width 400mm (15 3/4˝). Total width 600mm (23 1/2˝). Width between armrests 490mm (19 1/4˝). Height of armrests from the seat 210mm (8 1/4˝).091164227 With Armrests 091165588 Height Adjusters 140mm (5 1/2˝)

Maximum user weight

231/2 st

150 kg

2

222

1

1

1 Homecraft Raised Toilet Seat with ArmrestsThe toilet aid allows for increased independence when using the toilet, particularly by compensating for impaired movement. The raised toilet seat with detachable armrests comes with a lid. The existing toilet seat must be removed before installing this toilet seat. The lid can be removed for easy cleaning. Choice of three fixed adjustable seat heights to suit user requirements, 60mm (2˝), 100mm (4˝) or 150mm (6˝). The adjustment cross bar adjusts in width for each seat position. Overall Width 500mm (19½˝), Overall Depth 475mm 18 2/3˝), Overall Height 380mm (15˝), Seat Width 360mm (14˝), Seat Depth 425mm (16 2/3˝) Aperture size 210 x 275mm (8¼ x 10 2/3˝). The seat is from a moulded plastic base with lift-up ABS armrests and steel frame. Weight 4.3kg081703990

Maximum user weight

21½ st

136 kg

Toileting


503

Toilet Seat with Arms

1 Etac® Hi-Loo II Fixed Raised Toilet Seat with Armrests

The Hi-Loo raised toilet seat is fixed through the rear of the toilet pan and has a snap on mechanism that enables the seat to be quickly and easily removed from the toilet for cleaning. With a recess at both the front and rear, the Hi-Loo enables easier personal hygiene. Supplied with armrests that can be folded up and locked into position. Choice of two fixed height models or an angled version that is easier for people with impaired hip or knee mobility to rise from. Height of armrests above top of seat 230mm (9˝). Width between armrests 490mm (19 1/4˝). External width 600mm (23 1/2˝). Aperture 290×240mm (11 1/2×9 1/2˝). Height Weight091079409 60mm (2 1/2˝) 4.9kg 091079417 100mm (4˝) 5.8kg

Maximum user weight

231/2 st

150 kg

1

2

2 Etac® Supporter Toilet Seat with ArmrestsThe Supporter toilet seat with lid has armrests which offer extra support to the user. The arms can be raised or removed for when side transferring is required. The armrests are mounted directly on to the toilet to make it ideal for narrow spaces or to avoid drilling into walls or floors. The adjustable armrests have three different height settings and two widths. These armrests can therefore be adapted to suit both adults and children. Length of seat 410mm (16 1/8˝). Width of seat 370mm (14 1/2˝). Maximum width between arms 525mm (21˝). Maximum external width 625mm (25˝). Fixed armrest height: 250mm (10˝). Adjustable armrest height: 207mm (8 1/4˝), 275mm (11˝) or 342mm (13 1/2˝). Weight091079953 Fixed Armrests 5kg 091203934 Adjustable Armrests 5.8kg

Maximum user weight

231/2 st

150 kg

3 Enterprise Raised Toilet SeatA raised toilet seat with integral moulded arm rests giving stability and security to the user. The unique installation system allows the seat to be used without the need for the original toilet seat to be removed. External width 580mm (23˝). Overall height 310mm (12 1/4˝). Seat height 100mm (4˝). Seat width 420mm (16 1/2˝). Seat depth 390mm (15 1/4˝). Width between arms 500mm (20˝). Weight 4.2kg.091079680

Maximum user weight

30 st

190 kg

4 Raised Toilet Seat with ArmsA moulded raised toilet seat with built in arms. The seat has a large front cutaway for ease of personal cleansing. Easily fitted to the toilet bowl via three adjustable brackets. The arms are covered with soft foam padding for comfort and grip, and may be removed from the seat if no longer required. Height 100mm (4˝). Aperture size 210 x 255mm (8 1/4×10˝). Width between armrests 445mm (17 1/2˝). Height of armrest above seat 190mm (7 1/2˝). Weight 7.5kg.091079722

Maximum user weight

281/4 st

180 kg

3

4


Toile

ting


Support Rails

1 Homecraft Fold Away Grab RailA powder coated steel supportive rail designed for use next to a toilet to assist and increase safety when lowering and raising. The rail is held in the upright position when not in use and easily lowered when required. Dimensions of the wall bracket 282×104mm (11×4˝). Length 750mm (29½˝). Rail Length091357029 750mm (29 ½˝)

Maximum load weight

18 st

114 kg

2 Homecraft Fold Away Grab Rail with Supporting Leg

This powder-coated steel height adjustable supportive rail is designed for use next to a toilet to assist and increase safety when lowering and raising. The supporting leg offers additional weight capacity. The rail can be locked in the upright position when not in use. Non-marking rubber tips are slip resistant for added safety. Height adjustment 804 to 1128mm (31 1/2 to 44 1/2˝). Dimensions of the wall bracket 207×110mm (8 1/4×4 1/3˝). Rail Length091357037 744mm (29 1/4˝)

Maximum load weight

191/2 st

125 kg

3 Drop Down RailA high quality, steel grab rail with several innovative features. The main rail is manufactured from oval section tube, making it comfortable to grasp and giving a broad area for support. The secondary under-slung arm combines with the main rail to give ultimate strength. Folding against the wall when not in use, the rail is held in the upright position with positive location. Length of rail 700mm (27 1/2˝). Mounting bracket 260×100mm (10 1/4×4˝). Distance from wall when upright 145mm (7 3/4˝). Weight 2.7kg.081330299

Maximum user weight

20 st

127 kg

4 Drop Down Rail with Supporting LegAs the Drop Down Rail above but with a height adjustable supporting leg. A secondary under-slung supporting arm provides ultimate strength. Length of rail 700mm (27 1/2˝). Mounting bracket 260×100mm (10 1/4×4˝). Distance from wall when upright 100mm (4˝). Leg height adjustable from 690 to 780mm (27 1/4 to 30 3/4˝). Weight 2.9kg.081330307

Maximum user weight

30 st

190 kg

MAXIMUM LOADThe maximum user weight/load given for these products is dependent upon the correct choice of fixings for the mounting surface. For this reason, all rails should be installed by a person who has suitable qualifications and/or experience in installing this type of product, ensuring the fixtures are appropriate for the specific installation.

1 2

3

4

BESTSELLER


Toileting


505

Support Rails

1

2

3 4

4 5

2 Homecraft Devon MKII Folding Support Rail

A deluxe version of the Devon rail above with a larger diameter rail for easier gripping and a spring mechanism to hold it in the up position. Optional toilet roll holder available (see 081124569). Rail is 32mm (1 1/4˝) diameter. Backplate is 300×127mm (11¾×5˝). Rail Length Weight081305473 Standard - 770mm (30 1/3˝) 4.1kg 091078567 Short - 560mm (22˝) 3.4kg

Maximum load weight

131/4 st

84 kg

1 Homecraft Devon Folding Support RailA sturdy folding rail, projecting at right angles to the wall. The rail is held in the upright position by a spring loaded cam, and is easily folded down. Rail is 25mm (1˝) diameter. Backplate is 300×125mm (11 3/4×5˝). Rail Length Weight081305465 Standard - 760mm (30˝) 3.0kg 081305457 Short - 550mm (21½˝) 2.6kg

Maximum load weight

101/2 st

67 kg

3 Homecraft Devon Rail with Folding LegSimilar to the Devon MkII folding rail but with a support leg to give strength and stability during lowering and raising, lessening the strain on the wall. The leg is adjustable in height and has a large non-slip ferrule. Height adjustment 900mm to 1129mm (35½ to 44 1/2˝). Rail length 775mm (30½˝). Backplate is 300×127mm (11¾×5˝). Weight 5kg.081305481

Maximum load weight

101/2 st

67 kg

4 Homecraft Devon Floor Mounted Folding Rail

An adjustable height version of the Devon MkII rail, which is mounted on a floor fixing post for versatility in positioning. The rail is mounted on a post with a clamping arrangement for height adjustment. Floor plate is 250×150mm (10×6˝). Floor post height 1110mm (44˝). Rail Length Weight081305499 Standard - 765mm (30˝) 8.4kg 091078617 Short - 555mm (22˝) 7.7kg

Maximum load weight

20 st

127 kg

5 Homecraft Devon Toilet Roll HolderA wire holder that attaches to the tube of the MkII Devon rails (091078567 to 081305499). Weight 110g.081124569


Toile

ting


Support Rails

Homecraft Devon Elite Folding Support Rails

The Devon Elite folding support rail has been designed to offer superb support providing the user with greater confidence, security and independence in the bathroom.Manufactured from light yet strong aluminium, the elliptical arms provide the user with the ultimate comfort and grip, whilst lowering to or rising from the toilet. The support arms can be raised and will remain in the vertical position with the locking mechanism securing it in place. The arms are then easily lifted to release from the lock, which activates the spring mechanism that supports the weight of the rails as it lowers smoothly to the horizontal position. Rail width 50mm (2˝). Rail depth 28mm (1˝).

1 Folding Support RailMounted on a back plate, fixed to the wall. Back plate 230×120mm (9×4 4/5˝). Projection when folded 175mm (7˝). Rail Length091165695 Standard 645mm (25 1/2˝)

Maximum load weight

20 st

127 kg

2 Folding Support Rail with Adjustable LegMounted on a back plate, fixed to the wall with a height adjustable leg. Back plate 230×120mm (9×4 4/5˝). Height from floor to top of the arm 690 to 840mm (27 to 33˝) in 25mm increments. Rail Length091173145 Standard 645mm (25 1/2˝)

Maximum load weight

20 st

127 kg

3 Height Adjustable Folding Support RailBack post wall mounted. Size 608×50mm (24×2˝). Clamp and black knob secures the rail at the required height. Height adjustment 125mm (5˝) to 425mm (16 3/4˝) in 60mm increments. Rail Length091173152 Standard 645mm (25 1/2˝)

Maximum load weight

20 st

127 kg

4 Floor Mounted Folding Support RailMounted on the floor. Clamp and black knob secures the rail at the required height. Height from floor to top of the arm 625mm to 985mm (24 1/2 to 38 3/4˝). Floor plate 320×220mm (12 1/2×8 3/4˝). Rail Length091173160 Standard 645mm (25 1/2˝)

Maximum load weight

20 st

127 kg

122

33

44


Toileting


507

Support Rails

1 Hinged Arm Support RailThis uniquely designed, hinged support rail provides the user with stable assistance when lowering or rising from the toilet. The support rail locks automatically in the upright position when raised. The tube is manufactured from coated steel. Available in four lengths: 600mm (23 1/2˝), 700mm (27 1/2˝), 800mm (31 1/2˝) and 900mm (35 1/2˝). Distance from the wall when upright 215mm (8 1/2˝). Wall plate 250 x115mm (9 4/5×4 1/3˝). Rail Length091178094 600mm (23 1/2˝) 091178102 700mm (27 1/2˝) 091178110 800mm (31 1/2˝) 091203959 900mm (35 1/2˝)

Maximum load weight

231/2 st

150 kg

2 Support LegFor extra strength and confidence, the support leg can be used with all Linido hinged arm support rails. The leg is hinged and moves up and down with the arm support. Consists of an adjustable leg support, clamps and distance stay bar. The leg can be easily adjusted in height from 700 to 850mm (27 1/2 to 33 1/2˝). The hinged arm support is sold separately; please see above.091208826

Maximum load weight

231/2 st

150 kg

3 Floor ConsoleWall mounted support rails may sometimes not be best practise or desired; the floor console offers an alternative solution. Once mounted the Linido hinged arm support can be adjusted in height to a maximum of 860mm (34˝). Consists of a floor plate and aluminium clamps for attaching the hinged arm support. The hinged arm support is sold separately, please see above. Height of floor console 1000mm (39 1/4˝). Maximum height 860mm (34˝) to the top of the support rail. Base footprint 200×100mm (8×4˝).091208834

Maximum load weight

231/2 st

150 kg

1

1

2 3


Toile

ting


Toilet Frames

1 Homecraft Width Adjustable Stirling Toilet Frame

A sturdy, height adjustable metal frame with a clip on, one piece moulded seat. The seat is contoured and has a partial cut-away to facilitate personal hygiene. The cross members are width adjustable using a pin clip system, allowing the frame to be completely assembled or disassembled without tools. Height is also adjusted using a pin clip system, which leaves no protrusions to snag skin or clothing. The legs have non-slip rubber feet. Flat packed. Width at top 480 to 530mm (19 to 21˝). Seat height 380 to 530mm (15 to 21˝). Depth at floor 470 to 530mm (18 1/2 to 21˝) depending on height setting. Weight 5.9kg.091080068 Width Adjustable Stirling Frame

Maximum user weight

26 st

165 kg

2 Homecraft Deluxe Stirling Toilet FrameSame as the 091080068 above but supplied with padded arm rests on the side rails for additional comfort and easier grip. Weight 6.2kg.091080076 Deluxe Stirling Frame

Maximum user weight

26 st

165 kg

3 Homecraft Stirling Toilet FrameSimilar to 091080068 with height but not width adjustment. All other dimensions as 091080068. Weight 5.7kg.091080027 Standard Stirling Frame

Maximum user weight

26 st

165 kg

4 Homecraft Stirling Elite Toilet FrameThe unique design of this frame makes it easier for the user to rise to a standing position. The handles extend forward into a more suitable place for the user to lever themselves forwards and upwards. The seat is wider and more contoured, giving a superb level of comfort. There is a rear cut out on the seat, giving clearance to the coccyx and making personal cleansing easier. Width at top 613mm (24˝). Seat width 460mm (18˝). Seat depth 460mm (18˝). Aperture size 215×265mm (8 1/2×10 1/2˝). Seat height adjustment 440 to 540mm (17 1/2 to 21˝). Weight 5kg.081124585 Stirling Elite Frame

Maximum user weight

30 st

190 kg

5 Homecraft Deluxe Stirling Elite Toilet Frame

Same as the 081124585 above but supplied with padded arm rests on the side rails for additional comfort and easier grip.081124593 Deluxe Stirling Elite Frame

Maximum user weight

30 st

190 kg

BESTSELLER

1

2 3

4 5

SUPPLIED FLAT PACKED



Toileting


509

Toilet Frames

1 Prima Toilet Surround and FrameThe Prima Multiframe can be used as a toilet frame with seat that enables an individual to use the toilet with ease or a toilet surround rail that provides the user with assistance when rising from the toilet. With a stylish, modern appearance the multiframe is a sturdy yet lightweight steel device that gives the individual independence in the bathroom or toilet. The comfortable seat is positioned above the toilet, so the individual doesn’t have to lower themselves to the level of the toilet seat. Both are height adjustable, only the surround can be adjusted in width. Footprint 460×590mm (18×23˝). Seat height 460 to 610mm (18 to 24˝). Frame width 510 to 610mm (20 to 24˝). Armrest height 760 to 820mm (30-32½˝). Toilet seat aperture 200×250mm (8×9¾˝). Weight091160704 A Surround Rail 4.1kg 091160696 B Toilet Frame with Seat 6.1kg

Maximum user weight

30 st

190 kg

2 Cosby Toilet FrameDesigned for use by those that require extra assistance whilst using the toilet. It may also be used as a shower chair. The seat is made from one-piece polypropylene plastic with anti-bacterial properties. The seat is anatomically shaped for comfort and to aid bowel movement. The seat simply clips-on the metal frame and adjusts in height by the use of fixings that requires no tools. The metal frame is stable and secure for user confidence and the raised sides aid transfer and grip for security. The legs have non-slip rubber feet. Aperture size 250×220mm (9¾×8 4/5˝). Seat height 420 to 570mm (16 1/2 to 22 1/2˝). Lowest Length×Width×Arm Height 560×460×670mm (22×17¾×26½˝). Highest Length×Width×Arm Height 560×530×820mm (22×21×32 1/3˝).Internal width 560 to 710mm (22 1/2 to 28 1/2˝). Weight 5.9kg.091203595

Maximum user weight

30 st

190 kg

1

1

2



A

B


Toile

ting


Toilet Frames

1 Homecraft Toileting Seat AidAn extremely comfortable toilet seat and frame with side handles for support and safety. The seat simply clicks into position on the frame. The front and rear cut-outs of the seat are shaped for easy personal cleaning. Seat Height 460 to 610mm (18 to 24˝).Seat Width 450mm (17 3/4˝). Seat Depth 385mm (15¼˝). Width Between Arms 500mm (19 3/4˝). Overall Width 560mm (22˝). Overall Depth 480mm (18 3/4˝). Overall Height 680 to 830mm (26 3/4 to 32 1/2˝).091325596

Maximum user weight

30 st

190 kg

3 Homecraft Sussex Toilet FrameA height adjustable steel frame with a black hinged toilet seat and a white sub-seat and skirt that are easily removed for cleaning. Seat height 470 to 640mm (18 1/2 to 25 1/4˝). Width 550mm (21 1/2˝). Maximum depth 680mm (26 3/4˝). Weight 5.3kg. Aperture size 280×230mm (11×9˝).091080183

Maximum user weight

191/2 st

125 kg

4 Homecraft Uni-Frame Toilet FrameA folding frame with one piece plastic seat and padded back rest for comfort. Legs are height adjustable and the seat has a cut away for personal hygiene. Seat height 435 to 560mm (17 to 22˝). Rail height 620 to 745mm (24 1/2 to 29 1/4˝). Width 500mm (19 1/2˝). Depth 420mm (16 1/2˝). Weight 5.1kg.081124619 Toilet Frame 081124627 Floor Fixing Feet (4)

Maximum user weight

20 st

127 kg

2 Homecraft Toilet Seat FrameThis plastic coated steel toilet frame has a removable moulded seat, which easily clips on and off for cleaning. The seat height can be adjusted to suit the individual or the surroundings.Seat Height 500 to 650mm (19 3/4 to 25 1/2˝). Seat Width 370mm (14 1/2˝). Seat Depth 390mm (15 1/2˝). Width Between Arms 500mm (19 3/4˝). Overall Width 560mm (22˝). Overall Depth 480mm (18 3/4˝). Overall Height 680 to 830mm (26 3/4 to 32˝). Aperture size 275×230mm (10 3/4×9˝).091357052

Maximum user weight

30 st

190 kg

1

2

3

4 44

BESTSELLER


Toileting


511

Bariatric & Portable Toilet Frames

3 Raised Toilet Seat and FrameThis height adjustable frame has a broad seat to accommodate larger users. Width between arms 700mm (27½˝). Seat height 450-600mm (17¾-22½˝). Seat width 680mm (26¾˝). Seat depth 460mm (18˝). Seat to top of arm 170mm (6¾˝).091080175

Maximum user weight

50 st

318 kg

1 Homecraft Stirling Elite Bariatric Toilet Frame

Provides the user with a spacious seating area and larger seat than standard toilet frames, resulting in a more comfortable experience. The rotated moulded, contoured clip-on seat can be easily removed for cleaning. The frame can be adjusted in height from 510 to 635mm (20 to 25˝). Internal width 630mm (24 3/4˝). Seat width 450mm (17 3/4˝). Seat depth 440mm (17 1/2˝). Height of armrests from the seat 210mm (8 1/2˝). Footprint at lowest point 710×630mm (28×24 3/4˝).091422955

Maximum user weight

40 st

255 kg

2 Extra Wide Toilet FrameThis extra wide toilet frame with a clip-on seat, offers a larger seating surface, providing a more comfortable feel for the larger user. If required, the frame can be adjusted in height. Width 700mm (28˝). Depth 510mm (20˝). Seat Height Min 480mm (19˝). Seat Height Max 610mm (24˝). Seat Width 540mm (21˝). Seat Depth 450mm (18˝). Width between arms 660mm (26˝). Weight 7kg.091325703

Maximum user weight

44 st

280 kg

1

2

3

4 Porta Potti 165 Flushing ToiletA plastic moulded portable seat and sealable tank. It is light to carry, hygienic to use, easy to clean and convenient to store. The potty splits into two sections, the lower section is the holding tank for waste, the upper section is the bowl with flushing system, plastic seat and lid. It is supplied with a small bottle of Aqua Kem, and Aqua Rinse. If extra support is required, it can be used with 091081421 Homecraft Stand and Frame. Height 427mm (16 ¾˝). Width 414mm (16¼˝). Depth 383mm (15˝). Tank capacity 21 litres (4.6 gallons). Weight 3.5kg.091081397

Maximum user weight

19 st

120 kg

5 Homecraft Stand and FrameAn adjustable metal stand and support frame for the 091081397. Height adjustable and can be disassembled and packed flat for storage or transport. The frame has non-slip feet and the hand rails have contoured sleeves for better grip. Height of seat 469 to 569mm (18 1/2 to 22 1/2˝). Height of platform 55 to 155mm (2 to 6˝). Height of side rail 725mm (28 1/2˝). Width 406mm (16˝). Depth 520mm (20 1/2˝). Weight 5.7kg.091081421

Maximum user weight

26 st

165 kg

4

5

6

6 Aqua Kem Toilet ChemicalA strong germicidal chemical used in the tanks of portable toilets for hygiene and odour control. 2 litres.091082080

Toile

ting


Toilet Surround Rails

1 Homecraft Toilet Safety FrameThis aluminium frame is secured to the toilet by the existing seat. The legs are height adjustable to suit a number of toilets. Mouldings on the arms provide a secure handgrip and broad area for resting arms whilst on the toilet. May be combined with a raised toilet seat provided the existing seat is left in place. Legs and arms may be easily removed when not required. Height of arms 640 to 750mm (25 to 29 1/2˝). Width between legs 400 to 550mm (16 to 22˝). Width between arms centre to centre 530 to 630mm (21 to 25 1/2˝). Overall depth 470mm (18 1/2˝). Weight 1.4kg.091078872

Maximum user weight

211/4 st

136 kg

2 Homecraft Surrey Toilet Surround RailWidth adjustable support rail can be self-supporting or screwed to the floor. Height 725mm (28 1/2˝). Depth 525mm (20 1/2˝). Width 445 to 595mm (17 1/2 to 23 1/2˝). Weight 5.6kg.091078864

Maximum user weight

30 st

190 kg

3 Homecraft Half Surrey Toilet RailA side section of the 091078864 that can be used for support alongside a toilet, sink or bed. It can be used left or right handed, but must be securely screwed to the floor. Width 262mm (10 1/4˝). Height 725mm (28 1/4˝). Depth 525mm (20 1/2˝). Weight 2.4kg.091078856

Maximum user weight

30 st

190 kg

4 Homecraft Uni-Frame Folding Toilet RailThis support rail is height adjustable and can be folded flat for storage or transport. It has non-slip rubber feet and a padded back rest for comfort. Floor fixing feet are an optional extra. Height 620 to 745mm (24 1/2 to 29 1/4˝). Width 500mm (19 1/2˝). Depth 420mm (16 1/2˝). Weight 5.9kg.081124551 Uni-frame Toilet Rail 081124627 Floor Fixing Feet (4)

Maximum user weight

18 st

115 kg

5 Buckingham FoldEasy Toilet SurroundThe FoldEasy is a fully folding and height adjustable toilet surround. Designed with folding foot paddles that sit flush to the floor so that the weight of the user standing on them holds the frame firmly in place. Equipped with soft armrests which are ergonomically designed to aid the user to sit and stand with greater ease and comfort. Width 510mm (20˝). Depth 530mm (21˝). Height 620 to 740mm (24 1/2 to 29˝). Weight 3kg.081570449

Maximum user weight

20 st

127 kg

1 2

3 4

5 5


Toileting


513

Toilet Surround Rails

2 Homecraft Adjustable Aluminium Toilet SurroundA sturdy but lightweight frame that is adjustable in height. Plastic moulded handgrips provide comfort and support. Available with or without floor fixing feet. Height 660 to 760mm (26 to 30˝). Width 605mm (23 3/4˝). Depth 470mm (18 1/2˝). Weight 2.1kg.091078880 Without floor fixing feet 091437854 With floor fixing feet

Maximum user weight

191/2 st

125 kg

4 Homecraft Adjustable Toilet SurroundThis sturdy toilet surround rail is both height and width adjustable making it suitable for a variety of situations. Available in either steel or aluminium, it has padded handgrips for additional comfort and support. Supplied flat packed. Height 625 to 788mm (25 to 31˝). Width 510 to 560mm (20 to 22˝). Depth 495mm (19 1/2˝). Weight081124577 Steel 5kg 081534684 Aluminium 2.84kg 091080001 Steel Floor Fixing Feet (4)

Maximum user weight

30 st

190 kg

1 Homecraft Adjustable Steel Toilet Surround

A powder coated steel toilet surround which provides extra support and safety when lowering and raising. Comprises of two moulded plastic armrests for additional comfort. Available with or without floor fixing feet. Overall Height 695 to 850mm (27 1/2 to 33 1/2˝). Overall Width 590mm (23 1/4˝). Overall Depth 460mm (18˝).091325711 Without floor fixing feet 091438191 With floor fixing feet

Maximum user weight

25 st

160 kg

3 Adjustable Toilet SurroundHeight adjustable, epoxy coated, steel toilet frame with padded arm rests for comfort and support. Width inside of arms 490mm (19¼˝). Width outside of arms 535mm (21˝). Floor to top of arms 630-780mm (25-31˝). Footprint 520×555mm (20½×22˝).091078898

Maximum user weight

25 st

159 kg

STEEL ALUMINIUM

2

1

3

44


Toile

ting


1 Homecraft Stacking CommodeA sturdy, fixed height metal commode with a hinged black plastic toilet seat over a commode pan. There is a vinyl covered padded lift off seat and integral back pad. The legs have plastic feet and the frame stacks. Seat height 470mm (18½˝). Width (at base) 580mm (23¾˝). Depth (at base) 500mm (19¾˝). Aperture size 240×240mm (9½×9½˝). Weight 6.7kg.091080407

Maximum user weight

253/4 st

165 kg

2 Homecraft Adjustable Stacking CommodeAn adjustable height, metal commode that can be stacked. It has a black toilet seat over a plastic commode pan. Supplied with a padded, vinyl covered lift off seat and integral back pad. The legs are adjusted with pin clips. Seat height (aperture seat) 480 to 580mm (19 to 23˝). Seat height (padded) 515 to 615mm (20 1/4 to 24 1/4˝). Seat depth 430mm (17˝). Width between arms 470mm (18˝). Overall width 530mm (21˝). Overall depth 455mm (18˝). Overall height 800 to 900mm (31 1/2 to 35 1/2˝). Aperture size 240×240mm (9½×9½˝). Capacity 5 litres.091325604

Maximum user weight

253/4 st

165 kg

1

2

Static Commodes


Toileting


515

1 Homecraft Adjustable Height Comfort Commode

Modern, attractive commode that offers comfort and stability within any home or institutional environment. The padded blue seat cover and clip-on black toilet seat are easily removed for cleaning. The deluxe version has a padded blue toilet seat that provides the option of additional comfort. The commode pan with handle is simple to remove for waste disposal. The height adjustment allows the commode to be tailored to the required position for the user. Available with or without removable armrests.Technical SpecificationOverall height: 830 to 980mm (32 3/4 to 38½˝) Overall width: 550mm (21½˝) Overall depth: 550mm (21½˝) Seat height (padded): 485 to 635mm (19 to 25˝) Seat height (classic): 450 to 600mm (17 3/4 to 23½˝) Seat width: 450mm (17 3/4˝) Seat depth: 430mm (17˝) Height to top of armrest: 590 to 790mm: (23 1/4 to 31˝)091309798 Fixed armrests 091325828 Removable armrests 091438993 Deluxe version with padded toilet seat 091325760 Spare commode pan

Overall diameter 330mm (13˝) Overall depth 165mm (6.5˝)

Maximum user weight

30 st

190 kg

BESTSELLER

1

2 2 Etac® Swift CommodeDesign based upon the awarding winning Swift shower stool and chair, converted to an attractive commode chair for use around any location in the home or institution. This chair can also convert into a toilet frame for use over the toilet by removing the backrest and commode pan. The commode is constructed from aluminium and plastic that provides stability for the user and flexibility to adapt to uneven floors. The legs are adjustable in height to find the ideal seating position. Comes complete with lightweight armrests that can be easily removed for side transfers. Seat height adjustable from 420 to 570mm (16½ to 22½˝). Width between armrests 450mm (17¾˝). Weight 4.7kg091162288

Maximum user weight

201/4 st

130 kg

Static Commodes

3 Homecraft Drop Arm CommodeAttractive, sturdy commode chair that has drop down arms to allow side transfer. The height adjustable legs allow the seat to be raised from 475 to 550mm (19 to 23˝). For additional comfort, the armrests are padded. Supplied with a toilet seat and commode pan. Width between arms 500mm (20˝). Footprint 600×420mm (24×16¾˝). Aperture 200×250mm (8×10˝).081135490

Maximum user weight

211/4 st

136 kg

3



Toile

ting


Folding Commodes

3 Homecraft Folding Commode and Toilet Surround

This lightweight, aluminium folding commode can also be used over the toilet as a toilet surround. The toilet surround provides extra support and safety when lowering and raising, eliminating the need for a grab rail. The clip-on toilet seat is easily removed for cleaning. Seat height adjustable 460 to 560mm (18 to 22˝). Seat Width 345mm (14˝). Seat Depth 370mm (14½˝). Width between arms 460mm (18˝). Overall Height 670 to 770mm (26½ to 30½˝). Overall Width 550mm (21¾˝). Overall Depth 490mm (19¼˝).091439348

Maximum user weight

191/2 st

125 kg

2 Homecraft Uni-Frame Folding CommodeThis folding commode is height adjustable and has a metal framed seat that clips on to create a sturdy commode. The legs have a pin clip system to provide adjustment and moulded non-slip feet. It has a padded, vinyl covered backrest and toilet seat to provide greater comfort than most commode seats. Matching padded lift off seat. Rail height 620 to 745mm (24½ to 29½˝). Seat height 445 to 570mm (17½ to 22½˝). Width 500mm (19½˝). Depth 420mm (16½˝). Weight 5.1kg.081305606

Maximum user weight

183/4 st

120 kg

1 Homecraft Deluxe Comfort Folding Commode

This robust commode is made from epoxy-coated steel and folds easily for storage and transportation. The backrest and toilet seat are upholstered to provide additional comfort for the user. Both seat and pan come complete with lids for hygiene. Seat height 480mm (19˝). Seat width 460mm (18˝). Seat depth 450mm (17¾˝). External width 510mm (20˝). External height 900mm (35½˝). Width between arms 460mm (18˝). Weight 7kg.091081017

Maximum user weight

203/4 st

133 kg

3

22

1BESTSELLER


Toileting


517

Commode Accessories

1 WacMatProtect carpets with the WacMat, a machine washable rug that is ideal for use as a commode mat or anywhere within the house. Made from 100% cotton pile with a 100% waterproof backing. The WacMat is an ideal accessory where spills may occur. Once washed, the mat may be tumble dried, leaving it clean, odour free and ready for use time and time again. Size 600×900mm (23½×35½˝). Machine washable to 40°C.091080464 Blue 091080472 Green 091080480 Grey

2 CareBag® Commode LinerDesigned to avoid the commode soiling, the CareBag hygienic liner for commodes provides maximum safety conditions for both the user and the carer, be it at home, in health institutions or whilst travelling. Absorbs 500ml of organic liquids or several litres of demineralised water. Come in a pack of 20.091322833

4 Square Commode BowlFor use with the Homecraft mobile wheeled commodes and the Homecraft Atlantic commode chairs. Holds up to 1 litre of waste. Height 155mm (6˝). Width 332.5mm (13˝). Depth 332.5mm (13˝).091081280

3 Commode Pan with LidThis plastic moulded pan comes complete with lid and carrying handle. Weight 500g. Pan capacity 2 litres. Internal width 250mm (10˝). External width with rim 260mm (10 1/4˝).091081272

1

2

4

5 Oval Commode Pan With Locking LidCommode pan and lid for use with the Basket Weave and Deluxe Commode chairs. The pear shaped design makes it suitable for both men and women. Features a handle at the back which helps the user to keep the pan steady when emptying it, avoiding inconvenient spills. Pan capacity 5 litres.091081306

5

3

Toile

ting


Wheeled Commodes

1 Homecraft Chrome Plated Steel Wheeled Commode

This commode comes with detachable armrests for easy side transfer and a detachable backrest for storage. Push handles and swivelling castors are fitted as standard, enabling the chair to be easily manoeuvred over the toilet. The blow moulded aperture seat is hygienic and easy to clean. There are two bowl options available; item 091357094 is supplied with a round bowl, item 081611011 is supplied with a square bowl.Technical SpecificationSeat Height (padded) 540mm (21 1/4˝)Seat Height (aperture) 500mm (19 3/4˝)Seat Width 430mm (17˝)Seat Depth 450mm (17 3/4˝)Overall Height 875mm (34½˝)Overall Width 520mm (20½˝)Overall Depth 570mm (22½˝)Top of padded seat to armrest 220mm (8½˝)Floor to top of armrest 750mm (29½˝)Diameter of castors 120mm (4¾˝)091357094 Round bowl without footrests 091325729 Round bowl with footrests 081611011 Square bowl without footrests 091439827 Optional footrests (Pair)

Maximum user weight

30 st

190 kg

2 Homecraft Casa Clean II Mobile Commode

Sturdy chrome plated steel commode for safety and security. Both of the comfortable moulded armrests can be dropped down for side transfers. Push handles and swivelling castors are fitted as standard, enabling the chair to be easily manoeuvred over the toilet. The comfy backrest is removable to save space and make the chair more compact for storage. Supplied with removable footrests and a round bowl.Technical SpecificationSeat Height (padded) 530mm (20¾˝)Seat Height (aperture) 485mm (19˝)Seat Width 450mm (17¾˝)Seat Depth 425mm (16¾˝)Overall Height 960mm (37¾˝)Overall Width 550mm (21¾˝)Overall Depth 590mm (23¼˝)Top of padded seat to armrest 225mm (8¾˝)Floor to top of armrest 740mm (29˝)Diameter of castors 120mm (4¾˝)Weight 14.5kg081593011

Maximum user weight

30 st

190 kg

1

1

2

BEST SELLER


Toileting


519

Wheeled Commodes

1 Homecraft Gull Wing Attendant Commode and Shower Chair

This is a multi-purpose heavy duty commode and shower chair made from durable plastic coated steel tubing with flip-back gull wing style armrests and comfortable moulded seat with round bowl. It features an attendant pushing handle designed to be wheeled over a standard toilet. Supplied with four swivel brake castors and a fold-away footrest. Overall height 1020mm (40 1/4˝). Overall width 515mm (20¼˝). Overall depth 650mm (25½˝). Seat height 580mm (22¾˝). Seat width 445mm (17½˝). Seat depth 430mm (17˝). Wheels 100mm (4˝).091357367

Maximum user weight

22 st

140 kg

1

1

EASY TO CLEAN


Toile

ting


Wheeled Commodes

Homecraft Deluxe Chrome Plated Commode Chairs - Standard & Heavy DutyOur range of mobile and stationary commode chairs are manufactured from durable chrome plated steel and are available in three seat widths 18˝ standard, 20˝ and 22˝ Heavy Duty versions.

Features & Benefits

• Adjustable height facility

• Swinging drop arms, which can be detached for side transfer

• Four swivel brake castors for added safety

• Hook on footrests, supplied as standard

• Easy to clean hygienic blow moulded aperture seat

• Removable square bowl

• Moulded armrests for additional comfort

• Upholstered back and seat

• Detachable back with built in pushing handle

Our Homecraft deluxe chrome plated range of mobile commode chairs can be wheeled over a standard toilet, thus eliminating the use of a bowl.

A perfection pan rack can be purchased as an optional extra. Adding the perfection pan rack allows the Deluxe Commode Chairs to use re-useable bed pans and also disposable pans in place of the standard square bowl.

Specifications 1 2 2 3

18˝ mobile 20˝ mobile 22˝ mobile 18˝ static

Overall Height 950-1050mm (37 1/2-41 1/2˝) 950-1050mm (37 1/2-41 1/2˝) 950-1050mm (37 1/2-41 1/2˝) 915-1015mm (36-40˝)

Overall Width 545mm (21 1/2˝) 600mm (23 1/2˝) 660mm (26˝) 545mm (21 1/2˝)

Overall Depth 620mm (24 1/2˝) 620mm (24 1/2˝) 620mm (24 1/2˝) 620mm (24 1/2˝)

Seat Height (Padded) 545-645mm (21 1/2-25 1/2˝) 545-645mm (21 1/2-25 1/2˝) 545-645mm (21 1/2-25 1/2˝) 510-610mm (20-24˝)

Seat Height (Aperture) 500-600mm (19 1/2-23 1/2˝) 500-600mm (19 1/2-23 1/2˝) 500-600mm (19 1/2-23 1/2˝) 465-565mm (18 1/4-22 1/4˝)

Seat Width 435mm (17˝) 435mm (17˝) 435mm (17˝) 435mm (17˝)

Width Between Arms 460mm (18˝) 500mm (20˝) 560mm (22˝) 460mm (18˝)

Seat Depth 460mm (18˝) 460mm (18˝) 460mm (18˝) 460mm (18˝)

Top of Padded Seat to Armrest 220mm (8.5˝) 220mm (8.5˝) 220mm (8.5˝) 220mm (8.5˝)

Floor to Top of Armrest 760-860mm (30-34˝) 760-860mm (30-34˝) 760-860mm (30-34˝) 730-830mm (28 3/4-32 2/3˝)

Wheels 120mm (5˝) 120mm (5˝) 120mm (5˝) N/A

White Aperture Seat Orafice Size 285×180mm (11 1/4×7˝) 285×180mm (11 1/4×7˝) 285×180mm (11 1/4×7˝) 285×180mm (11 1/4×7˝)

Maximum User Weight 190kg / 30st 190kg / 30st 190kg / 30st 190kg / 30st

Homecraft Adjustable Height Mobile Commode

091081124 18˝ Seat Width

Maximum user weight

30 st

190 kg

Homecraft Adjustable Height Static Commode

091437706 18˝ Seat Width

Maximum user weight

30 st

190 kg

Homecraft Adjustable Height Mobile Commode

091438936 20˝ Seat Width 091438134 22˝ Seat Width

Maximum user weight

30 st

190 kg

1

1 2 3

2 3

Toileting


521

Wheeled Commodes

1 Homecraft Aluminium Shower Commode Chair

A lightweight, mobile shower commode chair that can also be used over the toilet. The chair is rust proof due to the anodised aluminium frame, making it ideal for use in a wet environment. It incorporates a pushing handle and swivel castors to enable carers to push the patient around with ease and in comfort. The blow moulded seat can be easily removed for cleaning. All four castors have brakes for added safety. Supplied with a commode pan as standard. Optional footrests are available. Seat height 570mm (22½˝). Seat width 430mm (17˝). Seat depth 460mm (18˝). Armrest height above seat 170mm (6¾˝). Clearance without pan 490mm (19¼˝). External height 1050mm (41¼˝). External width 560mm (22˝). External depth 585mm (23˝). External depth with footrests 830mm (32½˝). Diameter of castors 125mm (5˝).091438738 Shower Commode Chair 091438431 Optional footrests

Maximum user weight

153/4 st

100 kg

2 Homecraft Deluxe Shower Commode Chairs

This deluxe shower commode chair features a lightweight, silver painted aluminium frame, which provides a rust free, high strength product. It is available as an attendant-propelled version or a self-propelling version that offers the user independence. The front castors have brakes for security, the swing away detachable footrests offer comfort while being transported and the armrests can be flipped back to facilitate side transfer. The chair can be used in a shower cubicle or wet room, used as a commode or used over a standard toilet bowl. The front of the seat is cut-away to facilitate personal hygiene, however, a seat insert is provided for comfort during transport. A square bowl is fitted as standard. The detachable back means the shower commode chair is more compact for storage. Height 990mm (40˝). Depth without footrests: Self-propelled 840mm (33˝); Attendant-propelled 550mm (21 3/4˝). Depth with footrests: Self-propelled 1110mm (43 3/4˝); Attendant-propelled 810mm (31 3/4˝). Overall depth: Self-propelled 690mm (27˝); Attendant-propelled 555mm (22˝). Seat height 540mm (21 1/4˝). Seat width 457mm (18˝). Seat depth 425mm (16 3/4˝). Aperture size 190×360mm (7 1/2×14˝)Front wheel diameter 130mm (5˝). Rear self-propelling wheels 600mm (24˝). Under seat clearance 465mm (18 1/2˝). Aperture size 356×445mm (14-17 1/2˝).091183706 Attendant-Propelled 081135367 Self-Propelled

Maximum user weight

191/2 st

125 kg

1

2

2



Toile

ting


Wheeled Commodes

Full details see pages 523 - 524

Toile

ting

Atlantic CommodeShower Chairs

Easy to

Clean

Modern & Alternative

Design

Accommodate Variety of

Users

Strong & Durable

3-in-1

Toileting


523

Wheeled Commodes

Homecraft Atlantic Commode Shower ChairThe Homecraft Atlantic Commode and Shower Chairs are stylish, easily manoeuvrable and very easy to clean. Available in three widths: 455mm (18˝), 510mm (20˝) and 560mm (22˝) to accommodate a wider variety of users. The weight capacity of 18˝ model is 160kg (25st) and 225kg (35¼st) for the 20 and 22˝ models. The chairs are manufactured from durable plastic coated steel and are ideal where infection control is an issue. All upholstery and braked castors are colour co-ordinated in blue. The multi function armrests are: swing back; drop down; detachable and come complete with an easy to operate hygienic arm catch. The hygienic clip-on aperture seat, backrest and arms can easily be removed for cleaning or stored away. A toilet roll holder is supplied with all models.Supplied with a square bowl as standard, however an optional perfection pan rack can be fitted enabling the chairs to be used with a re-usable bed pan and a disposable bed pan. Models 091439082 and 091439108 are supplied with a disposable pan rack as standard, enabling the use of a disposable pan only. For full specification, please see the reference table on page 702.091438944 455mm (18˝) Without footrests 091167485 455mm (18˝) With footrests 091439082 455mm (18˝) Without footrests with disposable panrack 091439108 455mm (18˝) With footrests & disposable panrack

Maximum user weight

25 st

160 kg

Accessories and Spares091439884 Aperture Seat for 091438944 & 091167485 091439850 Aperture Seat for 091439082 & 091439108 091439918 Aperture Seat for 091438951, 091439066, 081533660 & 091167501091184217 Perfection Pan Rack 091081876 Perfection Bed Pan 091081280 Standard Square Bowl 091460112 Spare castor

SQUARE BOWL WITH FOOTREST DISPOSABLE PANRACK WITHOUT FOOTREST DISPOSABLE PANRACK WITH FOOTREST

091439850 091439884


Toile

ting


Wheeled Commodes

*Clearance 091438944 Series (Square Bowl) - 480mm (18¾˝), (Disposable Pan Rack) - 470mm (18½˝)

Specifications

091438944091167485091439082091439108

091438951081533660

091439066091167501

Overall Height 995mm (39¼˝) 995mm (39¼˝) 995mm (39¼˝)Overall Width 600mm (23½˝) 620mm (24½˝) 670mm (26½˝)Overall Depth 780mm (31˝) 780mm (31˝) 780mm (31˝)Seat Height - Padded 545mm (21½˝) 535mm (20¾˝) 535mm (20¾˝)Seat Height - Aperture 535mm (20¾˝) 505mm (19¾˝) 505mm (19¾˝) Clearance *See below 440mm (17½˝) 440mm (17½˝)Width Between Armrests 455mm (18˝) 510mm (20˝) 560mm (22˝)Seat Depth 460mm (17¾˝) 430mm (17˝) 430mm (17˝)Castors 130mm (5˝) 130mm (5˝) 130mm (5˝)Maximum User Weight 160kg / 25st 225kg / 35¼st 225kg / 35¼st

1 Homecraft Atlantic Bariatric Commode Shower Chairs

The bariatric versions have the added feature of a front cut-out on the aperture seat to enable easier personal cleansing.091438951 510mm (20˝) Without footrests 081533660 510mm (20˝) With footrests 091439066 560mm (22˝) Without footrests 091167501 560mm (22˝) With footrests

Maximum user weight

351/4 st

225 kg


1

SWING BACK, DETACHABLE ARMRESTS

091439918 091081280 091184217

EASY TO CLEAN

BARIATRIC 20˝ WITH FOOTREST BARIATRIC 22˝ WITHOUT FOOTREST BARIATRIC 22˝ WITH FOOTREST


Toileting


525

Commode Chairs

1 Deluxe Commode ChairsA high quality chair that looks stylish and unobtrusive in any room. The high seat and side arms provide support when the user is getting on or off the seat. The concealed commode pan has a handle and lid, enabling it to be removed easily and securely for emptying and cleaning. Available in three fabrics, with sapphire being a wipe clean polyester fabric. Seat height 480mm (19˝). Seat depth 450mm (17 1/2˝). Seat width 430mm (17 1/5˝) tapering to 380mm (15˝) at the back. Weight 9.4kg.091081181 Floral 091081207 Navy 091215227 Rich Brown

Maximum user weight

30 st

190 kg

2 Derby Basketweave Commode ChairA traditional wooden frame commode chair with woven fibre upholstery in white and beige. The removable seat conceals a plastic commode pan and lid with carrying handle. The high chair sides provide support to the user when rising or lowering. Width between arms (at top) 530mm (20 3/4˝). Seat height 470mm (18 1/2˝). Seat width 440mm (17 1/4˝). Depth 440mm (17 1/4˝). Backrest height 775mm (30 1/2˝). Arm Height 600mm (23 1/2˝). Weight 7.2kg.091081066

Maximum user weight

25 st

160 kg

FLORAL

RICH BROWNNAVY

1

11

2BEST SELLER


Toile

ting


Commode Chairs

3 Royale Commode ChairsThis attractive polished hardwood armchair not only looks stylish, but converts to a commode in seconds. A washable vinyl seat cushion hides the hygienic, sealed plastic tray with integral potty. The inner tray may be removed for cleaning. The commode pan is supplied with a lid, which seals in the contents when the handle is lifted, thus allowing easy removal and transportation. Seat size 430×420mm (17×16 1/2˝). Back height 870mm (34 1/4˝). Height to top of arm rest 670mm (26 1/3˝).Seat height 480mm (19˝). Footprint 530×590mm (21×23˝). Weight 16.3kg.091081140 Dusky Pink 091081231 Blue 091081249 Green 091081264 Rich Brown

Maximum user weight

25 st

160 kg

2 Extra-Wide Royale Commode ChairSimilar to the standard Royale commode chair, but with a seat width of 530mm (21˝) for the larger user. All other specifications as above.091318260

Maximum user weight

25 st

160 kg

1 Homecraft Bedroom CommodeThis attractively designed woven commode chair integrates subtly into virtually any home décor. The wipe clean weave is flexible and forgiving, giving ample support and comfort for the user. A vinyl covered foam seat pad is supplied, providing a comfortable chair when not in use as a commode. The moulded plastic seat is ergonomically shaped for comfort and also accommodates the easily removable pan, which is supplied with a lid and folding handle for ease of use. Seat height 462mm (181/4˝). Seat width 437mm (171/4˝). Seat depth 437mm (171/4˝). Width at top 519mm (201/2˝). Total height 769mm (301/4˝). Base width 562mm (22˝). Weight 7kg.091156645

Maximum user weight

25 st

160 kg

1

3

2


Toileting


527

Bariatric Commodes

1 Extra Wide Commodes• Offers reinforced framework in heavier gauge steel to cater for

users of up to 318kg / 50st on all products• Modesty cover and back made from soft feel comfort

Polyurethane• Transit wheels on 2 of the legs to enable tipping of the frame

and easy moving• Non-slip, non-marking rubber feet• 091080647 option comes with: Fixed height, fixed arms

and fixed back• 091080662 option comes with: Adjustable height,

Detachable arms and adjustable/detachable back• All chairs are stackableWidth between arms 700mm (27½˝), Seat width 680mm (26¾˝), Seat depth 460mm (18˝), Seat to top of arm 170mm (6¾˝), Seat to top of back 375mm (14¾˝). Seat Height091080647 A 450mm (17 3/4˝) 091080662 B 450 to 600mm (17 3/4 to 23½˝)

Maximum user weight

50 st

318 kg

1

2

2 Heavy Duty CommodeThis extremely robust heavy duty stationary commode chair comes complete with anti bacterial backrest and over seat. Features a clip on, clip off rotational moulded aperture seat and oval potty.Technical SpecificationSeat Height 460 to 610mm (18 to 24˝)Seat depth 430mm (17˝)Seat to top of arms 180m (7˝)Seat to top of back 420mm (16½˝)Width between arms 605mm (23¾˝)Orifice width 250mm (9¾˝)Orifice depth 280mm (11˝)Overall width 620mm (24½˝)Overall depth 540mm (21¼˝)091437821

Maximum user weight

44 st

280 kg


3 Homecraft Sherwood Bariatric CommodeThe Sherwood Bariatric Commode offers the user comfort, stability and independence for use anywhere within the home. This sturdy, metal framed commode has a thick padded backrest and seat, providing the user with additional comfort whilst seated for long periods. A padded seat cover is also supplied. The armrests are simple to remove, allowing the user to side transfer from the bed, wheelchair or even an armchair. Supplied with a large square bowl, which can be easily removed from the front or rear of the commode. Seat height 480 to 635mm (19 to 25˝). Seat width 660mm (26˝). Seat depth 500m (20˝). Height of armrest 220mm (8¾˝). Size of aperture 280×230mm (11×9˝). Footprint 670×590mm (26 1/2×23 1/4).091422963

Maximum user weight

40 st

254 kg

3

A

B

NEWIMPROVEDVERSIONS


Toile

ting


Bariatric Commodes

1

2

2

2

2

2

1 Extra Wide Bedside CommodeIt is often a problem for bariatric users to be seated comfortably. The Bedside Commode has been designed with a number of features that help provide a comfortable seat. Available in two seat widths, 610mm (24˝) and 710mm (28˝). Backrest can be adjusted +/- 60mm (2¼˝) and has curved tubing to ensure comfort for any body shape. Height adjustable from 420 to 550mm (16½ to 21½˝). Having the right height for the user ensures success in getting in and out of the chair. Butterfly armrests mean the body doesn’t get squeezed getting in to and out of the chair and provide a good grip for sitting and getting up. Easy to clean with the ‘no tools required’ removable seat pad. High-tech, lightweight tubing to provide the highest strength at the lowest weight. Commode includes a pan as standard. Seat depth 400 to 520mm (15¾ to 20½˝). Seat height 440 to 590mm (17¼ to 23¼˝). Overall width 730mm (28¾˝) and 830mm (32½˝). Distance from floor to seat underside 330-480mm (13-19˝). Distance from floor to bucket underside 210-360mm (8¼-14 1/5˝). Seat Width Weight091202670 610mm (24˝) 14kg 091202688 710mm (28˝) 15kg

Maximum user weight

51 st

325 kg

2 Bariatric Mobile CommodeModern and attractive, this commode is robust and wide enough to suit a bariatric user with comfort and ease. The design enables the chair to be used as a commode, shower chair or over the toilet. The seat and back are manufactured from polyurethane for a soft feel and easy to clean solution. The shape of the reinforced back frame allows the chair to fit flush over the toilet cistern. The height adjustable pram handles ensure that the carer is pushing the patient at the correct position. The armrests can be swung away or removed for side transfers. The footplates clip-on and swing away but are not height adjustable. The oval pan with handle can be inserted to the front or rear of the frame, which allows the frame to be positioned against a wall and still remain in use. All four, 125mm (5˝) swivel castors are lockable. Weight 31kg.Technical Specification:• Seat height 585mm (23˝) • Back height 390mm (15 1/2˝)• Seat width 640mm (25 1/4˝)• Width between armrests 550mm (21 3/4˝)• Seat depth 470mm (18 1/2˝)• Seat clearance 465mm (18 1/4˝)• Orifice width 270mm (10¾˝)• Orifice depth 410mm 16¼˝)• Overall depth including foot plates 980mm (38½˝)• Overall height 1075mm (42 1/3˝)091309996

Maximum user weight

40 st

254 kg



Toileting


529

Bariatric Commodes

DELIVERYDelivery is approximately 3 to 4 weeks. These items are shipped direct. Oversize items will be subject to additional carriage charges. See page 790 to 792 for details.

1 Bariatric Attendant Wheeled Shower Commode ChairThis stainless steel commode can be used as a shower chair, a commode or over the toilet. The chair is extra wide, strongly built and the design takes into account the physical dimensions and levels of comfort required by larger individuals. Available in two widths, 610mm (24˝) and 710mm (28˝) with the added option of ‘Butterfly’ armrests (available in 610mm version only) that add an extra 100mm (4˝) to the seating width, which means the body doesn’t get squeezed getting in and out of the chair. A solid one-piece handle bar ensures that the carer can maintain a good grip and the chair is equipped with industrial vinyl castors for easy manoeuvrability. The extra long, angled armrests are removable to allow easy access for washing or transferring.The chair has a comfortable padded, split seat that is both waterproof and anti-bacterial. The space between the padded backrest and the seat is 320mm (12 1/2˝), this provides the carer with room to manoeuvre the patient into the correct position. The PU foam footrests are width adjustable, spreading up to a total of 1100mm (43 1/4˝), enabling those with larger inner thighs to sit comfortably. Seat depth 560mm (22˝). Seat height 550mm (21 3/4˝). Floor to handle bar 990mm (39˝). Seat to footrest 400 to 480mm (15 3/4 to 19˝). Footrest width adjustment 580 to 1100mm (22 3/4 to 43 1/4˝). Backrest size 320×520mm (12 1/2×20 1/2˝). Under seat clearance 445mm (17 1/2˝). Wheel diameter 125mm (5˝).Standard Armrests Seat width Overall width091180314 610mm (24˝) 670mm (26 1/4˝) 091202704 710mm (28˝) 770mm (30 1/4˝) Butterfly Armrests Seat width Overall width091202696 610mm (24˝) 670mm (26 1/4˝)

Maximum user weight

51 st

325 kg

3-4wks

1

STANDARD ARMRESTS

BUTTERFLY ARMRESTS WITH FOOTRESTS SPREAD

1

1


Toile

ting


Personal Care

1 Homecraft Folding Bottom WiperA folding bottom wiper with a moulded plastic head that has recessed serrations to grip the paper. Folds into three for easier storage. Designed to be used from the front. Length 265mm (10 1/2˝), folds down to 120mm (4 3/4˝) long. Weight 80g.081305622

2 Homecraft Bottom WiperDesigned by the Bath Institute for Medical Engineering, this bottom wiper has a moulded plastic head with recessed serrations to grip the paper. Mounted on a long, lightweight curved handle that assists in reaching areas where wiping is difficult. The paper is easily removed after use. Length 265mm (10 1/2˝). Weight 70g.081305614

3 Bottom BuddyThe answer to personal hygiene when reaching is difficult. A soft, flexible head grips any tissue or pre-moistened wipe securely and releases the paper with the push of a button on the easy-to-use handle. This unique, patented design is comfortable, effective and simple. Length 260mm (10 1/4˝). Weight 160g.081109958

4 SelfWipe® Toilet AidFor those with difficulties cleaning themselves after toileting. The unique finger-shaped tip allows pressure to be applied in precise locations, and the SelfWipe® features an easy to-use release button, which releases used tissue into the toilet. Includes a roller handle for toilet tissue for complete one-handed use. The SelfWipe® toilet aid is autoclaveable. Handle length 250mm (10˝). Clamp length 125mm (5˝). Weight 200g.091022045

5 Buckingham EasywipeThe Buckingham Easywipe has been specially designed by Occupational Therapist Chris Clarke. This totally new and innovative design overcomes the drawbacks of existing devices and ensures personal hygiene for those who find reaching difficult. The Easywipe has a research-led ergonomic shape, helping those with limited dexterity. The rounded soft and smooth design has a simple, uncomplicated mechanism, which grips the toilet tissue firmly and releases it cleanly without the need to touch the tissue after wiping. Suitable for use with either toilet tissue or wet wipes. The smooth design is easy to use and keep clean. Supplied with a carry case. Latex Free. Length 375mm (14 3/4˝). Weight 116g.081116607

6 Buckingham Compact EasywipeFollowing the success of the Easywipe, Buckingham Healthcare have developed a compact Easywipe that folds easily into a discreet travel case. The compact Easywipe features the same benefits for personal cleansing as the standard Easywipe. Folded away in a travel case, the device can be discreetly hidden away in a handbag or pocket. Length 375mm (14 3/4˝).081540376

1 1

2

3

4

5

6


Toileting


531

Toileting Accessories

1 Homecraft Portable BidetA strong plastic bowl that has a soap dish at the front and fits inside most toilet bowls to create a bidet. Autoclavable to 135°C. Width 335mm (13 1/4˝). Length 352mm (13 3/4˝). Depth 120mm (4 3/4˝). Aperture size 240×280mm (9 1/2×11˝). Weight 325g.091081579

2 Homecraft Savanah® Splash SentrySimple to fit, the Savanah® Splash Sentry clips to a toilet bowl, a raised toilet seat or a toilet frame with a peg-like action. Prevents embarrassing and unhygienic accidents that can happen, for example, when gentlemen sit down to use the toilet. From a seated position the guard deflects urine down into the toilet. Simple to remove for cleaning and for getting on and off the toilet.081441377

3 P-Guard – Toilet Anti-Splash GuardPrevents splashes and accidents that sometimes happen when gentlemen need to sit down to use the toilet. Fits in seconds and can be taken off when not needed. The cup slides easily on and off the bracket, making it easy to clean. Can be used with a standard toilet, raised toilet seat or commode. 125×50×175mm.081124015

5 Family Toilet SeatA durable white toilet seat made from tough polypropylene plastic. It combines a standard adult toilet seat with a fold down child size toilet seat to reduce the toilet seat size and provide secure seating for the child. It is designed to help to train children to use the toilet and is very easy to use. Fits easily onto most standard toilets, replacing the existing seat. Hygienic and easy to clean. Aperture size of child seat is 170×215mm (6 1/2×8 1/2˝).091156256

Maximum user weight

22 st

140 kg

6 Padded Toilet Seat ReducerThis contoured seat has a lifted back which reduces the chance of the user sliding. A recessed slot allows the splash guard (89mm) to smoothly slide on and off the seat. The padded seat is vinyl covered and fits standard and elongated seats. Inner bowl 170×190mm (6 1/2×7 1/2˝) diameter. Overall 370×390mm (14 1/2×15 1/2˝).081046556

1 2

3

5

4

5

6

NEW


4 Our Popular Flexible Splash GuardSoft and flexible for comfort and safety. Installs quickly and easily onto standard toilet seats. Cleans easily in soapy water or autoclave. Height 140mm (5½˝). Width 150mm (6˝). Deflector is 110mm (4½˝) and has a 19mm (¾˝) dip, to close gap between seat and bowl. Weight 200g.081169556

Toile

ting


Toileting Accessories

1 Commode RingThis ring shaped cushion can be used on most commodes or toilet seats to provide comfort. It is covered in a pale blue waterproofed cotton and has a soft, flame retardant filling. External diameter 406mm (16˝). Internal diameter 270mm (10 1/2˝). Weight 425g.091081355

2 ‘U’ Shaped Commode CushionManufactured with a permeable wipe clean cover and filled with fibre, this commode cushion is extremely comfortable and can fit the majority of commodes. The cushion is held in place on the commode with hook and loop ties. Size 450×450×50mm (17 3/4×17 3/4×2˝). Weight 400g.091161405

3 Commode CushionClinically proven commode cushion that provides better pressure relief and distribution than visco-elastic and some leading air cushions. Washable at 40°C, the cushion can be used on its own or with an optional autoclavable cover as illustrated. Size 500×500×100mm (20×20×4˝). Weight 600g.091081330 Cushion (White) 091081348 Cover Only (Turquoise)

Maximum user weight

14 st

90 kg

1

2

3

SHOWN WITH COVER


Toileting


533


2 Sterizar Hard Surface CleanerSterizar is an antibacterial alcohol free hard surface cleaner. With advanced barrier technology, any surface treated with Sterizar will remain contamination free from any bacteria type for a minimum of 30 days. Tested food safe and tested to kill MRSA, C-Diff, E-Coli, Salmonella, Legionnaires plus 99.99% of other bacteria. Halal approved.091321405 A 750ml Fragrance Free 091321413 B 750ml Lemon Scented 091321421 C 5 ltr Fragrance Free 091321439 D 5 ltr Lemon Scented

3 VernagelThis super absorbent powder prevents spillages, minimises residual odours and reduces the risk of cross-infection. It is designed to soak up bodily fluids, such as blood, vomit or urine, and can be used in a urine bottle before use or straight onto a floor spillage. Available as 475g loose powder or in convenient sachets.Vernagel can easily be disposed of in a macerator.• Eases nurse workload and saves laundry costs• Reduces risk of cross infection• Minimises or eliminates residual odours091144922 475g Loose Powder 091165513 100 × 6g Sachets

1 Handsafe Powdered Vinyl GlovesComfortable, cost-effective and suitable for various applications. Box of 100. Natural. Latex free.091257195 Medium

D

A B

C

2

1

3

LATEX FREE

Toile

ting


Bed Pans

2 Homecraft General Purpose Bed PanGeneral purpose bed pan made from polypropylene. This can be used on the Atlantic commode and shower chairs in conjunction with the perfection pan rack. It can be cleaned by steam, hot water or chemicals. The capacity of the bed pan is 1 litre. Width 300mm (11 3/4˝). Length 380mm (15˝). Depth 100 (4˝). Weight 1.1kg.091081876

3 Fracture PanHigh quality fracture pan available with or without lid. The low profile, side and end handles make it easy and comfortable to use. Made from polypropylene. Is autoclavable to 137°C. Width 310mm (12 1/4˝). Length 450mm (17 3/4˝). Depth 100mm (4˝). Weight091081959 White without Lid 400g 091081975 White with Lid 600g 091081967 Green with Lid 600g

Maximum user weight

29½ st

250 kg

1 Selina Slipper PanThis high quality slipper bed pan is manufactured from polypropylene, making it light to handle and comes in an attractive green colour and is supplied complete with lid. Is autoclavable to 137°C. Width 245mm (9 1/2˝). Length 335mm (13 1/4˝). Height 50mm (2˝) rising to 80mm (3 1/4˝). Weight 325g.091082007

4 Economy Bed PanThis general purpose bed pan is made from white plastic and has a handle and moulded indents for easy transportation. It is easy to clean using steam, water or chemicals. Length 390mm (15 1/4˝). Depth 45mm (1 3/4˝). Width 265mm (10½˝). Weight 405g.091081827

Maximum user weight

231/2 st

150 kg

5 Economy Slipper PanDesigned for immobile patients when in bed. The low profile side and end handles make it easy and comfortable to use. Provided with a lid to prevent spillage. Can also be used as a female urinal. 1 litre capacity. Length 390mm (15¼˝). Width 265mm (10½˝). Depth 45mm (1¾˝). Weight 405g.091325695

6 Hospital Bed Pan with LidMade from polypropylene, this 2.5 litre bed pan is suitable for both male and female use. Can be cleaned in automatic washer disinfectors or hand washed. Guaranteed for a minimum of 1000 wash cycles. Is autoclavable to 135°C. Suitable for bariatric use. Dimensions 335×308×108mm (13×12×4¼˝).091558741

Maximum user weight

39½ st

250 kg

6 7

21

3 3

4 5

BESTSELLER

1 LITRE CAPACITY 1 LITRE CAPACITY

1.5 LITRE CAPACITY 1.5 LITRE CAPACITY

1.5 LITRE CAPACITY 1 LITRE CAPACITY

1 LITRE CAPACITY2.5 LITRE CAPACITY

7 Comfortable Bed PanFully autoclavable and holds up to 1 litre of liquid waste. Length 381mm (15˝) Width 362mm (14 1/4˝) Height at the highest point 75mm (3˝) Weight 400g.081534304

Maximum user weight

23¼ st

148 kg

NEW

Toileting


535

Toileting


535

Urinals

1 Uriwell Unisex UrinalThe unique design of the Uriwell allows the device to be used by both men and women. The hermetically sealed lid minimises odours and spilling. The size of a can, the Uriwell expands when necessary with a capacity of 750ml and collapsible to fit neatly into a handbag, bag or glove compartment. Easy to use, the Uriwell bends easily in any direction so that it can be used in any position - standing, lying or sitting with no spilling. Ideal for wheelchair users, those with incontinence and travelling. Compact size: 150×70mm (6×2 3/4˝). Extended size 350×70mm (13 3/4×2 3/4˝).091208883

5 Urinal HolderA coated wire holder to keep urinals close to hand, making them quick and easy to use when needed. Suitable for 091082064.091082056

4 Homecraft Male Urinal BottleThis lightweight, strong and durable urinal is simple to use and has a snap-on cap to prevent spillages. Easy grip handle. A low spill adaptor is also available. Capacity 1 litre. Also available as a combined set. Weight091082064 Male Urinal 130g 091081777 Adaptor 109g 091558733 Male Urinal & Adaptor (Set) 239g

2 Economy Male UrinalMoulded from clear plastic, this urinal has a snap on lid and handle. The long neck ensures this urinal is easy to use. Capacity 1 litre. Weight 105g.081610872

3 Economy Female UrinalThis female urinal has a handle for ease of use. Anatomically designed to enable use when sitting, standing or lying. Capacity 800ml, with graduations for output. Weight 110g.091082049

1 1

2

3

45

NEWDESIGN

NEWDESIGN

BESTSELLER


Toile

ting


Toile

ting

536

Urinals

1 Homecraft Cygnet Female UrinalA clear polyethylene moulded bottle with integral handle, anatomically shaped at the opening. Calibrated for output recording. Weight 160g. Capacity 1 litre.091081736 Retail Packed 091081728 Non Retail

1

2 Male UrinalWith the extended neck, this urinal has been designed for convenience and ease of use whilst in bed. Easy to clean, this urinal can be sterilised by boiling or steaming. Non-slip, clip on top reduces the risk of spillage. Capacity 1 litre.091325646 2

3 Spillproof UrinalThis urinal is designed to ensure no leakage. No matter what position it is placed in, the contents will not escape. The anti-reflux design means that no cover is required, ensuring the urinal is always ready to use. It can even be left in the bed, making it instantly available to the user. Emptied easily at the back using a choice of two caps supplied, standard twist cap, or a childproof cap preventing any unintended opening. The neck is angled, making it easy to use and the removable handle allows easy cleaning and emptying. Capacity 1 litre, which should not be exceeded. Graduated to allow easy measuring of contents. May be autoclaved up to 130°C. Weight091081793 Male Urinal 210g 091081819 Female Urinal 235g

MALE URINAL

FEMALE URINAL

3

3 4 Slipper UrinalA white plastic urinal with rubber end cap for emptying. Suitable for bed or wheelchair use. Weight 230g. Capacity 1 litre. Pan is manufactured form polyethylene. Bung cap is manufactured from co-polymer. Non latex.091081785

4

537

Seating & Bedroom Equipment

Rising Seats & Aids 538 - 539High Seat Chairs 540

Bed & Chair Tables 541 - 544Bed & Chair Raisers 545 - 547

Bed Grab Rails 548 - 551Bed Assists 552 - 556

Cot Sides & Bed Rails 557 - 558


Sea

ting

& B

edro

om E

qui

pm

ent

538

Rising Seats & Aids

2

3

4

1 1 Uplift Premium Power SeatThe Uplift Premium Power Seat is the portable electric lifting seat that provides 100% lift for those up to 136 kg. For use on most armchairs or sofas, it features uses patented LeveLiftTM Technology to gently raise and lower the user.• Multi-density cushion with memory foam core helps prevent

pressure sores• Zippered, black waterproof cover with comfort mesh for

improved airflow, machine washable• Flexible handle control with large, easy-to-use toggle switch• Two ergonomic carry handlesSeat depth 497mm (19 ¼˝), Seat width 450mm (17˝), Height of seat 75mm (3˝), Maximum height of seat 355mm (14˝), Weight 6kg Cable length 1.2m091088772 UK plug

Maximum user weight

211/4 st

136 kg

2 Uplift Seat AssistPortable, lightweight, lifting cushion that transforms any chair into an automatic lifting chair. Self-powered and easy to adjust, it provides a stable, gentle lift that supports up to 70% of a user’s weight. It has a built in carry handle. The memory foam cushion conforms to the shape of the user’s body providing a superior level of comfort. Supplied with a black, waterproof cover that can be wiped clean with a cloth or removed and machine washed. Available in two user weight ranges. Seat width 430mm (17˝). Seat depth 480mm (19˝). Base width 380mm (15˝). Base depth 410mm (16˝). Seat height closed 50mm (2˝). Seat height open 260mm (10˝). Weight 3.6kg. User Weight Range091088699 35-105kg (5 1/2-16 1/2st) 091088707 90-160kg (14-25st)

3 UpEasy Lifting CushionSimilar to the Uplift Seat Assist but with a polyurethane foam cushion and a navy, washable cover. Dimensions are the same as the Uplift Seat Assist. User Weight Range091088673 43-100kg (6 3/4-15 3/4st) 091088681 90-154kg (14-24 1/4st)

4 Portable Raised SeatThis seat is helpful when transferring to and from a sitting position. The lightweight polyurethane/polystyrene foam cushion has a carry strap, making it easy to lift and carry. Comes with removable and washable cotton cover. Measures 375×375mm (14 3/4×14 3/4˝).Latex free. Seat Height081174903 100mm (4˝)

Maximum user weight

173/4 st

113 kg

539

Seating

& B

edroom

Eq

uipm

ent


539

Rising Seats & Aids

1

22

3

3 Bariatric Patient/Dinner ChairThis chair has been designed to be individually adjusted to provide comfortable seating. The backrest can be adjusted +/- 60mm (+/- 2½˝) and the tubing is bent to provide maximum comfort. The chair is height adjustable from 420 to 550mm (16½ to 21¾˝). The armrests are constructed so that they go beyond the seat. This makes it easier to get a good grip when sitting down and getting up. They also bend outwards for a better grip so that the user’s body does not get squeezed getting in to and out of the chair. Made from high-tech lightweight tubing to ensure the highest strength at the lowest weight. Seat width 710mm (28˝). Seat depth 400 to 520mm (15¾ to 20½˝). Overall width 830mm (32¾˝). Weight 7.7kg.091202779

Maximum user weight

51 st

325 kg

1 CouchCane™ with Assist-A-TrayWith an ergonomic safety handle, this chair aid makes standing and sitting easy and safe. The swivel tray has multiple uses and incorporates a cup holder and utensil compartment. The frame is adjustable in length and height to fit either side of the couch or chair. On the base of the frame there are super grip rubber pads to ensure stability and protect the floor from damage. Height of tray 650 to 800mm (25 1/2 to 31 1/2˝). Height adjustment 850 to 1000mm (33 1/2 to 39 1/4˝). Dimensions of handle 150×150mm (6×6˝). Diameter of handle 31mm (1 1/4˝). Base length adjustment 500 to 900mm (20 to 35 1/2˝). Tray dimensions 400×450mm (15 3/4˝×17 3/4˝). Weight limit of tray 13kg. Weight 8.9kg.081503903

Maximum user weight

173/4 st

114 kg

2 CouchCane™This solid steel, 1m long base with anti-slip pads which is placed under furniture, provides stability and prevents furniture from sliding. The long handled cane is height adjustable and interchangeable for left or right side positioning. The cushioned handle provides extra assistance needed to rise from the settee, chair or recliner. Can be height adjusted from 725 to 800mm (28 1/2 to 31 1/2˝).081530690

Maximum user weight

181/2 st

118 kg



Sea

ting

& B

edro

om E

qui

pm

ent

540

High Seat Chairs

1

2

3

1 Adjustable Metal Framed ChairThese chairs are adjustable in height, making them suitable for a number of users. The frame is made from steel tubing giving both strength and durability. The seat, back and arm pads are padded for comfort and are covered in easy to clean vinyl. Large rubber feet help to maintain the chair’s stability and prevent slipping on hard or soft surfaces. Seat width 480mm (18˝). Seat depth 440mm (17½˝). Width between arms 495mm (19½˝). Overall height 1050mm (41½˝). Seat height 440 to 520mm (17 1/2×20 1/2˝). Weight 11.4kg.091086842 Brown

Maximum user weight

25 st

160 kg

2 Adjustable Metal Framed Chair with WingsSimilar to the 091086842 above, but with side wings for extra comfort and support. Specifications as 091086842. Weight 12kg.091086826 Brown

Maximum user weight

25 st

160 kg

3 Extra Wide Adjustable Metal Framed ChairAn extra wide seat and reinforced frame for the larger user. Transfer wheels for easier movement. Arms are made from polyurethane. Seat width 610mm (24˝). Seat depth 430mm (17˝). Width between arms 590mm (23¼˝). Seat height 460 to 565mm (18 to 22¼˝). Weight 18kg.091086883

Maximum user weight

40 st

254 kg

NEWIMPROVED


541

Seating

& B

edroom

Eq

uipm

ent


541

Bed & Chair Tables

1 Easi-Riser Table with Standard BaseThis functional, heavy-duty table is ideal for the healthcare environment, especially for hospitals, nursing and residential care home use. The sturdy, light oak laminated tabletop has a raised upstand to prevent items from rolling or falling off. Height adjustable using the easy to use handle, allowing the table to be adjusted to the required height. Anti-trapping safety feature allows the table to rise automatically as it comes in contact with the user. Supplied with four swivel castors for ease of manoeuvrability. Height adjustable between 720 to 1100mm (29 to 44˝). Width 930mm (37˝). Depth 400mm (16˝). Weight 25kg. Maximum total load 30kg.091089986

2 Easi-Riser Table with Curved BaseA similar version to the standard base table, but with a curved base to allow the table to be positioned around an armchair or wheelchair. Height adjustable between 720 to 1100mm (29 to 44˝). Width 930mm (37˝). Depth 400mm (16˝). Weight 25kg. Maximum total load 30kg.091089994

3 Easi-Riser Table with Tilting Top and Curved Base

This version of the Easi-Riser has a tilting tabletop and curved base, offering greater benefits to the user. The unique curved base allows the table to be positioned around an armchair or wheelchair. Size of small section 180×400mm (7 1/5×16˝). Size of larger tilting section 700×400mm (28×16˝). Weight 25kg. Maximum total load 30kg.091090018

DELIVERYItems 1 to 3 are shipped direct. Please contact Customer Services for more information.

1

2

3


Sea

ting

& B

edro

om E

qui

pm

ent

542

2 Kidney Over Chair TableBased on the concept of the curved office desk, this over chair table is designed to provide maximum armchair comfort. The “kidney” shaped table top provides the user with a comfortable resting position whilst having a large usable work surface. The ergonomically designed height adjustment levers are easy to use, ideal for arthritic hands. This table is the ultimate in both comfort and visual appeal with the beech effect top having a cream retaining edge to match the hard wearing nylon powder coated frame. Fitted with four locking castors for added security and stability. Supplied flat packed. Height adjustable 650 to 800mm (25 1/2 to 31 1/2˝). Internal width 690mm (27 1/4˝). Table top width 1040mm (41˝). Depth 590mm (23 1/4˝). Table top depth 350mm (14˝). Maximum load 25kg.091171321

1 Days Over Armchair TableThis armchair table has a modern, curved laminated teak table top that is easily adjusted in height and angle, enabling the user to read, etc. For additional comfort, it comes with a stylish side table to accommodate refreshments, which can be fitted to either the left or right hand side of the table. Maximum load 10kg. Table top 1090×410mm (43×16˝). Side table top 200×200mm (8×8˝). Overall width 1310mm (51 1/2˝). Height adjustable 750 to 915mm (29 1/2 to 36˝). Internal width 906mm (35 1/2˝).081610971

3 Fully Adjustable Bed and Chair TableAttractive, laminated top table that can be fully adjusted to use over a bed or a chair. The table is adjustable in height, width and angle to fit a wide range of users and furniture. Comes with a reversible side table for right or left hand use. Fitted with four locking castors, adding stability and reassurance. An added feature to this table is the safety locking mechanism that avoids over extension. Overall table width 720 to 1220mm (28 1/4 to 48˝). Height adjustable from 700 to 910mm (27 1/2 to 35 3/4˝). Table depth 490mm (19 1/4˝). Table width 900mm (35 1/2˝). Weight 12.5kg. Maximum load 15kg.091162981

11

2

3

BEST SELLER

Bed & Chair Tables

NEWIMPROVED


Seating

& B

edroom

Eq

uipm

ent


543

Bed & Chair Tables

1 Days Overbed Table without CastorsThe overbed table has a laminated teak top and two independent points for adjusting the height, which allows the top to be angled. Rails on the sides of the table top prevent items from slipping off. No castors allow the table to be used with a bed or chair with a low clearance. Maximum load 10kg. Height adjustment 610 to 910mm (24 to 36˝). Table top size 610×400mm (24×15 3/4˝).081611037 A Fixed Version 091558253 B Flat Pack Version

6 Adjustable Bed and Chair TableThis table can be adjusted in height from 620mm (25˝) to 940mm (37 1/2˝) to accommodate different heights and patient positions. Four plastic feet are mounted on the base, ideal for use with low base beds and chairs. The attractive light oak laminate top has raised upstands to help retain items when the top is tilted between 0 to 70°. Supplied flat packed. Table height 620 to 940mm (25 to 37 1/2˝). Width 620mm (25˝). Depth 400mm (16˝).091090059

2 Days Overbed Table with CastorsThe overbed table has a laminated teak top and two independent points for adjusting the height which allow the top to be angled. Rails on the sides of the table top prevent items from slipping off. The four castors allow the table to easy glide to and from the bed or chair, ideal for those with limited strength and mobility. Maximum load 10kg. Height adjustment 610 to 910mm (24 to 36˝). Table size 610×400mm (24×15 3/4˝). Castors 50mm (2˝).091325745 A Fixed Version 091558261 B Flat Packed Version

1

2

4 4

6

BEST SELLER

3 Days Overbed Table with Plastic TopFor ease of cleaning, this overbed table has a lightweight plastic top. The height can be adjusted with the ratchet handle. With four castors, the table can be easily moved around the room. Ridge around table edges help to prevent items slipping off. Height adjustment 750 to 1060mm (29 1/2 to 41 3/4˝). Table top 705×375mm (27¾×14¾˝). Clearance required 92.5mm (3 1/2˝). Width between bars at base. 560mm (22˝). Width of base bar 340mm (13 1/3˝). Maximum load 10kg.081611045

5 Dual Action Over TableWith a large tilting section and a small fixed section for items that need to be kept level, this table is useful in a number of situations. The wood effect, laminated tabletop has an edging strip at the front and the back of the tilting section to prevent items falling off. The small fixed section measures 203×381mm (8×15˝) and the larger tilting section is 610×381mm (24×15˝). Easily height adjustable with a single clamp between 711 and 1118mm (28 and 44˝). Weight 9.3kg.091090091

3

5

AB

A

B

4 Days Overbed TableManufactured from chrome plated and powder coated steel tubing, featuring an easy to clean laminated teak top. The top has raised edges and open corners to prevent items slipping off. Fitted with four castors for easy manoeuvring. Height adjustable from 530 to 820mm (21 1/4 to 32 3/4˝). Table top size 540×400mm (21 1/4×15 3/4˝). Maximum load 10kg.091439157


Sea

ting

& B

edro

om E

qui

pm

ent


Bed & Chair Raisers

1

2 Langham Multi-Purpose RaiserUnique in design and versatility, this modular raiser has been carefully developed using feedback received from Occupational Therapists. Designed to raise chairs, settees and beds equally well. Discreet when used under furniture, but has maximum support giving security and reassurance. Each support pivots on the link bars to ensure a snug fit to the side of the furniture either at the corner or as a central support along the side of the bed supported. The whole unit is height adjustable with simple to use clip on sections, each 20mm (3/4˝), giving a wide range of heights. Height without adjusters is 80mm (3 1/4˝). Supplied as individual sections to ensure you have the parts you need to customise the raiser for the job required. For example, to raise an armchair by 115mm (4 3/4˝), you would require two raiser packs, one pack of spreader bars and one pack of height adjusters, leaving you with five spreader bars and four height adjusters for the next chair or bed. See below reference charts for further assistance.091089127 A Multi-Purpose Raiser - Pack of 2 Linked 091089135 B Spreader Bar - Pack of 6 091089143 C Height Adjusters - Pack of 12

Maximum load weight

78 st

500 kg

Armchair with four castors

Quantities

Raise Required MPR Unit Spreader Link Bar Clip-on Height Section

75mm (3˝) 2 1 095mm (3 3/4˝) 2 1 4115mm (4 1/2˝) 2 1 8135mm (5 1/4˝) 2 1 12155mm (6˝) 2 1 16

Large sofa with six castors

Quantities


75mm (3˝) 3 0 095mm (3 3/4˝) 3 0 6115mm (4 1/2˝) 3 0 12135mm (5 1/4˝) 3 0 18155mm (6˝) 3 0 24

Single bed with four castors

Quantities


75mm (3˝) 2 0 095mm (3 3/4˝) 2 0 4115mm (4 1/2˝) 2 0 8135mm (5 1/4˝) 2 0 12155mm (6˝) 2 0 16

Double bed with six castorsQuantities

Raise Required MPR Unit Spreader Link Bar

Clip-on Height Section

75mm (3˝) 3 3 095mm (3 3/4˝) 3 3 6115mm (4 1/2˝) 3 3 12135mm (5 1/4˝) 3 3 18155mm (6˝) 3 3 24CENTRAL SUPPORT

155mm

105mm

2

2

22

1 Medeci Furniture RaisersThese unique secured raisers enable a variety of furniture to be raised at the heights required for the user. The raisers are easily fitted to a wide range of beds and chairs. Armchairs and beds with castors can be raised from 100mm (4˝) to 178mm (7˝). Chairs and beds with wooden legs can be raised from 50mm (2˝) to 127mm (5˝). The raisers are suitable for uneven floors and are unobtrusive, reducing the risk of tripping. Each set is supplied with four castor replacement bobbins so that when fitting to an armchair or divan bed the castors can be replaced with the adaptors for an even more secure fit. Internal diameter 70mm (2 3/4˝).091186972

Maximum load weight

78 st

500 kg

A B

C

Seating

& B

edroom

Eq

uipm

ent


545

3 Homecraft Linked Bed RaisersThis metal framed bed raiser is width and height adjustable, providing the user with a more comfortable position whilst getting in and out of bed. The width adjustment allows the raisers to be used on a single, double, queen or king-size bed. To keep the raiser at the required height, a grub screw is inserted into the tube using an Allen key, which is supplied. The telescopic frame is easily installed and adjusted using the black knob. The raiser is fixed to the side of the bed frame using screws for security. Supplied as a pair, one for each end of the bed. Castor size 50mm (2˝). Bed width 900 to 1540mm (35 1/2 to 60 1/2˝). Height091176262 Wheeled 97 - 347mm (3 3/4 -13 1/2˝)

Maximum load weight

50 st

318 kg

Bed & Chair Raisers

1 Langham Linked Chair RaiserA set of four moulded blocks, linked together by slotted wooden straps for added security. The system is clamped into position with two wing nuts and the height is adjusted by inserting the blocks supplied. Height raise 50 (2˝), 75mm (3˝) or 100mm (4˝). Maximum width of leg 70mm (2 3/4˝) diameter. Overall width adjustment 432×330mm (17×13˝). Maximum chair dimensions 785×685mm (31×27˝). Weight 2.5kg.091089051

Maximum load weight

78 st

500 kg

2 Langham Linked Bed RaiserSimilar to the 091089051, this has two sets of two moulded blocks linked together for use with a bed. The blocks have a broad base for stability and are adjustable in height, using the inserts supplied. Once adjusted, the units are secured with a wing nut. Height raise 63 to 113mm (2 1/2 to 4 1/2˝) in 25mm (1˝) increments. Maximum width of leg 70mm (2 3/4˝) diameter. Overall width adjustment 914 to 1460mm (36 to 57½˝). Weight 3.5kg.091089085

Maximum load weight

78 st

500 kg

1

2

3


Sea

ting

& B

edro

om E

qui

pm

ent


Bed & Chair Raisers

1 Homecraft Wooden Chair RaisersA hardwood cube in bamboo material with three 16mm (5/8˝) recesses of different diameters to suit different leg widths. Cube height 93mm (3 3/4˝). Height raise 75mm (3˝). Maximum diameter of leg 30, 50 or 75mm (1 1/4, 2 or 3˝). Weight 425g each. Supplied as a set of four.091088855

Maximum load weight

60 st

380 kg

2 Homecraft Stackable Cone RaisersLightweight but extremely strong moulded cones with a broad base and a recess for the chair or bed leg. They have anti-slip pads to hold castors still. Sold in sets of four. Height Weight091088822 Chair 90mm (3 1/2˝) 105g each 091088814 Chair 90mm (3 1/2˝) 105g each 091088830 Bed 140mm (5 1/2˝) 145g each

Maximum load weight

35 st

222 kg

3 Elephants FeetBy simply placing these feet under the chair or bed, the height will be increased by 90mm (3 1/2˝) or 140mm (5 1/2˝). This additional height will provide a more comfortable entrance or exit for the user. Extra wide top will support most types of furniture leg. Supplied as a set of 4. Internal width 90mm (3½˝). Height091439249 A 90mm (3 1/2˝) 091439272 B 140mm (5 1/2˝)

Maximum load weight

60 st

380 kg

4 Homecraft Wooden Bed RaisersA hardwood cube in bamboo material, with one recess in the top and an additional wooden base for greater stability. Designed specifically for beds. Cube height 178mm (7˝). Raise 130mm (5˝). Maximum leg diameter 75mm (3˝). Base 152mm (6˝) square. Weight 750g each. Supplied as set of four.091088863

Maximum load weight

60 st

380 kg

1

2

3 3

4

BEST SELLER

A B


Seating

& B

edroom

Eq

uipm

ent


547

Bed & Chair Raisers

2 Langham Grip-On RaisersCleverly designed raisers that can be adjusted in height and are suitable for either round or square legs. The rubber flanges within each raiser lock them in place around the chair leg, which enables the furniture to be moved without the raisers falling off. Raise 25mm (1˝), 50mm (2˝) and 75mm (3˝). Available in three sizes to fit chair or bed leg measurements. Max. Leg or Castor Size Weight091089093 32mm (¼˝) 500g each 091089101 45mm (1¾˝) 800g each 091089119 58mm (2¼˝) 800g each

Maximum load weight

78 st

500 kg

1 Langham Sure-Grip RaisersDesigned to make furniture raising as simple as possible. These raisers feature a double grip to firmly hold onto the furniture. Each unit is simple to twist to give a variable height range from 38 to 100mm (1 1/2 to 4˝), for furniture with legs up to 70mm (2 3/4˝). These raisers can also accommodate castors, solid divan bases and even block feet by using the included adhesive pad adaptors.091530195

Maximum load weight

110 st

700 kg

3 Leg-X Adjustable RaisersMoulded sleeves that have plastic inserts to give different height raises to chairs. Integral fins and a domed base give a pressure fit over the leg. Useful for odd-shaped legs. Supplied as a set of four with inserts. Sleeve height 200mm (8˝). Maximum leg diameter 45mm (1 3/4˝). Height raise 75, 100 or 125mm (3, 4 or 5˝). Weight 255g each. Supplied as set of four.081171305

Maximum load weight

60 st

380 kg

1

1

2

3

2


Sea

ting

& B

edro

om E

qui

pm

ent


1 Parnell Premier Bed RailThe Parnell bed rail is the ideal solution to help get in or out of bed. Its attractive, ergonomic design complements virtually any bedroom. Functional, strong, hygienic and safe, it provides the user with confidence and independence. Stored flat when not in use, it can be easily assembled and quickly fitted to the bed without the use of tools. Designed for use with electrically adjustable beds, the bed rail can also be used on domestic beds including divans, pine and steel or wooden frame beds. The bed rail is also compliant with the BS EN 1970:2000 standard. Fits to single or double beds on either side, with a clamp that firmly sits between the floor and the bed base. Comes complete with a full length and width steel floor frame for added stability. The front base is flat so there is no tripping hazard or obstacle to wheelchairs or walking frames. As standard, the rail height is 810mm (32˝) high. Floor frame length 810mm (32˝), width 410mm (16˝). Rail height 810mm (32˝), width 280mm (11˝). Clearance required 38mm (1 1/2˝). Weight 9.5kg.091172550

Maximum user weight

18 st

115 kg

4 Elland Bed Grab RailThe Elland bed grab rail has been designed especially to attach to the framework of metal beds. Can be fitted to either fixed or profiling beds. Supplied with two heavy-duty screw clamps that fix to the metalwork of the bed. Handle height 650mm (26˝). Handle width 350mm (14˝). Weight 2kg.091089515

Maximum user weight

28 st

180 kg

5 Days Bed LoopThe bed loop provides additional support when getting into and out of bed, or can simply be used as an additional aid to achieve a comfortable position. The bed loop can be easily positioned onto the frame of the bed and can be secured by two ergonomic easy to grip hand knobs. Designed for use with the CasaBeds and similar styles of bed. Gap at widest point 98mm (3 4/5˝).091439546

Maximum user weight

191/2 st

125 kg

2 Parnell Premier Plus Bed RailAll the same benefits as the standard Parnell Premier Bed Rail with a few additions. The height to the top of the handrail has been increased to approx 920mm (36 1/4˝), making it suitable for higher beds or beds with very thick mattresses. The lead screw has additional height to cater for beds with a high clearance. The rail is also suitable for the larger user, with a maximum user weight of 165kg (26st). Designed for profiling beds it also fits conventional domestic beds. Very simple to assemble and fit to the bed with no tools or ties or straps of any kind being required. Independently tested to the load requirements of BS EN 1970:2000. Rail height 920mm (36 1/4˝). Clearance required 38mm (1 1/2˝).091324490

Maximum user weight

26 st

165 kg

1 1

32

4 5

BESTSELLER

3 Parnell Premier Platinum Bed RailThis bed rail is designed for the bariatric user with a maximum user weight of 200kg (32st) making it suitable for higher beds or beds with very thick mattresses. Designed for domestic electric profiling beds as well as conventional domestic beds. Easy to assemble and will fit to the bed with no tools, ties or straps of any kind being required. Independently tested to the load requirements of BS EN 1970:2000 and BE EN 60601-2-52:2010. Rail height 920mm (36 ¼˝), minimum clearance required 30mm (1 1/5˝), maximum clearance 370mm (14 ½˝), floor frame width 400mm (15 ¾”), floor frame length 820mm (32 ¼˝), hand rand width 280mm at top (11˝).091555077

Maximum user weight

32 st

200 kg

Bed Grab Rails

Seating

& B

edroom

Eq

uipm

ent


549

Bed Grab Rails

1 Bed Leaver®

For many people, rising from a lying to a sitting position and then standing is extremely difficult. Bed grab rails can provide the answer in most cases and also help restore independence to the user. The Liftwell Bed Leaver Bed Grab Rail has become one of the healthcare industry’s best known and most trusted bedroom aids. Consisting of a coated steel rail attached to a hard-wearing, wooden baseboard that is sealed and lacquered. Supplied with fixing straps to secure the rail in position on any size bed. Width 330mm (13˝). Length 600mm (23 1/2˝). Handle Height 500mm (19 1/2˝). Weight 4kg.091089457

Maximum user weight

17 st

108 kg

2 Easyleaver® Bed RailThis device enables the user to pull themselves from a lying position to a seated position when in bed. It also provides support when standing or entering and leaving the bed, thus helping to promote independence within the bedroom. May be used with most beds and cannot be felt through a standard depth mattress. Easy to assemble and supplied with fixing straps for extra security. Suitable for single to king size beds. Width 365mm (14 3/8˝). Length 620mm (24 1/2˝). Handle height 470mm (18 1/2˝). Weight 3.1kg.091089424

Maximum user weight

17 st

108 kg

3 Heavy Duty Easyleaver®

Similar to the EasyLeaver above, but bigger and thicker gauge metal giving an increased weight limit for the larger user. Supplied with fixing straps for extra security. Width 440mm (17˝). Length 780mm (31˝). Handle height 470mm (18 1/2˝). Weight 4.3kg.091089440

Maximum user weight

25 st

160 kg

4 Easyrail®

This extremely popular rail is suitable for use with slatted beds. Specially designed to sit flat within the bed frame and offer all of the benefits of the grab rails above. The single-handle version is ideal for any size bed and the twin-handled version can be used when both occupants need assistance or when a single occupant needs to turn over. Width 445mm (17 1/2˝). Handle Height 470mm (18 1/2˝). Length Weight091089465 A Single 670mm (26 1/2˝) 3.5kg 091089473 B Twin 972-1575mm (38-62˝) 6.9kg

Maximum user weight

20 st

127 kg

1 2

3

4 44 A SINGLE-HANDLED TWIN-HANDLEDB


Sea

ting

& B

edro

om E

qui

pm

ent


Bed Grab Rails

1 Homecraft Double Loop Bed StickThis bed stick has a double loop to assist users getting in and out of the bed. It fits securely under the mattress, is adjustable in width and fits single and double beds. Length 980 to 1430mm (38 1/2 to 56 1/4˝). Height 445mm (17 1/2˝).091325661

Maximum user weight

161/2 st

106 kg

2 Homecraft Bed Grab RailAn ultra sturdy bed grab rail, offering stability and confidence to those that have difficulty getting into and out of bed. The height adjustable frame can be positioned to suit virtually any divan style bed. Two legs rest upon the floor and the frame is secured into place via the three colour coded straps provided, ensuring minimal movement when in use. Supplied flat packed, the Homecraft bed grab rail is simple to assemble and fit. Height of handle 850 to 950mm (33 1/2 to 37 1/2˝) from the floor. Width of handle at the top 265mm (10 1/2˝). Size of under mattress frame 620×325mm (24 1/2×12 3/4˝). Weight 3.5kg.091089481

Maximum user weight

20 st

127 kg

3 2-in-1 Bed RailThis 2-in-1 Bed Rail is an award winning bed rail that helps provide secure support for users when getting in and out of bed. The bed rail can be used on both divan and slatted beds. Not suitable for profiling beds.A slim yet tough base increases the strength of the handles, which allows for a maximum user weight of 25st (160kg). It also minimises the impact of the bed rail under the mattress, giving you a more restful night’s sleep. The ergonomic handle makes it comfortable for the user’s lifting action from sitting to standing.The Bed Rail is held securely in place using two easy fit straps. It is detached from the base by two e-clips enabling it to be positioned as required for either type of bed. Can be autoclaved at cleaning cycles up to 80ºC. Length 615mm (24˝). Width 335mm (13˝). Height from bed (slatted) 515mm (20 1/4˝). Base depth 15mm (½˝).091435221

Maximum user weight

25 st

160 kg

4 Slatted Bed Grab RailSuitable for slatted beds. Large base frame for maximum under mattress stability. Base width 625mm (24 1/2˝). Base length 775mm (30 1/2˝). Base to top of handle 480mm (19˝).091325752

Maximum user weight

30 st

190 kg

1

2

3 4

NEWIMPROVED

Seating

& B

edroom

Eq

uipm

ent


551

Bed Grab Rails

1 Folding Easy Fit Bed RailThe Folding Easy Fit Bed Rail provides a simple to fit alternative that can be used on both slatted and divan beds. The innovative folding design enables the bed rail to be stored and transported flat, but simply opened out and secured with clips when required for use. The bed rail is easily fitted by positioning it between the mattress and bed base with no straps required. The unique anti-slip sections help to retain the bed rail in position during use, reducing movement and increasing security. Overall size: Width 700mm (27 1/2˝). Depth 580mm (23˝). Height 530mm (21˝).091422054

Maximum user weight

20 st

127 kg

2 BedCane™Heavy gauge steel handle with cushion grip provides support getting in and out of bed. The base is placed under the mattress and a safety strap secures the base to the bed. A removable pin makes the BedCane foldable for storage and portability. Supplied with an organiser pocket which fits over the handle. Adjusts in height from 482 to 559mm (19 to 22˝).081195122

Maximum user weight

161/2 st

106 kg

3 Smart-Rail™The Smart-Rail is an innovative bed assist rail, designed for those requiring help with standing, moving, or transferring in and out of bed. Unlike fixed bed rails, the Smart-Rail is able to unlock and pivot outward to provide better standing support meaning less reaching or twisting. The solid and secure steel frame is supplied with straps that are attached to the opposite side of the bed frame to minimise movement during use. Standard rail height 762mm (30˝).081074624 Smart Rail

Maximum user weight

20 st

127 kg

4 Rise Easy Bed AidThe rise easy swing away support rail is designed to assist the user in rising from or sitting up in bed, without interfering with bed clothes. Secured with an adjustable base plate that fits under the legs or wheels of a bed. Suitable for all types of beds including profiling. Available in a single or double bed version. Can be used on either the left or right hand side of the bed. Frame height (lowest point) 400mm (15 3/4˝). Frame height (highest point) 740mm (29˝). Width adjustment single bed version 762 to 1220mm (30 to 48˝) or double bed version 1372 to 1525mm (54 to 60˝).091439306 Single (30-48˝) 091439322 Double (54-60˝)

Maximum user weight

191/2 st

125 kg

1

2

3 3

4 4

Sea

ting

& B

edro

om E

qui

pm

ent


Quick, easy fitting to most bed widths, the Homecraft Mattress Elevator has a smooth, quiet action. Supplied with a small, discreet and lightweight transformer. Available with side guards, for extra safety.

WITH SIDE GUARDS COLOUR CODED STRAPS

1

1

1

1

1

1 1

1

1 Homecraft Mattress ElevatorThe Homecraft Mattress Elevator allows those confined to bed for long periods to sit or lie comfortably with a high degree of independence. Easily width adjustable for single through to queen size beds, using the safety pin clip system. Securely fixed into place using colour coded straps that simply clip together around the bed base and mattress. When in use, the Homecraft Mattress Elevator allows the user to rise and recline smoothly, quietly and safely at the touch of a button, thus reducing the need for manual handling. Due to the superior design, the drive mechanism cannot be felt through the mattress, even when in a fully reclined position. The compact transformer is unobtrusive, silent and can be easily hidden. The Homecraft Mattress Elevator allows a user weight of up to 254kg (40st) to be raised and maintained at any angle between 9° and 72°. Available with side guards that, when fitted, will help prevent pets or children from becoming trapped. Overall length 725mm (28 1/2˝). Overall width 740 to 1410mm (29 to 55 1/2˝). Range of movement 9° to 72°. Weight of elevator unit 11.2kg.091181668 UK Complete 091181676 UK without Side Guards 091181692 Spare Transformer 091181700 Spare Handcontroller 091181718 Spare Sideguards

Maximum user weight

40 st

254 kg

Bed Assists



Seating

& B

edroom

Eq

uipm

ent


553

Bed Assists

1 Homecraft Pillow LifterUnlike a mattress elevator, this device enables the user to lift and lower one person on a single to king size bed to the desired position, without disturbing the other person. The electrically powered pillow lifter is operated with an easy to use hand control, enabling the user to raise and maintain the pillow at an angle between 9° and 72°. The frame has a maximum user weight of 254kgs (40st) and a width of 740mm (29˝) for the larger user. A thick padded, flame retardant mattress is provided to ensure excellent comfort for the user. Can be easily wiped clean. Length 1000mm (39 1/4˝). Maximum width 740mm (29˝). Weight 15kg.091186600 Complete with side guards 091310747 Complete without side guards 091181692 Spare Transformer 091181718 Spare Sideguards 091316207 Spare Handcontroller

Maximum user weight

40 st

254 kg

2 Airflo Leg LifterThis discreet, portable leglifter is an inflatable device that provides essential assistance to lift and transfer the user’s legs into bed independently. Reduces the risk to the carer and increases independent living. Operated using a simple hand controller, which controls the Airflo™ compressor. The leglifter will fit the majority of beds, including profiling beds. Supplied with a detachable cover. Inflated length 1240mm (48 3/4˝). Inflated width 570mm (22 1/2˝). Inflated thickness 100mm (4˝). Weight 16kg.091171651

Maximum user weight

211/4 st

135 kg

1

1

2



Sea

ting

& B

edro

om E

qui

pm

ent


1 Days Patient HelperThis free standing Patient Helper is placed under the bed base to give a stable overhead support pole for those who find it difficult to rise out of bed. Designed for raising a person to a sitting position, not lifting the entire weight of the person off the bed. The moulded plastic handgrip can be adjusted in height, 950 to 1310mm (37 1/2 to 51 1/2˝). Disassembles into three pieces for ease of storage and transportation. Minimum required clearance 45mm (1 3/4˝). Overall height 1910mm (75˝). Overall width 800mm (31 1/2˝). Overall depth 610mm (24˝).091427400

Maximum load weight

191/2 st

125 kg

2 Swinging SupportWall mounted support rail assists in horizontal transfers. The support can be set at any of six angles, using a pull chain lock. Strap length adjusts and can also be used in any of four positions along the arm of the support. Length 838mm (33˝). Weight 4.7kg.091024348

Maximum load weight

231/2 st

150 kg

3 Ceiling SupportCeiling mounted support that can be positioned above the bed, allowing the user to independently rise from a lying to a seated position. To suit different users, the nylon strap is adjustable in length. The strap has a moulded handle for a secure and comfortable grip. Length 120 to 1500mm (4 3/4 to 59˝). Grip size 240mm (9 1/2˝).091176213

Maximum load weight

231/2 st

150 kg

4 Homecraft Rope Ladder Bed HoistA simple idea to assist with sitting up in bed. The bottom ends of the cords tie around the bed legs, and the plastic ladder rungs can be gripped by the user to pull themselves up in bed on a hand over hand movement. Suitable for single or double beds. Rung length 200mm (8˝). Diameter 25mm (1˝). Cord length 3 metres (9’10˝). Weight 285g.091089895

Maximum user weight

18 st

114 kg


1

2 3

4

Bed Assists

BESTSELLER



Seating

& B

edroom

Eq

uipm

ent


555

Bed Assists

1 Mattress TopperThe surface of this mattress topper allows it to mould to the body’s shape evenly and provide extra comfort. Depth is 50mm (2˝). Size Dimensions Weight091090844 Single 900 x 1980mm 1.7kg (35 1/2 x 78˝)091090851 Double 1450 x 1980mm 2.9kg (57 x 78˝)

2 Mattress TilterThe Mattress Tilter is used under the mattress at the bottom of the bed to relieve the symptoms of swollen ankles, varicose veins or lower back pain. Alternatively, it can be used under the mattress at the top of the bed to relieve respiratory problems and hiatus hernia. Size 460×630×130>20mm (18×25 ×5>1˝). Made from polyurethane foam. Cover is polyester velour.091090398

3 Inflatable Elevator CushionThis inflatable cushion is designed to comfortably relax and elevate the user’s legs. Being extremely versatile it can also be used as a back or head support or as a foot cushion. It is easily inflated and deflated with the pump supplied, making it fully portable. Latex free. Size 635×685mm (25×27˝). Weight 500g.091089820

4 Foot BoardA simple device to help prevent people from slipping down when seated in bed. Covered in fleece for comfort, this product is easily attached to the mattress of a divan bed using a quick release buckle. Fits single to king size beds. Width 450mm (18˝). Weight 1kg.091089937

1

2

3

45

5 Homecraft Bed FleecesThese wool pile fleeces offer both warmth and comfort to the user who is seated or lying for long periods of time. The single pile fleece is also available with fitting straps. All are machine washable and can be tumble dried. Sizes as below. Size Dimensions Weight091090810 Hip Pad 690×760mm 706g (27×30˝)091090828 Single Bed 690×1520mm 1.65kg (27×60˝)091090836 Single 920×1520mm 1kg with Straps (36×60˝)

LATEX FREE

MACHINE WASHABLE

Sea

ting

& B

edro

om E

qui

pm

ent


1 Homecraft Adjustable Back RestThis back rest is adjustable via a simple ratchet mechanism, making it suitable for a wide variety of users and situations. Height of back 570mm (22 1/2˝). Width 500mm (19 3/4˝). Depth of base 390mm (15 1/2˝). Weight 2.2kg.091089713

Maximum user weight

20 st

127 kg

3 Homecraft Comfy Back RestSecure and comfortable, this back rest will adjust to a number of positions, from a low lying angle, to an upright sitting position. The metal frame is covered with a breathable nylon fabric and is supplied with a small pillow for extra comfort. Maximum height of back 580mm (22 3/4˝). Width 650mm (25 1/2˝). Depth 500mm (19 1/2˝). Weight 2.8kg.091089721

Maximum user weight

173/4 st

113 kg

4 Homecraft Chrome Folding Bed CradleManufactured from chrome plated steel, this bed cradle fits under the mattress and folds away flat for storage when not in use. Supports the weight of bed clothes and reduces contact with the user’s injury. Height 510mm (20˝). Length 500mm (20 1/2˝). Overall width 210mm (8 1/4˝). Maximum load 5kg.091325620

2 Homecraft Deluxe Bed RestThis deluxe back rest is manufactured from chrome plated steel and comes complete with a comfy white vinyl back. Can be adjusted to four positions to suit the needs of the user. Easily folded flat for storage and transporting. Height adjustment 280 to 430mm (11 to 17˝). Overall width 650mm (25 1/2˝). Overall depth 540mm (21 1/4˝).091325638

Maximum user weight

191/2 st

125 kg

5 Folding Bed CradleThis fixed height bed cradle has arms to keep the bed clothes off the body. The base is placed between the mattress and bed base. The arms fold flat for storage and transport. It is also narrow, making it ideal for travelling. Folded width 362mm (14¼˝). Folded depth 63mm (2½˝). Upright height 495mm (14½˝). Width of frame 362mm (14¼˝). Length of frame 510mm (20˝).Weight 2.6kg.081566876

6 Homecraft Adjustable Bed CradleA simple metal frame, whose base slips between the mattress and the bed base and the top forms a support cradle for the bed clothes to keep them clear of the feet and legs. The height is adjusted easily and the frame is in two parts for easy storage or transport. For use at the side or end of the bed. Height 454 to 680mm (18 to 27˝). Width 356mm (14˝). Length: Top 565mm (22 1/2˝); Base 710mm (28˝). Weight 3kg.081305671

1

2 3

4

65

Bed Assists


Seating

& B

edroom

Eq

uipm

ent


557

Cot Sides & Bed Rails

1 Parnell Premier Cot Side RailThe Parnell Premier Cot Side Rail has been designed for use with all domestic beds including adjustable beds. Tested by the University of Newcastle to BS EN60601-2-52:2010, the Parnell Premier Cot Side Rail helps to prevent patients from falling out of bed. Easy to assemble and fit with no tools, ties or straps required. The front footplates are flat so there is no tripping hazard or obstacle to wheelchairs or walking frames. Able to withstand a force/pull of 50kg in any horizontal direction when attached to the bed. Can be used with single, double or king size beds. Overall length 1220mm (48˝). Overall height 870mm (34 1/4˝). The inner bars have a distance of 80mm (3 1/4˝). Minimum clearance required 30mm (1 1/4˝). Maximum clearance of 318mm (12 1/2˝).091322023

Maximum user weight

173/4 st

114 kg

1

3 Homecraft Night RailThis rail is secured by means of two long arms that slip under the mattress. It can be easily removed and disassembled into three pieces for storage. The clip-on nylon cords must be secured around the legs of the bed for safety. Height above base 360mm (14 1/4˝). Width of mattress arms 610mm (24˝). Length of side rail 935mm (37˝). Weight 2.3kg.091089358

2 Homecraft Castle Adjustable Cot SidesThe Castle cot sides fit between the mattress and the bed base. Adjustable in width for single or double beds and also in length. They can be adjusted in height, using a pin clip system. The cot side is dropped down by a simple push button release and raised up with a click, lock action. The whole side can be removed easily to give quick access for making the bed. Bed width 840 to 1370mm (33 to 54˝). Side rail length 1266 to 1866mm (50 to 74˝). Height of top rail over bed base 366 to 591mm (14 1/2 to 23˝). Side drop on release 250mm (10˝). Weight091089309 One Side 9.1kg 091089325 Two Sides 14.4kg

4 Side WedgesThese side wedges help to prevent a patient from falling out of bed and are especially suitable in situations where restraint is an issue. A cotton draw sheet is held in place by straps that have quick release buckles. The wipe clean wedges are secured into position onto the draw sheet with two hook and loop strips. Size of wedges 900×200×200mm (35 1/2×8×8˝).091089671 Side Wedges and Draw Sheet Kit

2

3

4

5 Days Buffer Pads for Home Bed RailsFeatures & benefits• Polycore pads that fit the length of the bed rails • Makes a barrier between user and bed rails• Machine washable• Suitable for use with 8, 8L or 8M Home Bed Rails• Tested to BS 7175:1989• User comfort• Helps to prevent injury• Hygienic• Safe

Specifications

Length 183cm (72˝)Width 43cm (17˝)

091438266

5

MACHINE WASHABLE

Sea

ting

& B

edro

om E

qui

pm

ent


Cot Sides & Bed Rails

3 Connected Cot Side BumpersTo prevent the patient from pushing their limbs between the cot sides and the mattress, this unit has two bumpers that are sewn together with a connecting loop. Covered in a wipe clean vinyl, the bumpers are well padded for protection against knocks and bumps. Once in position, the mattress secures the system. Length 1340mm (53˝). Height 760mm (30˝).091089663

1 Homecraft Cot Side BumpersMade from thick foam, covered with wipe clean fabric. These bumpers are made to fit a variety of cot sides and are easily fastened in place. Supplied as a pair. Length 1524mm (60˝). Depth 381mm (15˝). Weight 1kg each.091089333

2 Full Length Cot Side BumpersThese foam pads are covered with a wipe clean vinyl and have a hook and loop closure along the length to secure them to a range of cot sides. Suitable for most profiling beds. Supplied as a pair, each one 2m (78 3/4˝) long. When mounted, they are 390mm (15 1/4˝) deep. Weight 2kg each.091089341

4 Posey Horseshoe WedgeHelps prevent patients from entrapment in the headboard, footboard or side rails. Also deters patients from bed exit. The hook and loop flaps secure the wedge under mattress and the straps secure to the side rails, headboard or footboard. The wedge rises 250mm (10˝) above the mattress surface. Made of soft, durable foam and covered in wipe-clean vinyl, making cleaning easier. Length 950mm (38˝). Height 425mm (17˝). Depth 50mm (2˝).081138965

1

2

3

4

Falls ManagementFall Alarms 560 - 561

Patient Monitors & Alarms 562 - 563Fall Mats 564

Home Safety 565Days Red Walking Frames 566

Falls

Man

agem

ent


Fall Alarms

How do I choose an Alarm?Personal Magnet Alarms

Personal Magnet Alarms are easy to use, reliable and will suit just about every situation where a high fall risk patient needs monitoring. The pull cord clips to the patient’s clothes and when the patient moves too far, the magnetic hold will disengage and sound the alarm.

Alarm Monitors

Alarm Monitors work in conjunction with sensor pads. They are good for low activity patients and only trigger the alarm if their body weight is removed from the sensor pad. Once the weight is back on the pad the alarm will go off. Can be used on beds or chairs and available in three versions, Economy, Standard and Deluxe.

Fall Alarms

Low cost with basic functionality.

Tone switch, mains adaptor and nurse call jack.

All the same features as the standard with the added feature of voice record.

Great for patients who simply need a reminder to sit or lay back down,

call for help or who get agitated at the sound of an alarm beeping.

ECONOMY STANDARD DELUXE

Magnet AlarmThis simple alarm is easy to operate, allows a quick response and is reliable and economical too. It is designed to be used on chairs with the cord attached to patient’s clothes so that the alarm is activated when the cord is pulled as a result of the patient starting to stand. The pull string has a 25mm (1˝) diameter magnet on one end and a spring-loaded metal clip on the other. The alarm triggers and the red light illuminates when the magnet is pulled away from the alarm. A spring-loaded clip is included on the unit for easy attachment to a wheelchair.

Key features:• The alarm unit measures 127×51×32mm (5×2×1¼˝), making it small

and discreet.

• Durable design – doesn’t need an expensive rubber protector. Passed drop test by independent lab simulating 500 drops.

• A volume adjustment switch inside the battery compartment can be set at high (105dB) or low (90dB).

• The included 9V battery has an extra secure fit. When the alarm is dropped, the battery does not fall out of the alarm and also, makes it more difficult for patients to disable the alarm.

• Red, low battery light flashes when battery is low.

• Tool free battery door

• The length of the pull cord can be adjusted up to 762mm (30˝) allowing flexibility on how far the patient is able to move before activating the alarm.

081561489 Magnet Alarm 081561604 Replacement Magnet Pull Cord – Pack of 5

Falls Manag

ement


561

Fall Alarms

Code DescriptionConnect Pad LED Indicator

Alarm LED Indicator

Low Battery LED Indicator

Reset Button

High/Low/Silent switch

0/1/2 second Delay Switch

Tone Switch

Voice Record

Nurse Call Jack

Mains Adaptor

081562537 Economy Alarm Monitor x x x x x x x

081561497 Standard Alarm Monitor x x x x x x x x x

091514512 Deluxe Alarm Monitor x x x x x x x x x x

Alarm MonitorsFor use with the chair sensor pads and bed sensor pads. The units are easy to move from wheelchairs to beds and the state-of-the-art technology ensures patient safety. These monitors, along with the pads, activate an alarm when a patient stands up or shifts weight off the pad.

• Sensor Pad Connect (green flash): Indicates that the alarm and pad have been connected and the alarm system is ready to use. The green flash goes off when the pad is lost, not connected or faulty.

• Low Battery Alert (amber flash): If the light is flashing, replace battery immediately.

• Alarm Alert (red flash): Patient has moved off the pad and needs assistance.

• Reset button needs to be pressed 3 times in 2 seconds to reset the alarm. This helps to prevent patient tampering.

• Includes a mounting strap, mounting hardware and a 9V battery.

• Economy and Standard Alarm Monitors have two tones to choose from and the Deluxe Alarm Monitor has one tone and a voice record feature.

081562537 Economy Alarm Monitor 081561497 Standard Alarm Monitor 081561505 Deluxe Alarm Monitor 091514520 Alarm Monitor Bed Bracket Clip 091527779 Mains Adaptor UK Plug

Alarm Sensor PadsThese durable vinyl-covered pads activate the alarm monitor when the patient rises or moves off the pad. Sensor pad set up instructions are printed on the pad for convenience along with a location to record the initial date of use.

Chair Sensor Pads081561513 254×381mm (10˝×15˝) 90-Day 081561521 254×381mm (10˝×15˝) 180-Day 081561539 254×381mm (10˝×15˝) 1-Year

Bed Sensor Pads081561547 254×762mm (10˝×30˝) 90-Day 081561562 254×762mm (10˝×30˝) 1-Year 081561588 508×762mm (20˝×30˝) 180-Day 081561596 508×762mm (20˝×30˝) 1-Year

Bed Sensor Pads

Chair Sensor Pads

90-Day Sensor PadsIdeal for hospitals and patients who have a

short-term stay

180-Day Sensor PadsUseful for most rehab stays because of its

durability

One-Year Sensor PadsLong-term stays or

at-home use benefit from this most durable pad

Falls

Man

agem

ent


Patient Monitors

1 Fall Savers Floor Sentry MonitorThis versatile, easy-to-use, high quality bed and chair alarm system is an affordable tool for helping to manage fall risk patients and residents in care. The Fall Savers Monitor is a portable battery powered bed and chair alarm designed for use with either a bed or chair seat sensor pad. The monitor sounds an alarm when the patient’s weight moves off the bed or chair seat sensor pad. Can also be used with a durable floor sensor pad to sound an alarm when the patient steps onto the floor sensor pad. The system is effective on patients weighing 28kg or more. With a high and low volume switch, the alarm can be adjusted to suit the current environment. To reduce false alarms, the monitor has an adjustable delay switch to assist the carer and patient. There is also a by-pass feature built-in, which allows the patient to be escorted out of a bed without sounding the alarm. Floor pad 762×381mm (30 1/2×5 1/4˝). Compatible with SafePresence Sensor Mats.091163054 Monitor 091162999 Floor Sensor Pad

2 Fall Savers Accessories Not Illustrated091163062 Nurse Call Connection Kit

FLOOR SENSOR PAD

1

1 3 SafePresence™ Bed Sensor PadThe bed sensor is a thin flexible sensor pad used with the SafePresence Status Monitor and Audio Attendant, placed on top of the mattress and under the mattress cover without any discomfort to the person. The bed sensor detects the weight of the person being monitored and activates the monitor when the person leaves the bed. The robust sensor pad features antibacterial properties. Length 840mm (33 1/2˝). Width 500mm (20˝).091310770

4 SafePresence™ Floor Sensor PadThis heavy duty, floor sensor pad lies on the floor next to the bed or chair and connects to the SafePresence Audio Attendant monitor. When the person being monitored steps onto the floor sensor pad an alarm is activated on the Audio Attendant wireless remote. Length 890mm (35 3/5˝). Width 610mm (24 2/5˝).091310796

3

4

Falls Manag

ement


563

Personal Safety

1

1 Helmet Skull GuardPadded helmet that is flexible to comfortably conform to the contours of the head. Designed for children and adults with functional disorders that can make them liable to head injury, e.g. epilepsy, head drop syndrome, poor balance, autism, hydrocephalus, cerebral palsy with spastic diplegia, spinal cord hernia and haemophilia. The chin strap has a slide buckle to allow length adjustment.To size, measure circumference of head. Size Colour091252907 46cm Bright Red

091252915 47cm Blue 091252923 48cm Blue 091252931 49cm Blue 091252949 50cm Blue 091252956 51cm Blue 091252964 52cm Blue 091252972 53cm Blue 091252980 54cm Blue

091252998 55cm Dark Brown 091253004 56cm Dark Brown 091253012 57cm Dark Brown 091253020 58cm Dark Brown 091253038 59cm Dark Brown 091253046 60cm Dark Brown 091253053 61cm Dark Brown

NEW

Falls

Man

agem

ent


Fall Mats

1 Homecraft Large Folding Bedside MatTo be located alongside the bed for vulnerable patients that are at risk of falling. The mat will act as a cushion for the patient. Easily folded away, using the supplied securing strap and handle for transportation or storage. Can be easily wiped clean. Length 1700mm (67˝). Width 890mm (35˝). When folded length 850mm (33 1/2˝).091173210

2 Homecraft Easy Access Bedside MatWith a thickness of 50mm (2˝) and an angled edge, wheelchairs can easily roll on or off the mat. Made from high density foam with a vapour permeable cover with a non-slip base. The mat can be easily folded away, using the supplied securing strap and handle for transportation or storage. Can be easily wiped clean. Length 1700mm (67˝). Width 650mm (25 1/2˝). When folded length 850mm (33 1/2˝).091173202

3 Homecraft Triple Folding Bedside MatA high density foam mat that is covered with a vapour permeable cover and a non-slip base. The mat can be easily folded away, using the supplied securing strap and handle for transportation or storage. Can be easily wiped clean. Length 1700mm (67˝). Width 650mm (25 1/2˝). When folded length 566mm (22˝).091173194

4 Fall Out MatSuitable for use with a low level bed, this high density foam mat is covered in vinyl and folds for storage. Helps to reduce the possibility of impact related injuries when the situation dictates that bed rails should not be used. The mat folds into three for storage and transport. Size 1850×600×50mm (72 3/4×23 1/2×2˝).091089630

11

2

3

4

FOLDED

Falls Manag

ement


565

Home Safety

1

2 3

4

2 Homecraft Cot Side BumpersMade from thick foam, covered with vapour permeable, wipe clean fabric. These bumpers are made to fit a variety of cot sides and are easily fastened in place. Supplied as a pair. Length 1524mm (60˝). Depth 381mm (15˝). Weight 1kg each.091089333

3 Dycem® Nose Over Toes MatThis innovative floor mat is designed to provide better traction underfoot and to prompt the user to position their feet correctly and adopt an appropriate position when transferring in or out of a chair.091535541

4 Dycem® Non-Slip Floor MatThe Dycem Non-Slip Floor Mat has been designed to provide a stable, non-slip base for a patient when they are being transferred in any situation where the floor surface is slippery or potentially unsafe. Length 600mm (23 1/2˝). Width 450mm (18˝). Weight 943g.091102912 Blue 091102920 Grey

5

5 Home Safety AlertA wireless calling alarm system with one main receiver unit and two pendant calling transmitters. Call button and Panic button on each pendant. The main unit receives and recognises who is calling and the urgency using different sound and coloured light signals. A quick reset button on the main unit can cancel the call or alarm. Each transmitter uses 1 x 23A 12v battery (included) and the receiver unit is powered by a 6v adaptor (included) or 4 x AA batteries (not included).091105105

1 Parnell Premier Cot Side RailThe Parnell Premier Cot Side Rail has been designed for use with all domestic beds including adjustable beds. Tested by the University of Newcastle to BS EN60601-2-52:2010, the Parnell Premier Cot Side Rail helps to prevent patients from falling out of bed. Easy to assemble and fit with no tools, ties or straps required. The front footplates are flat so there is no tripping hazard or obstacle to wheelchairs or walking frames. Able to withstand a force/pull of 50kg in any horizontal direction when attached to the bed. Can be used with single, double or king size beds. Overall length 1220mm (48˝). Overall height 870mm (34 1/4˝). The inner bars have a distance of 80mm (3 1/4˝). Minimum clearance required 30mm (1 1/4˝). Maximum clearance of 318mm (12 1/2˝).091322023

Maximum user weight

173/4 st

114 kg


Falls

Man

agem

ent


Specifications

Size Overall Width Width at Front Depth Min. Height Max Height

091553890 Small 59cm (23½˝) 41cm (16˝) 46cm (18˝) 70cm (27 ½˝) 78cm (30 ¾˝)

091553866 Medium 60cm (23¾˝) 42cm (16½˝) 46cm (18˝) 80.5cm (31¾˝) 88.5cm (34 ¾˝)

091553882 Large 62cm (24½˝) 42cm (16½˝) 46cm (18˝) 87.5 cm (34 ½˝) 95.5cm (37 ½˝)

091553775 Small 65cm (25 ½˝) 46cm (18˝) 49cm (19¼˝) 67cm (26 ½˝) 75cm (29 ½˝)

091553767 Medium 66cm (26˝) 47cm (18 ½˝) 55cm (21 ½˝) 77cm (30¼˝) 85cm (32½˝)

091553759 Large 67cm (26 ½˝) 51cm (20˝) 57cm (22½˝) 87cm (34¼˝) 95cm (37½˝)

091553874 Small 59cm (23 ½˝) 50cm (19 ¾˝) 49cm (19¼˝) 73cm (28 ¾˝) 81cm (31 ¾˝)

091553841 Medium 60cm (23 ¾˝) 51cm (20˝) 49cm (19¼˝) 83.5cm (33˝) 91.5cm (36˝)

091553858 Large 62cm (24 ½˝) 51cm (20˝) 49cm (19¼˝) 90.5cm (35¾˝) 98.5cm (38¾˝)

091553809 Small 65cm (25 ½˝) 55cm (21 ½˝) 52cm (20½˝) 70cm (27 ½˝) 78cm (30 ¾˝)

091553791 Medium 66cm (26˝) 56cm (22˝) 58cm (22¾˝) 81cm (31¾˝) 89cm (35˝)


Days Red Walking Frames

Our most popular walking frames are now available in vibrant Metallic Red

These new RED Days Walking Frames were developed to meet demand from the NHS market for use with patients with dementia.

Bright colours can highlight important objects, making them easier for people with dementia to find and use making this range ideal to help increase the mobility for patients with dementia and reduce the risk of potential falls.

1 Days Adjustable Height Narrow Walking Frame Size091553890 Small 091553866 Medium 091553882 Large

2 Days Adjustable Height Standard Walking Frame Size091553775 Small 091553767 Medium 091553759 Large

3 Days Adjustable Height Narrow Wheeled Walking Frame

Size091553874 Small 091553841 Medium 091553858 Large

4 Days Adjustable Height Standard Wheeled Walking Frame

Size091553809 Small 091553791 Medium 091553783 Large

Spares091356120 25mm PVC ferrule 091553981 Wheeled Extension Legs

1

2

3

4

Wheeled and Non-Wheeled versions available

Low maintenance and easy to wipe clean

Simple push button height adjustment

Lightweight aluminium frame

Non-marking rubber ferrules

Comfortable latex free PVC handgrips

Hard anodised finish for durability

A

A

A

A

B

C

C

C

C

B

B

B

D

D

D

D

B ACD A

Pressure CareSeating 568 - 575

Supports 576Elbow & Heel Protectors 577 - 578

Pre

ssur

e C

are


Seating

Classic-Med Cushion™The Classic-Med Cushion has a multi-stretch, vapour permeable and waterproof PU cover. Impregnated with acti-fresh biocide to help prevent the build up of bacteria, ensuring it can be easily cleaned to aid disinfection protocol.

Specification

Max. Weight Limit 17 stone / 108 kgs

Risk Factor Low to Medium Risk

Warranty 2 years

Cushion Weight 2 kgs

Safety Standards BS EN 597-1 Cig, BS EN 597-2 Match, BS7177: 1996 Crib Source 5

Specification

Max. Weight Limit 23¾ stone / 152kgs

Risk Factor Medium to High Risk

Warranty 2 years


Safety Standards BS EN 597-1 Cig, BS EN 597-2 Match, BS7177: 1996 Crib Source 5

1 Classic-Med Cushion™

Features• Contoured cushion surface provides a greater weight distribution and

a more comfortable support for the patient• Internal air channels in the foam’s surface help to reduce the build up

of heat and moisture on the skin• The cushion cover can be wiped down or completely removed and laundered up

to 95°C to aid in decontamination protocol091537356 430×430×100mm (17×17×4˝) 091537364 510×510×100mm (20×20×4˝)

Maximum user weight 17 st

108 kg

SUITABLE FOR THOSE AT LOW TO MEDIUM

RISK OF DEVELOPING PRESSURE ULCERS

2 Memo-Pad Cushion™

Features• The multi-stretch PU welded cover is waterproof and vapour permeable with

acti-fresh biocide to help prevent the build up of bacteria ensuring, it can be easily cleaned to aid disinfection protocols

• The cushion cover can be wiped down or completely removed and laundered up to 95°C to aid decontamination protocols

• The temperature sensitive visco-elastic foam moulds to the shape of the sacral area providing greater weight distribution and pressure reduction

091537372 430×430×50mm (17×17×2˝) 091537380 430×430×76mm (17×17×3˝) 091537406 510×510×76mm (20×20×3˝)

Maximum user weight

23¾ st

152 kg

SUITABLE FOR THOSE AT MEDIUM TO HIGH RISK OF DEVELOPING

PRESSURE ULCERS

2

1

Memo-Pad Cushion™The Memo-Pad Cushion has a multi-stretch, vapour permeable and waterproof PU welded cover. Impregnated with acti-fresh biocide to help prevent the build up of bacteria, ensuring it can be easily cleaned to aid disinfection protocol.The high frequency welded seams and a fully concealed zip reduces the possibility of fluid ingress and aids infection control.

Pressure C

are


569

Seating

Apollo 4 and 4+ CushionThe Apollo 4 is a high specification cushion that is ideally suited for use in an Acute Hospital, Nursing Home or Community environment also offering the Apollo 4+ while out and about still giving the client the same pressure reduction and care through the new innovation of the battery operated pump system that will run for up to 24 hours with an average client weight of 13 stone (82.7kgs).If the pressure drops below the required setting on the Apollo4+, the system will automatically activate the compressors to maintain the support pressure by setting the cells to static mode.

The Apollo 4+ can also be supplied with a Patient hand controller which simply connects by USB to offer the client a little bit extra.

The waterproof vapour permeable cover on both models can be easily wiped clean or laundered at 95°C.

091537497 Apollo 4 091537505 Apollo 4+

Maximum user weight

18 st

114 kg

SUITABLE FOR THOSE AT HIGH RISK OF DEVELOPING

PRESSURE ULCERS

Specification

Max. Weight Limit 18 stone / 114.5kgs

Risk Factor High Risk

Warranty 2 years

Cushion Dimensions 45×45×10


Power Unit Dimensions Apollo 4 30×19×11cm Apollo 4+ 30×19×11cm

Power Unit Weight 2 kgs

Safety Standards IEC601 / 1 BS5724 Part 1

Voltage AC230v 50Hz

Noise Level NC27

Power Input 12w

Fuse T1A

APOLLO 4+ CUSHION

APOLLO 4 CUSHION

Pre

ssur

e C

are


Seating

1 Homecraft Inflatable Seat CushionAn inexpensive inflatable cushion for improved comfort and air circulation when seated. Inflates easily by mouth. Size 455×455mm (18×18˝). Weight 200g.091090968

Maximum user weight

173/4 st

113 kg

SUITABLE FOR THOSE AT LOW RISK OF DEVELOPING

PRESSURE ULCERS

2 Homecraft Eco Foam CushionThis general purpose cushion is designed for basic pressure relief for wheelchair and seated users. Foam cushion with two way PU coated nylon stretch cover. Size 430×430×80mm (17×17×3 1/4˝). Weight 400g.091091156

Maximum user weight

15 st

95 kg

SUITABLE FOR THOSE AT LOW RISK OF DEVELOPING

PRESSURE ULCERS

3 Homecraft Visco Wave CushionUnique visco wave upper surface, combined with high density foam that distributes pressure more evenly. The visco wave cushion has been designed for use in a wheelchair and/or day care chairs, by patients in the low/medium risk category. Supplied with a removable cotton cover. Size 420×420×75mm (16 1/2×16 1/2×3˝). Weight 2kg.091173566

Maximum user weight

113/4 st

75 kg



4 Homecraft Posture Wave CushionThe high resilient foam provides a comfortable upper surface with a central insert for posture support. Provides bony prominences protection at the base of the spine with integral safeguard foam inserts. The cushion has a removable cotton cover with a zip opening. Designed for use in a wheelchair and/or day care chairs, by patients in the low/medium risk category. Size 420×420×75mm (16 1/2×16 1/2×3˝). Weight 2kg.091173541

Maximum user weight

113/4 st

75 kg



5 Homecraft Coccyx Wave CushionSuperior wave upper surface with a high density foam insert, which offers greater cushioning to the coccyx. The vertex cushion provides coccyx protection at the base of the spine with an integral safeguard foam insert. Designed for use in a wheelchair and/or day care chairs, by patients in the low/medium risk category. Size 420×420×75mm (16 1/2×16 1/2×3˝). Weight 2kg.091173558

Maximum user weight

113/4 st

75 kg




1

2

3

4 5

Pressure C

are


571

Seating

2 Homecraft Visco Care CushionThis Visco Elastic cushion offers affordable pressure relief for the high-risk user. Suitable for use in both wheelchairs and day care chairs, the anti-slip base provides additional security. The two-way stretch cover is waterproof and can be easily wiped clean. A water resistant zip allows the cover to be removed when required. Size 430×430 ×80mm (17×17×3 1/4˝). Weight 1.1kg.091091479

Maximum user weight

243/4 st

158 kg

SUITABLE FOR THOSE AT HIGH RISK OF

DEVELOPING PRESSURE ULCERS

3 Homecraft Gel CushionWheelchair users and seated patients are at high risk of developing pressure sores. They need a reliable cushion that will prevent the onset of these sores and where necessary assist in the management of existing sores. This cushion has a carefully designed ‘no lump’ gel sac with bactericide incorporated into a foam exterior. It assists patient movement and gives excellent stability in use. It reduces interface pressures and provides high conformity giving specific ischial and perineal pressure protection. Covered in a breathable fabric that is waterproof and can be wiped clean. Two way PU coated nylon stretch permanent cover. Size 430×430×80mm (17×17× 3 1/4˝). Weight 2.4kg.091091164

Maximum user weight

17 st

108 kg



1 Homecraft Gel Plus CushionDevelopment of the original Gel cushion has lead to this unique Gel Plus cushion that combines combustion modified high resilient foam with visco elastic heat sensitive foam and silicon gel, to provide the user with the ultimate in comfort. Designed for those wheelchair users or seated patients that are at high risk of developing pressure sores. The cushion cover offers a PU coated 2 way stretch fabric top/side panels and non-slip base with sewn seams and zip opening. Size 430×430×80mm (17×17×3˝). Weight 1.5kg091163906

Maximum user weight

20 st

127 kg



3

2

3

1

4 Homecraft Anyway CushionMany of the chairs in day rooms, wards and sitting areas are far from comfortable and certainly not pressure relieving. This general purpose cushion is designed to improve comfort and pressure distribution for wheelchair and seated users who have low to medium risk of pressure sores. It reduces interface pressures and can be used any way up and any way around. The multi-stretch PU coated nylon cover can be wiped clean easily. Size 480×480×80mm (19×19×3 1/4˝). Weight 1kg.091091172

Maximum user weight

151/4 st

98 kg



5 Homecraft Eco Plus Foam CushionIdeal for the medium risk user or larger person requiring a comfortable cushion when seated on a wheelchair or chair for a long period of time. This unique foam cushion can take up to a maximum user weight of 159kg (25st), with a height of 100mm (4˝) to provide that extra support. Two way stretch PU coated nylon permanent cover. Size 430×430×100mm (17×17×4˝). Weight 1kg091310754

Maximum user weight

25 st

159 kg

SUITABLE FOR THOSE AT MEDIUM RISK OF


4

5

Pre

ssur

e C

are


Seating

1 Dunlopillo Ring CushionFlame retardant bacteriostatic latex foam ring to give comfort when sitting. Can be steam sterilised. External diameter 432mm (17˝). Internal diameter 127mm (5˝). The cover is purchased separately. It is made from flame retardant cotton. Size 475×500mm (18 3/4×19 3/4˝). Weight091091008 A Cushion 1kg 091091032 B Dunlopillo Ring Cover

2 Visco Ring CushionAn innovative visco foam ring that allows the user to sit for longer than is normally recommended for a ring cushion. The highly therapeutic material softens with the weight and heat of the body and moulds to the individual’s requirements. The closed cell construction offers improved pressure distribution promoting increased sitting tolerance. An optional slip-over towelling cover is available. Size 430×430×100mm (17×17×4˝). Weight091091016 A Cushion 890g

Maximum user weight

18¾ st

120 kg

3 Foam Ring CushionThis durable foam cushion has a recess in the centre for comfort when seated. Extremely cost effective, it is supplied with a cover that can be removed for washing. Size 420×320mm (16 1/2×12 1/2˝). Height 75mm (3˝). Weight 350g.091090869

4 Economy Rubber Ring CushionAn inflatable rubber ring cushion to help provide additional comfort to the user. This ring cushion inflates easily by mouth, making it ideal to use when travelling. The surface of the ring is lightly patterned to prevent slipping. Use needle valve adaptor and a bicycle style pump to inflate. External diameter 457mm (18˝). Internal diameter 160mm (6 1/2˝). Weight 715g.091090984

1

2

3

4

BESTSELLER

A

A

B

Pressure C

are


573

1 Homecraft Inflatable PVC Ring CushionThis ring cushion inflates easily by mouth, making it ideal for use when travelling. The surface has a suede like feel for additional comfort. External diameter 457mm (18˝). Weight 150g.091090992

Seating

2 Commode CushionClinically proven commode cushion that provides better pressure relief and distribution than visco-elastic and some leading air cushions. Washable at 40°C, the cushion can be used as supplied or with an optional autoclavable cover as illustrated. Size 500×500×100mm (20×20×4˝). Weight 600g.091081330 Cushion (White) 091081348 Cover Only (Turquoise)

Maximum user weight

14 st

90 kg

3 Commode RingThis ring-shaped cushion can be used on most commodes or toilet seats to provide comfort. Covered in waterproofed cotton with a soft, fibre filling. External diameter 406mm (16˝). Internal diameter 270mm (10 1/2˝). Weight 425g.091081355

1

3

2

SHOWN WITH COVER


Pre

ssur

e C

are


Seating

2 Heelift® Suspension BootThe Heelift Suspension Boots relieve heel pressure by suspending the heel in space. It is ideal for pressure sore prevention and treatment, and for those with diabetes, cardiovascular disease, dietary deficiencies and more. Adjustable hook and loop straps and elevation pads allow for a custom fit; Tricot backing and polyethylene stiffener reduce friction and enhance client mobility. Prevents foot drop, unlike pillows or flat foam pads. The smooth Heelift is specifically designed for edematous legs to minimise chance for irritation or pressure points. Machine washable. Latex free.

1 Polycore Wheelchair Seat Pad with Sides and BackThis seat pad with sides and back has been made to the Department of Health requirements and provides a high degree of support to patients suffering long-term immobility. Fully washable.091438522

Specifications

Smooth Size CalfCircumference

WeightRange

081422690 Petite152-254mm(6-10˝) 32-59kg

081194398 Standard203-356mm(8-14˝) 54-114kg

081422708 Bariatric305-584mm(12-23˝) 100-272kg

Convoluted Size CalfCircumference

WeightRange

081433044 Petite152-254mm(6-10˝) 32-59kg

081194380 Standard203-356mm(8-14˝) 54-114kg

2

2 2

1

CONVOLUTED SMOOTH

Pressure C

are


575

Seating

2

4

3

1

5

1 Wheelchair FleeceThis wool pile fleece brings warmth and comfort. It is machine washable, fire retardant and is secured with strong fabric ties to prevent slippage on the wheelchair. Size 890×432mm (35×17˝). Weight 420g.091091602

2 Padded Wheelchair CushionThis quilted, fibre filled cushion, covers seat, back and arms of either chair or wheelchair. Seat size 360×260mm (14×10˝). Weight 2kg.091091487

3 Homecraft Curved Wheelchair CushionFirm crescent shaped foam pad to take sag out of a folding wheelchair seat. Size 432×432 ×51mm (17×17× 2˝). Weight 520g.091091180

4 Homecraft Wheelchair Arm CoversThese simple but effective wheelchair arm covers fit snugly to the chair and give the wheelchair user more comfort. They are easy to attach with hook and loop fastenings and take up little space within the chair. Size 460×70×100mm (18×2 3/4 x 4˝). Supplied as a pair. Weight 400g per pair.091091198

5 Foam Seat CushionThis high-grade foam cushion is ideal for a variety of situations. It can be used to elevate an easy chair or used in a wheelchair to provide additional comfort. Covered with a wipe clean PVC fabric. Size 430 x 430 x 80mm (17×17×3 1/4˝). Weight 725g.091090802

6 Luxury Fleece Topped CushionThese Luxury Fleece Topped Cushions offer the utmost in comfort. They feature a luxury pure wool pile on the upper and front edge and have a vinyl underside. The cover is zipped so it can be removed for washing. Available in two sizes. Depth 406mm (16˝). Height 50mm (2˝). Width091176338 406mm (16˝) 091176346 457mm (18˝)

6

Pre

ssur

e C

are


Supports

1 Memory Foam Prop-up WedgeProp-up wedge manufactured with a memory foam comfort layer, offering optimum support whilst sitting or sleeping. Length 740mm (29 1/2˝). Width 580mm (23 1/5˝). Height 300mm (12˝). Weight 4.8kg.091164136

2 Memory Foam Seat CushionMemory foam seat cushion that can be used for extra support for existing chairs and is ideal when sitting for long periods. Length 440mm (17 1/2˝). Width 440mm (17 1/2˝). Height 50mm (2˝). Weight 1.2kg.091164128

3 Knee SupportThis knee support made from polyurethane foam provides optimum comfort and pressure relief for the lower back and hips. It helps keep the back in the natural ‘S’ shape during sleep. Secured in place with a ‘touch close’ fastening. Covered with a soft polyester fleece. Available in visco elastic foam for optimum comfort, or high resilience foam for additional support. Dimensions 260×260mm (10¼×10¼˝).091091636 High Resilience Foam 091091644 Visco Foam

4 Contour Leg PillowProvides comfort for the lower back, hips and knees. This leg pillow helps to align the legs, hips and spine into the correct position. Anatomically shaped to fit your legs comfortably all night. Supplied with a removable white cover. Length 250mm (10˝). Width 200mm (8˝). Depth between 70mm (2 3/4˝) and 150mm (5 3/4˝). Weight 100g.081258623

1

2

3

4

Pressure C

are


577

Elbow & Heel Protectors

1

1

2

43

2

1 Rolyan® Elbow and Heel ProtectorsCushioned heel and elbow protectors with a foam pad which can be used in hospitals, nursing homes and extended care facilities. They can be machine washed and dried. They have a stretchable body and are knitted proportionately. Medication can be applied to pad when needed. One pair supplied. Size Max Length Weight081288992 Small 230mm (9˝) 65g 081288984 Medium-Large 280mm (11˝) 70g 081289008 X-Large 330mm (13˝) 75g

3 Heel and Elbow ProtectorsThe 3mm thick polyurethane pad is held in place by a stretchable, soft terry loop material inside with a flat knit on the outside. The foam pad is tacked to the material to prevent slippage, yet allows the user to move the joint without a shearing effect. Five colour-coded adult sizes available. Machine washable. Sold in pairs. Size Colour Circumference Length Range081181718 Small Yellow 150-240mm 235mm (6-9 ½˝) (9¼˝) 081181726 Medium Blue 165-280mm 235mm (6½-11˝) (9¼˝) 081181734 Large White 180-320mm 235mm (7-12½˝) (9¼˝) 081181742 X-Large Green 190-343mm 235mm (7½-13½˝) (9¼˝) 081181759 XX-Large Beige 230-420mm 310mm (9-16½˝) (12¼˝)

4 Deluxe Gel Heel and Elbow ProtectorsDesigned to improve comfort and help reduce shearing and friction on the heel or elbow. Features a removable gel pack and a plush terry loop material which is soft on the skin. Five colour-coded adult sizes available. Sold in pairs. To size, measure limb circumference. Size Colour Circumference Length Range081181767 Small Yellow 150-240mm 235mm (6-9 ½˝) (9¼˝) 081181775 Medium Blue 165-280mm 235mm (6½-11˝) (9¼˝) 081181783 Large White 180-320mm 235mm (7-12½˝) (9¼˝) 081181791 X-Large Green 190-343mm 235mm (7½-13½˝) (9¼˝) 081181809 XX-Large Beige 230-420mm 310mm (9-16½˝) (12¼˝)

2 Rolyan® Elbow and Heel Protectors with Shock Absorbing Padding

Helps protect the joint by diffusing and distributing pressure. Comfortable, stretchable stocking is proportionately knitted for a close fit. The shock absorbing Akton pads included with the protectors will not bottom out. May be used following a sudden injury or trauma to the elbow or heel, or simply to protect the joint as it rests against the surface. Pad is removable for washing. Sold as a pair. Size Max Length Weight081288810 Small 230mm (9˝) 170g 081288828 Medium-Large 280mm (11˝) 175g 081288836 X-Large 330mm (13˝) 180g

Pre

ssur

e C

are


Elbow & Heel Protectors

1

3 3

4

5

2 1 Fleece Heel ProtectorsWashable wool pile pads that attach to the heel and fasten with padded straps. Provides comfort and minimises shearing tissue. Available to those with damaged or delicate heels. Supplied as a pair. Weight 210g.091090455

2 Fleece Open SlippersComfortable slippers to protect the foot, ankle and heel. Made from lambswool with hook and loop straps. Supplied as a pair. Size Weight091090562 Small (Fits up to size 4) 160g 091090570 Medium (Fits up to size 5-9) 200g 091090588 Large (Fits up to size 10+) 270g

3 Gelbodies Heel and Elbow ProtectorsThe Trugel pressure relieving gel, enveloped in a soft and stretchy Coolband material, ensures these heel and elbow protectors give superior relief. Suitable for long term care, they can be used in the hospital and homecare environment. They are user friendly, lightweight, discreet and provide protection for both the heel and elbow from development of pressure sores. Sold in pairs. Latex free. 94% polyester, 6% spandex.• Machine washable up to 40°C• Gel pads can be cleaned with a damp cloth using a standard

cleaning agent. The gel pads should not be machine washed• Can be worn up to 12 hours in any 24 hour period Size Dimensions091090612 Small 200-250mm (8-10˝) 091090620 Medium 250-300mm (10-12˝) 091090638 Large 300-360mm (12-14˝) 091090646 X-Large 360-410mm (14-16˝)

4 Gelbodies Heel and Ankle ProtectorsMade from the same high quality materials as the heel and elbow protectors above, but with a larger gel pad to protect the ankle bones and help prevent the development of pressure sores when side lying. Sold in pairs. Latex free. 94% polyester, 6% spandex.• Machine washable up to 40°C• Gel pads can be cleaned with a damp cloth using a standard

cleaning agent. The gel pads should not be machine washed• Can be worn up to 12 hours in any 24 hour period Size Dimensions091090653 Small 200-250mm (8-10˝) 091090661 Medium 250-300mm (10-12˝) 091090679 Large 300-360mm (12-14˝)

5 Gelbodies Universal Knee ProtectorsMade from the same high quality materials as the Gelbodies protectors above, these universal knee protectors are designed to protect the knees from the development of pressure sores in the side lying position. Sold in pairs. Latex free. 94% polyester, 6% spandex.• Machine washable up to 40°C• Gel pads can be cleaned with a damp cloth using a standard

cleaning agent. The gel pads should not be machine washed• Can be worn up to 12 hours in any 24 hour period Size Dimensions091091511 Medium 280-330mm (11-13˝) 091091529 Large 330-410mm (13-16˝)

LATEX FREE

LATEX FREE

LATEX FREE

LATEX FREE

579

Comfort & DressingSock, Stocking & Tights Aids 580 - 583

Dressing Aids 584 - 585Grooming Aids 586

Shoehorns 587Shoe Laces / Gel Strip 588

Slippers 589Leg & Foot Rests 590

Posture Care 591 - 594Pillows 595

Warmth 596

Com

fort

& D

ress

ing


Sock Stocking & Tights Aids

1 Compression Stocking AidA stocking aid which will apply support hosiery quickly and evenly. Grooves catch the compression stocking and prevent it from popping off. Works like a traditional sock aid - just pull the stocking over the shell, insert the foot and pull the cord to bring the hose up onto the leg. Suitable for Class 1 and 2 stockings. Recommended for below knee stockings.Small: 130mm wide x 140mm high (5 1/4×5 1/2˝). Large: 150mm wide x 145mm high (6×5 3/4˝). Weight081289834 Small 960g 081289842 Large 980g

4 Sock AidSo easy to use, simply pull the sock over the aid, insert the foot and pull the straps to bring the sock up over the foot. The cord style helps apply shorter socks whilst the wide style helps apply socks for people with larger feet. The wide style also features a flat design, preventing the sock aid rolling whilst the sock is being applied. Cord style: Length 255mm (10˝). Width 100mm (4˝). Wide style: Length 255mm (10˝). Width 127mm (5˝).081289784 Cord Style 081289859 Wide Style

3 Sock and Stocking Aid with Comfy Foam Handles

Comfy and simple to use device that helps individuals pull on socks or stockings. Just place the garment over the flexible plastic core, insert foot and pull the cord’s two soft, foam handles to bring the garment over the heel and up the leg. For one-handed use, use the continuous loop cord with foam handle. Four versions available. Core length 240mm (9 1/2˝). Cord length 600mm (24˝). Width 100mm (4˝).081007640 081007665 Continuous Loop 081007673 Continuous Loop with Notch 081007681 Continuous Loop Wide Style

2 Etac® Socky Support and Compression Stocking Aid

This stocking aid is designed for putting on support stockings of various lengths and types. The large handles make it easier for others to assist the user in application. It can also be used with only one hand. Length 1m (40˝). Width 200mm (8˝). Weight 90g.091095579

22

33

4

1


Com

fort & D

ressing

581


1 Homecraft Dorking Stocking AidA simple, inexpensive device to assist with putting on a stocking or sock especially if bending and reaching to the foot is difficult. It consists of a strong, shaped, flexible plastic gutter with long cotton tapes attached to the top. The stocking or sock is fed on to the plastic and held in place with the side notches. The foot is put in the open end of the stocking, which is then pulled over the foot and up the leg using the tapes. Cord length 920mm (36˝). Gutter length 229mm (9˝). Weight 55g.081305705 Standard - Retail Packed 091095421 Standard - Non Retail 081305713 Side Slot - Retail Packed 091095454 Side Slot - Non Retail

2 Homecraft Dorking Tights AidThis works on the same principle as the stocking aid above, but has a double gutter to enable it to be used for tights. Cord length 920mm (36˝). Gutter Length 229mm (9˝). Weight 106g.091095504 Retail Packed 091095496 Non Retail

3 Etac® Socky Short Stocking AidDesigned for those with reduced movement in the back, hip or knee joints. The stocking or sock is placed over the fabric sock aid and via the use of ties the stocking is pulled up the leg. The sleeve is small and light so can be easily transported. Available in light green only. Cord length 650mm (25 1/2˝). Length 400mm (15 3/4˝). Weight 96g.091095520

1

2 2

33


AA4652Side slot

AA4650Standard

Com

fort

& D

ress

ing


2 Homecraft Brevetti Sock and Stocking Aid

Designed to help those with restricted mobility, enabling the user to successfully apply socks. The Brevetti is also very effective used with stockings. It consists of a plastic collar or gutter for holding the garment at one end, and a plastic shoehorn with a notch for easy sock removal at the other. A coated steel tube connects the two. Length 737mm (29˝). Weight 386g.091095603

3 Homecraft Terry Cloth Tights AidSimilar to the Sock aid above (091095603), but for application of tights. The terry cloth holds the tights firmly in position. The pulling tabs have large looped handles for easier control over the tights aid.091184308

1 Homecraft Terry Cloth Sock AidSock application is made easy with this flexible, plastic sock aid. Slits in the plastic core allow it to bend around the heel. The inside is lined with nylon to reduce friction. The outside is lined with terry cloth to hold the sock firmly until it is on the foot. Two pulling tabs with loop handles permit one-handed application. Hand wash only. Length 230mm (9˝). Weight 73g.091059500

1

2

3

1BESTSELLER





Com

fort & D

ressing

583

1 Homecraft Dorking Stocking DonnerCompact in design, the Dorking Stocking Donner is both stylish and sturdy. Extendable handles enable easy application of stockings and socks for those with limited reach. The hold down handles rotate 90°, creating a more comfortable position for the user whilst applying the stockings. The central column, that holds the stocking, has a small ridge that prevents movement during application. The column also widens at the top, allowing room for the larger calf. Epoxy coated for a smoother surface that reduces the risk of snagging. Size 310mm (12 1/4˝) high, 205mm (8˝) wide, column height 205mm (8˝), column width 125mm (5˝), column depth 85mm (3 1/2˝). Height with handles 560mm (22˝).081330869

3 Jobst® Stocking DonnerDesigned to help individuals with limited strength and mobility pull on vascular stockings. Comfy foam grip handles make it easy to pull and a durable epoxy finish provides a smooth, no-snag surface. Compact in size and lightweight. Measures 343mm (13 1/2˝) high, 178mm (7˝) wide between handles and 114mm (4 1/4˝) wide at foot insert.081007830

4 Heel Guide™ Compression Stocking AidUnique indented channel on the inside of the centre cone acts as a feel guide and keeps the foot in the perfect position while effortlessly pulling on the compression stocking. The extra wide cone is ideal for people with oedema or larger feet. High sturdy handles reduce the need for bending or stretching. The handles also feature 3 gripping levels to accommodate different heights and hand sizes. Tested on compression hose up to 30-40 mmHg. Easy to assemble and can be taken apart for travelling or storage. Height 425mm (17˝). Width 30mm (12˝). Depth 200mm (8˝).091095595

2 Homecraft Dorking Tights DonnerSimilar to the Dorking Stocking Donner, but with twin columns designed for use with tights. The lightweight frame enables those with less strength in the upper body to apply the tights with ease. Width 380mm (15˝), height with handle 560mm (22˝), depth 130mm (5˝).091095447


BEST SELLER

11

2

3 4


Com

fort

& D

ress

ing


Dressing Aids

1 Homecraft Dressing StickThis wooden stick with rubber tip at one end, and special double wire hook at the other, is used to pull on or push off garments that cannot be reached easily e.g. socks. Length 520mm (21˝). Weight 236g.091095686

2 Deluxe Dressing StickThis wooden handle dressing stick has a large dressing hook at one end and a smaller looped hook at the other end, enabling it to be used for a number of dressing tasks. May be used for pulling shirts or jackets on, raising socks, skirts or trousers and operating zips.081287291 Length 650mm (26˝) with end hook 081287309 Length 910mm (36˝)

3 The Dressing Solution Dressing StickCombines two functions in one aid - a dressing stick and a shoehorn. One end has a strong plastic, push-pull S-hook that retrieves clothing or other items. The other end is a long-handled shoehorn. The thick, easy-to-hold shaft has a foam covering to improve grip. 660mm (26˝) long. Weight 142g.081007889

4 Buckingham Bra-AngelOccupational Therapist Chris Clarke has designed the unique Buckingham Bra-Angel specifically to assist those with mild to moderate upper limb restrictions or limited hand dexterity. The Bra-Angel holds one end of the brassiere securely whilst the other end is brought round the body and attached together. It even enables those who only have the use of one arm to be able to put on their brassiere independently. The Bra-Angel is a stylish, feminine and attractive dressing aid combining innovation and simplicity. It is versatile and designed to fit most brassiere types and easily adjusts to a wide variety of sizes. The telescopic action allows the Bra-Angel to be compacted and easy to carry. Latex free. Length 400mm (16˝). Width 40mm (1 1/2˝). Weight 100g.091095652

1 1

2

2

3

4

BEST SELLER

LATEX FREE


Com

fort & D

ressing

585

1 Homecraft Kings Button HookA shaped stainless steel wire which assists one handed dressing by passing through the button hole and over the button to grip the thread. It is pulled through with a twisting motion. Length: Wire 97mm (3 3/4˝), Handle 120mm (4 3/4˝). Weight 75g.091095678

4 SlipLift Pants AidUnique and simple device that assists in applying underwear, independently. The SlipLift enables those that have difficulty reaching to the floor, gather the underwear up to the knees. Lightweight and easy to use. Foldable for easy storage or transport. Standard: Width 380mm (15˝), Height when folded 110mm (4½˝), Depth 200mm (8˝). Large: Width 460mm (18˝), Height when folded 110mm (4½˝), Depth 220mm (8 1/2˝). 091181395 Standard 091203603 Large

2 Button Hook with Built-Up HandleIdeal for people who lack fine motor co-ordination or have use of only one hand, this button hook has a large, built up handle for improved grip. Length 215mm (8 1/2˝). Handle width 38mm (1 1/2˝). Weight 110g.081288539

3 Button Hook and Zip PullerExceptional value for money, this useful tool combines two products for the price of one. With a button hook on one end and a zip puller on the other end, this device helps with a number of dressing tasks. Length 245mm (9 3/4˝). Handle width 15mm (3/5˝). Wood length 170mm (6 3/4˝).091095645

BEST SELLER

11

2 3

44

Dressing Aids


Com

fort

& D

ress

ing


Grooming Aids

1 Homecraft Long Handled Combs and BrushesThese utensils assist those who cannot raise their arm or reach behind their head to comb their hair. They consist of a lightweight moulded plastic handle with a push-on extension piece, and a hinged end piece which holds the comb or brush and has two different angled positions. When not in use, the comb or brush folds back into the handle and the extension can be taken off to give a pocket sized item. Length: With extension 460mm (18˝); With handle 320mm (12 1/2˝). Length folded 235mm (9 1/4˝). Colour may vary. Weight091095710 Style Comb 114g 091095728 Brush 128g

3 Hands Free Hairdryer StandA convenient stand that holds the hairdryer steady for one handed styling or drying. The hairdryer nestles securely in a foam padded clamp on top of a flexible neck that can be adjusted to any angle from its tabletop base. Useful for hemiplegics, arthritics and others with limited upper extremity range of motion, strength or co-ordination. This simple, but essential piece of equipment increases independence for user or carer. Latex free. (Hair dryer not included).081171719

4 Reacher BackscratcherDesigned for those with limited range of motion. With a bendable handle this backscratcher can reach the lower or upper part of the back with minimal effort. Length 650mm (26˝).081240167

2 Etac® Beauty Grooming RangeThe beauty body care range is ergonomically designed and carefully balanced to provide maximum power with minimal effort and strain. Each product has a unique shape that makes it easier to reach further. Both the comb and the brush are shaped to follow the curve of the head, allowing the handle to be held close to the body without losing power or reach. Latex free. For more products within this range see the bathing accessories section within the catalogue. Length Weight091095744 Brush Long 370mm (14 1/2˝) 112g 091095769 Comb Long 370mm (14 1/2˝) 90g

1

1

2 2

3 4

STYLE COMB

COMB LONG

BRUSH

BRUSH LONG



Com

fort & D

ressing

587

Shoehorns

1 Homecraft Plastic ShoehornAn inexpensive plastic moulded shoehorn. A long handle gives excellent reach. It also has a hanging loop attached to the handle. Length 430mm (17˝). Weight 37g.081611136 Retail Packed 091095140 Non Retail

3 Homecraft Metal ShoehornA sturdy long white epoxy coated steel shoehorn for easier reaching. The soft PVC handgrip is hook-shaped for hanging and hooking. Length 600mm (23 3/4˝). Weight 233g.091095181 Retail Packed 091095173 Non Retail

4 Homecraft Chrome ShoehornA luxury, chromed metal, long stemmed shoehorn. The shoehorn blade is mounted on a spring to allow it to bend in relation to the handle when levering on shoes. The comfy plastic handle is easier for the user to grip and has a hanging loop. Length 600mm (23 3/4˝). Weight 115g.091095199 Retail Packed

2 Homecraft Extra Long Plastic ShoehornAn extra long shoehorn that eliminates bending and stooping whilst applying footwear. The hanging loop attached enables the shoehorn to be located in an easy to reach location. Length 560mm (22˝). Maximum width 45mm (1 3/4˝).091318062 Retail Packed 091318070 Non Retail

1 1

2

3

4

BEST SELLER


Com

fort

& D

ress

ing


Shoe Laces / Gel Strip

INFORMATIONFor shoe size conversions, please see page 773. Remember to state your required size when ordering.

1 Homecraft Coiler Shoe LacesThese elastic based laces do not require tying. Lace the shoes up and release the laces at the required pressure and the lace will coil to keep in place. Ideal for those who find it painful to bend and tie traditional laces. Weight 20g. Supplied in pairs.091095264 White 091095306 Black 091095280 Brown

2 Tylastic™ Shoe LacesShoes can be prelaced and tied, allowing them to be slipped on or off without tying each time. Feature flat style laces that stay securely tied. 610mm (24˝) laces, supplied in three pairs per pack. 650mm (26˝) laces, supplied in two pairs per pack. Length Width Colour081290501 610mm (24˝)5mm (3/16˝) Black 081290519 610mm (24˝)5mm (3/16˝) Brown 081166644 650mm (26˝)3mm (1/8˝) Black

3 Gel StripAn elasticated tube with a cushioning strip of thick polymer gel on the inside for extra protection. Provides pressure relief for the top, bottom or side of the toe. The gel is hypoallergenic and washable. Available in rolls 710mm in length. Cut to size as required. 091094622 For the little toe 091094630 For the three middle toes 091094648 For the big toe

1

2

2

3

AVAILABLEIN 3 COLOURS


Com

fort & D

ressing

589

Slippers

1 Ladies Patterned SlippersA simple slipper for superb warmth and comfort.• Touch fastening strap• Extra wide openings• Soft, washable upper• Flexible construction• Cushioned, non-slip sole• Wide fitting• Heel height ½˝• Weight approx 350g Shoe Size Colour091094184 4 Navy Floral 091094192 5 Navy Floral 091094200 6 Navy Floral 091094218 7 Navy Floral 091094226 8 Navy Floral 091094234 4 Wine Floral 091094242 5 Wine Floral 091094259 6 Wine Floral 091094267 7 Wine Floral 091094275 8 Wine Floral

2 Ladies Patterned BootiesSimilar to the Patterned Slippers (above) but styled as an ankle high boot for more warmth, comfort and support. Machine washable. Weight approx. 400g. Shoe Size Colour091094291 5 Navy Floral 091094309 6 Navy Floral 091094317 7 Navy Floral 091094366 7 Wine Floral

1

1

1

2

4

2

3

3

3 Gents Washable SlippersIn an attractive navy check for gentleman, these slippers are comfortable and functional. The stylish hook and loop fastenings allow the slipper to be easily adjusted to accommodate almost any foot. The hard wearing sole means that they are suitable to wear indoor and outdoor. Machine washable. Weight approx. 430g.• Extra wide opening• Non-slip sole Shoe Size Colour091094861 7 Navy Check 091094879 8 Navy Check 091094887 9 Navy Check 091094895 10 Navy Check 091094903 11 Navy Check

4 Gents Comfort BootiesA version of the gents navy washable slipper as above but styled as an ankle high boot for more support. Provides comfort even for the most sensitive of feet. Machine washable. Weight approx. 500g. Shoe Size Colour091094382 7 Navy Check 091094390 8 Navy Check 091094408 9 Navy Check 091094416 10 Navy Check 091094424 11 Navy Check

NAVY FLORAL

NAVY FLORAL

NAVY CHECK

WINE FLORAL

WINE FLORAL

NAVY CHECK

INFORMATIONFor shoe size conversions, please see page 773. Remember to state your required size when ordering.

Com

fort

& D

ress

ing


2 Homecraft Foldable Leg RestThis wooden frame leg rest adjusts to suit the users comfort and position. The user can use the rest up to stimulate leg circulation, folded to soothe thighs and keep the feet warm, or use angled to rest aching legs. The base has five rubber feet, which help to stabilise the rest whilst in use. Supplied with a fleecy padded foam cushion for added comfort and warmth. Foldable for easy storage and travelling. 3 adjustable heights; 355mm (14˝), 406mm (16˝), 445 (17.5˝). Height 89 to 445mm (3½ to 17½˝). Cushion size: 476×353mm (18¾×14˝). Weight 3.1kg.091092105

3 Padded Leg RestsThis leg rest features a well padded top cover made from fire retardant vinyl with an anti-bacterial coating to assist in reducing transfer of infections and cross contamination. The stool can be adjusted in height and tilt to the preferred position. The rubber feet can be adjusted in height from 355mm (14˝) to a maximum of 500mm (20˝).091092147 Non-Slip Feet

1 Days Cardiff Adjustable Height FootstoolsThis padded black vinyl leg rest can be adjusted in height and tilt angle using simple spring button adjustments. The base is made from chrome plated steel tubing and is available as standard (with non-slip rubber feet) or with four castors. Height 369 to 494mm (14 1/2 to 19 1/2˝). Cushion size: 510×305mm (20×12˝). Castors 50mm (2˝). Weight091092162 Standard 6.0kg 091092188 With castors 6.4kg

Maximum user weight

153/4 st

100 kg

4 Homecraft Adjustable Padded Leg RestThis padded leg rest is adjustable in height and tilt to provide maximum comfort. It has a dralon covered foam cushion top, on a steel frame. This height is adjusted with a pin clip system, and the angle of tilt is controlled by an easy to grip plastic knob. It can be disassembled for storage and is assembled in seconds without tools. Height 387 to 495mm (15 1/4 to 19 1/2˝). Cushion: 305×405×50mm (12×16×2˝). Weight 4.3kg.091092097

5 Homecraft Bexhill Rocker Style Foot RestThis foot rest adjusts to the angle required via the coated metal rockers. Available in PVC only. Lower cushion size: 305×405mm (12×16˝). Upper cushion size: 305×305mm (12×12˝). Rocker length: 490mm (19 1/4˝). Weight 4.6kg.091092139 Brown PVC

6 Flexible Padded Leg RestSoft foam cushion in leatherette vinyl with flexible spring base that automatically adjusts to the user’s sitting and leg position. Can also be used in bed as a back rest. Height 432mm (17˝). Cushion size: 610×305×76mm (24×12×3˝). Weight 3.3kg.091092196

PVC

2

11

3

4

5 6

Leg & Foot Rests

BESTSELLER

STANDARD VERSION CASTORS VERSION



Com

fort & D

ressing

591

Posture Care

1 TREAT YOUR OWN BACKThis easy-to-follow patient handbook provides the reader with an active self-treatment plan to resolve and manage back pain. First published in 1980, Treat Your Own Back has featured in many studies, which over the years have proven its benefits and validity. Now in its 10th Edition, this Treat Your Own Back has probably helped more people achieve freedom from back pain than any other publication. ISBN 978-0-9951075-0-2 Revised A5 Portrait English edition.091230788

2 TREAT YOUR OWN NECKThis book addresses many of the problems associated with neck related pain, including headaches and shoulder pain. It outlines active patient exercise and prevention programmes for various types of neck pain. It provides education and understanding to help prevent recurrence of symptoms. ISBN 978-0-9582692-9-2.091230762

3 TREAT YOUR OWN SHOULDERThis easy to follow patient hand book provides the reader with an active self treatment plan to assist in resolving and managing shoulder pain. The book clearly explains how to identify whether the pain is coming from the neck or the shoulder. ISBN 978-0-9582692-5-4.091312172

4 THE ORIGINAL McKENZIE® CERVICAL ROLLHelps relieve postural neck and shoulder pain by supporting the cervical spine during sleep. Should be placed inside the patients pillowcase to provide extra support. Length 510mm (20”). Height 90mm (3½˝ ).091231786

5 THE ORIGINAL McKENZIE® NIGHT ROLLThe Night Roll ties around your waist or can be pinned to the bed sheets, to support your lower back and prevent strain that can be caused by bad sleeping positions or inadequate sleep surfaces. This roll is designed to be worn whilst sleeping, it supports the lower back whether you’re lying on your back or side. Washable cover included. Height 100mm (4˝ ).091231893 910×100mm (36˝) Waist 091231901 1065×100mm (42˝) Waist

EFFECTIVE, AFFORDABLE SELF TREATMENT FOR LIFE

1 2

3

4

4

5

Com

fort & D

ressing

Com

fort

& D

ress

ing


Posture CareC

omfo

rt &

Dre

ssin

g

1 THE ORIGINAL McKENZIE® D-SHAPE ROLLFirm Density: The Original McKenzie® D-Shape Roll is made of high density foam and is therefore quite firm. It is recommended for use on soft furnishings such as sofas, lounge chairs etc or for people who require lots of support (heavy-built people, or people with a large hollow in the lower back). Dimensions 300×140×100mm (12×5½×4˝).091231802

2 THE ORIGINAL McKENZIE® SUPER ROLLFirm Density: The Original McKenzie® Super Roll is a superior lumbar support that provides the ultimate in function and aesthetic value. This roll is made of injected-moulded foam, which retains support for an almost indefinite period. It’s flatter, curved shape contours comfortably around the body. Dimensions 370×165×150mm (14½×5¼×6˝ ).091231877

3 THE ORIGINAL McKENZIE® ROUND ROLLMedium Density: The Original McKenzie® Round Roll was the first ever lumbar roll made in the world. Although this roll looks quite bulky, it compresses down very easily, while still giving the appropriate support. Available in a 100mm (4”) or 125mm (5”) thickness. Dimensions 280×130mm (11×5˝ ).091231752 100mm (4˝) 091231745 125mm (5˝)

4 THE ORIGINAL McKENZIE® SLIMLINE ROLLMedium Density and flatter design “for just that little bit extra”: The Original McKenzie® Slimline Roll is designed to be used with modern seating that has some lumbar support. Ideal for the elderly or petite persons and those who have a limited range of motion in their lower back and therefore cannot tolerate the larger size lumbar roll. Dimensions 350×200×55mm (13¾×8×2 ˝ ).091231737

5 THE ORIGINAL McKENZIE® HEAVY DUTY ROLL

Heavy Density: The Original McKenzie® Heavy Duty Roll is available in 100mm (4”) and 125mm (5”) thickness, and is perfect for use in the home or the office. Dimensions 305×100mm (12×4˝ ).091231778 100mm (4˝)091231794 125mm (5˝)

6 THE ORIGINAL McKENZIE® AIRBACK™This inflatable lumbar roll is ideal for commuters and travellers. Especially useful on planes where the lumbar support is generally inadequate for long distance travel.091231851

6

THE ORIGINAL McKENZIE® LUMBAR ROLLSDesigned by world-renowned physiotherapist and author, Robin McKenzie, these lumbar rolls when used correctly can prevent and help neck and back pain caused by poor posture. Made to the highest quality and specifications, the Original McKenzie® rolls are the genuine article. Ideal for use in the home or office.

2

3

1

5

4

BESTSELLER


Com

fort & D

ressing

593

Posture Care

1 Dynaspine Back SupportDynaspine is a revolution in back support technology, as its unique design provides dynamic support for the back. Dynaspine is designed to help alleviate backache or back pain and also to prevent symptoms of a bad back, whilst in the seated position. Studies of the latest research into the management of back pain have shown that sitting in an ergonomically sound seated position – allowing for some correct movement of the spine – reduces pressure on the spinal joints and discs, decreases muscle fatigue and reduces back pain. Dynaspine has two flexible back support plates, which mould and adjust to your position whilst seated, it ensures the correct posture is maintained and your back is always supported. Dynaspine is fully portable, fits into most seats and comes with a free carry case. Washable removable covers.091429141 Black

2 Backfriend Back SupportA seat which has been designed with orthopaedic and ergonomic considerations in mind. It will improve posture and comfort in a variety of locations i.e. the home, office or car. The two piece seat is contoured and moulded to give firm and shaped lumbar support. It is easy to adjust to ensure that the backrest curve is always at the correct angle. Covered in a quality beige fabric. A hand grip has been built in for ease of carrying when folded. Available as a standard or padded version for additional comfort. Folded 508mm long×419mm (20×16 1/2˝). Weight 1.6kg.091092063 Standard 091092071 Padded

3 Sitback PlusFor the larger framed person who needs a wider back support. Complete with stitched belt. Size 330×400mm (13×15 3/4˝).091379429 Black 091379445 Navy

1

1

2

3


Com

fort

& D

ress

ing


1 Seat WedgesThese high density foam seat wedges are ideal for car seats or office seating. They significantly decrease pain in the lower back and legs. Tilts the pelvis to the optimum degree correctly and the spine in its natural position. Removable cover.091232008 8° 360×360×100mm (14 1/4×14 1/4×4˝) 091232024 11° 360×360×100mm (14 1/4×14 1/4× 4˝)

2 SeatRite WedgesThese individually moulded visco elastic foam seat wedges are ideal for car seats or office seating. They significantly decrease pain in the lower back and legs. Tilts the pelvis to the optimum degree correctly and the spine in its natural position. Available with optional coccyx cut out.091232164 8° 360×360×70mm (14 1/4×14 1/4×2 3/4˝) Coccyx Cut Out Option091232156 8° 360×360×70mm (14 1/4×14 1/4×2 3/4˝)

3 Flexible Adjustable Back BraceA deep, elasticated lumbar support belt with spine support pressure pad. The pad gently applies pressure to the lower back and supports the abdomen and spine to reduce minor back pain. It adjusts via two hook and loop panels and fits comfortably and discreetly under normal clothing. Width of belt 228mm (9˝). Weight approx. 220g. Hip Size091092535 863-1016mm (34-40˝) 091092543 1016-1220mm (40-48˝)

4 Neck Support CushionA must for anyone travelling, reading or watching television. Made from pure new wool pile, it is extremely comfortable. It may be beneficial for people with neck problems. Size 320×320×100mm (12 1/2×12 1/2×4˝). Weight 550g.091091784

5 Inflatable Neck CushionA lightweight, easily inflated, crescent shaped cushion that sits around the neck to support the head whilst sitting. Finished in a suede feel PVC, it folds to pocket size and can be stored in the matching bag supplied. Ideal for use when travelling. Size 460×267mm (18×10 1/2˝). Weight 110g.091091701

1

2

3

4 5

Posture Care

BESTSELLER



Com

fort & D

ressing

595

Pillows

1 Prop-Up Bed WedgeThis foam wedge will prop you up in bed comfortably and offers you support at two different angles. Removable cover supplied. Length 559mm (22˝). Width 571mm (22 1/2˝). Depth 254mm (10˝). Weight 1.73kg.091091909 091091917 Spare Cover

2 Easy Body Cushion SupportA versatile U-shaped cushion that can be used to give support and comfort to various parts of the body. It can be used on the floor or in a bed to lift the head and neck when reading or it can be wrapped round the waist when sitting to give the back support. Alternatively, it can be used between legs to help keep hips in alignment, or to help keep the user in a particular position, eg. the recovery position. Also useful in bed to keep the body stable and provide comfort. Optional washable 100% cotton cover. Colour may vary. Washable at 30°C.091091750 Easy Cushion without Cover 091091768 Easy Cushion Zipped Cover

3 Contoured PillowThis orthopaedic pillow supports the head and neck. The nodular top surface allows air to circulate. Size 540×350mm (21 1/4×13 3/4˝). Weight 1.05kg.091091867

4 Rolyan® SleepRite™ PillowA quality orthopaedic pillow specially shaped for cervical support, and contoured central area for various sleeping positions. Latex free. Size 380×610mm (15×24˝). Weight 1.1kg.081294420

5 Air-Core® Adjustable PillowWith a simple squeeze of the pump, the pillow can be inflated providing the most appropriate support for the individual. The second lobe provides traditional fibre support. Filled with a premier, antimicrobial fibre. Size 610×410mm (24×161/4˝).091385343

6 Royal Rest® PillowRoyal Rest pillows stay cool and fresh throughout the night. The material is cut, rather than moulded, therefore, the cells in the foam remain open. Air circulation is maximised thereby reducing the discomfort of sweating. The pillow cover is made of 100% cotton helping people with sensitive skins to enjoy a comfortable and restful sleep. Size 500×380mm (19 3/4×15˝).091385426

2 2

1

5 6

43

WITHOUT COVER WITH COVER


Com

fort

& D

ress

ing


Warmth

2 Electric FootwarmerA practical solution for those that suffer from cold feet. This rapid warming foot warmer has a choice of 3 temperature settings, with a soft washable fleece lining and hard-wearing outer material. The hand control has an illuminated display for those with limited vision. Auto-switch off mechanism after 90 minutes. Size 320×260×260mm (12 1/2×10 1/4×10 1/4˝).091163575

1 Therapeutic Heating Pad (240V)A small, mains powered therapeutic heating pad that provides natural relief from everyday aches, pains and tension. It has three heat settings and a safety cut-out to prevent over heating. Using the latest technology, the heat pad constantly monitors the users body temperature and controls its own temperature accordingly. Auto-switch off mechanism after 90 minutes. Cover is removable and washable. Size 410×300mm (16×11 3/4˝). Weight 640g.091092808

1

2


Kitchen & DiningJar & Bottle Openers 598 - 599

Tin, Jar & Bottle Openers 600Food Preparation 601 - 603

Homecraft Kitchen Utensils 604Dycem® Non-Slip Solutions 605 - 606

Cutlery 607 - 617Cutlery Aids 618 - 619

Plate Surrounds & Plates 620Plates & Dishes 621 - 622

Cups & Mugs 623 - 629The Hydrant Drinking System 630

Straws 631Feeding Evaluation Kit 632

Kettles, Tippers & Holders 633 - 634Bibs 635 - 636

Trays 637Trolleys 638 - 640

Kitc

hen

& D

inin

g


Jar & Bottle Openers

1 6-in-1 Multi OpenerThis Multi Opener has a durable and comfortable grip and opens six different types of seals and lids with ease. The unique tool removes hard-to-grasp safety seals, opens metal bottle caps, can ring pulls, and stubborn jar lids or bottle tops. The unique enclosed blade feature cleanly slices open tightly sealed bags. Weight 99g.091168699

1 1

11

11

2 Homecraft Mighty Lever Jar and Bottle Opener

The flexible stainless steel band is fitted around a lid, and then clamped tight using the screw at the end of the handle. The handle can then be used as a lever. Suitable for tops 20 to 110mm ( 3/4 to 4 1/2˝) diameter. Weight 88g.081501329

2

3 Homecraft Undo-It Jar and Bottle Opener

A V-shaped coated metal opener with non-slip lining that is screwed underneath a shelf or cupboard. The jar is slid into the V until the lid wedges. It is then twisted to remove the lid. Suitable for tops 25 to 75mm (1 to 3˝) diameter. Measures 140×100mm. Fixings not included. Weight 145g.091096023 Retail Packed

3

BESTSELLER


Kitchen &

Dining


599

1 Homecraft Twister Jar OpenerA cone shaped rubber moulding with fluted finger grips on the outside, and ribbing on the inside to give a good grip for opening twist-off jar lids. Suitable for tops 20 to 85mm ( 3/4 to 3 1/2˝) diameter. Weight 100g.091095926 Retail Packed 091095918 Non Retail

2 Homecraft Bottle Opener and Knob Turner

Flexible rubber moulding for an easy, firm grip on small tops e.g. drink bottles or medicine containers. Also excellent for turning knobs. Suitable for tops up to 35mm (1 1/2˝) diameter. Weight 85g.091096122 Retail Packed

3 Dycem® Jar OpenerDycem’s non-slip jar opener is another everyday essential from Dycem’s non-slip range. Simple yet extremely effective, the jar opener provides a tighter, more thorough grip and makes stubborn jar lids a thing of the past. Soft and malleable, the jar opener is cone shaped so it fits perfectly into the palm of your hand. Dycem jar openers can also be used in conjunction with a non-slip mat for one handed opening of jars.091095983 A Blue 091202613 B Silver

4 Dycem® Bottle OpenerDycem’s non-slip bottle opener is an everyday essential from Dycem’s nonslip range. The dome shaped bottle opener fits comfortably in the palm of your hand and is soft and malleable for added comfort. Unique grip bars on the sides maximise your grip and enable you to effortlessly unscrew even the toughest bottle lids.091095991 Yellow

Jar & Bottle Openers

1

2

3

3 4

2

A

B


INFORMATIONFor our full range of Dycem products, please see pages 660 to 664.

LATEX FREE

LATEX FREE

LATEX FREE

Kitc

hen

& D

inin

g


Tin, Jar & Bottle Openers


1 New Improved One Touch Can OpenerA faster way to open cans of all types and sizes.The new improved One Touch can opener has been redesigned with several improvements to the original One Touch Can opener. The opener is suitable for all types of cans including large pie cans and corned beef style cans.• Cuts all sizes and shapes above 52mm• Easier to use, clean and replace batteries• 50% faster cutting time over Original One Touch Can opener• Battery life of 100 cans vs Original 80• Available in Classic or Comfort grip models091535681

1

2 Canpull™ Featuring SodasnapThe Canpull is a durable device especially designed for opening ring pull cans. Extremely easy to use, just hook the end under the ring, fold forwards and then roll back. Suitable for users either with arthritis or with a weak grip. Stores easily on a hook or in the cutlery drawer. Also features a sodasnap, which has been designed specifically for opening the ring pulls on cans of drink. Dishwasher safe.091096221

2 2

3

4 Homecraft Belliclamp Jar and Bottle Holder

This device hooks over the edge of a worktop and the jar or bottle is then placed in the V. The object is clamped by the ram, which can be pushed with the stomach or hip, leaving hands free to twist the top. The device is made of moulded plastic with non-slip feet and rubber lining. Can be used with most jar or bottle openers. Suitable for items up to 120mm (4 3/4˝) diameter. Measures 330×190×90mm. Weight 580g. Latex free.091096148

5

5 Multi-OpenerA handy, multi-functional opener for bottle caps, screw tops and ring pulls. The handle provides great leverage for opening screw-on bottle tops. Ring pull seals are easily broken by inserting the ring into the end of the opener and lifting. On the same end is a bottle cap opener. The notch on the underside of the opener can be used to break the seal on twist off jar lids to make opening easier. The coloured parts of the opener are a non-slip material to prevent the users grip on the handle from slipping and to secure the opener onto the bottle top. Latex free.Weight 42g.091096080

5

5

6 Baby BoaA versatile device that can be used to assist with turning or opening in hundreds of instances, inside or out. Gives an excellent grip on any item from 10 to 100mm (1/2 to 4˝) in diameter. Simply place the loop over the item, pull the tail until tight and then turn in the direction of the arrow. Weight 72g.091095934

6

3 Spillnot Jar and Bottle OpenerThis jar and bottle opener has three sunken cones of different sizes, lined with a non-slip material. When a jar or bottle is pressed in the appropriate cone, it is gripped, leaving both hands free to twist the lid. Can be used in conjunction with certain openers. Fitted with four non-slip feet. Suitable for tops 44 to 108mm (1 3/4 to 4 1/4˝) diameter. Base measures 250×170×100mm. Weight 540g.081015247

BESTSELLER

4

DISHWASHER SAFEThis product is suitable for use in a dishwasher.

Kitchen &

Dining


601

Food Preparation

1 Homecraft Stainless Steel Cooking Basket

This stainless steel basket allows vegetables to be cooked and strained without ever lifting a pan full of boiling water. The large flame retardant moulded nylon handle is easy to grip and provides heat insulation. Diameter 165mm (6 1/2˝) at the top, tapering to 120mm (4 1/2˝) at the bottom. Depth 90mm (3 1/2˝). Weight 245g.091096890 165mm (6 1/2˝) Retail Packed

2 Homecraft Peeler and ClampThis handy device clamps to a table or worktop and enables fruit and vegetables to be peeled using only one hand. Clamped to the work surface by a sliding mechanism, the hardened, swivelling blade is slotted into the top. It is operated by holding the vegetable and pushing it over the blade, away from the user. The peelings then drop onto a plate placed behind the peeler. Suitable for work surfaces 12 to 55mm (1/2 to 2 1/4˝) thick. Measures 260×190×170mm. Weight 510g.081305762


1BEST SELLER

2



Kitc

hen

& D

inin

g


Food Preparation

1 Homecraft Kitchen WorkstationThis multi-function food preparation unit is designed to provide assistance with many day-to-day kitchen tasks. Based around a tough, durable chopping board measuring 500×300mm (19 3/4×11 3/4˝) the workstation also features:• A removable grater and slicer (with a protective cover) that

collects the food with a minimum of mess and waste.• A raised L shaped corner measuring 130×95mm

(5 1/4×3 3/4˝) which can be used to hold bread and toast in place whilst it is being spread.

• Removable stainless steel spikes that secure bread, fruit or vegetables in place whilst being sliced, chopped or peeled.

• A removeable clamp that can open up to 110mm (4 1/4˝) wide and hold any object in place such as a bowl, a tin, bread, vegetables etc. The clamp has a reversible edge, allowing it to be either flat or contoured.

The workstation has four non-slip suction pads that firmly anchor it in place. Dishwasher safe.081112259

2 Etac® Food Preparation SystemThis durable cutting board is ideal for those who have difficulty in gripping, or only have the use of one hand. The clamp can fix items such as tins or bowls, and the stainless steel spikes keep vegetables still when peeling or cutting. It has four non-slip rubber feet to prevent the board from moving. Suction pads are also provided for use on wet surfaces. Size 315×295mm (12 2/5×11 3/5˝). Weight 1.66kg.

091096643

3 Homecraft Clyde Grater, Scraper and Spike

The white epoxy coated steel frame has a grating unit fitted to it with a plated metal mesh blade, for peeling or grating. The top section is easily detached for cleaning. A stainless steel spike attachment is included for holding vegetables while peeling them with a manual peeler. Measures 200×230×70mm. Weight 534g.

091096312

1

2

3

BEST SELLER




Kitchen &

Dining


603

Food Preparation

1 Homecraft Bread BoardThis hardwood board is fitted with non-slip feet and six stainless steel spikes to grip bread or vegetables, when cutting one handed. It also has an L-shaped lip in one corner to allow one handed spreading of the cut slices. Size 325×175mm (12 3/4×7˝). Weight 972g.

091096635 Retail Packed

2 Homecraft Plastic Spread BoardA durable one-piece moulded board with raised L-shape in one corner. This allows bread to be spread using one hand. Size 181×256mm (7 1/8×10 1/8˝). Weight 190g.091096742

3 Homecraft Plastic Spread Board with Spikes

This durable one-piece moulded board has a raised L-shape in one corner. This allows bread to be spread using one hand. It also features a set of six stainless steel spikes that can be inserted into the board. The spikes are designed to hold produce, such as bread or vegetables, firmly in place whilst they are being sliced or chopped. Size 181×256mm (7 1/8×10 1/8˝). Weight 190g.081569623 091096767 Spare Set of Spikes

4 Chopping BoardA white polypropylene chopping board, 300×300mm (12×12˝). Stainless steel spikes hold food in place for peeling or slicing. 12mm (1/2˝) high corner guards prevent bread from moving when having butter or margarine spread on it. Four suction cups anchor the board securely to the work surface.091096684

5 Combination Chopping BoardA white polypropylene chopping board, 400×300mm (16 x 12˝) with a chef’s knife attached. The knife has a 185mm (7 1/4˝) stainless steel blade and a black plastic handle. It can be removed for cleaning and sharpening. Three stainless steel spikes secure objects for peeling or slicing. 12mm (1/2˝) high corner guards prevent bread from moving when having butter or margarine spread on it.091096700

1

2

3

4 5



Kitc

hen

& D

inin

g


Homecraft Kitchen Utensils

A Homecraft KnifeThis high quality stainless steel blade with a smooth sharp edge which is useful for cutting or chopping food. Blade length 205mm (8˝). Weight 214g.091207810

B Homecraft Carving KnifeThis high quality stainless steel blade with a scalloped rather than a smooth blade which will stay permanently sharp. Blade length 205mm (8˝). Weight 198g.091207802

C Homecraft Slicing KnifeA high quality stainless steel blade that is long and narrow. Ideal for slicing bread. Blade length 254mm (10˝). Weight 192g.091207828

D Homecraft Preparation KnifeThis knife has a scalloped edge and is useful for cutting and preparing food. The blade will not require sharpening. Blade length 127mm (5˝). Weight 176g.091207794

2 Homecraft Reflex Comfort Grip Utensils

This range of Reflex Comfort Grip Kitchen Utensils has been designed with a soft-touch overmoulded handle to provide a more comfortable slip resistant grip. The handle is set at an angle to minimise wrist movement when using the product and the grip is slightly larger than the standard range to reduce the amount of finger movement required to grip the handle. The utensils are available with the same stainless steel blades as in the standard Reflex range. Dishwasher safe.

1 Homecraft Reflex Kitchen Utensils

The Reflex range of kitchen utensils has an easy to grip contoured closed handle with the utensil set at an angle to minimise wrist movement for the user. The handle has been designed to counter balance the weight of the utensil whilst also being aesthetically pleasing. All the utensils are made from stainless steel and are all dishwasher safe.

A Homecraft Slicing KnifeBlade length 254mm (10˝). Weight 125g.081305804

B Homecraft Carving KnifeBlade length 203mm (8˝). Weight 155g.081305788

C Homecraft Chef’s KnifeBlade length 203mm (8˝). Weight 165g.081305796

D Homecraft Preparation KnifeBlade length 127mm (5˝). Weight 140g.081305770

A

C

B

D

A

C

B

D



1

1

2


Kitchen &

Dining


605

1 Dycem® AnchorpadsSize Weight Blue Red Green Yellow Silver Lime Pink

A Round 140mm (5 1/2˝) 74g 091102938 091102946 091102953 091102961 091102979 091565159 091565142

B Round 190mm (7 1/2˝) 140g 091102987 091102995 091103001 091103019 091103027 091565175 091565167

C Rectangular 250×180mm (10×7 1/2˝) 134g 091103035 091103043 091103050 091103068 091103076

D Rectangular 350×250mm (14×10˝) 248g 091103084 091103092 091103100 091103118

E Rectangular 380×450mm (15×18˝) 434g 091103126 091103134 091103142 091103159

A

C

E

B

D

Anchor your items onto any surface with Dycem Non-Slip’s long-lasting non slip mats.

Dycem non-slip mats provide unbeatable grip for any item and have been proven to grip up to a 45 degree angle. Keep your things secure by using them on a range of surfaces.

These easy to use non-slip mats are antimicrobial, making them very hygienic. They are also made from non-toxic materials and do not contain any latex. These anti slip mats have so many uses that you will struggle to find a place that you can’t use them. They are available in a range of sizes and colours.

2 Dycem® Non-Slip Floor MatDycem’s non-slip floor mats are perfect for providing a sure footing, boosting mobility and helping with any balance issues. These mats are manufactured using Dycem’s patented non-slip material, meaning that you won’t get the unbeatable grip and stability anywhere else. Dycem’s floor mats can help in lowering the risk of falls, and have been used by therapists to improve standing, sitting and positioning. Gain a sure footing with Dycem’s non-slip floor mats. They measure 450×600mm (17 3/4×23 3/4˝) and available in Blue or Grey.091102912 Blue 091102920 Grey


1

2

3

Non-Slip Solutions®


NEWCOLOURS

LATEX FREE

Kitc

hen

& D

inin

g


Dycem coloured reels are made from a non-woven fabric coated with non-slip properties. They can be used to cover large areas or cut to shape, especially suitable for moulding or wrapping around

an object. The clear and check reels are made from a polythene base and are of a stiffer construction. They are more suitable for

flat surfaces or when extra firmness is required.

CARDBOARD DISPENSER WITH 20cm BULK REEL

1

2 2 Dycem® Non-Slip Bulk Reel DispenserThis dispenser can sit on a table. The non-slip material has a protective film on both sides, which will keep the material clean until ready to dispense. The protective film also makes cutting easier – pull out the desired length, cut and peel film from both sides when ready to use. A smaller bulk roll is also available supplied in a card dispenser only.091200021 Bulk Reel only 40cm×15m Blue 091200005 Bulk Reel supplied with

Cardboard Dispenser 20cm×15m

1 Dycem® ReelsLength×Width Weight White Blue Red Green Yellow Silver Lime Pink1m×200mm (3´3˝×8˝) 220g 091103530 091103548 091103555 091103571 091103589 0915653161m×400mm (3´3˝×16˝) 410g 091103597 091103605 091103613 091103621 091103639 091103647 091565357 0915653402m×200mm (6´6˝×8˝) 344g 091103233 091103241 091103258 091103266 091103274 091103282 091565258 0915652412m×400mm (6´6˝×6˝) 592g 091103357 091103365 091103373 091103381 091103399 091103407 091565290 0915652829m×200mm (29´5˝×8˝) 990g 091103290 091103308 091103316 091103324 091103332 091565274 0915652669m×400mm (29´5˝×16˝) 2.1kg 091103472 091103480 091103498 091103506 091103514 091565332 091565324



3 Dycem® Counter Top Display UnitsThese retail friendly product dispensers are ideal for sitting on the counter at the point of purchase. The units are available for the Dycem Jar and Bottle openers, and 14cm Anchorpads. All dispensers are supplied with 25 products stocked in them, ready to be put on display immediately. 091182260 Jar Opener Dispenser 091182278 Bottle Opener Dispenser

3 3

NEWCOLOURS

Kitchen &

Dining


607

Homecraft Lightweight Foam Handled Cutlery

1 Standard CutleryThe popular range of Standard Lightweight Foam Handled Cutlery is available individually or as a set.• Not dishwasher safe, handwash only Weight081305986 A Knife 45g 081305994 B Fork 34g 081306000 C Spoon 42g 081306018 D Teaspoon 30g 091098516 Retail Packed Set - 1 of each 151g

Homecraft Lightweight Foam Handled Cutlery

The Homecraft range of Lightweight Foam Handled Cutlery benefits from a comfortable design and is ideal for anyone with a weak or painful grip. The stainless steel utensils are sealed into light grey foam handles that are ribbed to make them easy to grip. The cutlery is suitable for hand wash use only but not suitable for use in a dishwasher. Handle diameter 28mm (1 1/4˝). Handle length 115mm (4 1/2˝).

2 One Handed CutleryMounted into a lightweight foam handle, can be used for one handed eating by combining cutlery functions.• The splayed fork is a pronged fork with edges designed for

cutting food and a deep rounded body which functions like a spoon

• The nelson knife is a knife with a cutting edge, which ends as a curved pronged fork, to enable food to be picked up

• The foam is comfortable to hold and washable (although not recommended for dishwashers)

Weight091098466 A Splayed Fork 40g 091098441 B Nelson Knife 45g

3 Angled CutleryAngled versions of the Lightweight Foam range for those with limited wrist or arm movement. The knife can be used without cocking the wrist and the fork and spoon are available as right (R) or left (L) handed versions. Knife blade at 90° angle. Fork and spoon at 40° angles. Stainless steel utensils with closed cell foam handles. Weight081306034 A Knife 45g 091098540 B Right Handed Fork 40g 091098532 C Left Handed Fork 40g 091098565 D Right Handed Spoon 46g 091098557 E Left Handed Spoon 46g

1

2

3

A

A

B

B

DC

B C D E

A


Kitc

hen

& D

inin

g


Homecraft Caring Cutlery

1 Homecraft Standard Caring CutleryAvailable in Ivory or Black.Ivory Black Weight091098607 091535418 Knife 50g 091098623 091535426 Fork 50g 091098631 091535434 Spoon 60g 091098649 091535442 Teaspoon 45g 081533801 091535459 Retail Packed Set 215g

Homecraft Caring Cutlery

The Homecraft Caring Cutlery range is a set of stainless steel utensils moulded into contoured, plastic handles with built up ends. These are of value to those with a weak grip and restricted wrist or finger movement. The knives and forks have a shaped indent on the top for the index finger, to help with directional control. The knives also have a serrated blade to assist with cutting. The knife, fork, spoon and teaspoon are available as a set. Within the range there is an angled knife and left and right-angled forks and spoons that are designed to minimise wrist movement. The cutlery range is hygienically sealed, easy to clean and dishwasher safe. Length of handles 127mm (5˝).

2 Homecraft Angled Caring CutleryThese angled versions of the Caring fork and spoon are designed to minimise wrist movement. The utensils are hygienically sealed, easy to clean and dishwasher safe. Length of handles 127mm (5˝). Weight091098672 A Right Handed Spoon 60g 091098698 B Right Handed Fork 50g 091098680 C Left Handed Fork 50g

3 Homecraft Soft Coated Caring CutleryThese soft coated spoons have been dipped in soft, food quality PVC. They may be beneficial for users with bite reflex problems or a sensitive mouth. Due to the type of use to which these items are subjected, they are only guaranteed for three months. The spoons are hygienically sealed into the contoured Caring Cutlery handles, are easy to clean and dishwasher safe. Length of handles 127mm (5˝). Weight091098656 A Soft Coated Spoon 65g 091098664 B Soft Coated Teaspoon 55g

4 Homecraft Junior Caring CutleryDesigned primarily for children with a small utensil head.• Easy to clean• Dishwasher safe• Stainless steel cutlery• Length of handle 102mm (4˝)Aqua Sky Blue Weight091554864 091554898 Knife 24g 091554872 091554906 Fork 22g 091554880 091554914 Spoon 24g

1

2 3

4

AQUA SKY BLUE

A

A

B

B

C

BESTSELLER



Kitchen &

Dining


609

Homecraft Queens Cutlery

1

2 3

4

1 Homecraft Queens Standard CutleryA popular range of standard utensils mounted in the Queens built-up handle.• Available individually or as a retail packed set Weight081305820 A Knife 45g 081305838 B Fork 45g 081305846 C Spoon 45g 081305853 D Junior Spoon 45g 091097427 E Teaspoon 45g 091097799 Queens Retail Packed Set including Knife, Fork, Spoon, and Junior Spoon (does not include teaspoon)

2 Homecraft Queens Soft Coated Built-Up Spoons

These spoons have been dipped in soft, food quality PVC and then mounted into a built-up plastic handle for those with a weak or restricted grip.• Beneficial for users with a bite reflex problem or a sensitive mouth• Due to the type of use to which these items are subjected,

they are guaranteed for 3 months only Weight091097443 A Soft Coated Spoon 45g 091097435 B Soft Coated Teaspoon 50g

3 Homecraft Queens One Handed Built-Up Cutlery

These stainless steel utensils can be used for one-handed eating by combining cutlery functions.• The splayed fork is a pronged fork with edges designed for cutting

food and a deep rounded body, which functions like a spoon• The nelson knife is a knife with a cutting edge, which ends as a

curved pronged fork, to enable food to be picked up Weight081305861 A Splayed Fork 45g 091097468 B Nelson Knife 55g

4 Homecraft Queens Angled Built-Up Cutlery

Stainless steel utensils with an angled head, enabling those with limited wrist movement to eat more easily.• The fork and spoon are available as right or left

handed versions Weight081305879 Knife (not illustrated) 45g 081305895 A Right Handed Fork 45g 081305887 B Left Handed Fork 55g 081305911 C Right Handed Spoon 55g 081305903 D Left Handed Spoon 55g

This range of stainless steel utensils are mounted into a lightweight ABS plastic built-up handle designed to help those with a weak or restricted grip. The handle is cylindrical with a slight taper away from the utensil with smooth contours to assist with gripping. All the items are hygienically sealed and are dishwasher safe. Length of handle 98mm (4 5 / 8̋ ). Diameter of handle 30mm (1¼˝).

A

A AB

B C D E

B C DA

B



Kitc

hen

& D

inin

g


4 Homecraft Newstead One Handed CutleryDesigned for one handed eating.• The splayed fork combines a spoon and a fork into a one handed

utensil. The nelson knife is a knife with a cutting edge that ends as a curved pronged fork, enabling food to be picked up

Weight091097997 A Splayed Fork 80g 091098003 B Nelson Knife 80g

Homecraft Newstead Cutlery

The Newstead Cutlery range has been ergonomically designed to give a soft, non-slip grip, the handles are cushioned to allow the user to hold the utensil firmly but comfortably, even when wet. The handles are made from tough plastic with a soft, flexible overmoulding allowing the handle to adapt to the user’s grip. All the utensils are made from stainless steel. The handle’s rounded shape allows it to fit naturally into the palm of a hand and is ideal for conditions such as Parkinson’s disease, neurological impairments, arthritis or any condition that can cause poor grip. The entire range is latex free and dishwasher safe.

1 Homecraft Newstead CutleryThe standard Newstead Cutlery range is available to purchase either individually or as a retail packed set of four. Weight081610898 A Knife 80g 081610906 B Fork 80g 081610914 C Spoon 80g 081610922 D Teaspoon 80g 091097872 Set - Retail Packed 320g

2 Homecraft Newstead Angled CutleryNewstead Angled Cutlery is particularly suitable for those with limited wrist or arm movement.• The knife can be used without cocking the wrist• The forks and spoons are set at 40° but may be bent to a

more suitable angle Weight091097880 A Right Handed Fork 80g 091097898 B Right Handed Spoon 80g 091097906 C Left Handed Fork 80g 091097914 D Left Handed Spoon 80g 091097922 E Angled Knife 80g

3 Homecraft Newstead Weighted CutleryThe splayed fork and the nelson knife are designed for one handed eating.• The splayed fork combines a spoon and a fork into a one

handed utensil • The nelson knife is a knife with a cutting edge that ends as a

curved pronged fork, enabling food to be picked up Weight091097948 A Weighted Knife 130g 091097955 B Weighted Fork 130g 091097963 C Weighted Spoon 130g 091097971 D Weighted Teaspoon 130g 091097989 Set 520g

1

2

3

4

A B C D

A

A

A

B

B

B

C

C

D

D

E



Kitchen &

Dining


611

Cutlery

3

2

1

2 Sure Grip Bendable CutleryThe spoons and forks in this range feature a twist in the metal shaft to allow them to be bent to the desired angle.• The utensils can be bent to either the right or

left to the position that is the most comfortable for the user• The knife has a curved rocker blade to allow the user to cut

with minimal effort• Comfortable 38mm (1½˝) wide built up ribbed rubber handles

provide an improved grip081288000 A Rocker Knife 081287994 B Fork 081287986 C Tablespoon 081287978 D Teaspoon 091058833 Set - one of each

3 Good Grips CutleryThe forks and spoons have a special twist built into the metal shaft that allows them to be bent in any angle for either left or right handed use.• Stainless steel utensils feature a 35mm (1 3/8˝) diameter

built-up handle• Handle length 165mm (6½˝)081339373 A Rocker Knife 081339381 B Serrated Rocker Knife 081339332 C Fork 081339357 D Tablespoon 081339340 E Teaspoon

Weighted utensils are available with 170g of extra weight in the built up handle to provide more control for people with a tremor or limited hand control. Weighted Serrated Rocker Knife is not available within the weighted utensils product family.081339464 Weighted Rocker Knife 081339423 Weighted Fork 081339431 Weighted Teaspoon 081339449 Weighted Tablespoon

1 Sure Grip CutleryThese stainless steel utensils have comfortable ribbed built up handles to assist people with a weak grasp. The rubber handles are 38mm (1 1/2˝) wide and 102mm (4˝) long.081287945 A Knife 081287937 B Fork 081287929 C Tablespoon 081287911 D Teaspoon 091058783 Set - one of each

A

A

A B C D E

B

B

C

C

D

D



Kitc

hen

& D

inin

g


Homecraft Kings Modular Cutlery

Multi-functional adaptors if required

Variety of comfortable handles

Large choice of high quality utensils

Assembly of Homecraft Kings Cutlery RangeTo assemble a cutlery utensil and a handle, you simply push the utensil spigot into the hole in the handle. If the handle needs to be built up further, sleeves can be added. These must be fitted over the slim handle (091098300) first, and then the handle attached to the utensil spigot in the manner described above. If a double ended utensil is required, handles with a hole in both ends are available. The utensils can be rotated to the position required. When using the strap, it is placed between the handle and cutlery spigot or end piece.

1 Homecraft Kings Assessment Kit 33 Pieces

This kit contains one of each utensil, handle and sleeve, plus the Kings Button Hook. Ideal for assessing individual patient needs. Supplied in an attractive case with a specific place for each item.081111970

This attractive and comprehensive range allows a large amount of bespoke cutlery items to be made from 33 modular pieces.It caters for virtually all needs – economically, visually, aesthetically and functionally. The range covers: standard, angled and specialised utensils; built up, slim, contoured, lightweight and heavyweight handles; and a unique double ended feature to create special utensils for one handed eating or to provide an inconspicuous hand strap. All items are hygienic, non-corroding and dishwasher safe.

See following pages for the selection of utensils, handles and accessories available in the range.

1

091098219

091098201 091098110



Kitchen &

Dining


613


1 Homecraft Kings Standard Cutlery Utensils

These standard utensils are mounted in plastic spigots that fit tightly into the chosen handle, but allow the blade to be angled as desired. Length Weight091097823 A Knife 112mm 17g 091097930 B Fork 104mm 21g 091098045 C Standard Spoon 97mm 23g 091098086 D Junior Spoon 91mm 21g 091098094 E Teaspoon 84mm 17g 091098102 F Soup Spoon 80mm 21g

2 Homecraft Kings Angled Cutlery Utensils

A range similar to the standard utensils but with angled blades for those with limited wrist or arm movement. • Forks and spoons have left and right handed versions at

40° angles • The angled adaptor adds extra length and a 30° angle to

any utensil• Knife is 52mm with 80mm offset at 90° angle Length Weight091098144 A Knife 132mm 20g 091098151 B Left Handed Fork 82mm 21g 091098169 C Right Handed Fork 82mm 21g 091098177 D Left Handed Spoon 82mm 23g 091098185 E Right Handed Spoon 82mm 23g 091098201 F Adaptor - Pack of 3 60mm 10g

4 Homecraft Kings Soft Coated SpoonsThese spoons have been dipped in soft, food quality PVC.• Beneficial for users with bite reflex problem when eating• Due to the type of use to which these items are subjected,

they are only guaranteed for three months Length Weight081112150 A Tablespoon 100mm 32g 091097815 B Teaspoon 80mm 25g

3 Homecraft Kings Specialised Cutlery Utensils

The splayed fork (091098110) is a combined fork and spoon and the nelson knife is a combined knife and fork designed to help with one-handed eating.• The small rocker knife is for cutting food with minimal

rocking movement• Can be used in double-ended cutlery handles to make one

utensil more versatile• The large rocker knife has a broad semi-circular blade ideal

for preparing larger food without cocking the wrist Length Weight091098110 A Splayed Fork 82mm 22g 091098128 B Nelson Knife 110mm 25g 091098136 C Small Rocker 35mm 60mm width 19g091098193 D Large Rocker Max. width of blade 121mm 45g

1

2

3 4

A

A

C D

A B C D E F

D E F

B C

B

B

A


Kitc

hen

& D

inin

g


1

2

3

4


1 Homecraft Kings Standard Built-Up Handle

• Standard Handle has a hollow cylindrical body• Slim has an oval cross section and this handle is also used as

the core• Contoured handle has a curved shape and finger contours• The Mushroom is a round hollow doorknob type handle which

is easy to grip for those with weak or painful joints• Heavyweight Handle is similar to the standard, but the core is

filled with a metal bar to make it heavier Width Weight091098227 A Standard 25mm 30g 091098300 B Slim 14-19mm 29g 091098219 C Contoured 22-30mm 85g 091098318 D Mushroom 65mm 52g 091098250 E Heavy Handle 25mm 156g

2 Homecraft Kings Built-Up SleevesContoured PVC sleeves that fit over the slim handle 091098300. Width Weight091098326 A Oval Sleeve 23-30mm 24g 091098334 B Small Contoured 22mm 19g 091098409 C Large Contoured 29-35mm 38g

3 Homecraft Kings Lightweight Foam Handles

Made from grey sculptured closed cell foam for those unable to cope with the weight of standard built up handles. Washable. Width Weight091098243 A Small 20mm 10g 091098235 B Large 28mm 12g

4 Homecraft Kings Double Ended Handles with Strap

These are versions of the standard built-up and lightweight foam handles with utensil apertures in both ends.• Supplied with a transparent adjustable strap and a fixing

spigot that fits in the second hole• A second utensil can be used e.g. the rocker knife 091098136

or angled knife 091098144 with or without the strap, to create versatile one handed cutlery

• Strap measurements 210×20mm (8× 4/5˝) Width Weight091098268 A Standard 25mm 30g 091098284 B Lightweight 28mm 12g 091098276 Spare Straps - Pack of 10

A

A

A

A B

B

B

B

C

C

D

E



Kitchen &

Dining


615

Cutlery

1 2

3

4

1 Homecraft Nelson KnifeA stainless steel knife designed for one handed eating. The stainless steel knife blade can be used with a rocker action and the pronged end used as a fork. A built up sleeve from the Kings Modular cutlery range may be added to the handle. Handle length 100mm (4˝). Weight 54g.091098862 Retail Packed

2 Homecraft Splayed Fork with Slim HandleA stainless steel combination utensil designed for one handed eating. This combined fork and spoon has side edges that have been shaped to give a cutting edge. A built up sleeve from the Kings Modular cutlery range may be added to the handle. Handle length 100mm (4˝). Weight 34g.091098847

3 Amefa Angled Contoured CutleryThese items have shaped handles to assist those with restricted wrist or finger movement. The knife has a straight built up handle with angled blade that allows cutting with a rocker action. The forks and spoons have curved built up handles that are comfortable to grip and require little wrist movement. The stainless steel utensils are easy to clean and dishwasher safe. Length of handles 114mm (4 1/2˝). Weight091098730 A Knife 75g 091098755 B Angled Knife 78g 091098763 C Left Fork 48g 091098771 D Right Fork 48g 091098789 E Left Spoon 54g 091098797 F Right Spoon 54g

4 Etac® Light Cutlery with Thick HandlesThese stainless steel utensils have an ergonomically designed ABS plastic handle and are intended for people with joint problems such as arthritis. The thick, light handles are easy to grip making the cutlery kind to the joints and relieve the strain on the fingers. The knife has a sharp curved blade to aid with cutting and the spoon has a deep bowl to reduce spillage. Length Weight091157379 A Fork 180mm 27g 091157387 B Knife 210mm 23g 091157395 C Teaspoon 180mm 30g 091157403 D Dessert Spoon 220mm 37g

A

A B C D

B

C

D

E

F



Kitc

hen

& D

inin

g


1 Knork™ Knife & Fork CombinationThe Knork™ is a stylish fork with wide, rounded and bevelled outer tines that will safely cut food like a knife, without a sharp edge to cut the mouth of the user. It slices through food with a rocking motion which is facilitated by a finger platform on both sides of the handle. As it is symmetrical it can be used by both left and right handed users.091177856

2 Unbreakable UtensilsTough nylon material that is kind to lips and teeth - durable enough to be used by individuals with strong bite reflexes. The utensils can be customised for the user’s need by cutting to shape with scissors and smoothing with an emery board. Can be cleaned in a dishwasher up to 80°C (180°F) and sterilised. Pack of 10.081002708 Teaspoons 081002716 Soup Spoons

3 Flexible CutleryThese versatile utensils may be angled or positioned in a variety of directions and wrap easily around the hand and/or wrist to secure in the position required. The foam handle is 25mm (1˝) in diameter. Includes a 250mm (10˝) Velcro® hook and loop strap that can be used to further secure the utensil on the hand. Each utensil weighs only 113g and measures 356mm (14˝) long. Dishwasher safe to 50°C (120°F).081002799 Fork 081002807 Teaspoon 081002815 Tablespoon 081002849 Paediatric Spoon (Not shown for illustrative purposes)

4 Plastisol™ Coated SpoonsPlastic coated spoons that provide protection for teeth and lips from utensil edges and temperature sensitivity. Not recommended for those with heavy biting reflexes. Dishwasher safe up to 80°C (180°F). Cold water washing prolongs life of the utensil. One spoon supplied only.081002625 A Long Teaspoon 081002617 B Tablespoon 081002666 C Teaspoon

A

B

C

5 Rocking T KnifeThis rocker knife has a large, 100mm (4˝) handle with a stainless-steel, single-edged blade. Because pressure is applied directly above the food to be cut, less strength and dexterity is needed by the user. Dishwasher safe up to 105°C (220°F).081201243

6 Steady SpoonThis uniquely designed spoon allows those who could not ordinarily feed themselves to achieve independence. Five moving parts and counter weights keep the spoon level no matter what the users arm position or level of tremor. The hook and loop strap on the built up handle eliminates the need for strong grasp. The bowl is a standard teaspoon size. Handle 140mm (5 1/2˝) long, 32mm (1 1/4˝) diameter. Handle and bowl 240mm (9 1/2˝) long. Strap 127mm (5˝) long. Weight 226g.081002898

1 2

3 3

4 5

BESTSELLER

Cutlery

7 EasiEaters™ Curved UtensilsLightweight and easy to grip plastic utensils that are angled to promote greater success with hand and mouth feeding. Built up handles make it easier to hold. Set includes fork and spoon. Dishwasher safe. Colour may vary. Handle length 76mm (3˝).081004993 Right Handed Utensils 081005008 Left Handed Utensils

6 7


Kitchen &

Dining


617

Cutlery

1 Elispoon Stabilising SpoonELISpoon is a revolutionary spoon that enables independent eating for people with hand coordination difficulties such as Cerebral Palsy, Essential tremors or Parkinson’s disease.It is easy to use, to carry and to clean. Counter weights and rotation axes keep the spoon bowl level no matter what the adult or child’s arm position or level of tremor, preventing food spillage. There are no electrical components or batteries. • Counter weights keep the spoon level• Easy to use and clean• No electrical components or batteries• Dishwasher Safe• Length: 20 cm• Width: 9.5 cm• Weight: 70 g• Colour: White• Suitable for right and left handed091566512

2 Maroon SpoonMaroon spoons are ideal for narrow, shallow bowls made for feeding therapy. Spoons are perfect for poor lip closure, oral hypersensitivity, or tongue thrust. Not for severe bite reflex. • 1 package contains 10 spoons• Dishwasher safe up to 82ºC• No heated drying• BPA free• Phthalate free 081200427 Small 10/Pk 081200435 Large 10/Pk

2

1

1

1

NEW

NEW

No Electrical Components Mechanical solution, no batteries, no charge

Accessible No age limit, left or right hand use

Easy To Use Dishwasher safe

Counterweight Counterweights balance the food to control the effect of the hand movement

Stopper Allows easy uptake of food by restraining the spoon angle

Spoon Made from stainless steel


Kitc

hen

& D

inin

g


Cutlery Aids

1 Thick Plastazote Foam TubingClosed cell foam tubing, available in various sizes to provide a built up handle for easier gripping e.g. cutlery, pens etc. It is non-absorbent, non-sticky, washable and dishwasher safe. Supplied in one metre (39˝) lengths, it may be cut to size. Exact lengths may vary plus or minus 50mm. External Diameter 31mm (1 1/4˝). Colour Int. dia. Weight091101963 White 6mm 55g 091101971 Grey 6mm 55g 091101989 White 9mm 60g 091101997 Grey 9mm 60g 091102003 White 12mm 65g 091102011 Grey 12mm 65g External Diameter 19mm (3/4˝)091101955 White 6mm 30g

2 Closed Cell Foam TubingUsed for building up tool and utensil handles to give greater control to people who lack co-ordination, strength or gripping ability. Tubing has a slip resistant outer layer and is dishwasher safe. The tubing is 300mm (12˝) long and can be cut to the required length. Comes in packs of six. An assortment (two of each) is available for adults and children. The paediatric assortment comes in bright colours (Yellow, Orange and Blue). This is also suitable for the visually impaired.081169713 Tan Inner diameter 6mm (1/4˝) Outer diameter 22mm (7/8˝)081169721 Red Inner diameter 10mm (3/8˝) Outer diameter 28mm (1 1/8˝)081169739 Blue Inner diameter 16mm (5/8˝) Outer diameter 28mm (1 1/8˝)091102037 Adult Assortment - 2 of each 091102029 Paediatric Assortment - 2 of each

3 Elastack™ TapesElastack™ material is so soft, it seals out air on contact to form a suction bond. Adherence releases easily and is never sticky, making Elastack™ tapes ideal to prevent sliding and enhance grips. The ultra soft grade is the most adherent, transparent, and softest, but is not intended for use above room temperature. Medium grade is firmer, translucent, and durable at elevated temp erature (dishwasher safe to 220°F / 104°C). Tape is 20mm (4/5˝) wide and 3.6m (12´) long. Latex free.081204965 Ultra Soft Tape 081202118 Medium Soft Tape

1

2

3

3


LATEX FREE

LATEX FREE

Kitchen &

Dining


619

2 Homecraft Multi-HolderComfortable, easily adjustable, strap handle that provides a secure grasp on a variety of handle shapes and sizes. Made from a soft, stretchy fabric, this utensil securely holds a range of items such as cutlery, pens, pencils, brushes and combs. Useful for people with limited hand function or a weak grip. One size fits all. For left or right handed use. Colours may vary.091098805

1 Cylindrical Foam PaddingThis closed cell foam padding can be cut as required to build up items of cutlery. Supplied as a continuous length of foam padding (915mm). Dishwasher safe up to 180°C. Latex free. Colour Internal Outer Diameter Diameter081169689 Light Blue 6mm (1/4˝) 19mm (3/4˝) 081169754 Blue 10mm (3/8˝) 35mm (1 3/8˝)

3 Weighted Utensil HolderEasy to grasp utensil holder with a plastic cone shaped base that fits snugly into the palm of the hand. Designed to angle the utensil away from the palm to make eating easier. The hook and loop fastening enables the holder to be adjusted to fit most hands. The additional 226g weight within the base helps give stability for people with tremors. BPA and latex free.081004159

4 Built-Up Utensil HolderFor those with poor hand function or a weak grip, this utensil holder has a half cone shaped plastic base, which angles the utensil away from the palm to make eating easier. May be used with cutlery, pens, etc. The hook and loop fastening enables the holder to be adjusted to fit most hands. BPA and latex free.081004167

1

2

3

4

Cutlery Aids


LATEX FREE

LATEX FREE

LATEX FREE

Kitc

hen

& D

inin

g


Plate Surrounds & Plates



2 Invisible™ Plate SurroundThis sturdy plastic ring is formed to snap easily onto a plate. The clear plastic is easy to keep clean. Dishwasher safe up to 50°C (125°F). Guard is 30mm (1 1/4˝) high. Large size fits plates 215 to 250mm (8 1/2 to 10˝) external diameter. Small size fits plates 150 to 190mm (6 to 7 1/2˝) external diameter.081003110 Small 081003128 Large

4 Manoy Contoured PlatesThese melamine plates are designed to help those with one good hand or who have difficulty picking up food with utensils. They are oval in shape with a sloping bottom and high sided end to help scoop up food without spilling it over the side. Not suitable for microwave ovens, but dishwasher safe. Colours may vary. Size Weight091098912 Small 227×159mm (8 1/2×6 1/4˝) 200g 091098920 Large 279×197mm (11×7 3/4˝) 440g

3 Medeci PlatesA deep dished plate to assist with picking up food. Made from tough plastic. The large contoured rim makes the plate easier to grip. It is lightweight, stackable and dishwasher safe. External diameter 241mm (9 1/2˝). Weight 180g.091099043 Ivory 091099035 Blue

1 Homecraft Incurve Plate SurroundThis flexible guard can be fitted to ordinary plates to assist with one handed eating. Three clips attach it to the rim and create a high inward sloping face to help with food collection and prevent spillage. Plate size 190 to 254mm (7 1/2 to 10˝) external diameter. Microwave and dishwasher safe. Weight 45g.091099167 Retail Packed 081306091 Non Retail

2

3

4

1

BESTSELLER

BESTSELLER

INFORMATIONDifferences between melamine and polypropylene:

Melamine• Heavier weight plastic• Break resistant• Scratch resistant• Stain resistant• Not microwavable• Dishwasher safe up to 80°C (180°F)

Polypropylene• Lightweight plastic• Unbreakable• Can scratch• Can stain• Microwavable• Dishwasher safe up to 80°C (180°F)

Kitchen &

Dining


621

1 Suction Scoop DishFeatures three suction cups fixed on the base for maximum stability. Just moisten the suction cups and press to smooth, flat surface. Off white melamine with a heavy duty reinforced 229mm (9˝) rim and base. Provides stable, non-slip eating surface. Dishwasher safe up to 80°C (180°F). Not recommended for use with microwaves.081004886

2 Scooper PlateThis flat bottom plate has a high rim with a reverse curve on one side that helps in scooping food onto a spoon or fork without spilling over the side. Made from blue, heat resistant plastic, it has a non-slip detachable suction ring. Once the suction ring has been removed, the plate is dishwasher safe. Diameter 165mm (6 1/2˝).091098888

3 Suction Scooper BowlThis 110mm (4 1/2˝) dish has a suction base attached. The curved rim guides food onto the spoon whilst the slip-resistant base helps keep the bowl firmly in place. Once the suction ring has been removed, the bowl is dishwasher safe. Colours may vary.081005693

5 Hi-Lo DishUsers can push food onto cutlery against the vertical wall that surrounds half of this plate. The entry wall is at the lowest point and gradually slopes upward. Constructed of white polyester with non-slip feet on base. Dishwasher safe up to 80°C (180°F) and suitable for use in a microwave. 195mm (7 3/4˝) diameter. 13mm (1/2˝) to 45mm (1 3/4˝) lip height.081146349

4 Partitioned Scoop Dish with LidThis dish has three compartments, each 38mm (1 1/2˝) deep, to keep food separated. The two smaller sections hold up to 200ml, while the larger one has a 375ml capacity. The high walls of each compartment can be used to help push food onto forks and spoons. Supplied with a clear plastic lid for easier transporting and storing of food. Dishwasher and microwave safe. Diameter 200mm (8 1/4˝).081287267

6 Keep Warm DishSimply unlock the plug and fill the chamber with hot water to keep food warm for extended periods. Plastic funnel included. Top-rack dishwasher safe, but not suitable for the microwave. Measures 50mm (2˝) high × 200mm (8˝) diameter. 650ml capacity. Weight 900g. Comes with Lid. Colours may vary.091438365 Adult Dish

1

2

3

4

5 6

Plates & Dishes



Kitc

hen

& D

inin

g


Plates & Dishes

INFORMATIONDifferences between melamine and polypropylene:

Melamine• Heavier weight plastic• Break resistant• Scratch resistant• Stain resistant• Not microwavable• Dishwasher safe up to 80°C (180°F)

Polypropylene• Lightweight plastic• Unbreakable• Can scratch• Can stain• Microwavable• Dishwasher safe up to 80°C (180°F)

1 Plate with Inside EdgeThe curved inside edge keeps food from sliding off the plate to make self-feeding easier for children or adults. Plate is 230mm (9˝) in diameter with a 25mm (1˝) rim and a 13mm (1/2˝) edge. Dishwasher safe up to 80°C (180°F) and microwave safe. Made from polypropylene.081004670

3 Scoop PlateIdeal for the one-handed user. The vertical wall guides food onto utensils. This lightweight polypropylene plate has a non-slip rubber-coated base to prevent sliding. Entry wall is 13mm (1/2˝) high and steadily increases upward to 38mm (1 1/2˝). 230mm (9˝) diameter provides plenty of space for any size meal. This microwaveable plate has a 19mm (3/4˝) rim for easy handling. Dishwasher safe.091098896 White 091098904 Blue

2 Round Scoop DishMoulded low at the front and high at the back, this unbreakable, round scoop dish is especially useful for those eating with just one hand. Non-slip, rubber padded bottom provides control when using the scoop feature. 200mm (8˝) diameter. Washes in top shelf of domestic dishwashers. Not recommended for microwave use. 081005636 Yellow 081005644 Ivory 081111780 Red


1

2

2

3

Kitchen &

Dining


623


Homecraft Cups & Mugs

1

1 Homecraft Caring MugThis mug has a wide stable base with two large contoured and angled handles, which enables it to be held in the correct position for drinking. The lid has a well designed spout, and matches the Caring Cutlery range. It is useful for those with tremor or who cannot sit upright. The mug is suitable for use in a microwave and is dishwasher safe. Supplied with either a small aperture for liquids, or a large aperture for semi solids. Capacity 300ml (11fl.oz). Weight 176g. Aperture Size091099563 Retail Packed Small 091099555 Non Retail Small 091165422 Non Retail Large


1

1

LARGE APERTURE LID

SMALL APERTURE LID


Kitc

hen

& D

inin

g




1 Homecraft Feeding CupsA range of clear plastic cups, designed for easy gripping. Two types of lid are available – a standard vented lid with a drinking spout or a lid with an adjustable spout that can be set vertical or clicked into an angled position is required. Both lids are available with either 4mm spouts for liquids or 8mm spouts for semi-solids/thickened liquids. The cups are supplied in pairs and are dishwasher safe up to 135°C (275°F). Aperture Spout Type size Capacity Weight091099977 Standard 4mm 250ml (9fl.oz) 80g 091099985 Standard 8mm 250ml (9fl.oz) 80g 091099993 Adjustable 4mm 250ml (9fl.oz) 100g 091100015 Adjustable 8mm 250ml (9fl.oz) 100g

STANDARD CUPS CUPS WITH ADJUSTABLE SPOUT

2 Homecraft Clear Beakers with HolderThis beaker holder is made from toughened ABS plastic for extra strength and fits the 091099977, 091099985, 091099993 and 091100015 style of beakers. The beakers simply slot into the holder and are gripped in place providing a large easy to grip double handle. The wide rim base prevents beakers being easily knocked over. Each beaker holder is supplied with two mugs and two lids (4mm and 8mm spout). Dishwasher safe.091421015 Beaker Holder & 2 Mugs Retail Packed

3 Homecraft Wing Handled BeakerThe large wing handles allow this beaker to be gripped in a comfortable position making it ideal for anyone with limited grip. Raised ridges prevent the mug slipping and consumption can be easily measured from the gradations on the side. The beakers are supplied as a pair with a narrow spout for liquids and wide spout for semi-solids. The beakers are dishwasher safe but the lids should be washed in warm water only.091421007

The Homecraft range of cups and mugs has been designed to aid independence and be suitable for a variety of needs, making them ideal for care home or home use.

1

1 1

2 3

2

4mm SPOUT 8mm SPOUT


Kitchen &

Dining


625


1 Homecraft Shatterproof MugThis attractive mug is made from a tough, shatterproof material to prevent accidental breakage. The liquid consumption is easily measured by the marked gradations and the mug is supplied with a choice of lids. The spout lid helps with drinking and the recessed spill-proof lid avoids splashes. The mug is dishwasher safe and microwaveable, but the lids should be washed by hand.081569656

2 Homecraft Two Handled Mug and LidsThis popular mug has larger handles and shaped finger holds for ease of use. Gradations in the translucent material allow liquid consumption to be measured. The mug has a larger 270ml (9fl.oz) capacity. The lids supplied also fit the 081569656 shatterproof mug. Supplied as a pair with two lids – one spout lid and one splash lid. The mug is dishwasher safe, but lids should be cleaned in warm soapy water only.091099571 Pair Retail Packed

3 Homecraft Wide Base MugThis mug is made from high strength polycarbonate and has a wide base for stability to help prevent tipping. The dual handles provide a secure grip making it ideal for anyone who has a limited grasp. It also features visible graduations on the side so that liquid consumption can be easily measured. Available with either a white spouted lid or a clear spouted lid. An anti-splash lid is also supplied with the 091001262 mug. Capacity 285ml. Dishwasher safe.091100049 Mug with Solid White Lid 091001262 Mug with Transparent Lid

BEST SELLER

1

2

3



Kitc

hen

& D

inin

g


Cups & Mugs

1 Sure Grip MugThis feeding cup is designed with an angled spout to facilitate ease of use. Grooves in the cup ensure a better grip and the unique lid enables flow control and reduces spills if the cup is tipped over. Microwave and dishwasher safe up to 130ºC degrees. Supplied with either a lid with a small aperture for liquids, or a large aperture for semi solids. A choice of colours is also available. Capacity 200ml (7fl.oz.). Colour Lid Aperture091099589 Clear Small 091099639 Clear Large 091099647 Blue Small 091099670 Yellow Small 091099654 Green Small 091099662 Pink Small

2 Cup with Temperature Regulated LidThis version of the Sure Grip mug above has a lid that changes colour when the contents are hotter than body temperature. If liquids hotter than 37 1/2°C (96°F) are put into the beaker the lid will change colour from blue to pink, alerting the user to be careful when drinking. The lid is safe and easy to use and can also be used with a straw. Do not leave lid in direct sunlight.091100114

1

2 3

4

3 Novo CupThe Novo Cup is ideal for those who are in bed, lying down or have restricted head and neck movement. The 250ml cup is dishwasher and microwave safe. It is suitable for both hot and cold liquids. Once the lid is placed firmly on the cup and the stopper is in place, the cup becomes spill proof after the first sip.091099498

4 Medeci System CupAvailable in three colours (suitable for the visually impaired) and able to be customised to individual needs. The handles can be inserted into fluted slots on the cup in the positions best suited to the user. Made from tough ABS plastic, the cups are microwaveable, dishwasher safe, stackable, hardwearing and versatile. Only available with a spout top lid. Capacity 340ml. (12fl.oz). Weight 170g.091099704 Transparent Blue 091099712 Transparent Red 091099720 Ivory Accessories091099688 A Spout Top

TEMPERATURE REGULATED LID

A



Kitchen &

Dining


627

Cups & Mugs

1 Nosey Cutout TumblersThese cups are designed for added comfort and convenience. A special cutout helps to maintain the proper head and neck positioning when swallowing, making drinking even easier. Each tumbler is transparent which enables monitoring of liquid intake. Durable polypropylene makes these tumblers dishwasher safe up to 109°C (228°F).081003466 115ml (4fl.oz) 081003391 236ml (8fl.oz) 081003425 340ml (12fl.oz)

2 Dysphagia MugThe design of this cup helps prevent liquids from escaping at the lips and directs the liquid to the centre of the mouth. It provides sufficient nose clearance to empty the cup without tilting the head back. The extended handle accommodates gripping by the entire hand or by the thumb only. Dishwasher safe to 80°C (180°F). Not recommended for microwave use.081290527 Almond 081290535 Green

4 Nosey Cutout CupDesigned for use by people who have difficulty tipping their head back. The cup is notched to allow room for the nose when cup is tipped. Dishwasher safe. Capacity 237ml (8fl.oz). Weight 40g.081290584

3 Homecraft Deluxe Nosey CupThis stylish cup is shaped to avoid contact with your nose when the cup is tipped allowing you to drink without tipping your head back. The material is tough polycarbonate which is shatterproof and resists cracking, prolonging the life of the cup. The ergonomic shape ensures that it sits comfortably in the hand, making it easy for those with limited grip. The cup is also available with a set of handles which clip into the inset rim around the edge of the cup helping those with limited vision and allowing a firmer two handed grip if necessary. Simply align the small lugs on the cup to the corresponding holes in the handle and press firmly into place. To remove the handles, gently twist each side in turn and pull down. Microwave safe and dishwasher safe up to 80°C. Capacity 250ml.091536275 Deluxe Nosey Cup 091536283 Deluxe Nosey Cup with Handles 091536333 Spare Handle

6 Flexi CupsThese flexible cups with cut outs can be gently squeezed to change the shape of the cup lid. Liquid is visible through the plastic to aid with feeding. The green cup is stiffer and designed to be used independently. Dishwasher safe and latex free.081200393 Pink Flexi Cups 30ml (1fl.oz.) Set of 5 081200401 Blue Flexi Cups 59ml (2fl.oz.) Set of 5 081200419 Green Flexi Cups 207ml (7fl.oz.) Set of 5

7 Handy CupThis two handled transparent polycarbonate cup has an extra wide base that provides stability, reducing the possibility of accidental spills.The angled design allows a person to drink without having to tip their head back to drain the cup. It can also be tipped beyond the point where a normal cup would touch the bridge of the nose. The user requires little (or no) neck movement to be able to use the cup. Holds 237ml (8fl.oz.). Weight 112g. Dishwasher and microwave safe.081112341

1

2 3

4 5

6 7

5 Ergonomic Nosey CupThis ergonomic Nosey Cup provides a steadier grip with its contoured shape and a slightly textured surface. A special cutout for the nose area allows users to drink easily without tipping the head back. Translucent plastic lets the carer monitor liquid intake easily. Dishwasher safe up to 80°C (180°F).081003516

DISHWASHER SAFEThese products are suitable for use in a dishwasher.

Kitc

hen

& D

inin

g


Cups & Mugs

1

2

3

4

1 Easi 2 Drink TumblerThis unique product aids those who have difficulty in drinking without spilling. It is particularly suitable for those who suffer from hand tremors, Parkinson’s Disease and Multiple Sclerosis amongst other conditions. The plastic insert sits inside the tumbler and restricts the wave motion of the liquid helping reduce the possibility of spills. The inserts are made from ladene polyethylene and are dishwasher safe. The inserts can be easily removed for cleaning purposes. A stainless steel extractor for the insert is included. Tumbler is ceramic.091099522 Easi 2 Drink Tumbler 091099530 Spare Insert

2 Etac® Clear Beaker and HolderA clear, insulated beaker, which has a lid and spout to reduce spillage when drinking. The holder has a large handle and a supporting lip so that it can be held firmly using both hands. Dishwasher safe. Capacity 400ml (14fl.oz). Weight: Beaker 54g, holder 56g, lid with spout 13g.091099480

3 Provale™ Regulating CupCreated to preserve the dignity of those who suffer from dysphagia or disorders associated with difficulty swallowing. The Provale™ Cup can be filled at the beginning of the meal and the diner can drink at will, on their own. The cup delivers a measured amount of liquid (5ml or 10ml) to the drinker to prevent choking. The cup also allows cleanup to be limited to one piece of dinnerware rather than the several parts of other feeders. Optional one or two easy-grip handle or no handle design. Dishwasher safe.081066471 5ml Dispenser Blue 081066489 10ml Dispenser Brown

4 Insulated Mug with LidThis polypropylene mug has a large easy to grasp handle and insulates hot or cold liquids. A weighted cup is also available, which has an extra 225g (8oz) of weight to make it easier for patients with tremors and athetosis to control movement while drinking. Not recommended for dishwasher or microwave use. Capacity 340ml (12 fl oz).081003300 Standard Cup 081003094 Weighted Cup



Kitchen &

Dining


629

Cups & Mugs

1 Vital CupDrink with ease – even in bed. The Vital Cup is designed for anyone who has a limited range of motion of the neck and can be used when lying in bed. Its unique design enables you to drink comfortably and independently due to the cone shaped interior cup. The contents of the cup can be emptied completely and easily without having to tip the cup. The Vital Cup is microwaveable and dishwasher safe. Height 115mm. Weight 140g. Diameter 71mm. Capacity 200ml.091530799 Red

CONVENTIONAL MUGS

VITAL CUP

1

2

3


2 RiJe Dysphagia CupThe RiJe Dysphagia Cup is designed for people suffering with difficulty swallowing or requiring pre-determined dose of liquid. It is also ideal if you have a limited range of head, neck and arm movement. The portion size can be pre-set to any size from 3ml to 15ml to provide and accurate consistent delivery. The cup automatically dispenses a limited portion of liquid each time it stands in it’s upright position. Once the portion is withdrawn and the cup is placed in an upright position again, it delivers another portion within 2-3 seconds. The RiJe Cup benefits from large ergonomic handles for a secure grip and a good nose cut for easy drinking without tilting your head back. It can be used with water like or light nectar thickened liquids (approximately the viscosity of maple syrup). Dishwasher safe to 180°F and suitable for use with warm and cold drinks.081615178

3 Cup with Built-In StrawFor adults or children who need to drink with a straw, the cup eliminates the need to continuously buy extra straws. The straw reaches the liquid at the bottom of the cup to prevent air ingestion. BPA and Phthalates free. Holds 370ml. 081112523

NEW

NEW

Kitc

hen

& D

inin

g


The Hydrant Drinking System

1 The Hydrant Drinking SystemThe award-winning Hydrant assists in the prevention of dehydration, which is a big problem within healthcare, and in turn can create other health problems, e.g. constipation, urinary tract infections, dizziness, bed sores and blood pressure problems. Where people are bed bound or have limited mobility, the risk of dehydration is increased, as they are dependent on someone else to help them access fluids. The Hydrant eliminates this problem, with its ability to hook, clip or hang onto beds, wheelchairs, chairs, belts, and with its long drinking tube to assist the user.With its integrated cap and hanging bracket, the Hydrant has a drinking tube with a bite valve and a small clip to attach the tube to clothing if required. When the bottle is hung from a bed, chair, or wheelchair, the user simply takes hold of the tube, inserts the bite valve between their lips, then bites and sucks it to access the fluid. This ensures there are no leaks, spills or drips. If hung above head height, the tube works as a siphon, helping those with limited sucking ability, as fluid gently flows when the valve is activated. It has an ergonomic handle and indentations for easy holding, even for users with a poor grip, Parkinson’s, MS, Arthritis, etc. It also has gradations on the side to monitor fluid intake.The Hydrant has become standard issue equipment in some hospitals and rehabilitation units.Dishwasher safe.091184084 Hydrant 1 litre Bottle with Tube 091203199 Spare Tube

1

1 1

1


Kitchen &

Dining


631

Straws

1 Kennedy™ CupThis spill-proof cup is perfect when sitting or reclining. The easy-to-grip handle can be picked up by weaker hands and is suitable for right or left handed people. The lid screws on tightly to prevent leaks and accepts any standard disposable straw. This lightweight, durable cup holds 200ml (7fl.oz) of warm or cold liquid. Dishwasher safe to 80°C (180°F). Latex free. Height 11.5cm (4½˝).081003821

4 Re-Usable Drinking StrawsThese 457mm (18˝) straws come in two varieties: flexible and rigid. The 5mm (3/16˝) and 6mm (1/4˝) diameter, rigid straw can be heated with a heat gun and reshaped as desired. The rigid straw is ideal for soups. The flexible polyethylene straw comes with a 5mm (3/16˝) diameter hole. Latex free. Type Diameter Pack Size081003284 Flexible 5mm 10 081003292 Rigid 6mm 5

3 One-Way Drinking StrawsThese straws have one-way valves which stay filled with fluid, even after removing the straw from a user’s lips. This feature eliminates the possibility of sucking in too much air while drinking. The clip-on straw hooks onto the side of a glass or cup to prevent the straw falling out. Each package contains two straws, one 254mm (10˝) and one 178mm (7˝). Latex free.091438357

2 Sip-Tip Drinking CupThe Sip-Tip valve helps straws stay full of fluid, reducing the amount of air ingested and effort required. The one-way valve can be trimmed at designated areas, giving the user selective flow restriction. Valve and lid are compatible with most brands of disposable flex straws. The spill-resistant tumbler has a graduated scale to monitor intake. Not recommended for carbonated beverages. Micro wave and dishwasher safe to 82°C (180°F). Latex free.081204148 Sip-Tip Drinking Cup with Lid, One-way Valve and 10 Straws

1

2

4

3


LATEX FREE

LATEX FREE

LATEX FREE

LATEX FREE

Kitc

hen

& D

inin

g


4

12

1121

18

24

23

22

25

13

2

1

10

7

19

17

14

3

8

9

6

5

Homecraft Adult Feeding Evaluation KitThis kit contains a variety of special eating utensils selected to help explore and solve the problems that delay or prevent self-feeding. The items included represent most areas of need. The kit is in a handy carry case for convenience and includes:1 091098607 Caring Cutlery Knife2 091098623 Caring Cutlery Fork3 081287986 Bendable Tablespoon4 081288000 Bendable Rocker Knife5 081305986 Lightweight Foam Handle Knife6 091098532 Lightweight Foam Handle Left Fork 7 091098565 Lightweight Foam Handle

Right Spoon 8 081305861 Queens Splayed Fork9 091097468 Queens Nelson Knife10 091098805 Multi-Holder11 081002815 Flexible Handled Tablespoon12 081000462 Sure Hand Strap13 081201243 Rocking T-Knife14 091102037 Closed Cell Foam Tubing - Adult pack

15 081306091 Incurve Plate Surround16 081005636 Round Scoop Dish17 081005693 Scoop Bowl18 091098920 Manoy Contoured Plate19 081004670 Plate with Inside Edge20 081569656 Shatterproof Mug with Two Lids21 091099555 Caring Mug - Bulk Pack22 091099589 Non-Spill Cup23 081003391 Nosey Cutout Tumbler - 236ml24 091102987 Dycem Anchorpad - 190mm Blue25 091103241 Dycem Grippistrip - 2m Blue

091099175 Adult Feeding Evaluation Kit

Feeding Evaluation Kit

16

15

20

Kitchen &

Dining


633

Kettles, Tippers & Holders

3 Derby Kettle and Teapot TipperThis tipper allows the safe and steady pouring of hot liquids without lifting any weight. The Teapot Tipper is designed to assist those who have problems with physical tremors or have difficulty in pouring. It is suitable for most types of teapots or electric kettles and comes with a Velcro® hook and loop strap for added security. Made completely from plastic it is lightweight and corrosion resistant. Suitable for use with cordless kettles. Length 205mm (8˝). Width 275mm (11˝). Height 200mm (8˝). Weight 500g. When using the tipper with a cordless kettle (especially a jug kettle) for additional safety, it is recommended that the Tipper Stabiliser Base is used.091100163 Kettle Tipper 091100171 Stabiliser Base

1 Cordless Electric Mini Jug KettleA miniature kettle, ideal for boiling small amounts of water. It has an automatic cut out switch and the base can be fixed down, with provision for screws. It is extremely light and easy to lift compared to standard kettles and is ideal when travelling. The kettle can be easily lifted from the base providing maximum freedom of movement when filling or pouring. Size 190mm×125×205mm. Capacity 800ml. Weight 0.6kg.091100239

2 Homecraft Long Handled Bottle HolderThis long handled wire frame is used to carry bottles easily and safely without having to bend to pick them up, leaving a hand free for support. Handle length 600mm (24˝). Max bottle diameter 83mm (3 1/4˝). Weight 610g.091096916

1

2

33

BESTSELLER

KETTLE TIPPER STABILISER BASE

Kitc

hen

& D

inin

g


Homecraft Kettle Tippers

2 Homecraft Cordless Kettle TipperThis innovative kettle tipper will suit most cordless kettles. There is a metal plate that secures the base of the cordless kettle and a frame with a hook and loop strap to keep the upper part of the kettle in place. A cut out at the foot of the tipper allows cups to be positioned as close to the kettle as required. The frame has a built in back stop to prevent spillage if the kettle is accidentally released during use. Weight 1kg.091100148

1 Homecraft Universal Kettle TipperThis innovative kettle tipper is designed to be compatible with most kettle types including standard, jug and cordless kettles. The lever can be positioned on either side of the tipper to tip the kettle while it is held in place, without the user having to actually lift the water. This reduces the effort required and potential strain on the wrist that can occur when holding the kettle handle. For added safety the kettle will rock back into the upright position if the user lets go during use. The base plate is 200mm in diameter and has a sliding stop at the front so that the kettle can be positioned in the most suitable position. It is then secured in place by the two sturdy straps. The tipper is manufactured from attractive heat resistant plastic for durability and has rubber feet to prevent sliding on the work surface.091207281



1

2

BESTSELLER

Kitchen &

Dining


635

Bibs

1 Disposable BibsConvenient, lightweight, throw away clothes protectors that comfortably tie behind the neck, with a 100mm (4˝) trough to prevent runoff. Sold in packs of 50. Bib size 457×406mm (18×16˝).081004233

2 Tabard Style BibsThese tabard style clothes protectors are waterproof, absorbent and comfortable. The designs have a subtle, over-the-shoulder shape which provides the attractive and dignified look of a tabard but with a short back, making it an easy shape to put on and take off. The tabards have wide shoulder coverage and are shaped at the front to enable free arm movement at mealtimes. The long lasting snap fasteners are reinforced to ensure they stay firmly fixed in place allowing wide adjustment around the neck to suit most sizes or, alternatively, the tabards can be stretched over the head for convenience. Machine washable up to 80°C. Tumble drier proof.Blue Burgundy091158161 091558139 Small 091158179 – Medium 091534718 – Large

3 Adult NeckerchiefsThese stylish Adult Neckerchiefs have a subtle and dignified look, are very soft to feel, absorb liquid instantly and are 100% waterproof. The Neckerchiefs are made from super-soft, lightweight fabrics throughout, which allow the bib to gather easily and comfortably around the neck. The gentle folds in the fabric help catch spills and give an attractive, neckerchief or scarf style look. The front fabric is absorbent, wicking away moisture helping to keep skin dry. It has a middle absorbent layer and waterproof back layer to offer total protection to clothes. The garment is quick fastening at the back of the neck. Machine washable at 40°C and suitable for use in a tumble drier. Width (across shoulders) 340mm (13˝). Length (neck to bottom of garment) 200mm (8˝). Neck circumference 400-500mm (15¾-19¾˝).091534726 Navy Blue

3

1

2Size

Torso Length (L)

Shoulder Width (SW)

Body Width (BW)

Neck Circumference (C)

Small 430mm (17˝)

330-370mm (13-14½˝)

315mm 12½˝

380-460mm (15-18˝)

Medium 560mm (22˝)

400-450cm (16-18˝)

380mm (15˝)

380-500mm (15-20˝)

Large 780mm (31˝)

420-490mm (16½-19˝)

380-460mm (15-18˝)

410-560mm (16-22˝)

1

NEWDESIGN


MACHINE WASHABLE

MACHINE WASHABLE

Kitc

hen

& D

inin

g


Homecraft Bibs

1 Homecraft Everyday BibA smart and practical bib for everyday use. The colourfast polycotton outer is hard-wearing but absorbent. The soft, flexible waterproof backing ensures that clothes are not stained. All bibs are fitted with press studs so that a pocket can be formed to catch excess food if required. Bibs can be fastened either with hook and loop patches for quick, easy donning, or with metal poppers for extra security. There are two alternative fastening positions for the poppers. The bibs are fully washable and can be tumble dried at low temperatures.Available in three sizes: Small 580×380mm (23×15˝); Medium 680×460mm (26¾×18˝); Large 890×460mm (35×18˝).Blue Red Size091421155 091421148 Small 091099399 091099407 Medium 091099365 091099373 Large

2 Homecraft Wipeclean BibA smart, practical bib that requires no washing. Both the upper polyester surface and the PVC backing can be wiped clean after use. Simply wipe with a damp cloth or a very mild bleach solution. The neck features hook and loop fastening for easy fitting and the long length of the bib offers excellent protection to users. Dimensions 890×460mm (35×18˝).091421056

3 Homecraft Dining BibA full length, highly economical bib that offers all-over protection. Hook and loop fastening allows quick and easy donning. A soft waterproof backing prevents seepage whilst the hard-wearing polyester outer layer catches spills. Wash and iron on low heat only. Colours may vary according to availability. Dimensions 890×460mm (35×18˝).091099332 Single Retail Packed

BEST SELLER

1

3

2


MACHINE WASHABLE

MACHINE WASHABLE

Kitchen &

Dining


637

Trays

1 Homecraft Stay Tray with Bean BagThe Stay Tray with bean bag sits comfortably on your lap in a stable position. It allows you to use the tray sitting on a chair or lying in bed, providing a firm base for eating, drinking or recreational activities. The tray is washable and comes with a detachable bean bag. The bean bag cover is also removable and can be machine washed. The tray is supplied with a non-slip, heat-resistant silicon mat to stop plates or cups from sliding. The mat colour may vary.091100338

1

2 Homecraft Freehand TrayThe Freehand Tray range allows you to carry the tray and its contents with only one hand, allowing you to open doors, climb stairs and support yourself safely whilst carrying items. The unique handle folds flat inside the inner rim of the tray and locks into place in the upright position, ensuring your hands do not become trapped when you put the tray down. The handle can easily be removed if required, for cleaning or use as a standard tray.The tray is available in three variations

Tray with Carry Handle091100320 Freehand Tray with Non Slip MatA tray with a non-slip, heat-resistant silicon mat to stop plates or cups from sliding (mat colour may vary)091100312

All in One TrayAn all in one tray with carry handle supplied with silicon mat to prevent items from slipping and a bean bag to allow the tray to also be used as a lap tray providing a stable surface. 091536267

3

2FREEHAND TRAY WITH NON SLIP MAT

3 Homecraft Adjustable Wooden Bed TrayAttractive, practical wooden frame bed tray. Adjustable to five different angles for reading, writing, etc. The legs fold out to allow the tray to be placed comfortably across the lap. The tray is laminated to allow easy cleaning. Height 235mm (9 1/4˝). Width 540mm (21 1/4˝). Depth 310mm (12 1/4˝). Adjustable to 445mm (17 1/2˝) at the rear.091100361


FREEHAND TRAY WITH CARRY HANDLE

BESTSELLER

Kitc

hen

& D

inin

g


Homecraft Trolleys


1 1

2 3

4

1 Homecraft Folding Walsall TrolleyWith a sturdy steel frame and moulded plastic trays, this trolley can be quickly and easily folded away for transport or storage. The handles are angled to give improved grip and stability and are height adjustable between 875 and 1060mm (34 1/2 and 41 3/4˝). External width 480mm (18 3/4˝). External depth 470mm (18 1/2˝). Size when folded 480×185mm (18 3/4×7 1/2˝). Length depends on how high it has been set. Weight 7kg.081447671

2 Homecraft Economy Walsall TrolleyThis trolley has a steel frame with angled handles to give improved grip and stability. The shelves have open sides for easy transfer of plates and dishes, and rubber castors give control on any floor surface. This model is available as standard or height adjustable and with 64mm (2 1/2˝) or 102mm (4˝) castors. Height standard 888mm (35 1/2˝). Adjustable upper tray height 564 to 736mm (22 1/4 to 29˝). Weight081306133 Standard Castor (2½˝) 8kg 091100577 Adj. Large Castor (4˝) 9kg

Maximum load weight

55 lbs

25 kg

3 Homecraft Standard Walsall TrolleyA cream steel frame with white coated shelves for easy cleaning. The lower shelf is cut away and one end of each tray has been left without a lip to facilitate food transfer. The angled side rails create comfortable hand grips. Available with 102mm (4˝) castors. Height to handle 920mm (36˝). Shelves are 445×305mm (17 1/2×12˝). Weight091100551 Large Castor (4˝) 9.5kg

Maximum load weight

55 lbs

25 kg

4 Homecraft Adjustable Walsall TrolleyThis trolley has the advantage of being adjustable to suit individual requirements. Both the handle and tray heights are adjustable to suit a wide range of user heights. It is supplied flat packed but is easily assembled without the use of tools. Available with 102mm (4˝) castors for greater manoeuvrability. Height to handle 889 to 1025mm (35 to 41˝). Upper tray height 679 to 838mm (26 3/4 to 33˝). Top shelf width × depth 450 x 450mm 17 3/4×17 3/4˝. Bottom shelf width x depth 450×450mm 17 3/4×17 3/4˝. Length 450mm 17 3/4˝. Weight 9.5kg.091100585 Large Castor (4˝)

091100577 SHOWN

Kitchen &

Dining


639

Days Trolleys

1


1 Days Walker TrolleyThis height adjustable walking trolley is a sturdy and robust walking aid for use within the home, providing a means of transporting items from one room to another. The Trolley includes clip-on plastic shelves and is easy to clean. There are rails on tray edges to prevent items slipping off and the lockable hand brakes provide additional safety when rising from a seated position. Overall Width 585mm (23˝). Overall Depth 560mm (22˝). Handle Height 755 to 905mm (29 3/4 to 35 3/4˝). Wheel diameter 150mm (6˝).081449230 Beige 091557289 White

Maximum user weight

191/2 st

125 kg

2 Days Adjustable Height Plastic Shelf Trolley

This high quality trolley is height adjustable from 880-1005mm (34½×39½˝). It has two plastic clip-on shelves, which measure 460×330mm (18×13˝) and can easily be removed for cleaning. Supplied either flat packed or fully assembled.091438969 Flat packed 091435213 Fully assembled

Maximum user weight

191/2 st

125 kg

BEST SELLER

2

Kitc

hen

& D

inin

g


Trolleys

1

2 3

4

4 The Buckingham Walking Frame CaddyDeveloped by healthcare professionals to enable users of wheeled walking frames to safely transport a variety of daily living items. In most instances it can replace the need for a trolley. The caddy enables a user to carry most items safely and more importantly, independently without being reliant upon carers. With one large and one small compartment to allow the user to separate items such as glasses, keys, medication etc. Supplied with a tray that is designed to safely transport a plate of food, and a mug holder which holds any spillages. The caddy is easy to fit to most styles of walking frame. Manufactured from a tough, durable plastic it can be cleaned in a dishwasher and has drainage holes, for easy drying. Width without tray 434mm (17˝). Width with tray 457mm (18˝). Depth with tray 310mm (12 1/4˝). Height 200mm (8˝). Total weight 1kg.091117811

Maximum load weight

41/2 lbs

2 kg

2 Homecraft Newstead Compact TrolleySimilar to Newstead Standard Trolley but with shorter shelves. It has four swivel castors. Available with either small 31mm (1 1/4˝) or large 102mm (4˝) castors. Height to handle 960mm (37 3/4˝). Length 400mm (16˝). Width 400mm (16˝). Weight 7.3kg.091100387 Small Castors - Assembled (1 1/4˝) 091100395 Large Castors - Assembled (4˝)

Maximum load weight

33 lbs

15 kg

1 Homecraft Newstead Standard TrolleyThese trolleys are made with an attractive beech finish with two cream coloured shelves. The lower shelf is cut away at the handle end to make walking with the trolley easier and safer. The far ends of the shelves are left without a lip to facilitate the transfer of items on or off the trolley. It has four swivel castors. Available with either small 31mm (1 1/4˝) or large 102mm (4˝) castors. Height to handle 960mm (37 3/4˝). Length 550mm (22˝). Width 400mm (16˝). Weight 8.3kg.091100403 Small Castors (1 1/4˝) 091100411 Large Castors (4˝)

Maximum load weight

33 lbs

15 kg

3 Homecraft Newstead Dining TrolleyA version of the Standard Trolley, which can also be used as a table. The top shelf has no lip on one side to make it easier to slide plates and dishes on or off, and the lower shelf is cut away on the same side to make more space for the legs when sitting. Available with large 102mm (4˝) castors only. Height to handle 890mm (35˝). Length 550mm (22˝). Width 400mm (16˝). Weight 5.8kg.091100437 Large Castors (4˝)

Maximum load weight

33 lbs

15 kg


HouseholdRevoReach™ 642 - 643

Homecraft Pick-Up Reacher 644Homecraft Handi-Reacher™ 645

Homecraft Easireach II 646Reachers 647

Plastic Grab Rails 648 - 651Homecraft Grab Rails 652 - 654Homecraft Steel Rails 655

Steps & Stools 656Tap Turners 657

Gripping & Turning Aids 658 - 659Dycem® Non-Slip Solutions 660 - 664

Home Accessories 665Clocks & Watches 666

Magnifiers & Lighting 667 - 668Reading & Writing Aids 669

Scissors & Leisure 670

Hou

seho

ld


RevoReach™

Revolutionary DesignSleek and modern, the RevoReach™ has been designed with the user in mind. The contemporary design is robust and uses ergonomic principles, making the product range as comfortable to use as possible.

Revolving JawThe revolving jaw head allows objects to be picked up from a variety of angles. It can be locked in position at 30º angles for increased flexibility.

Lightweight & Well BalancedThe correct balance of a reaching aid can be a significant factor when it comes to providing optimum control and a secure grip. For this reason the weight is distributed towards the handle making the reacher easier to control.

Key Features• Ergonomic handle design reduces finger and wrist strain

• Attractive slip-resistant handle provides a more secure grip

• Robust construction for security and durability

• Slip-resistant ridged jaws provide additional grip when picking up objects

• Adjustable rotating jaw head operated by a pull and twist action offers flexibility - Adjustable in 30º increments

• Two models available to suit user requirements

Household


643

RevoReach™H

ousehold

Revolving jaw head prevents the need to rotate wrist

Innovative locking function

Slip resistant ‘finger-print’ lined

jaws for optimum grip

2 RevoReach™ GripLockThis unique reacher has additional features, making it as easy to use as possible. The GripLock benefits from an innovative locking mechanism that allows the jaws to be locked in place once an item is gripped, enabling the user to concentrate their efforts on moving the object, rather than maintaining their grip of the item. There are three main functions of the lock:• Standard Lock - The standard locking feature allows the lock to

be engaged using either the thumb or hand to turn the locking catch. This allows the user to grip an object then engage the lock once they have achieved a secure hold

• Grip & Hold - This innovative function allows the lock to be set so that as the trigger is squeezed, the jaws automatically lock. This is ideal for anyone who lacks the dexterity to use the lock catch when gripping an item, and is also very useful for gaining a tighter hold on an item that has already been gripped

• Fine Tune Grip - a useful feature that allows the jaws to be locked half way so they have a smaller range of movement. This is a useful function when picking up smaller objects as it allows a more precise grip and allows the reacher to retrieve items from tight spaces

Length Weight091204791 Standard 660mm (26˝) 220g 091204809 Long 810mm (32˝) 240g

1 RevoReach™ XcelThis robust reacher benefits from an ergonomically designed handle with a trigger that requires minimal finger extension and allows the use of all fingers for a more powerful grip. The short trigger design is ideal for anyone with arthritic fingers or a weak grip. Length Weight091204825 Standard 660mm (26˝) 210g 091204833 Long 810mm (32˝) 230g

1 2


Hou

seho

ld


Homecraft Pick-Up Reacher

1 Homecraft Pick-Up ReacherA unique lightweight, robust and wear resistant reacher. Ideal for retrieving or reaching a wide variety of items in the home, garden or out shopping. Available in four lengths, with or without optional extras.FeaturesA Twin Gripping JawsThe jaws have sculptured liners which give an excellent grip. The Pick-Up is operated by a wire not a cord eliminating fraying or stretching.B Magnetic HeadThere is a magnet attached to the jaw which allows easy retrieval of pins, paper clips and other small ferrous items.C Trigger DesignThe trigger is designed for comfort and is large and roomy to allow use of all fingers. The short trigger distance is ideal for stiff, arthritic fingers. The trigger projects through the top of the handle to allow it to be squeezed in the conventional manner, or pushed using the palm of the hand.D Rotatable HeadThe head can easily rotate to suit individual tasks.E Stick Clip The Pick-Up is supplied with a removable stick clip, allowing it to be clipped on to wheelchairs and walking frames etc.

Specifications Length WeightShort 340mm (13 1/2˝) 170gStandard 600mm (24˝) 215gLong 750mm (30˝) 235gExtra long 900mm (35 1/2˝) 250g081306489 Short Pick Up Reacher 091114453 Standard Retail Packed 081306430 Standard Non Retail 081126333 Standard with Lock and Forearm Support 081306448 Standard Pick Up with Lock 091114503 Long Retail Packed 081306455 Long Non Retail 091114511 Long with Lock and Forearm Support 081306497 Extra Long Retail Packed

TWIN GRIPPING JAWS

MAGNETIC HEAD

STICK CLIP

ROTATABLE HEAD

TRIGGER DESIGN

PICKUP WITH LOCK

PICKUP WITH LOCK AND FOREARM SUPPORT

EC

A

D

B



Household


645

Homecraft Handi-Reacher™

1 Homecraft Handi-Reacher™An ultra lightweight, robust reacher that will assist those with restricted reach and/or mobility problems. Features a single moving jaw operated with a trigger action from the handle. The head is complete with a magnet for picking up small metal objects e.g. pins and a hook to aid dressing. The jaw may be rotated 360° to avoid the need to rotate the wrist which may be painful to certain users. The trigger operated by four fingers instead of the usual two is easy to grip and operate. Length Weight081306414 Standard Retail 610mm (24˝) 180g 091114339 Standard 610mm (24˝) 180g 081306422 Long Retail 760mm (30˝) 200g 091114388 Long 760mm (30˝) 200g 091114420 X-Long Retail 900mm (36˝) 220g 081126317 X-Long 900mm (36˝) 220g


DIRECT DRIVE - NO CORD TO STRETCH

FULL HAND OPERATED TRIGGER

DRESSING HOOK

MAGNET

RUBBER LINED JAW

SWIVELLING JAWS

BEST SELLER

1 1

1

1

Hou

seho

ld


Homecraft Easireach II

1 Homecraft Easireach IIMade from lightweight aluminium, this reacher is designed for people with limited reach and/or mobility. The jaw opening is highly visible and features a slip resistant surface for a secure hold on the object. Available in standard or folding versions. Constructed with a cord running through the tube, which operates the plastic jaw. This cord style allows the reacher to be folded in the centre for ease of storage and transportation. All models include a magnet tip, a hook for dressing, a rubber lined jaw and a device that allows the reacher to be clipped to a stick or walker. Length Weight091114248 Standard 380mm (15˝) 147g 091114255 Standard 530mm (21˝) 172g 091114263 Standard 660mm (26˝) 198g 091114271 Standard 810mm (32˝) 227g 091114289 Folding 660mm (26˝) 198g 091114297 Folding 810mm (32˝) 227g


1 1

1

11


Household


647

Reachers

MAGNETIC TIP

HIGH VISIBLE 76mm YELLOW JAW RUBBER TIP CONFORMS TO ANY OBJECT

ERGONOMIC HANDLE

1 Sammons Preston Lightweight Reachers A high quality durable aluminium reacher that is extremely lightweight and ergonomically designed for comfort. Designed for picking up objects, the reacher’s serrated high visibility yellow jaw and flexible foam rubber tip conform to the contours of any object, working together to ensure a firm, secure grip. Hands remain comfortable on the ergonomically designed trigger action handle. Available as a standard model in 660mm (26˝) and 810mm (32˝) lengths or a folding model, 660mm (26˝) long for easier transportation. The jaw opens to 76mm (3˝). Length Weight081022524 Long 810mm (32˝) 225g 081022565 Folding 660mm (26˝) 196g 081022607 Standard 660mm (26˝) 168g

1

1

1

1

1

2 Suction Top ReacherAluminium reacher with circular rubber tips that provides a powerful secure grip. The large trigger can be operated by using the palm of the hand, making it easier for people with limited finger strength. The suckers operate by being pulled together by two metal strips rather than by a cord that can stretch or break. This gives a stronger more secure and durable grip. Two lengths available.091114610 508mm (20˝) 091114628 762mm (30˝)

2

Hou

seho

ld


Plastic Grab Rails

1 Homecraft Moulded Fluted Grab RailsThis cost effective range of plastic grab rails is made from white PVC tubes with moulded end fittings. They have circular fixing plates which have a covering disc supplied that clips into place, hiding the screw heads. The tubes are fluted along their length to provide better grip for wet hands. Diameter of tubes 38mm (1 1/2˝). Distance from wall 50mm (2 1/3˝). Disc diameter 91mm (3 3/5˝). No electrical earthing required. The covering disc is available as a spare, making this product suitable for refurbishment. Length Weight081306174 305mm (12˝) 295g 091101641 381mm (15˝) 370g 081306190 410mm (16˝) 395g 081306208 457mm (18˝) 440g 081306216 610mm (24˝) 595g 081306224 914mm (36˝) 885g

2 Homecraft Moulded Fluted Grab Rail System

This high quality grab rail system has been designed around the popular moulded fluted grab rails. The bars can easily be cut to any length and then slotted into a choice of fittings. Most runs can be accommodated using the T-Pieces and 90° elbows. The rail can be completed with end caps in T-Pieces or standard end brackets as used with the standard fluted rails. All of these can be purchased separately. As the fluted bars fit into ribbed sections, the bars will not twist in a users grip. We recommend that a standard solvent adhesive be used at all of the joints between the various parts. No electrical earthing is required.091101765 A T-Piece - Pack of 2 091101799 B 90° Elbow 091101831 C 800mm Bar 091101773 D End Bracket




COVERING DISC FLUTED TUBE

1

11

2

22

22

BEST SELLER

A B

C D

Household


649

Plastic Grab Rails


2

2

2 Homecraft GripSure™ Grab RailGripSure grab rails have soft, ribbed mouldings to provide additional grip in wet areas. They are warm to the touch and the subtle, stylish design makes the rails suitable for use in a variety of areas around the home. The ergonomic elliptical rail is easy to grip and can be mounted horizontally, vertically or diagonally. The oval shaped fixing plates have an attractive covering that clips easily into place. Diameter of rails 37mm. Distance from wall 37mm. Rail length measurements are from the centre of the fixing plate. No electrical earthing required.091187822 300mm (12˝) 091187830 400mm (16˝) 091188077 450mm (18˝) 091188093 600mm (24˝)


1 Days EasyBar Suction Grab RailThe EasyBar suction grab rail offers a sturdy and safe support to the user without having to screw the product to the wall. It benefits from safety lock indicators that display green when secure and red when the rail is not secured. It is designed for use only on smooth and non-porous surfaces such tiles, glass, porcelain or fibreglass. Ideal for assisting the user when standing and suitable for temporary or permanent use. No fixings required, making it very convenient when away or travelling.091325786 A 350mm (13 3/4˝) 091325802 B 500mm (19 1/2˝)

B

A 1

Hou

seho

ld


1 Prima Grab RailsAn innovation in safety grab rail design. The Prima grab rails feature special soft grip mouldings around the bar to reduce the risk of slipping, even with wet soapy hands. The bars are strong, one-piece moulded plastic with the super reinforced strength of an internal non-rust aluminium tube. The ergonomical grip is comfortable and never cold to touch. The straight bars can be mounted horizontally, vertically or diagonally. The two specially designed angled rails are ideal for the toilet, helping the users with weak hand strength to rise from the seat. Available in a range of six different lengths and angles to suit most locations.Mint White Length091101898 091158732 300mm (12˝) 091101906 091158740 400mm (16˝) 091101914 091158757 450mm (18˝) 091101922 091158765 600mm (24˝) 091101930 091158773 Angled 325mm (13˝) 091101948 091158781 Angled 400mm (16˝)

Maximum user weight

25 st

160 kg

1

1

1


Plastic Grab Rails


651

Household

2 Prima Outdoor Grab RailThe Prima Outdoor Grab Rail has been designed to assist in entering and exiting the home. The subtle colour allows the bar to blend into its surroundings and be more discreet when positioned on brickwork or a darker background. The bar gives superior grip and strength due to the slip resisting rings and the aluminium inner core. Length091158658 450mm (18˝)

Maximum user weight

25 st

160 kg 2

2

1 Natural Grip Plastic Grab RailsErgonomically designed grab rails that provide the best possible shape to fit the users hand. Made from polypropylene with a stainless steel moulded insert throughout the length of the rail for additional strength. Suitable for inside or outside use. No electrical earthing required. Length Diameter(Narrowest/Widest)091100882 300mm 25mm/ 32mm 091100908 450mm 25mm/ 32mm 091100924 600mm 25mm/ 32mm

1


Plastic Grab Rails

Hou

seho

ld


1

2

3

4

2 Homecraft Steel Grab RailsThese steel grab are made of 25mm (1˝) steel tubing and powder coated for durability. Length Weight091393230 445mm (17 1/2˝) 455g 091393248 610mm (24˝) 620g 091438894 685mm (27 1/2˝) 705g 091100858 890mm (36˝) 865g

3 Homecraft Angled Steel Grab RailsThis is an offset, angled version of the standard steel grab rail. Used where hand access may be difficult, for example, near a door jamb. Available in white, epoxy-coated steel. Length Weight091100775 445mm (17 1/2˝) 455g 091100841 715mm (28˝) 705g

4 Homecraft Chrome RailThese chrome plated steel rails are both durable and practical. They have a patterned, indented grip to help prevent hands slipping on them. The tubing is a comfortable 25mm (1˝) in diameter and they stand off from the wall by 38mm (1 1/2˝). Available in five sizes.091101427 305mm (12˝) 081570464 406mm (16˝) 081570472 450mm (18˝) 081570480 610mm (24˝) 091101484 812mm (32˝)

1 Homecraft Ringwood RailsThis range is made in larger diameter steel tubing for greater comfort and easier grip. Available in either epoxy or chrome finish. Made from 32mm (1 1/4˝) diameter steel tube.White Epoxy Coated Length Weight091100874 305mm (12˝) 440g 091101138 457mm (18˝) 660g 091101195 610mm (24˝) 880g 091101211 914mm (36˝) 1.3kg Chrome091101120 305mm (12˝) 410g 091101187 457mm (18˝) 630g 091101203 610mm (24˝) 850g 091101229 914mm (36˝) 1kg

Homecraft Rails are suitable for both indoor and outdoor use.


Homecraft Grab Rails

Household


653



1

1

1 Homecraft Polished Stainless Steel Grab Rails

The polished rails are available in either an elegantly simple straight rail design or a sleek curved rail design to add a touch of style to any bathroom. Both designs are available in three sizes. Diameter of rails 32mm (1 1/4˝). Distance from wall 50mm (2˝).Straight Length091329101 305mm (12˝) 091329119 450mm (18˝) 091329127 610mm (24˝) Curved091329143 305mm (12˝) 091329150 450mm (18˝) 091329168 610mm (24˝)


Hou

seho

ld



1 Homecraft Chrome Plated Steel Grab Rails These stylish chrome plated steel grab rails are hard wearing and ideal for bathrooms or around the home. Made from 25cm (1˝) diameter steel tubing. Length091357276 305mm (12˝) 091357284 460mm (18˝) 091357292 610mm (24˝) 091357300 910mm (36˝)

2 Homecraft Powder Coated Steel Grab Rails These steel grab rails are powder coated for durability and strength making them ideal for bathrooms or anywhere around the home. Made from 25cm (1˝) diameter steel tubing. Pre-drilled fixing holes in flanges. Length091325349 305mm (12˝) 091325364 460mm (18˝) 091325380 610mm (24˝) 091357342 910mm (36˝)

1

2


Household


655

Homecraft Steel Rails

1 Homecraft Steel Newel RailThis white, epoxy coated steel rail turns 90° around the newel post, avoiding the need to let go. There is a left and right handed version, as viewed looking up the stairs (091101369 pictured). Length 673mm (26 1/2˝). Diameter 25mm (1˝) coated steel tube. Weight 720g.091101351 Left 091101369 Right

2 Homecraft Ringwood Wall to Floor Grab Rail

Based on the popular Ringwood range of grab rails. This Wall to Floor Grab Rail is made in larger diameter steel tubing for greater comfort and easier grip. The rail has a diameter of 32mm (1 1/4˝) and a white epoxy coating that makes it suitable for indoor or outdoor use. The rail fixes to the floor and wall measuring 760mm (30˝) from the floor and 780mm (30 3/4˝) from the wall. For easy storage and transportation the rail comes in two pieces and is self assembly (by a simple but extremely strong bullet catch mechanism).081330901

3 Homecraft Handy RailThis unique and practical rail has been designed in conjunction with Physiotherapists, Occupational Therapists and Manual Handling Advisors. The rail is designed to provide support when navigating steps up to the door of a house and is suitable for use on step inclines from one to four steps.• Designed to replace permanent rails with concreted in posts,

reducing installation time significantly• The rail can be installed either way round to suit different

step inclines• Can also be used to provide support at the side of a toilet

or wash basin• Suitable for indoor or outdoor use• Manufactured from durable powder coated steelSpecificationsHeight: 710mmDistance from wall: 510mmLength of rail: 540 or 400mm depending on fitting position (long rail section at top or bottom)Weight: 4.6kg091524149

33

3

1 2

Hou

seho

ld


Steps & Stools

1

2

3 3

1 Homecraft Step StoolA simple, sturdy stool consisting of a chrome plated steel frame with a non-slip rubber mat. The rubber ferrules provide a good grip on slippery surfaces. Top area 279×356mm (11×14˝). Base area 305×406mm (12×16˝). Height 225mm (9˝).091102698 With Rail 091102680 Without Rail

Maximum user weight

183/4 st

120 kg

2 Derby Half StepThe Derby Half-Step halves the door step rise for those with limited mobility. The large platform allows the user to become steady before attempting the actual step. The plastic construction ensures that the step is tough yet will not rust. It comes complete with a slip resistant rubber mat. The four feet are adjustable to ensure that the step can be levelled for use. Step length 400mm (15 3/4˝). Width 740mm (29˝).Height 110mm (4 1/4˝).081533777

Maximum user weight

30 st

190 kg

3 Bigfoot Half StepThe Bigfoot Half Step meets the needs of anyone who finds the height difference between a door and the ground outside too much to achieve in one go, such as at patio doors. The step halves the height between the door and the ground, allowing the user to be steady on the large surface before attempting the next step.It is height adjustable from 100-120 mm (4-5”) to offer the perfect step height, and it offers a high weight limit of up to 50 stones (318 kg).Optional handles can be fitted on the left, right or both sides, to give additional support when stepping down. It is also supplied with a security fixing kit for the best possible stability and to prevent it being taken away.The plastic half steps is built for the outdoors: it’s long-lasting even in cold or heat and will not rust. The step has four over-moulded feet which grip firmly against the ground and offer adjustability, so that the step can be made level on uneven ground.091558303 Bigfoot Half Step

Maximum user weight

50 st

318 kg


Household


657

Tap Turners

1 Homecraft Tapturn TurnersThese strong moulded turners simply hook over the top of a X type tap, to make it easy to turn. They are supplied as a Red and Blue pair for hot and cold taps. Length 140mm (5 1/2˝). Weight 65g.091102102 Retail Packed - Pair 091102094 Non Retail - Pair

2 Derby Tap TurnersAttractive, easy to use tap turners that can be used on crosshead and crystal taps. The soft textured handles provide a comfortable and secure grip whilst in use. There is no installation required due to the screw handle that tightens the grip on the tap. Colour coded so that those with limited vision can identify the required tap. Length 180mm (7 1/5˝). Width 70mm (2 3/4˝). Height 45mm (1 3/4˝).091102169

3 Homecraft Crystal Tap TurnerThis ingenious device clamps around the top of cylindrical tap tops, and provides the leverage to turn them easily. The barrel of the handle is spring loaded to allow the jaws to clamp down on the tap, which is gripped by soft non-slip rubber linings in the jaws. The jaws can also be locked in position. The handle is comfortable and easy to grip. For use with taps up to 60mm (2 1/2˝) in diameter. Closed length 190mm (7 1/2˝). Weight 112g.091102151 Retail Packed 091102144 Non Retail


1

2

3

Hou

seho

ld


Gripping & Turning Aids

1 Homecraft Contour TurnerThis device is used to give good leverage for turning small difficult household items e.g. gas or radiator taps. The head has a bed of sprung stainless steel rods, which when pressed around an object, retract, conform around its shape, and provide a purchase around it when the handle is turned. The handle is a black plastic T-piece, which is easy to grip. It is small enough to be carried around in a pocket or hand bag. Head size 95mm (3 3/4˝) wide. 50mm (2˝) deep. Weight 130g.081499623

2 Homecraft Key TurnersThe Homecraft key turners have generous curved built up handles for holding keys. They provide an easy grip and good leverage for turning any Yale or mortice type door key. The two and three key turners feature a locking lever that allows keys to be folded into the handle when not in use.A One Key Turner

081306232 Retail Packed B Two Key Turner

091102250 Retail Packed 081306240 Non Retail C Three Key Turner091102235

1BEST SELLER

2B

B CA

BA


Household


659

1 Think Plastozote Foam TubingClosed cell foam tubing available in various sizes to provide a built up handle for easier gripping e.g. cutlery, pens etc. It is non-absorbent, non-sticky, washable and dishwasher safe. Supplied in one metre (39˝) lengths, it may be cut to size. Exact lengths may vary plus or minus 50mm. External Diameter 31mm (1 1/4˝) Colour Int. dia. Weight091101963 White 6mm 55g 091101971 Grey 6mm 55g 091101989 White 9mm 60g 091101997 Grey 9mm 60g 091102003 White 12mm 65g 091102011 Grey 12mm 65g External Diameter 19mm (3/4˝)091101955 White 6mm 30g

2 Closed Cell Foam TubingUse for building up tool and utensil handles to give greater control to people who lack coordination, strength or gripping ability. Tubing has a slip resistant outer layer and is dishwasher safe. The tubing is 300mm (12˝) long and can be cut to the required length. Comes in packs of six. An assortment (two of each) is available for adults and children. The paediatric assortment comes in bright colours (Yellow, Orange and Blue). This is also suitable for the visually impaired.081169713 Tan Inner diameter 6mm (1/4˝) Outer diameter 22mm (7/8˝) 081169721 Red Inner diameter 10mm (3/8˝) Outer diameter 28mm (1 1/8˝) 081169739 Blue Inner diameter 16mm (5/8˝) Outer diameter 28mm (1 1/8˝) 091102037 Adult Assortment (2 of each) 091102029 Paediatric Assortment (2 of each)


1

2

Gripping & Turning Aids

Hou

seho

ld



Making Life EasierDycem Non-Slip has been specially designed to overcome many of the stabilisation and gripping problems encountered by people in hospitals, care homes, clinics, at home and on-the-go.Dycem products have been widely used by therapists for many years, serving people with special needs and/or visual impairments.Dycem is also a great aid for those who have had a stroke or who simply need a little extra help.The products are not-sticky but grip firmly on both sides to provide support, stability and confidence during every day activities and exercise.

Dycem Non-Slip:• Multipurpose – grips, holds

and opens• Long-lasting – easy to clean

and reuse• Non-toxic and latex-free • Dycem products contain

an antimicrobial which has

been proven to inhibit the growth of Campylobacter, E.coli, Listeria, MRSA and Salmonella

• Has been proven to grip objects at an angle of up to 45°

Household


661


Prevent unwanted movement or spillages in a totally flexible way by using a Dycem Non-Slip Reel. Simply cut the section or shape you want and grip anything with ease. The reels provide unbeatable grip for any item. They fit discreetly under items in

the clinic or home, or in your pocket when out on the go.

1

2 2 Dycem® Non-Slip Bulk Reel DispenserThis dispenser can sit on a table. The non-slip material has a protective film on both sides, which will keep the material clean until ready to dispense. The protective film also makes cutting easier – pull out the desired length, cut and peel the film from both sides when ready to use. A smaller bulk roll is also available supplied in a card dispenser only.091200021 Bulk Reel only 40cm×15m Blue 091200005 Bulk Reel supplied with

Cardboard Dispenser 20cm×15m

1 Dycem® ReelsLength×Width Weight White Blue Red Green Yellow Silver Lime Pink1m×200mm (3´3˝×8˝) 220g 091103530 091103548 091103555 091103571 091103589 0915653161m×400mm (3´3˝×16˝) 410g 091103597 091103605 091103613 091103621 091103639 091103647 091565357 0915653402m×200mm (6´6˝×8˝) 344g 091103233 091103241 091103258 091103266 091103274 091103282 091565258 0915652412m×400mm (6´6˝×6˝) 592g 091103357 091103365 091103373 091103381 091103399 091103407 091565290 0915652829m×200mm (10yds×8˝) 990g 091103290 091103308 091103316 091103324 091103332 091565274 0915652669m×400mm (10yds×16˝) 2.1kg 091103472 091103480 091103498 091103506 091103514 091565332 091565324

CARDBOARD DISPENSER WITH 20cm BULK REEL

Hou

seho

ld



A

C

E

B

D

Anchor your items onto any surface with Dycem Non-Slip’s long-lasting non slip mats.

Dycem non-slip mats provide unbeatable grip for any item and have been proven to grip up to a 45° angle. Keep your things secure by using them on a range of surfaces.

These easy to use non-slip mats are antimicrobial, making them very hygienic. They are also made from non-toxic materials and do not contain any latex. These anti slip mats have so many uses that you will struggle to find a place that you can’t use them. They are available in a range of sizes and colours.

2 Dycem® Non-slip Floor MatManufactured from Dycem’s unique non-slip material, these floor mats create a safe and effective surface for those with limited dexterity or reduced mobility. They measure 450×600mm (17 3/4×23 3/4˝) and are available in Blue or Grey.091102912 Blue 091102920 Grey


1

2

3


1 Dycem® AnchorpadsSize Weight Blue Red Green Yellow Silver Lime Pink

A Round 140mm (5 1/2˝) 74g 091102938 091102946 091102953 091102961 091102979 091565159 091565142

B Round 190mm (7 1/2˝) 140g 091102987 091102995 091103001 091103019 091103027 091565175 091565167

C Rectangular 250×180mm (10×7 1/2˝) 134g 091103035 091103043 091103050 091103068 091103076

D Rectangular 350×250mm (14×10˝) 248g 091103084 091103092 091103100 091103118

E Rectangular 380×450mm (15×18˝) 434g 091103126 091103134 091103142 091103159

NEWCOLOURS

LATEX FREE

Household


663

Non-Slip Products®

1 Dycem® Bottle OpenerThe Dycem Non-Slip Bottle Opener allows you to effortlessly unscrew tough bottle tops. It is also helpful for opening medicine bottles and turning smaller door knobs. Particularly suitable for those with a weak grip and arthritis sufferers.091095991 Yellow

2 Dycem® Jar OpenerDycem Non-Slip Jar Openers allow you to open any jar with ease. They provide a tight grip for lids of all sizes. They’re perfect for those with arthritis, weakened grip, decreased hand sensation or upper extremity weakness.091095983 Blue 091202613 Silver

PICTURED WITH AA6810S ANCHORPAD

4 Dycem® Non-slip NettingStop unwanted movement with Dycem non-slip netting. Easy to use and made from soft mesh material, the extra padding makes Dycem Non-Slip Netting perfect for seating and positioning. Simply cut the non- slip netting to desired size and place on cushions and seats. The wide mesh allows air to circulate, preventing any clamminess whilst maintaining comfort. Non-slip netting is also great for placing under rugs to stop them from slipping. Size 600mm×2m (24×78˝). Weight 432g.091103829

3 Dycem® Display Unit Counter Top MatsA counter top display pack containing 25 Dycem round Mats (14cm diameter), ideally suited to retail environments. Dycem mats can be used for a variety of purposes where grip and stability are important. The Dycem Mats can grip up to angles of 45 degrees and they are ideal for eating and dining.091182286 Blue

1

2

4 3


LATEX FREE

LATEX FREE

Hou

seho

ld


Non-Slip Products®

1 Dycem® Non-Slip coasterA set of highly durable silver coasters designed to keep mugs and glasses in place. They fit beneath a standard sized mug or tumbler, providing a non-slip base on any dry surface.Coasters can also be used beneath fragile ornaments or vases for a secure surface. Supplied as a set of four. (Each coaster measures 9×9cm)091428754

2 Dycem® Non-Slip Self-Adhesive Strips Dycem Self-Adhesive Strips are designed to provide a comfortable built-up grip for a variety of items including cutlery, pens, walking frame handles, remote controls and hairbrushes. The strips are manufactured from Dycem reel material with an adhesive on-one side. They can easily be cut to the required length with scissors. Supplied as a pack of three.091103837 Blue

3 Dycem® Super-Grip TapesDycem super grip comfort tapes feature unique grip properties and a thick cushioned surface. The grips can be cut to size and used on a variety of items. The tape is great for wrapping around crutch handles and parallel bars. The tape can also be wrapped around utensils and mobility equipment handles for a comfortable built up grip. 7500259 Black 7500260 Blue 7500258 Red

1

2 2

2

3

NEW

NEW NEW

NEW

NEW

Household


665

Home Accessories

1 Home Safety AlertA wireless calling alarm system with one main receiver unit and two pendant calling transmitters. Call Button and Panic Button on each pendant. The main unit receives and recognises who is calling and the urgency using different sound and coloured light signals. A quick reset button on the main unit can cancel the call or alarm. Each transmitter uses 1 x 23A 12V battery (included) and the receiver unit is powered by a 6V adaptor (not included) or 4 x AA batteries (not included).091105105

1

2 Homecraft Plug PullThis self adhesive, plastic moulded T-piece fixes to the back of a standard three pin plug, and provides leverage for removing the plug from the socket. Supplied in a pack of 3. Also useful for drawers and doors where extra leverage is required. Weight 40g.091102441 Pack of 3

2 3 Clearsound™ 100 Amplified TelephoneThis volume and tone controlled amplified telephone is designed for people who find it hard to use a conventional telephone. It features receiving tone (+/-10dB), receiving volume control (up to 30dB gain) and speech volume gain (+/- 4dB). The telephone also has adjustable ringer volume and tone, a bright visual ringer indicator, 3 emergency memories and 9 direct memories. Hearing Aid compatible.091203892

3

4 Dallas 10 Big Button PhoneThis stylish telephone has an extra large keypad with easy-to-see big buttons making it very easy to use. It features receiver volume control up to 18dB, an adjustable ringer volume and super bright LED visual ringer indicator. It is Hearing Aid compatible and has 10 memory speed dials.091224740

4


Hou

seho

ld


MENS

1 Talking Atomic WatchThis attractive watch speaks the time and date in a clear voice with radio controlled accuracy. It automatically adjusts between summer and winter time and has an automatic setting function by seeking the time signal in countries where available including UK, Germany, USA and Japan. It can also be manually set for countries with no signal. It also includes an option of an alarm and hourly time announcement. The speech was recorded by the RNIB. Silver tone case with stainless steel bezel and either a leather strap or stainless steel bracelet. Battery included.091201714 Mens Leather Strap 091534627 Ladies Leather Strap

2 Talking Alarm ClockThis alarm clock has a talking function and clear analogue face to assist the visually impaired. It has a dual time display and the voice announcement of the time activated by pressing the large button on the top of the clock. Includes options for voice announcement of temperature, alarm, hourly time announcement. Requires 2 x AA batteries (not included).091146950

3 Wake ’n’ Shake Vibrating Alarm ClockThis stylish and modern alarm clock is ideal for anyone who is hard of hearing. It features a large LCD display, and adjustable volume alarm (up to 95dB), a vibrating pad that can be placed under the pillow and a strobe light to wake the user. It has four alarm options: Shaker, Flash and Aarm, Flash and Shaker, Alarm and Shaker. It is easy to use and can also be used as a telephone ring alerter.091225630

LADIES

1

2

3

Clocks & Watches


Household


667

Magnifiers & Lighting

1 Hands Free Magnifier with LightCan be used as a hand held or a hands free magnifier when used with the neck cord supplied. Ideal for reading, sewing or other hobbies. The lens face has a diameter of 105mm (4 1/4˝) and a large magnification area of ×2. A small central magnification area of ×4 makes it suitable for close work. With a built in light, this magnifier can also be used in the dark. The cord can be stored away neatly within the handle. Length 250mm (10˝). Width 120mm (4 4/5˝). Depth 20mm (4/5˝). Weight 200g. Requires 2 x AAA batteries (not included).091104777

2 Round LED MagnifiersThese hand-held LED magnifiers have scratch-resistant aspheric lenses offering 4× or 7× magnification. The LED light helps to highlight everyday text, maps and photos and provides bright, even illumination for close inspection tasks and hobbies. Ideal for use in areas of poor illumination or limited natural light. Comfortable to hold with a sensibly-positioned easy on/off switch on handle. Requires 3 AAA batteries (not included).091329549 4× Magnification 75mm Lens 091329556 7× Magnification 40mm Lens

3 Folding LED Rectangular MagnifierThis stylish rectangular magnifier has an extra-bright, long-lasting LED illumination. It improves the contrast of lettering against the page thereby making reading more comfortable. Handle folds flat into body for compact storage. Lens size: 50×75mm (2×3˝), 3× magnification. Supplied in gift box with protective pouch and button cell batteries giving up to 100,000 hours of bulb life.091187004

1

2

3


Hou

seho

ld


Magnifiers & Lighting

A B

1

2

3 3

1 Desk Top MagnifierThis unique hands-free magnifying stand has a fresnel-type swivel lens, which revolves 360°. Generous 160×110mm (6 1/4×4 1/4˝) lens (2×) makes light work of everyday or occasional inspection and magnification tasks. Lightweight plastic construction.091170133

2 Full Page MagnifierThis full page flexible magnifier has a ‘soft-touch’ frame for positioning and comfort. Ideal for magnifying text, small print, maps and documents. Viewing area 250×180mm (9 3/4×7˝) with approximately 2× magnification.091170091

3 High Vision Reading LightThese specially designed lamps use near daylight bulbs allowing you to read and concentrate for longer, helping to relieve eyestrain and headaches. They are ideal for hobbies or close work and are helpful for the elderly or anyone with limited vision. The flexible arm adjusts the angle and makes sure that the light always shines at the right height and from the right direction. Supplied with 27w near daylight low flicker bulb that is energy efficient and lasts up to 8000 hours.

091203710 A Floor Lamp 091203728 B Table Lamp 091203736 Spare Bulb

Household


669

1 Homecraft Folding Book and Magazine Stand

This stand holds books or magazines open and upright for reading without using the hands, and can also be placed over the knees. Supplied with a book clip which is used to hold pages open, follow text or as a bookmark. It folds flat for storage. Size folded 305×229mm (12×9˝). Weight 670g.081306380

3 Book Holder StandThe Book Holder Stand enables individuals with limited upper extremity function to read hands-free and without neck strain while sitting, standing or lying supine. The page holder’s spring action and soft rubber ends make turning pages easy, even with one hand. The stand is height adjustable from 790mm (31˝) to 1300mm (51˝) and tilts and rotates around the horizontal axis.081021997

2 Booklift™ CopyholderThis easel-style book holder has nine height adjustments, which enables an individual to read from any size book at various viewing angles. Two adjustable clips hold reading materials open and in place. It folds flat for storage and portability. Measures 300×240×45mm (11 3/4×9 3/4×1 3/8˝) with a 38mm (1 1/2˝) lip when open.081021906

1 2

Reading & Writing Aids

4 Homecraft Pen and Pencil HolderThis soft PVC moulding slides on to normal sized pens and pencils to make them easier to grip and control writing. Internal diameter 8mm. Available in packs of three. Weight 22g.091104629 Mixed - Retail Packed 091104603 Mixed - Non Retail

5 The Pencil GripEncourages writing with full hand/arm action. Pear-shaped design promotes correct gripping and prevents finger cramping and user discomfort. Fits any standard pencil or pen. For right or left-handed users.081021450 Pack of 3 081021468 Pack of 12

5

4

3


Hou

seho

ld


Scissors & Leisure

1 Easi-Grip Chiropodist ScissorsThe long loop handles allow the whole hand to be used for controlling the scissors, which is ideal for those with a weak grip. The extended shank helps users who have difficulty bending and the angled blades give a good cutting position, with the top blade being slightly serrated to stop it slipping. The blades are made of stainless steel. Overall length 200mm. Blade length 30mm. Weight 55g.091102870 Retail Packed

2 Easi-Grip ScissorsEasi-Grip Scissors are extremely lightweight with plastic handles and stainless steel blades. The continuous loop handle automatically reopens the scissors when pressure is released. As they require only a gentle squeeze to operate them, they can be used between fingers and thumb or fingers and the palm of the hand. They are supplied with a blade guard for safe storage and are available with round or pointed blades in both right and left handed versions. The Mini Easi-Grip Scissors can be used either right or left handed and are ideal for both young children and those with restricted growth, plus for use when cutting threads, wool and fine craft work. Blade Blade Length Style Hand Weight081569664 45mm Round End Right 30g 091182617 45mm Round End Left 30g 081569672 45mm Pointed Right 30g 091102789 75mm Pointed Right 46g Mini Easi-Grip Scissors091102763 24mm Round End Both 16g

MINI EASI-GRIP SCISSORS

1 2

2

3 Mounted Table Top ScissorsThis device has scissors mounted on a plastic base, with rubber non-slip feet. The scissors are operated by depressing the “T” shaped handle and the spring will automatically reopen the blades once the pressure is released. Suitable for use by those with only one functional hand.081584838 45mm Round Ended Blade 081584846 75mm Pointed Blade

3

4 Playing Card HolderDesigned for people with limited use of their hands. Cards can be easily added and removed. The front is extended to hold pencils or small coins. Height 35mm (1 3/8˝). Length 250mm (10˝). Width 50mm (2˝).091105220

4


WellbeingMedication Aids 672 - 674

Pain Relief 675 - 676Respiratory Care 677

Health 678

Wel

lbei

ng


Medication Aids

1 Opticare® Eye Drop DispenserSuitable for the majority of people who struggle with eye drops, this eye drop dispenser boosts confidence and supports independence. Simple to use and durable, Opticare accurately and safely targets the eye and helps you to squeeze the bottle. The grip sized design makes it ideal for elderly or arthritic hands. Each dispenser is now supplied with a simple adaptor making it compatible with many non standard bottles.091146968 Single

2 Homecraft Pill Crusher and DispenserUses a screw action to crush uncoated pills into a powder ideal for mixing in a drink or putting in food. The upper section can be used as a drinking cup or for medication storage. Ideal for children or for those with difficulty swallowing. Weight 32g.091146836

3 Homecraft Tablet SplitterA blade within a holder allows uncoated tablets to be divided in two. Tablets can be stored in the front of the tray. Weight 38g.091146760

1 1

2

3

4

4 Tabtime Super 8 Daily Pill Reminder with TimerThe great Tabtime Super 8 has been especially developed with Parkinson’s & Alzheimer's patients in mind, but will benefit anyone who needs to take pills, medication or tablets several times a day. It features up to 8 daily alarms that can be set to any time required with 8 numbered tablet compartments. The alarms settings are remembered every day but can be easily changed at any time. In conjunction with the alarms, a red LED on the lid flashes until the case is opened, providing a visual indication that a dose may have been missed. An easy to open magnetic catch is ideal for those with diminished dexterity and there are two alarm volumes to help those who may be hard of hearing. It has a large screen with clear figures and big buttons that are well spaced out. Size 110×60×30mm (4¼×2¼×1¼˝).091208057


Wellb

eing


673

Medication Aids

1 Anabox Weekly Pill BoxThe Anabox weekly pill box is great for users of all ages. Designed for easy handling, it contains a full week's supply of medication with easy identification of the days of the week and times of the day.Features• The outer case is designed so that dispensers are easily

detached and replaced. If held upside down, the dispensers will not fall out.

• A medication chart is attached to the bottom of the case with space to write the patient’s name, medication notes and details of exactly when to take the tablets.

• Dispensers are tilted in the case so they can be viewed at a glance. This facilitates checks as to whether a tablet has been taken or forgotten.

• There are five compartments per dispenser, with a larger one for the morning when most medication is taken. This also helps those with visual impairments to ensure the dispenser is the right way round.

• A unique lid guiding mechanism aids quick and simple re-filling and retrieval of medication. Lids can be slid aside or clicked open or closed as necessary.

• Small bumps on the back of the dispenser help to prevent the box from sliding out of the hand.

• Semi-circle shaped boxes means they are easy to retrieve, have large volume and are simple to clean. They feature large, clear printed labels: morning, noon, evening, night and as required.

• The dispensers are made from high quality material and are dishwasher safe.

• Stackable.• Available in three colours.• Size 182×119×49mm (7 1/8×4 3/4×2˝)091208073 White 091208081 Turquoise 091208099 Rainbow

2 Anabox Seven Day Pill OrganiserThe 7-day single pill box is designed for easy handling and to contain a full week's supply of medication with easy identification of days of the week. The ergonomic shape means it is easy to handle and the lids are designed to be easy to open without falling undone in pockets or handbags. It features seven compartments, one for each day of the week, and is manufactured from high quality material. Durable and long lasting, it is dishwasher safe. Available in a display box that holds 12 dispensers in a range of colours or as singles.• Single size 136×51×20mm (5 3/8×2×3/4˝)091208107 Single (colour may vary)

RAINBOW

TURQUOISE WHITE

1

1 1

2

BEST SELLER

3 Poppet Pill RemoverA quick and easy way to remove and organise pills for everyday use. Removes pills from most packs and collects them in the handle, enabling the user to place the correct pill in an organiser. Takes away the need to handle small and awkward pills. Compact and lightweight for transportation.091146901

3 3



Wel

lbei

ng


Medication Aids

1 Homecraft Medi-DispenserThis organiser can contain a week’s medication with up to four daily doses. The plastic wallet has seven plastic containers, printed with the day, and embossed with the number of the day of the week. Size: 162×118×28mm (6 1/3×4 2/3×1 1/8˝).091146398

2 Medinizer Pill OrganiserA highly durable one week pill organiser that has seven boxes, one for each day of the week. Each box has four compartments for dosage throughout the day. The lid has an easy opening and click-on closing, especially designed for those with arthritis or limited strength. A soft nylon bag is provided to hold all seven boxes. Available in two sizes.091147057 Small 25×95×18mm (1×3 4/5×3/4˝) 091147065 Standard 50×160×20mm (2×6 2/5×4/5˝)

3 Pill OrganiserThis is ideal for people who take larger numbers of tablets more frequently each day. It has four clearly marked compartments for breakfast, lunch, dinner and bedtime. It is also marked with each week day. Measures 272×141×40mm (10 5/8×5 1/2×1 5/8˝).091438373

1

2

3


Wellb

eing


675

Pain Relief

1

4

5

6

7

2

3

BIOFREEZE®

Freeze your pain with Biofreeze®

Biofreeze® is the Number 1 recommended topical pain reliever by hands-on healthcare professionals. Biofreeze products help manage discomfort by offering a variety of benefits that assist in therapy, pain relief, exercise, training and overall comfort.

2 BIOFREEZE® Sachet Box of 1007500142 5g/ 5ml

3 BIOFREEZE® Roll-On7500146 84g/ 89ml

4 BIOFREEZE® Spray7500147 104g/ 118ml 7500151 417g/ 473ml

5 BIOFREEZE® Tube7500145 112g/ 118ml

6 BIOFREEZE® Pump Action7500149 448g/ 473ml 7500150 897g/ 976ml

1 BIOFREEZE® Tube 12 Pack7500140 12 x 28g/ 30ml Tube

1 TheraPearl® Neck Wrap091554732

2 TheraPearl® Back Wrap with Strap091554708

3 TheraPearl® Knee Wrap with Strap091554724

4 TheraPearl® Shin Wraps with Straps (2 Pack)091554757

5 TheraPearl® Sports Pack with Strap091554716

6 TheraPearl® Sports Pack091554740

7 TheraPearl® Ankle/Wrist Wrap with Strap091554765

TheraPearl®

TheraPearl® was designed with the consumer in mind. Whether chilled or heated, Pearl Technology holds the hot or cold temperature for the doctor recommended time of 20 minutes while conforming to your body to deliver the perfect relief from your aches and pains.MicrowavedPearls conform and deliver soothing heat therapy to the desired body part.FrozenPearls create the “frozen peas” effect, and offer ice therapy without sacrificing flexibility.

45

6

3

21

NEW

Wel

lbei

ng


Pain Relief

1

2

1 TPN 200 PlusFeatures• Dual channel• Simple analogue operation• Flip down front cover protects the controls• Integral belt clip• Variable pulse rate 2Hz - 150Hz• Variable pulse width 30µs - 260µs• Selectable modes: Modulation, Constant, BurstSupplied complete with leads, self adhesive electrodes, 1×9V battery and TENS User Guide in soft carry case.091531730

2 TPN 200 Premier+• Simple analogue operation• Flip down front cover with viewing panel• Flip top cover (protects output control movement)• Integral belt clip• Fully featured timer• Variable pulse rate 2Hz - 150Hz• Variable pulse width 30µs - 260µs• Selectable modes: Modulation, Constant, BurstSupplied complete with leads, self adhesive electrodes, 1×9V battery and TENS User Guide in soft carry case.091531748

Wellb

eing


677

Respiratory Care

1 Beurer IH21 NebuliserThe IH21 is used to treat the upper and lower respiratory tract, colds, asthma and respiratory diseases. Compressed air technology is used for the nebulisation of prescribed liquid medicine. The Beurer nebuliser offers a high rate of medication vaporisation (>0.21ml/min), making the 1.2 bar operating pressure inhalation time shorter. A mouthpiece, nose attachment, adult mask, extra long air tube and filter can be stored within the compartment, which can be easily cleaned and disinfected, ready for the next treatment. Mains operated and is covered by a 3 year guarantee.091536416

2 Beurer IH40 NebuliserThe Beurer IH40 nebuliser has Ultrasonic technology to help treat the upper and lower respiratory tract. The IH40 is also used to treat colds, asthma and respiratory disease. Perfect for adults and children as it generates low level of noise, makes the IH40 pleasant and discreet to use. The nebulisation chamber is illuminated blue when in use, and also features interchangeable medication containers plus, automatic switch-off function after 10 minutes. The Beurer nebuliser offers a high rate of medication vaporisation (>0.40ml/min), making the inhalation time shorter. Included within the pack are a mouthpiece, adult mask, child mask, filter, medication cups and power supply. Can be easily disinfected after each use. Mains operated and is covered by a 3 year guarantee.091536424

3 Beurer IH55 NebuliserBeurer IH50 uses vibrating membrane technology. This modern and portable Nebuliser, utilises innovative mesh technology for the treatment of the upper and lower respiratory track conditions. Effective and versatile enables you to use in the comfort of your home or during travelling. Perfect for adults and children with low level of noise generated, makes the IH50 pleasant and discreet to use. The IH50 nebuliser can be tilted during use to a maximum of 45 degrees without any impairment to the function. Should the medicine not be in contact with the mesh the nebuliser stops automatically. A high proportion of respiritable particles combined with high nebulisation capacity make the IH50 perfect for treatment of respiratory track conditions. The Beurer nebuliser offers a high rate of medication vaporisation (>0.25ml/min), making the inhalation time shorter. Powered directly from the mains power supply or 4×AA batteries. Included within the pack is nebulising unit with mesh nebuliser, adult mask, child mask, mouthpiece, connecting piece, power pack with fitted 3 pin UK plug, 4×1.5v AA batteries, storage bag, instruction manual and is covered by a 3 year guarantee.091536432

1

2

3


Wel

lbei

ng


1

2

4LATEX FREE

2 Thumper Sport ProThe Thumper Sport has been designed for self-care by professionals and home users. Inspired by the Thumper Mini Pro 2, the Thumper Sport uses patented Thumper Action to transmit energy deep into the muscle tissue. With variable speed control from 20 to 40 Hz that matches muscles natural healing frequencies. A long, ergonomic handle accommodates all hand sizes and reaches all muscle groups. Weighs only 1.4kg. Comes with interchangeable massage spheres that allow you to customise your massage experience.091183383

3 Massage BallsWhen massaged on the body these balls help relieve tension and stimulate blood circulation. Diameter Colour091124346 A 6cm Orange 091124353 B 7cm Green 091124361 C 8cm Yellow 091124379 D 9cm Red 091124387 E 10cm Blue

1 Mini MassagerCompact but powerful massager includes three heads for concentrated massage of specific areas. Cap can be left on for massage over larger areas. Battery operated massager vibrates at approximately 5500 cycles per minute. Battery included.081292622 081116375 Replacement Heads

4 The Original Backnobber™ IIDeep muscle therapy device constructed of reinforced, polymeric resins. Hook the backnobber over the shoulder or under an arm and use it as a leverage to apply deep pressure to trigger points in the muscles of the neck, shoulders or back. Includes user guide.091035104

Health

3

A B

C D E


LATEXFREE

WheelchairsDays® Aluminium Wheelchairs 680 - 685

Days® Steel Wheelchairs 686 - 693Wheelchair Clothing 694 - 695

Scooter & Powerchair Clothing 696 - 697Wheelchair & Scooter Bags 698 - 699

Wheelchair Accessories & Wheelchair Gloves 700 - 701Channel Ramps 702 - 704Folding Ramps 705 - 708

Broad Ramps 709 - 710Threshold Ramps 711 - 712


Aluminium Wheelchairs

Days Escape Lite Self-Propelled

Ideal for occasional useWith an extremely lightweight and foldable aluminium frame, the Escape Lite has been specially designed for ease of transportation and storage, making it an ideal chair for occasional use. Suitable for both indoors and out, it gives you flexibility wherever you go. With two seat widths and four colour options, whatever your style or preference, there’s an Escape Lite available for you.

The light way to escapeIn addition to being lightweight, these self-propelled chairs offer both comfort and practicality. With a full-length armrest, padded upholstery and detachable swing-away footrests, they provide all the basic comfort necessities. Peace of mind and low maintenance are provided by the puncture-proof tyres.

Key features• Introducing Quick Release MAG Wheels• All the same features and benefits as the Best Selling

Escape Lite Attendant Wheelchair• Supplied with attendant & user brakes

SpecificationsSeat Width Narrow: 41cm (16˝), Standard: 46cm (18˝), Wide: 51cm (20˝)Seat Depth 41cm (16˝)Seat Height (Front) 51.5cm (20¼˝)Seat Height (Rear) 49.5cm (19½˝)Backrest Height Above Seat 40cm (15¾˝)Armrest Height Above Seat 23cm (9˝)Footrest Length 39-49cm (15˝-19˝)External Width (Open) Narrow: 62cm (24˝), Standard: 64.5cm (25˝), Wide: 69cm (27˝)External Width (Closed) 31cm (12¼˝)External Depth (w/o Footrests) 80cm (31½˝)External Length (w Footrests) 106cm (41½˝)External Height 94cmChair Weight 15.5kgChair Weight (w/o Footrests) 14kg

Great value for occasional usage

Maximum User Weight

18¾ st

120 kg 1

Product Warranty

YearMain Frame Warranty

2YearSelf Propelled

Racing Green

Racing Red

PurpleSiverBlue

Racing Green

BEST SELLER

Days Escape LiteSelf-Propelled

Ideal for occasional useWith an extremely lightweight and foldable aluminium frame, the Escape Lite has been specially designed for ease of transportation and storage, making it an ideal chair for occasional use. Suitable for both indoors and out, it gives you flexibility wherever you go. With two seat widths and four colour options, whatever your style or preference, there’s an Escape Lite available for you.

The light way to escapeIn addition to being lightweight, these self-propelled chairs offer bothcomfort and practicality. With a full-length armrest, padded upholsteryand detachable swing-away footrests, they provide all the basic comfort necessities. Peace of mind and low maintenance are provided by the puncture-proof tyres.

Key features• Introducing Quick Release MAG Wheels• All the same features and benefits as the Best Selling

Escape Lite Attendant Wheelchair• Supplied with attendant & user brakes

SELLER

Slowing and Parking Brake

NEW COLOURS

Specifications

Narrow Standard Wide Colour

091566280 091566249 7500091 Silver Blue

091566314 091566272 7500092 Purple

091566298 091566256 – Ruby Red

091566306 091566264 – Racing Green


681


NAR

ROW

/STA

NDAR

D

Maximum User Weight

15¾ st

100 kg

WID

E

Maximum User Weight

18¾ st

120 kg

1Product Warranty


2YearAttendantPropelled

3Choices of seat width

Racing Green

Racing Red

PurpleSiverBlue

AvailableColours

Days Escape Lite Attendant

Ideal for occasional useWith an extremely lightweight and foldable aluminium frame, the Escape Lite has been specially designed for ease of transportation and storage, making it an ideal chair for occasional use. Suitable for both indoors and out, it gives you flexibility wherever you go. With three seat widths and four colour options, whatever your style or preference, there’s an Escape Lite available for you.

The light way to escapeIn addition to being lightweight, these attendant-propelled chairs offer both comfort and practicality. With a full-length armrest, padded upholstery and detachable swing-away footrests, they provide all the basic comfort necessities. Peace of mind and low maintenance are provided by the puncture-proof tyres.

Key features• Ultra lightweight• Folding frame and backrest for compact storage• Generously padded flame retardant upholstery• Choice of seat widths• Puncture-proof tyres• Full length armrest• Attendant-operated cable brakes• Swing-away and detachable footplates• Seat belt included

SpecificationsSeat Width Narrow: 41cm (16˝), Standard: 46cm (18˝), Wide: 51cm (18˝)Seat Depth 41cm (16˝)Seat Height (Front) 51.5cm (20¼˝)Seat Height (Rear) 49.5cm (19½˝)Width Between Arms Narrow: 38cm (15˝), Standard: 41cm (16˝), Wide: 48cm (19˝)Backrest Height Above Seat 40cm (15¾˝)Footrest Length 39-49cm (15-19˝)Armrest Height Above Seat 23cm (9˝)External Width (Open) Narrow: 52cm (20½˝), Standard: 53cm (21̋ ), Wide: 56cm (22˝)External Width (Closed) 23cm (9˝)External Depth (w/o Footrests) 75cm (29½˝)External Depth (w Footrests) 99.5cm (39˝)Chair Weight 12kg (26Ib)Chair Weight (w/o Footrests) 10.5kg (23lb)

Slowing and Parking Brake

Specifications

Narrow Standard Wide Colour

091311521 091171727 091556588 Silver Blue

091547561 091547579 091556604 Purple

091556901 091556893 091556596 Ruby Red

091555481 091555473 091556612 Racing Green

Great value for occasional usage



1Product Warranty


2Year

MaximumUser Weight

18 st

115 kg

Self Propelled

Attendant Propelled

Designed for occasional usage

1ProductWarranty

Available in Self-propelled and Attendant

Specifications

Self-Propelled Attendant Colour

41cm (16˝) 46cm (18˝) 41cm (16˝) 46cm (18˝)

091186659 091186683 091186618 091186626 Cool Silver

091555531 091555556 091555499 091555515 Turquoise

091555549 091555564 091555507 091555523 Burgundy

Days Swift



683

Days SwiftCompact and agileThe Swift wheelchair is a firm favourite due to its versatility and ease of use. With a high quality aluminium frame for strength and at a low weight, it folds easily and can be quickly disassembled without the need for tools, making transportation and storage simple. Compact and manoeuvrable, the Swift makes light work of negotiating shops, restaurants and other tight spaces. When folded, it takes up very little room.

Comfortable yet practicalDesigned principally for occasional use but with well-padded upholstery for comfort, a half-folding back, enabling convenient reaching and puncture-proof tyres which help ensure trouble-free mobility. With a choice of self-propelled or attendant-propelled chairs and two seat width options, there’s sure to be a Swift wheelchair to suit your requirements.

Key features• Designed for indoor or outdoor occasional use• Lightweight aluminium frame, which easily folds and dismantles without tools• Fixed mid-length armrests• Available as self-propelled or attendant-propelled with cable brakes• Compact design makes it very easy to use indoors• Choice of two seat widths and padded upholstery as standard• Robust puncture-proof tyres ensure low maintenance for outdoor use• Quick-release removable wheels on the self-propelled chairs guarantee

portability• Half-folding back for compact storage

SpecificationsSeat Width 41cm (16˝), 46cm (18˝)Seat Depth 42cm (16.5")Seat Height (Front) 51cm (20˝)Seat Height (Rear) 48.5cm (19˝)Backrest Height Above Seat 40cm (15¾˝)Footrest Length 44 - 54cm (17¼ - 21¼˝)Armrest Height Above Seat 23cm (9") Self-Propelled Attendant PropelledExternal Width (Open) 62cm (24"), 67cm (26"), 57cm (22½˝), 62cm (24½˝)External Width (Closed) 28cm (11̋ ) 24cm (9½˝)External Depth (w/o Footrests) 83cm (32¾˝) 75cm (29½ ˝)External Depth (w Footrests) 113cm (44½˝) 107cm (42˝)Chair Weight 12.5kg (27.5Ib) 11.5kg (25.3lb)Chair Weight (w/o Footrests) 11.2kg (24.7Ib) 10.2kg (22.4lb)

Compact Fold for Portability

Quick Release Wheels

Height Adjustable Footrests

BurgundyTurquoiseCoolSilver

AvailableColours




1Product Warranty


2YearMaximum User Weight

20¼ st

130 kg

Crash Tested

Self Propelled

Attendant Propelled

Superb adaptabilityThe Link is suitable for full-time use and is designed for maximum practicality. In addition to six seating widths, key features include a height adjustable backrest for tailored support and tension adjustable upholstery for comfort.

To enable easier side transfer, the Link is fitted with swing-back and detachable armrests. The footrests have a heel strap for support and can be swung internally or externally for access. You may also wish to add optional extras, such as height adjustable armrests or elevating leg rests complete with angle adjustable footplates for maximum comfort.

Designed to adapt to you - Perfect for full-time use

Superb adaptabilityThe Link is suitable for full-time use and is designed for maximum practicality. In addition to six seating widths, key features include a height adjustable backrest for


Specifications

Self-Propelled Attendant Seat Width

091440080 091440163 36cm (14˝)

091440106 091440189 38cm (15˝)

091440270 091440213 41cm (16˝)

091440288 091440221 43cm (17˝)

091440296 091440239 46cm (18˝)

091440304 091440247 48cm (19˝)

Days Link



685

Days LinkKey features• Available as self-propelled or attendant-propelled• Suitable for full-time use with a choice of six different seat widths• Features include a height adjustable backrest, a half-folding back, swing-back

and detachable armrests, a heel strap and fixed angle footplates• Puncture-proof tyres for peace of mind• Rear anti-tippers for safety on slopes or uneven ground• Multi-adjustable rear wheel position to enable you to change the seat angle for

comfort, or make the chair more efficient and agile

• Removable quick-release rear wheels• Passes ISO 7176 part 19• Optional extras available, including height adjustable armrests, elevating leg

rests and amputee support

SpecificationsSeat Width 36cm (14˝), 38cm (15˝), 41cm (16˝), 43cm (17˝), 46cm (18˝), 48cm (19˝)Seat Depth 43cm (17˝)Seat Height (Front) 50.5cm (20")Seat Height (Rear) 47.5 - 51.5cm (18 ¾ " - 20¼˝)Backrest Height Above Seat 40.5 - 45.5cm (15¾ - 16¾˝)Footrest Length 40 - 48cm (15¾ - 19˝)Armrest Height Above Seat 25cm (10")External Depth (w/o Footrests) 77cm (30¼˝)External Depth (w Footrests) 104cm (41̋ ) Self-Propelled Attendant-PropelledExternal Width (Open) Seat Width+ 18cm (7¼˝), Seat Width + 14cm (5½˝)External Width (Closed) 34cm (13½˝) 30cm (11¾˝)Chair Weight 16.6kg (36.5lb) 15kg (33lb)Chair Weight (w/o Footrests) 15.2kg (33.4lb) 13.6kg (29.9lb)

Height Adjustable Armrests Elevating Leg Rests Amputee SupportOptional Extras

Tension Adjustable Backrest for Comfort

Swing-back Detachable Arms for Easier Side Transfer

Swing In or Out Leg Rests

CoolSilver

AvailableColours

Height Adjustable Armrests091458223 Left091458231 Right

Elevating Leg Rests091458611 Left091458637 Right

Amputee Support091458629 Left091458645 Right

Optional Extras




1Product Warranty



18¾ st

120 kg

Crash Tested

Self Propelled

Attendant Propelled

Ideal for part or full-time use


Ultra VersatileWith a choice of four seat widths, the Whirl is designed to be a simple yet versatile wheelchair ideal for part or full-time use. The Whirl is available as attendant or self-propelled and has a detachable half-folding backrest making the chair more compact for storage.

Specifications

Self-Propelled Attendant Seat Width

091440270 091440346 41cm (16˝)

091440288 091440361 43cm (17˝)

091440296 091440379 45cm (17¾˝)

091440304 091440395 48cm (19˝)

Days Whirl

Steel Wheelchairs

Wheelchairs


687

Wheelchairs

Days WhirlReliability Indoors and OutThe Whirl’s narrow frame and compact dimensions ensure great manoeuvrability indoors and in confined spaces. Its puncture-proof tyres, in contrast, provide extra peace of mind outdoors.

Key features• Available as attendant-propelled or self-propelled• Choice of four seat widths• Designed to be a simple, yet versatile wheelchair for part or full-time use• Great manoeuvrability in confined spaces• Fully padded upholstery for comfort• Detachable half-folding backrest enables compact storage• Robust steel frame for durability• Removable desk armrests to enable closer access to tables and worktops• Removable quick-release rear wheels on the self-propelled increases portability• Puncture-proof tyres for long term reliability• Passes ISO 7176 part 19

SpecificationsSeat Width 41cm (16˝), 43cm (17˝), 45cm (17¾˝), 48cm (19˝)Seat Depth 42cm (16½˝)Seat Height (Front) 51cm (20˝)Seat Height (Rear) 48cm (19˝)Backrest Height Above Seat 43cm (17˝)Footrest Length 43.5 - 50cm (17¼ - 19½˝)Armrest Height Above Seat 23cm (9˝) Self-Propelled Attendant-PropelledExternal Width (Open) Seat Width + 20cm (7¾˝), Seat Width + 16cm (6¼˝)External Width (Closed) 29cm (11½˝) 25cm (9¾˝)External Depth (w/o Footrests) 80cm (31½˝) 70cm (27½˝)External Depth (w Footrests) 105cm (41¼˝) 95cm (37½˝)Chair Weight 17kg (37.4lb) 15.4kg (33.9lb)Chair Weight (w/o Footrests) 15kg (33lb) 13.4kg (29.5lb)

Removable Armrests for Easier Side Transfer

Height Adjustable Swing-away Footrests

Easy to Dismantle for Storage or Transport

Optional Elevating Leg Rests

Silver AvailableColours

Anti-Tippers with Wheels091467687

Elevating Leg Rests091467729 Left091467760 Right

Optional Extras

Steel Wheelchairs

Whe

elch

airs


Whe

elch

airs


1Product Warranty



18 st

115 kg

Crash Tested

Self Propelled

Attendant Propelled

ChromeAvailableColours

Designed for strength and durability

Robust and ResilientDesigned for strength and durability, this quality range of wheelchairs are manufactured from heavy gauge steel and have an attractive scratch-resistant chrome finish. The embossed vinyl upholstery is hard-wearing and easy to wipe clean. Puncture-proof tyres ensure low maintenance, yet deliver a smooth ride over the majority of surfaces.


Days Chrome Plated

Specifications

Self-Propelled Attendant Back Option

Standard 46cm (18˝)

091439330 091539535 Fixed Back

091439132 091539550 Folding Back

Narrow 41cm (16˝)

091439223 091552769 Fixed Back

091439173 091439959 Folding Back

Steel Wheelchairs


689

Days Chrome PlatedOptions for AdaptabilitySupplied as standard with padded full length arms for comfort and support, desk length arms can be added to enable easier access to tables and worktops. The height adjustable, swing-away and removable footrests come complete with a calf strap and can be easily replaced with multi-adjustable elevating leg rests.

Key features• Available in a choice of two seat widths• Detachable swing-away armrests and footrests• Folds easily for storage and transport• Moulded armrests for extra comfort• Chrome plated steel frame for durability• Stainless steel skirt guards• Wipe clean padded seat fabric• Available with fixed or folding backrest options• Optional elevating leg rests, desk arms and adjustable I.V. pole

SpecificationsSeat Width Narrow: 41cm (16˝), Standard: 46cm (18˝)Seat Depth 41cm (16˝)Seat Height (Front) 51cm (20˝)Seat Height (Rear) 47cm (18½˝)Backrest Height Above Seat 41cm (16˝)Footrest Length 38 - 53cm (15 - 21̋ )Armrest Height Above Seat 25cm (9¾˝) Self-Propelled Attendant-PropelledExternal Width (Open) 62cm (21½˝), 67cm (26¼˝), 58cm (22¾˝), 63cm (24¾˝)External Width (Closed) 30cm (11¾˝) 26cm (10¼˝)External Depth (w/o Footrests) 80cm (31½˝) 73cm (28¾˝)External Depth (w Footrests) 105cm (41¼˝) 95cm (37½˝)Chair Weight 20kg (44Ib) 17kg (37.4lb)Chair Weight (w/o Footrests) 18kg (39.6Ib) 15kg (33Ib)


Swing-away Removable Arms

Optional Elevating Leg Rests

Optional Desk Arms

Elevating Leg Rests091444439 To Suit Standard091495761 To Suit Narrow

Adjustable I.V. Pole091495845

Amputee Support091495704 Pair

Cast Support091495829 LeftOptional

Extras

Steel Wheelchairs


1Product Warranty



22 st

140 kg 2

Choices of seat width

Crash Tested

Self Propelled

Attendant Propelled


Designed for strength and durability


Self


Solid, Rugged ConstructionWith two generous seat widths, double crossbar frame and reinforced, double-thickness upholstery, our heavy duty wheelchairs are suitable for a comprehensive selection of users. Manufactured from heavy gauge steel they have an attractive scratch-resistant chrome finish to ensure long term durability.

Days Heavy Duty

Specifications

51cm (20˝) Self-Propelled Back Options Attendant

Wide 091356674 Fixed Back –

Wide 091439181 Folding Back 091227412

56cm (22˝) Self-Propelled Back Options Attendant

Extra Wide 091439280 Fixed Back 091227420

Steel Wheelchairs


691

Days Heavy DutyReliability, Indoors and OutPuncture-proof tyres ensure low maintenance, yet deliver a smooth ride over the majority of surfaces. The height adjustable, swing-away and removable footrests come complete with a calf strap and rubberised foot plates for safety.

Key features• Wide and Extra Wide seat available• Manufactured from heavy gauge, chrome plated, steel tubing• Double crossbar and wide tyres for extra strength• Reinforced double thickness upholstery• Detachable, swing-away armrests and height adjustable footrests• Folding for easy storage and transport• Moulded armrests for extra comfort• Stainless steel skirt guards• Wipe clean padded seat fabric• Folding back option on the standard width• Optional elevating leg rests, desk arms and adjustable I.V. pole

SpecificationsSeat Width Wide: 51cm (20˝), Extra Wide: 56cm (22˝)Seat Depth 41cm (16˝)Seat Height (Front) 52cm (20½˝)Seat Height (Rear) 47cm (18½˝)Backrest Height Above Seat 41cm (16˝)Footrest Length 40 - 53cm (16 - 21̋ )Armrest Height Above Seat 25cm (9¾˝)External Width (Open) Wide: 68cm (26¾˝), Extra Wide: 73cm (28¾˝)External Width (Closed) 30cm (11¾˝) Self-Propelled Attendant-PropelledExternal Depth (w/o Footrests) 82cm (32¼˝) 75cm (29½˝)External Depth (w Footrests) 107cm (42˝) 100cm (39½˝)Chair Weight 25kg (55lb) 23kg (50.6lb)Chair Weight (w/o Footrests) 23kg (50.6lb) 21kg (46.2lb)

Folding Back Option on Standard Width


Optional Adjustable I.V. Pole

Elevating Leg Rests091444439 To Suit Heavy Duty chairs

Amputee Support091495894 Right

Cast Support091495829 Left

Adjustable I.V. Pole091495845Optional

Extras

Steel Wheelchairs


1Product Warranty



18 st

115 kg

Self Propelled


Designed for hospitals & clinics

Chrome

Fully ReclinesFully Reclines

Days Fully RecliningFully Reclining for Increased ComfortWith a hydraulic recline mechanism to support the weight, the backrest on these wheelchairs can be reclined with infinite adjustment from vertical to horizontal. A detachable head support ensures comfort at any angle. The variation in angle provides the user with a change in orientation, enabling redistribution of pressure, thus increasing comfort, sitting tolerance and reducing the risk of pressure sores.

Quality and SecuritySelf-propelling wheels, set back towards the rear of the frame help prevent tipping, improving safety in conjunction with the rear anti-tippers. With a chrome-plated steel frame, stainless steel skirt guards and wipe-clean seat fabric the chairs are durable and ongoing maintenance is kept to a minimum. The armrests and elevating leg rests are both detachable and the whole unit folds easily for storage and transportation.

Key features• Reclines from upright to horizontal position• Detachable armrests• Detachable elevating leg rests• Removable head support• Folds for easy storage and transport• Moulded armrests for extra comfort• Chrome plated steel frame• Stainless steel skirt guards• Wipe clean seat fabric

SpecificationsSeat Width Narrow: 41cm (16˝), Standard: 46cm (18˝)Seat Depth 43cm (17˝)Seat Height (Front) 51cm (20˝)Seat Height (Rear) 47cm (18½˝)Backrest Height Above Seat 54cm (22¼˝)Footrest Length 40 - 53cm (15¾ - 21̋ )Armrest Height Above Seat 25cm (9¾˝)External Width (Open) Narrow: 61cm (24˝), Standard: 66cm (26˝)External Width (Closed) 27cm (10½˝)External Depth (w/o Footrests) 91cm (35¾˝)External Depth (w Footrests) 125cm (49¼˝)Chair Weight 28kg (61.6lb)Chair Weight (w/o Footrests) 24kg (52.8lb)

Specifications

091227644 Standard Width - 46cm (18˝)

091439868 Narrow Width - 41cm (16˝)

Steel Wheelchairs



693

1Product Warranty



18 st

115 kg

Specifications

091463090 Self-Propelled

091463108 Attendant-Propelled


Days Fixed TransportDurable and Easy to MaintainDesigned for strength and durability, these quality wheelchairs are manufactured from heavy gauge steel and have an attractive scratch-resistant chrome finish. The embossed vinyl upholstery is hard-wearing and easy to wipe clean. Puncture-proof tyres ensure low maintenance, yet deliver a smooth ride over the majority of surfaces.

Worry FreeWith fixed armrests, leg rests and a fixed back, all parts of these chairs remain intact on the main unit, ensuring no parts go missing, therefore making them particularly suitable in locations with multiple users.

Key features• Standard 46cm (18 Seat Width• Standard fixed back• Fixed armrests• Fixed swing away footrests• Folds for easy storage and transport• Moulded armrests for extra comfort• Height adjustable leg rests• Chrome plated steel frame• Stainless steel skirt guards• Wipe clean padded upholstery• Optional adjustable I.V. pole

SpecificationsSeat Width 46cm (18˝)Seat Depth 41cm (16˝)Seat Height (Front) 51cm (20˝)Seat Height (Rear) 47cm (18½˝)Backrest Height Above Seat 41cm (16˝)Footrest Length 38 - 53cm (15 - 21̋ )Armrest Height Above Seat 25cm (9¾˝) Self-Propelled Attendant-PropelledExternal Width (Open) 67.5cm (26½˝) 63.5cm (25˝)External Width (Closed) 28cm (11̋ ) 26cm (10¼˝)External Depth (w/o Footrests) 82cm (32¼˝) 75cm (29½˝)External Depth (w Footrests) 107cm (42˝) 100cm (39½˝)Chair Weight 19kg (48.3lb) 15kg (33lb)Chair Weight (w/o Footrests) 17kg (37.4lb) 13kg (28.6lb)


Attendant-Propelled

Fold for Portability

Self Propelled

Attendant Propelled

Crash Tested

Steel Wheelchairs


Wheelchair Clothing

3 Days Wheelchair Mac with SleevesSeam sealed for total waterproofing, this mac offers complete protection for the wearer and the wheelchair. The knitted cuffs are covered by the ends of the sleeves, giving a smart finish and preventing the fabric from getting wet. Vents at the rear of the mac allow use of the wheelchair’s pushing handles and a small pouch at the front provides handy storage. Elasticated all the way around to ensure a snug fit. Available lined or un-lined.091119411 Standard Lined 091119064 Standard Unlined 091169804 Long Lined 091169846 Long Unlined

3

1

2

1 Days Wheelchair CosyGiving both warmth and comfort, the Wheelchair Cosy is a fleece lined waterproof covering for the lower body. With a back panel for warmth and comfort, the extra large ring pull zip enables easy in-and-out access. Fitting virtually all manual wheelchairs, the Wheelchair Cosy is ideal for use with the Wheelchair Poncho.091119080 Standard 091169820 Long

2 Days Wheelchair PonchoIdeal protection from unexpected showers, this waterproof poncho has an easy-pull zip closure and drawstring hood. A practical cover for the top half of the body with extra length at the front for knee protection. Rear vents allow use of the wheelchair’s pushing handles. Available lined or un-lined.091119049 Unlined 091119387 Lined

LINED OPTION


LINED OPTION

3

1

LINED OPTION

Whe

elch

airs


695

Wheelchair Clothing

3 Days Wheelchair MacComplete protection for wearer and their chair, this full-length Mac is made from 100% waterproof fabric. Designed with a zip closure and drawstring hood with spring clip fastening. The elasticated skirt gives a snug, waterproof fit.091119056 Standard 091169838 Long

3

1 Days Contoured Wheelchair ShawlDesigned to be as easy to put on as putting a blanket around the shoulders. This shawl has a high collar which can be turned up to protect the neck and ears. The overlapping front ensures that the lower legs are kept warm and the elasticated fastener at the neck keeps out draughts. Length 690mm (27˝). Width 1200mm (47˝). One size fits most.091119460

2 Days Deluxe Wheelchair ApronLined with quilted cotton for extra warmth, this Wheelchair Apron is totally waterproof. Shaped to fit with an elasticated waist and adjustable length straps to secure the Apron to the chair. The elasticated base ensures a snug fit around the feet.091119403

2

1


Wheelchairs


Scooter & Powerchair Clothing

3 Days Scooter CosyProtect yourself from the cold and rain with this scooter cosy. The waterproof outer and fleece lining provide warmth and comfort, while the full length zip makes it easy to put on and take off. There are flaps at the bottom so your feet can rest comfortably at either side of the tiller. Ideal for use with the scooter poncho.091187723

3

1

2

1 Days Scooter PonchoDesigned with a full length zip, this lined scooter poncho is quick and easy to put on. The knitted cuffs are covered by the ends of the sleeves, giving a smart finish and preventing the fabric from getting wet. A snug fitting hood and neckline zip combine to offer maximum protection and comfort. A small pouch can be used to carry items close to hand. Seams are sealed for maximum waterproof protection.091118504 Lined 091208198 Unlined

2 Days Universal Scooter CapeThis practical, lightweight cape offers all-round protection for both you and your scooter. The cape is made from waterproof nylon with a chest zip and has a transparent panel so you can see the controls and ensure road users can still see your lights.091118348

LINED OPTION

LINED


Whe

elch

airs

Wheelchairs


697

Scooter & Powerchair Clothing

3 Days Powerchair CapeA waterproof cape designed specifically for electric wheelchairs. Offers maximum protection to the user and the control panel of the chair. The controls remain visible through the clear panels inset into both sides of the cape. A luxury cotton lining provides additional warmth and comfort. The elasticated back fits over the rear of the chair to deflect rain away, whilst the close fitting elasticated design keeps the cover away from the wheels.091119429

3

1 Days Scooter Storage CoverProtect your scooter with this universal storage cover in waterproof rip stop nylon. Elasticated base for tighter fit. Machine washable.091163799 Small/Medium 091118314 Medium/Large

2 Days Deluxe Scooter Storage CoverThis heavy duty PVC coated cover fits over virtually any scooter. The elasticated cord at the bottom runs smoothly through the eyelets, allowing the user to fit the cover easily without struggling with an elasticated hem. A useful clamp keeps the cord tight and ensures the cover remains securely over the scooter. Dimensions: 680×1450×1400mm (26¾×57×55˝)091118496 Blue

2

1

LINING


Whe

elch

airs


Wheelchair Bags

1

2

3

4 5

2 Days Economy Wheelchair BagA strong, practical bag that fits over the back of a wheelchair. Made from durable, waterproof nylon, it has a zip top for easy access, carry handles for portability and loops that slip over the pushing handles. Storage capacity of 21 litres gives plenty of room for shopping, books and other items. Maximum safe load 5kg. Size 360×390×150mm (14×15½×6˝).091118868

3 Days Deluxe Wheelchair BagThis stylish and capacious storage bag has several pockets for convenient storage. The main storage compartment is lined and padded offering extra protection for the contents. A zipped internal pocket is ideal for a wallet, purse or other valuable items. Two side pockets allow for storage of small bottles or papers. Maximum safe load 8kg. Size 400×600×150mm (15¼×23½×6˝).091187707

4 Days Wheelchair Pannier BagThis pannier bag offers highly versatile storage for small and large items through a combination of bags and removable pouches. The bag fastens with hook and loop fastening over the armrest of any wheelchair or scooter, and has side fasteners to hold it in place. The outer bag is large enough to store bulky items up to 2kg in weight and has a lid fastened with hook and loop. On the inside of the armrest is a removable zipped pouch where valuables such as money and cards can be securely stored. The pouch also has handy pockets where pens, phones and spectacles can quickly and easily be accessed. The bag is made from washable polyester and is fully waterproof. Max safe load 2kg. Size 330×260×80mm (13×10×3˝)091187715

1 Days Wheelchair Crutch BagA large carry bag designed for both scooter and wheelchairs. The bag has two deep side pouches which can accommodate both walking sticks and crutches. The sticks or crutches should always be reduced to their minimum length for safe carriage. The main compartment has a zipped top for secure, waterproof storage and with 27 litre capacity, is easily large enough to hold clothing or a generous amount of shopping. The rear storage pouch has a cover with hook and loop fastening so that items can be quickly and easily accessed. A reflective strip on the back helps to ensure that you remain visible at night. The bag attaches with adjustable straps to most size of seats, including those with headrests. Max load 7kg. Size 400×450×140mm (16×18×6˝).091187699

5 Wheelchair Carry BagDesigned to hang from the handles of rear push wheelchairs, this high quality wheelchair carry bag features two zipped pockets on the front, two net pouches on the sides and a removable 250×180mm (10×7˝) zip pouch. Dimensions: 415×355×180mm (16¼×14×7˝). Handle loops are 125mm (5˝) long.091188747


Wheelchairs


699

Scooter Bags

1 Days Scooter BagLarge waterproof storage bag with multi-use storage compartments. Made from hard-wearing waterproof polyester material. Features a large, zipped main storage compartment with a handy, quick access pouch on rear of bag with hook and loop fastener. The side pouch holds two crutches or walking sticks. When possible, adjustable crutches or walking sticks should be reduced to minimum height for safe carriage. Extra large storage capacity of 27 litres. Size 400×450×140mm (16×18×5½˝).091187749

2 Days Deluxe Scooter BagHigh quality padded storage bag with four internal and external zipped pockets. Made from waterproof polyester with a padded lining, which provides extra protection. Internal clear zipped pouch for wallet storage. Two rear zipped pockets for flexible storage use. Side pouch holds two crutches or walking sticks. When possible, adjustable crutches or walking sticks should be reduced to minimum height for safe carriage. Extra large storage capacity of 27 litres. Size 400×450×140mm (16×18×5½˝).091187756

3 Days Economy Scooter BagA sturdy and practical bag with zip top. Secures to the scooter seat with adjustable straps. Made from waterproof nylon. Bag size 370×40×150mm (14½×16×6˝).091187731

4 Days Scooter Pannier BagThis pannier bag offers highly versatile storage for small and large items through a combination of bags and removable pouches. The bag fastens with hook and loop fastening over the armrest of any wheelchair or scooter, and has side fasteners to hold it in place. The outer bag is large enough to store bulky items up to 2kg in weight and has a lid fastened with hook and loop. On the inside of the armrest is a removable zipped pouch where valuables such as money and cards can be securely stored. The pouch also has handy pockets where pens, phones and spectacles can quickly and easily be accessed. The bag is made from washable polyester and is fully waterproof. Max safe load 2kg. Size 330×260×80mm (13×10×3˝)091187715

3

4

1BEST SELLER

2


Whe

elch

airs


Wheelchair Accessories

1 Homecraft Gel CushionWheelchair users and seated patients are at high risk of developing pressure sores. They need a reliable cushion that will prevent the onset of these sores and where necessary assist in the management of existing sores. This cushion has a carefully designed ‘no lump’ gel sac with bactericide incorporated into a foam exterior. It assists patient movement and gives excellent stability in use. It reduces interface pressures and provides high conformity giving specific ischial and perineal pressure protection. Covered in a breathable fabric that is waterproof and can be wiped clean. Two way PU coated nylon stretch permanent cover. Size 430×430×80mm (17×17×3 ¼˝). Weight 2.4kg. Suitable for HIGH RISK Pressure care patients.091091164

Maximum load weight

17 st

108 kg

1

3

2 Homecraft Gel CushionDevelopment of the original Gel cushion has led to this unique Gel Plus cushion that combines combustion modified high resilient foam with visco elastic heat sensitive foam and silicon gel, to provide the user with the ultimate in comfort. Designed for those wheelchair users or seated patients that are at high risk of developing pressure sores. The cushion cover offers a PU coated 2 way stretch fabric top/side panels and non-slip base with sewn seams and zip opening. Size 430×430×80mm (17×17×3˝). Weight 1.5kg. Suitable for HIGH RISK Pressure care patients.091091164

Maximum load weight

20 st

127 kg

3 Homecraft Gel CushionThis general purpose cushion is designed for basic pressure relief for wheelchair and seated users. Foam cushion with two way PU coated nylon stretch cover. Size 430×430×80mm (17×17×3¼˝). Weight 400g.091091156

Maximum load weight

15 st

95 kg

2

6

4

5

6 Homecraft Curved Wheelchair CushionFirm crescent shaped foam pad to take sag out of a folding wheelchair seat. Size 432×432×51mm (17×17×2˝). Weight 520g.091091180

4 Padded Wheelchair CushionThis quilted, fibre filled cushion, covers seat, back and arms of either chair or wheelchair. Seat size 360×260mm (14×10˝). Weight 2kg.091091487

5 Homecraft Wheelchair Arm CoversThese simple but effective wheelchair arm covers fit snugly to the chair and give the wheelchair user more comfort. They are easy to attach with hook and loop fastenings and take up little space within the chair. Size 460×70×100mm (18×2 3/4 x 4˝). Supplied as a pair. Weight 400g per pair.091091198

Wheelchairs


701

Wheelchairs

1

3

2

1 Super Grip Wheelchair GlovesThe material on the padded palms of the Super Grip Wheelchair Gloves is tested for grip in both wet and fine conditions, ensuring security when propelling. The backing is quality Neoprene and the gloves feature elasticated cuffs that are securely closed with a hook and loop tab. Available as full finger gloves or with a full thumb and open fingers. Note: Designed to work with metal push rims, rubberised rims may cause the palms to tear.Full Finger Size Hand Width091208255 Medium 83mm (3¼˝) 091208263 Large 89mm (3½˝) 091208271 X-Large 95mm (3¾˝) Open Finger Size Hand Width091208289 Small 76mm (3˝) 091208297 Medium 83mm (3¼˝) 091208305 Large 89mm (3½˝) 091208313 X-Large 95mm (3¾˝)

2 Leather Wheelchair GlovesDesigned by wheelchair users, for wheelchair users, these gloves are extremely comfortable and durable. The thumb is full length for additional protection and the palm of the glove is padded for extra comfort. Stretchy mesh back and air holes in the back of the thumb prevent the hands from overheating. Size Hand Width091118587 Small 76mm (3˝) 091118595 Medium 83mm (3¼˝) 091118603 Large 89mm (3½˝) 091118611 X-Large 95mm (3¾˝)

3 All Purpose Padded Mesh Wheelchair GlovesEconomic gloves protect wheelchair user’s hands from dirt and trauma while improving traction on wheel rims. Half-finger design with padded leather palms and cotton mesh backs. Velcro closures. Machine wash/line dry. 3 month guarantee. Size Hand Circumference081173632 Small 203mm (8˝) 081173640 Medium 229mm (9˝) 081173657 Large 254mm (10˝) 081173665 X-Large 279mm (11˝)

Wheelchair Gloves

Whe

elch

airs


Channel Ramps

Specifications

Code Size Type No. of Parts Length Minimum (mm)

Length Maximum (mm)

Width Internal (mm)

Width Maximum (mm)

Weight each kg

Load Maximum kg

091119734 Channel Telescopic 2 920 1500 150 190 4.0 300091119742 Channel Telescopic 2 1170 2000 150 190 5.3 300091119627 Channel Fixed 1 1000 1000 150 180 2.5 300091119643 Channel Fixed 1 1500 1500 150 180 3.8 300

1 Days Axcess Lightweight Telescopic Ramps

These ramps are designed to be lightweight and highly portable. The top of the ramp features two moulded plastic inserts which will locate on the top of a step or rear of a vehicle. The working surface of the ramp is coated in grit for maximum grip and durability. The two part telescopic ramp features a locking device to hold the two parts together at their minimum length to prevent accidental opening during transportation. Supplied as a pair. Internal width 150mm (5 3/4˝). External width 190mm (7 1/2˝). Length Weight091119734 1500mm (59˝) 4.0kg 091119742 2000mm (78 3/4˝) 5.3kg

Maximum load weight

47 st

300 kg

2 Days Axcess Lightweight Portable Ramps

These fixed length ramps are lightweight and highly portable. The top of the ramp features two moulded plastic inserts that will locate on the top of a step or rear of a vehicle. The working surface of the ramp is coated in grit for maximum grip and durability. Supplied as a pair. Internal width 150mm (5 3/4˝). External width 180mm (7˝). Length Weight091119627 1000mm (39 1/2˝) 2.5kg 091119643 1500mm (59˝) 3.8kg

Maximum load weight

47 st

300 kg

1

1

2

2

Wheelchairs


703

Channel Ramps

Specifications


Length Maximum (mm)

Width Internal (mm)

Width Maximum (mm)

Weight each kg

Load Maximum kg

091119726 Channel Telescopic 2 880 1500 188 245 6.8 450091119759 Channel Telescopic 2 1130 2000 188 245 8.7 400091119775 Channel Telescopic 2 1630 3000 188 245 12.6 350091120195 Channel Folding 2 915 1830 203 292 6.0 240

2

2

1 Days Axcess Telescopic Two Part Channel Ramps

These ramps, sold in pairs, are made from two nested aluminium extrusions. They produce a strong rigid ramp, which gives a feeling of stability and security to the user. They can be telescoped in and out to give the optimum length and then closed down to their minimum for storage or transport. A spring safety lock holds the sections closed. Internal width 188mm (7 1/2˝). External width 245mm (9 1/2˝). Length Weight091119726 1500mm (59˝) 6.8kg

Maximum load weight

703/4 st

450 kg

091119759 2000mm (78 3/4˝) 8.7kg

Maximum load weight

623/4 st

400 kg

091119775 3000mm (118˝) 12.6kg

Maximum load weight

55 st

350 kg

2 Folding Access Channel RampA pair of lightweight folding channel ramps manufactured from glass reinforced plastic and designed for wheelchair or scooter access. These lightweight ramps are easily handled and fold in half for storage. Finished with a non slip surface and smooth edges to prevent injury or damage. Internal width 203mm (8˝). Length Weight091120195 1830mm (72˝) 6.0kg

Maximum load weight

37¾ st

240 kg

1

1


Whe

elch

airs


Channel Ramps

Specifications


Length Maximum (mm)

Width Internal (mm)

Width Maximum (mm)

Weight each kg

Load Maximum kg

091561737 Channel Telescopic 2 750 1200 190 245 3.6 400091561745 Channel Telescopic 2 1170 2020 190 245 5.8 300091561752 Channel Telescopic 3 870 2070 180 245 6.1 300091561760 Channel Telescopic 3 1170 2880 180 245 8.2 250

1

1

1 Ultralight-Telescopic™ Channel RampsWith a silent telescopic mechanism these ramps can be used at any length and have a neat safety clip that prevents opening when stored. Options are available that provide a length of nearly three metres yet are still compact enough to easily store in vehicles. Exceptionally well crafted in anodised aluminium, they offer an outstanding combination of compact storage and ease of use. Available in 2 or 3 sections to suit most storage options. Unique built-in grip surface, fold away handles and a two year warranty. Parts Length Weight091561737 2 1200mm (47˝) 3.6kg

Maximum load weight

623/4 st

400 kg

091561745 2 2020mm (80˝) 5.8kg 091561752 3 2070mm (81.5˝) 6.1kg

Maximum load weight

47 st

300 kg

091561760 3 2880mm (113˝) 8.2kg

Maximum load weight

39¼ st

250 kg

Wheelchairs


705

1 Days Axcess Suitcase RampsDays Suitcase Ramps are designed for both scooters and wheelchairs. They are double width track ramps offering a wide non-slip driving surface. The two hinged tracks simply unfold and can be positioned accordingly for maximum safety and support. A handle in the centre of each ramp (except 610mm (2ft) version) enables for easier carrying. Platform width 736mm (29˝). Length Weight091169739 610mm (2ft) 5.0kg 091169762 915mm (3ft) 6.8kg 091169770 1220mm (4ft) 9.5kg 091169788 1525mm (5ft) 11.8kg 091169796 1829mm (6ft) 16.4kg

Maximum load weight

423/4 st

272 kg

2 Advantage Series Suitcase RampsThe Advantage Series Suitcase Ramp, with its single fold design, offers a simple and convenient solution for wheelchairs and scooters to access steps, vehicles, and raised landings with ease. This ultra-strong aluminium ramp provides the safety and strength required while remaining light and portable. The ramp can be separated, making it even easier to use, carry, and store. The ramp features high-quality, slip-resistant tape with yellow safety strips and a self-adjusting bottom transition plate for easy conversion from ramp to ground. Unfolds to a 736mm (29˝) wide platform. Length Weight091167246 915mm (3ft) 7.3kg 091167253 1220mm (4ft) 9.0kg 091167261 1525mm (5ft) 11.8kg 091167279 1829mm (6ft) 13.6kg

Maximum load weight

57 st

363 kg

1

1

2

2

BESTSELLER

Folding Ramps

Specifications

Code Size Type No. of Parts Length Min (mm)

Length Max (mm)

Width Internal (mm)

Width Max (mm)

Weight Each kg

Load Max kg

091169739 Broad Suitcase 1 610 610 736 765 5.0 272091169762 Broad Suitcase 1 915 915 736 765 6.8 272091169770 Broad Suitcase 1 1220 1220 736 765 9.5 272091169788 Broad Suitcase 1 1525 1525 736 765 11.8 272091169796 Broad Suitcase 1 1829 1829 736 765 16.4 272091167246 Broad Suitcase 2 915 915 736 765 3.6 363091167253 Broad Suitcase 2 1220 1220 736 765 4.5 363091167261 Broad Suitcase 2 1525 1525 736 765 5.9 363091167279 Broad Suitcase 2 1829 1829 736 765 6.8 363


Whe

elch

airs


1 Advantage Series TriFold RampsThese ramps have a unique 3-fold design and provide easy access steps, vehicles, and raised landings. They can be used and carried as a set, or if desired, can be quickly separated into two lightweight sections, each with their own carrying handle. The durable hinge with interlocking brackets provides smoother operation and reduced pinch points. These portable ramps feature a high-quality, slip-resistant surface with yellow safety strips and a self-adjusting bottom transition plate for easy conversion from ramp to ground. Manufactured from welded aircraft-grade aluminium. Unfolds to a 736mm (29˝) wide platform. External width 756mm (30˝). Length Weight091120013 1829mm (6ft) 13.6kg 091120120 2134mm (7ft) 15.9kg 091120039 2438mm (8ft) 20.5kg 091120088 3048mm (10ft) 25.0kg

Maximum load weight

50 st

318 kg

1

Folding Ramps

Specifications


Length Max (mm)

Width Internal (mm)

Width Max (mm)

Weight Each kg

Load Max kg

091120013 Broad Suitcase 1 1016 1829 737 756 13.6 318091120120 Broad Suitcase 1 1168 2134 737 756 15.9 318091120039 Broad Suitcase 1 1422 2438 737 756 20.5 318091120088 Broad Suitcase 1 1702 3048 737 756 25.0 318

Wheelchairs


707

Folding Ramps

Specifications


Length Max (mm)

Width Internal (mm)

Width Max (mm)

Weight Each kg

Load Max kg

091562354 Broad Suitcase 1 1300 1300 750 760 9 350091562362 Broad Suitcase 1 1500 1500 750 760 11 350091562370 Broad Suitcase 1 1800 1800 750 760 13 350091208206 Broad Suitcase 2 1830 1830 622 690 14 240091208214 Broad Suitcase 2 1830 1830 760 840 16 240

2 Lightweight GRP Split RampThis split broad ramp has been designed for ease of handling, to be quickly located and to be easily folded away for storage. It splits into two halves, which also fold in half across the middle. They quickly fit together to provide a secure ramp for use with all types of wheelchairs and scooters. Made from glass reinforced plastic with an effective slip resistant coating. Colour may vary. Length Width Weight091208206 1830mm (72˝) 690mm (28˝) 14kg

091208214 1830mm (72˝) 840mm (33˝) 16kg

Maximum load weight

373/4 st

240 kg

2

1 Aerolight-Xtra™ Suitcase RampsQuick and easy to deploy, the Aerolight-Xtra is an all-round winner in real life situations. For convenience, these ramps fold to enable compact storage – they also clip together when folded. A contrasting colour edge strip increases visibility. The ramps are coated with a full width anti-slip surface, which is fully concealed when carrying and storing for safety. Easy to carry and deploy, the full length hinge gives incredible strength. Length Weight091562354 1200mm (4ft) 9kg 091562362 1500mm (5ft) 11kg 091562370 1800mm (6ft) 13kg

Maximum load weight

55 st

350 kg

1

1

Whe

elch

airs


Folding Ramps

1 Lightweight GRP Mid-fold RampsThis portable access ramp is specially designed for use with three wheel scooters and is also ideal for transporting wheelchairs into vehicles, as well as a variety of other access situations. Lightweight and portable, it folds in half for easy storage. Can also be used for permanent installations. Manufactured from non-corrosive glass reinforced plastic with a contrasting coloured non-slip surface. Length Width Weight091562438 1500mm (60˝) 710mm (28˝) 11kg 091119536 1800mm (72˝) 710mm (28˝) 13kg 091562446 1800mm (72˝) 812mm (32˝) 14kg

Maximum load weight

373/4 st

240 kg

Specifications


Length Max (mm)

Width Internal (mm)

Width Max (mm)

Weight Each kg

Load Max kg

091562438 Broad Folding 1 765 1500 622 710 11 240091119536 Broad Folding 1 915 1800 622 710 13 240091562446 Broad Folding 1 915 1800 710 812 14 240

NEWCOLOUR

1

1

Wheelchairs


709

Broad Ramps

Specifications


Length Max (mm)

Width Internal (mm)

Width Max (mm)

Weight Each kg

Load Max kg

091167741 Broad Fixed 1 610 610 700 766 7.8 400091119940 Broad Fixed 1 1000 1000 700 766 10.7 400091119965 Broad Telescopic 2 1130 2000 700 808 30.0 300091119981 Broad Telescopic 2 1630 3000 700 808 43.0 300

1 Days Axcess Fixed Length Broad RampsThis fixed length broad ramp is designed to take the whole of the scooter or wheelchair. It is especially suitable for three-wheeled scooters, which cannot be accommodated on channel ramps. Wheelchair attendants may find it easier to push users up and down this type of ramp as they can walk on it behind the chair. The top end has an angled lip with ribbed rubber underneath for extra grip on the landing surface. It also features pre-drilled holes should permanent fixing be required. The side parapets help to prevent the wheelchair or scooter from coming off the ramp. The 700mm (27 1/2˝) wide platform has a gritted coating for extra safety. External width 765mm (30˝). Weight 10.7kg. Length Weight091167741 610mm (24˝) 7.8kg 091119940 1000mm (39˝) 10.7kg

Maximum load weight

623/4 st

400 kg

2 Days Axcess Telescopic Broad RampsThese ramps are similar to the fixed length broad ramp above but constructed from two nested telescoping sections. This allows a longer length to be spanned with adjustability to suit the user’s requirement. When at their minimum length, they are held closed by a safety catch, which prevents them from moving during transportation and storage. Platform width 700mm (27 1/2˝). External width 765mm (30˝). Maximum Length Weight091119965 2000mm (79˝) 30kg 091119981 3000mm (118˝) 43kg

Maximum load weight

47 st

300 kg

1

1

2

2


Whe

elch

airs


1 Days Axcess Roll-Up RampsThe Days Roll-Up Ramp is lightweight and portable. Its compact design allows it to be rolled up for transport, but it can be set up in seconds. It has a durable non-slip surface and side rails that act as a bumper guide for increased safety and security. Length Width Weight091170893 915mm (3ft) 765mm (30˝) 7.7kg 091170901 1525mm (5ft) 765mm (30˝) 12.8kg

Maximum load weight

43 st

273 kg

1

1

Broad Ramps

Specifications


Length Max (mm)

Width Internal (mm)

Width Max (mm)

Weight Each kg

Load Max kg

091170893 Broad Roll Up 3 915 915 766 774 7.7 273091170901 Broad Roll Up 3 1525 1525 766 774 12.8 273


Wheelchairs


711

Threshold Ramps

3 Lightweight GRP Threshold RampsDesigned to overcome the majority of wooden/UPVC door frames allowing the door to open and close when in position. Max clearance 76mm (3˝). Length 450mm (17 3/4˝). Width 760mm (30˝). Weight 2.0kg. Height Weight091120203 75mm (3˝) 4kg 091554831 100mm (4˝) 4kg 091554849 125mm (5˝) 4kg 091554856 150mm (6˝) 8kg

Maximum load weight

37¾ st

240 kg

1 Modular Threshold Ramp KitsPortable modular ramps that are versatile enough to solve a variety of problems. Quick and easy to install, the kits have a width of 750mm (29 1/2˝) and can overcome thresholds up to 150mm (6˝). Designed with a safe working load of 1 ton per square inch. Lightweight, they can be installed as a temporary or permanent solution. Height Length091167311 Up to 42mm (1 1/2˝) 250mm (10 ̋ ) 091167329 Up to 75mm (3˝) 500mm (20 ̋ ) 091167337 Up to 114mm (4 1/2˝) 750mm (29 1/2˝) 091167345 Up to 152mm (6˝) 1000mm (39 1/4˝)

3

1

2 Adjustable Threshold RampsAn extremely versatile threshold ramp, supplied in sections, which may be fitted together with each section giving a 25mm (1˝) raise. Simply slide the sections together to achieve the height required, then slide the lip onto the last section. May be fixed into place via two holes in the lip. Width 864mm (34˝). Parts Maximum Maximum Length Height Weight091120153 2 304mm (12˝) 51mm (2˝) 2.5kg 091120161 2 432mm (17˝) 76mm (3˝) 3.6kg

Maximum load weight

493/4 st

318 kg

2

Specifications


Length Max (mm)

Width Internal (mm)

Width Max (mm)

Weight Each kg

Load Max kg

091167311 Broad Threshold 29 250 250 750 750 2.0 N/A091167329 Broad Threshold 51 500 500 750 750 2.3 N/A091167337 Broad Threshold 60 750 750 750 750 2.5 N/A091167345 Broad Threshold 60 1000 1000 750 750 2.8 N/A091120153 Broad Threshold 2 144 304 864 864 2.5 318091120161 Broad Threshold 3 144 432 864 864 3.6 318091562784 Broad Threshold 4 144 565 864 864 5.0 318091562792 Broad Threshold 5 144 700 864 864 6.8 318091120203 Broad Threshold 1 457 457 760 781 4.0 240091554831 Broad Threshold 1 457 457 760 781 4.0 240091554849 Broad Threshold 1 457 457 760 781 4.0 240091554856 Broad Threshold 1 914 914 737 820 8.0 240

Whe

elch

airs

712 www.performancehealth.co.uk for Prices & Full Range of Products712

1 Folding Two Sided Threshold RampThis folding threshold ramp is a safe, simple solution to the problem of a raised threshold strip. It folds out to produce a ramp on either side of a small platform, bridging the threshold strip and making it easy to go up, over and down the other side. Folds up neatly and has a useful carry handle at the top so it is easy to transport. Total length 1200mm (47 1/4˝). Track width 622mm (24 1/2˝). Overall width 660mm (26˝). Weight 7kg.091209022

Maximum load weight

373/4 st

240 kg

Threshold Ramps

Specifications


Length Max (mm)

Width Internal (mm)

Width Max (mm)

Weight Each kg

Load Max kg

091209022 Broad Threshold 1 540 1220 622 660 7.0 240091563196 Broad Threshold 1 900 900 884 914 7.0 318091562883 Broad Threshold 1 560 560 700 700 3.3 300091562891 Broad Threshold 1 600 600 700 700 4.0 300091562909 Broad Threshold 1 810 810 700 700 6.8 300091562925 Broad Threshold 1 1000 1000 700 700 8.4 300

2 Doorline-Bridge™Highly presentable and very practical, these bridge ramps are perfect for overcoming awkward thresholds both internal and external. The anodised aluminium finish prevents stains and corrosion and provides an excellent grip surface. Rubber strips on the underside keep the ramp secure and protect flooring. Extremely lightweight and very quick to deploy with unique comfort carrying holes. Clearance Weight091562883 40mm (1½˝) 3.3kg 091562891 60mm (2¼˝) 4.0kg 091562909 80mm (3¼˝) 6.8kg 091562925 100mm (4˝) 8.4kg

Maximum load weight

47 st

300 kg

1

2

Walking AidsRollators 714 - 724

Rollator Accessories 725Tri-Wheel Walkers 726 - 728

Walking Frames 729 - 734Walking Frame Accessories 735

Buckingham Walking Frame Caddy

736

Stick Seats 737Walking Sticks 738 - 746

Walking Stick Accessories 747Crutches 748 - 750

Wal

king

Aid

s


Wal

king

Aid

s Four-Wheeled Rollator

1 Days Four-Wheeled RollatorThe Four-Wheeled Rollator from Days combines superb quality with fantastic value for money. It features height adjustable handles to ensure the correct position for the user. The brakes provide safe stop and lock into place for security. A padded seat and backrest provide comfort when sitting. The handy basket can carry shopping and personal items. It can hang under the seat or hook onto the front of the frame (allowing the rollator to be folded with the basket in place).The large, swivel wheels ensure the rollator is easy to manoeuvre. The aluminium frame is lightweight but strong enough to withstand everyday wear and tear. It folds easily for transport and storage.SpecificationsHandle Height 780-900mm (30 to 35½˝)Overall Width 605mm (23¾˝)Seat Height 535mm (21˝)Seat Width 355mm (14˝)Seat Depth 315mm (12½˝)Wheel Diameter 200mm (8˝)Weight 6.8kg (15lb)

Maximum user weight

251/2 st

160 kg

1


Quartz 091169952 Ruby 091169945

Four-Wheeled Rollator

1

1 1

Walking

Aid

s


715

Walking

Aid

sFortis Rollator

1 Days Fortis RollatorThe Days Fortis Rollator benefits from a robust design and feels incredibly sturdy when in use. The seat height can be adjusted independently so it can be customised to achieve the most comfortable sitting position.

Quick Release Front WheelsThe 20cm / 8˝ puncture proof solid PVC wheels “push fit” into the frame and detach quickly and easily using the simple wheel release button.Kerb ClimbersJust step down on the kerb climber to tilt the Pulse Rollator back so that the front wheels can easily be lifted onto a kerb.Folds in a standing position, 22cm wide making it easy to store. Working height ready for use. Can also be partially folded when required to fit through tight spaces.Folds into a compact size, for easier storage and transportationSpecificationsOverall Height 82-97.5cm / 32¼˝Overall Width 61cm / 24˝Overall Depth 61cm / 24˝Seat Height 50-59.5cm / 19¾ – 23½˝Seat Width 39.5cm / 15 1/2˝Seat Depth 20cm / 7¾˝Width between Arms 42cm / 16½˝ Diameter of Wheels 20cm / 8˝Weight 8.4kg / 18.5lbsBag Load Limit 5kg / 11lbs

Maximum user weight

211/2 st

136 kg

Adjustable Handle Height – 5 settings

Adjustable seat height 5 settings

Fold up rear wheels

Quick release front wheels

Wheel release button

Detachable shopping bag with removable shoulder strap

8˝ solid PVC puncture proof wheels

1

1

1

FOLDS WHILE IN A STANDING POSITION

FOLDS INTO A COMPACT SIZE FOR TRANSPORTATION

KERB CLIMBERS


Silver 091558345 Blue 091558568

Invisible braking system which hides most cables

Lockable Brakes

Kerb climbers

Sturdy design that adapts to you

Fortis Rollator

Wal

king

Aid

s


Wal

king

Aid

s Pulse Rollator

1 Days Pulse RollatorThe Days Pulse Rollator blends style and function. It is manufactured from elliptical lightweight aluminium tubing and available in two colours – sleek silver and vibrant blue. Simple Height AdjustmentThe handle height is quick and easy to adjust by lifting the height lock latch so that the handle height can be adjusted into position, then closing to lock into position. The handles also have height setting markings to speed up adjustment.Quick Release Front WheelsThe 20cm / 8˝ puncture proof solid PVC wheels “push fit” into the frame and detach easily using the simple wheel release button.Kerb ClimbersJust step down on the kerb climber to tilt the Pulse Rollator back so that the front wheels can easily be lifted onto a kerb.Folds in a standing position, 25cm wide making it easy to store and at working height ready for use. Can also be partially folded when required to fit through tight spaces.Folds into a compact size, for easier storage and transportation.SpecificationsOverall Height 82-95cm / 32¼-37½˝Overall Width 62cm / 24½˝Overall Depth 78cm / 30¾˝Seat Height 56cm / 22˝Seat Width 43cm / 17˝Seat Depth 22cm / 8¾˝Width between Arms 46cm / 18˝Diameter of Wheels 20cm / 8˝Weight 7.9kg / 17.5lbsBag Load Limit 5kg / 11lbs

Maximum user weight

211/2 st

136 kg

Innovative Easy Adjust Handles – 5 height settings

Kerb climbers

Quick release wheels

Detachable shopping bag with removable shoulder strap

FOLDS WHILE IN A STANDING POSITION

KERB CLIMBERS

FOLDS DOWN INTO A COMPACT SIZE FOR TRANSPORTATION

1


Silver 091558352 Blue 091558576

Pulse Rollator

Stylish and simple to adjust

Lockable Brakes

8˝ solid PVC puncture proof wheels

Wheel release button

Walking

Aid

s


717

Walking

Aid

s

Deluxe RollatorSleek, modern and compact

Key Features

Ordering Information Seat Height

Silver550mm 091554484610mm 091439314

Comprehensive Spares Available Spares are available for this product, for details and full spares listing please contact Customer Services.

Built in rest seat with canvas backrest.

Adjustable Height Handles with 6 settings at 25mm intervals.

Loop Lockable Brakes provide added security and convenience. The brake tension can also be easily adjusted to suit your requirements.

Folds into a standing position, 28cm wide making it easy to store. Working height ready for use. Can be folded to fit through tight spaces

Walking stick holder supplied as standard.

28cm 39cm

Folds into a compact size, 66cm high, 28cm wide, 39cm deep for easier storage and transport.

28cm

66cm

Kerb Climbers just step down on the kerb climber and with a gentle pull back on the handles, the Deluxe Rollator will raise its front wheels to easily manoeuvre over obstacles.

Maximum User Weight

20½ st

130 kg 1

Colour Available

2Seat Heights Available

Silver

Overall Width > 660mm (26˝)

Seat Width > 460mm (18˝)

A Handle Height 810 - 930mm / (31¾ - 6½˝)

B Overall Depth 680mm / (26¾˝)

C Seat Height 550mm / (21¾˝)

D Seat Depth 200mm / (7¾˝)

E Wheel Diameter 195mm front / 165mm rear

Product Weight 7kg 130

kg 20½

st Maximum User Weight

A

C

E

D

B

Deluxe Rollators


Breeze Indoor Rollator


091558360

Easy to adjust handle height.

Simple brake operation can be applied with just one hand.

Brakes can be locked on for safety.

Supplied with a sturdy storage bag and tray.

Folds down for storage.

The Breeze Indoor Rollator is a stylish alternative to a household trolley. Manufactured from painted aluminium tubing with four solid tyre wheels, it incorporates a storage bag and locking brakes. This walker also has height adjustable handles and can be folded for storage or transportation.

Days Breeze Indoor Rollator

SpecificationsOverall Depth 66cm / 30˝Overall Width 54cm / 21¼˝Overall Height 83.5-94.5cm / 32 3/4 – 37¼˝

(5 increments)Tray Depth 29cm / 11 1/2˝Tray Width 39cm / 15 1/2˝Tray Height 68cm / 26 3/4˝Front / Rear Wheel Size 17.75cm / 7˝Weight 5.5kg / 12lbsTray Max Load 5kg / 11lbsBag Max Load 5kg / 11lbs

Maximum User Weight

15¾ st

100 kg

Fold button

Breeze Indoor RollatorA smooth journey from room to room

Key Features

Fold button

Breeze Indoor RollatorA smooth journey from room to room

Easy adjust handle height

Durable carry bag with zip pocket

Brake lockBrake can be applied

with one hand

Durable plastic tray

Your Guide to Choosing a Rollator

Walking

Aid

s


719

Walking

Aid

s

Your Guide to Choosing a RollatorIt is very important to have the frame at the correct height for use.• If the frame is too high, you may find it difficult to straighten your elbows sufficiently and may not

take enough body weight through your arms.• If the frame is too low, it will encourage you to be bent over in a poor posture. • When being measured for the height of your walking frame wear appropriate and supportive footwear.

15°

Generally, to ensure that the pushing handles are in the best position for weight bearing, the height of the handgrips should be at the level of the wrist bone when the user’s elbows are very slightly bent (at an angle of about 15° flexion).

If purchasing a rollator with a seat, the appropriate seat height should be considered. When seated comfortably your feet should be firm and flat on the ground.

Maximum User Weight

26 st

165 kg 6

Colours Available

Blue QuartzRuby Red

Purple RussetOrange

Racing Green

Walking

Aid

s

The 100 Series aluminium frame ensures a combination of lightweight design and robust build quality with a maximum user weight of 165kg (26st). The range is now available in 6 attractive colours.

100 SeriesEngineered to stringent standards

Walking

Aid

sW

alking A

ids

6 attractive colours.

100 Series Rollators


100 Series Rollators

X-Small Medium Large

150 - 175cm

5´0 - 5´9˝

155 - 180cm

5´1 - 5´11˝

168 - 188cm

5´5 - 6´2˝

175 - 200cm

5´9 - 6´5˝

Small

AHandle Height 775 - 875mm 30½ - 34½˝

Handle Height 780 - 900mm 30¾ - 35½˝

Handle Height 840 - 940mm 33 - 37˝

Handle Height 875 - 995mm 34½ - 39¼˝

B Seat Height 500mm / 19¾˝

Seat Height 535mm / 21˝

Seat Height 565mm / 22¼˝


C Backrest Height 750mm / 29½˝

Backrest Height 800mm / 31½˝

Backrest Height 800mm / 31½˝

Backrest Height 870mm / 34 ¼˝

D Wheel Diameter 150mm / 6˝

Wheel Diameter 200mm / 8˝



Product Weight 6kg

Product Weight 7kg

Product Weight 7.2kg


Key Features


Available in four sizes to accommodate a range of heights and builds.4

Ergonomic Handgrips & Adjustable Height Handles with 5 settings at 25mm intervals.


Available in 6 attractive colours.6

Folds Easily for Storage or Transport Simply fold together by pulling the strap on the seat.


102 X-Small

103 Small

105 Medium

106 Large

Ruby Red 091553049 091553106 091356328 091553189

Blue 091553023 091553114 091356336 081561661

Quartz 091553080 091553098 091553163 091553197

Racing Green 091356302 091553148 091553171 091553221

Purple 091553072 091553130 091546563 091553213

Russet Orange 091553056 091553122 091553155 091553205

Overall Width > 620mm

Width between arms > 460mm

All models share the dimensions shown

A

B

C

D

Seat Width > 350mm

Seat Depth

> 320mm

102 103 105 106

Accessories Available

Walking Stick / Crutch HolderThis simple attachment for a walker or wheelchair keeps a walking stick readily available when required. The stick rests in the lower cup section and clips into the top half of the holder to secure it into place. The holder is easily attached to most types of wheelchair or walker. Weight 115g.091117779

Bottle HolderThis handy bottle holder makes it easy to stay hydrated when you are out and about. Simply clips onto the frame of your rollator or Tri-Wheel walker allowing drink bottles to be stored safely and conveniently.091558055

Kerb ClimberNavigating kerbs can be awkward with a wheeled walker. This useful add on allows rollators and tri-walkers to be tipped with ease to raise them onto the kerb quickly and easily.091558097

Reflective StripsUse this pack of reflective strips to make your rollator or tri-wheel more visible in the dark. Supplied as a pack of 10.091558048

Closure StrapThis useful closure strap keeps your rollator neatly folded together when being stored or transported.091558105

BellThis simple bell attaches easily to the handle tubing.091558063

160 kg

26 st

Maximum User Weight

Walking

Aid

s


721

Walking

Aid

s2-in-1 Rollator & Transit Chair

2-in-1 Rollator & Transit ChairComfort when you need it

Maximum User Weight

25 st

160 kg 2

Colours Available

Ruby Red

Silver


Silver 091207299Ruby Red 091207307

Key Features

Comfort When You Need It The seat and backrest are padded for comfort when seated.

Flip up footrests provide support during transport.


Under seat bag provides useful storage.




Available in 2 attractive colours2

Overall Width > 585mm (23˝)

Width between Handles > 450mm (17¾˝)

2-in-1 Suitable for use as a rollator or transit chair.

in

A Rollator Handle Height 800-930mm / 31¾-36½˝

B Pushing Handle Height 905mm / 35½˝

C Overall Depth 740mm / 29¼˝

D Seat Height 560mm / 22˝

E Wheel Diameter 100mm / 8˝

Product Weight 8.8kg 130

kg 20½

st Maximum User Weight

Seat Width > 460mm (18¼˝)

Seat Depth

> 330mm

(13˝)

2-in-1 Rollator & Transit ChairComfort when you need it

A B

D

C

E

Wal

king

Aid

s


Wal

king

Aid

s Quick Fold Rollator

Quick Fold RollatorStylish and lightweight

Wal

king

Aid

s

The Days Quick Fold rollator is a stylish and lightweight rollator that is incredibly easy to fold. The walker folds easily in two directions into an extremely compact size for storage or transportation.

Maximum User Weight

21½ st

136 kg 2

Colours Available

Silver Blue

Key Features

Robust Satchel style bag

Kerb climbers on the rear legs help to manoeuvre onto kerbs.

Integral Reflectors for added visibility

Walking Stick Holder supplied as standard.

Folds in a standing position, 24cm wide making it easy to store and at working height ready for use. Can also be partially folded when required to fit through tight spaces.

Quick Fold DesignFolds quickly and easily in two directions using the simple “Quick Fold” lever.

24cm

Folds into a compact size, 86cm high, 24cm wide, 35cm deep for easier storage and transport.

86cm

35cm

Quick release front wheels

A D

CH

B

E

G

F

A Handle Height 815-945mm (32 - 37¼˝) F Seat Depth

225mm (8¾˝)

B Overall Width 640mm (25¼˝) G Width between Arms

460mm (18˝)

C Overall Depth 675mm (26½˝) H Wheel Diameter

200mm (8˝)

D Seat Height 560mm / (22˝)


E Seat Width 460mm (18˝)

Bag Load Limit 5kg

136 kg

21½ st

Maximum User Weight


Silver 091563980

Blue 091563998

Walking

Aid

s


723

Walking

Aid

sHeavy Duty Rollators

3 XXL King Bariatric RollatorWith a weight capacity of 325kg the XXL-Rehab King Rollator is one of the strongest walkers on the market. It fits through doorways and folds easily for transport and storage in cars. It includes a large seat, extra strong tubes and large 8˝ tyres that provide extra security, stability and comfort. The Rollator has a large support surface with a safety back arch to help reduce the risk of falls.Specifications• Maximum weight capacity:

325kg• Seat dimension:

35.5×50.8cm• Width between handles:

61cm

• Total width: 71cm• Seat height: 50cm• Adjustable height: 77.5-99cm

(2.5cm interval)• Weight: 15.7kg

091207273

Maximum user weight

51 st

325 kg

3

Wider Frames & Rest Seats for added comfort.


High User Weights

Under Seat Basket provides useful storage.

Comprehensive Spares Available For details and full spares listing please contact Customer Services.

Folds Easily for Storage or Transport simply fold together by pulling the strap on the seat.



1 Heavy Duty Rollator Small - Blue 091439090

2 Heavy Duty Rollator Large - Ruby Red 081561679

AHandle Height 830-940mm 32¾-37˝

Handle Height 885-980mm 34¾-37½˝

B Overall Depth 660mm / 26˝

Overall Depth 725mm / 28½˝

C Overall Width 670mm / 26½˝

Overall Width 770mm / 30¼˝

D Seat Height 550mm / 21½˝


E Wheel Diameter 200mm / 8˝


Product Weight 13kg


Our heavy-duty rollators are manufactured using heavy gauge steel tubing making them ideal for larger users.

Seat Width > 480mm (19˝)Seat Depth

> 355mm (14˝)

A

CB

D

E

Heavy Duty RollatorsBuilt for Strength

Walking

Aid

sBuilt for Strength

Maximum User Weight

091439090Small Large

28 st

178 kg

Maximum User Weight

50 st

317 kg 2

Colours Available

Small 091439090 Blue

Large 081561679 Ruby Red


1 091439090 Blue – Small (178kg)

2 081561679 Ruby Red – Large (317kg)

2

081561679

Our heavy-duty rollators are manufactured using heavy gauge steel tubing making them ideal for larger users.

Built for Strength

Key Features

1

Wal

king

Aid

s


Wal

king

Aid

s

Key Features

Ergonomic Handgrips for optimum comfort.

Comfort When You Need ItThe seat and backrest are padded for comfort when seated.

Adjustable Height Handles with 5 individual settings. Each setting is positioned at 25mm intervals.



A Handle Height 795-905mm / 31¼-35½˝ D Backrest Height

305mm / 12˝

B Overall Depth 685mm / 27˝ E Wheel Diameter

200mm / 8˝

C Seat Height 530mm / 20¾˝


Overall Width > 620mm (24½˝)

Width between arms > 445mm (17½˝)

Seat Width > 300mm (11¾˝)

Sea

t Dep

th

> 3

05m

m (1

2˝)

A

B

E

D

C


091433713 Silver

Wal

king

Aid

s

Our entry level rollator is ideal for everyday use and provides excellent value for money. It has a lightweight frame, a more compact seat and a lower user weight than the 100 Series, making it ideal for smaller users.

Essentials 252 RollatorIdeal for everyday use

1

use and provides excellent value for money. It has a lightweight frame, a more compact seat and a lower user weight than the 100 Series, making it ideal for smaller users.

1

Maximum User Weight

15¾ st

100 kg 1

Colour Available

Silver


100 kg

15¾ st

Maximum User Weight

Rollators

Walking

Aid

s


725

1 Days Walking Stick / Crutch HolderThis simple attachment for a walker or wheelchair keeps a walking stick readily available when required. The stick rests in the lower cup section and clips into the top half of the holder to secure it into place. The holder is easily attached to most types of wheelchair or walker. Weight 115g.091117779

2 Days Bottle HolderThis handy bottle holder makes it easy to stay hydrated when you are out and about. Simply clips onto the frame of your Rollator or Tri-Wheel walker allowing drink bottles to be stored safely and conveniently.091558055

3 Days Closure StrapThis useful closure strap keeps your Rollator neatly folded together when being stored or transported.091558105

4 Days Reflective StripsUse this pack of reflective strips to make your Rollator or Tri-wheel more visible in the dark. Supplied as a pack of 10.091558048

5 Days Kerb ClimberNavigating kerbs can be awkward with a wheeled walker. This useful add on allows rollators and Tri-Walkers to be tipped with ease to raise them onto the kerb quickly and easily.091558097

6 Days BellThis simple bell attaches easily to the handle tubing.091558063

1

64

5

2

3

3

Rollator Accessories


Tri-Wheel Walkers

Steel Tri-Wheel WalkersSturdy, robust and economical

Key Features


Adjustable Height Handles with 5 settings at 25mm intervals.


Ergonomic Handgrips for optimum comfort.

Folds Easily for Storage or TransportUsing the easy to grip handle that simply pulls the frame together.


Optional Basket & Tray (091356724)The optional basket and tray provides additional storage and a tray that can be used indoors for use when carrying your lunch from the kitchen.

Maximum User Weight

19½ st

125 kg 4

Colours Available

4ColoursAvailable

1Year Warranty

A

A Handle Height 830-930mm / 32¾˝-36½˝


C Wheel Diameter 190mm / 7½˝

D Overall Width 685mm / 27˝

7.7 kg

Weight of Frame

125 kg

19½ st

Maximum User Weight

C

BD

240 with Push Down Brakes

240A with Arthritic Attachments

Blue Grey ChromeRuby Red

Our range of Steel Tri-Wheel walkers are sturdy, robust and economical. Available in 4 attractive colours, plus one model with push down brakes and one model with arthritic attachments.


Ruby Red 091356765

Blue 091356757

Grey 091439355

Chrome 091325505 NEW

Grey 091117530 With Push Down Brakes

Grey 091117589 With Arthritic Attachments

Walking

Aid

s


727

Walking

Aid

s

A

Tri-Wheel Walkers

Key Features

The lightweight aluminium frame of these walkers is extremely easy to manoeuvre making them ideal for use indoors or out. The range is now available in 6 attractive colours and supplied with a durable bag as standard.

A Handle Height 830-930mm / 32¾˝-36½˝


C Wheel Diameter 190mm / 7½˝

D Overall Width 685mm / 27˝

7.7 kg

Weight of Frame

125 kg

19½ st

Maximum User Weight

Comprehensive Spares Available For details and full spares listing please contact Customer Services.


Folds Easily for Storage or Transport using the simple easy to grab pull handle.


Durable Carry Bag to transport and conceal your belongings.

Now available with or without basketThe optional basket and tray provides additional storage and a tray that can be used indoors for use when carrying your lunch from the kitchen.

C

BD

Maximum User Weight

19½ st

125 kg 6

Colours Available


Now Available with Bag & Basket

Ordering Information With Bag Only With Bag & Basket

Ruby Red 091553015 091557461

Blue 091356732 091557479

Quartz 091553007 091557487

Graphite 091552728 091557495

Purple 091541929 091557503

Russet Orange 091552710 N/A

Accessories

Basket and Tray 091555242 NEW

GraphiteRuby Red

Blue Quartz Purple Russet Orange

240L Lightweight Tri-Wheel Walkers

Lightweight and easy to manoeuvre


Wal

king

Aid

s 1

1

1

1 Homecraft Three-Wheeled RollatorThe Three-Wheeled Rollator from Homecraft is extremely durable making it ideal for everyday use. Excellent value for money, it features easy to operate loop brakes, which provide secure stopping and lock into place for security. Height adjustable handles ensure the correct position for the user. It folds easily for transportation and storage and will remain upright when in the folded position. The rollator comes complete with a handy zippered carry bag and large basket with tray. The bag can be left in place when the rollator is folded. The sturdy steel frame is available two attractive colours, ruby and quartz. Colour 091169978 Quartz 091169960 Ruby

Maximum user weight

191/2 st

125 kg

RUBY

QUARTZRETAIL PACKAGEDThese products are supplied in retail packaging.

Tri-Wheel Walkers

Walking

Aid

s


729

Walking Frames

1

A

2

1 Days Atlas Walking Frame – Standard

2 Days Wheeled Forearm Walker

Features a shaped rest pad for increased support.

Chrome plated steel frame is easy to clean.

Brakes on rear castors for additional safety.

SpecificationsA Height: 93-142cm / 36½-56˝B Overall width: 63cm / 24¾˝C Depth: 76cm / 30˝091356609 SparesD 091356294 Spare Pad E 091445493 Front Castor F 091351584 Rear Braked Castor

SpecificationsA Height: 96-109cm / 38-43˝B Overall width: 74cm / 29˝C Depth: 61cm / 24˝091325372 SparesD 091356237 Arm Pad (single) E 091356120 25mm PVC Ferrule F 091480268 Extension Leg with Castor

Maximum user weight

25 st

160 kg

Maximum user weight

25 st

160 kg

BC

A

Made from lightweight anodised aluminium.

Moulded armpads for user comfort.

Rotating handles to reduce strain on wrists.

D

C

D

E

F

E

F

B

Wal

king

Aid

s


Red Walking Frames

Our most popular walking frames are now available in vibrant metallic red.

These new red Days Walking Frames were developed to meet demand from the NHS market for use with patients with dementia.

Bright colours can highlight important objects, making them easier for people with dementia to find and use, making this range ideal to help increase mobility for patients with dementia and reduce the risk of potential falls.

1 Domestic/Narrow Size091553890 Small 091553866 Medium 091553882 Large

Days Adjustable Height Walking Frames

2 Standard Hospital Size091553775 Small 091553767 Medium 091553759 Large

3 Domestic/Narrow Wheeled Size091553874 Small 091553841 Medium 091553858 Large

4 Standard Hospital Wheeled Size091553809 Small 091553791 Medium 091553783 Large

5 Spares For Above (Not illustrated)091356120 25mm PVC ferrule 091553981 Wheeled Extension Legs

Specifications

Size Overall Width Width at Front Depth Min. Height Max Height

091553890 Small 59cm (23½˝) 41cm (16˝) 46cm (18˝) 70 cm (27 ½˝) 78 cm (30 ¾˝)

091553866 Medium 60cm (23¾˝) 42cm (16½˝) 46cm (18˝) 80.5 cm (31¾˝) 88.5 cm (34 ¾˝)

091553882 Large 62cm (24½˝) 42cm (16½˝) 46cm (18˝) 87.5 cm (34 ½˝) 95.5 cm (37 ½˝)

091553775 Small 65cm (25 ½˝) 46cm (18˝) 49cm (19¼˝) 67cm (26 ½˝) 75cm (29 ½˝)

091553767 Medium 66cm (26˝) 47cm (18 ½˝) 55cm (21 ½˝) 77cm (30¼˝) 85cm (32½˝)


091553874 Small 59cm (23 ½˝) 50cm (19 ¾˝) 49cm (19¼˝) 73cm (28 ¾˝) 81cm (31 ¾˝)

091553841 Medium 60cm (23 ¾˝) 51cm (20˝) 49cm (19¼˝) 83.5cm (33˝) 91.5cm (36˝)

091553858 Large 62cm (24 ½˝) 51cm (20˝) 49cm (19¼˝) 90.5cm (35¾˝) 98.5cm (38¾˝)

091553809 Small 65cm (25 ½˝) 55cm (21 ½˝) 52cm (20½˝) 70cm (27 ½˝) 78cm (30 ¾˝)

091553791 Medium 66cm (26˝) 56cm (22˝) 58cm (22¾˝) 81cm (31¾˝) 89cm (35˝)


1

2

3

4








A

A

A

A

B

B

B

B

B AC A

Maximum user weight

25 st

160 kg

Walking

Aid

s


731

All Days walking frames are manufactured from lightweight anodised aluminium that is extremely durable and easy to wipe clean. The plastic handgrips have an ergonomic indented shape for greater comfort in use. The non-slip rubber ferrules are non-marking and provide grip and stability.

4 Styles, each in up to 3 sizesA range of widths and heights are available to suit a variety of environments such as hospitals, nursing homes or domestic use where narrower frames are needed due to smaller doorway openings.








1 Days Domestic/Narrow Walking FrameSparesD 091356120 25mm PVC Ferrule Grey E 091117357 Wheeled Extension Legs Pair

Maximum user weight

25 st

160 kg

2 Days Standard Hospital Walking FrameSparesD 091356120 25mm PVC Ferrule Grey E 091117357 Wheeled Extension Legs Pair

Maximum user weight

25 st

160 kg

B

A

A

C

Without Wheels A Height B Overall Width C Depth Product Weight

Standard Red

091325430 091553890 Small 70-78cm / 27½-30¾˝ 63cm / 24¾˝ 47cm / 18½˝ 2.0kg

091356591 091553866 Medium 80.5-88.5cm / 31¾-34¾˝ 62.5cm / 24½˝ 46cm / 18˝ 2.1kg

091325398 091553882 Large 87.5-95.5cm / 34¼-37½˝ 62cm / 24½˝ 45cm / 17¾˝ 2.2kg

With Wheels

Standard Red

091356666 091553874 Small 73-81cm / 28¾-31¾˝ 63cm / 24¾" 47cm / 18½˝ 2.1kg

091325497 091553841 Medium 83.5-91.5cm / 33-36˝ 62.5cm / 24½˝ 46cm / 18˝ 2.2kg

091325489 091553858 Large 90.5-98.5cm / 35¾-38¾˝ 62cm / 24½˝ 45cm / 17¾˝ 2.3kg

B CE

E

D

D


Standard Red091399849 091553775 Small 67-75cm / 26½ -29½˝ 65cm / 25½˝ 53cm / 21˝ 2.0kg

091356591 091553767 Medium 77-85cm / 30¼ – 32½˝ 66cm / 26˝ 54cm / 21¼˝ 2.1kg

091356575 091553759 Large 87-95cm / 34½ – 37½˝ 67cm / 26¼˝ 55cm / 21½˝ 2.2kg

With Wheels

Standard Red

091438175 091553809 Small 70-78cm / 27½ – 30¾˝ 65cm / 25½˝ 53cm / 21˝ 2.1kg

091438167 091553791 Medium 81-89cm / 31¾ - 35˝ 66cm / 26˝ 54cm / 21¼˝ 2.2kg

091438159 091553783 Large 90-98cm / 35½ – 38½˝ 67cm / 26¼˝ 55cm / 21½˝ 2.3kg

BESTSELLER

1

2

Walking Frames

Wal

king

Aid

s


Walking Frames

1 Days Ultra Narrow Frames

Wheeled & Non-Wheeled versions available







Spares091356120 25mm PVC Ferrule Grey 091117357 Wheeled Extension Legs Pair

Maximum user weight

25 st

160 kg

2 Days Shallow Frames

Wheeled & Non-Wheeled versions available







Spares091356120 25mm PVC Ferrule Grey 091117357 Wheeled Extension Legs Pair

Maximum user weight

25 st

160 kg


091356393 Small 72-80cm / 28¼-31½˝ 48.5cm / 19˝ 44cm / 17¼" 2.0kg

091356419 Medium 80-88cm / 31½-34¾˝ 50cm / 19¾˝ 46cm / 18˝ 2.1kg

091116961 Large 87-95cm / 34¼-37½˝ 52cmm / 20½˝ 47.5cm / 18¾˝ 2.2kg

With Wheels

091325497 Medium 83-91cm / 32¾-35¾˝ 50cm / 19¾˝ 46cm / 18˝ 2.2kg

091116979 Large 90-98cm / 351/3-38½˝ 52cm / 20½˝ 47.5cm / 18¾˝ 2.3kg


091116839 Medium 77-85cm / 30¼-32½˝ 62cm / 24½˝ 37cm / 14½˝ 2.0kg

091356583 Large 87-95cm / 34¼-37½˝ 62.5cm / 24½˝ 39cm / 15¼˝ 2.2kg

With Wheels

091117373 Medium 80-88cm / 31½-34¾" 62cm / 24½˝ 37cm / 14½˝ 2.2kg

091117381 Large 90-98cm / 35½-38½˝ 62.5cm / 24½˝ 39cm / 15¼˝ 2.3kg

A

B

C

1

2

A

C

B

Walking

Aid

s


733

2 Days Reciprocal Folding Walking FrameThis walker key joints on both sides so that it can “step” forward with each footstep, rather than having to be picked up and placed forwards like a traditional walker.

SpecificationsA Height: 77-90 cmB Width at front: 55cm (21˝)C Depth: 45cm (17˝)

091356682 SparesD 091479765 25-22mm Grommet Grey E 091356120 25mm PVC Ferrule Grey

Maximum user weight

19½ st

125 kg

Folding Walking Frames

1 Days Adjustable Folding Walking FrameMade from lightweight anodised aluminium, this adjustable height walking frame is very easily folded. Non marking, slip-resistant rubber tips for added safety.

SpecificationsA Height: 78-90cm (30-35˝)B Width at front: 55cm (21˝)C Depth: 45cm (17˝)

091117100 SparesD 091479765 25-22mm Grommet Grey E 091356120 25mm PVC Ferrule Grey

Maximum user weight

19½ st

125 kg

Anodised aluminium tubing

Anodised aluminium tubing

Comfy foam handgrips

Comfy foam handgrips

Non-slip rubber tips

Non-slip rubber tips

Height adjustable legs

Height adjustable legs

1

2

A

E

D

BC

A

E

D

CB

Wal

king

Aid

s


Walking Frames

2

2 Adjustable Trough WalkerA compact adjustable height aluminium frame with robust troughs lined with PU foam. The handles rotate to the desired position, are height adjustable, and the overarm straps secure the arms in place. External width: 620mm (24 ½˝). Height Weight Style091117399 830-930mm (32¾-36½˝) 3.2kg Wheeled 091117407 980-1080mm (38½-42½˝) 3.4kg Wheeled

Maximum user weight

25 st

160 kg

1 1 Days Wheeled Forearm WalkerMade from lightweight anodised aluminium this adjustable height wheeled Forearm Walker has moulded rubber armpads for user comfort and rotating handles to reduce strain on wrists. Height adjustment 96 to 109cm (38 to 43˝). Overall width 74cm (29˝)091325372

Maximum user weight

25 st

160 kg


3

44

5

3 Folding Bariatric Walking FrameThis walking frame accommodates larger individuals up to 220kg (34 1/2st). The frame is lightweight but solid and offers a high degree of stability. It is height adjustable from 760 to 1010mm (30 to 39 3/4˝). Width at base 710mm (28 1/2˝). Width between grips 520mm (20 1/2˝). Weight 3kg. Folds easily for transport and storage.091117118

Maximum user weight

341/2 st

220 kg

4 Heavy Duty Walking FrameThis walking frame offers excellent stability and is designed to accommodate users up to 223kg (35st). Although reinforced, it is made from aluminium ensuring it remains sturdy yet lightweight. It is available in either non-wheeled or wheeled, both height adjustable in 20mm (3/4˝) increments. Width 700mm (27 1/2˝). Depth 420mm (16 1/2˝). Height Weight Style091183516 790-890mm (31-35˝) 2.6kg Non-Wheeled 091183524 790-890mm (31-35˝) 2.8kg Wheeled 091208156 870-970mm (34¼-38˝) 3.0Kg Non-Wheeled 091208164 870-970mm (34¼-38˝) 3.2Kg Wheeled

Maximum user weight

35 st

223 kg

5 Days Hi-Riser Folding FrameThis lightweight folding frame is designed to help the user rise from a seated position. May also be reversed and used as a toilet surround rail. Height adjustable 812 to 914mm (32 to 36˝). Width 597mm (23 1/2˝). Weight 2.5kg.091116862

Maximum user weight

211/2 st

136 kg

5

Walking

Aid

s


735

Walking Frame Accessories

1 Days Net Bag for Walking FramesKnotted nylon bag that clips to any walking frame for shopping or daytime requirements. Weight 60g.091116813

2 Days Wheeled Extension LegsWheeled extension legs for adjustable height walking frames. Use as a replacement or turn a non-wheeled walking frame into a wheeled one.091117357

4 Days Walker BasketA vinyl coated wire basket, ideal for carrying items, leaving the hands free to move the walker. Attaches easily and safely to the walker frame using the hook and loop straps supplied. Basket 405×150×185mm.091117761

1

43

Style Colour Pack Type 13mm (1/2˝) 16mm (5/8˝) 19mm (3/4˝) 22mm (7/8˝) 25mm (1˝)

5 Standard BlackSingle – – 091208842 – –

10 Bulk – – 091208859 – –

6 Heavy Duty BlackSingle – 091168228 091168236 – –

10 Bulk – 091116235 091116250 – –

7 Shock Absorbing BlackSingle – – 091168285 091168293 –

10 Bulk – – 091116474 091116490 –

8 Bell Shaped BlackSingle 091168178 091168186 091168194 091168202 091168210

10 Bulk 091116078 091116094 091116128 091116144 091116177

9 Heavy Duty Bell Shaped GreySingle – 091168244 091168251 091168269 091168277

10 Bulk – 091116367 091116383 091116409 091116425

10 Hard Wearing PVC GreySingle – 091356187 091356245 091356153 091356120

10 Bulk – – – 091172279 091172287

5 6 7 8 9 10

Days Ferrules

2


3 Walker SkisThese Walker Skis are intended for use on the rear legs of wheeled walkers to help users move smoothly across most surfaces and greatly reduce the friction that rubber tips create.091559392

NEW

Wal

king

Aid

s


Buckingham Caddy

1 Buckingham Walking Frame CaddyDeveloped by healthcare professionals to enable users of wheeled walking frames to safely transport a variety of daily living items. In most instances it can replace the need for a trolley. The caddy enables a patient to carry most items safely and more importantly, independently without being reliant upon carers.

One large and one small compartment to allow the user to separate items such as glasses, keys, medication, etc.

Anti-spill mug cover is also included to prevent any inadvertent spillages when transporting a mug or cup. This simple cover creates a seal and helps to keep liquids inside as well as insulating hot drinks.

Mug holder insert catches any spillages.

Shaped tray that is designed to safely transport a plate of food.

Easy to fit to most styles of wheeled walking frame.

Manufactured from a tough, durable plastic it can be cleaned in a dishwasher and has drainage holes for easy drying.

1

1

091117811 Retail Packed 091117860 Bulk - Pack of 10

Maximum load weight

41/2 lbs

2 kg



Walking

Aid

s


737

Stick Seats

1 Height Adjustable Stick SeatThis stick seat is constructed from aluminium and plastic, making it extremely lightweight to carry and corrosion resistant. It folds easily away, turning into a stick that can be used for support when walking. The most stable seated position is with the handle between the user’s legs. Handle height 845 to 950mm (33 1/4 to 37 1/2˝). Seat height 455 to 540mm (18 to 21 1/4˝). Weight 900g.091115658

Maximum user weight

153/4 st

100 kg

2 Days Folding Stick SeatThis useful seat folds flat and straps together to form a walking stick, offering both support and a place to rest when needed. Manufactured from aluminium, it is both lightweight and corrosion resistant. Seat Height Weight091115666 435mm (17˝) 1kg 091115674 510mm (20˝) 1.3kg 091115682 585mm (23˝) 1.5kg 091309905 Spare ferrule

Maximum user weight

191/2 st

125 kg

3 Days Folding Tripod StickThis attractive seat provides a useful place to rest when out and about. The tripod base ensures it is stable whilst the moulded seat offers comfort and support when needed. Folding away quickly and easily, it can also be used as a walking stick. Seat height 575mm (22 1/2˝). Weight 800g.091115690

Maximum user weight

191/2 st

125 kg

1

2

3

Wal

king

Aid

s


Walking Sticks

The extensive range of Days walking sticks provides a variety of styles to suit individuals with varying requirements. Use the guide below to help select the most suitable walking stick in the range.

Walking Stick HeightA correctly measured stick enables the user to maintain an upright posture with the elbow slightly bent. Body weight is taken through the stick as the user pushes down on it when walking.

Using a walking stick the correct height is essential. When measuring, the handle should rest on the floor against a relaxed arm. The stick should then be adjusted or trimmed to the crease of the wrist.

Where two walking sticks are needed, the length should be slightly longer as they will be used ahead of the body when walking.

Which Hand?If you are using the walking stick to compensate for an injury to your leg or a joint on one side, you should hold the stick in the hand on the opposite side to the one that needs support.

If you are using the stick for balance you can use it in either hand.

Types of Walking StickAdjustable

Days adjustable walking sticks can be adjusted to different heights using a simple spring loaded catches and a telescopic shaft.

Tripod & Tetrapod

These walking sticks have a wider footprint to provide more stability. Especially suitable for heavier users who require a more stable base. See page 742.

Folding Walking Sticks

These lightweight metal sticks have sectioned shafts that enable them to be folded up for storage, for example in a handbag. Strong elastic runs inside the shaft to ensure that in its open position the stick remains stable. See pages 744-746.

Material

Our range of walking sticks are available in wood for a traditional look, aluminium and steel.

Handle ShapeA variety of different shaped handles are available including:

Crook Handles

These may be less comfortable to hold than a right-angled handle, but can easily be hooked over the arm when not in use. See page 739 and 741.

Right Angled Handles or T-Shaped

These are often more comfortable to use than a crook handle. The addition of a wrist strap may be useful to secure the stick when it is not in use. See pages 739.

Swan Necked Shafts

Handles with swan necked shafts are offset above the stick, which allows your weight to be evenly spread centrally over the base of the stick, this may be helpful if you require more stability. See page 740 and 742.

Comfy Grip & Contoured Handles

These are anatomically shaped handles, which spread the pressure over a wider area of the palm to improve comfort for permanent users or anyone with painful hands. The comfy grip handles provide the largest surface area and the contoured grip is slightly smaller – making it ideal for smaller hands. See pages 743-744.

Walking

Aid

s


739

Walking Sticks

3 Days Standard Adjustable Walking StickMoulded Plastic Handle.A Height: 74-99cm / 29-39˝

091325588 SparesB 091479765 25-22mm Grommet Grey C 091356153 22mm PVC Ferrule Grey

Maximum user weight

191/2 st

125 kg

4 Days Heavy Duty Crook Handle Walking StickTraditional Crook Handle design allows the stick to be hooked over the arm when not in use.A Height: 79-101.5cm / 31-40˝

091356880 SparesB 091356245 18mm PVC Ferrule Grey

Maximum user weight

191/2 st

125 kg

1 Days Adjustable Aluminium Walking StickDays adjustable walking sticks are comfortable to use, can be adjusted to different heights using a simple spring loaded catch and a telescopic shaft.091565969 84-109 cm Long 091565951 71-96.5 cm Standard

2 Days Walking Sticks Walking Sticks are designed to aid people with restricted movement or mobility by helping them to balance or unload weight from the lower extremities while walking.7500252 Left 740-965mm 7500253 Right 740-965mm

Maximum user weight

20 st

127 kg

A A

B

BC

1

3

2

4

NEW NEW

Wal

king

Aid

s


Walking Sticks

2 Days Swan Neck Walking Stick• Swan neck handle allows the users weight to be transferred

vertically downwards.• Ideal for providing more stability and for user’s who apply a lot

of weight on their stick.A Height: 74-99cm / 29-39˝

091356872 SparesB 091479765 25-22mm Grommet Grey C 091356153 22mm PVC Ferrule Grey

Maximum user weight

191/2 st

125 kg

1 Days Ergonomic Handle Walking Stick• Ergonomic Handle spreads the user’s weight over a wider area

of the hand.• Shaped for either left handed or right handed users.A Height: 73-96cm / 28½-37½˝

091325513 Left 091325521 Right SparesB 091356245 18mm PVC Ferrule Grey

Maximum user weight

191/2 st

125 kg

A

A

A

B

B

C

Folds easily for storage or transport


T-Bar handle Non-marking slip resistant ferrule

2 heights available

3 Days Folding Steel Walking Stick• Durable powder coated steel shaft.• Supplied in a polythene wallet for storage.

A Height091356914 85-95cm / 33-37˝ 091356922 74-83.5cm / 29-33˝

Maximum user weight

191/2 st

125 kg

1

2

3

Walking

Aid

s


741

Walking Sticks

1

2

3

1 Bariatric Walking StickA height adjustable walking stick designed especially for bariatric users. The curved neck places the user’s weight directly over the shaft for stability and safety. Height adjustable from 710-930mm (28-36½”). Weight 0.9kg.091114982

Maximum user weight

351/2 st

226 kg

3 Crook Handle Walking StickThese high quality sticks are made from a smooth, dense wood and are available in a choice of either natural beech or black finishes. They are finished in a gloss varnish, making them both durable and attractive. Supplied as a 914mm (36˝) stick, they should be sawn to the length required. Ferrule size 19mm (3/4˝). Weight 360g.091115302 Natural Beech 091115310 Black

Maximum user weight

153/4 st

100 kg

2 Chestnut Wood Walking StickThis stylish traditional walking stick is made from chestnut and has a traditional crook handle with a rubber ferrule. Three lengths are available. Height091540954 91.5cm / 36˝ 091540962 96.5cm / 38˝ 091540970 101.5cm / 40˝

Maximum user weight

211/4 st

135 kg

INFORMATIONFor information about selecting the correct length of walking stick, please see page 738.


Wal

king

Aid

s


3 Tripod Walking Stick with Large Base• Styled as a traditional walking stick with a large tripod base.

091325539 SparesB 091479773 22-19mm Grommet C 091356187 16mm PVC Ferrule D 091443365 Pin Clip

Maximum user weight

191/2 st

125 kg

2 Quadruped Walking Stick with Small Base• Styled as a traditional walking stick with a small quadruped base.

091115344 SparesB 091479773 22-19mm Grommet C 091356187 16mm PVC Ferrule

Maximum user weight

191/2 st

125 kg

21 3 4

Quadruped & Tripod Walking Sticks

Our range of Quadruped and Tripod Sticks are designed to provide the user with maximum stability and are ideal for anyone who is more unstable on their feet.

1 Quadruped Walking Stick with Wide Base• Styled as a traditional walking stick with a large quadruped base.

Angled neck reduces wrist strain

Broad base offers increased stability

A Height: 74-100cm / 29-39˝

Footprint: 38×23×26×23cm / 15×9×10×9˝


A Height: 69-94cm / 27-37˝

Footprint: 13×13×13×13cm / 5×5×5×5˝

Broad base offers maximum stability

Angled Neck reduces wrist strain

A Height: 74-100 / 29-39˝

Footprint: 38×31×31cm / 15×12×12˝

4 Tripod Walking Stick with Small Base• Styled as a traditional walking stick with a small tripod base.

091356930 SparesB 091356187 22-19mm Grommet C 091356187 16mm PVC Ferrule

Maximum user weight

191/2 st

125 kg


Footprint: 16.5×14×14cm / 6½×5½×5½˝

A Height: 69-94cm / 27-37˝

AAAA

B

B

B

B

C

D

CC

C

091356971 SparesB 091479765 25-22m Grommet Grey C 091356187 16mm PVC Ferrule

Maximum user weight

191/2 st

125 kg

Walking

Aid

s


743

1 Homecraft Patterned Walking SticksAvailable in 7 attractive patterns, these height adjustable walking sticks are of the highest quality. Each stick has received a hard anodised treatment that prevents damage to the attractive surface. The wooden handle is shaped to fit comfortably in either hand. Height adjustable between 790-1020mm (31-40˝). Ferrule size 19mm (3/4˝). Weight 340g.091114727 Black 091175934 Wild Rose 091114743 Grey Marble 091310010 Etched Black 091175942 Woodland Flower 091114693 Walnut 091175975 Paisley

Maximum user weight

173/4 st

114 kg

BLACK

Walking Sticks

ETCHED BLACK

WOODLAND FLOWERS

WALNUT

PAISLEY

WILD ROSE

GREY MARBLE

BLACK

ETCHED BLACK WOODLAND FLOWERS WALNUT PAISLEY

1

1

WILD ROSE GREY MARBLE


Wal

king

Aid

s


BLACK

1 Homecraft Folding Patterned Walking StickAvailable in 7 patterns, these folding height adjustable walking sticks have received a hard anodised treatment that prevents damage to the attractive surface. The wooden handle is shaped to fit comfortably in either hand. Made from aluminium, making them extremely lightweight, they are available in three height adjustments. Ferrule size 19mm (3/4˝). Weight 360g.

Folds easily for storage or transport


Wooden T-Bar handle

Non-marking slip resistant ferrule

3 heights available

Height Height Height735-825mm 775-875mm 825-925mm(29-33˝) (31-35˝) (33-37˝)091172592 091114925 091114933 Black 091172774 091172717 091172725 Wild Rose 091204692 091204700 091204734 Etched Black 091172659 091114966 091114974 Grey Marble 091172766 091172691 091172709 Woodland

Flowers 091172576 091114867 091114875 Walnut 091172758 091172733 091172741 Paisley

Maximum user weight

18 st

115 kg

ETCHED BLACK

WOODLAND FLOWERS

WALNUT

PAISLEY

WILD ROSE

WILD ROSE

WILD ROSE

BLACK

BLACK

WOODLAND FLOWERS

WOODLAND FLOWERS

ETCHED BLACK

ETCHED BLACK

WALNUT

WALNUT

GREY MARBLE

GREY MARBLE

PAISLEY

PAISLEY

GREY MARBLE

1

1

1

Walking Sticks



Walking

Aid

s


745

1 Homecraft Comfy Grip SticksLightweight, yet sturdy anodised aluminium walking sticks that feature an ergonomically designed handle allowing the pressure to be spread evenly across the palm. Ideal for those who have difficulty in grasping a conventionally shaped handle, the comfortable design can also be beneficial to those with painful hands due to arthritis, or similar problems. Supplied as either left or right handed, standard or folding. Ferrule size 19mm.StandardHeight adjustable between 738-955mm (29-38˝).Weight 382g.Left Handed Right Handed Colour091115138 091115138 Black 091205608 091205616 Etched Black 091205715 091205723 Woodland Flowers

Maximum user weight

211/4 st

136 kg

FoldingAvailable in short, 775-875mm (31-35˝) and long 825-925mm (33-37˝). Weight 340g.Left Handed Right Handed Length Colour091114784 091114792 Short Black 091114800 091114818 Long Black 091207968 091207976 Short Woodland Flowers

Maximum user weight

18 st

115 kg

WOODLAND FLOWERS

BLACK

Walking Sticks

1

1

LEFT HAND RIGHT HAND

BLACK WOODLAND FLOWERS



Wal

king

Aid

s


WOODLAND FLOWERS

BLACK

1 Homecraft Contoured Grip SticksThe ergonomic handle of these sticks is designed for users with painful or arthritic hands. They spread the weight across the whole palm making it more comfortable than a standard walking stick. It is especially useful for smaller hands, where the Comfy Grip Stick may be too large. The handle is also positioned more toward the centre of the cane, which helps reduce the stress on the wrist. These lightweight aluminium sticks are available in left and right handed options and as standard or folding sticks. Ferrule size 19mm.StandardHeight adjustable between 738-955mm (29-38˝). Weight 380g.Left Handed Right Handed Colour091115260 091115278 Black 091205566 091205574 Woodland Flowers

Maximum user weight

211/4 st

136 kg

FoldingAvailable in short, 775-875mm (31-35˝) and long 825-925mm (33- 37˝). Weight 330g.Left Handed Right Handed Length Colour091114826 091114834 Short Black 091114842 091114859 Long Black

Maximum user weight

18 st

115 kg

Walking Sticks

1 1

1

1

LEFT HAND RIGHT HAND



2 Homecraft Premium Folding Coloured Walking SticksA beautiful addition to the folding coloured walking stick range, available in 3 delightful colours. They feature a smooth Derby handle that is comfortable to use in either hand and a handy strap as standard. The sturdy, aluminium shafts have a transparent coating that enhances the design. Available in two height adjustments. Ferrule size 19mm (3/4˝). Weight 366g.Height Height775-875mm 825-925mm(31-35˝) (33-37˝)091209097 091209105 Black 091209113 091209121 Ivy 091209170 Flora

Maximum user weight

18 st

115 kg

BLACK

2

Walking

Aid

s


747

Walking Stick Accessories

1 Homecraft Walking Stick StrapThis nylon wrist strap offers exceptional value for money and is suitable for use with all sticks. The elasticated hoop allows easy and secure fitting. Weight 5g.091116607

2 Walking Stick GripA value for money clip that grasps the stick, allowing it to be balanced on the edge of a table or worktop. May also be used underneath the table or worktop to wedge the stick upright. Fits most styles of walking stick. Weight 20g.091116615

3 Walking Stick ClipThis double clip device can be used for walking sticks, reachers and many other applications. Fitted onto a wheelchair or walker using a rubber ring system. The plastisol coated clip securely grips walking sticks and reachers.091116342

4 Walking Stick HolderThis simple attachment for a walker or wheelchair keeps a walking stick readily available when required. The stick rests in the lower cup section and clips into the top half of the holder to secure it into place. The holder is easily attached to most types of wheelchair or walker. Weight 115g.091117779

1

2

3 4

CUP

CLIP


Wal

king

Aid

s


Crutches

All Days crutches are made from lightweight aluminium with a tough anodised finish making them incredibly durable. They are designed for minimum maintenance and just require an occasional wipe-over with a soft cloth and can be used with disinfectant solution if required.

Three Handle Options

Standard HandleThe standard plastic hand grip is easily wiped clean to reduce the risk of cross infection.

Ergonomic GripThe Days Ergonomic handle has been designed and developed in conjunction with physiotherapists and healthcare professionals. The unique handle distributes pressure over a greater area of the user’s hand improving comfort and safety.

Comfy GripThe Comfy Grip handle is made from a soft touch plastic to provide a more comfortable and cushioned grip – ideal for longer term use.

3 Levels of Adjustment

Single Adjustable Crutches Offer height adjustment for the handle height but the distance between the handle and arm cuff is fixed.

Double Adjustable Crutches Allows you to adjust both the height to handle and the distance between the handle and the arm cuff.

Days Permanent CrutchesThese user crutches are not adjustable and need to be cut to size to suit the individual user – ideal for long term use.

Standard Features

Closed Fixed ArmbandThe closed fixed armband enables the user to retain the crutch on their arm even if they release their grip on the handle. This prevents the crutch from dropping to the floor accidentally.

Non-Marking FerrulesThe non-marking ferrules are slip-resistant, for added safety. The 22mm ferrules are fitted to the adult crutches and 16mm ferrules are fitted to the children’s crutches.

Push Pin AdjustmentAdjustment is easy using the simple push pin operation.

Walking

Aid

s


749

Crutches

A Handle to Armband

B Handle to Ground

Single Adjustable

091275965 Standard 23cm / 9˝ 66-94cm / 26-37˝

091356468 Extra Long 23cm / 9˝ 83-110cm / 32½-43½˝

Double Adjustable

091325323 Children's 17-22cm / 6¾-8¾˝ 56-80cm / 21½-31½˝

091115799 Standard 20-27.5cm / 8-10½˝ 66-94cm / 26-37˝

091356443 Extra Long 20-27.5cm / 8-10½˝ 83-110cm / 32½-43½˝

A Handle to Armband

B Handle to Ground

Single Adjustable

091269042 Standard 23cm / 9˝ 69-94cm / 27-37˝

Double Adjustable

091356484 Standard 20-27.5cm / 8-10½˝ 69-94cm / 27-37˝

091356492 Extra Long 20-27.5cm / 8-10½˝ 83-110cm / 32½-43½˝

Permanent Use / Cut to Size

091356385 23.5-31cm / 9¼-12¼˝ 103cm / 40½˝

A Handle to Armband

B Handle to Ground

Single Adjustable

091439199 Standard 23cm / 9˝ 69-94cm / 27-37˝

091531540 X-Long 23cm / 9˝ 83-110cm / 32½-43½˝

Double Adjustable

091439207 Standard 66-94cm /26-37˝ 20-27.5cm / 8-10½˝

091531557 X-Long 83-110cm / 32½-43½˝ 20-27.5cm / 8-10½˝

Spares

C 091479765 25-22mm Grommet GreyD 091356153 22mm PVC Ferrule Grey

091356187 16mm PVC Ferrule (Childrens Crutches) Grey

Spares


Spares


1 Days Standard Grip Crutches

2 Days Ergonomic Grip Crutches

3 Days Comfy Crutches

A

B

A

B

B

A

C

D

D

C

C

D

1

2

3


Wal

king

Aid

s


Crutches

1 Soft Grip Comfort Handle CrutchesThese crutches feature a soft anatomically shaped handle for comfort and are available in four modern colours. They are height adjustable between both the arm cuff and handle and the handle and ferrule. Supplied in pairs. Height to handle 730 to 960mm (28 3/4 to 37 1/4˝). Handle to cuff 240 to 290mm (9 1/2 to 11 1/2˝). Ferrule diameter 18 1/2mm (3/4˝).091159060 Red 091159094 Blue 091159102 Turquoise 091159110 Grey

Maximum user weight

183/4 st

120 kg

4 Padded Handle CoverThese useful Neoprene guards help cushion the hands and protect against calluses. Simply place over the crutch handle and zip up. Sold as single units.091116334

1

4 4

2 Days Arthritic CrutchesMade from lightweight anodised aluminium with adjustable height handles, these arthritic crutches feature an arm trough for user comfort. The rotating handles reduce strain on wrists and the non-marking, slip resistant rubber tips add user safety. Adjustable from 94cm to 119cm (37 to 47˝). Supplied as a pair.091437888

Maximum user weight

25 st

160 kg

3 Bariatric CrutchThis heavy-duty crutch is designed to for larger individuals weighing up to 325kg (51st). It is made from 28mm lightweight tubing and has a 25mm rubber ferrule to provide a large ground contact area. Height adjustable from 690 to 1100mm (27¼ to 43¼˝). Distance between handle and cuff 240mm (9½˝). Inside curve of cuff is 150mm (6˝). Supplied as a single crutch. Weight 1.5kg. Available with a standard handle or ergonomic right or left handled grip.091208909 Standard 091525989 Ergonomic Grip Left 091525997 Ergonomic Grip Right

Maximum user weight

51 st

325 kg

2 3


Moving & HandlingTransfer Boards 752 - 755

Handling Belts 756Glide Sheets 757 - 758

Patient Turners 759 - 761Turntables 762 - 763

SuperPole™ 764Bed Assists 765 - 766Seat Risers 767

Patient Transfer 768

752

Mov

ing

& H

and

ling


Transfer Boards

1 BeasyTrans™This transfer system is ideal for car to wheelchair transfers. Length 1020mm (40̋ ). Seat diameter 300mm (12̋ ). Weight 2.9kg.081288323

2 BeasyGlyder™Especially designed for transfer past wheelchair arms and similar obstacles. Length 810mm (32˝). Seat diameter 250mm (10˝). Weight 2.2kg.081288331

3 BeasyII™Ideal for short transfer distances, such as between bed and wheelchair. Length 700mm (27½˝). Seat diameter 300mm (12˝). Weight 2kg.081288349

BeasyTrans™ Easy Transfer SystemsThis product range utilises the innovative idea of a rotating seat that tracks along a rigid plastic board. This reduces the risk of shear stress and friction associated with patient transfer because the seat moves with the user. The user glides laterally on a round seat that rotates through 360°, meaning that it is easy to use and highly practical for the user. The BeasyTrans Transfer Systems are made from exceptionally strong plastic, which means that they can support a user up to 180kg (28¼st). They are also light enough to be easily transportable. The Beasy transfer system is available in three styles.

Maximum user weight

28¼ st

180 kg

2

3

1


Moving

& H

andling

753

Transfer Boards

1 Days Curved Transfer BoardThe Days Curved Transfer Board is designed to enable people with limited strength and mobility to assist with functional transfers. The board is ideal for car, bed, chair and toilet transfers, facilitating independence with safety. The arc shape not only enables a variety of positioning options, but also allows for the natural sweeping pattern of an assisted transfer. For increased stability and security the Days Curved Transfer Board has two non-slip pads on the base of the board. Wipes clean easily for infection control purposes. Length 710mm (27½˝). Width 370mm (14½˝). Weight 1.95kg.081306554

Maximum user weight

23¾ st

152 kg

2 Q2 Banana BoardThe Q2 Banana Board is a truly universal transfer board. Its unique curved shape and maximum working load of 285kg enable it to be used in virtually all applications. Ideal for use in both assisted and non-assisted transfers, it can also be used for face-to-face transfers within restricted areas. The inset anti-slip pads on the underside prevent pad detachment and afford maximum grip on the two transfer surfaces. It is lightweight and is easily wiped clean, using either household disinfectants or alcohol-based solutions. Length 750mm (29½˝). Width 338mm (15¼˝). Weight 1.6kg091120534

Maximum user weight

44¾ st

285 kg

3 Duo Transfer Slide DeluxeThe unique design of the Duo Transfer Slide Deluxe allows for an angled transfer as well as a straight transfer from one seated position to another. The handgrips at either end give the user a means of pulling themselves across the smooth surface whilst ensuring the slide is securely located during the transfer. Length 750mm (29½˝). Width at centre 220mm (8½˝).091120468

Maximum user weight

231/2 st

150 kg

NON-SLIP PAD

1

2

1

3

BEST SELLER


Mov

ing

& H

and

ling


Transfer Boards

1 Days Wooden Transfer BoardsThese durable transfer boards are ideal for bed, wheelchair and car transfers. Varnished to facilitate a friction free transfer, reducing strain and eliminating the need to lift patients. The chamfered ends ensure secure positioning during transfers. The longer board has hand holes cut into both ends for easier grip. Length Weight091120633 600mm (24˝) 1.1kg 091120724 760mm (30˝) 1.38kg

Maximum user weight

30 st

190 kg

2 Banana Board Lateral Folding BoardThe Banana Board Lateral Folding Board has been specifically designed to enhance the versatility of Lateral Transfers. Its unique design enables the board to either match the contours of a profiling bed or be used completely flat as in a normal lateral transfer. The Banana Board’s ability to be able to transfer directly across to a profiled bed is particularly useful where a patient is either afraid or unable to lie completely flat during a lateral transfer. Lightweight with six ergonomically positioned handles, the Banana Board is easily placed and removed in most transfer situations. The handholds, when the board is folded in half, can be used to hang the board up, thereby ensuring that the board takes up the minimum of space during storage. Recommended maximum gap width 150mm (6˝) Length 1500mm (59˝). Width 740mm (29˝).091188085

1

1

2

1


Moving

& H

andling

755

Transfer Boards

2

1 Butterfly Board and WingA long, wide and stable transfer board with an optional GlideWing for additional slide function. The Butterfly board low friction upper surface allows the user to transfer independently or with assistance. Suitable for transferring between bed and wheelchair / shower chair, between wheelchair / chair / toilet chair or to and from the car. Combining the Butterfly board with the GlideWing provides even lower friction and is especially recommended when the transfer involves bare skin, for instance to and from a shower chair or toilet. The Butterfly board has cut outs for positioning against the wheel of a wheelchair and non-slip pads on the underside allowing for good positioning and preventing the board from sliding out of place. Washable at 75°C. Length 660mm (26˝). Width 320mm (12½˝). Weight 1.35kg.091120914 Butterfly Board 091120922 GlideWing

Maximum user weight

231/2 st

150 kg

2 Transfer Board Glide SheetMade from low friction material, this glide sheet is especially designed for use with transfer boards. It features a non-slip flap to prevent the glide sheet moving away from the transfer board whilst the transfer is in progress. Size 300mm x 700mm (12× 27 1/2˝).091121763

3 Dolphin BoardThe Dolphin Board is designed for assisted and independent transfer from a wheelchair to the toilet. It has the additional benefit of remaining in position during toilet use. The wheelchair cut-outs allow transfer from either side of the toilet. Strong and lightweight, the board is rigid with no flex during transfer. Length 690mm (27˝). Width at widest point 380mm (15˝). Weight 1.65kg.091120971

Maximum user weight

231/2 st

150 kg

4 Commode Transfer BoardUniquely shaped with strategically placed cut-out, this board does not need to be removed during an individual’s toileting routine after the client transfers to the commode or toilet. The white plastic, high density board has two different sides; one is striate-sanded for wet, bare skin transfers, the other is buff-sanded for clothed transfers. The birch transfer board is available in two weight limits. Length 480 (19˝). Width 430mm (17˝). Thickness 13mm (¾˝). Weight 1.8kg.081229954

Maximum user weight

281/2 st

182 kg

3

4

1

Mov

ing

& H

and

ling


1

2

MAXI

Handling Belts

1 Handling BeltThese generous padded belts are comfortable for the patient and allow the user to obtain a good secure grip. Benefitting from a series of vertical and lateral handholds which give many options when transferring or walking with the patient. Available in two sizes to suit a range of patients from children through to larger adults. Machine washable up to 71°C. Waist Size091121458 Maxi 61-114cm (24-45˝) 091121466 Maxi Plus 91-152cm (36-60˝)

2 Deluxe Handling BeltsSimilar to the Handling Belts above but with a non-slip inner lining to help prevent the belt sliding upwards or sideways during transfer. Machine washable up to 71°C. Waist Size091121474 Maxi 61-114cm (24-45˝)

3 Universal Handling BeltThe Universal Handling Belt is designed to accommodate waist sizes from 51cm (20˝) to 145cm (57˝) and features front and side loops that are maintained at any extended length. It is manufactured from material that helps to reduce cross infection and is impregnated with an anti-bacterial agent. It can be washed up to 75°C.091122084

MAXI PLUS

MAXI

3


Moving

& H

andling

757

Glide Sheets

Days Easi-Mover Glide Sheets

Designed from lightweight fabric, the Easi-Mover Glide Sheets have ultra low friction surfaces allowing easy movement of the patient. The Easi-Mover range includes tubes and flat sheets. We recommend that Easi-Movers be used in accordance with existing moving and handling policies or with the advice of your moving and handling advisor.

1 Days Easi-Mover III Glide SheetsHere the fabric is doubled and sewn together in a tube, ensuring a smooth glide between two surfaces, thus reducing skin friction for the patient and strain on the carer. The sheets are yellow with colour-coded reinforcement webbing to differentiate size. Washable to 65°C. Webbing Size Colour091120252 580×570mm (23×22 ½˝) Grey 091120260 900×900mm (35 1/2×35 ½˝) Red 091120278 1200×710mm (47×28˝) Royal Blue 091120286 1200×930mm (47×36 ½˝) Green 091120294 1450×710mm (57×28˝) Black 091120302 1900×740mm (74×29˝) White

2 Days Easi-Mover Flat SheetsMade from the same yellow fabric as the Easi-Mover III (above) but flat rather than looped and with handles to aid grip. Again, the colour-coded reinforcement edging is used to differentiate size. Washable to 65°C. Webbing Size Colour091120310 900×1400mm (35 ½×55˝) White 091120328 750×2000mm (29 ½×78 ¾˝) Green 091120344 1000×2000mm (39 ½×78 ¾˝) Royal Blue 091120351 1500×2000mm (59×78¾˝) Red

1

1

1

2


Mov

ing

& H

and

ling


Glide Sheets

1

1

SYSTEM

2 2

WHEELCHAIR CHAIR BED

1 Etac® SatinSheet System

Etac® SatinSheet System is developed to cover many different levels of need. The system can be used for everyone from a user with slightly reduced/impaired mobility that may be able to turn independently in bed, to a user with high need of caregiver assistance.SatinSheet 2DirectionSatinSheet 2D has a low-friction satin area in the centre of the sheet that allows movement from side-to-side thus facilitating turning in bed. The edges of the sheet are of cotton/polyester and will brake movement, allowing the user to sit on the edge of the bed without slipping.SatinSheet, 2D Maxi (sliding surface 70×200cm)SatinSheet 4Direction – combination for complete assisted movement SatinSheet 4D is a draw sheet with satin on the underside and specifically adapted to be used in combination with a SatinSheet 2D underneath. The combination of a SatinSheet 2D base sheet with a SatinSheet 4D creates a system that allows movement in all directions. This solution is suitable for a user with limited mobility.SatinSheet 4D Midi (satin 148×140cm)091530765 SatinSheet System - 2D Maxi + 4D Midi

Maximum user weight

311/4 st

200 kg

2 Glide and Lock SheetsGlide and lock sheets provide a low friction movement in one direction - into the chair or wheelchair or up the bed - but resist the natural tendency of the patient to slide down again. In normal use, the product allows repeated positioning whilst considerably reducing the frequency of the moves. This not only improves patient care but also decreases the handling risks faced by staff dealing with these types of manoeuvre on a regular basis. Glide and lock sheets are an invaluable resource in any department or homecare environment.Features:• Internal locking strips to improve client safety• Anti-slip material on the base to prevent unwanted

movement of the sheet• Variety of sizes and finishes to match the product

with the client’s needs• Washable at 72°C Type Size091120559 Wheelchair 430×450mm (17×18˝) 091120567 Chair 480×530mm (19×21˝) 091120583 Bed 650×800mm (26×32˝)

2


Moving

& H

andling

759

Patient Turners

2 Rota StandDeveloped to allow an assisted transfer from one seated position to another. The frame, shin pad, and turntable combine to give optimum safety to both the carer and the user during the transfer. The frame and shin pad are height adjustable to suit all and a foot pedal break to secure the turntable. The central wheels allow the Rota Stand to be rolled up to the user even after their feet have been positioned on it. Handle height 790 to 1300mm (31 to 50˝). Weight 15kg.091120765

Maximum user weight

25 st

160 kg

3 Rota Stand SoloThe Rota Stand Solo features a special mechanism in the base that allows the sit to stand and pivot transfer to be carried out by a single carer. This reduces the time it takes to carry out the task as well as halving the cost of having two carers present during the transfer. Handle height 790 to 1300mm (31 to 50˝). Weight 17kg.091120781

Maximum user weight

311/4 st

200 kg

1 Rota Stand CompactThe folding and lightweight nature of the Rotastand Compact is ideal for community assessments by therapists who often have to lift equipment in and out of their vehicles. Equally, a more independent lifestyle is encouraged for clients who wish to travel to friends and relatives. The Rotastand Compact fits easily into the boot of a car. Features include a height adjustable frame and shin pad to suit all clients; central wheels to allow easy positioning and a stabilizing bar to allow a one person transfer. Weight 10kg.091544527

Maximum user weight

311/4 st

200 kg


3

2

1 1

Mov

ing

& H

and

ling


Patient Turners

1

1

1 Days Orbi-TurnThe Orbi-Turn has been designed for carers to facilitate standing and seat-to-seat transfers, whilst minimising the risk of injury to themselves and the patient. It allows a client with moderate upper and lower limb strength to participate in functional transfers whilst ensuring good working postures for carers and therapists.• Height adjustable and angled knee pad facilitates normal

biomechanical hip and knee movement• Height adjustable hand bar to suit a range of clients• Thigh pad gives the client a secure and supportive contact

point for increased stability and comfort during transfers• Turntable effortlessly rotates through 360° for repositioning in

even the most confined spaces• Non-slip footprints provide secure foot placement and show

clients where to position feet• Two rear castors provide easy transport from client to client• Front mounted sprung castor assists the carer in positioning

the Orbi-Turn once the client’s feet are in position• Folds flat for transport and storage• Height adjustable from 815 to 1315mm to suit a variety

of clients• Steel frame for durability and strength, weighs 15kg Lowest Position Highest PositionBottom Handle 815mm 1175mmTop Handle 920mm 1315mmKnee Pad (Mid Point) 235mm 510mm091166883

Maximum user weight

30 st

190 kg



Moving

& H

andling

761

Patient Turners

1 Secure TurnThis new easy-to-use patient turner is ideal for seat to seat transfers when a client’s mobility is restricted. It features a curved support frame, which helps to reduce the risk of falling and ensures a safe, comfortable transfer. A hand operated locking device enables the carer to rotate the Secure Turn to any of five positions whilst controlling the turning speed. The non-slip turn disk glides easily in both directions and counter balance points provide stability throughout the transfer. The Secure Turn is fitted with housekeeping wheels so it is easily moved, making it ideal where transfers are required in a number of areas. Width between arms 430mm (17˝). Height from handles to platform 760mm (30˝).Height of top bar to platform 990mm (39˝). Width 660mm (26˝). Depth 685mm (27˝).Disk diameter 450mm (18˝). Weight 17kg.091169127

Maximum user weight

30 st

190 kg

2 Etac® Molift Raiser ProThe ergonomic platform for a safe and active sit-to-stand transfer.Natural movement patterns• Molift Raiser Pro gives the user the opportunity to use their

own muscle power during a transfer. The natural movement pattern is stimulated and the ergonomic design makes the user feel safe during the entire transfer. Molift Raiser Pro is intuitive, which makes it easy to understand and use.

Transfers in confined spaces• Molift Raiser Pro is stable and can turn within its own radius

which makes it very easy to manoeuvre. It is ideal in confined spaces, for instance in toilets. Molift Raiser Pro ensures safe, active standing support during short transfers, such as between beds and wheelchairs/shower chairs. It assists carers when carrying out transfers with minimum risk of injury.

Works in all healthcare environments• Molift Raiser Pro helps users to train and rehabilitate in all

healthcare environments, during every transfer so mobilisation can begin early, right in the intensive care unit. The user can initially improve their balance when sitting and standing up. Molift Raiser Pro always provides safe support.

• Lighter weight - now only 10 kgs• Aluminium base for easier recycling• New integrated locking brakes with auditive feedback• Additional fixing point for Raiserbelt & Strap for users of

different heights• New knee support one-handed adjustment with auditive

feedback when in position• Angled knee pad, follows movement of leg when raising from

sit to stand• Hygienic, easy to clean leg support padding (closed cell foam)• Reduced total width, now 540 mm for narrow doorways• Lower step on height of only 35 mm• Height: 1200 mm (47 1/4”)• Depth: 630 mm (25”)• Width: 540 mm (21 1/4”)• Step-on height: 35 mm (1.38”)• Total Weight: 10.7 kg• Weight: Baseplate 5.4 kg• Material: Powder coated aluminium, plastic, steel, chrome 3.091169135

Maximum user weight

26¾ st

170 kg

1 1

22

2 2

2 2

NEW IMPROVED

Mov

ing

& H

and

ling


Turntables

1

2

3

1 MedidiscA small, lightweight stand-on turntable that has a flexible rim allowing the carer to control turning action, giving an effortless transfer. A carrying handle makes this an easily transportable transfer aid. Non-slip studs on underside. Diameter 380mm (15˝). Weight 1kg.091121714

Maximum user weight

18 st

115 kg

2 Transfer TurntableThis strong yet lightweight plastic turntable provides easy rotation through 360° for functional standing and seated transfers. Ideal for bed to chair or car transfers. Diameter 405mm (15½˝). Weight 1kg.091120831

Maximum user weight

18 st

115 kg

3 Rota CushionThe Rota Cushion is a specific aid to swivelling patients in a seated position. It consists of two low friction flexible discs that rotate against each other on a central disc. It features an anti-slip base and foam cushioned upper in soft, breathable, waterproof fabric to improve comfort and reduce sweating. Diameter 380mm (15˝).091120666


Moving

& H

andling

763

Turntables

1 Swivel SeatThis high quality cushioned seat glides you in and out of cars smoothly without struggling. Contours to the seat and will swivel in both directions. May help those who suffer from arthritis, leg or back pain. A strap secures the position of the swivel seat. Diameter 400mm (15½˝). Height 70mm (2¾˝). Weight 1.6kg.091121698

Maximum user weight

30 st

190 kg

2 Revolving SeatThis swivel seat provides invaluable help for getting in and out of the car. The fleece covered foam padded seat is mounted on a wooden ball-bearing turntable that allows the body to rotate through 90°. The cushion has a detachable strap that attaches safely onto the seatbelt. The flame-retardant fleece cover is fully washable. Diameter 380mm (15˝). Weight 1.1kg.091120732

Maximum user weight

24 3/4 st

158 kg

3 Turning CushionThis foam padded grey cushion is ideal for assisting with seated transfers. It rotates through 360° for smooth and easy moving in any direction. Recommended for chair and car transfers. Comes complete with a removable cover that is machine washable. Weighs 1.1kg and measures 390mm (15¼˝) in diameter.091120815

Maximum user weight

24 3/4 st

158 kg

4 Economy Rotary CushionA soft padded, flexible turning disc that is ideal for use on car seats, chairs and beds. It allows a smooth swivel transfer without painful jarring or twisting. The underside is covered in an anti-slip material for added safety and the top is cushioned for comfort. Diameter 430mm (17˝).091169267

1

2

3

4

Mov

ing

& H

and

ling


SuperPole™

1 2

3

1 SuperPole™ with SuperBar™The SuperPole with SuperBar provides horizontal as well as vertical support, for extra stability. It moves smoothly when lifted and locks securely when let down. The SuperBar locks every 45° and is height adjustable. Supplied as a complete unit with SuperPole: Length 2.44m (96˝). Diameter 63mm (2½˝). Weight 11kg. Accessory: Length 533mm (21˝). Weight 3.2kg.091121037 Complete Kit

Maximum user weight

21 1/4 st

136 kg

2 SuperPole™ BasicThe SuperPole Basic is central to a support system providing assistance for standing, transferring or moving in bed. The pole is easily installed using a simple jackscrew expansion and fits ceiling heights from 2.36m (93˝) to 2.54m (100˝). A quality handgrip provides a secure and comfortable grip and rubber pads prevent marking of the ceiling or floor. The SuperPole basic serves as a mounting support for the SuperBar (above) and Safety Island (opposite). Diameter 63mm (2½˝). Weight 8.2kg.081074566

Maximum user weight

21 1/4 st

136 kg

3 Advantage RailThis rail has the added feature of a horizontal bar for further support. The locking mechanism on the horizontal bar provides excellent stability while pulling laterally. It can be unlocked by lifting it gently and locked again by lowering it into one of eight positions. Available as a permanently fixed pole or as a portable model that can be stored away or used in another location using the additional floor plate. Height 762 to 965mm (30 to 38˝), Handle length 550mm (21˝). Weight 10.4kg.081107440

Maximum user weight

21 1/4 st

136 kg


Moving

& H

andling

765

Bed Assists

1 Homecraft Rope Ladder Bed HoistA simple idea to assist with sitting up in bed. The bottom ends of the cords tie around the bed legs, and the plastic ladder rungs enable the user to pull themselves up with a hand over hand movement. Suitable for single or double beds. Rung length 200mm (8˝). Diameter 25mm (1˝). Cord length 3 metres (118˝). Weight 285g.091089895

Maximum user weight

18 st

114 kg

2 Days Patient HelperThis free standing Patient Helper is placed under the bed base to give a stable overhead support pole for those who find it difficult to rise out of bed. Designed for raising a person to a sitting position, not lifting the entire weight of the person off the bed. The moulded plastic handgrip can be adjusted in height 950 to 1310mm (37 1/2 to 51½˝). Disassembles into three pieces for ease of storage and transportation. Minimum required clearance 45mm (1¾˝). Overall height 1910mm (75˝). Overall width 800mm (31½˝). Overall depth 610mm (24˝).091427400

Maximum load weight

191/2 st

125 kg

3 Bed BlocksA pair of lightweight patient hand blocks made from plastic with comfortable angled hand-grips. The high-density foam bases prevent them from slipping on smooth bed covers or causing injury to frail skin on the sides of legs whilst moving. Can be cleaned with a soft brush and detergent in hot water to 75°. Length 215mm (8½˝). Width 110mm (4¼˝). Height 80mm (3˝). Weight 610g (Pair).091121508

4 Swinging SupportWall mounted support rail assists in horizontal transfers. The support can be set at any of six angles, using a pull chain lock. Strap length adjusts and can also be used in any of four positions along the arm of the support. Length 838mm (33˝). Weight 4.7kg.091024348

Maximum load weight

231/2 st

150 kg

1 2

3

4

Mov

ing

& H

and

ling


Bed Assists

1

1 1 1

2 3

4

1 Homecraft Mattress ElevatorThe Homecraft Mattress Elevator allows those confined to bed for long periods to sit or lie comfortably. It is easily width adjustable for single through to queen size beds. Securely fixed into place using colour coded straps. When in use, it allows the user to rise and recline smoothly, quietly and safely at the touch of a button, thus reducing the need for manual handling. The Homecraft Mattress Elevator allows a user weight of up to 254kg (40st) to be raised and maintained at any angle between 9° and 72°. Available with side guards that, when fitted, will help prevent pets or children from becoming trapped. Overall length 725mm (28½˝). Overall width 740 to 1410mm (29 to 55½˝). Range of movement 9° to 72°. Weight of elevator unit 11.2kg.091181668 With Side Guards, UK 091181676 Without Side Guards, UK

Maximum user weight

40 st

254 kg

2 Homecraft Bed Grab RailAn ultra sturdy bed grab rail, offering stability and confidence. The height adjustable frame can be positioned to suit virtually any divan style bed. Two legs rest on the floor and the frame is secured into place via three straps, ensuring minimal movement when in use. The Homecraft Bed Grab Rail is simple to assemble and fit. Height of handle 850 to 950mm (33½ to 37½˝) from the floor. Width of handle at the top 265mm (10½˝). Size of under mattress frame 620×325mm (24½×12¾˝). Weight 3.4kg.091089481

Maximum user weight

20 st

127 kg

3 Smart-RailUnlike fixed bed rails, the Smart-Rail can be unlocked and pivoted outwards to provide better standing support, meaning less reaching or twisting. The solid and secure steel frame is supplied with straps that are attached to the opposite side of the bed frame to minimise movement during use. Folds flat for transportation and can be easily installed on other beds when travelling. Standard rail height 762mm (30˝).081074624 Smart Rail Weight 7.7kg

Maximum user weight

20 st

127 kg

4 Parnell Premier Bed RailThe Parnell bed rail is the ideal solution to help get in or out of bed. Its attractive, ergonomic design complements virtually any bedroom. Functional, strong, hygienic and safe, it provides the user with confidence and independence. Stored flat when not in use, it can be easily assembled and quickly fitted to the bed without the use of tools. Designed for use with electrically adjustable beds, the bed rail can also be used on domestic beds including divans, pine and steel or wooden frame beds. The bed rail is also compliant with the BS EN 1970:2000 standard. Fits to single or double beds on either side, with a clamp that firmly sits between the floor and the bed base. Comes complete with a full length and width steel floor frame for added stability. The front base is flat so there is no tripping hazard or obstacle to wheelchairs or walking frames. As standard, the rail height is 810mm (31˝) high. With the optional height extenders, the rail height reaches 925mm (35˝). Floor frame length 810mm (31˝), width 410mm (16˝). Rail height 810mm (31˝), width 280mm (11˝). Weight 9.5kg.091172550

Maximum user weight

18 st

115 kg




Moving

& H

andling

767

Seat Risers

1 Uplift Premium Power SeatThe Uplift Premium Power Seat is the portable electric lifting seat that provides 100% lift for those up to 136 kg. For use on most armchairs or sofas, it features uses patented LeveLiftTM Technology to gently raise and lower the user.• Multi-density cushion with memory foam core helps prevent

pressure sores• Zippered, black waterproof cover with comfort mesh for

improved airflow, machine washable• Flexible handle control with large, easy-to-use toggle switch• Two ergonomic carry handlesSeat depth 497mm (19 ¼˝), Seat width 450mm (17˝), Height of seat 75mm (3˝), Maximum height of seat 355mm (14˝), Weight 6kg Cable length 1.2m091088772 UK plug

Maximum user weight

211/4 st

136 kg

2 Uplift Seat AssistPortable, lightweight, lifting cushion that transforms any chair into an automatic lifting chair. Self-powered and easy to adjust, it provides a stable, gentle lift that supports up to 70% of a user’s weight. It has a built in carry handle. The memory foam cushion conforms to the shape of the user’s body providing a superior level of comfort. Supplied with a black, waterproof cover that can be wiped clean with a cloth or removed and machine washed. Available in two user weight ranges. Seat width 430mm (17˝). Seat depth 480mm (19˝). Base width 380mm (15˝). Base depth 410mm (16˝). Seat height closed 50mm (2˝). Seat height open 260mm (10˝). Weight 3.6kg. User Weight Range091088699 35-105kg (5 1/2-16 1/2st) 091088707 90-160kg (14-25st)

3 UpEasy Lifting CushionSimilar to the Uplift Seat Assist but with a polyurethane foam cushion and a navy, washable cover. Dimensions are the same as the Uplift Seat Assist. User Weight Range091088673 43-100kg (6 3/4-15 3/4st) 091088681 90-154kg (14-24 1/4st)

4 Portable Raised SeatThis seat is helpful when transferring to and from a sitting position. The lightweight polyurethane/polystyrene foam cushion has a carry strap, making it easy to lift and carry. Comes with removable and washable cotton cover. Measures 375×375mm (14 3/4×14 3/4˝).Latex free. Seat Height081174903 100mm (4˝)

Maximum user weight

173/4 st

113 kg

2

3

4

1

LATEX FREE

Mov

ing

& H

and

ling


Patient Transfer

1

3

4 5

6 6

2

1 1 Days Leg LifterThis webbing strap with stiffened stem enables the user to move a stiff or immobile leg when using a bed, wheelchair, footstool etc. The upper loop fits around the hand and wrist, and the lower stiffened loop slides over the foot to give control in lifting the leg. Length 864mm (34˝). Weight 78g.091118793

2 Days Leg Lifter with Stirrup LoopSimilar in style and function to the leg lifter above, but with a stiffened triangular stirrup, making it easier to fit over shoes and giving more support to the foot. Length 915mm (36˝). Weight 120g.091118801

3 Days Dual Handle Leg LifterSimilar in construction to the Leg Lifter (091118793) above, but with two handles for users that cannot lift their leg with one hand. Length 865mm (34˝). Weight 110g.091118819

4 Dycem™ Non-Slip Floor MatDycem’s nonslip floor mats are perfect for providing a sure footing, boosting mobility and helping with any balance issues. These mats are manufactured using Dycem’s patented non-slip material, meaning that you won’t get the unbeatable grip and stability anywhere else. Dycem’s floor mats can help in lowering the risk of falls, and have been used by therapists to improve standing, sitting and positioning. Gain a sure footing with Dycem’s non-slip floor mats. Length 600mm (23½˝). Width 450mm (18˝). Weight 943g.091102912 Blue 091102920 Grey

6 HandyBar®

Simple, lightweight stainless steel bar with soft, non-slip hand grip, to provide strong, secure assistance in getting in and out of a car. Acts as a grab bar without the need for costly or unsightly adaptations. Only 300g and 230mm (9¼˝) long, it is easy to store in the car or carry along. Fits the majority of vehicles with a u-shaped striker.091032705


5 Ambulance ChairThis ambulance chair features front and back carrying handles and can be folded flat when not in use. Manufactured from plastic coated steel it has hygienic wipe clean polyester upholstery, a nylon webbing safety strap and non-marking wheels. Handle Height 74cm (29˝), Seat Size 35×29cm (14˝×11½˝).Weight 9kg.091439983

Maximum user weight

161/2 st

102 kg

Performance Health International Ltd.Nunn Brook Road, Huthwaite, Sutton-in-Ashfield,Nottinghamshire, NG17 2HU, UK.

UK 03448 730 035 E [email protected]’L +44 1623 448 706 E [email protected]

OUR TRUSTED BRANDS

PROD

UCT G

UID

E

PRODUCT GUIDEGlobal leader in rehab, recovery

and sports performance091071547 Is1 Aug 2019

product guide - ltc mobility

Documents